-
Applying the NEW Adapters - SFTP
In Microsoft BizTalk Server; you can use the Secure File Transfer Protocol Adapters to ensure secure data transfer in and out of BizTalk. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to create and configure an SFTP environment.
-
Troubleshooting Application Performance
In this video Jason Row demonstrates how to troubleshoot application performance in ASP.NET MVC 4 applications.
-
Configuring Server App-V Agent
In this video; Aaron Sampson uses Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager to install and configure the Server App-V Agent.
-
eDiscovery
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran discusses the eDiscovery Site in SharePoint 2013.
-
Multi-Factor Authentication
After watching this video; you will be able to use Multi-Factor authentication in Azure.
-
Access Control Lists
After watching this video; you will be able to configure an access control list in Azure.
-
Accessing a DocumentDB Database
After watching this video; you will be able to configure an application to access a DocumentDB database.
-
ACLs and Network Security Groups
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of ACLs and Security Groups.
-
Active Directory Federated Services (ADFS)
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of Active Directory Federated Services (ADFS).
-
Active Directory: On-premises vs. Azure AD
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the differences between an on-premises active directory implementation and an Azure Active Directory implementation.
-
Alerts and Notifications in Azure
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of alerts and notifications in Azure.
-
Availability Groups and Update Domains
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of availability groups and update domains in Azure.
-
Availability Sets
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize Availability Sets and describe how they are used.
-
Azure Access Control Services (ACS)
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of Azure Access Control Service (ACS) to support hybrid identities in Azure.
-
Azure Backup Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of Azure Backup.
-
Azure Cache
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the options to implement the Azure cache service.
-
Azure Files
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Azure Files.
-
Azure Machine Learning
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of Azure Machine Learning.
-
Azure Media Services
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of an Azure Media Service.
-
Azure Networking Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how Microsoft Azure supports network services.
-
Azure PowerShell for Managing Azure Active Directory
After watching this video; you will be able to use Azure PowerShell to manage Azure Active Directory.
-
Azure PowerShell for Managing Storage
After watching this video; you will be able to use Azure PowerShell to manage Azure Storage.
-
Azure PowerShell for Managing the Azure Service
After watching this video; you will be able to use Azure PowerShell to manage the Azure service.
-
Azure Recovery Options for Azure Virtual Machines
After watching this video; you will be able to configure the Azure Recovery Options for an Azure virtual machine.
-
Azure RMS
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of Azure Rights Management Services (RMS).
-
Azure Search
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of Azure Search.
-
Azure Service Bus Queue
After watching this video; you will be able to create and use an Azure Service Bus queue.
-
Azure Service Bus Topic and Subscription
After watching this video; you will be able to create and use an Azure Service Bus Topic and Subscription.
-
Azure Site Recovery (ASR)
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of Azure Site Recovery (ASR).
-
Azure SQL Database Business Continuity Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how Azure SQL Database supports business continuity.
-
Azure SQL Database Dynamic Management Views
After watching this video; you will be able to use Azure SQL Database Dynamic Management Views to monitor an Azure SQL Database.
-
Azure SQL Database Elastic Scale
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Elastic Scale for an Azure SQL Database.
-
Azure SQL Database Performance Guidance
After watching this video; you will be able to identify best practices for performance for Azure SQL Databases.
-
Azure SQL Database Resource Limits
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the resource limits of Azure SQL Databases.
-
Azure SQL Database V12
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of implementing Azure SQL Database V12.
-
Azure SQL Service Tiers
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the different service tiers in Azure and their features.
-
Azure Storage Replication
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the different methods of replication for Azure storage.
-
Azure Virtual Machines
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how Azure supports virtual machines.
-
Back Up and Restore Data
After watching this video; you will be able to configure backup and recovery for an Azure web site.
-
Backup Azure VMs
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Azure Backup for Azure VMs.
-
Backup Windows Server
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Azure Backup within a Windows Server.
-
Big Compute
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of Big Compute.
-
BizTalk Hybrid Connections
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of a BizTalk Hybrid Connection.
-
Blob Storage
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Blob Storage in Azure.
-
Capabilities of Monitoring with System Center
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the capabilities of monitoring an Azure solution with System Center.
-
CDN
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the options to implement a Content Delivery Network (CDN).
-
Comparing Cloud Services and VMs
After watching this video; you will be able to identify features and benefits between deploying Storage Services and SQL Databases within Cloud Services and Virtual Machines.
-
Component Support in Azure
After watching this video; you will be able to identify which Microsoft server software is supported in Azure.
-
Configure Azure Active Directory
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Microsoft Azure Active Directory.
-
Configure Azure Diagnostics for an Azure VM
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Azure Diagnostics for Azure virtual machines.
-
Configure Azure Diagnostics for Azure Cloud Services
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Azure Diagnostics for Azure Cloud Services.
-
Configure Local Storage Resource for Cloud Services
After watching this video; you will be able to configure a local storage resource for cloud services.
-
Configure Web Endpoint Status Monitoring
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Web Endpoint Status monitoring.
-
Configuring Azure RMS
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Azure Rights Management services.
-
Configuring Continuous Delivery
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Continuous Delivery for an Azure web site.
-
Configuring MongoDB
After watching this video; you will be able to configure a MongoDB database.
-
Configuring MySQL in Azure
After watching this video; you will be able to configure MySQL in Azure.
-
Configuring RBAC
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Azure role-based access control.
-
Configuring Xplat CLI for Azure
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Xplat CLI for Azure.
-
Consume Mobile Services from Cross-platform Clients
After watching this video; you will be able to configure a third-party application to consume an Azure Mobile Service.
-
Create a BizTalk Hybrid Connection
After watching this video; you will be able to create a BizTalk Hybrid Connection.
-
Create a Media Service
After watching this video; you will be able to create a Media Service.
-
Create a Web Deployment Package
After watching this video; you will be able to create a Web Deployment Package to deploy an Azure web site.
-
Create an Azure Batch Account
After watching this video; you will be able to create an Azure Batch account.
-
Create an Azure Mobile Service
After watching this video; you will be able to create an Azure Mobile Service.
-
Create an Azure Worker Role
After watching this video; you will be able to create an Azure Worker Role.
-
Create and Deploy an Azure Web Site
After watching this video; you will be able to create and deploy an Azure web site.
-
Create Web Sites Using Visual Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to create and deploy an Azure web site using Visual Studio.
-
Creating a DocumentDB Database
After watching this video; you will be able to create an Azure DocumentDB database.
-
Creating an Azure SQL Database
After watching this video; you will be able to create an Azure SQL Database.
-
Creating an Azure VM with Premium Storage
After watching this video; you will be able to create an Azure VM with Premium Storage.
-
Data Replication Patterns
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the different patterns in which data is replicated in Azure.
-
Datacenter Architecture
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how Microsoft Azure uses Global Foundation Services (FDS) datacenters and their basic architecture.
-
Debug Web Sites
After watching this video; you will be able to configure an Azure web site for debugging.
-
Delivering Content
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Azure Media Services for content delivery.
-
Deploying an Azure WebJob
After watching this video; you will be able to create and deploy an Azure WebJob.
-
Design a Plan to Implement Azure Services
After watching this video; you will be able to design a plan to implement Azure Services based on a set of requirements.
-
Design Hybrid Storage
After watching this video; you will be able to design a hybrid solution using Compute On-premises and Storage on Azure.
-
Designing a Data Storage Plan for Azure
After watching this video; you will be able to design a plan for data storage in Azure given a set of requirements.
-
Designing Business Continuity for Azure SQL Database
After watching this video; you will be able to configure an Azure SQL Database for business continuity.
-
Designing the Data Tier
After watching this video; you will be able to configure an Azure web site to access the data tier.
-
DirSync
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of DirSync.
-
DocumentDB Resource Model and Concepts
After watching this video; you will be able to describe resource models and other concepts used in DocumentDB in Azure.
-
Durability Options
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how Azure manages the durability of data.
-
Encoding Content
After watching this video; you will be able to configure the encoding of content in Azure Media Services.
-
ExpressRoute
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize what ExpressRoute is and describe its benefits.
-
Extending Mobile Services
After watching this video; you will be able to create an extension to Azure Mobile Services.
-
Fault and Update Domains
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize what Fault and Update Domains are within Azure.
-
Getting Started with ACS 2.0
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Azure Access Control Service (ACS) 2.0 as an identity provider.
-
Getting Started with Azure Audit Log
After watching this video; you will be able to configure an Azure Audit log.
-
Getting Started with Azure Automation
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Azure Automation.
-
Getting Started with Azure Batch
After watching this video; you will be able to create an Azure Batch.
-
Getting Started with Azure Machine Learning
After watching this video; you will be able to configure an Azure Machine Learning service.
-
Getting Started with Azure Web Sites and ASP.NET
After watching this video; you will be able to create an Azure web site using ASP.NET.
-
Getting Started with Azure Web Sites and Java
After watching this video; you will be able to create an Azure web site using Java.
-
Getting Started with Azure Web Sites and Node.js
After watching this video; you will be able to create an Azure web site using Node.js.
-
Getting Started with Azure Web Sites and PHP
After watching this video; you will be able to create an Azure web site using PHP.
-
Getting Started with Azure Web Sites and Python
After watching this video; you will be able to create an Azure web site using Python.
-
Getting Started with Big Data
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Big Data in Azure.
-
Globally Scale Web Sites
After watching this video; you will be able to configure an Azure web site to scale globally.
-
Graph API
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the Graph API and how it is used with Managed Identities in Azure.
-
Graph Explorer
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Graph Explorer with Managed Identities in Azure.
-
High Availability and Disaster Recovery
After watching this video; you will be able to identify different options for high availability and disaster recovery for Azure web sites.
-
Hosting Plans and Resource Groups
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the different hosting plans and recognize the features of Resource Groups.
-
Hybrid Solution Scenarios
After watching this video; you will be able to identify scenarios for implementing a Hybrid Azure solution.
-
Identify Third-party Monitoring Tools
After watching this video; you will be able to identify third-party monitoring tools for Azure.
-
Identifying Storage Options for Cloud Services
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the different storage options for cloud services in Azure.
-
Implement Active Directory Federated Services (ADFS)
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Active Directory Federated Services to support a hybrid identity solution in Azure.
-
Implement Azure Site Extensions
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what an Azure Site Extension is and outline its benefits.
-
Implement Azure Traffic Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Azure Traffic Manager.
-
Implement DirSync
After watching this video; you will be able to configure directory synchronization using DirSync.
-
Implementing a Custom Web API
After watching this video; you will be able to create a custom Web API.
-
Implementing Facebook with ACS
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Azure Access Control Services to support Facebook authentication.
-
Implementing Push Notifications
After watching this video; you will be able to create an Azure Push Notification Service.
-
Implementing Yahoo! with ACS
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Azure Access Control Service to support Yahoo! authentication.
-
Install and Configure Azure PowerShell
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Azure PowerShell.
-
Integrating Offline Sync
After watching this video; you will be able to configure an application for Offline Sync with Azure Mobile Services.
-
Introduction to Azure Active Directory
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of Azure Active Directory.
-
Introduction to Azure AD; OAuth; and OpenID Connect
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features and differences between Azure Active Directory; OAuth; and OpenID Connect.
-
Introduction to Azure Automation
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of Azure Automation.
-
Introduction to Azure Batch
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of Azure Batch.
-
Introduction to Azure DocumentDB
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of Azure DocumentDB.
-
Introduction to Azure Mobile Services
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of Azure Mobile Services.
-
Introduction to Azure Storage Options
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the different options for storage in Azure.
-
Introduction to Azure Traffic Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of the Azure Traffic Manager.
-
Introduction to Azure Worker Roles
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of Azure Worker Roles.
-
Introduction to Media Services
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of Media Services.
-
Introduction to MongoDB
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of MongoDB.
-
Introduction to MySQL in Azure
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of MySQL.
-
Introduction to Push Notifications
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of Azure Push Notification Services.
-
Introduction to Web API
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of Web API.
-
Joining VMs to Domains or Cloud Services
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Azure Virtual Machines to connect to a domain or cloud services.
-
Manage Access to Azure Storage Resources
After watching this video; you will be able to configure access to Azure Storage Resources.
-
Managing Azure Resources with System Center
After watching this video; you will be able to identify design considerations when integrating Azure with Microsoft System Center.
-
Managing Deployment Slots
After watching this video; you will be able to configure and use a deployment slot.
-
Monitoring Azure Web Sites
After watching this video; you will be able to configure monitoring for an Azure web site.
-
Monitoring Cloud Services
After watching this video; you will be able to configure monitoring for an Azure Cloud Service.
-
Monitoring Storage Accounts
After watching this video; you will be able to configure monitoring for an Azure Storage Account.
-
Multi-factor Authentication Configuration
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Multi-factor Authentication in Azure.
-
Multi-factor Authentication Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the options to implement multi-factor authentication in Azure.
-
Overview of Azure PowerShell
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of Azure PowerShell.
-
Overview of Managing Azure Security and Audit Logs
After watching this video; you will be able to identify features and information provided by Azure Security and Audit logs.
-
Overview of System Center Data Protection Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of System Center Data Protection.
-
Partitioning Strategies
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize strategies to implement data partitioning in Azure.
-
Point-to-Site (P2S) VPN
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize what a point-to-site (P2S) VPN is.
-
PowerShell Desired State Configuration (DSC)
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of using PowerShell Desired State Configuration.
-
Premium Storage for Azure
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of Premium Storage in Azure.
-
Products and Services for Monitoring
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the products and services that are used for monitoring an Azure solution.
-
Publishing Azure Web Sites with Git
After watching this video; you will be able to publish an Azure web site using Git.
-
Publishing Azure Web Sites with WebDeploy and FTP
After watching this video; you will be able to publish an Azure web site using WebDeploy and with FTP.
-
Puppet and Azure
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of using Puppet with Azure.
-
Regional Availability
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how Microsoft Azure supports regional availability.
-
Role-based Access Control in Azure
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of Role-based Access Control (RBAC) in Azure.
-
SAML Claims
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of SAML Claims.
-
Scaling Azure Web Sites
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the different options to scale an Azure web site.
-
Scaling with Azure Web Sites
After watching this video; you will be able to configure the scaling options for an Azure web site.
-
Secure Access Using Azure AD: OAuth
After watching this video; you will be able to configure OAuth to secure access to a resource.
-
Secure Access Using Azure AD: OpenID Connect
After watching this video; you will be able to configure OpenID Connect to secure access to a resource.
-
Securing Mobile Services
After watching this video; you will be able to configure security for Azure Mobile Services.
-
Securing Web API
After watching this video; you will be able to configure security for a Web API.
-
Security Guidelines
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the guidelines for implementing security for storage in Azure.
-
Select the Appropriate Storage for Performance
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the appropriate storage for performance.
-
Sending Push Notifications
After watching this video; you will be able to configure an application to send Push Notifications.
-
Service Bus
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of an Azure Service Bus.
-
Site-to-Site (S2S) VPN
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize what a site-to-site (S2S) VPN is.
-
Software RAID on Linux VMs
After watching this video; you will be able to configure software raid within a Linux virtual machine for high availability.
-
SQL Server in Azure Virtual Machine Best Practices
After watching this video; you will be able to identify best practices for performance for SQL Databases in a VM.
-
Storage Spaces on Windows VMs
After watching this video; you will be able to configure storage spaces within a Windows virtual machine for high availability.
-
StorSimple
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of StorSimple.
-
Supported Programming Languages
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the different languages that are supported by Azure web sites.
-
Table Storage
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Table Storage in Azure.
-
Tracking Changes to Role Assignments
After watching this video; you will be able to identify changes to Role Assignments when using Azure role-based access control.
-
Traffic Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the options to implement the Traffic Manager in Azure.
-
Understanding Data Security
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize approaches to data security in Azure.
-
Update an Azure Web Site with Staged Deployments
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Azure web sites to be deployed through a staged environment.
-
Uploading Content
After watching this video; you will be able to upload content to Azure Media Services.
-
Using a Queue-centric Pattern for Development
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the benefits of using a Queue-centric Pattern for development.
-
Using Azure Operation Insights
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of using Azure Operational Insights.
-
Using Azure PowerShell with Azure Resource Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to use Azure PowerShell to manage the Azure Resource Manager.
-
Using Global Service Monitor with Azure
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of the Global Service Monitor in Azure.
-
Using PowerShell DSC
After watching this video; you will be able to use PowerShell DSC to manage configuration.
-
Using PowerShell with the REST API
After watching this video; you will be able to use Azure PowerShell to work with the Azure Service Management REST API.
-
Using Visual Studio Application Insights with Azure
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of using Visual Studio Application Insights with Azure.
-
Virtual Machine Architecture for IaaS and PaaS
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the virtual machine architecture to support IaaS and PaaS.
-
Virtual Machine Classifications
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the different levels of virtual machines that Azure supports.
-
VPN Capability of Web Sites
After watching this video; you will be able to configure a VPN connection to Azure.
-
VPN Connectivity Requirements
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the requirements to support a VPN connection to Azure.
-
Web Site Publishing Options
After watching this video; you will be able to compare different options to deploy Azure web sites.
-
Web Sites in VMs vs. Cloud Services
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the differences between hosting an Azure web site in a virtual machine and in a cloud service.
-
WSUS; Config Manager; and Third-party Solutions
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the features and benefits of using Windows Software Update Services (WSUS); System Center Configuration Manager; and third-party solutions to maintain Azure.
-
Design a Business Continuity Strategy
After watching this video; you will be able to design a business continuity strategy for an Azure solution given a set of requirements.
-
Design a Management Strategy for Azure
After watching this video; you will be able to design a management strategy to support an Azure solution given a set of requirements.
-
Design a Security Plan for Azure
After watching this video; you will be able to design a plan to implement security for an Azure solution based on a set of requirements.
-
Designing an Azure Infrastructure
After watching this video; you will be able to design an Azure infrastructure based on a set of requirements.
-
Access and Monitor Storage – SQL Databases
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Azure storage access; monitor storage; and implement Azure SQL databases.
-
Access Control Lists (ACLs)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe ACLs with respect to VM access.
-
Analyze Storage Logs; Storage Logging; and Retention
After watching this video; you will be able to view Azure storage logs.
-
Azure File Services
After watching this video; you will be able to describe sharing and share access with Azure File Sharing.
-
Azure Load Balancing (LB)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Azure VM Load Balancing.
-
Azure SQL Database Service
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the Azure SQL database service.
-
Azure VM Configuration
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Azure VM configuration.
-
Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery
After watching this video; you will be able to configure point-in-time recovery.
-
Choosing the Appropriate SQL Database Service Option
After watching this video; you will be able to choose the appropriate Azure SQL service.
-
Configure Availability Sets
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Availability Sets.
-
Configure Azure VM Autoscale
After watching this video; you will be able to describe and configure VM Autoscale.
-
Configure Direct Server Return
After watching this video; you will be able to configure DSR.
-
Configure Disk Caching
After watching this video; you will be able to configure disk caching.
-
Configure Firewall Rules
After watching this video; you will be able to describe VM firewall configuration.
-
Configure Point-In-Time Recovery (PITR)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Azure SQL database Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery options.
-
Configure Storage Logging and Retention
After watching this video; you will be able to configure storage logging and retention.
-
Configure Storage Metrics and Retention
After watching this video; you will be able to configure storage metrics and retention.
-
Configure Storage Pools
After watching this video; you will be able to configure storage pools.
-
Configuring Azure Load Balancing (LB)
After watching this video; you will be able to configure LB for public endpoints.
-
Configuring Custom Domains
After watching this video; you will be able to configure a custom domain.
-
Configuring Database Geo-replication
After watching this video; you will be able to configure secondary replicated databases.
-
Configuring Storage Replication
After watching this video; you will be able to describe storage replication.
-
Configuring Virtual Machine Public DNS
After watching this video; you will be able to configure a VM to permit public access.
-
Configuring VM ACLs
After watching this video; you will be able to configure VM ACLs.
-
Configuring VMs with PowerShell DSC
After watching this video; you will be able to automate Azure VM configuration using PowerShell DSC.
-
Convert an Existing VHD to an Azure Disk
After watching this video; you will be able to convert a VHD to an Azure Disk.
-
Copy Images to Storage Accounts and Subscriptions
After watching this video; you will be able to copy images between storage accounts and subscriptions using AZCopy.
-
Create and Manage Azure Virtual Machines
After watching this video; you will be able to create and manage Azure virtual machines.
-
Creating a VM from an Existing Disk
After watching this video; you will be able to create a VM from an existing disk.
-
Creating VMs and Workloads — Linux Workload
After watching this video; you will be able to create a Linux Virtual Machine.
-
Creating VMs and Workloads – Windows Server
After watching this video; you will be able to create a Windows Server Virtual Machine.
-
Creating VMs and Workloads — Windows SQL Server
After watching this video; you will be able to create a Windows SQL Server Virtual Machine.
-
Deploying Cross-Origin Resource Sharing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe CORS.
-
Direct Server Return and Keep-Alive
After watching this video; you will be able to describe DSR and Keep-Alive.
-
File Share Creation
After watching this video; you will be able to create a file/folder share.
-
Generalizing a VM Image
After watching this video; you will be able to generalize Windows VM and Linux VM images.
-
Identifying VM Workloads
After watching this video; you will be able to describe workload identification and selection.
-
Import and Export Data and Schema
After watching this video; you will be able to export and import an SQL database.
-
Install SDKs and Emulators
After watching this video; you will be able to install the Azure SDK.
-
Monitor and Scale SQL Databases
After watching this video; you will be able to describe SQL database monitoring and scaling in Azure.
-
Regenerating Storage Account Keys
After watching this video; you will be able to describe storage account keys and regenerate account keys.
-
Regions and Affinity Groups
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Regions and Affinity Groups.
-
Remote Debugging
After watching this video; you will be able to enable remote VM debugging.
-
Reserved IP Address
After watching this video; you will be able to configure a VM with a reserved IP address.
-
Scale and Monitor VMs; and Configure Storage
After watching this video; you will be able to scale and monitor Azure VMs; and design and implement Azure storage.
-
Scaling Azure VMs
After watching this video; you will be able to manually configure Azure VM scaling.
-
Scaling VMs
After watching this video; you will be able to describe VM scaling and VM sizes.
-
Shared Access Signatures
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Shared Access Signatures (SAG).
-
Storage Capacity Planning
After watching this video; you will be able to plan storage capacity.
-
Storage Metrics
After watching this video; you will be able to describe metrics associated with Azure storage.
-
Stored Access Policies
After watching this video; you will be able to describe storage access policies.
-
Upgrading a Deployment
After watching this video; you will be able to describe upgrade deployment options.
-
VM Agent (and Custom Script Extensions)
After watching this video; you will be able to automate Azure VM configuration using VM Agent (custom PowerShell script extensions).
-
VM Images and Virtual Hard Disks (VHDs)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe VM Images and VHDs.
-
Website Resiliency
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the design and implementation of website resiliency techniques.
-
Accessing Storage
After watching this video; you will be able to access storage on Microsoft Azure.
-
AD Synchronization - Configuring Password Synchronization
In Microsoft Azure; you can keep the directories in sync by performing password synchronization. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to configure password synchronization in Microsoft Azure.
-
AD Synchronization - Creating an Azure Active Directory Administrative Account
In Microsoft Azure; you can use an administrative account to implement a Microsoft Azure-based active directory. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to create an adminstrative account.
-
AD Synchronization - Getting Started with Applications
In Microsoft Azure; you can add applications and access them by using a pre-existing user account. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to integrate Windows Azure applications with active directory synchronization.
-
AD Synchronization - User and Group Administration
Microsoft Azure allows your directory service to add users into the groups. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates the basics of user and group management.
-
Adding a Custom Domain to Azure AD
After watching this video; you will be able to add a custom domain to Microsoft Azure Active Directory.
-
Adding Custom Web Apps to Azure AD
After watching this video; you will be able to add a custom web app to Microsoft Azure Active Directory.
-
Adding Gallery Applications to Azure AD
After watching this video; you will be able to add a gallery application to Microsoft Azure Active Directory.
-
Adding Virtual Machines to Virtual Networks
In Microsoft Azure; you can place multiple virtual machines in the same virtual network. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to assign a virtual machine to a virtual network.
-
Authoring a Runbook
After watching this video; you will be able to author a runbook in Microsoft Azure.
-
Azure AD Premium Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Microsoft Azure Active Directory Premium.
-
Azure Automation Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how Microsoft Azure automation can be used to automate cloud tasks.
-
Azure Data Centers
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features of Microsoft Azure data centers.
-
Azure Media Services Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Microsoft Azure Media Services.
-
Azure Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the main features of Microsoft Azure.
-
Azure PowerShell Modules
After watching this video; you will be able to manage Microsoft Azure using Azure PowerShell Modules.
-
Azure Services
After watching this video; you will be able to identify Azure services and how they are grouped.
-
Azure SQL Architecture
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the architecture and tools for managing Azure SQL Database; and the processes for provisioning and migrating from Microsoft SQL Server on-premises.
-
Azure SQL Database Security Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Microsoft Azure SQL Database levels and firewall rules.
-
Basic Configuration of Virtual Machines
In Microsoft Azure; you can configure a virtual machine easily. In this video; Aaron Sampson explains the basic configuration of a new virtual machine and demonstrates how to enable remote access to the system to set it up.
-
Caching Content with Azure CDN
After watching this video; you will be able to describe options for caching blobs and cloud services on Microsoft Azure CDN.
-
Claims-based Authentication and Federated Trusts
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the function of claims-based authentication and federated trusts in Microsoft Azure Active Directory.
-
Comparing Azure SQL Database and SQL Server
After watching this video; you will be able to compare Microsoft SQL Server on-premises to Microsoft Azure SQL Database.
-
Configure a CDN and Automation
After watching this video; you will be able to create a CDN; add content; and configure automation tasks in Microsoft Azure.
-
Configure Azure SQL Database Alerts
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Microsoft Azure SQL Database alerts.
-
Configure Azure SQL Database Auditing
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Microsoft Azure SQL Database auditing.
-
Configure Secure VM Management
After watching this video; you will be able to configure secure management of Microsoft Azure virtual machines.
-
Configuring a Connection String for Azure SQL Database
After watching this video; you will be able to configure a connection string for a Microsoft Azure SQL Database.
-
Configuring a Point-to-Site VPN
After watching this video; you will be able to configure a point-to-site VPN in the Microsoft Azure management portal.
-
Configuring a Site-to-Site VPN
After watching this video; you will be able to configure a site-to-site VPN in the Microsoft Azure management portal.
-
Configuring a VNet-to-VNet Connection — Configure VNets
After watching this video; you will be able to configure a VNet in the Microsoft Azure management portal.
-
Configuring a VNet-to-VNet Connection — Gateways
After watching this video; you will be able to create dynamic routing gateways in the Microsoft Azure management portal.
-
Configuring an Azure CDN
After watching this video; you will be able to configure a CDN on Microsoft Azure.
-
Configuring Azure Active Directory
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Microsoft Azure Active Directory users and applications.
-
Configuring Azure AD Application Proxy
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Microsoft Azure Active Directory Application Proxy.
-
Configuring Azure AD Premium Multi-Factor Authentication
After watching this video; you will be able to configure multi-factor authentication in Microsoft Azure Active Directory Premium.
-
Configuring Azure Backup
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Azure backup.
-
Configuring Azure SQL Database
After watching this video; you will be able to create and configure an Azure SQL Database.
-
Configuring Azure SQL Database Copy and Export
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Microsoft Azure SQL Database copy and export.
-
Configuring Azure SQL Database Geo-Replication
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Microsoft Azure SQL Database geo-replication.
-
Configuring Cache Options
Microsoft Azure provides the ability to configure cache options that best support the performance of your applications. In this video; Aaron Sampson examines the configuration options.
-
Configuring Custom Script Extensions
After watching this video; you will be able to configure custom script extensions to automate virtual machine management.
-
Configuring Database Sync Groups
Microsoft Azure allows users to configure databases that have been placed in sync groups. In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to how to set up and configure replication amongst the sync group members.
-
Configuring Disks in Virtual Machines
In Microsoft Azure; all virtual machines rely on Virtual Hard Disks for support. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to configure the VHD files and create and attach new storage drives.
-
Configuring IaaS Availability
After watching this video; you will be able to configure virtual machine availability in Microsoft Azure.
-
Configuring IaaS Scalability
After watching this video; you will be able to configure virtual machine scalability in Microsoft Azure.
-
Configuring Metrics and Alerts
After watching this video; you will be able to add metrics to a monitoring table and add an alert to a metric in Azure.
-
Configuring PowerShell
In Microsoft Azure subscription; you can manage many features by using PowerShell but you need to complete some configuration tasks. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to configure the Azure environment to support PowerShell management.
-
Configuring Mobile Service Database Settings
After watching this video; you will be able to configure mobile service database settings in Azure.
-
Configuring Mobile Service Push Settings
After watching this video; you will be able to configure mobile service Push Notification settings in Azure.
-
Configuring Monitoring
After watching this video; you will be able to enable and configure basic monitoring.
-
Configuring Multi-Factor Authentication with Azure AD
After watching this video; you will be able to configure multifactor authentication in Microsoft Azure Active Directory.
-
Configuring Point-to-Site VPN Access to Virtual Networks
In Microsoft Azure; you can design Virtual Networks that fully support connecting in via a VPN. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to configure client systems to connect to a virtual network via a Point-to-Site VPN.
-
Configuring Private BLOB File Access
In Microsoft Azure; you can use the BLOB Storage to configure various types of files for varying purposes. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to set up private access to BLOB files.
-
Configuring Public BLOB File Access
In Microsoft Azure; you can set public access for your BLOB files. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to create public access BLOB files.
-
Configuring Remote PowerShell Access
PowerShell is a very popular tool in many environments including Microsoft Azure. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to access systems residing in the cloud by using PowerShell on a local system.
-
Configuring Single Sign-on for Azure AD Gallery Apps
After watching this video; you will be able to configure single sign-on for a gallery app in Microsoft Azure Active Directory.
-
Configuring Site-to-Site VPN Access to Virtual Networks
In Microsoft Azure; when you configure site-to-site VPN access; you need to complete some post-creation configuration tasks. In this video; Aaron Sampson explains some of the common configuration options for site-to-site VPNs.
-
Configuring the Firewall for Azure SQL Database
After watching this video; you will be able to configure the firewall for Azure SQL Database on Microsoft Azure.
-
Configuring Traffic Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Traffic Manager in Microsoft Azure.
-
Configuring Virtual Machine Networking
After watching this video; you will be able to configure virtual machine networking in Microsoft Azure.
-
Configuring Virtual Machine Storage
After watching this video; you will be able to configure virtual machine storage in Microsoft Azure.
-
Configuring VM Agent and VM Extensions
After watching this video; you will be able to install and configure VM Agent and VM Extensions in a Microsoft Azure virtual machines.
-
Configuring VM Security
After watching this video; you will be able to configure virtual machine security in Microsoft Azure.
-
Configuring Web Site Monitoring
Microsoft Azure provides the ability monitor your web site to determine if the site should be scaled out or scaled back. In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to monitor your Microsoft Azure web site.
-
Configuring Web Site Scaling
Microsoft Azure provides the ability to scale sites depending on resource availability. In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to how to configure web site scaling to upgrade or downgrade your sites.
-
Configuring Website Settings
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Microsoft Azure website settings.
-
Connecting Automation to an Azure Subscription
After watching this video; you will be able to connect Microsoft Azure Automation to an Azure subscription.
-
Connecting to Azure SQL Database with SQL 2014 Management Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to connect to Microsoft Azure SQL Database from Microsoft SQL 2014 Management Studio.
-
Content Delivery Networks Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Microsoft Azure CDN operation.
-
Creating a Media Services Account
After watching this video; you will be able to create a Microsoft Azure Media Services account .
-
Creating a Mobile Service
After watching this video; you will be able to create a new mobile service in Azure.
-
Creating a New Website
After watching this video; you will be able to create a new website in Microsoft Azure.
-
Creating a PaaS Cloud Service
After watching this video; you will be able to create a PaaS cloud service in Azure.
-
Creating a Root Certificate for VPN Access to Virtual Networks
For Microsoft Azure VPN access to virtual networks; you need to assure your clients that they are connecting through to the correct server; by implementing a root certificate. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates the steps for creating and implementing root certificates to validate the identity of the server.
-
Creating a Storage Account
After watching this video; you will be able to create a storage account for Microsoft Azure.
-
Creating a Virtual Network Using Configuration Files
After watching this video; you will be able to create a virtual network in Microsoft Azure using configuration files.
-
Creating a Virtual Network with the Portal
After watching this video; you will be able to create a virtual network using the Microsoft Azure management portal.
-
Creating and Managing VM Disks
After watching this video; you will be able to create and manage virtual machine disks in Microsoft Azure.
-
Creating and Managing VM Images
After watching this video; you will be able to create and manage virtual machine images in Microsoft Azure.
-
Creating Automation Assets
After watching this video; you will be able to create automation assets in Microsoft Azure.
-
Creating Availability Sets
Microsoft Azure provides users the ability to create availability sets that further help in providing uninterrupted services to clients. In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to create availability sets by using the Microsoft Azure virtual machines.
-
Creating Client Certificates for VPN Access to Virtual Networks
In a Microsoft Azure virtual network; when you establish a VPN connection; the server into which you are connecting needs to verify the identity of the client system. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to implement client certificates for authenticating client connections when establishing VPN connectivity.
-
Creating Load Balancing Sets
Microsoft Azure provides users the ability to create virtual machines to balance load across multiple servers. In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to configure virtual machines in load-balancing sets using Microsoft Azure.
-
Creating PowerShell Workflows
After watching this video; you will be able to use PowerShell workflows to automate functions in Microsoft Azure.
-
Creating Site-to-Site VPN Access to Virtual Networks
In Microsoft Azure; you can create site-to-site VPNs for regular and constant access to resources that reside within a virtual network. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to create site-to-site VPN access to virtual networks.
-
Data Services in Azure
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the options in Data Services in Microsoft Azure.
-
Deleting an Azure VM
After watching this video; you will be able to delete a virtual machine in Microsoft Azure.
-
Deploying a Linux VM
After watching this video; you will be able to deploy a Linux virtual machine in Microsoft Azure.
-
Deploying a PaaS Cloud Service
After watching this video; you will be able to deploy a PaaS cloud service.
-
Deploying a VM into a Virtual Network
After watching this video; you will be able to deploy a VM into a virtual network using the Microsoft Azure management portal.
-
Deploying a Website Using an FTP Client
After watching this video; you will be able to deploy a website to Microsoft Azure using an FTP client.
-
Deploying a Website with Visual Studio 2013
After watching this video; you will be able to deploy a website to Microsoft Azure using Visual Studio 2013.
-
Deploying a Website with Visual Studio 2013 and Web Deploy
After watching this video; you will be able to deploy a website to Microsoft Azure using Visual Studio 2013 and Web Deploy.
-
Deploying an Azure VM
After watching this video; you will be able to deploy a virtual machine in Microsoft Azure.
-
Deploying Azure AD Federation Services
After watching this video; you will be able to deploy Microsoft Azure Active Directory Federation Services.
-
Designing an IP Space
After watching this video; you will be able to describe considerations for IP address space design in Microsoft Azure.
-
Directory Sync Options
After watching this video; you will be able to describe options for syncing between on-premises Active Directory and Microsoft Azure Active Directory with DirSync.
-
Encoding and Uploading Media
After watching this video; you will be able to encode and upload media to Microsoft Azure.
-
Encrypting and Scaling Media
After watching this video; you will be able to encrypt media and scale media delivery with Microsoft Azure.
-
Exporting and Importing Virtual Network Configuration
Microsoft Azure provides the ability to create new virtual networks based on the configuration of existing networks. In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to export and import virtual network configuration.
-
Extending an On-premises Domain to Azure AD
After watching this video; you will be able to extend an on-premises Active Directory domain to Microsoft Azure Active Directory.
-
Getting Started with Alerts
Microsoft Azure provides the ability to create alerts; so that you can be informed when particular thresholds are met or exceeded. In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to get started with alerts.
-
Getting Started with Azure Active Directory
You can use theMicrosoft Azure active directory. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to set up an Azure active directory.
-
Getting Started with Backup Vaults - Creating a Certificate
In Microsoft Azure; you can create certificates for accessing your backup vaults. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how create and upload a custom certificate for secure access.
-
Getting Started with Backup Vaults - Installing the Backup Agent
In Microsoft Azure; you need to install a backup agent to allow your local system to communicate with the backup vaults. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to; download; install; and configure backup agents.
-
Getting Started with Caches
In Microsoft Azure; you can implement a cache to support and enhance the performance of your applications. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to create a cache in Microsoft Azure.
-
Getting Started with Database Sync Groups
In Microsoft Azure; you can replicate databases to distribute data to multiple servers or locations. In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to get started with database sync groups.
-
Getting Started with FTP Publishing
Microsoft Azure provides the facility for FTP publishing. In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to get started with standard FTP Publishing for Microsoft Azure web sites.
-
Getting Started with PowerShell
Microsoft Azure allows users to use PowerShell to manage applications. In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to get started with Microsoft Azure PowerShell.
-
Getting Started with Storage Accounts
In Microsoft Azure; you can set up and configure a storage account for your data storage concerns. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to create storage account and shows some options for your storage requirements
-
Getting Started with Storage Explorer
In Microsoft Azure; you need to use local application for accessing the stored data. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to use the Storage Explorer utility to access and manage your Storage account.
-
Getting Started with Storage Using Visual Studio
In Microsoft Azure; you can access cloud-based data structures using your preferred tools. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to access cloud storage from a local installation of Visual Studio.
-
Getting Started with Traffic Manager
Microsoft Azure offers many features for better client management and user experience. In this video; Aaron Sampson explains the initial configuration tasks for creating a distributed cloud service or web site by using the Traffic Manager feature.
-
Getting Started with Virtual Networks
Microsoft Azure provides the ability to create a virtual network and place multiple virtual machines in that network. In this video; Aaron Sampson explains some of the initial creation options and configuration tasks for virtual networks.
-
Getting Started with Web Sites
In Microsoft Azure; you can provision and set up a live site in minutes. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to get a new web site set-up and running.
-
Getting Started with WebMatrix Publishing
Microsoft Azure provides the WebMatrix facility; which allows web site developers to to edit and publish content directly to a live site. In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to configure sites to support WebMatrix publishing.
-
How to Set Up a Cloud Test Environment
Using Microsoft Azure; developers can build their applications locally or on-site and deploy to the cloud. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to use Windows Azure and Microsoft Visual Studio to set up a test environment so that features; such as accessing local storage; can be simulated in a cloud-like manner.
-
How to Set Up Visual Studio and Azure SDK Tools
In Microsoft Azure; you can access the SDK that integrates into Visual Studio. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to access the Software Developer Kit from Microsoft Azure.
-
How to Sign Up for an Azure Account
You can subscribe for Microsoft Azure by using a Microsoft account. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to sign up for an Azure account.
-
Implementing a Website
After watching this video; you will be able to plan and implement a website in Microsoft Azure.
-
Implementing Azure Backup
After watching this video; you will be able to implement Azure backup.
-
Implementing Azure Files
After watching this video; you will be able to implement file storage in Microsoft Azure.
-
Implementing Blobs
After watching this video; you will be able to implement binary large object storage in Microsoft Azure.
-
Implementing Tables and Queues
After watching this video; you will be able to implement table and queue storage in Microsoft Azure.
-
Implementing WebJobs
After watching this video; you will be able to implement WebJobs on a Microsoft Azure website.
-
Importing a Runbook
After watching this video; you will be able to import a runbook into Microsoft Azure.
-
Installing and Configuring Azure AD Directory Sync
After watching this video; you will be able to install and configure Microsoft Azure AD Synchronization.
-
Installing Xplat-cli
After watching this video; you will be able to install the Microsoft Azure Cross-Platform Command-Line Interface for configuration management.
-
Introduction to Azure AppFabric
In Microsoft Azure; you and your partner organization can access a wide array of services; applications; and storage mechanisms. As a cloud-based environment; worldwide connectivity is one of its core advantages; but maintaining such connectivity can be complex. In this video; Aaron Sampson introduces Windows Azure AppFabric; which is designed to reduce connectivity challenges.
-
Introduction to SQL Azure
Microsoft Azure helps to maintain databases along with the servers on which they reside. In this video; Aaron Sampson introduces SQL Azure.
-
Introduction to the Azure Platform
Microsoft Azure is the basis for the cloud-computing model. In this video; Aaron Sampson discuses about the Microsoft Azure environment and its basic features.
-
Introduction to the Azure Portal
In Microsoft Azure; you can access and manage the services from anywhere in the world through a single; centralized management portal. In this video; Aaron Sampson discusses the basic configuration options within the Azure portal.
-
Introduction to the Azure Store
In Microsoft Azure; you can use the Store option to check the available applications and features. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates discusses the Azure Store.
-
Kudu
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features of Kudu for Azure.
-
Linking a Database and Storage to a Website
After watching this video; you will be able to link a database and storage to a Microsoft Azure Website.
-
Managing a Virtual Network with the Portal
After watching this video; you will be able to manage a virtual network using the Microsoft Azure management portal.
-
Managing AD Users with Azure Management Portal
After watching this video; you will be able to manage users in Microsoft Azure Active Directory with the management portal.
-
Managing Azure Accounts with PowerShell
After watching this video; you will be able to manage Microsoft Azure accounts using PowerShell.
-
Managing Azure Linux VMs
After watching this video; you will be able to manage Microsoft Azure Linux virtual machines.
-
Managing Azure SQL Database Firewall Rules
After watching this video; you will be able to manage Microsoft Azure SQL Database firewall rules.
-
Managing Azure SQL Database Logins and Users
After watching this video; you will be able to manage logins and users in Microsoft Azure SQL Database.
-
Managing Azure SQL Database Roles and Permissions
After watching this video; you will be able to manage Microsoft Azure SQL Database roles and permissions.
-
Managing Azure Windows VMs
After watching this video; you will be able to manage Microsoft Azure Windows virtual machines.
-
Managing Azure with the Azure Management Portal
After watching this video; you will be able to manage a Microsoft Azure account using the Azure Management Portal.
-
Managing Azure with the New Azure Portal
After watching this video; you will be able to manage a Microsoft Azure account using the new Azure Management Portal.
-
Managing Storage and Cloud Services
After watching this video; you will be able to create and manage storage and cloud service objects on Microsoft Azure.
-
Managing VMs with Xplat-cli
After watching this video; you will be able to manage virtual machine configuration with the Microsoft Azure Cross-Platform Command-Line Interface.
-
Mobile Apps and Services
After watching this video; you will be able to describe mobile apps and Azure mobile services.
-
Modifying a Virtual Network Using Configuration Files
After watching this video; you will be able to modify a virtual network in Microsoft Azure using configuration files.
-
Monitoring an Azure VM
After watching this video; you will be able to monitor a Microsoft Azure virtual machine.
-
Monitoring Azure AD Directory Sync
After watching this video; you will be able to monitor Microsoft Azure AD synchronization.
-
Monitoring Azure SQL Database Metrics
After watching this video; you will be able to monitor Microsoft Azure SQL Database metrics.
-
Monitoring Cache Values
Microsoft Azure allows user to monitor cache values. In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to monitor cache values to help configure caches effectively.
-
Monitoring Storage
After watching this video; you will be able to monitor storage in Microsoft Azure.
-
PaaS Cloud Deployment
After watching this video; you will be able to describe PaaS cloud service deployment options.
-
PaaS Cloud Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe PaaS cloud services in Azure.
-
Placing Domain Controllers in Azure
After watching this video; you will be able to identify considerations when placing Active Directory domain controllers on Microsoft Azure Active Directory.
-
Planning AD Azure Integration
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Microsoft Azure Active Directory integration with on-premises Active Directory.
-
Planning and Configuring a Virtual Network
After watching this video; you will be able to plan and configure a virtual network in Microsoft Azure.
-
Planning and Deploying a Virtual Machine
After watching this video; you will be able to plan and deploy a virtual machine in Microsoft Azure.
-
Planning Azure VM Deployment
After watching this video; you will be able to plan a deployment of Azure virtual machines.
-
Planning Name Resolution
After watching this video; you will be able to plan name resolution in Microsoft Azure.
-
Planning Website Deployment Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to plan deployment methods for Microsoft Azure websites.
-
Populating Tables
In Microsoft Azure; if you use table storage; you need to define those tables and populate them with data. In this video; Aaron Sampson explains some ways to get data into tables.
-
Preparing On-premises AD for Azure AD Sync
After watching this video; you will be able to prepare on-premises Active Directory for synchronization with Azure AD Sync.
-
Publishing a Runbook
After watching this video; you will be able to publish a runbook in Microsoft Azure.
-
Publishing Media
After watching this video; you will be able to publish media on Microsoft Azure.
-
Regional Virtual Networks
After watching this video; you will be able to identify features supported by regional Virtual Networks in Microsoft Azure.
-
Restoring an Azure SQL Database
After watching this video; you will be able to restore Microsoft Azure SQL Databases.
-
Scaling a PaaS Cloud Service
After watching this video; you will be able to schedule a larger instance count for a PaaS cloud service in expectation of a load peak.
-
Scaling Out a Website
After watching this video; you will be able to scale out a Microsoft Azure Website.
-
Scaling Up a Website
After watching this video; you will be able to scale up a Microsoft Azure website.
-
Scenarios for Virtual Networking
After watching this video; you will be able to identify scenarios for virtual networking in Microsoft Azure.
-
Services for Website Hosting
After watching this video; you will be able to contrast methods for hosting websites in Microsoft Azure.
-
Sizing VMs
After watching this video; you will be able to describe considerations for sizing Microsoft Azure IaaS virtual machines.
-
SQL Azure Feature Comparison
Microsoft Azure provides you options for creating a database without setting up a virtual machine to host that database. However; all the features of an SQL Server are not available in SQL Azure. In this video; Aaron Sampson compares the features of SQL Server and SQL Azure.
-
Storage - Creating Basic BLOBs
In Microsoft Azure; if you need Blob storage; you have to create a storage account to hold your objects. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to store Blobs.
-
Storage - Creating Basic Tables
In Microsoft Azure; you can get tabular storage for your requirements. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to get started with creating and configuring tables.
-
Storage - Customizing and Querying Tables
Microsoft Azure tables can store an enormous amount of data. In this video; Aaron Sampson explains some configuration and querying options to organize and locate the required data in tables.
-
Storage Considerations
After watching this video; you will be able to identify considerations for choosing storage for an Azure application.
-
Testing and Troubleshooting a Runbook
After watching this video; you will be able to test and troubleshoot a runbook on Microsoft Azure.
-
Traffic Manager - Configuring Failover Mode
In Microsoft Azure; you can use the Failover mode to set preferred access to an instance of an application so that all client requests are routed to that instance. If that instance becomes unavailable; you can configure an alternate instance to provide uninterrupted access. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to set up a Failover mode.
-
Traffic Manager - Configuring Performance Mode
In Microsoft Azure; you can use the traffic manager performance option to locate the closest instance of the application. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to use the traffic manager performance option.
-
Traffic Manager - Configuring Round Robin Mode
Microsoft Azure is a cloud-based environment with world-wide connectivity through any Microsoft-managed datacenters. In this video; Aaron Sampson will show you how the Traffic manager Round Robin mode distributes traffic equally but also still tries to maintain the best performing option.
-
Traffic Manager Best Practice
After watching this video; you will be able to describe best practices for using Traffic Manager in Microsoft Azure.
-
Trusts and Single Sign-on in Azure AD-FS
After watching this video; you will be able to describe options for configuring trusts and single sign-on in Microsoft Azure Active Directory Federated Services.
-
Understanding Azure Active Directory
Microsoft Azure allows you to create and define a directory service for the storage of objects. In this video; Aaron Sampson discusses about the concepts and benefits of the cloud-based active directory services.
-
Understanding Azure Security
In Microsoft Azure; you can secure the cloud-based data services and applications. In this video; Aaron Sampson discusses about the security of the cloud-based sevices.
-
Understanding Azure Storage - BLOBs
In Microsoft Azure; you can use BLOBs to store and access large files. In this video; Aaron Sampson discusses about the basics of Binary Large Objects or BLOBs storage.
-
Understanding Azure Storage - Tables
In Microsoft Azure; you can design tables in the storage account and store the data in it. In this video; Aaron Sampson discusses about the tables.
-
Understanding Caches
Microsoft Azure provides the facility of creating caches; which helps to enhance the performance of applications by providing dedicated memory where data can reside. In this video; Aaron Sampson explains some basic concepts about caches.
-
Understanding Database Sync Groups
Microsoft Azure provides the ability to replicate data from one database to another or from one server to another to make client-access much faster and more efficient. In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to use database sync groups.
-
Understanding Execution Models
In order to determine the type of Microsoft Azure subscription that best suits your needs; you need to first be familiar with the different approaches to supporting applications in the cloud. In this video; Aaron Sampson explains the three kinds of execution models.
-
Understanding Network Models
Microsoft Azure allows you to meet the networking demands of your organization. In this video; Aaron Sampson discusses about the network models available in the Microsoft Azure.
-
Understanding SQL Azure Architecture
In Microsoft Azure; you need to understand the architecture of SQL Azure databases to determine which approach might suit the database requirements. In this video; Aaron Sampson introduces the SQL Azure Architecture.
-
Understanding SQL Azure Security
In Microsoft Azure; you need to understand the SQL Azure security to fully take advantage of its administrative advantages. In this video; Aaron Sampson examines the SQL Azure Security model to determine the security requirements.
-
Understanding Storage Models
In Microsoft Azure; you can use different options to store and access data in the cloud. In this video; Aaron Sampson discusses about the storage models used to access and store data in the cloud.
-
Understanding Traffic Manager
Microsoft Azure provides useful features for large organizations that have clients in different locations around the world; who need access to the same web site. In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how the Traffic Manager feature distributes client access across multiple instances for faster and more reliable access.
-
Understanding Virtual Networks
Microsoft Azure allows users to create a virtual network to host multiple virtual machines. In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how virtual networks serve user needs.
-
Understanding VPN Options within Virtual Networks
Microsoft Azure allows users to access virtual networks both through the Azure portal as well as through a virtual private network. In this video; Aaron Sampson examines which type of VPN best suits the requirements of the organization.
-
Understanding Web Site Content Publishing
Microsoft Azure provides various options for web site developers to design sites according to their requirements by publishing content to sites. In this video; Aaron Sampson explains the options for enabling web site content publishing.
-
Understanding Web Site Models
In Microsoft Azure; you can design a site and its server or just a site. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates the options available for creating and hosting websites in Windows Azure.
-
Understanding Web Site Scaling
Microsoft Azure provides you various options for allotting resources to a web site according to your web site traffic. In this video; Aaron Sampson explains the options for web site scaling to upscale and downscale the resources that have been allocated to a site.
-
Updating a Website
After watching this video; you will be able to update a website on Microsoft Azure.
-
Verifying a VNet-to-VNet Connection
After watching this video; you will be able to verify VNet-to-VNet connection configuration using the Microsoft Azure management portal.
-
Virtual Machine Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to identify workloads for Azure IaaS and contrast on-premises and Azure virtual machines.
-
Virtual Network Features
After watching this video; you will be able to describe features of virtual networks in Microsoft Azure.
-
Website Diagnostics
After watching this video; you will be able to describe site diagnostics in Microsoft Azure.
-
Website Monitoring
After watching this video; you will be able to describe website monitoring in Microsoft Azure.
-
Website Planning Scenarios
After watching this video; you will be able to describe some common scenarios for websites to be deployed to Microsoft Azure.
-
32-bit vs. 64-bit
After watching this video; you will be able to choose between a 32-bit and 64-bit platform.
-
Adding Storage
After watching this video; you will be able to purchase additional storage for a subscription.
-
Apply Themes
After watching this video; you will be able to apply themes.
-
Assign and Revoke Licenses
After watching this video; you will be able to work with licenses including assigning and revoking them.
-
Automate Installs
After watching this video; you will be able to configure automated installs.
-
Browser Requirements
After watching this video; you will be able to identify browser requirement to support Office 365 and Intune.
-
Cloud Models
After watching this video; you will be able to describe cloud models and characteristics.
-
Cloud Platforms
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the various types of cloud platforms.
-
Cloud Service – Provider vs. Consumer Access
After watching this video; you will be able to describe cloud services with reference to access levels and responsibility.
-
Cloud Service – Responsibility
After watching this video; you will be able to describe service provider risk and associated guarantees including changing provider; data transfer; etc.
-
Cloud Service – Status and Availability
After watching this video; you will be able to describe business continuity and disaster recovery provisioning in addition to service improvement and maintenance.
-
Cloud Service Characteristics
After watching this video; you will be able to describe cloud service characteristics.
-
Cloud Service Compliance
After watching this video; you will be able to describe compliance with reference to accepted standards and legal imperatives.
-
Cloud Service Health Management
After watching this video; you will be able to describe system health monitoring.
-
Cloud Service Maintenance
After watching this video; you will be able to describe service maintenance and release schedules.
-
Cloud Service Privacy
After watching this video; you will be able to describe security with reference to cloud services including operational and data asset policy and procedures.
-
Cloud Service Security
After watching this video; you will be able to describe data security with reference to applied practices and methodologies.
-
Cloud Service Transparency
After watching this video; you will be able to describe service consumer access to data assets and operational data; and transparency of data.
-
Cloud Services – IaaS
After watching this video; you will be able to describe cloud services – IaaS.
-
Cloud Services – PaaS
After watching this video; you will be able to describe cloud services – PaaS.
-
Cloud Services – SaaS
After watching this video; you will be able to describe cloud services – SaaS.
-
Communications to Skype
After watching this video; you will be able to troubleshoot communications to Skype users and users in other companies using Skype for Business.
-
Configure and Confirm Skype for Business Partners
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Skype for Business partner federation.
-
Configure External Skype Users
After watching this video; you will be able to configure external Skype users.
-
Configure Skype for Business Online DNS
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Skype for Business Online DNS.
-
Configuring Alerts
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the alerting system in Intune.
-
Configuring Dial-in Settings and Invitation Options
After watching this video; you will be able to configure dial-in and invitation option settings.
-
Configuring External Sharing
After watching this video; you will be able to configure external sharing.
-
Configuring Storage and Resource Limits
After watching this video; you will be able to configure storage and resource limits.
-
Connection Issues with Skype for Business Online
After watching this video; you will be able to troubleshoot connection issues with Skype for Business Online.
-
Connection to Skype for Business Online
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Connection Analyzer.
-
Create and Deploy Policies
After watching this video; you will be able to create and deploy Intune policies.
-
Create and Manage Groups
After watching this video; you will be able to create users and user groups and manage users and group memberships.
-
Create and Manage Users and Identities
After watching this video; you will be able to create Office and Intune users and associated identities.
-
Creating SharePoint Team Sites
After watching this video; you will be able to create SharePoint team sites.
-
Delegated Administration
After watching this video; you will be able to manage the administrative roles and the delegation of administration.
-
Deleted Files
After watching this video; you will be able to describe SharePoint deleted files status.
-
Determine User Location
After watching this video; you will be able to determine user locations.
-
Differentiate Between On-premises IT Service Models
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the difference between traditional and cloud-hosted service.
-
Domain Name Configuration
After watching this video; you will be able to configure custom domain name for Microsoft cloud services.
-
Establish Cloud Services – Microsoft Intune
Establish Cloud Services – Microsoft Intune
-
Establish Cloud Services – Office 365
After watching this video; you will be able to manage tenant setup and service administration for Intune.
-
Exam 98-369 – Course Introduction
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the requirements for objects 2 and 3 of the 98-369 certification exam.
-
Hybrid Cloud
After watching this video; you will be able to describe hybrid cloud architecture.
-
Identify Mobile Device Management Policies
After watching this video; you will be able to identify MDM policies.
-
Identify Office Repair Requirement
After watching this video; you will be able to identify when Office 365 requires a repair.
-
Identify Software Requirements
After watching this video; you will be able to identify software requirements.
-
Identify Storage Limits
After watching this video; you will be able to identify storage limits.
-
Identity Management
After watching this video; you will be able to manage tenant setup and service administration for Office 365.
-
Install Microsoft Intune Client Management Software
After watching this video; you will be able to install Intune client management software.
-
Intune Options and Plans
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the available service options for the Intune services.
-
Investigate Issues Receiving and Sending E-mail
After watching this video; you will be able to troubleshoot issues related to sending/receiving e-mail.
-
Issues Accessing a Delegated Mailbox
After watching this video; you will be able to describe delegated mailbox issues.
-
Manage Anti-spam and Anti-virus Settings
After watching this video; you will be able to manage anti-spam and anti-virus settings.
-
Manage Contacts and Contact Groups
After watching this video; you will be able to manage contacts and contact groups.
-
Manage External Communication Settings
After watching this video; you will be able to manage external communication setting.
-
Manage Password Policy
After watching this video; you will be able to manage password policy.
-
Manage Recipient Mailboxes
After watching this video; you will be able to manage recipient mailboxes.
-
Manage Resources
After watching this video; you will be able to manage resources.
-
Manage Roles
After watching this video; you will be able to manage roles and describe administrative roles in Office 365 and Intune.
-
Manage Skype for Business User Options
After watching this video; you will be able to manage Skype for Business user options.
-
Manage Subscriptions and Licenses
After watching this video; you will be able to manage subscriptions and licenses.
-
Managing "Open with Explorer" Issues
"After watching this video; you will be able to handle ""Open with Explorer"" issues."
-
Monitoring the Maintenance Schedule
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the maintenance schedule.
-
Monitoring the Message Center
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the Messaging center.
-
Office 365 Options and Plans
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the available service options for the Office 365 services.
-
Office 365 ProPlus OS Requirements
After watching this video; you will be able to identify OS requirement for Office 365 ProPlus.
-
Recover Deleted Content
After watching this video; you will be able to work with SharePoint file recovery.
-
Repair an Office 365 Installation
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the Office Repair tool.
-
Repairing OneDrive Sync Issues
After watching this video; you will be able to repair OneDrive sync issues.
-
Requirements and Dependencies – Intune
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the requirements and dependencies associated with the Microsoft Intune Service.
-
Requirements and Dependencies – Office 365
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the requirements and dependencies associated with the Office 365 service.
-
Requirements and Dependencies – Office 365 Networks
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the requirements and dependencies associated with the Office 365 service.
-
Resetting an Office 365 Password
After watching this video; you will be able to reset an Office 365 password.
-
Resolving Cloud Service Issues
After watching this video; you will be able to describe and troubleshoot deployment and end user-related issues with Office 365; Intune; SharePoint and OneDrive; and Skype for Business.
-
Resolving Sign-in and Connection Issues
After watching this video; you will be able to resolve issues with sign-in; passwords; and Office application activation.
-
Service Payment Models
After watching this video; you will be able to describe payment models for cloud services.
-
Service Requests
After watching this video; you will be able to work with service request logging.
-
Service-level Agreement
After watching this video; you will be able to describe service-level agreement; Business Continuity; Disaster Recovery; and Backup Restore.
-
Set Up Notifications
After watching this video; you will be able to configure notifications.
-
Setting Up Social Features Using Newsfeeds or Yammer
After watching this video; you will be able to set up social features using newsfeeds or yammer.
-
Skype for Business Sign-in Issues
After watching this video; you will be able to troubleshoot Skype for Business Online sign-in issues.
-
Skype for Business Troubleshoot Wizards
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Skype troubleshoot wizards.
-
Subscribe to RSS Feeds
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Office 365 Service Health RSS Feeds.
-
Troubleshoot "Open with Explorer" Not Working
"After watching this video; you will be able to troubleshoot ""Open with Explorer"" not working."
-
Troubleshoot Access to a Delegated Mailbox
After watching this video; you will be able to troubleshoot delegated mailbox access.
-
Troubleshoot OneDrive Not Syncing
After watching this video; you will be able to troubleshoot OneDrive not syncing.
-
Troubleshooting Mobile Device Connections
After watching this video; you will be able to troubleshoot mobile device connections to Office 365 or Microsoft Intune MDM.
-
Use the E-mail Send/Receive Troubleshoot Utility
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the send/receive Troubleshoot utility.
-
Utilizing the Service Health Tools
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the Service Health Dashboard.
-
Deploy and Administer Cloud Services
After watching this video; you will be able to deploy and administer cloud services.
-
Implementing Cloud Services and Security
After watching this video; you will be able to implement Cloud Services and Security.
-
Using and Configuring Cloud Services
After watching this video; you will be able to use and configure cloud services.
-
Accessing Intune Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to sign in to a managed application.
-
Activating Azure RMS – Azure
After watching this video; you will be able to set up Azure RMS service on the Azure portal.
-
Activating Azure RMS – Office 365
After watching this video; you will be able to set up Azure RMS service on the Office 365 portal.
-
Activating RMS for Individuals
After watching this video; you will be able to set up RMS for Individuals.
-
Altering File Protection
After watching this video; you will be able to modify RM protection on a protected file.
-
Azure Active Directory Management Console
After watching this video; you will be able to navigate the Azure Active Directory management console.
-
Azure Active Directory Premium
After watching this video; you will be able to install the Azure Active Directory Premium options.
-
Azure AD Access Panel
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the Access Panel portal.
-
Azure AD Application Management
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the configuration of Azure AD applications.
-
Azure AD Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to add and delete applications to/from Azure AD.
-
Azure AD Configuration #1
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the configuration of Active Directory Azure.
-
Azure AD Configuration #2
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the configuration of Active Directory Azure.
-
Azure AD Configure SSO
After watching this video; you will be able to configure SSO for a well-known SaaS application.
-
Azure AD Integration (Sync) Configuration
After watching this video; you will be able to configure and test synchronization between Azure AD and on-premises AD.
-
Azure AD Integration (Sync) Setup
After watching this video; you will be able to set up synchronization between Azure AD and on-premises AD.
-
Azure AD Password Management
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Azure password management tools.
-
Azure AD Reports
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the Azure AD report management facility.
-
Azure Password Reset
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Azure self-service password reset.
-
Azure Rights Management
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Azure RMS with respect to supported devices and platforms; role within EMS; and capabilities.
-
Azure RMS – Encryption Key Management
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the management of the Azure RMS tenant (encryption) key.
-
Azure RMS System
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the Azure RMS system; supporting components; required subscriptions; and compliance.
-
Configure AD Azure Branding
After watching this video; you will be able to configure a customized branding for AD Azure.
-
Configuring RMS Management
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the purpose; requirements; and establishment of Azure RMS Super Users.
-
Configuring RMS Templates
After watching this video; you will be able to configure existing custom RMS protection templates.
-
Copy and Remove RMS Templates
After watching this video; you will be able to copy and remove RMS protection templates.
-
Creating RMS Templates
After watching this video; you will be able to create new custom RMS protection templates.
-
Data Access Protection
After watching this video; you will be able to describe file protection within Azure RMS.
-
Deploying an Intune Managed Application
After watching this video; you will be able to deploy an application.
-
Describing the Components of Microsoft EMS
After watching this video; you will be able to outline EMS components: Azure Active Directory; Microsoft Intune; Azure Rights Management; and the costing structure of the EMS.
-
E-mail Protection
After watching this video; you will be able to send protected e-mail to a recipient.
-
E-mail Workflow
After watching this video; you will be able to work with e-mail notifications within Azure RMS workflows.
-
E-mailing Attachments
After watching this video; you will be able to send protected e-mail attachments and configure attachment settings.
-
Getting Started with Microsoft Intune
After watching this video; you will be able to outline the architecture of the Microsoft Intune product and its capabilities.
-
Interapplication Data Control
After watching this video; you will be able to describe copy and paste policy-based restrictions between managed and unmanaged applications.
-
Intune Administration
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the Intune administration settings.
-
Intune Application Access
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Office 365 Exchange Online mail from an Intune-managed device.
-
Intune Application Policy
After watching this video; you will be able to work with application policy settings.
-
Intune Compliance Policy
After watching this video; you will be able to create and deploy Intune device compliance policy.
-
Intune Compliance Policy Options
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the Intune Compliance policy.
-
Intune Conditional Access Policy
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the Intune conditional access policy.
-
Intune Configuration Policy Creation
After watching this video; you will be able to create and deploy Intune device Configuration policy.
-
Intune Configuration Policy Options
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the Intune Configuration policy.
-
Intune Device Enrollment
After watching this video; you will be able to enroll a device with Intune.
-
Intune Management Console Architecture
After watching this video; you will be able to navigate and manage the Intune management console.
-
Managed Intune Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to work with managed applications.
-
Managing Azure AD Groups
After watching this video; you will be able to create AD groups and manage group membership using manual and dynamic techniques.
-
Managing Azure AD Users
After watching this video; you will be able to create and manage AD users.
-
Managing Azure RMS Logging and Analysis
After watching this video; you will be able to describe data asset logging and usage with the Azure RMS service.
-
Mobile Device Management
After watching this video; you will be able to describe MDM capabilities within Office 365 and Intune.
-
Office 365 MDM Configuration
After watching this video; you will be able to navigate the Office 365 MDM console options.
-
Office 365 Security Policy
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the Office 365 MDM management tools.
-
Policy Management
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the device policy management options within Intune and navigate the Intune console.
-
Protecting a Document by Direct Configuration
After watching this video; you will be able to protect a Word document at rest using 'on the spot' configuration settings.
-
Protecting a Document Using an RMS template
After watching this video; you will be able to protect a Word document at rest by applying a template.
-
Protecting Files that are not RMS aware
After watching this video; you will be able to protect a file that is not RMS-aware.
-
Refresh RMS Templates
After watching this video; you will be able to refresh RMS protection templates.
-
Removing File Protection
After watching this video; you will be able to remove RMS protection.
-
Revoking Document Access
After watching this video; you will be able to work with end user document revocation.
-
RMS Default Templates
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the default protection templates.
-
Set Up the Sharing Application
After watching this video; you will be able to set up the RMS sharing application.
-
Sign-in to Office 365
After watching this video; you will be able to sign in and use Azure RMS.
-
Subscribing to Microsoft Azure
After watching this video; you will be able to subscribe to Microsoft Azure and gain access to Azure Active Directory.
-
Subscribing to the Intune Service
After watching this video; you will be able to subscribe to the Microsoft Intune service.
-
Tracking Document Usage
After watching this video; you will be able to work with end user document tracking.
-
User and Group Management
After watching this video; you will be able to define users and groups; and work with Dynamic groups.
-
Using a Managed Browser
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the use of a managed browser.
-
Configuring Standard and Production Checkpoints
After watching this video; you will be able to configure standard and production checkpoints in Hyper-V Manager on Windows Server Technical Preview.
-
Connected Standby
After watching this video; you will be able to describe support for connected standby in Hyper-V Technical Preview.
-
Enable Remote Hyper-V Host Management
After watching this video; you will be able to enable remote management on a Windows Server Technical Preview Hyper-V host .
-
Enabling and Disabling Checkpoints
After watching this video; you will be able to enable and disable checkpoints in Hyper-V Manager on Windows Server Technical Preview.
-
Hot Add and Remove for NIC and Memory
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the hot add functionality for NIC and memory in Hyper-V Technical Preview.
-
Hyper-V Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the Hyper-V Manager GUI in Windows Server Technical Preview.
-
Hyper-V Manager Improvements
After watching this video; you will be able to describe improvements made to Hyper-V Manager in Hyper-V Technical Preview.
-
Hyper-V Technical Preview Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the editions and requirements of Hyper-V Technical Preview.
-
Installing Hyper-V Role with PowerShell
After watching this video; you will be able to add the Hyper-V role on Windows Server Technical Preview using PowerShell.
-
Installing Hyper-V Role with Server Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to add the Hyper-V role on Windows Server Technical Preview using Server Manager.
-
Installing Hyper-V Server
After watching this video; you will be able to install the standalone Hyper-V Server Technical Preview.
-
Integration Services
After watching this video; you will be able to describe integration services and the use of Windows Update in Hyper-V Technical Preview.
-
Linux Secure Boot
After watching this video; you will be able to describe support for Linux secure boot in Hyper-V Technical Preview.
-
Production Checkpoints
After watching this video; you will be able to describe a scenario for using production checkpoints in Hyper-V Technical Preview.
-
Rolling Hyper-V Cluster Upgrade
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the rolling Hyper-V cluster upgrade features to upgrade the functional level of a cluster VM by VM in Hyper-V Technical Preview.
-
Supported Guests
After watching this video; you will be able to list supported guest OS for Hyper-V Technical Preview.
-
Virtual Machine Configuration Version
After watching this video; you will be able to describe new configuration versions in Hyper-V Technical Preview.
-
VM Configuration File Format
After watching this video; you will be able to describe new VM configuration file format in Hyper-V Technical Preview.
-
Windows 10 Client Hyper-V
After watching this video; you will be able to compare features of Hyper-V Technical Preview and client Hyper-V on Windows 10.
-
Add Reporting Services Role
After watching this video; you will be able to implement adding reporting services roles.
-
Adding Operating System Images
After watching this video; you will be able to implement adding operating system images.
-
Alert States in Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to describe alert states while monitoring alerts in configuration manager.
-
Alerts
After watching this video; you will be able to describe alerts in SCCM configuration manager.
-
APP-V
After watching this video; you will be able to describe iSCSI node names.
-
Archiving the Backup Snapshot
After watching this video; you will be able to implement archiving the backup snapshot.
-
Assigning Content Locations
After watching this video; you will be able to describe assigning content locations.
-
Assigning Roles for Administration (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe assigning roles for administration.
-
Assigning Roles for Administration (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to implement assigning roles for administration.
-
Backup Site Server Maintenance Task
After watching this video; you will be able to discuss Backup Site Server maintenance task.
-
Best Practices
After watching this video; you will be able to describe best practices.
-
Best Practices for Maintenance Windows
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the best practices for maintenance windows.
-
Best Practices for SCCM Client Deployment
After watching this video; you will be able to describe best practices for SCCM Client deployment.
-
Boot Images
After watching this video; you will be able to discuss boot images.
-
Boundaries
After watching this video; you will be able to implement boundaries.
-
Boundary Groups
After watching this video; you will be able to implement boundary groups.
-
Built-in Collections - Collection Types
After watching this video; you will be able to describe built-in collections and collection types.
-
CAS Deploying Site Roles
After watching this video; you will be able to describe CAS deploying site roles.
-
Certificates - Managing Security Features (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe certificates.
-
Certificates - Managing Security Features (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe managing security features.
-
Client Compliance Assessment
After watching this video; you will be able to describe client compliance assessment.
-
Client Settings Configuration
After watching this video; you will be able to configure custom client settings in System Center Configuration Manager 2012 R2.
-
Collections and Administrative Scopes
After watching this video; you will be able to describe collections and administrative scopes.
-
Complex Query (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe complex queries.
-
Complex Query (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to implement complex queries.
-
Compliance Assessment States
After watching this video; you will be able to describe compliance assessment states.
-
Compliance Settings Uses
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the uses of compliance settings.
-
Configuration Baselines
After watching this video; you will be able to implement configuration baselines.
-
Configuration Items
After watching this video; you will be able to describe configuration items.
-
Configure Alerts
After watching this video; you will be able to configure alerts.
-
Configure and Monitor FEP Clients
After watching this video; you will be able to configure and monitor FEP clients.
-
Configure the Firewall
After watching this video; you will be able to configure the firewall.
-
Configuring Boundaries
After watching this video; you will be able to configure boundaries.
-
Configuring Client Settings
After watching this video; you will be able to configure client settings .
-
Configuring Content Management Using SCCM
After watching this video; you will be able to configure content management using SCCM.
-
Create a Configuration Baseline
After watching this video; you will be able to create a configuration baseline.
-
Create a Configuration Item (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe creating a configuration item.
-
Create a Configuration Item (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to implement the creation of a configuration item.
-
Create a Configuration Item (Part 3)
After watching this video; you will be able to create a configuration item.
-
Create Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to implement creating applications.
-
Create Applications - APP-V
After watching this video; you will be able to implement creating applications using APP-V.
-
Create Applications - Introduction
After watching this video; you will be able to discuss creating an applications.
-
Create the System Management Container
After watching this video; you will be able to implement the system management container.
-
Create User and Device Collections (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to implement the creation of a user.
-
Create User and Device Collections (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to configure device collections.
-
Creating a Task Sequence
After watching this video; you will be able to implement creating a task sequence.
-
Creating Driver Packages
After watching this video; you will be able to implement creating driver packages.
-
Custom Collections
After watching this video; you will be able to describe custom collections.
-
Daily Tasks – Monitoring Site Health
After watching this video; you will be able to describe daily tasks while monitoring site health.
-
Data Protection Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to implement Data Protection Manager.
-
Deploy an Application
After watching this video; you will be able to deploy an application.
-
Deploy Configuration Baseline Monitor
After watching this video; you will be able to deploy a configuration baseline monitor.
-
Deploying Site Roles
After watching this video; you will be able to describe deploying site roles.
-
Deploying the SCCM Client to Mac and Linux/UNIX
After watching this video; you will be able to deploy SCCM Client to Mac and Linux/UNIX.
-
Deployment Types
After watching this video; you will be able to describe deployment types.
-
Desired Configuration Management
After watching this video; you will be able to describe configuration management.
-
Determining SCCM Client Installation Method (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe determining the SCCM Client installation method.
-
Determining SCCM Client Installation Method (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to implement SCCM Client installation method.
-
Determining SCCM Client Installation Method (Part 3)
After watching this video; you will be able to configure SCCM Client installation method.
-
Direct and Query Rules (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to implement Direct and Query Rules.
-
Direct and Query Rules (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to implement Direct and Query Rules.
-
Direct and Query Rules (Part 3)
After watching this video; you will be able to implement Direct and Query Rules.
-
Direct and Query Rules (Part 4)
After watching this video; you will be able to implement Direct and Query Rules.
-
Enable Hardware Inventory on Client Agents
After watching this video; you will be able to implement enabling hardware inventory on client agents.
-
Enable the Reporting Services Role
After watching this video; you will be able to implement enabling the reporting services role.
-
Enabling Discovery
After watching this video; you will be able to implement enabling discovery.
-
Endpoint Protection Client
After watching this video; you will be able to discuss the endpoint protection client.
-
Endpoint Protection Configuration
After watching this video; you will be able to implement endpoint protection configuration.
-
Extend the AD Schema
After watching this video; you will be able to discuss the AD schema.
-
Extending Hardware Inventory using WMI
After watching this video; you will be able to implement extending hardware inventory using WMI.
-
Find all Windows 8 Machines
After watching this video; you will be able to implement finding all Windows 8 machines.
-
Function of Collections (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the function of collections.
-
Function of Collections (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe function of collections.
-
HTTPS Client Connections (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe HTTPS client connections.
-
HTTPS Client Connections (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to implement HTTPS client connections.
-
Install System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to implement installion of system center 2012 R2 configuration manager.
-
Install the Reporting Services Point
After watching this video; you will be able to implement the install the reporting services point.
-
Installing the SCCM Client
After watching this video; you will be able to install the SCCM Client.
-
Installing the SCCM Client (Agent)
After watching this video; you will be able to implement installing the SCCM client agent .
-
Integration Requirements
After watching this video; you will be able to describe integration requirements.
-
Key Security Features MDM
After watching this video; you will be able to describe key security features MDM.
-
Kiosk Mode
After watching this video; you will be able to describe kiosk mode.
-
Maintenance Window Components
After watching this video; you will be able to describe maintenance window components.
-
Maintenance Windows
After watching this video; you will be able to describe maintenance windows.
-
Manage Collection Properties
After watching this video; you will be able to describe managing collection properties.
-
Managing Boundaries
After watching this video; you will be able to describe managing boundaries.
-
Managing Boundary Groups
After watching this video; you will be able to describe managing boundary groups.
-
Managing Collections
After watching this video; you will be able to describe managing collections.
-
Managing Collections Introduction
After watching this video; you will be able to describe managing collections.
-
Managing Device and User Collections
After watching this video; you will be able to describe managing device and user collections.
-
Managing Operating System Images and Installers
After watching this video; you will be able to discuss managing operating system images and installers.
-
Managing Site Communications and Site Health
After watching this video; you will be able to describe managing site communications and site health.
-
MDM-Other Supported Features
After watching this video; you will be able to describe other supported features in MDM.
-
Migrate Users' Files and Settings
After watching this video; you will be able to discuss migrating users' files and settings.
-
Mobile Device Management (MDM)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe mobile device management (MDM).
-
Monitor Alerts in Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to implement monitoring alerts in configuration manager.
-
Monitoring Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to implement monitoring applications.
-
Monitoring Components of Site Health
After watching this video; you will be able to describe monitoring components of site health.
-
Monitoring Configuration Items and Baselines
After watching this video; you will be able to describe monitoring configuration items and baselines.
-
Monitoring Replication Link Status
After watching this video; you will be able to describe monitoring replication link status.
-
Monitoring System Status
After watching this video; you will be able to describe monitoring system status.
-
Multiple Maintenance Windows
After watching this video; you will be able to describe multiple maintenance windows.
-
Object Types - Security Scopes
After watching this video; you will be able to describe object types within security scopes.
-
Overlapping Boundaries
After watching this video; you will be able to describe overlapping boundaries.
-
Periodic Tasks – Monitoring Site Health
After watching this video; you will be able to describe periodic tasks while monitoring site health.
-
PKI Certificate Revocation
After watching this video; you will be able to describe PKI certificate revocation.
-
Planning for Multicast Deployments
After watching this video; you will be able to discuss planning for multicast deployments.
-
Planning System Roles for OS Deployments
After watching this video; you will be able to discuss planning system roles for OS deployments.
-
Preferred Management Points
After watching this video; you will be able to describe preferred management points.
-
Prerequisite Software Installation
After watching this video; you will be able to discuss prerequisite software installation.
-
Prerequisite Software Installation – WSUS
After watching this video; you will be able to discuss prerequisite software installation with WSUS.
-
Prerequisites for Deploying Operating Systems
After watching this video; you will be able to discuss the prerequisites for deploying operating systems.
-
Recover a Configuration Manager Site
After watching this video; you will be able to implement the recovery of a Configuration Manager site.
-
Recover a Site Database
After watching this video; you will be able to implement the recovery of a site database.
-
Replication Link Analyzer
After watching this video; you will be able to describe replication link analyzer.
-
Replication Link Status
After watching this video; you will be able to describe replication link status.
-
Requirements to Deploy Endpoint Protection
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the requirements to deploy endpoint protection.
-
Role-based Security
After watching this video; you will be able to describe role-based security.
-
SCCM Client in Virtual Desktop Infrastructures
After watching this video; you will be able to implement SCCM Client in virtual desktop infrastructures.
-
SCCM Client Installation Method
After watching this video; you will be able to describe SCCM Client installation method.
-
SCCM Client Installation Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to describe SCCM Client installation methods.
-
SCCM Disaster Recovery & Maintenance
After watching this video; you will be able to implement SCCM disaster recovery & maintenance.
-
SCCM Hardware Inventory
After watching this video; you will be able to describe SCCM hardware inventory.
-
SCCM Hardware Inventory Details
After watching this video; you will be able to describe SCCM hardware inventory details.
-
SCCM Software Inventory
After watching this video; you will be able to describe SCCM software inventory.
-
Security and Privacy for OS Deployment
After watching this video; you will be able to discuss security and privacy for OS deployment.
-
Security and Privacy Information
After watching this video; you will be able to describe security and privacy information.
-
Security Concerns and Best Practices
After watching this video; you will be able to outline and describe security concerns and best practices.
-
Security Roles
After watching this video; you will be able to describe security roles.
-
Security Scopes
After watching this video; you will be able to describe security scopes.
-
Servicing Images
After watching this video; you will be able to discuss servicing images.
-
Setting Up Discovery
After watching this video; you will be able to implement setting up discovery.
-
Software Updates Synchronization
After watching this video; you will be able to implement software updates synchronization.
-
Status Summarizers
After watching this video; you will be able to describe status summarizers.
-
Supported Operating Systems
After watching this video; you will be able to describe supported operating systems .
-
Supported Operating Systems for Deployment
After watching this video; you will be able to discuss supported operating systems for deployment.
-
Synchronization
After watching this video; you will be able to describe synchronization.
-
Synchronization of Internet-based Update Points
After watching this video; you will be able to discuss synchronization of Internet-based update points.
-
Task Sequences
After watching this video; you will be able to discuss task sequences.
-
Task Sequences Groups
After watching this video; you will be able to discuss Task Sequences Groups.
-
Third-party Computer Client Support
After watching this video; you will be able to describe third-party computer client support.
-
Types of Configuration Items
After watching this video; you will be able to describe types of configuration items.
-
Updates and Deployment Process
After watching this video; you will be able to describe updates and deployment process.
-
User Data and Profiles
After watching this video; you will be able to configure user data and profiles.
-
User State Migration Data
After watching this video; you will be able to discuss user state migration data.
-
Verify Reporting Services Point Installation
After watching this video; you will be able to verify reporting services point installation.
-
Viewing Reports
After watching this video; you will be able to describe viewing reports.
-
Viewing Site Service Status (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to implement viewing site service status.
-
Viewing Site Service Status (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to implement viewing site service status.
-
Weekly Tasks – Monitoring Site Health
After watching this video; you will be able to describe weekly tasks while monitoring site health.
-
What is Microsoft System Center?
After watching this video; you will be able to discuss Microsoft system center.
-
What is New in System Center 2012 R2
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what’s new in System Center 2012 R2.
-
What to Monitor
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what to monitor.
-
Where to Monitor
After watching this video; you will be able to describe where to monitor.
-
Windows Deployment Services
After watching this video; you will be able to discuss Windows Deployment Services.
-
Windows Intune and the Exchange Connector
After watching this video; you will be able to describe windows Intune and the exchange connector.
-
Working with Hotfixes
After watching this video; you will be able to discuss working with hotfixes.
-
Creating a Driver Package
After watching this video; you will be able to create a driver package.
-
Creating Task Sequences
After watching this video; you will be able to create task sequences.
-
Installing SCCM Client
After watching this video; you will be able to install SCCM Client.
-
Installing Server Roles
After watching this video; you will be able to install Server Roles.
-
Working with Alerts and Subscriptions
After watching this video; you will be able to use alerts and subscriptions.
-
Working with Discovery and Boundaries
After watching this video; you will be able to implement discovery and boundaries.
-
Working with Security Roles
After watching this video; you will be able to use security roles.
-
Adding an Update Server in Virtual Machine Manager
In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to add an update server to System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager.
-
Application Profiles
In System Center 2012 R2; application profiles provide the instructions for installing the applications to support a VMM managed service. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates the functions and uses of application profiles in System Center.
-
Choosing a Cloud Model
In System Center 2012 R2; it is important to design cloud services according to what best meets the needs of the organization. One of the primary decisions is the choice of server infrastructure – choosing between the private cloud; the public cloud; and the hybrid cloud. In this video; Aaron Sampson discusses the features of each type of cloud service.
-
Cloud Components
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 offers numerous cloud components that allow you to provide a flexible and unified solution across a cloud-based enterprise environment. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how the seven components that are included with System Center 2012 R2 are beneficial to cloud computing administration.
-
Cloud Services Process Pack
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 provides Infrastructure as a service with the Cloud Services Process Pack; as well as cloud management to the organization. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates the functions of the Cloud Services Process Pack to enhance the user experience by offering automation to the provisioning and management of your private cloud.
-
Cloud Services Process Pack Reporting
In this video; Aaron Sampson describes the reporting offerings of the cloud services process pack for Microsoft System Center 2012 R2.
-
Cloud Services Process Pack Request Offerings
In this video; Aaron Sampson describes the uses of Cloud Services Process Pack Request Offerings for Microsoft System Center 2012 R2.
-
Cloud Services Process Pack Terminology
In this video; Aaron Sampson describes Cloud Services Process Pack terminology for Microsoft System Center 2012 R2.
-
Configure Host Groups in Virtual Machine Manager
In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to set up host groups in System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager.
-
Configure Orchestrator Integration Packs
In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to configure Orchestrator integration packs.
-
Configure the Active Directory Connector
In this video; Aaron Sampson configures the Service Manager Active Directory connector in System Center 2012 R2.
-
Configure the Configuration Manager Connector
In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to configure the Service Manager Configuration Manager connector in System Center R2.
-
Configure the Operations Manager Connector
In this video; Aaron Sampson configures the Service Manager Operations Manager Alert connector in System Center 2012 R2.
-
Configure the Orchestrator Connector
In this video; Aaron Sampson configures the Service Manager Orchestrator connector in System Center 2012 R2.
-
Configure the Virtual Machine Manager Connector
In this video; Aaron Sampson configures the Service Manager Virtual Machine Manager; or VMM; connector in System Center 2012 R2.
-
Configure Virtual Machine Manager Dynamic Optimization
In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to configure dynamic optimization in System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager.
-
Configure Virtual Machine Manager Key Management
In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to configure key management in System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager.
-
Configure Virtual Machine Manager Service Accounts
In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to configure service accounts for System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager.
-
Configure Virtual Machine Manager Virtual Networks
In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to configure virtual networks in System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager.
-
Configuring an Update Baseline in Virtual Machine Manager
In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to configure an update baseline in System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager.
-
Configuring Guest OS Profiles
In this video; Aaron Sampson uses Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager to configure a guest OS profile.
-
Configuring Hardware Profiles
In this video; Aaron Sampson uses Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager to configure a hardware profile.
-
Configuring Self-Service Quotas
Self-service quotas limit what users can do within a specified cloud. In this video; Aaron Sampson implements user quotas using the Virtual Machine Manager; VMM; component of System Center 2012 R2.
-
Configuring Service Manager Basic Settings
Service Manager helps provide a robust and seamless IT service and can be configured and customized to meet the cloud's needs. In this video; Aaron Sampson performs basic configuration tasks for Service Manager in System Center 2012 R2.
-
Configuring SQL Server Protection
In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to configure SQL server protection using DPM.
-
Configuring storage pools for DPM
In this video; Aaron Sampson configures a storage pool for DPM in System Center R2.
-
Configuring the Operations Manager Web Part
In this video; Aaron Sampson configures the Operations Manager Web Part in System Center 2012 R2.
-
Configuring the PXE Server Role in Virtual Machine Manager
In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to add and configure the PXE Server Role in System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager.
-
Create a VM Template
In this video; Aaron Sampson describes the process for creating a Virtual Machine template from a virtual hard disk using Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager.
-
Create an Orchestrator Runbook
In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to use System Center Orchestrator Runbook Designer.
-
Creating a Host Profile in Virtual Machine Manager
In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to prepare for and create a host profile in System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager.
-
Creating a Hyper-V Host Cluster in Virtual Machine Manager
In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to create a cluster in System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager.
-
Creating a Self-Service User Role
User roles define who is able to do what; within what scope; and at what level of administrative ability; allowing users to do what they need to do while off-loading administrative tasks from a single person or group. In this video; Aaron Sampson creates a user role in the Virtual Machine Manager; or VMM; of System Center 2012 R2.
-
Creating a SQL Server Profile
In this video; Aaron Sampson describes the process for creating a SQL Server image and profile using Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager.
-
Creating a VM and Service Template for a SQL Server Deployment
In this video; Aaron Sampson describes the process in Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager for configuring Virtual Machine and Service templates used to complete an SQL Server deployment.
-
Creating an Application Profile
In this video; Aaron Sampson describes the process for creating an application profile using Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager.
-
Creating DPM Protection Groups
In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to create and configure a DPM protection group in System Center R2.
-
Creating Guest OS Profiles
In this video; Aaron Sampson uses Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager to create a guest OS profile.
-
Creating Hardware Profiles
In this video; Aaron Sampson uses Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager to create a hardware profile.
-
Deploy a Service Using App Controller
App Controller offers a self-service portal that allows defined self-service users to deploy any services that are required to support their environment without having to request permission. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to deploy a service using the App Controller component of System Center 2012 R2.
-
Deploy a VM with Virtual Machine Manager
In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to deploy a virtual machine with System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager.
-
Deploying Agents
Operation Manager agents are installed on the target systems you want to be able to pull into your Operations Management server. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates the process used to install Operations Manager agents in System Center 2012 R2.
-
Deploying an Application Profile
In this video; Aaron Sampson describes the process for deploying an application profile using Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager.
-
Deploying Bare-Metal Hyper-V hosts with Virtual Machine Manager and PXE
In deploying Bare-Metal Hyper-V hosts with Virtual Machine Manager (VMM) and PXE in Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; there are several key steps. The key components are the VMM server; the Windows Deployment Server (WDS); the Bare-Metal Server; and the library server. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates the steps for using these components to deploy Bare-Metal Hyper-V hosts.
-
Deploying DPM Agents
In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to deploy DPM agents to domain and workgroup computers in System Center R2.
-
Deploying DPM Agents Using Certificate-based Authentication
In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to deploy DPM agents using certificate-based authentication in System Center R2.
-
Designing Private Clouds
In System Center 2012 R2; you can design a private cloud infrastructure to host data in-house to suit your needs. The private cloud can be based on your current data center; and the requirements that the existing center fulfils. In this video; Aaron Sampson provides a demonstration on how to design a private cloud.
-
Designing Runbooks
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 has utilities that you can use to help automate the design of custom Runbooks in a private cloud environment. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how Runbooks can be designed effectively by first discussing the considerations you need to keep in mind before you get down to actually physically designing Runbooks.
-
Discovering and Deploying a Hyper-V Host in Virtual Machine Manager
In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to discover and deploy a Hyper-V host using the Add Resource Wizard in System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager.
-
DPM Backup Strategies
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you can write backups directly to your Data Protection Manager (DPM) server. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates the advantages and disadvantages of four different strategies for writing backups of protected information directly from the protected computer.
-
DPM Components
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; the Data Protection Manager (DPM) comprises different components that can be configured. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates certain DPM components and their functions.
-
DPM Considerations
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you can use the Data Protection Manager (DPM) to protect the private cloud. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how the DPM can be deployed by setting recovery point and recovery time objectives and defining protection parameters in the event of system failure.
-
DPM End-user File Protection
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 allows users to recover their own files through the DPM end-user file protection infrastructure. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to configure DPM end-user file protection options.
-
DPM In-place Upgrade
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 presents a variety of options for users when they configure their DPM in-place upgrades. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to do an in-place upgrade in DPM with System Center 2012 R2.
-
DPM Process
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you can perform backups with Data Protection Manager (DPM) using the Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS) process. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates the requestor; provider and writer components of VSS and examines the seven-step process that is followed when backups are performed.
-
DPM Side-by-side Upgrade
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 allows users who cannot do an in-place upgrade of DPM to do a side-by-side upgrade which keeps the original server secure while running the new server. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to do a side-by-side upgrade of DPM and reconfigure each newly protected server.
-
DPM Storage Strategies
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; it is important that; when setting up a Data Protection Manager (DPM) infrastructure; you have enough storage capacity and the correct type of storage. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates the different storage strategies for DPM.
-
DPM Upgrade Requirements
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2's Data Protection Manager (DPM) 2010 can be upgraded to the 2012 version; as long as specific infrastructural requirements are met. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates the requirements to upgrade DPM.
-
Guest OS Profiles
In System Center 2012 R2; virtual machine templates and Guest Operating System profiles can be utilised to streamline configuration of multiple virtual machines. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates the key elements of templates and Guest OS profiles in System Center.
-
Hardware Profiles
In System Center 2012 R2; hardware profiles are an essential component of virtual machine templates. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates the function of hardware profiles and the role they play in the configuration of virtual machine templates.
-
Install and Configure an Orchestrator Management Server
In this video; Aaron Sampson installs and configures an Orchestrator Management server in System Center 2012 R2.
-
Installing App Controller
App Controller is fairly compatible with other System Center Components and as such can coexist with them. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to install the App Controller component of System Center 2012 R2.
-
Installing DPM
In this video; Aaron Sampson discusses DPM hardware and software requirements and installation in System Center R2.
-
Installing Service Manager
In this video; Aaron Sampson explores the requirements for Service Manager and demonstrates how it is installed in System Center 2012 R2.
-
Installing the Operations Manager Web Part
In order to integrate Operations Manager with SharePoint; Web Part must first be configured and installed. In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to install the Operations Manager Web Part in System Center 2012 R2.
-
Managing Server Updates Using Virtual Machine Manager
In System Center 2012; you can update virtual systems with ease using the Virtual Machine Manager (VMM) feature. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates the process of updating virtual systems and explains how clusters are updated with minimal effect to the host.
-
Managing Updates in Virtual Machine Manager
In System Center 2012 R2; Virtual Machine Manager (VMM) which allows you to configure and manage virtual machines and services for private clouds. Like all software; VMM needs to be updated to ensure optimum performance. In this video; Aaron Sampson discusses how to manage updates in VMM.
-
Managing Virtual Machine Manager Update Settings
In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to manage update settings in System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager.
-
Migrating to Private Cloud
System Center 2012 R2 allows you to host a private cloud to manage your data in-house. Once you have determined the type of infrastructure you need; you can identify the services for migration. In this video; Aaron Sampson discusses aspects of migrating to a private cloud.
-
Operations Manager Active Directory Integration
The Configure Active Directory (AD) Integration wizard can be used in robust and dynamic environments to deploy agents to target systems. In this video; Aaron Sampson identifies agent security requirements and demonstrates the process used to integrate with Active Directory in the Operations Manager component of System Center 2012 R2.
-
Operations Manager and DPM Integration
In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to integrate Operations Manager with Data Protection Manager; or DPM; in System Center 2012 R2.
-
Operations Manager and SharePoint Integration
Operations Manager is designed to monitor your environment. In this video; Aaron Sampson discusses Operations Manager and SharePoint.
-
Operations Manager and VMM Integration
Operations Manager can be integrated with Systems Center to monitor and maintain the private cloud. In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to integrate Operations Manager with Virtual Machine Manager Server; or VMM; in System Center 2012 R2.
-
Operations Manager Architecture
In System Center 2012 R2; managing and monitoring the private cloud environment is made possible with the Operations Manager. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates the components and uses of the Operations Manager architecture.
-
Operations Manager Configuring Subscriptions
In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to configure Operations Manager subscriptions in System Center 2012 R2.
-
Operations Manager Custom Management Packs
The Operations Manager is the data center and cloud monitoring component of System Center 2012 R2 suite and can be customized to meet the specific needs of your cloud. In this video; Aaron Sampson creates a custom management pack.
-
Operations Manager Distributed Topology Upgrade
In Operations Manager; on encountering with multiple management servers we can use distributed server upgrade process using Upgrade Helper Management pack. In this video; Aaron Sampson discusses distributed server upgrade process.
-
Operations Manager Installing and Configuring a Management Pack
In this video; Aaron Sampson reviews the process used to obtain and install management packs in System Center 2012 R2.
-
Operations Manager Management Packs
Management packs are largely what give Operations Manager its ability to monitor environments. In this video; Aaron Sampson identifies and explains the properties of Operations Manager management packs in System Center 2012 R2.
-
Operations Manager Monitoring Databases
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager; you can use the OLE DB Data Source Template that's provided to monitor databases via database connections; queries; and time to complete certain operations. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how the OLE DB Data Source Template is applied in database performance monitoring.
-
Operations Manager Monitoring Distributed Applications
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager allows you to simultaneously monitor the multiple components of distributed applications to provide an overall view of the performance of the application. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how the Operation Manager services are applied in the monitoring of distributed applications.
-
Operations Manager Monitoring Templates
Operations Manager management packs can be used to monitor applications. In this video; Aaron Sampson discusses management pack templates.
-
Operations Manager Monitoring the Private Cloud Using Monitoring Templates
In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates the best practices for monitoring cloud infrastructure components with common Operations Manager monitoring templates in System Center 2012 R2.
-
Operations Manager Notification Channels and Subscribers
A key feature of Operations Manager is its ability to monitor your environment. However; information gained is useful only if you are aware of it. Notifications can be configured to inform Operations Manager of what is going on. In this video; Aaron Sampson explains the functions of Operations Manager notification channels and subscribers in System Center 2012 R2.
-
Operations Manager Side-by-Side Upgrade
The side-by-side upgrade process for Microsoft System Center 2012 can be a complex approach. In this video; Aaron Sampson discusses the side-by-side upgrade process.
-
Operations Manager Single Server Upgrades
A single-server System Center Operations Manager 2007 R2 environment can be upgraded to System Center 2012 – Operations Manager. In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to perform both simple and complex single-server upgrades.
-
Operations Manager Upgrade Paths
In System Center 2012 R2; you have various paths that you can chose from when upgrading. In this video; Aaron Samson demonstrates how to choose an appropriate upgrade path for Operations Manager and how to use the Upgrade Helper Management Pack.
-
Operations Manager User Roles
Microsoft Operations Manager can be used to identify; define; and restrict users' abilities and place them into appropriate role. In this video; Aaron Sampson discusses Microsoft Operations Manager user roles.
-
Options for Creating a VM Template
The ability to consistently deploy virtual machines in greatly improved through the use of templates. In this video; Aaron Sampson explains options for creating a virtual machine template.
-
Orchestrator Architecture
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 allows you to automate and standardize administrative tasks with Orchestrator Architecture. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to install Orchestrator Architecture on the Management Server and what you can use it for.
-
Orchestrator Components
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 implements various tasks and methods for passing information from task-to-task by using the Orchestrator Components tool. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how Runbooks is the key component of automation in Orchestrator; and that it's made up of Activities; Runbooks; and the Data bus.
-
Orchestrator Deployment Tasks
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; when implementing Orchestrator deployment tasks you have a fair number of components involved with getting it set up. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates the components involved in the setting up of a management system.
-
Orchestrator Integration Packs
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 allows monitoring of various types of applications using Orchestrator Integration Packs by extending the capabilities of your Runbooks. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to obtain the correct integration pack so your Runbooks can include any kind of step and any kind of task or activity related to your applications.
-
Orchestrator Runbook Activities
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; there is a logical representation of various sequences and processes. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates Orchestrator Runbooks Activities and the tools available such as utilities; monitoring options; e-mail; and notification types; as well as system based activities.
-
Orchestrator Security
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 allows you to manage the Orchestrator Security and permissions of your users in Runbooks. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to configure and modify the security settings in Orchestrator; and assign permissions to additional users or groups by modifying the access control list.
-
Plan a Service Manager Upgrade
When upgrading Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Service Manager from previous versions it is important to plan your upgrade appropriately in terms of timing; management pack syncing; and connector definition. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to include these features in your Service Manager upgrade plan.
-
Planning an Update Baseline in Virtual Machine Manager
System Center 2012 R2 allows you to plan and update baselines to set minimum levels using the Virtual Machine Manager (VMM) feature. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates the creation of baselines for the purpose of streamlining server updates.
-
Preparing and Deploying a SQL Server Image
In this video; Aaron Sampson describes the process for installing and configuring a SQL Server instance using Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager.
-
Preparing iSCSI Storage For Hyper-V Host Clusters in Virtual Machine Manager
In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to prepare iSCSI storage for Hyper-V host clusters in System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager.
-
Private Clouds
In System Center 2012 R2; private clouds are flexible environments that offer certain benefits when compared to traditional environments. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates private cloud environments and how they differ from tradition development environments.
-
Protecting Hyper-V Clusters Using DPM
In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to configure DPM protection for Hyper-V servers.
-
Protecting Hyper-V Using DPM
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 allows you to support and protect virtual machines in your private cloud infrastructure by protecting Hyper-V using DPM. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how you can configure the agents within the guest system so they are supported and protected by DPM.
-
Remediating Update Non-Compliance in Virtual Machine Manager
In this video; Aaron Sampson uses Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager to remediate software update non-compliance.
-
Restoring SQL Server Data
In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to restore SQL Server data using DPM.
-
Scanning for Compliance with Virtual Machine Manager
In this video; Aaron Sampson uses Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager to scan for server update compliance.
-
Self-service User Roles
In System Center 2012 R2; user roles can be used to manage which users have access and permissions to perform certain tasks. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates the four different user roles and their specifications.
-
Service Level Management
In this video; Aaron Sampson describes Service Level Management for Microsoft System Center 2012 R2.
-
Service Level Management Calendar Items
In this video; Aaron Sampson describes Service Level Management calendar items for Microsoft System Center 2012 R2.
-
Service Manager Change Management
The Change Management feature in Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Service Manager allows you to define repeatable templates for any change requests submitted by users. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how Service Manager Change Management is applied to improves workflow functionality and ensure that users all have standard guidelines to follow
-
Service Manager Components
The Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Service Manager is comprised of the management server and the Service Manager database; from which you can manage your organization's services. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how the components of the Service Manager are integrated and applied in the management of services.
-
Service Manager Deployment
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 allows you to deploy Service Manager to a range of different functional environments. In order to do this; certain requirements must be met. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to meet the deployment requirements of Service Manager 2012.
-
Service Manager Incident Management
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you can manage incidents that arise from unplanned interruptions and unexpected degradations of a service. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to report and manage different incidents using Service Manager.
-
Service Manager Knowledge Management
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you can access articles in knowledge bases using Service Manager. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how knowledge bases provide accurate and detailed information on defined topics for users and administrators within Service Manager.
-
Service Manager Notification Channels
In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to configure the Service Manager notification channels in System Center R2.
-
Service Manager Notification Subscriptions
In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to configure the Service Manager notification subscriptions in System Center R2.
-
Service Manager Notification Templates
In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to configure the Service Manager notification templates in System Center R2.
-
Service Manager Problem Management
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you can manage problems that are identified by service incident reports using Service Manager. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how Service Manager allows you to create problem records to determine; track; and resolve the underlying problems at the root of service incident reports.
-
Service Manager Release Management
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; Service Manager provides you with the all-encompassing Release Management mechanism through which you can implement all of the processes involved in applying changes to IT services. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how Service Manager Release Management is applied.
-
Service Manager Security
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Service Manager has certain security measures inbuilt to ensure the safety of your Service Manager operations. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how these security considerations apply to different aspects of Service Manager.
-
Service Manager Self-Service Portal
In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to configure the Service Manager self-service portal in System Center R2.
-
Service Manager Service Requests
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you can manage service requests using Service Manager. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how users and administrators use Service Manager to create and track service requests for preauthorized services and features.
-
SQL Self-service Recovery
In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to configure and perform self-service recovery for SQL data.
-
Upgrade a Service Using App Controller
The upgrade feature of the App Controller allows users to upgrade services made available to them via the VMM server. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to upgrade a service using the App Controller component of System Center 2012 R2.
-
Upgrading Service Manager
Upgrading Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Service Manager from previous versions of Service Manager provides you with a range of new features and functions. There are; however; certain requirements to ensure the full completion of the upgrade. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to meet the upgrade requirements of Service Manager.
-
Verifying a Hyper-V Host Cluster in Virtual Machine Manager
In this video; Aaron Sampson shows how to verify a Hyper-V host cluster in System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager.
-
Virtual Machine Manager - Dynamic Application Deployment Overview
In System Center 2012 R2; application packages are easily created and deployed using the uses the Dynamic Application Deployment feature. In this video Aaron Sampson demonstrates the automated deployment of web applications; and explores the different ways these packages can be created.
-
Virtual Machine Manager - Web Deployment Overview
System Center 2012 R2 allows you to perform a much more efficient form of web deployment than more traditional processes of deployment. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how you can use Virtual Machine Manager (VMM) Web Deployment packages to create packages for deploying web sites to multiple servers.
-
Virtual Machine Manager Architecture
In System Center 2012 R2; there a number of components in the architecture of the Virtual Machine Manager (VMM). These include VMM management server which controls host machines; the SQL server; which stores all configuration settings; various management interfaces; and a variety of other items. In this video; Aaron Sampson discusses the components of the VMM.
-
Virtual Machine Manager Bare-Metal Deployment Process
In System Center 2012 R2; the Virtual Machine Manager (VMM) includes the bare-metal deployment process; which allows you to provision new host systems quickly and easily. In this video; Aaron Sampson provides demonstrates the bare-metal deployment process.
-
Virtual Machine Manager Cluster Deployment Prerequisites
In System Center 2012 R2; there are several prerequisites needed for the deployment of the Virtual Machine Manager (VMM) Cluster. Hyper-V Host Clusters are key components of the configuration of server hardware for private cloud solutions; and ensure the availability of virtual machines. In this video; Aaron Sampson discusses the prerequisites for VMM Cluster deployment.
-
Virtual Machine Manager Creating Web Deployment Packages
In this video; Aaron Sampson explains the options for creating Web Deployment Packages and offers advice on how to consider which option might be best for your environment.
-
Virtual Machine Manager High Availability Considerations
In System Center 2012 R2; you can use Virtual Machine Manager (VMM) to configure and manage virtual machines and services for private clouds. When working with the VMM; high availability is important; so if one server fails; another server is ready to pick up the load. In this video; Aaron Sampson discusses the importance of ensuring high availability in VMM.
-
Virtual Machine Manager Host Placement
In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to configure host placement in System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager.
-
Virtual Machine Manager Jobs
In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to use the Jobs Workspace in System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager.
-
Virtual Machine Manager Libraries
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; the Virtual Machine Manager (VMM) requires Library Servers to host resources. In this video; Rafiq Wayani adds a Library Server to the VMM infrastructure and imports resources into it from an existing Library Server.
-
Virtual Machine Manager Prerequisites
The system requirements for installing Virtual Machine Manager (VMM) in Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 are different to other System Center editions. There are requirements on both the management server software and management system hardware. In this video; Aaron Sampson discusses these requirements for installing VMM in System Center 2012 R2 as well as other versions.
-
Virtual Machine Manager Private Cloud Components
In System Center 2012 R2; you can host a private cloud to maintain better control over your infrastructure and data. To configure a private cloud; you need various primary resources; including servers; storage components; and network resources. In this video; Aaron Sampson discusses of the components required when setting up a private cloud.
-
Virtual Machine Manager PXE Server Integration Requirements
System Center 2012 R2 allows you to deploy host systems from Bare-Metal to full operating systems. In this video; Aaron Sampson discusses the integration requirements for PXE Server in the deployment of host systems.
-
Virtual Machine Manager Upgrade Considerations
System Center 2012 R2 supports the Virtual Machine Manager (VMM); a cloud management solution that allows you to configure and manage virtual machines and services for private clouds. As with all software; VMM can be upgraded to provide better functionality. In this video; Aaron Sampson discusses the VMM upgrade considerations.
-
Virtual Machine Manager VMs and Services Workspace
In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to navigate the System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager VMs and Services Workspace.
-
Virtual Machine Manager Web Deployment Tool
The Virtual Machine Manager (VMM) in System Center 2012 R2 contains a Web Deployment tool that allows you to execute deployments of web-based applications across your cloud-based web servers. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates using the VMM Web Deployment tool.
-
VM Templates
In System Center 2012 R2; you can use virtual machine templates to collect all of the construction elements that you need when assembling virtual machines and services. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates the uses of virtual machine templates.
-
WSUS Integration with Virtual Machine Manager
The Virtual Machine Manager (VMM) in System Center 2012 R2 allows you to host private clouds and remote servers. Like all software; VMM needs to be updated to ensure optimum performance. To do this; you can use Windows Server Update Services; of WSUS. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how WSUS integrates with VMM.
-
System Center Technical Preview 2 Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the System Center Technical Preview 2 release.
-
System Center Technical Preview 2 Requirements
After watching this video; you will be able to list system requirements for System Center Technical Preview 2.
-
System Center Technical Preview 2 Retired Features
After watching this video; you will be able to list features removed from System Center Technical Preview 2.
-
Accessing the App-V Management Console
After watching this video; you will be able to access and navigate the App-V management console.
-
Accessing the RD Web Access Portal
After watching this video; you will be able to access the RD Web Access portal to launch RDS resources.
-
Adding a Licensing Server
After watching this video; you will be able to add a licensing server to the session-based RDS deployment.
-
Adding Packages to App-V
After watching this video; you will be able to add packages to App-V using the management console.
-
App-V Architecture
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the elements of App-V.
-
App-V Security Considerations
After watching this video; you will be able to identify security requirements for an App-V deployment.
-
App-V Supported Configurations
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the supported configurations for App-V.
-
Collecting Data for RDS Inventory
After watching this video; you will be able to peform an inventory and assessment on RDS currently in the infrastructure.
-
Collecting Data to Plan for RDS and VDI (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to run the Performance Metrics Wizard and Hardware Library Wizard to collect data to begin planning for RDS and VDI.
-
Collecting Data to Plan for RDS and VDI (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to run the Desktop Workload Library wizard and Desktop Virtualization Planning Wizard to collect data to plan for RDS and VDI.
-
Configure App-V Reporting on the Client
After watching this video; you will be able to configure App-V reporting on the client.
-
Configuring Active Directory Permissions
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Active Directory settings to give RD Connection Broker appropriate permissions to join virtual desktops to the domain.
-
Configuring and Publishing Application Packages
After watching this video; you will be able to configure and publish virtualized application packages .
-
Configuring and Using RemoteApp
After watching this video; you will be able to use RemoteApp to provide programs to clients in an RDS deployment.
-
Configuring App-V Prerequisites
After watching this video; you will be able to configure the required prerequisites for the App-V elements.
-
Configuring Certificates for Session-based Deployments
After watching this video; you will be able to configure certificates for a session-based RDS deployment.
-
Configuring Device Redirection for a Session Collection
After watching this video; you will be able to describe and configure device and printer redirection on a session collection for RemoteApps and virtual desktops.
-
Configuring High Availability for App-V
After watching this video; you will be able to configure high availability for App-V.
-
Configuring RemoteApp and Desktop Connections Manually
After watching this video; you will be able to configure RemoteApp and Desktop Connections on the client manually using Control Panel.
-
Configuring RemoteApp and Desktop Connections Using GP
After watching this video; you will be able to configure RemoteApp and Desktop Connections using Group Policy.
-
Configuring RemoteApp Properties
After watching this video; you will be able to configure the properties for RemoteApp programs.
-
Configuring Session Collections
After watching this video; you will be able to configure additional session collection settings using the Properties dialog box.
-
Configuring Session-based RDS Deployment Properties
After watching this video; you will be able to configure the RD Gateway and RD Web Access for a session-based RDS deployment.
-
Configuring SSO in an RDS Deployment
After watching this video; you will be able to configure SSO in an RDS deployment.
-
Configuring the App-V Client
After watching this video; you will be able to configure the App-V client using PowerShell.
-
Configuring the App-V Client Using Group Policy
After watching this video; you will be able to configure App-V client settings using the ADMXTemplate and Group Policy.
-
Configuring the App-V Sequencer
After watching this video; you will be able to configure the directories for the application installation requirements and use the Option dialog box to configure settings for the App-V Sequencer.
-
Configuring User and Client Settings
After watching this video; you will be able to configure user and client settings for the collection pool.
-
Connection Groups and their Virtual Environment
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the Connection Group Virtual Environment and Connection Group File.
-
Considerations for Deploying Office 2013 with App-V
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the supported versions; deployments; and licensing of Microsoft Office and guidelines for deployment.
-
Creating a Connection Group
After watching this video; you will be able to create a connection group.
-
Creating a New Virtual Application Package (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to prepare a computer for a virtual package; select the type of application and installer; and name the package using the Create New Package wizard in the App-V Sequencer.
-
Creating a New Virtual Application Package (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to configure the Software for a new application package; customize it and create the package using the Create New Package wizard in the App-V Sequencer.
-
Creating a New Virtual Application Package (Part 3)
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Package Editor to configure settings for the virtualized application package.
-
Creating a Personal Virtual Desktop Collection
After watching this video; you will be able to create a personal virtual desktop collection to manage VM-based desktop deployments.
-
Creating a Pooled Virtual Desktop Collection
After watching this video; you will be able to create a pooled virtual desktop collection to manage VM-based desktop deployments.
-
Creating a Report for App-V
After watching this video; you will be able to create a report for App-V.
-
Creating a Session Collection
After watching this video; you will be able to create a session collection; including configuring the user groups and user profile disks.
-
Creating a Virtual Desktop Template
After watching this video; you will be able to create a virtual desktop template to create VMs for users.
-
Creating and Deploying App-V Packages
After watching this video; you will be able to create App-V packages using the App-V Sequencer and deploy them; and also manage connection groups.
-
Creating Office 2013 App-V Packages (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to customize the XML configuration file to specify the Office 2013 product details for the App-V package.
-
Creating Office 2013 App-V Packages (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to convert the Office applications into an App-V package.
-
Creating User-entitled Connection Groups
After watching this video; you will be able to create connection groups with user-published and globally published packages.
-
Customizing RD Web Access Portal
After watching this video; you will be able to customize the RD Web Access portal.
-
Deciding When to Use Application Virtualization
After watching this video; you will be able to decide what applications to virtualize and when based on design considerations.
-
Deploying Hyper-V Replica
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the steps to deploy Hyper-V Replica.
-
Deploying the App-V Sequencer
After watching this video; you will be able to deploy the App-V sequencer.
-
Deploying VM and Session-based RDS
After watching this video; you will be able to plan for and deploy a virtual desktop infrastructure.
-
Deployment Considerations for RD Session Host Servers
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the considerations for deploying apps to the RD Session Host servers.
-
Determining Application Compatibility Issues
After watching this video; you will be able to use ACT to determine application compatibility issues and version coexistence.
-
Editing Active Directory Access
After watching this video; you will be able to edit the active directory access to the virtualized application package to assign users and groups.
-
Enabling Office Plugins Using Connection Groups
After watching this video; you will be able to enable Office plug-ins by creating a package using the App-V sequencer and connection group.
-
Exercise - Configuring and Using RemoteApp
After watching this video; you will be able to configure RemoteApp for Hyper-V.
-
High Availability for RD Connection Broker (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the requirements for implementing high availability for the RD Connection Broker role service.
-
High Availability for RD Connection Broker (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to implement high availability for the RD Connection Broker role service.
-
High Availability for RD Gateway
After watching this video; you will be able to implement high availability for the RD Gateway role service.
-
High Availability for RD Licensing
After watching this video; you will be able to implement high availability for the RD Licensing role service.
-
High Availability for RD Session Host Servers
After watching this video; you will be able to implement high availability for RD Session Host Servers in an RDS infrastructure.
-
High Availability for RD Web Access
After watching this video; you will be able to implement high availability for the RD Web Access role service.
-
Implementing Business Continuity (VSAE)
After watching this video; you will be able to implement business continuity for virtualized apps.
-
Installing a Session-based RDS Deployment
After watching this video; you will be able to install a session-based RDS deployment strategy by installing the required roles using the Add Roles and Features Wizard.
-
Installing a VM-based RDS Deployment
After watching this video; you will be able to install a VM-based RDS deployment strategy by installing the required roles using the Add Roles and Features Wizard.
-
Installing ACT
After watching this video; you will be able to install ACT.
-
Installing Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to install applications on the RD Session Host Server using the command prompt and Control Panel.
-
Installing the App-V Client
After watching this video; you will be able to install the App-V client.
-
Installing the App-V RDS Client
After watching this video; you will be able to Install the App-V RDS client and configure the App-V server connection using PowerShell.
-
Installing the App-V Server
After watching this video; you will be able to install the App-V server.
-
Installing the MAP Toolkit
After watching this video; you will be able to install the MAP toolkit.
-
Integrating App-V with VDI
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to integrate App-V with VDI.
-
Making a Connection Group Ignore a Package Version
After watching this video; you will be able to configure a connection group to use any version of a package.
-
Managing User Connections Using Server Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to manage connections established by users to virtual desktops and RemoteApp programs using Server Manager.
-
Managing User Connections with PowerShell
After watching this video; you will be able to manage connections established by users to virtual desktops and RemoteApp programs with PowerShell.
-
MAP Toolkit Features
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features and capabilities of the MAP Toolkit in relation to application virtualization.
-
Microsoft Virtualization Technologies
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the Microsoft virtualization technologies.
-
Overview of Accessing RemoteApp Programs
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the three methods users can use to access RemoteApp programs.
-
Overview of Deploying VM-Based Desktops
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the steps required to deploy VM-based desktops.
-
Overview of High Availability for RDS
After watching this video; you will be able to describe high availability for an RDS infrastructure.
-
Overview of Hyper-V Replica
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Hyper-V Replica and its requirements.
-
Overview of Remote Desktop Services
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how Remote Desktop Services and its functionality and benefits.
-
Planning APP-V Disaster Recovery
After watching this video; you will be able to plan for disaster recovery for an APP-V infrastructure.
-
Planning Deployment Infrastructure
After watching this video; you will be able to design and plan the deployment infrastructure for an application distribution strategy.
-
Planning for Client Hyper-V
After watching this video; you will be able to describe and plan for Client Hyper-V implementation.
-
Planning for User State Preservation
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the various methods used to preserve user state on session-based desktops.
-
Planning Storage for VM-Based Desktop Deployment
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the planning considerations for VM-based desktop deployment.
-
Planning the RDS Infrastructure
After watching this video; you will be able to identify RDS infrastructure considerations.
-
Planning the RDS Session Host Role
After watching this video; you will be able to plan for the deployment of the RDS Session Host role service.
-
Planning to Deploy the App-V Client
After watching this video; you will be able to plan for an App-V client deployment; including client coexistence and Share Content Store.
-
Planning VM-Based Networking and Process Capacity
After watching this video; you will be able to plan networking and processing for VM-based desktop capacity.
-
Planning VM-Based Storage and Memory Capacity
After watching this video; you will be able to plan storage and memory capacity for VM-based desktop capacity.
-
Benefits of Application Virtualization
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the benefits of using application virtualization.
-
Publishing a Connection Group
After watching this video; you will be able to publish a connection group.
-
Publishing RemoteApps Programs
After watching this video; you will be able to publish RemoteApp programs using the Publish RemoteApp Programs Wizard in Server Manager.
-
Publishing the Office Package for App-V
After watching this video; you will be able to publish the Office 2013 package using the App-V server.
-
RD Licensing Server Backup and Recovery
After watching this video; you will be able to back up and recover an RD Licensing server to ensure resilience.
-
RDS Functionalilty to Enhance Client Experiences
After watching this video; you will be able to describe functions RDS provides to enhance client experiences.
-
RemoteApp Usage Scenarios
After watching this video; you will be able to identify features and usage scenarios for using RemoteApp.
-
Setting Up Hyper-V Replica
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the check requirements before Hyper-V Replica setup can be completed.
-
Setting Up the Environment for Hyper-V Replica
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the steps required to configure the environment for Hyper-V Replica to be implemented.
-
The Remote Desktop Services Architecture
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the RDS architecture; including the services it provides.
-
Updating a Sequenced Application
After watching this video; you will be able to update a sequenced application by modifying the virtualized application package.
-
Updating Pooled Virtual Desktops
After watching this video; you will be able to update pooled virtual desktops after a VM template has been changed using the Recreate All Virtual Desktops Wizard.
-
Using Caching
After watching this video; you will be able to configure the autoload settings to specify the caching of files for client packages with App-V.
-
Using Group Policy to Configure RDS
After watching this video; you will be able to use Group Policy to Configure RDS.
-
Using Optional Packages in Connection Groups
After watching this video; you will be able to use optional packages to connection groups.
-
Using RDS Shadowing
After watching this video; you will be able to use RDS shadowing to enter an active user connection.
-
Using Shared Content Store Mode
After watching this video; you will be able to use shared content store mode; SCS.
-
Using the App-V Client Console
After watching this video; you will be able to access and use the App-V Client console to view virtual applications.
-
VDI Deployment Scenarios
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Virtual machine-based and Session-Based VDI deployment scenarios.
-
Viewing MAP Reports for Virtualization
After watching this video; you will be able to view MAP reports to analyze the results for planning RDS and VDI.
-
VM-Based Desktop and Session-Based Deployments
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the components in a typical VM-Based and Session-Based deployment.
-
Planning and Installing App-V
After watching this video; you will be able to plan for application virtualization and install the App-V server.
-
Application Virtualization
System Center 2012 R2 supports the Server Application Virtualization (Server App-V) feature; which allows you to collect the necessary resources and package them as a single deployable unit. In this video; Aaron Sampson discusses the features of the Server App-V feature.
-
Configuring Server App-V Sequencer
In this video; Aaron Sampson uses Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager to install and configure the Server App-V Sequencer.
-
Configuring Windows Deployment Services
In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to add and configure the Windows Deployment Services role to a Windows Server 2012 R2 machine.
-
Invalid App-V Usage Scenarios
At times it may be more advantageous to identify applications that are not suitable candidates for Server App-V use. In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to examine your environment to determine which applications aren't supported by Server App-V.
-
Server App-V
In System Center 2012 R2 you can use the Server App-V feature to create and deploy web packages. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to deploy applications to multiple virtual machines using Server App-V and discusses the features it offers during the deployment process; such as sequencing and load balancing.
-
Server App-V – Testing an App-V application
In this video; Aaron Sampson uses Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Server App-V Agent to test a sequenced App-V application.
-
Server App-V Agent and Sequencer Cmdlets
In this video; Aaron Sampson uses Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 to configure the Server App-V Agent and Sequencer with PowerShell Commandlets.
-
Server App-V and App-V
In this video; Aaron Sampson provides a comparison of App-V and Server App-V; highlighting when each technology is the right choice.
-
Server App-V Backing Up and Restoring a Package
In this video; Aaron Sampson uses Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Server App-V Agent to back up and restore an App-V package.
-
Server App-V Best Practices
In this video; Aaron Sampson; explains Server App-V best practices.
-
Server App-V in Use
Large scale deployments requiring multiple; manual configurations are good candidates for Server App-V use. Its ability to dynamically deploy lots of information in a single package saves time in this type of environment. In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to examine your environment and test whether it is suited to dynamic deployment using Server App-V.
-
Server App-V Packages
The sequencing process creates a package and this package is what is used to deploy the application to target servers. In this video; Aaron Sampson explores the contents of the Server App-V package.
-
Server App-V Requirements
The Server App-V feature in System Center 2012 R2 has several system requirements. These requirements are supported back to Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 2. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how to list the requirements for Server App-V.
-
Server App-V Sequencing an Application
In this video; Aaron Sampson uses Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Server App-V Sequencer to sequence an application.
-
Server App-V Sequencing Process
In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to sequence Sever App-V; providing details about each step.
-
Templates
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the project (process) templates.
-
Introduction to SQL
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the purpose of SQL and how it can be used to access data in a database.
-
Obtain Instance Information on Multiple Instances
When using Microsoft PowerShell and SQL Server; you can return instance information on multiple instances. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to use cmdlets to return information on multiple instances of a server.
-
Create a Site Page
SharePoint 2013 enables you to easily create a site page using a template of your choice. You do this through the Sites and workspaces feature located on the Site Settings page. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to name and configure a new site page; as well as select the appropriate site template.
-
Create an Asset Library
Creating an asset library in Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows users to upload specific images and video files. In this video; David Santana shows you how to create and add files to an asset library.
-
Explore a Publishing Site
The publishing site in Microsoft SharePoint 2013 is user friendly. In this video; David Santana discusses how this feature creates a friendlier and more inviting and intuitive site for content authors.
-
Recycle Bin
SharePoint 2013 enables you to configure the Recycle Bin so that you can both delete and restore items to your document libraries. In this video; David Santana activates the Recycle Bin; which offers restore and delete options.
-
Enable Users
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 allows you to add and enable users by assigning them to specific pools. In this video; David Santana uses the Control Panel's User section to add; enable; and configure communications permissions for a Lync Server user account.
-
Apps
SharePoint 2013 organizes search items into categories; enabling you to easily access and add Noteworthy and other apps you can add to your site; arranged by name or time of listing. In this video; David Santana uses the new SharePoint search feature on the TeamSite page to access Your Apps in Site Contents.
-
Conferencing
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 allows you to confer with multiple participants. Lync provides three different types of conferencing that we can use – Web Conferencing; AV Conferencing and Dial-In Conferencing; all governed by Conferencing Policies. In this video; Telmo Sampaio uses Lync to create and assign these conferencing policies.
-
VPN Components
After watching this video; you will be able to describe VPN components.
-
Message Tracking
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; you can enable message tracking to provide a record or log file of all messages sent and received. Message tracking can be configured on the mailbox or Edge Transport server using the Set-TransportService and Set-MailboxServer cmdlets. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates the importance of message tracking and how to configure it in Exchange.
-
Applications
Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS) allows you to use applications from a pool. In this video; Pierre Devereux demonstrates how to create an application and then assign it to an application pool to be used with different settings on other websites.
-
Switches
After watching this video; you will be able to toggle an item between states using a switch.
-
User Accounts
After watching this video; you will be able to describe user accounts.
-
IPv4 Addressing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe IPv4 addressing.
-
Extensions
Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS) include a number of extensions and features to choose from. In this video; Pierre Devereux demonstrates how to select and apply IIS extensions for specific needs.
-
People
Microsoft Windows 8.1's People application links you to your Outlook and social media contacts; and notifies you of and gives you access to their posts and status updates. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to access social media updates and explains how the People app accommodates and integrates feeds from popular social media platforms.
-
Personalization
After watching this video; you will be able to implement personalization.
-
Bluetooth Devices
You can connect Bluetooth devices to a Microsoft Windows 8 computer in order to share information among them. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to connect a Bluetooth device to a Windows 8 computer; as well as how to remove it.
-
Introducing the new Command Prompt
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the new command prompt menus in Microsoft Windows 10.
-
Using OneDrive
After watching this video; you will be able to integrate OneDrive with your app to store files and data.
-
Using Semantic Zoom
In Windows Store apps; you can use the Semantic Zoom control to allow your app users to easily navigate in a large data set. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the Semantic Zoom.
-
Using Regular Expressions
After watching this video; you will be able to how to use regular express to help in input validation.
-
Web Hosting
In Web API Design; your application can be self-hosted as well as hosted in ASP.NET. In this video; Sidney Andrews uses the Web API Controller Class option to create a folder and add controllers.
-
Applying an Azure VM DSC Configuration
After watching this video; you will be able to apply a DSC configuration to an Azure VM.
-
Bootstrapping LCM Configuration of HyperV VMs
After watching this video; you will be able to bootstrap a DSC LCM configuration into a new HyperV VM.
-
Configure a Server Farm in Azure
After watching this video; you will be able to create; publish; and configure a server farm in Azure using DSC.
-
Configuring a Linux Environment for DSC
After watching this video; you will be able to configure a Linux node to receive a PowerShell DSC configuration.
-
Configuring HyperV VMs using DSC
After watching this video; you will be able to define a configuration for a HyperV guest VM using DSC.
-
Configuring the HyperV Role using DSC
After watching this video; you will be able to use DSC to configure a HyperV host.
-
Connecting to an Internal PowerShellGet Repository
After watching this video; you will be able to connect an authoring environment to a local DSC module repository.
-
Create a JEA Endpoint
After watching this video; you will be able to configure a node to be managed with Just Enough Administration in DSC.
-
Create and Publish a Custom Resource
After watching this video; you will be able to create a custom resource using the DSC Resource Designer and then document; test; and deploy it.
-
Creating a DSC Configuration for a Linux Node
After watching this video; you will be able to create a Linux DSC configuration.
-
Creating a Simple Composite Resource
After watching this video; you will be able to create a composite-style resource that strings together existing out-of-the-box DSC resources.
-
Creating an Azure VM DSC Configuration
After watching this video; you will be able to create a DSC configuration for an Azure VM.
-
Creating an Internal PowerShellGet Repository
After watching this video; you will be able to configure an internal repository for DSC modules.
-
Debugging Techniques in Consuming DSC Resources
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how the DSC LCM loads and caches resources.
-
Debugging Techniques in Writing DSC Resources
After watching this video; you will be able to identify techniques to writing DSC resources that can assist in debugging internal resource problems.
-
Deploying Custom Resources in Push Mode
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to deploy your custom resources when using Push mode configurations.
-
Deploying Custom Resources via an HTTP Pull Server
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to deploy your custom resources when using Pull mode configurations with an HTTP Pull Server.
-
Deploying Custom Resources via an SMB Pull Server
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to deploy your custom resources when using Pull mode configurations with an SMB Pull Server.
-
Documenting DSC Resources
After watching this video; you will be able to document custom DSC resources so that they can be better consumed by others.
-
DSC Resource Parameters
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the various types of DSC resource parameters.
-
Examining a Custom Resource
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how DSC modules and resources are structured in preparation for writing custom resources.
-
Examining a Linux Machine's Config and Metaconfig
After watching this video; you will be able to explore how DSC sets the LCM and configuration itself on a Linux node.
-
Examining the DSC Resource Get Command
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the Get DSC resource command that retrieves the node's current state.
-
Examining the DSC Resource Set Command
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the Set DSC Resource command that performs the main resource activity.
-
Examining the DSC Resource Test Command
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the Test DSC resource command that identifies the node's current state.
-
Exploring Partial Configurations
After watching this video; you will be able to configure a node using multiple DSC configurations from various sources.
-
Handling Machine Reboots
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to instruct a node that it requires a reboot without forcing it to do so.
-
Nesting DSC Configurations
After watching this video; you will be able to nest a DSC configuration inside of another.
-
Overview of Azure Automation DSC
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the Azure automation capability for DSC.
-
Overview of Just Enough Administration
After watching this video; you will be able to outline PowerShell DSC's Just Enough Administration (JEA) principles and concepts.
-
Overview of PowerShell DSC for Linux
After watching this video; you will be able to explore how DSC can be used to configure a Linux node.
-
Publishing a Linux DSC Config
After watching this video; you will be able to publish a DSC configuration to a Linux node.
-
Publishing an Azure VM DSC Configuration
After watching this video; you will be able to publish a DSC configuration to Azure storage for an Azure VM.
-
Reading Azure DSC Logs
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the DSC logs created for an Azure VM node.
-
Resetting a JEA Endpoint
After watching this video; you will be able to reset a JEA endpoint's configuration in DSC.
-
Testing a JEA Endpoint
After watching this video; you will be able to test a JEA node's configuration to ensure it is successfully applied in DSC.
-
Understanding DSC Resource Types and Structures
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how DSC modules and resources work and the different types that can be created.
-
Understanding DSC's Default Repositories
After watching this video; you will be able to use PowerShellGet and the PSGallery for DSC.
-
Understanding Resource Idempotency
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the key aspect of Set commands in DSC resources.
-
Unit Testing DSC Resources
After watching this video; you will be able to test resources while writing them to ensure they work as expected.
-
Updating an Existing DSC Resource
After watching this video; you will be able to update an existing DSC resource.
-
Using the DSC Resource Designer
After watching this video; you will be able to create a custom resource using the DSC Resource Designer.
-
Using the JEA Toolkit Helper
After watching this video; you will be able to use the JEA Toolkit Helper to generate JEA Toolkits.
-
Writing DSC Resources Using C#
After watching this video; you will be able to write custom DSC resources using C#.
-
Writing DSC Resources Using PowerShell Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to write custom DSC resources using PowerShell 5's new classes.
-
Configuring a MDT Production Deployment Share
After watching this video; you will be able to create a MDT production deployment share and add a custom image to it.
-
Configuring Key Management Service
After watching this video; you will be able to install the Volume Activation Services role; add a KMS host; and activate the KMS key.
-
Creating an Answer File Using Windows SIM
After watching this video; you will be able to create an answer file using Windows SIM.
-
Creating and Configuring the Deployment Share Part 1
After watching this video; you will be able to create a deployment share and configure permissions.
-
Determining Application Compatibility
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to use the API level to determine application compatibility.
-
Identifying Challenges for OS Deployment
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the challenges for operating system deployment to new and existing devices.
-
Identifying Common Application Compatibility Issues
After watching this video; you will be able to identify common application compatibility issues.
-
Identifying the Windows Setup Phases
After watching this video; you will be able to describe installation types for Windows Setup and the Windows setup phases.
-
Managing the Boot Images in SCCM
After watching this video; you will be able to manage the default boot images in SCCM; including how to customize them and configure optional settings and distribute it.
-
Office 2013 Versions Available for Installation
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the two Office 2013 versions available for installation: MSI and C2R.
-
Preparing to Capture an Image Using DISM
After watching this video; you will be able to determine which partitions to capture and prepare to capture an image using DISM.
-
Preparing to Deploy C2R for Office 365
After watching this video; you will be able to use the C2R Administration tool to prepare for a C2R installation of Office 365.
-
The Office Customization Tool to Customize Office
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how the Office Customization Tool; OCT; can be used to customize Office 2013 for deployment.
-
Understanding High-Touch Installs with Retail Media
After watching this video; you will be able to explain the requirements and the deployment process for a high-touch with retail media strategy; including the benefits and limitations.
-
Understanding How WDS Enhances an MDT Environment
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how WDS enhances an MDT environment for LTIs.
-
Understanding License Activation for Windows
After watching this video; you will be able to describe product activation and the three main activation methods: retail; OEM; volume activation.
-
Understanding OS Deployment Using SCCM
After watching this video; you will be able to describe operating systems deployment using SCCM and the terminology.
-
Understanding PXE-Initiated OS Deployments
After watching this video; you will be able to describe PXE-initiated OS deployments; including the benefits; requirements; and how it works.
-
Understanding the ACT Architecture
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the ACT architecture and how the components work together; including what data collection packages and compatibility ratings are.
-
Understanding the Benefits of Integrating MDT With SCCM
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the benefits of integrating MDT with SCCM for deployments.
-
Understanding the Different Solutions for Application Compatibility
After watching this video; you will be able to identify available application compatibility solutions.
-
Understanding the Enterprise Desktop Life Cycle
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the enterprise desktop life cycle model; including the planning and purchasing decisions.
-
Understanding the Guidelines for Desktop Deployment
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the guidelines for an effective enterprise desktop deployment.
-
Understanding the Types of Images Used for Windows
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the different types of images that current Windows environments use and their benefits.
-
Understanding User State Migration
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what user state is and how user state migration works; including the tools.
-
Using WDS Multicasting with MDT LTI Deployments
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how WDS multicasting can be used with an MDT LTI deployment and enable it.
-
Assigning Policies to User EAC Steps
After grouping retention tags within a retention policy in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; you should apply the retention policies to mailbox users and effect message retention settings. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to use the Exchange admin center (EAC) and Exchange Management Shell (EMS) to assign policies to mailboxes; and how to configure the Managed Folder Assistant.
-
AD RMS Accounts
When using Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; you are able to use Active Directory Rights Management Services (AD RMS). This feature allows you to protect content in your organization and prevent it from being extended to external parties. In this video; Michael Murphy provides an overview of AD RMS.
-
Assign a Dial Plan
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; a user enabled for Unified Messaging (UM) can be assigned an extension number and linked to a dial plan via the UM mailbox policy. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how a user can be assigned a dial plan in the Exchange Management Shell (EMS) and Exchange Administrative Center (EAC).
-
Call Answering Rules
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; you can create and configure Unified Messaging (UM) call answering rules with specified conditions and corresponding actions. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how call answering rules can be created by the user in Outlook or by the administrator in the Exchange Management Shell (EMS) and Exchange Administrative Center (EAC).
-
CAS Proxies Requests I
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 supports CAS 2013. This has a great impact if you are migrating from an earlier version of Exchange and have existing namespaces and published URLs. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates CAS 2013 and how it functions in relation to Exchange 2007 and 2010.
-
CAS Proxies Requests II
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; you can use Exchange 2013 CAS to migrate from legacy systems. Configuring your system to work with CAS 2013 involves a range of different settings. In this video; Michael Murphy continues his discussion on CAS 2013.
-
Certificate and Firewall Requirements
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; you need to use certificates and firewalls for secure cross-forest communication. The type of certificate you use depends on whether the trust is Windows-based or Exchange Federation based. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses the considerations for certificates and firewalls to secure cross-forest communication.
-
Changes in Exchange 2013 Affecting Availability
There are several enhancements in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 that provide a greater level of high availability and site resilience over previous versions. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses the enhanced feature for system recovery; lagged copies; and maintaining service availability.
-
Changes in Exchange 2013 Affecting Availability – Enhancement High Availability
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 supports changes to its architecture that improve its availability and site resilience. The improved best copy and server select (BCSS) algorithm and new Set-ServerComponentState cmdlet are examples of these enhancements. In this video; Michael Murphy provides an overview of the changes to the Exchange 2013 platform that result in increased availability.
-
Changes in Exchange 2013 Affecting Availability – Enhancement Storage I
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 contains architectural improvements that impact the availability; robustness; and resilience of the platform. One improvement is enhancement to the storage; including reduced I/O operations per second (IOPS) and multiple databases per volume. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses storage enhancements.
-
Coexistence
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 supports Exchange 2013 CAS; however legacy systems such as Exchange 2007 still host clients and need to be supported. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses the coexistence of legacy systems with Exchange 2013 CAS.
-
Coexistence Strategies
The migration from Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 or 2010 to 2013 requires a coexistence strategy that includes plans for the installation of client access servers (CAS) and mailbox servers. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses the best practices in deploying certificates as part of the coexistence strategy for a server migration.
-
Common Certificate Validation Errors
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 requires the use of certificates for authentication. When you use a certificate; there are various concerns relating to its validity and authenticity; for example certificates could expire or a signature could be revoked. In this video; Michael Murphy provides an overview on common certificate validation errors.
-
Configure a UM Call Router
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; the Unified Messaging (UM) Call Router Service enables a CAS server to process incoming calls. Configuring the Call Router service includes steps such as switching to startup mode; assigning listening ports; and configuring dial plan settings. In this video; Michael Murphy explains how to configure the Call Router service.
-
Configure an IP Gateway
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 accepts incoming SIP requests only from a Unified Messaging (UM) IP gateway that it's associated with. You can create this gateway using either the Exchange Management Shell (EMS) or Exchange Administrative Center (EAC). In this video; Michael Murphy provides an overview on configuring a UM IP gateway.
-
Configure MailTips
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 supports MailTips; which allow you to view informative messages when composing messages in Outlook. MailTips are available when a recipient or attachment is added. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to create MailTips using the Exchange Administrative Center (EAC) or Exchange Management Shell (EMS).
-
Configure UM Service
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; the Unified Messaging (UM) service runs on Mailbox servers. You can configure this service using both the Exchange Administrative Center (EAC) and Exchange Management Shell (EMS). Configurable options include the startup mode; SIP Access Service; and dial plan settings. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses the configuration of UM.
-
Configuring a Shared Namespace
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 supports instances where organizations merge and users are migrated into an existing Active Directory. Partner connectors are used to support this process. In these instances; existing options are simply edited to support post migration. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to configure shared namespaces.
-
Configuring Custom Policies
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows you to configure custom data loss prevention (DLP) policies and define rules that help to protect sensitive data specific to your organization. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to create a new custom DLP policy and define rules using the Exchange admin center (EAC); before describing the rule authoring process and basic rule structure.
-
Configuring DAG Networks – DAG Network Encryption and Compression
Encryption and compression in database availability group (DAG) networks helps to maintain the integrity and optimization of data as part of the replication process in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013. In this video; Michael Murphy describes how to configure DAG network encryption and compression properties using the Set-DatabaseAvailabilityGroup cmdlet in the Exchange Management Shell.
-
Configuring DAG Networks – Example Configurations
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; there are two types of Database availability group (DAG) configurations – single-subnet and multi-subnet. In this video; Michael Murphy describes the MAPI and replication traffic associated with network adapter and enumerated DAG network settings in both single and multi-subnet DAG configurations.
-
Configuring DAG Networks – iSCSI Networks
There are several best practice recommendations for Internet SCSI (iSCSI) storage with database availability group (DAG) configuration in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses these best practices and demonstrates how to disable iSCSI networks from being detected and used as DAG networks.
-
Configuring DAG Networks I
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; you can configure database availability group (DAG) networks that form a collection of subnets for either replication traffic or MAPI traffic. In this video; Michael Murphy describes how a DAG network is configured for a DAG network using separate subnets and network interface cards (NIC) for MAPI and replication traffic.
-
Configuring DAG Networks II
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; database availability group (DAG) networks can be configured automatically; or manually using the Exchange Management Shell. In this video; Michael Murphy describes the configuration of the underlying network adapters that enable a successful DAG network auto-configuration; and the cmdlets used to create and configure new DAG networks manually.
-
Configuring Mailbox Access Logging
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 enables you to audit mailbox access. It is important to review the audit logs associated with the audits so that you are warned of potential problems beforehand. You can search the mailbox audit log using the Search-MailboxAuditLog cmdlet. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses how to perform mailbox access logging.
-
Configuring Mailbox Audit Logging
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 enables you to configure non-owner access auditing on mailboxes so that you can track access of mailboxes in an organization. Enabling mailbox auditing can be performed in the Exchange Management Shell (EMS). In this video; Michael Murphy provides an overview on how to enable mailbox audit logging.
-
Configuring Mailbox Policies
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; Unified Messaging (UM) mailbox policies provide a wide range of settings that can be applied against a user's mailbox. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how mailbox policies can be configured to enable or disable specified UM features for different end users in the Exchange Management Shell (EMS) and Exchange Administrative Center (EAC).
-
Configuring MX Records for Failover Scenarios I
The transport pipeline; which is any service that provides the secure flow of e-mails between servers and clients; is very different for Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 than in earlier releases. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses how the services that make up the transport pipeline provide secure communication for Exchange Server 2013.
-
Configuring MX Records for Failover Scenarios II
A single mail exchange (MX) record or multiple MX records may be specified for a single domain when directing inbound e-mail in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to configure MX records to regulate the flow of incoming e-mail with Exchange Server 2013.
-
Configuring MX Records for Failover Scenarios III
You can configure Mail Exchange (MX) records to deal with different disaster recovery scenarios for Microsoft Exchange Server 2013. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to configure MX records for different failover scenarios.
-
Configuring Protected Voice Mail
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; you can apply Information Rights Management (IRM) protection with Active Directory Rights Management Services (AD RMS) templates to prevent unauthorized access of Unified Messaging (UM) voicemails. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to use AD RMS templates to protect voicemail messages in the Exchange Management Shell (EMS) and the Exchange Administration Center (EAC).
-
Configuring Site-Resilient Namespace URLs I
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; you can configure site-resilient namespace URLs when designing an infrastructure solution. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses how to configure Exchange web service URLs and how to implement split-brain DNS solutions.
-
Configuring Site-Resilient Namespace URLs II
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; you can design a resilient site in which the same namespace URL is used in more than one datacenter. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses how to configure site-resilient namespace URLs for connections between Exchange and Outlook.
-
Configuring Site-Resilient Namespace URLs III
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; you can configure your site design to use the same resilient namespace URL in more than one datacenter. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses how to configure site-resilient namespace URLs via cmdlets to use ActiveSync and modify virtual directory services.
-
Configuring Site-Resilient Namespace URLs IV
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; you can configure a site from the command prompt to use a resilient namespace URL in more than one of its datacenters. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to use cmdlets to configure a site-resilient URL for the Autodiscover service.
-
Configuring Site-Resilient Namespace URLs V
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; you can design a site in which a resilient namespace URL is used across multiple sites. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to configure a site-resilient namespace for a layer 4 load-balancing solution.
-
Configuring Transport Decryption and IRM
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 supports transport decryption; which enables Exchange servers to inspect packets while in transit. The Set-IRMConfiguration cmdlet in EMS can be used to configure this setting. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses how to perform depacket decryption as part of Information Rights Management (IRM).
-
Create a Dial Plan
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 supports the Unified Messaging (UM) service. If a user is UM-enabled; they are added to a dial plan. There are three types of plans and three possible levels of security. You can configure a dial plan using the Exchange Administrative Server (EAC) or Exchange Management Shell (EMS). In this video; Michael Murphy discusses creating dial plans.
-
Create and Configure an Auto Attendant
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; the Unified Messaging (UM) auto attendant feature can answer incoming calls and transfer callers to the appropriate user or department. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how auto attendants can be created in the Exchange Management Shell (EMS) and Exchange Administration Center (EAC).
-
Create Send and Receive Connectors
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows you to perform cross-forest collaboration. This is useful in situations where two organizations merge and require a secure communication pipeline between them. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to create Send and Receive connectors to do this.
-
Create; Configure; and Deploy Message Classifications
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 contains a built-in feature that allows you to apply message classifications to e-mail messages so that users are provided with certain information about the message. To define classifications; you can use the Exchange Management Shell (EMS). In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to work with these classifications.
-
Creating an AD RMS Template I
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; you can use Active Directory Rights Management Services (AD RMS) to prevent content from being shared without authorization. AD RMS templates allow you to create certificates that encrypt and authenticate mail. The templates can be created using Windows Server GUI or Windows PowerShell. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses how to create these templates.
-
Creating an AD RMS Template II
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; you can create Active Directory Rights Management Services (AD RMS) templates and then distribute them to users; internally or externally. You can also specify the location of the templates to AD RMS; and archive older templates. In this video; Michael Murphy provides an overview on distributing AD RMS templates.
-
Creating an AD RMS Template with PowerShell
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; you are able to use Windows PowerShell to create Active Directory Rights Management Services (AD RMS) templates. PowerShell has to be prepared for AD RMS before the specified cmdlets can be run. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses how to create AD RMS templates using PowerShell.
-
BitLocker Considerations
BitLocker provides encryption of data in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses the concerns when using BitLocker to secure Exchange data.
-
Creating and Configuring Custom Tags
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows you to create customized retention tags that define how long messages remain in mailboxes and the actions that are applied when items reach their age limit. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to create retention policy tags and modify their configurable parameters using the Exchange admin center (EAC) and the Exchange Management Shell (EMS).
-
Creating Archive Policies
Messaging records management (MRM) in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 uses retention tags and retention policies to specify how mailbox data is managed in an archiving solution. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how retention tags and policies are created using the Exchange Management Shell; Exchange management center; or Outlook Web App and how to plan for an archiving solution.
-
Creating Journal Rules EAC
With a journaling mailbox in place; Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 provides features that allow you to easily create and manage rules specific to an organization's journaling needs. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to create; modify; enable or disable; and remove a journal rule using the Exchange Admin Console (EAS) and the Exchange Management Shell (EMS).
-
Creating New Sharing Policy
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 supports sharing policies so you are able to share calendar information externally. Policies can be created on a per-mailbox basis or applied to a subset of mailboxes. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to create sharing policies in bulk using the Exchange Administrative Center (EAC) or Exchange Management Shell (EMS).
-
Creating Sharing Policies with EMS
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows you to create sharing policies using the Exchange Management Shell (EMS) to share calendar information with external users. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to create these policies using the command shell and the New-SharingPolicy cmdlet.
-
Creating Transport Protection Rules
With Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; you can use transport rules to automatically apply Active Directory Rights Management Services (AD RMS) templates to e-mail messages in transit. Transport rules can be created using the Exchange Administrative Center (EAC) or Exchange Management Shell (EMS). In this video; Michael Murphy discusses how to create transport protection rules.
-
Cross Forest Move Using the EMS
The Exchange Management Shell (EMS) in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows you to migrate mailboxes between the different Exchange forests in a cross-forest topology. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to use cmdlets in the EMS to create mail-enabled users in the target forest and move mailboxes from one forest to another.
-
Cross-Forest Availability
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; you can share availability and calendar information across two Exchange forests. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to share free/busy information between users of different forests in both trust and no trust scenarios.
-
Cross-Forest Coexistence
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 supports cross-forest coexistence; which is useful if two Exchange organizations merge and their technology needs to be managed together or separately. There are various considerations when working with a merge scenario; such as using a single namespace or separate namespaces; and rewriting addresses. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to manage this coexistence.
-
Cross-Forest Send Connector
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; connectors are software interfaces for processing mail between organizations in a trust relationship. When configuring a cross-forest Send connector; you need to decide on the type of connector; authentication method; and address space you are routing to. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to configure cross-forest Send connectors in the Exchange admin center (EAC).
-
Database Availability Groups (DAG) – Operational Overview I
The database availability group (DAG) is used to address database-level redundancy and is central to any high availability; site resilient solution in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses the benefits and features of DAGs and how they are used to provide continuous replication between Mailbox servers; and optimization features in Exchange 2013.
-
Database Availability Groups (DAG) – Operational Overview II
You can create and manage database availability groups (DAG) in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses the process of creating a DAG and a mailbox database copy using either the Exchange Administration Center or the Exchange Management Shell; and how to manage a DAG using Active Manager roles.
-
Delivery Reports
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; delivery reports allow you to track whether mail was delivered to the intended destination. Users can generate their own delivery reports in Outlook Web App (OWA); and administrators can search more broadly using the Exchange admin center. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to generate delivery reports in the Exchange admin center.
-
Deploying Hybrid Configuration
When deploying a Hybrid Configuration in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; there are several steps to follow. These include preparing the organization; examining the Exchange servers; and running the Hybrid Configuration wizard. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates the process involved in deploying a Hybrid Configuration.
-
Deployment Issues
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; the Hybrid Configuration Wizard (HCW) is used to perform hybrid deployments. There are areas that are outside the scope of the HCW – these include certificates and errors specific to the HCW. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses deployment issues when integrating an Exchange on-premise solution with an online solution.
-
Design and Configure Active Directory Federation Services (AD FS)
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 supports Active Directory Federation Services (AD FS); which allow you to communicate with a third party over a relying party trust. AD FS supports the single sign-on process; which is helpful if you're deploying an online-hosted service. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to design and configure AD FS.
-
Design UM for High Availability
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; Unified Messaging (UM) can be designed for high availability (HA) by using load balancing solutions. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates load balancing options that allow UM to distribute the load across Client Access servers (CASs) for high availability.
-
Designing and Configuring Journaling
Journaling is a Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 feature that helps organizations meet regulatory requirements or internal policy mandates by maintaining targeted communication records in designated mailboxes. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates the Journaling agent; the journaling options provided by Exchange 2013; and the key aspects of journal rules; journal rule replication; and journal reports.
-
DLP Template Overview
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows you to protect sensitive data by creating data loss prevention (DLP) policies from pre-existing DLP policy templates. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how DLP policies examine messages; how DLP templates define policy rules; and how to configure prebuilt rules inside DLP policies from the Exchange admin center (EAC) and the Exchange Management Shell (EMS).
-
EAC
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows you to define and manage retention policies and their associated retention tags using either the Exchange Admin Center (EAC) web interface management console; or Exchange Management Shell (EMS) command-line interface. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to create; configure; and remove retention tags and policies using the EAC interface; as well as EMS cmdlets.
-
Ethical Walls
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows you to restrict communication between employees in an organization. To do this; you can leverage the power of transport rules in Exchange by creating ethical firewalls. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to create firewalls using the Exchange Administrative Center (EAC) or Exchange Management Shell (EMS).
-
Exchange 2013 UM Features
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 supports the same Unified Messaging (UM) feature set as previous versions but also provides various function and administrative improvements. In this video; Michael Murphy provides an overview of the UM features in Exchange 2013.
-
Exchange 2013 UM Improvements
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 offers an improved Unified Messaging (UM) service. Examples of improvements include voicemail preview and multi-language support for voicemail. In this video; Michael Murphy provides an overview of various UM improvements.
-
Exchange Hosted Encryption (EHE) and TLS
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 supports both Exchange Hosted Encryption (EHE) and Transport Layer Security (TLS). EHS is used to establish wire encryption between clients and cloud-hosted services and TLS is used to establish wire encryption between Exchange and other SMTP servers. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses the use of EHS and TLS in Exchange.
-
Exchange Migration
Every major upgrade since Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 has involved deployment to new servers and the migration of data; such as mailboxes; from legacy systems to the new servers. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates the steps to be followed when migrating from Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 to 2013.
-
Get-ManagementRoleAssignment
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; you can assign administrative rights to users; granting them control over a subset of objects. You can user role-based access control (RBAC) to regulate this control. To troubleshoot RBAC; you can use the Get-ManagementRoleAssignment. In this video; Michael Murphy provides an overview on using the Get-ManagementRoleAssignment cmdlet to troubleshoot RBAC.
-
High Availability Cmdlets
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 cmdlets enable administrators to configure and manage a high availability solution from within the Exchange Management Shell. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses the database availability group (DAG); DAG network; mailbox database copy; and health and status cmdlets.
-
Hunt Groups
Hunt groups can be created in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 to route incoming calls from a single telephone number to multiple extensions so that callers can still connect if the primary contact is unavailable. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how hunt groups can be defined and created in the Exchange Management Shell (EMS) and Exchange Administrative Center (EAC).
-
Hybrid Configuration Wizard
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 supports the Hybrid Configuration wizard (HCW) which helps you configure hybrid deployments. The HCW allows all hybrid deployment features by default; such as domains; secure mail certificates; and mail flow. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates the uses of the HCW.
-
Hybrid Deployments
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows you to deploy mailboxes to the cloud to make Online Hosted Exchange accessible to users anywhere through the use of an on-premises solution. To harness this hybrid solution; several pre-requisites have to be met. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to create this hybrid deployment.
-
Information Rights Management
Information Rights Management (IRM) helps to ensure the confidentiality of e-mail messages in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013. In this video; Michael Murphy provides an overview of IRM's capabilities and restrictions; as well as its deployment features.
-
Integrating In-Place Federated Searches with SharePoint
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows authorized SharePoint personnel to perform In-Place Federated searches on Exchange mailbox content from within the eDiscovery architecture. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to configure Exchange for SharePoint eDiscovery Center; and configure eDiscovery in SharePoint to allow In-Place Federated searches.
-
Mailbox Archiving
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 In-Place Archiving allows you to store messages in an archive mailbox and eliminate the need for personal store (.pst) files. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how mailbox archiving addresses the drawbacks associated with .pst files; and how to enable an In-Place Archive using the Exchange Admin Center (EAC) or the Exchange Management Shell (EMS).
-
Manage Resubmission and Reroute Queues II
With Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; you can resubmit messages to the message categorizer for processing or you can manually resubmit them by using Queue Viewer or the command shell. In this video; Michael Murphy considers resubmission options in Exchange Server 2013 for messages in the delivery; unreachable; and poison queues.
-
Manage Sharing Policies
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; you are able to define sharing policies that let you share calendar information with external users. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to create sharing policies using the Exchange Administrative Center (EAC) or Exchange Management Shell (EMS).
-
Management Role Assignment Policies
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; individuals are granted rights though management role assignment policies; using specific role-based access control cmdlets. In this video; Michael Murphy provides an overview of management role policies and demonstrates how to manage role groups and permissions.
-
Management Role Groups
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; Role-Based Access Control involves associating rights and permission sets with the correct role group. In this video; Michael Murphy provides an overview of the management role groups.
-
Managing Organization Relationships
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows you to create or modify organization sharing relationships. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to manage these organization relationships in the on-premises organization.
-
Managing Resubmission and Reroute Queues I
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; queues are used to hold messages before; during; and after delivery. In this video; Michael Murphy explains how the resubmission and rerouting of messages is managed with queues in Exchange Server 2013.
-
Managing UM Language Packs
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; Unified Messaging (UM) language packs allow callers to select the language of the auto attendant that they speak to. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to manage language packs in the Exchange Management Shell (EMS) and the Exchange Administration Center (EAC).
-
Messaging Records Management (MRM)
When upgrading to Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; the messaging records management (MRM) technology employed by legacy servers implementing a managed mailbox policy need to be migrated to use a retention policy. In this video; Michael Murphy compares retention tags to managed folders; and demonstrates how to migrate mailbox users from managed folders using the Exchange Management Shell (EMS).
-
Microsoft Federation Gateways
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 supports the Microsoft Federation Gateway service; which allows secure communication between an organization and any external service it wishes to use. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how a federated trust can be created using the Exchange Administrative Center (EAC) or Exchange Management Shell (EMS).
-
Migrating a UM
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; migrating from a legacy messaging system to Unified Messaging (UM) in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 involves several steps. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates the steps involved when migrating to UM from Microsoft Exchange Server 2010 to 2013.
-
Migrating Mailboxes
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 provides enhanced management features that allow you to easily move mailboxes from a legacy source mailbox database to target mailboxes on an updated Exchange server. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates batch moves; migration endpoints; the different types of moves; and how to move mailboxes using the Exchange Management Shell (EMS) and Exchange Admin Center (EAS).
-
Migrating Public Folders I
When upgrading to Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; you have the option of migrating the public folders that provide data sharing and collaboration on the legacy server onto Exchange Server 2013. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates the limits of public folders; how to download migration scripts; and prepare for the migration of public folders.
-
Migrating Public Folders II
After acquiring migration scripts and preparing the servers; migrating legacy public folders to Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 is a multi-stage process that requires a careful and methodical approach. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to generate CSV files; create public folder mailboxes; and migrate public folders using the Exchange Management Shell (EMS).
-
Monitoring Calls and Call Statistics
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 provides built-in functionality that enables you to obtain reports on services; including Unified Messaging (UM). The UM Call Statistics report provides information such as number of calls and quality of service. The reports help you identify deterioration in service; so you can resolve issues quickly. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses call monitoring and call statistics.
-
Move Users Between Dial Plans
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; Unified Messaging (UM) users can be assigned to a new dial plan after having previously being assigned a different dial plan. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how a UM user can be moved between dial plans in the Exchange Management Shell (EMS) and Exchange Administrative Center (EAC).
-
Moving the Exchange System Mailbox Using the EAC
When upgrading to Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; moving the Microsoft Exchange system (arbitration) mailbox allows you to continue accessing organization-wide data and perform tasks such as eDiscovery searches. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to move the Microsoft Exchange system mailbox from Exchange 2012 to Exchange 2013 using the Exchange Admin Center (EAC) and the Exchange Management Shell (EMS).
-
Moving UM Mailboxes Between Sites
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; Unified Messaging (UM) mailboxes may be moved between or within organizations. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to execute a local batch in the Exchange Management Shell (EMS) and the Exchange Administration Center (EAC) to move mailboxes.
-
Moving UM Mailboxes Cross Forest Example
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; you need the remote credentials when you move Unified Messaging (UM) mailboxes between forests. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how a cross-forest move can be executed in the Exchange Management Shell (EMS).
-
Online Archiving
Microsoft Exchange Online Archiving (EOA) provides an archiving solution that helps simplify Exchange Server 2013 on-premises infrastructures by allowing users to store their historical e-mail content in cloud-based mailboxes. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to enable Exchange 2013 features by configuring OAuth authentication; before enabling EOA for an Exchange 2013 hybrid deployment.
-
Overview High Availability and Site Resilience
A highly available and site-resilient solution is required to protect your Exchange Server 2013 mailbox database and the data that resides in them. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses the interdependent services and how to address areas of critical failure in achieving an available and resilient site in Exchange.
-
Performing a Query-Based InPlace Hold
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows you to preserve mailbox items based on a determined set of query parameters using the In-Place Hold eDiscovery feature. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to place a user's mailbox on Hold using either the In-Place eDiscovery and Hold wizard or the Exchange Management Shell (EMS).
-
Performing Steps for Site Rollover
In certain disaster recovery scenarios for Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; it may be necessary to perform datacenter switchovers. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates the actions that the administrator can take to restore client connectivity to the secondary site if the primary datacenter fails or goes offline.
-
Performing Steps for Transport Rollover
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; every message that comes into the transport pipeline is copied and sent to a Safety Net on another server. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates what happens in two transport failover scenarios.
-
Pipeline Tracing
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 enables you to configure pipeline tracing; which is useful if a user is consistently having trouble delivering a message. Pipeline tracing captures the message; as well as the path it traverses through the transport pipeline. In this video; Michael Murphy explains how pipeline tracing enables you to trace why a message fails to deliver.
-
Planning and Configuring Send/Receive Connectors for Site Resilience
Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) connectors are software interfaces that direct the routing of e-mails in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how send; receive; partner; and foreign SMTP connectors are configured to process outgoing and incoming emails for site resilience in Exchange Server 2013.
-
Planning and Delegating RBAC Roles for eDiscovery
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 Role Based Access Control (RBAC) allows you to provide the Discovery Management role to non-technical users; so they can perform In-Place eDiscovery searches. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates the Discovery Management role group and management roles; and how to create a custom management scope for eDiscovery.
-
Planning and Implementing Datacenter Activation Coordination (DAC) I
Datacenter Activation Coordination (DAC) mode is a property of a database availability group (DAG). It is used to prevent split brain syndrome in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013. In this video; Michael Murphy describes how split brain can happen after a catastrophic failure and how the Datacenter Activation Coordination Protocol (DACP) works to prevent it from occurring.
-
Planning and Implementing Datacenter Activation Coordination (DAC) II
With Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; you are able to implement Datacenter Activation Coordination (DAC) protocol. There are various limitations and advantages to doing so. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses the limitations in DAG; how to perform datacenters switchovers and manual switchovers; and how to enable DAC mode.
-
Planning Certificate Requirements for Site Failovers
Microsoft applications and services that integrate with Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 have different certificate requirements for datacenter switchovers. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses the certificate requirements that enable Microsoft applications and services to connect to Exchange Server 2013 after a switchover.
-
Planning Cross-Site DAG Configuration – Secondary Datacenters
You can extend a database availability group (DAG) across multiple datacenters when planning resilient cross-site configurations in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses the key considerations when planning a cross-site DAG configuration and extending single and multiple DAGs across two datacenters.
-
Planning Cross-Site DAG Configuration – Single DAG; Three AD Sites
In the optimized site resilient solution; a single database availability group (DAG) is configured with three Active Directory (AD) sites in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013. In this video; discusses the effectiveness of a single DAG; three AD site configuration; its drawbacks; and how it compares to a multiple DAG; two AD site configuration.
-
Planning Cross-Site DAG Configuration - SLA
Service level agreements (SLAs) define the resilience and availability expectations of an organization when planning cross-site DAG configurations in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013. In this video; Michael Murphy describes a site resilient solution and the key aspects of an effective SLA that includes a recovery time objective (RTO) and recovery point objective (RPO).
-
Planning Site-Resilient Namespaces – Cross-Forest Namespaces
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; there are best practices for managing cross-forest namespaces. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses how to manage cross-forest namespaces in Exchange 2013.
-
Planning Site-Resilient Namespaces – Internal and External Namespaces
There are best practices for managing internal and external namespaces in Microsoft Exchange 2013 to eliminate a disjoin between the Active Directory name and the Internet presence of the namespace. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses how to manage internal and external namespaces; within Exchange 2013.
-
Planning Site-Resilient Namespaces – Load Balancing I
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; load balancing is more flexible due to changes in the Client Access Server (CAS) architecture. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses the application of Client Access Server (CAS) namespace load balancing in Exchange 2013.
-
Planning Site-Resilient Namespaces – Load Balancing II
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; DNS round robin is the key method for load balancing Client Access Server (CAS). In this video; Michael Murphy discusses the DNS round robin method of load balancing in Exchange 2013.
-
Planning Site-Resilient Namespaces – Load Balancing Scenarios I
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; there are several load balancing scenarios that can be implemented; depending on your requirements. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses the implementation of single and multiple namespace load balancing within different functional scenarios.
-
Planning Site-Resilient Namespaces – Load Balancing Scenarios II
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; load balancing can be implemented at Layer 4 or 7 of the OSI model. In this video; Michael Murphy compares single and multiple namespace load balancing at different layers of the OSI model.
-
Planning Site-Resilient Namespaces – Namespace Design
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; there are several best practices for designing and developing site-resilient namespaces. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses how to design site-resilient namespaces in Exchange 2013.
-
Planning Site-Resilient Namespaces – Namespace Models
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; several best practices should be followed for designing and developing site resilient namespaces. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses how to use and manage unbound namespaces; in an Exchange environment.
-
Planning Site-Resilient Namespaces – Namespace Models Bound Model
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; several best practices should be followed for designing and developing site resilient namespaces. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses how to use and manage bound; and combined bound and unbound namespaces; in an Exchange environment.
-
Planning Site-Resilient Namespaces – Other Namespaces
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; there are several best practices for managing required namespaces; such as Autodiscover and legacy namespaces. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses how to manage the required namespaces of Exchange 2013.
-
Predicting Client Behavior during a Rollover
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 leverages the inherent namespace tolerance by using multiple Internet Protocol (IP) addresses; datacenters; and Active Directory (AD) sites with load balancers for automatic failover. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses how automatic adjustments on the client side will compensate for the loss of a single hardware load balancer without the need for administrative intervention.
-
Private Key Availability
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 enables you to archive the private key of a certificate so that if the key or certificate is ever lost; the private key can be retrieved. In this video; Michael Murphy provides an overview of private key archival.
-
Problems with SSO/AD FS
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 enables you to create objects in Active Directory and then clone those objects in the cloud using directory synchronization. When configuring Active Directory Federated Services (AD FS); there are various issues that can arise. These issues can lead to authentication issues surrounding single sign-on (SSO). In this video; Michael Murphy provides an overview of these problems.
-
Proxy Redirection Issues
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; the Internet-facing 2013 Client Access Server (CAS) is able to proxy all incoming client requests. The process differs according to whether the user's mailbox is on Exchange 2007 or Exchange 2013. In this video; Michael Murphy provides an overview of proxy redirection issues.
-
Queue Viewer
The Queue Viewer in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows you to view the contents and status of mail delivery queues. You can also perform various actions on the queue; such as deleting messages or suspending the queue. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses the information provided by the Queue Viewer and the various tasks you can perform on queues.
-
Quorum Options – Quorum Concept
Quorum is employed by Windows failover clusters to allow the majority of a DAG's nodes to be online and functional in Exchange Server 2013. In this video; Michael Murphy defines quorum and how it ensures consistency and acts as a tie-breaker; before discussing DAG quorum models and the dynamic quorum feature in Windows Server 2012.
-
RBAC
Role-based access control (RBAC) is an approach to assigning end-user and administrative permissions in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013. In this video; Michael Murphy describes how the RBAC method has been refined and perfected.
-
RCA Overview
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 supports the Remote Connectivity Analyzer (RCA); which enables you to identify remote connectivity issues for clients and provides you with guidance and pointers on how to correct those issues. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses how RCA can be used effectively.
-
Restore-DatabaseAvailabilityGroup
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 enables you to perform easy manual switchovers between datacenters; using Datacenter Activation Coordination (DAC) mode. In DAC mode; the Stop-; Start; and Restore-Database AvailabilityGroup cmdlets can be used to perform this switchover. In this video; Michael Murphy provides an overview on how to use these cmdlets.
-
Retention Tags
Organizing mail with message retention management (MRM) in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 depends on the retention tags used to apply specific actions to mailbox items through a retention policy. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how MRM is achieved using retention tags; and the process; and different types of retention tags that can be applied to a retention policy.
-
S/MIME
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 supports the use of Secure Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (S/MIME). This standard for public encryption is used to provide digital signing of messages and end-to-end encryption of mail content. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses S/MIME; as well as its advantages and drawbacks.
-
Securing Exchange 2013 Messaging Solution
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 comes with enhanced security capabilities to safeguard against threats like malware; phishing and hackers. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses some of the security features that secure the messaging infrastructure of Exchange Server 2013.
-
Set-MailboxDatabase
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows you to enable or disable per-mailbox database journaling which captures all the messages sent to and from addresses on a mailbox database. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to use the Set-MailboxDatabase cmdlet in the Exchange Management Shell (EMS) to enable per-mailbox database journaling.
-
Single and Multi-Phase Upgrades
When upgrading to Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 from a legacy Exchange version; you can implement a migration strategy in single or multiple phases depending on organizational needs. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates the advantages of a single-phase and a multi-phase coexistent migration; and the process of transitioning from Exchange 2003 to Exchange 2013 and Exchange Online.
-
Smartcard Overview
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; smart cards; serve as a means of certificate-based authentication. In this video Michael Murphy provides an overview of these tamper-resistant authentication cards.
-
Startup Mode
When using Unified Messaging (UM) in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; you can choose to encrypt voicemail messages. To ensure encryption; you need to change the startup mode from TCP to either Dual or TLS. Microsoft recommends setting it to Dual. In this video; Michael Murphy provides an overview on how to change the startup mode.
-
Steps to Remove 2010
When upgrading to Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; after the desired period of coexistence mode and with the necessary checks in place; removing a legacy Exchange server can be accomplished relatively easily in a few decommissioning steps. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates the steps remove Exchange 2010 and Exchange 2007.
-
Test Connectivity Cmdlets
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 enables you to use the Exchange Management Shell (EMS) to perform testing. For instance; you can test the health of bad replication or client-side connectivity. In this video; Michael Murphy provides an overview of some of the connectivity cmdlets and parameters used to perform testing.
-
Testing IRMConfiguration
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 can be integrated with Active Directory Rights Management Services (AD RMS). You can test AD RMS integration with Exchange using the Test-IRMConfiguration cmdlet to verify IRM functionality. In this video; Michael Murphy provides an overview of the Test-IRMConfiguration cmdlet.
-
Testing SMTP with Telnet
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; Telnet allows you to test the SMTP connection between messaging servers. It's not installed on Windows servers by default and needs to be added manually. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates the process of using Telnet to test SMTP and the various troubleshooting scenarios that should be considered.
-
Testing UMConnectivity and ExchangeUMCallFlow
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 supports Unified Messaging (UM); which enables various types of messaging over a single interface. To test the UM service; you can use the Test-UMConnectivity cmdlet. The Test- ExchangeUMCallFlow cmdlet enables you to test the whole pipeline. In this video; Michael Murphy provides an overview on how to test UM connectivity.
-
The Set-AdminAuditLogConfig Command
Administrator audit logging is enabled by default in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013. This logging records the actions performed by administrators and users who have administrative privileges. In this video; Michael Murphy provides an overview of the Set-AdminAuditLogConfig command and its parameters.
-
The Set-MailboxAuditBypassAssociation Command
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 enables you to perform mailbox auditing. Often third-party applications are downloaded and integrated into e-mail applications. These applications often generate too many unnecessary audit log entries. To avoid this; you can create a BypassAssociation. In this video; Michael Murphy explains the purpose of the Set-MailboxAuditBypassAssociation command.
-
Transport Rules
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; you are able to create transport rules that let you specify conditions under which mail is transmitted. A transport rule has three components – conditions; exceptions; and actions. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to create these rules in Exchange Administrative Center (EAC) or Exchange Management Shell (EMS).
-
Troubleshoot Cross-Forest Availability
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 enables you to share free/busy calendar information between separate organizations. This form of sharing can occur when no trust relationship exists between the organizations and when a trust does exist. However; the level of information shared will differ for each one. In this video; Michael Murphy provides an overview on troubleshooting cross-forest availability.
-
Troubleshoot DAG Issues
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; you can test the health of the Database Availability Group (DAG) using the Test-ReplicationHealth cmdlet. The cmdlet can be used to perform various tests; including testing the cluster service and QuorumGroup. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses troubleshooting DAG.
-
Troubleshoot Quality for a Specific User
With Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; you can troubleshoot problems in Unified Messaging (UM) on a per-user basis or organizational basis. To troubleshoot problems on a per-user basis; you can use the user's call log. Or you can use the Call Statistics report if the problem is across an organization. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses troubleshooting quality in UM.
-
Troubleshoot with Get-ExchangeCertificate
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 enables you to troubleshoot issues relating to certificates. For example; you can validate if a certificate is published correctly or ensure that a certificate is configured with the location of a certificate revocation list (CRL). In this video; Michael Murphy reviews how to troubleshoot certificates.
-
Troubleshooting and Configuring Mutual Transport Layer Security (MTLS)
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 supports Unified Messaging (UM). UM ports differ depending on whether the Client Access Server (CAS) or the Mailbox server is used. If port conflicts occur; ports can be reassigned using the Exchange Administrative Center (EAC) or Exchange Management Shell (EMS). In this video; Michael Murphy discusses how to use Mutual Transport Layer Security (MTLS) with UM.
-
Troubleshooting DirSync
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; you can use the Active Directory Synchronization tool to synchronize content between an on-premise solution and an online deployment. Sometimes objects may not sync because they fail to update; or changes made to the on-premise solution may not reflect in the cloud. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses how to troubleshoot DirSync.
-
Troubleshooting Exchange Federation Trust and Organization Relationships
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 enables you to configure federated sharing; which involves configuring a federation trust; an organization relationship; and a sharing policy. To troubleshoot federation sharing; you can test the federation trust certificate or even test OAuth connectivity. In this video; Michael Murphy provides an overview on troubleshooting federation trust and organization relationships.
-
Troubleshooting Mail Flow
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; there can be numerous causes of mail flow disruptions; including DNS and site link failures. Troubleshooting should start with determining the scope of the problem. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to troubleshoot mail flow in Exchange using the Test-Mailflow cmdlet.
-
Troubleshooting the Autodiscover Service
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 supports the Autodiscover service; which enables users to access their Inbox. If this service fails; you can use Outlook's built-in Test E-mail AutoConfiguration tool to validate Autodiscover and identify errors. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses how to troubleshoot the Autodiscover service.
-
UM Architecture Flow
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 makes provision for unanswered calls to a UM client. The call flow consists of various steps; which result in a message waiting indicator; voicemail; or an e-mail message that contains the voicemail as an attachment. In this video; Michael Murphy describes the UM call architecture flow.
-
UM Architecture Ports
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; the Unified Messaging (UM) process consists of three steps that involve receiving incoming calls; redirecting traffic to a TCP port; and establishing a media channel between the mailbox server and the source. In this video; Michael Murphy describes the UM process and its port architecture.
-
UM Deployment
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 supports Unified Messaging (UM). The UM deployment process consists of a series of steps. These are configuring the telephony components; installing mailbox and cache servers; and then configuring UM. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses the UM deployment process.
-
UM Overview
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 supports Unified Messaging (UM); which enables you to communicate via e-mail; fax; or voicemail from a single communication channel. A UM deployment has various components and relies on various protocols to function. In this video; Michael Murphy provides an overview of UM.
-
UM Voice Architecture Services
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 supports various processes for Unified Messaging (UM). Services used for UM in Exchange 2013 include the Client Access Server (CAS) and Mailbox servers. In this video; Michael Murphy provides an overview of these voice architecture services.
-
Upgrade Prereqs
The migration from one version of Microsoft Exchange Server to another has prerequisites that must be fulfilled. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates the prerequisites to migrate from Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and 2010 to 2013.
-
Voice Architecture I
In Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; there are different Unified Messaging (UM) services. For example; the Call Router service on the CAS server and the UM service components on the Mailbox server. Each service is responsible for different functions and runs on a different port. In this video; Michael Murphy provides an overview of UM voice architecture.
-
Voice Architecture II
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 supports Unified Messaging (UM). This service runs on a specific set of ports and protocols. In Exchange 2013; UM has been enhanced to provide greater support and functionality; but like with all services; there are various issues to consider when deploying UM. In this video; Michael Murphy describes UM voice architecture.
-
Exploring Enhanced Data Loss Prevention Capabilities
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the new DLP sensitive information types.
-
Exploring How to Find Mail and People
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the improved search functionality including the search suggestions and refiners and the ability to find people quickly when creating an e-mail message.
-
Exploring Hybrid Improvements
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the improvements made to Hybrid Configuration including the cloud-based Hybrid Configuration Wizard.
-
Exploring Single-Line View and Undo Features
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the new single-line inbox view and the undo button features.
-
Exploring the Archiving and Emojis Features
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize where to locate and use the archiving and emojis features.
-
Exploring the Birthday Calendar and Calendar Search
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize and use the new birthday calendar and calendar search features.
-
Exploring the Charms Calendar Feature
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize and configure charms in calendar events.
-
Exploring the E-mail Reminder Calendar Feature
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize and use the new e-mail reminder feature for calendar events.
-
Exploring the Inline Image and Inline Reply Features
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the new inline image and inline reply features; and how to use them.
-
Exploring the New Action Toolbar and Message Options
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the new action toolbar and its options; the available message controls; and subject line and message visibility.
-
Exploring the New Sweep Feature and Themes
After watching this video; you will be able to identify and use the new sweep feature; and the new available themes.
-
Exploring the Outlook Web Experience
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the improved Outlook web experience including supported browsers; cleaner user interface look and feel; and accessing options using AppLauncher.
-
Exploring the Pins and Flags Features
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the new pin and flag features; and how to use them.
-
Exploring the Propose New Time Calendar Feature
After watching this video; you will be able to identify and configure the Propose New Time feature in calendar events.
-
Exploring the Simplified Architecture
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the improved simplified architecture including server roles.
-
Identifying Updated Compliance Features
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the improved compliance features including auditing and the in-place eDiscovery and hold features.
-
Exploring Performance and Reliability Features
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the performance and reliability improvements; including faster recovery; simple deployments; and automated repair.
-
Adding a Microsoft Account
After watching this video; you will be able to add a Microsoft account.
-
Bitlocker without TPM
After watching this video; you will be able to implement Bitlocker with TPM.
-
Edge Homepage
After watching this video; you will be able to make use of the Edge homepage.
-
Enabling Sideloading
After watching this video; you will be able to enable sideloading.
-
Exclude Process in Windows Defender
After watching this video; you will be able to use the exclude process in Windows Defender.
-
Hyper-V Virtual Switch
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Hyper-V virtual switch.
-
Remote Desktop Connection Settings
After watching this video; you will be able to implement remote desktop connection settings.
-
Start Sync Settings
After watching this video; you will be able to implement sync settings.
-
Storage Spaces
After watching this video; you will be able to implement storage spaces.
-
Updating Settings
After watching this video; you will be able to update settings.
-
Command Prompt
Windows 10 has a number of features that have been enhanced; inclusing the Command Prompt. To fully understand these changes you need to review how it behaved in previous versions of Windows. In this video; Jason Yates demonstrates the new features and enhancements that have been made to the Command Prompt.
-
File Explorer
Windows 10 has made some enhancements to File Explorer leading to additional convenience for users. In this video; Jason yates demonstrates some of the features that have been made to File Explorer; such as the Home location and its groups.
-
Modern Apps
Using applications in Windows 8 was not as user friendly to desktop users compared to touch screen users. This has been addressed in Windows 10. In this video; Jason Yates demonstrates how to use the Modern Apps feature in Windows 10.
-
Overview of Windows 10 and the Technical Preview
Windows 10 is the latest operating system from Microsoft. In this video; Jason Yates demonstrates the new Windows 10 Technical Preview and what you can learn from it.
-
Start Menu for Desktop Users
Windows 10 has incorporated the functionality of Windows 7 with the look and feel of Windows 8. In this video; Jason Yates demonstrates the desktop start up menu in the new Windows 10 environment.
-
Start Screen for Tablet Users
Windows 10 has functionality that allows you to change the Start Screen for tablet users; and looks a lot like Windows 8. In this video; Jason Yates demonstrates how to change the appearance of the Start Screen.
-
Task View
Windows 10 has a Task View which allows you to switch between multiple windows in a more flexible way than in Windows 8. In this video; Jason Yates demonstrates how Task View makes it easier to switch between multiple windows.
-
Virtual Desktops
Windows 10 has a number of new features; including Virtual Desktops which give users another option to group and manage multiple windows. In this video; Jason Yates demonstrates how to use Virtual Desktops and highlights some of their features.
-
Windows Snap
Windows 10 has a few features that have been enhanced; including Windows Snap which allows you to manage multiple open windows on a desktop. In this video; Jason Yates demonstrates some of the enhancements that have been made to Windows Snap.
-
Configuring Disks
With elevated administrative credentials; you'll be able to utilize the simple interface in the Disk Management section of the Computer Management tool in Windows 7 to easily configure disks. In this video; Jonathan Summers uses Disk Management in Windows 7 to create and format a partition on a basic disk.
-
Cloud Introduction
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the characteristics of cloud computing.
-
Application Creation
In Microsoft BizTalk Server; you can use the Microsoft Installer (MSI) to create or import applications; such as modules; in your systems via the BizTalk Server Group. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to create; import; and install applications using the Microsoft Installer in the BizTalk 2010 Server.
-
Application Deployment
Microsoft BizTalk Server allows you to save; publish; and deploy applications across a server farm. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to sign a document and set up application requirements during the creation of an MSI object.
-
Application Removal
In Microsoft BizTalk Server you can remove components; such as applications; files; and modules; contained in the Microsoft Installer (MSI). In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to uninstall modules from the MSI.
-
Application Starting and Testing
Microsoft BizTalk Server allows you to test deployed applications. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to check that the processes executed during a test have worked correctly.
-
Application Version Control and Synchronization
Microsoft BizTalk Server allows you to organize your applications in BizTalk 2010 and synchronize and maintain control of all your application versions on various systems. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to utilize BizTalk 2010 to edit and update applications over various system versions.
-
Applying the NEW Adapters – LOB
In Microsoft BizTalk Server; there is a new Adapter in the Line of Business (LOB) environment which allows you to integrate various applications easily. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates the TwoWayBridge capability in the Cloud that can be used to connect a number of LOB applications; such as SharePoint and SQL Server.
-
Applying the NEW Adapters - SharePoint
Microsoft BizTalk Server uses the Windows SharePoint Services Adapter Web Service component to process inbound and outbound documents on multiple sites through SharePoint Services. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to create a receive port and location; and then configure Windows SharePoint Services and Source Library URLs.
-
Azure
In Microsoft BizTalk Server Azure; you can use Azure to create virtual machines and expand your computing power. In this video; Clive Herman uses Azure to demonstrate how to add additional computing power.
-
Backing Up and Restoring Data
You can use Microsoft BizTalk 2013 to backup and restore server data. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to administer application backups using the BizTalk Server Administration tool. He also explains the various backup levels in the Message Box.
-
BAM Activities and Monitoring
Microsoft BizTalk Server 2013's Business Activity Monitoring (BAM) capabilities offer business analysts multiple dynamic and archived views of BizTalk data and business processes. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to incorporate BAM Add-Ins into Excel; create new activities; define and promote items of different types; and initiate the processing of a view.
-
BAM Activity Workbook
Microsoft BizTalk Server 2013's Business Activity Monitoring (BAM) capabilities allow the creation of activity workbooks as Excel views. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to process an Excel activity workbook view; create a Pivot Table containing selected fields and data; and prepare to view it from the Business activity portal.
-
BAM Interceptor
Microsoft BizTalk Server 2013's BAM Interceptor allows the interception of Business Activity Monitoring processes and the introduction of custom .NET code for alerts; display; or information purposes. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to use the BAM Interceptor to introduce information derived from outside the Business Activity Monitoring message flow through the Tracking Profile Editor.
-
BAM Observation Model Creation
In Microsoft BizTalk; you can use Excel to create a Business Activity Monitor (BAM) Observation Model for users and stakeholders. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to create a new BAM view and configure its elements with specific information.
-
BAM Observation Model Deployment
You can use Microsoft BizTalk to deploy a Business Activity Monitoring (BAM) Observation Model. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to use the file used for BAM deployment.
-
BAM Portal Access
Microsoft BizTalk Server 2013's Business Activity Monitoring (BAM) views; offer business analysts query criteria that allows them to extract and filter results from dynamic datasets or view them in aggregation Pivot Tables and charts. In this video; Clive Herman uses a Business visibility portal and the Tracking Profile Editor to demonstrate how dynamic data is accessed; manipulated; and viewed.
-
BAM Process Definition
In Microsoft BizTalk; you can use Business Activity Monitoring (BAM) to capture and monitor a business activity. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to use Microsoft Excel to define a process which can be monitored; and how to make configuration changes in Excel which will allow certain processes to be monitored.
-
BAM Tracking Profiles
Microsoft BizTalk Server 2013's Tracking Profile Editor allows the creation of tracking profiles to view documents flowing step by step through BizTalk. In this video; Clive Herman uses BizTalk's Profile Tracking Editor to tie event source items to a selected BAM Activity Definition and create a tracking profile.
-
Binding the Orchestration
In Microsoft BizTalk; after you have built the send and receive logical and physical ports; you need to combine them to the orchestration. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to combine your send and receive ports to the orchestration based on the input ports; outbound logical ports; and bindings; and create sndError and SendShip Notice messages.
-
Building Messages and Promoting Elements
In Microsoft BizTalk; elements get promoted when you build messages and want to have access to BAM. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates the new schemas in BizTalk; how to build a message; promote elements; use EDI requests; and configure ports.
-
Business Activity Monitoring (BAM)
Microsoft BizTalk Server 2013's Business Activity Monitoring (BAM) capabilities offer business analysts dynamic and archived views of BizTalk data and business processes. In this video; Clive Herman uses a Business visibility portal's aggregation viewer and search functionality to demonstrate the dynamic processing and querying of purchase orders.
-
Configuring a Server in the Cloud
In the last three years; Microsoft has put a lot of effort into putting all of their products into the cloud environment; and this is particularly true for Microsoft BizTalk 2013. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to configure a server in the cloud.
-
Configuring New MAPPER
Microsoft BizTalk Server 2013's Mapper allows easy Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) across organizations through the BizTalk Administration Console and Visual Studio. In this video; Clive Herman uses Microsoft Visual Studio to demonstrate the integration of BizTalk Toolbox EDI and XML components needed to build predefined BizTalk items.
-
Creating Basic Business Rules
Microsoft BizTalk Server allows you to create and add basic rules to documents. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to create and add basic vocabulary definitions to a document by creating a Constant Value.
-
Creating Complex Business Rules
In Microsoft BizTalk Server; you have many options available you can use to create complex business rules. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to use the Vocabularies option to develop complex business rules with Functions and Predicates.
-
Creating Envelopes
Microsoft BizTalk Server allows for the definition of envelopes to wrap child schemas; the defined subrecords of which are processed as distinct messages. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates the selection of child-item containers in a schema and their configuration as envelopes containing subrecords.
-
Creating MAPS XML Document Formats
Microsoft BizTalk Server 2013's Mapper allows the dynamic mapping and calculation of document fields in Visual Studio. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to add a named BizTalk map to a project and map or link field items by structure from a source schema to its equivalent items in a destination schema.
-
Deploying Business Policies
Microsoft BizTalk Server allows you to deploy business policies in a business environment. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to deploy a discount policy by configuring a SharePoint service on a Receive Location.
-
Development Production
You can use Microsoft BizTalk in the cloud as a schema in order to make the Development environment as similar as possible to the Production environment. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates the components of the BizTalk Production environment.
-
Enhancing Business Rules
In Microsoft BizTalk Server; you can add sophistication and elegance to business rules to fit unique environments. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to use the BizTalk Server Samples Folder to examine enhanced business rules.
-
Enterprise Service Bus Toolkit
The Enterprise Service Bus is a new feature of both BizTalk 2013 and a number of cloud services. With BizTalk 2013; there is an Enterprise Service Bus Toolkit to make life easier for you. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to download the Enterprise Service Bus Toolkit.
-
Exploring Business Processes
Microsoft BizTalk performs a variety of business processes; such as invoicing and order entry. In this video; Clive Herman uses the AdventureWorks example company to explore some of these processes; including the Business Rule Composer; policies; scalability; and consistency in BizTalk.
-
Functoids
In Microsoft BizTalk Server; you can use functoids to provide a range of functions for manipulating data. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates the concatenate; string; and database functoids; as well as the functoid inputs and categories that are available in BizTalk.
-
Hosting a Server in the Cloud
Microsoft BizTalk Server has made hosting a server in the cloud easier and safer than ever. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates new BizTalk Server features including gallery standards and the VM agent.
-
Hosting Rapid Development in the Cloud
In Microsoft BizTalk Server; you can create a development environment in the Cloud to use for Rapid Development. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to create virtual machines to use as a development environment that mimics the production environment.
-
Hybrid On-Premise and the Cloud
You can use Microsoft BizTalk Server to create a Hybrid environment both On-Premise and in the Cloud. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to use the Enterprise Service Bus to set up the components for a complete Hybrid environment.
-
Importing Schemas
Microsoft BizTalk Server 2013 allows the import of XML documents; or documents that have been converted to XML; allowing for the import of schemas into existing business solutions. In this video; Clive Herman uses Visual Studio to import; in XSD format; an existing Oracle item into a BizTalk solution.
-
Management Pack
You can use the BizTalk Server 2013 Monitoring Management Pack to monitor capabilities for artifacts and BizTalk related Platform Components. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to download and install the Management Pack; and explains the basic contents of the folder downloaded from the Microsoft Download Center.
-
Mapping
Microsoft BizTalk Server allows you to use document mapping to integrate data from one server to another. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates using document mapping in BizTalk to create an XML Stylesheet Translation (XSLT) table.
-
Message Processing
Microsoft BizTalk Server handles all documents as messages. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how these messages are processed in a Service-Oriented Architecture system.
-
Orchestration
In Microsoft BizTalk Server; you can use orchestration to integrate one application with another application. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrate how to create an orchestration and specify its operations in BizTalk.
-
Promoting Properties
Microsoft BizTalk Server 2013 allows the promotion; in Visual Studio; of a document's instance-specific or general data-field properties. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to promote a message's field to metadata in Visual Studio to allow routing decisions and Business Activity Monitoring (BAM).
-
Publishing and Subscribing
In Microsoft BizTalk Server; Publishing and Subscribing provide a great measure of reliability; availability; and scalability. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates the basics of operating in the BizTalk publishing environment.
-
Receive Ports and Locations
In Microsoft BizTalk; Receive Ports are the connection between the virtual and physical location; and can be either static or dynamic. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to set up a Receive Port; and explains how they work.
-
Receiving Services
In BizTalk; one of the first components you come across is Receive Services. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates the automatic processing that occurs in the basic environment when an order is received.
-
Secure File Transfer
In Microsoft BizTalk Server; you can use Secure File Transfer Protocol (SFTP) to transmit data from one location to another. In this video; Clive Herman uses BizTalk 2013 to set up a ReceivePort.
-
Send Ports and Locations
In Microsoft BizTalk; much like Receive Ports and locations; Send Ports and locations can also be both physical and virtual. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to create Send Ports and guides you through their various requirements and components.
-
SharePoint Workflows
In Microsoft BizTalk Server; collaboration is the key to business organization workflow methods. You can use SharePoint to control that collaboration. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to use the Use Client OM option to communicate with a SharePoint Server.
-
Simple Document Schemas
In Microsoft BizTalk Server; you can easily create and use Simple Document Schemas for individual business solutions. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to create and customize a Simple Document Schema by adding components to an existing record.
-
SOAP Header Schemas
Microsoft BizTalk Server has a range of standardized document formats; one of the most common being the Simple Open Application Protocol (SOAP). In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to use SOAP header schemas; as well as the impact of HTML5 and JSON on this protocol.
-
SWIFT; X12 EDI; EDIFACT and HIPAA 5010
Microsoft BizTalk Server has added a number of new features especially in the HIPAA environment. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates some of the new features added to BizTalk; where to find them; and how to use them.
-
Testing Application Business Rules
In Microsoft BizTalk; when business rules change it's important to have a method capable of checking if they have been applied correctly. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to test new bindings and application business rules.
-
Tracking Message Flows
In Microsoft BizTalk; when something goes wrong; you are able to follow the track that a message flowed through. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates the section of BizTalk that deals with the tracking of queries; explores data tracking; and views a message flow.
-
Using BTSTASK to Export Applications
In Microsoft BizTalk; it can be easier to use a scripting environment than a graphic user interface. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to export an application using BTSTASK.
-
Using BTSTASK to Import Applications
You can use Microsoft BizTalk to import working applications from other systems. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to import an application from the Module4-BAM.msi location.
-
Using Functoids in the BizTalk Mapper Module
There are a variety of new functoids contained in Microsoft BizTalk Server. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to add; map; and link a functoid; and examines the different functoids available for use.
-
Validating Regular Expressions
Microsoft BizTalk Server 2013 uses pattern matching to validate regular expressions and restrict inbound field-element data. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to restrict the properties of BizTalk element fields and uses Visual Studio's Pattern Editor to define a regular expression to which inbound data should conform.
-
XML Document Processing
In Microsoft BizTalk Server; you can convert documents into XML documents. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates the various XML document schemas available in BizTalk 2013 and how to access the preloaded standard file structures in the BizTalk EDI folder.
-
XML Document Schemas
You can use Microsoft BizTalk Server to create a document schema in XSD from well-formed XML. In this video; Clive Herman demonstrates how to generate a well-formed XML Document Schemas.
-
Add Remove Tags from Retention Policy
Adding and removing tags from a retention policy in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 is easy. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to add and remove retention tags.
-
Adding Users to Administration Roles
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows you to add users to administration roles. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to assign an administration role to a user.
-
Apply Retention Policy to Mailbox User
Applying a retention policy to a specific user in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 is possible for members of the records management role group. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to apply a retention policy to a mailbox user.
-
Apply Retention Tags to Multiple Mailboxes via PowerShell
Applying retention tags to multiple mailboxes via PowerShell in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 is simple. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to choose multiple mailboxes to apply retention tags.
-
Block Version of Outlook
Configuring Outlook client blocking in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows you to block users who are running older versions of Outlook from accessing your Exchange mailboxes. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to block a specific MAPI client version.
-
Configure Manage System
The Manage Folders Assistant in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows users to change the work cycles. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to configure the Manage Folders Assistant.
-
Create an Email Address Policy
Creating email address policies in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows users to generate primary and secondary email address. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to create and apply an email address policy.
-
Create Retention Policies
Creating retention policies in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows users to incorporate retention tags to be applied to a specific mailbox. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to create a retention policy.
-
Create Retention Tag
Creating retention tags in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows users to retain mail items and mailboxes for specific periods of time. In this video; David Santana reviews some of the new technologies; features; and services in the new Exchange Admin Center and demonstrates how to create retention tags.
-
Creating a Distribution Group
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows users to create distribution groups to list the mailbox users in a specific group. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to create a distribution group.
-
Creating a Dynamic Distribution Group
Creating a dynamic distribution group in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows users to send an email to specific group that resides in a specific location; such as New York or Rochester. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to create a dynamic distribution group.
-
Creating a Journal Rule
Creating Journal Rules in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows users to forward specific messages to specific email accounts with the original messages attached in an attachment. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to create a journal rule.
-
Creating a Mailbox
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows you to create a mailbox for an existing user that has a user account but not a corresponding mailbox. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to create a specific user mailbox.
-
Creating a New Role Assignment Policy
Creating a new role assignment policy in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows you to grant a group of end-users the permission to set their Outlook Web App options and perform self-administrative tasks in their Outlook Web App. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to create a new role assignment policy and customize permissions.
-
Creating a Room Mailbox
Creating a room mailbox in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows users to appoint specific meeting dates and times by specifying a room. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to create a room mailbox.
-
Creating an Equipment Mailbox
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows users to create an equipment mailbox to book and track a specific equipment type; such as a projector. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to create an equipment mailbox.
-
Creating Default Policy Tag
Creating a default policy tag in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows users to delete all messages. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to create a default policy tag by using the PowerShell.
-
Creating Public Folders
Creating public folders in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows you to share access and provides an easy way to collect; organize; and share information with other users. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to create a public folder.
-
Deleting Voicemail Messages
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows users to delete voicemail messages. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to delete a voicemail message by creating a specific default policy tag.
-
Granting Full Access
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows you to grant other users full access to your mailbox. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to grant full access rights to a mailbox user.
-
Granting Send on Behalf
Granting send on behalf in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows a specific user to be able to send mail on behalf of the mailbox user that they have been assigned to. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to apply send on behalf.
-
Managing Permissions on Public Folders
Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 simplifies managing permissions on public folders. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to manage permissions on a public folder.
-
Outlook Web App Policies
Outlook Web App policies in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 can be configured to control the features available to users. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to create and apply an Outlook Web App policy.
-
Place a Mailbox on Retention Hold
Placing a mailbox on retention hold in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows users on vacation to logon to their mailbox and change or delete items. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to place a mailbox on retention hold.
-
Remove Retention Hold on Mailbox
Removing retention hold on a mailbox in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 is essential when a user again becomes available. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to remove a retention hold on a mailbox.
-
Restoring Access to a Blocked Outlook Client Version
Restoring access to a blocked Outlook client version in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows a blocked user to access your Exchange mailboxes. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to restore access for a specific mailbox user.
-
Send Messages to Moderator
Sending messages to the moderator in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows users to have the message approved before it is sent to the intended recipient. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to send messages to the moderator.
-
Setting Up an Undeliverable Report
Setting up an undeliverable report in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows users to report all mails that failed to reach the intended email address. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to set up an undeliverable report.
-
Start MRM Assistant
Starting the MRM assistant in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 allows you to move or delete messages based on the settings. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to use the Exchange Management Shell for 2013 and manually start the process.
-
Access and Security
Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS) can be configured to require certificates or to use website authentication for security. In this video; Pierre Devereux demonstrates how you can add security to your websites by either using or setting up certificates; the self-signed certificate; or simple Windows Authentication.
-
Application Pools
Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS) makes use of application pools; which let you manage your sites and applications at a more granular level. In this video; Pierre Devereux provides an overview on working with application pools; where; for example; you can isolate sites and services from each other or prevent one application from using resources from another application pool.
-
Certificates
After watching this video; you will be able to configure certificates on a Windows 10 device.
-
Communication Ports
Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS) when installed; by default; creates an initial website and assigns port 80 to it. In this video; Pierre Devereux demonstrates how to change your default ports for use from another program or another application.
-
Completing a Certificate Request
In Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS); as the administrator of the Certificate Authority; you are allowed to either approve and issue; or deny Certificate Requests that are sent to the Certificate Authority. In this video; Pierre Devereux demonstrates how to complete and issue Certificate Requests sent to the Certificate Authority through the IIS.
-
Configuring and Importing Certificates
Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS) allow you to create certificate requests from within Windows. In this video; Pierre Devereux demonstrates how to create and import a certificate request from your Windows OS and then import this request into the IIS Manager.
-
Creating a Certificate Request
In Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS); you can create your own Certificate Requests and send them to your network Certificate Authority for approval. In this video; Pierre Devereux demonstrates how to create and send a Certificate Request from your Server Manager.
-
Exporting and Importing Certificates
In Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS); the Microsoft Management Console Snap-in allows you to easily export and import certificates. In this video; Pierre Devereux demonstrates how to access and use the MMC Snap-in.
-
IIS Server Services
While Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS) is running and presenting websites to clients; there are services running in the background that make this possible. If you are having problems with IIS; you can troubleshoot these services by accessing information; such as the service's status and startup type. In this video; Pierre Devereux provides an overview of IIS services.
-
Installing Extensions Using PowerShell
In Microsoft Internet Information Service (IIS); extensions can be downloaded and installed onto your server through the graphic user interface or PowerShell. In this video; Pierre Devereux demonstrates how to install extensions for IIS using PowerShell.
-
Installing Extensions Using the GUI
Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS) extensions can either be downloaded using the Microsoft Web Platform Installer or by downloading it manually. In this video; Pierre Devereux demonstrates how to access and install extensions using the graphic user interface.
-
Installing IIS Features with GUI
Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS) allows you to easily install a range of features with the GUI. In this video; Pierre Devereux demonstrates how to install basic features for IIS and discusses the roles and features button.
-
Installing IIS Features with PowerShell
Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS) allows you to install IIS features with Microsoft PowerShell. In this video; Pierre Devereux demonstrates how to install features for IIS using PowerShell; and how you can also run a PowerShell command to check if a feature is already installed.
-
Installing IIS in the Windows 2012 Security Model
Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS) allow you to install services in the Windows 2012 Security Model. In this video; Pierre Devereux demonstrates how to install IIS Windows 2012 Security Model; ensuring that the configuration is done correctly to avoid potential security vulnerabilities.
-
Installing IIS via GUI
Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS) allows you to install services via the graphic user interface (GUI) of the Server Manager; or by using PowerShell commands. In this video; Pierre Devereux demonstrates how to install IIS via the GUI.
-
Installing IIS via PowerShell
Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS) allows you to install the service via PowerShell. This can be done for remote and multiple installations. In this video; Pierre Devereux demonstrates how to install IIS via PowerShell; and also install a series of management tools.
-
Managing Extensions
In Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS); you can install extensions that provide additional features to your services and manage these extensions. In this video; Pierre Devereux demonstrates how to manage extensions through the Server Manager.
-
Removing Extensions
When you work with Microsoft Internet Information Services; you can add and remove extensions as you require. In this video; Pierre Devereux demonstrates how to remove an installed server extension by using the Control Panel.
-
Restarting IIS Services
One of the ways to troubleshoot in Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS) is by restarting its services. This is especially the case when you have connection issues. In this video; Pierre Devereux demonstrates how to restart IIS from the Services Manager.
-
Service Health
Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS) allows you to host web-based applications and services on a system. In this video; Pierre Devereux demonstrates how to administer IIS health to ensure optimum functionality; using tools such as the Microsoft Baseline Security Analyzer and Best Practices Analyzer.
-
Sites and Host Headers
Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS) allows for multiple sites to be assigned to one IP address. In this video; Pierre Devereux demonstrates how to add multiple websites using the same IP address and the same port numbers on one server.
-
Virtual Directories
When dealing with Microsoft Internet Information Services; you should be aware that content for a website may not always be stored in the same location as the site itself. In this video; Pierre Devereux demonstrates how to use the Service Manager to add virtual directories to direct a website to the content's location.
-
Manage RGS Delegated Administration
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 provides two roles for managing response groups when an organization deploys the Lync Server Response Group application to handle calls in a customer service or internal help desk scenario. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates the capabilities of the Response Group Administrator and Response Group Manager roles using Lync Server 2013 resources.
-
Migration Sequence
As with other Microsoft products; Microsoft Lync Server 2013 supports a migration process that allows you to successfully move your production deployment from a previous version of Lync Server. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates the eight phases of a migration process from Lync Server 2010 to Lync Server 2013.
-
Recover CMS
The CMS (central management server) is a database that contains the settings and topology for Microsoft Lync Server 2013. In this video; Telmo Sampaio uses the Install-CsDatabase commandlet to install the CMS database on a new server.
-
Recover LIS
In Microsoft Lync Server 2013; Location Information Services (LIS) associates IP addresses; switches; and subnets with actual physical locations. In this video; Telmo Sampaio uses the Export-CsLisConfiguration commandlet to export the subnet location information.
-
Configure Meetings
In Microsoft Lync Server 2013; you can specify a meeting policy for your organization. In this video; Telmo Sampaio uses Outlook to create a new meeting after creating and applying the meeting policy to all users.
-
Enable Ocslogger Tracing
In Microsoft Lync Server 2013; the Ocslogger; normally referred to as the Lync Logging Tool; and the Snooper Tool can be used to assist with troubleshooting. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to set up and run the Ocslogger and Snooper tools; and extract data from them to troubleshoot possible problems with your Lync deployment on a network.
-
Add Edge Server to Existing Topology
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 allows you to deploy an Edge server to your existing topology; thereby making it possible for external users to communicate with users in your organization using Lync Server. In this video; David Santana uses the Lync Server Topology Builder to define the topology for an Edge server.
-
Analyze Event Viewer
In Microsoft Lync Server 2013; trace logging information can also be accessed on the client level; and these events can be viewed. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to enable logging information in the client level and access this trace information in EventViewer.
-
Approve Device Updates
As an administrator in Microsoft Lync Server 2013; you can use the Lync Server Control Panel to easily approve updates made to specific devices before rolling the updates out to your organization. In this video; David Santana uses the Lync Server Control Panel to approve a device update.
-
Archiving Policies
In Microsoft Lync Server 2013; you can archive conversations so that you can review them at any time. In this video; Telmo Sampaio uses the Archiving Policy tab to create a policy for archiving.
-
Archiving With Exchange
In Microsoft Lync Server 2013; you can archive data with Exchange Server. In this video; Telmo Sampaio uses PowerShell to enable archiving for Exchange and instant messages.
-
Associated PSTN Usages
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 enables administrators to create and associate Public Switch Telephone Network (PSTN) usage records with existing voice policies. In this video; David Santana uses Microsoft Lync Server 2013 to associate a new PSTN usage record with a voice policy.
-
Backup Application Service Data
In Microsoft Lync Server 2013; you can backup application service data to ensure a recovery from a failure if anything happens to your server infrastructure. In this video; Telmo Sampaio uses export commandlets to backup application service data.
-
Configure an Announcement Service
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 allows administrators to use the Lync Server Management Shell and the New -CsAnnouncement command to create custom; site-specific announcement services. In this video; David Santana creates an announcement service; configuring its attributes; parameters; and values.
-
Configure Call Park
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 allows administrators to use the Lync Server Management Shell to create a call park orbit; which allocates a range of retrievable numbers to callers placed on hold. In this video; David Santana uses the New-CsCallParkOrbit command to create a named call park service on an application-server pool.
-
Configure CDR And Quality Of Experience
In Microsoft Lync Server 2013; you can configure the Call Detail Recording (CDR) and Quality of Experience (QoE) settings that relate to your monitoring reports. In this video; Telmo Sampaio uses the Set-CsCdrConfiguration command to change the CDR configuration for the global setting and disable data purging.
-
Configure Client Policies
In Microsoft Lync Server 2013; you can create; add; and remove client policies. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to use the New-CsClientPolicy command to create a user or site policy.
-
Configure Client Security Options
In Microsoft Lync Server 2013; you can set security options and policies for clients. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to configure security settings for users connecting to Lync and also how Lync handles authentication.
-
Configure Client-Coexistence
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 supports client-coexistence; which is useful in a phased migration scenario; allowing Lync Server 2013 to coexist with components of an earlier deployment version. In this video; Telmo Sampaio uses the Lync Server 2013 Control Panel to edit a client version policy; permitting users of a specified previous version to connect to a Lync Server 2013 infrastructure.
-
Configure Clients Features
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 allows you to customize Lync settings from a central location. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to specify client feature settings by using a group policy object in Lync 2013.
-
Configure Common Area Phone Hotdesking
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 allows you to configure common area phones that are not associated with individual users as hot-desk phones that allow users to log on to their own user accounts. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to run Windows PowerShell cmdlets to create a new common area phone; before modifying a global client policy to enable hotdesking.
-
Configure Conference Policies
In Microsoft Lync Server 2013; you can configure conference policies. In this video; Telmo Sampaio uses the Users tab to assign a conferencing policy to a particular user.
-
Configure Edge Server
In Microsoft Lync Server 2013; you can configure access to the Edge Server for different users. In this video; Telmo Sampaio uses the Access Edge Configuration tab to grant access to the Edge Server for remote and anonymous users.
-
Configure External Access
In Microsoft Lync Server 2013; you can create access policies for external users. In this video; Telmo Sampaio uses the Federation and External Access tab to create an external access policy for a user; and enable communication with federated users.
-
Configure Federation
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 allows you to configure access policies that control whether external users of federated domains can collaborate with Lync Server 2013 users. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to enable communication with federated users using the configuration options in the Lync Server 2013 Control Panel.
-
Configure Mobile Push Notification
The mobile push notification feature allows Microsoft Lync Server 2013 to send alerts; show icons; and display badges on mobile devices. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to set the Microsoft Push Notification service and Apple Push Notification service to true.
-
Configure Music On Hold
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 allows you to change the default Call Park service music on hold file; specifying your own audio file that is played to parked callers who are on hold. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to enable music on hold and to assign an audio file in Windows PowerShell.
-
Configure Persistent Chat
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 allows you to use Persistent Chat; which is a feature that allows users to create a discussion room that persists forever and is available at any point in time. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to configure and create chat rooms with Persistent Chat in Lync.
-
Configure Pin Policies
In Microsoft Lync Server 2013; you can configure PIN policies. In this video; Telmo Sampaio uses the PIN Policy tab to specify how many digits to use for a PIN and how many attempts can be made before locking out the user.
-
Configure Public IM Connectivity
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 provides support for users of public instant messaging (IM) providers; such as Skype and Lync Online; who wish to collaborate with Lync clients within an organization via an external access policy. In this video; Telmo Sampaio uses both the Lync Server Control Panel and Windows PowerShell ISE to enable communication for public IM users.
-
Configure RBAC
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 provides role-based access control (RBAC) that allows you to delegate administrative tasks by assigning users within your organization to predefined and custom RBAC roles. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates the capabilities of the built-in administrative roles that ship with Lync Server; and how to create a scoped role in Microsoft PowerShell.
-
Configure Regions And Dial-In Numbers
In Microsoft Lync Server 2013; you can create a dial-in access number that users can dial to call into a site. In this video; Telmo Sampaio uses the Conferencing option to create a dial-in access number to the Miami site.
-
Configure Remote User Access
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 allows you to grant remote user access for employees within your organization who sign in to Lync Server from outside your network; whether working from home or on the road. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to enable communication with remote users either through the Lync Server Control Panel or with Windows PowerShell ISE.
-
Configure Synthetic Transactions
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 allows you to manage applications by working with synthetic transactions and watcher nodes. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to configure the watcher nodes that run synthetic transactions in Lync.
-
Configure The Address Book
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 allows you to synchronize data maintained in the Lync server with data that comes with from the Active Directory. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to manage the Lync Address Book with the Address Book service.
-
Configure Users for Enterprise Voice
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 enables administrators to configure users for Enterprise Voice. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to configure a user account for Enterprise Voice.
-
Control Client Version
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 helps you manage client applications and control client access by specifying the version of clients that are supported within your Lync environment. In this video; Telmo Sampaio uses the Lync Server 2013 Control Panel to edit version configuration settings; and create a new client version policy.
-
Create a Device Policy
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 allows administrators to use the Lync Server Management Shell to create device policies on target sites. In this video; David Santana uses the New-CsUCPhoneConfiguration commandlet to create a device policy on a target site.
-
Create a New PSTN Gateway
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 allows administrators to define new public switched telephone network (PSTN) gateways. In this video; David Santana uses Topology Builder to set up a PSTN gateway in Lync Server 2013.
-
Create a New Unified Messaging Dial Plan
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 enables administrators; on creating a Unified Messaging (UM) dial plan in Exchange Admin Center (EAC); to integrate Exchange UM into Lync Server. In this video; David Santana configures a new SIP URI dial plan and incorporates a dialing rule into the default UM mailbox policy.
-
Create a Test Device Policy
Using Microsoft Lync Server 2013; you can create test device policies that allow you to verify the functionality of a specific policy before deploying it globally; or within a single site. In this video; David Santana uses the Lync Server Control Panel to create a test device policy.
-
Create a Trunk Configuration
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 allows administrators to create custom; site-specific trunk configurations using the PSTN usage records for several associated routes. In this video; David Santana uses Lync Server 2013 to create and configure a trunk configuration associated with existing PSTN usages.
-
Create an Unassigned Number
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 enables administrators to allocate a range of unassigned numbers to one or more internal phone numbers; thereby diverting outside callers to an announcement service. In this video; David Santana uses Lync Server to create and configure a new unassigned number range and its accompanying announcement service.
-
Create Normalization Rules
Using Microsoft Lync Server 2013; you can create a normalization rule when setting up a dial plan for external access with an Edge server. In this video; David Santana uses the Lync Server Control Panel to create a normalization rule.
-
Create Routes
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 enables administrators to use voice routing to create specific routes for selected call traffic. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to create and configure a new route.
-
Create Voice Policies
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 allows administrators creating external access policies to create and configure a Voice Policy at the site or user level. In this video; David Santana uses Lync Server 2013 to create a new site-level voice policy on a selected site and configure its calling features.
-
Decommission Old Servers
When migrating to Microsoft Lync Server 2013; you need to decommission servers and pools from a legacy deployment of Lync Server 2010. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to update DNS SRV records using the DNS Manager; before moving the Central Manager Server and conference directories from Lync Server 2010 to Lync Server 2013 using cmdlets in Microsoft PowerShell.
-
Deploy A Mediation Server
You can add a Mediation Server to your Microsoft Lync Server 2013 infrastructure to integrate the Lync infrastructure with the PSTN. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to add a single computer pool for the Mediation Server.
-
Deploy An Edge Server
You can use an Edge Server to allow external users to access your Microsoft Lync Server 2013 infrastructure and use it for voice conferencing; audio; and video. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to add an Edge Server to Lync Server.
-
Deploy Clients and Devices
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 allows you to use the Office Customization Tool (OCT). In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to use the OCT to deploy a Lync client to Windows.
-
Deploy Monitoring Reports
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 allows you to create monitoring reports. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to deploy these reports using the Lync Server Deployment tools.
-
Deploy Trunks And Gateways
In Microsoft Lync Server 2013; you can deploy SIP trunks and PSTN gateways. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to create a PSTN gateway and specify its domain name or IP address.
-
Download Address Book
With the necessary credentials; Microsoft Lync Server 2013 allows you to update an address book and force the Lync client to download the new up-to-date address book file. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to use a PowerShell cmdlet to update an address book; before generating a registry key on the client computer and forcing an address book refresh.
-
Edit a Device Policy
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 enables administrators to alter and edit device policies using the Lync Server Management Shell. In this video; David Santana uses the Lync Server Management Shell and the Set command to edit or change the values or attributes of the CsUCPhoneConfiguration device policy’s features.
-
Enable Or Move Lync Users
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 requires users to be enabled within the Lync infrastructure to have access to all the resources available to them. Users are assigned to one of many Lync server pools. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates hwo to enable users; and moves users from one pool to another in both the Control Panel for Lync and PowerShell.
-
Enable Users for Lync Server Shell
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 allows you to use the Lync Server Management Shell to configure and enable users in an Active Directory Users and Computers (ADUC) container. In this video; David Santana details best practices and explains key variables as he uses the Lync Server Management Shell to configure a container and enable its users.
-
Enterprise Voice
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 allows you to use Lync in Telephony. The Enterprise Voice Feature is one of the main features of Lync; and through the Lync client; you can dial out to phone numbers. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to enable Enterprise Voice for Lync Users and uses Lync to assign voice policies and dial plans.
-
Filestore Data And Contacts
In Microsoft Lync Server 2013; you can backup and restore filestore data. In this video; Telmo Sampaio uses the Topology Builder tool to find out which shared folder has filestore data.
-
Grant Rights to Specific Users
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 enables you to grant rights to users added to specific security groups in the Active Directory Users and Computers (ADUC) console. In this video; David Santana uses the ADUC to add two members to a security group.
-
Import a Device Update
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 allows administrators using the Lync Server Management Shell to perform the regular updates to devices that an organization requires. In this video; David Santana uses commands in the Management Shell to import a device update and verify that it will work.
-
Interpret Monitoring Reports
In Microsoft Lync Server 2013; you can create event reports. In this video; Telmo Sampaio uses PowerShell and Internet Explorer to access and interpret these logged reports.
-
Manage Contact List
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 allows you to search for contacts and add them to the listed contacts in Lync and group those contacts together in contact lists or groups. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to manage contacts from the client side by creating groups and adding contacts and how to view contact information from the server side.
-
Recover RTC
In Microsoft Lync Server 2013; you can recover the RTC database instance; which contains front-end pool information stored in a SQL Server set of databases. In this video; Telmo Sampaio uses SQL Server Management Studio to connect to the RTC instance and view a series of databases with different information.
-
Restore Application Service Data
In Microsoft Lync Server 2013; you can easily restore backed up application service data. In this video; Telmo Sampaio uses import commandlets to restore application service data.
-
Retrieve a CsClientPolicy
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 allows administrators to use the Lync Server Management Shell to retrieve a site's client policies - excluding their attributes and properties. In this video; David Santana uses the Get-CsClientPolicy piped to the Identity commandlet; to retrieve a simple rather than a verbose list of a site's client policies.
-
Retrieve Common Area Phones in Your Organization
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 provides administrators with the ability to retrieve common area phones and their configuration settings within an organization. In this video; David Santana uses the Lync Server Management Shell to retrieve information for a common area phone as well as information and examples for the Get-CsCommonAreaPhone cmdlet itself.
-
Run Lync BPA
In Microsoft Lync Server 2013; you can install the Best Practices Analyser (BPA) and first scan instructions to troubleshoot a Lync deployment. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to install the BPA and configure the software to run a first time scan.
-
Support Access by Users of Federated Domains
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 allows you to set up a Federation Trust with another organization; giving outside users access to your domain. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to access and edit your Global External Access Policy so that its users can communicate with federated; remote; and public users.
-
Test Connectivity With Powershell
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 allows you to test network connections using commandlets. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to use PowerShell to implement a number of function tasks to test Lync credentials and network connections.
-
Validate Group Membership
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 allows you to validate the group membership of a specific Organizational Unit (OU). In this video; David Santana uses the Active Directory Users and Computers console to verify the existence of an OU and its members.
-
Validate the Configuration
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 enables you to validate a user account by using the Lync Server Management Shell to update the user database and Address Book. In this video; David Santana uses commands in Management Shell to update the user database and Address Book.
-
Verify Device Policy Creation
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 enables you to verify any device policies that might have been created. In this video; David Santana uses the Lync Server 2013 Control Panel to verify a device policy that was previously created with PowerShell.
-
Verify Service Health And Cms Replication Status
In Microsoft Lync Server 2013; you can configure Lync and pass connectivity from Lync using predefined test user accounts. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to check for CMS Replication and Health Monitoring in Lync.
-
Adding Folders to the Index
In Microsoft PowerShell; you can use components from a .NET compiled DLL to get features that aren’t natively provided with commandlets. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how to examine the existing collection of search paths; and how to add a new search path to be catalogued.
-
Adding Text to Word with PowerShell
Microsoft PowerShell allows you to edit documents once you have created an instance of; or are connected to; the Word COM application. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how to add text to a Word document using Office COM automation objects.
-
An Introduction to Hash Tables
In Microsoft PowerShell; you can create a hash table; which is something like a two-dimensional array. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how to create a hash table; and how to access and change information in the hash table using the set_item; get_item; Sort-Order; and GetEnumerator methods.
-
Binding to Existing Applications
Microsoft PowerShell allows you to connect to existing applications and control them through COM automation. In this video; Byron Hynes uses the New-Object command to create multiple instances of COM objects at the application level; explains the errors that arise; connects to an instantiated app when needed; and shows you how to use a try...catch block to handle exception errors.
-
Cleaning Up After Your Office Scripts
When using COM automation with Microsoft PowerShell; it is important to clean up appropriately after scripting to avoid running issues at a later date. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates some of the ways you can clean up and release objects fully once scripting is complete.
-
Cmdlets and Modules
In Microsoft PowerShell; you can use commandlets to perform tasks. These commandlets are sometimes organized into modules of different types and with different functions. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates the fundamental commandlets and modules including WhatIf; Get-Command; and Get-Help; and explains how to create a module.
-
Creating a Module
Creating your own modules in PowerShell allows you to have greater control when it comes to managing your PowerShell session. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how to create a custom module based on a function.
-
Creating a New Application
Microsoft PowerShell allows you to instantiate instances of applications belonging to the Microsoft Office Common Object Model (COM). In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how to use the New-Object command to instantiate instances of top-level COM object applications and background processes in the Microsoft Office Suite; access enumerations by adding required Interop assemblies; and use third-party scripts to instantiate applications.
-
Enabling Remote Desktop
Using Microsoft PowerShell scripts; you can enable Remote desktop on local and remote computers allowing system administrators to easily and efficiently connect to; and manage; servers. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how to access a WMI object and use the SetAllowTSConnection() method within a process block to enable Remote Desktop access both locally and remotely.
-
Error Handling
In Microsoft PowerShell; it's good practice to understand errors and know how to handle them in your script. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates the error types that can occur during execution; how they are logged and handled in PowerShell; and how Try; Catch; and Finally statements allow you to control script flow when you encounter errors.
-
Exploring Commands
In Microsoft PowerShell; you can gain access to the lists of various commands available in each instance of PowerShell. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how to access lists which contain different kinds of command information using the Get-Command cmdlet. He also explains how to use Get-Command to lead a command.
-
Finding Empty Folders
Microsoft PowerShell can automatically find empty folders on your system. In this video; Byron Hynes uses the where-object command to filter through your computer to find empty folders.
-
Implicit Modules
Microsoft PowerShell provides developers with the ability to load modules implicitly into a PowerShell session. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how default modules are automatically loaded depending on which commands are issued; particularly as this relates to implicit remoting and running remote sessions.
-
Introducing Out-GridView
Microsoft PowerShell provides developers with the Out-GridView to view and work with return values in a live environment. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates the difference between the plain output of commands; such as Format-List and Get-Process; and what that output looks like when piped to Out-Grid View.
-
Listing File Extensions
With Microsoft PowerShell; you can analyze the types of files you have in your file system. In this video; Byron Hynes uses the Get-ChildItem command to list the groups of files and the file extensions on your system.
-
Listing Software
Microsoft PowerShell allows you to expose; list; and format your network's software installations. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how the MSI Installer writes an Uninstall key for each application to the relevant registry path; enabling you to use the Get-ChildItem cmdlet to swiftly extract the necessary data directly from the registry.
-
Opening a File Using Its Default Handler
Microsoft PowerShell provides developers with the ability to open files; directories; and URLs using their default handlers. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates several ways to invoke programs and open items; such as using the Invoke-Item command for files and applications; and the Start-Process command for URLs.
-
Profiles
In Microsoft PowerShell; you can create Profiles to control and automate your own PowerShell environment. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how to set profiles up the way you want; and create modules; variables; and custom functions that are available for each session you start in a specific shell.
-
Removing Folders From the Index
In Microsoft PowerShell; you can use components from a .NET compiled DLL to get features that aren’t natively provided with commandlets. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how to collect search management tools into functions; put those functions into a module; and remove folders to be catalogued.
-
Removing Software Using Windows Registry
Microsoft PowerShell allows you to bypass WMI and uninstall software from your system using information contained in the Windows registry. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how to use the Get-ChildItem command and /X uninstallString to locate; combine; and uninstall 32 and 64-bit programs from the registry; before exploring issues raised by the /I uninstallString and ClickOnce deployment tool.
-
Removing Software Using WMI
Microsoft PowerShell allows you to use the Get-WmiObject command; Uninstall() method; and product key to speedily uninstall software from your computer or network. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how to use the gwmi alias to search for Win32_Product class program objects he then stores as variables including the product key; before using the Uninstall() method to remove multiple applications.
-
Smooth Operators
In Microsoft PowerShell; you can use specialized operators which work with strings and allow you turn a string into an array and vice versa. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates the use of splits; joins; contains; and match specialized operators by showing what the function of each is before giving an example of how it can be used.
-
Snap-Ins
In Microsoft PowerShell; a snap-in is a dynamic link library (.dll) compiled in .NET that once installed allows you to extend PowerShell by adding cmdlets and providers to your PowerShell session. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how to add; remove; and manage snap-ins through PowerShell commands while discussing the reasons for snap-ins being deprecated in favour of modules.
-
Splatting
In Microsoft PowerShell; Splatting refers to the passing of parameters to a cmdlet using a pre-defined block which has a Hash Table. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how Splatting can be used to bundle parameters to send to a command.
-
Start-Job Cmdlet
In Microsoft PowerShell; you can use job management tools to manage long running tasks and avoid being held up by blocking calls. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how to use job management tools in remoting and for automated job scheduling.
-
Using Eventing
Microsoft PowerShell provides developers with the ability to work with events; because PowerShell is an object-oriented language not just a scripting language. In this video; Byron Hynes uses a timer to demonstrate the difference between listening for an event; polling for an event; and waiting for an event.
-
Using the Windows Registry – Adding/Updating Values
In Microsoft PowerShell; you can not only read the registry; but add and update values. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how you can manipulate registry values on a local and a remote machine.
-
Adding and Removing E-Mail Addresses
In Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange; you can add and remove e-mail addresses of individuals or multiple recipients from your organisation. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to use the Set-Mailbox command to add and remove an e-mail address of an individual.
-
Adding; Modifying and Removing Server Side Inbox Rules
Exchange Management Shell can be used by administrators to create rules for a particular mailbox or across multiple user mailboxes. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to create a rule for one mailbox; how to give yourself full access rights as an administrator; and how to create a rule for users in a segment of an organization.
-
Adding; Modifying; Removing Mailboxes
Microsoft Exchange allows you to add; modify; and remove user mailboxes using the Exchange Management Shell. In this video; Patrick Loner uses Exchange Management Shell cmdlets and parameters to add; modify; disable; and remove Exchange user mailboxes.
-
Allowing Managers to Modify Group Membership
Microsoft PowerShell allows administrators using the Exchange Management Shell to provide managers and users with the necessary rights in Exchange to modify the membership of distribution groups. In this video; Patrick Loner uses cmdlets in the Shell to add a role and assign it to a user; allowing the user to modify group membership.
-
Blocking Outlook Clients From Connecting to Exchange
Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange allow administrators to control the versions of Outlook that can connect to the Exchange server. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to use PowerShell to control connectivity methods; such as MAPI and POP; and restrict Outlook versions earlier than Outlook 2007 from connecting to the server.
-
Configuring Administrator Audit Logging
Microsoft PowerShell allows Exchange Server administrators to configure administrator audit logging settings that let you record administrator changes in your organisation using Exchange Management Shell cmdlets. In this video; Patrick Loner uses the Get-AdminAuditLogConfig cmdlet to return the default audit logging settings; before demonstrating how to configure specific cmdlets you can audit using the Set-AdminAuditLogConfig cmdlet.
-
Configuring Mailbox Database Limits
You can configure storage quotas with Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange on an individual level or across multiple databases. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to modify mailbox database settings using Exchange Management Shell cmdlets.
-
Configuring Message Delivery Restrictions
In Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange; you can implement various message delivery configurations. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to use the Exchange Management Shell to configure message delivery restrictions.
-
Configuring Recipient Moderation
In Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange; you can reserve the right to send messages through a particular group to only certain individuals. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to use the SendModerationNotifications parameter to send a notification through a distribution group to a particular individual.
-
Controlling ActiveSync Device Access
Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange allow administrators to control access by ActiveSync devices. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to review the default ActiveSync settings for an organisation; and how to set ActiveSync settings for individual devices at the server level; as well as globally; across an organization.
-
Converting and Upgrading Distribution Groups
Microsoft PowerShell lets you convert and upgrade distribution groups within the Exchange Management Shell; allowing the groups to be fully functional and utilize any new features when migrating from earlier versions of Exchange to Exchange 2007 and beyond. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to convert non-universal distribution groups to universal; before upgrading them using the -ForceUpgrade parameter.
-
Creating Address Lists
Microsoft Exchange Management Shell cmdlets allow administrators to subdivide the global address list; allowing mailbox users to locate other recipients. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates the creation; filtering; and management of address lists and their recipients within organizational units.
-
Deleting Messages From Mailboxes
Microsoft Exchange's eDiscovery capability allows administrators to search across multiple mailboxes and delete selected e-mails. In this video; Patrick Loner uses Exchange Management Shell cmdlets to define; run; filter; and output search queries on single and multiple mailboxes from which e-mails have been deleted.
-
Detecting and Fixing Corrupt Mailboxes
In Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange; the Exchange Management Shell can be used to detect and fix corruption at a database level; as well as at a mailbox level. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to detect potential types of corruption; and explains how to go about repairing them.
-
Determining the Average Mailbox Size per Database
In Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange; you can use the native options within the Management Shell to determine the average size of the mailboxes in a particular database. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to determine the average mailbox size for a particular database in megabytes; and exclude disconnected and archived mailboxes.
-
Enabling Mailbox Audit Logging
In Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange; you can use the mailbox audit logging feature to monitor activity in mailboxes. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to enable and modify mailbox audit logging using the Exchange Management Shell.
-
Excluding Hidden Recipients From a Dynamic Distribution Group
Microsoft PowerShell allows you to perform advanced filtering through cmdlets in the Exchange Management Shell; so you can configure recipient filters that exclude hidden recipients from Exchange dynamic distribution groups. In this video; Patrick Loner uses the Set-DynamicDistributionGroup cmdlet with the HiddenFromAddressListsEnabled property of the recipient to create a recipient filter and exclude a recipient from an address list.
-
Exporting Address List Membership to a CSV File
In Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange; you can use the Exchange Management Shell to export content as a CSV file. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to create and export an address list as a CSV file.
-
Exporting Reports to Text and CSV Files
In Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange; you can export outputs from the management shell into easily readable text and CSV files. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to export and format output data from the management shell into a text file and modify data to display in a CSV file.
-
Finding Inactive Mailboxes
In Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange; you can use the Exchange Management Shell to identify the mailboxes that are not being used; but are still active on the server. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to identify these mailboxes and then remove them.
-
Finding the Total Number of Mailboxes in a Database
Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange allow you to determine the number of mailboxes within a database. This number relates directly to the size of the database itself. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to determine the number of mailboxes in a database; using two different methods.
-
Finding Users with Full Access to Mailboxes
Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange allow you to identify the users in your organization that have full access permissions to one or more mailboxes. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to filter permissions to identify users that have complete access to a mailbox; and display them in a table.
-
Generating Mailbox Folder Reports
In Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange; you can use the Exchange Management Shell to generate mailbox folder reports. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to enumerate folders and examine their individual sizes by generating mailbox folder reports.
-
Grant Users Full Access Permission to Mailbox
In Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange; you can grant personnel full access to user mailboxes by using Exchange Management Shell commandlets. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to grant a user full access permission to other user's mailboxes.
-
Hiding Recipients From Address Lists
In Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange; you can easily hide recipients from the global address list. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to use the HiddenFromAddressListEnabled parameter to hide the administrator account from the address list.
-
Importing and Exporting Mailboxes
Microsoft Exchange allows administrators to use Exchange Management Shell cmdlets to import or export user and archive mailboxes to or from PST files. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to assign the Mailbox Import Export role; shows how to export users' and archive mailboxes to a PST file; and reviews the MailboxExportRequest status.
-
Importing User Photos in Active Directory
Microsoft Exchange's Management Shell allows the import of Outlook user thumbnail photos into the Global Address List. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates the required attributes of user thumbnails; uses PowerShell cmdlets to import single and bulk user photos; and enables and disables the indicator attribute pointing Cached Mode Outlook clients to the thumbnails in Active Directory.
-
Logging Shell Sessions to a Transcript
In Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange; you can save a lot of time and effort when you log Shell sessions to a transcript. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to use a transcript to save commands; and the output that you have seen; in the Exchange Management Shell.
-
Managing ActiveSync; OWA; POP3; IMAP4 Mailbox Settings
In Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange; you can configure Client Access options in order to manage how individual users connect to mailboxes hosted on the Exchange server. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to enable and disable mail client options; such as POP; OWA; ActiveSync; IMAP; and MAPI.
-
Managing Archive Mailboxes
Microsoft Exchange allows the creation and management of In-place Archive mailboxes and their size quotas using cmdlets in the Exchange Management Shell. In this video; Patrick Loner uses the Enable-Mailbox and Set-Mailbox commands along with Archive and other parameters to archive and set the size quotas of single and multiple existing mailboxes in identified databases.
-
Managing Auto Replies and Out of Office Settings for a User
The Microsoft Exchange Management Shell allows you to configure out of office messages and auto replies on behalf of a user. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to configure the out of office and auto reply settings for a particular user. He then explains how to create a scheduled auto reply.
-
Managing Disconnected Mailboxes
Microsoft Exchange keeps disconnected mailboxes in the database for a certain period of time. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to reconnect disconnected mailboxes; or connect them to a new user account using the Exchange Management Shell.
-
Managing Distribution Groups
In Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange; you can use distribution groups to send e-mail messages to multiple users and contacts; both inside and outside your organization. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to use the New-DistributionGroup commandlet to create a distribution group.
-
Managing Domains or Forests Using Recipient Scope
In Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange; the recipient scope parameter allows you to control what areas the management shell focuses on within the active directory. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to configure the management shell view to only look at a particular section of the active directory.
-
Managing Mailbox Folder Permissions
You can use Exchange Management Shell to configure permissions. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to configure permissions at mailbox and at individual folder level.
-
Managing Outlook Anywhere Settings
Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange allow administrators to configure client access servers to accept RPC over HTTPS using Outlook Anywhere. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to use the Exchange Management Shell to review and configure Outlook Anywhere settings on an Exchange server.
-
Managing Public Folder Mailboxes
In Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange; the Exchange Management Shell allows you to create and manage Public Folder Mailboxes. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates the latest changes that affect Public Folder Mailboxes; as well as how to create and manage Public Folders and Public Folder Mailboxes.
-
Managing Resource Mailboxes
In Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange; a resource mailbox represents a conference room and equipment mailboxes; and is used to schedule resources. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to use the –Room parameter to create a conference room mailbox.
-
Managing the Mailbox Databases
In Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange; you can use the Exchange Management Shell to create; configure; and manage mailbox databases. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to create a database; mount it; and then configure it so that it is excluded as a default location for new mailboxes.
-
Managing Transport Rules and Settings
Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange allow administrators to scan and control traffic flowing through the transport components in a mail server. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to create a transport rule to perform specific actions when the conditions of the rule are met.
-
Managing User Access to Public Folders
In Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange; you can use Outlook roles in the Exchange Management Shell to change default Public Folder client permissions. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to change Public Folder permissions for a group. He also demonstrates how to add a group; and give that group a certain permission role.
-
Manually Configure Remote PowerShell
Remote PowerShell allows you to connect to the Exchange Management shell remotely and run commands on it without the Exchange Management tools being installed locally. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to manually configure Remote PowerShell.
-
Moving Databases and Logs to Another Location
When working with Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange; you might need to move databases and logs to another location. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to use Exchange Management Shell cmdlets to modify the location of databases and logs.
-
Placing Mailboxes on In-Place Hold
Microsoft Exchange 2013 allows you to search mailboxes and then place the results on hold. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to use the Exchange Management Shell cmdlets to place mailboxes on an in-place hold; and discover the uses of retention hold messages.
-
Previewing Dynamic Distribution Group Membership
Microsoft PowerShell allows you to create code utilizing the Exchange Management Shell to preview members of a dynamic distribution group in Exchange Server whose membership is based on specific recipient filters. In this video; Patrick Loner uses the Get-Recipient cmdlet and RecipientFilter parameter to create a variable; before creating a reusable function to preview dynamic distribution group membership.
-
Removing Disabled User Accounts From Distribution Groups
Microsoft PowerShell allows Exchange administrators using the Exchange Management Shell to identify and remove disabled user accounts from distribution groups in organizations; thereby avoiding unnecessary database overhead. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to iterate through distribution groups; filter out and remove disabled users from the group; and how to generate a report based on disabled accounts.
-
Reporting on Database Status
Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange allow you to access the backup statuses of databases throughout the server environment. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to display the last full backup of a mailbox; and locate mailboxes that have not been recently backed up.
-
Reporting on Distribution Group Membership
Microsoft PowerShell allows administrators using cmdlets in Exchange Management Shell to report on distribution group membership in Exchange Server with minimal coding effort. In this video; Patrick Loner uses a foreach loop with Get-DistributionGroup and Get-DistributionGroupMember cmdlets to return a list of group members and the distribution group they're in; before exporting the data as a comma-separated values (CSV) file.
-
Reporting on Mailbox Creation Time
In Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange; the Exchange Management Shell allows you to report on the creation of various mailboxes. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how you can view all recently created mailboxes using the Exchange Management Shell.
-
Reporting on Mailbox Database Size
In Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange; you can easily determine the size of the mailbox database. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to use the Exchange Management Shell cmdlets to find the size of a mailbox database.
-
Reporting on Mailbox Size
Microsoft Exchange Management Shell cmdlets allow administrators to produce; format; filter; and output reports on the size and attributes of mailboxes. In this video; Patrick Loner uses the Get-MailboxStatistics cmdlet to generate reports; pipes the data into a Format List; filters attributes; and outputs reports.
-
Reporting on Public Folder Statistics
In Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange; the Exchange Management Shell allows you to create various kinds of reports on Public Folders and their use throughout your organization. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates the commands used to create reports for mailbox sizes; and reports for sizes and settings for individual folders.
-
Restoring Deleted Items From Mailboxes
In Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange; you can use the Exchange Management Shell to restore items deleted or purged from user accounts. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how the restoration process works and how to go about restoring deleted or purged messages.
-
Scheduling Scripts to Run at a Later Time
In Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange; you can automate the running of scripts from the scheduled task area outside of PowerShell and from within the management shell. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to schedule jobs to run by defining a task to launch PowerShell and run a script; and by registering a scheduled job cmdlet in the management shell.
-
Scripting an Exchange Server Installation
Microsoft Exchange allows the scripted; unattended installations of single and multiple instances of Exchange Server in organizational and remote-office environments. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates both the unattended installation and scripted unattended installation of Exchange Server; using PowerShell ISE.
-
Searching the Administrator Audit Logs
In Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange; you can use the Exchange Management Shell to track administrative actions; as well as the users who performed those actions. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to access the Administrative Audit Log and search it for the information you need.
-
Sending SMTP E-mails Through PowerShell
In Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange; you can easily send SMTP e-mails from within the management shell. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to send a report via e-mail by using the send mail message commandlet; defining the To; From; Subject; Body; and attachments sections of the mail; and formatting the report as a .csv file.
-
Setting Internal and External CAS URLs
In Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange; it's necessary to set Internal and External URLs on the Client Access servers; especially in multi-site environments. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to configure the External URLs for various virtual directories from within the Exchange Management Shell.
-
Setting Storage Quotas for Mailboxes
In Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange; it's important to set limits on the amount of space that can be used by mailboxes. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to set storage quotas at the database level; as well as for for individual mailboxes.
-
Using Explicit Credentials with PowerShell Cmdlets
In Microsoft PowerShell; you can explicitly save credentials by using commandlets; allowing for a more efficient execution of the script. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to save credentials explicitly with PowerShell.
-
Working with Distribution Group Membership Approval
Microsoft Exchange Management Shell cmdlets allow administrators to manage distribution group membership restrictions and settings. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates distribution group membership join and depart restrictions; and adds a manager to a distribution group for which membership approval is required.
-
Working with Distribution Group Naming Policies
Microsoft Exchange Management Shell cmdlets allow administrators to manage the policies and naming conventions of user-created distribution groups. In this video; Patrick Loner uses Exchange Management Shell cmdlets and attributes to create and modify the group policies and naming conventions of new and existing user-created distribution groups.
-
Working with Move Requests and Performing Mailbox Moves
Microsoft Exchange's online move requests allow users continued mailbox access while mailboxes are moved between databases from the Exchange Management Shell. In this video; Patrick Loner uses the New-MoveRequest to move single and batched mailboxes to target databases and generates statistical and status reports on the queued and completed requests.
-
Working with Recipient Filters
In Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange; you can control which recipient objects you want to view or change. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to use the filter command to get a select group of objects based on specified criteria.
-
Working with Role-Based Access Control
In Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange; you can use role-based access control to create roles and ensure that administrators have the appropriate permissions throughout the Exchange organization. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to use the Add-RoleGroupMember commandlet to add a user to a particular group and grant them permissions.
-
Timer Job and Log Information
Microsoft PowerShell allows the retrieval and management of SharePoint log information as well as the status of timer jobs. In this video; David Dye uses PowerShell cmndlets to Get an identified timer job and call and format parameterized data from it; before using the Get-SPLogEvent cmndlet to filter and list category-level log data.
-
Upgrade Content Database
Microsoft PowerShell and SharePoint allow administrators to use PowerShell to upgrade content databases across a site. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to test whether content databases can be upgraded; list the content databases on a site; and upgrade the content databases once all issues have been cleared.
-
Upgrade Status
Microsoft PowerShell cmdlets allow you to verify the upgrade status of the different objects within a SharePoint farm by providing details about the status of each upgrade session. In this video; David Dye uses the Get-SPFarm cmdlet to return a SharePoint local farm; before demonstrating how to extract the upgrade information and pipe it to an external file.
-
Working with Services
In Microsoft PowerShell and SharePoint; a number of services are exposed in the Windows Operating System allowing you to interact with them. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to query the status of the service; stop; start; and change the service start-up mode.
-
Site Features
Microsoft PowerShell and SharePoint allow administrators to view; activate; and deactivate site features using PowerShell. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to create a script using the Get-SPFeature cmdlet to view the features of a particular site; and filter and sort results. He then activates and deactivates a feature using Enable and Disable.
-
SP Health Analysis Rule
Microsoft PowerShell provides health monitoring cmdlets that allow you to manage health analyzer rules that are used by SharePoint Health Analyzer to monitor the farm. In this video; David Dye uses the Get-SPHealthAnalysisRule cmdlet to retrieve a specific health analysis rule before using cmdlets to disable and then re-enable the rule.
-
SPSecurityTokenServiceConfig
In Microsoft PowerShell and SharePoint; you can query and configure Security Tokens. In this video; David Dye demonstrates which commandlets to use when querying a Security Token and how to configure a Security Token.
-
SPShellAdmin
You can use PowerShell to add and remove Shell administrators for any SharePoint database. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to add; remove; and query the Shell Administrators.
-
SPSite Information
Microsoft SharePoint's SPSite object allows the farm administrator to extract; configure; and manage site collection data. In this video; David Dye uses the SPSite cmndlet to demonstrate multiple ways to manage site collection and SPWeb data by piping information between cmndlets.
-
SPSiteAdministration
Microsoft SharePoint allows farm administrators to view information about site collections using the Get-SPSiteAdministration cmdlet in PowerShell and return different information based on specified parameters. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to return information about all site collections; write the information to a text file; refine the query; and determine disk space usage; in each case utilizing Get-SPSiteAdministration.
-
SPUser
Microsoft SharePoint's SPUser object allows the configuration of SPWeb security within site collections. In this video; David Dye uses PowerShell cmndlets to demonstrate how to create and add users to existing roles within a site collection subsite or SPWeb.
-
SPWeb Information
Microsoft SharePoint's SPWeb object allows the creation and configuration of subsites and the querying of their data. In this video; David Dye uses the SharePoint interface and PowerShell cmndlets; parameters; and methods to create; query; and edit SPWebs.
-
Start and Stop SP Service
The service application cmdlets in Microsoft PowerShell allow you to start; stop; and manage service applications across farms in SharePoint. In this video; David Dye uses the Get-ServiceInstance cmdlet to return the status of a specific service instance on a particular server; before demonstrating how to start and stop the service instance from within PowerShell.
-
Save Site as a Site Template
Microsoft PowerShell and SharePoint allow administrators to specify and save a web as a template. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to create a PowerShell script to create; name; describe; and save a web as a template; which can be used repeatedly throughout a SharePoint farm.
-
Search Service Crawl Content Source
Microsoft PowerShell provides administrators with the ability to create; configure; and remove content sources within a SharePoint farm. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to retrieve Search Service information to find available content sources; and ensure that content sources will be crawled to make search results available to the Search Service.
-
Search Service Crawl Rules
Microsoft PowerShell and SharePoint provide administrators with the ability to work with crawl rules in a Search Service application. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to use PowerShell to create a script that uses cmdlets to configure; create; and remove crawl rules consistently across multiple SharePoint farms. This avoids potential errors when using Central Administration to configure each farm.
-
Search Service File Types
Microsoft PowerShell and SharePoint provide farm administrators with the ability to enable or disable various file types within the Search Service provider application in a SharePoint farm. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to retrieve information on available file types; disable a file type; and then enable that file type using PowerShell cmdlets.
-
SharePoint Designer Settings
Microsoft PowerShell provides cmdlets that allow you to configure Microsoft SharePoint Designer settings within a SharePoint farm. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to use the allowDesigner property in PowerShell to enable and disable the use of SharePoint Designer in a web application; as well as how to configure the site collection administrators SharePoint Designer capabilities.
-
SharePoint Product Info
Microsoft SharePoint allows you to easily return information about your SharePoint-related product components using cmdlets in PowerShell. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to use the Get-SPProduct cmdlet and its Local parameter to display SharePoint products installed on a local server; as well as how to retrieve additional detailed information and pipe the information to a text file.
-
Access Service App
Microsoft PowerShell provides cmdlets that allow you to easily manage Access Service applications that run in a SharePoint site collection. In this video; David Dye uses the Get-AccessServiceApplication cmdlet to return an Access Service application; before demonstrating how to specify the maximum duration to perform an operation; and how to create a new instance of an Access Service application.
-
Add a Site Column
Microsoft PowerShell and SharePoint provide farm administrators with the ability to add a custom site column across multiple sites in multiple SharePoint farms using PowerShell. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to create and configure a site column at the root of the site collection using variables to maintain the identical configuration across multiple site collections and farms.
-
Add Sandbox Solution
You can use Microsoft PowerShell to deploy; configure; and manage Sandbox Solutions for SharePoint’s site collection. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to utilize PowerShell to work with Sandbox Solutions.
-
Add Server Solution
You can add a server solution to SharePoint using Microsoft PowerShell. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to add; deploy; remove; and disable the server solution using PowerShell cmdlets.
-
Alternate Access Map
Microsoft SharePoints allows the use of PowerShell cmndlets to create; configure; and remove Alternate Access Mapping within a SharePoint farm. In this video; David Dye demonstrates a list of all available Alternate Access Maps; filters URLs for specific Web Applications; and creates and removes a new alternate URL.
-
Antivirus
In Microsoft PowerShell; you can use cmdlets to create scripts that allow you to configure antivirus settings consistently across your SharePoint environment. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to assign antivirus settings to a service using the AllowDownload property; and uses the DownloadScanEnabled and UploadScanEnabled properties to determine whether files are scanned when they are transferred.
-
Backing Up
You can use Microsoft PowerShell to backup SharePoint. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to use PowerShell along with the Task Scheduler to schedule and automate the backing up of SharePoint files; as well as view the history of the backups.
-
Blocked File Extensions
Microsoft PowerShell allows you to create commands that let you query; configure; and remove blocked file extensions consistently across multiple SharePoint servers. In this video; David Dye uses the BlockedFileExtensions property to retrieve a list of file extensions that are blocked from sites in a web application; before demonstrating how to add and remove blocked file extensions.
-
Configuration Database
You can use Microsoft PowerShell to create and execute various actions associated with Configuration Databases. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to create a Configuration Database; work with it; and also how to remove a Configuration Database.
-
Configure Outgoing E-mail
Microsoft SharePoint allows the use of PowerShell cmndlets to programmatically configure a SharePoint farm's Outgoing E-Mail Settings. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to create a variable object containing SharePoint's global administration settings; and uses the PowerShell UpdateMailSettings parameter and arguments to change the farm's Outgoing E-Mail Settings.
-
Configure Usage and Data Collection
Microsoft SharePoint allows the configuration; management; and maintenance of Usage and Data collection by PowerShell cmndlets. In this video; David Dye uses PowerShell cmndlets to removes the current SharePoint SPUsageApplication; creates a new one to collect usage information from the server; defines a database; and configures and confirms the new SPUsageApplication's identity.
-
Configuring Sharepoint
You can use Microsoft PowerShell to configure SharePoint after the initial installation. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to configure SharePoint along with the different server roles and service applications.
-
Content Database
You can use Microsoft SharePoint to create a new Content Database; but you can do the same thing programmatically using the Microsoft PowerShell Management Shell. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to create and remove a Content database in Microsoft PowerShell.
-
Content Types
Microsoft PowerShell and SharePoint provide farm administrators with the ability to manage; query; and create custom content types using PowerShell. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to retrieve a list of content types within a site collection and programmatically create a custom content type using PowerShell.
-
Copying a Site
Microsoft PowerShell allows you to use existing site collections as templates for creating new site collections within SharePoint. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to create a new site collection based on an existing one by using a PowerShell commandlet.
-
Create New Site Collection with Explicit Content Database
Microsoft PowerShell allows you to programatically create a SharePoint 2013 content database capable of holding a site collection. In this video; David Dye uses PowerShell cmndlets to create and configure a new site collection and explicitly define a new SPContentDatabase associated with the default Web App.
-
Create Web Application
In Microsoft PowerShell; you can create and configure a web application for SharePoint. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to use various cmdlets to configure and query the configuration of a SharePoint application.
-
Deleted Sites
Once a site collection has been deleted; Microsoft SharePoint allows you to use site management cmdlets within PowerShell to display a list of deleted site collections and either restore them or permanently delete them from the farm. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to use the Get-DeletedSite; Restore-DeletedSite; and Remove-DeletedSite cmdlets to query; restore; and remove deleted site collections.
-
Developer Dashboard
The Developer Dashboard within Microsoft SharePoint provides information you can use to locate the cause of any of the running problems with your application. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to turn on; run; and turn off Developer Dashboard.
-
Diagnostic Logging
The logging cmdlets in Microsoft PowerShell allow you to configure diagnostic settings consistently across the entire SharePoint farm. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to specify where the log files will reside and restrict disk space usage for log files using the Set-SPDiagnosticConfig cmdlet and its parameters; before using the Set-SPLogLevel cmdlet to set the trace logging level.
-
Enable Remoting
Microsoft SharePoint allows you to configure servers from within PowerShell to receive remote commands that affect the SharePoint farm. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to enable remoting using the Enable-PSRemoting cmdlet and enable the Credential Security Support Provider (CredSSP) from within a PowerShell session before remoting in from a different server and adding a SharePoint snap-in.
-
Export Lists
Microsoft PowerShell and SharePoint enable administrators to use a PowerShell script to export a site collection list to a flat file. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to set variables for the URL; list name; and path; and how to use the TryGetList and Export-Csv methods to export a comma-delimited file.
-
Farm Admins
Microsoft PowerShell allows you to have multiple Farm Administrators with varying administrative permissions. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to add and configure Farm Administrators within a SharePoint Farm; using the farmAdministrators variable.
-
General Commands
In Microsoft SharePoint; the general commands available from within PowerShell allow you to perform a variety of tasks that include the assignment of variables and the configuration of settings within the SharePoint farm. In this video; David Dye uses general commands in PowerShell to enable the Customer Experience Improvement Program; configure Bing Maps; and assign variables.
-
Import and Export Sites
Microsoft PowerShell can be used to import and export site collections. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to export site collections into a CMP file and how to import a site collection using PowerShell.
-
InfoPath Forms Service
Microsoft PowerShell and SharePoint provide administrators with the ability to query the InfoPath Forms Service configuration within a SharePoint farm. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to use PowerShell to configure all SharePoint environments identically. He then retrieves information on form templates; using the PowerShell Get cmdlet; and enables and disables specific templates.
-
Managed Accounts
Microsoft PowerShell allows you to easily manage your existing Managed Accounts. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to query and add Managed Accounts; as well as how to remove and configure existing Managed Accounts.
-
Managed Paths
Microsoft PowerShell allows you to add and configure Managed Paths for applications. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to add; configure; and remove a Managed Path in SharePoint. He also demonstrates how to query a managed path and Host Header Information using PowerShell.
-
Managing User Licenses
Microsoft PowerShell provides cmdlets that allow you to manage supported SharePoint user licenses in the SharePoint farm. In this video; David Dye uses the Get-SPUserLicense cmdlet to return a list of SharePoint licenses; before demonstrating how to create a new license mapping object and enable user-license enforcement from within PowerShell.
-
Piping
In Microsoft PowerShell and SQL Server; you can use piping to pass values; variables; and results; from one commandlet to another. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to effectively use the PowerShell Piping feature.
-
PowerShell Variables
You can create and utilize variables within the different cmdlets in Microsoft PowerShell within SharePoint. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to declare and initialize PowerShell variables.
-
Querying
Microsoft PowerShell and SharePoint allow administrators to retrieve property information from an object using PowerShell. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to query properties using a Select statement within a PowerShell cmdlet; pipe variables; objects or Get statements to a Select statement; and pipe the results to a Sort.
-
Recovering Data From an Unattached Content Database
Microsoft PowerShell provides database cmdlets that allow you to easily recover content from an unattached content database in a SharePoint farm. In this video; David Dye uses the Dismount-SPContentDatabase cmdlet to detach a content database from its web application; before demonstrating how to use the ConnectAsUnattachedDatabase parameter with the Get-SPContentDatabase cmdlet to return a specific unattached database in the farm.
-
Resource Measures
In Microsoft PowerShell; you can configure your SharePoint resource measures to reduce the resources used in a solution; limiting any weakening of the farm. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to configure your resource measures; using spcode variables and resource measures.
-
Restore
You can use Microsoft PowerShell to restore all or some parts of the SharePoint farm. In this video; David Dye demonstrates the various levels of granularity at which SharePoint can be restored using PowerShell’s backup history.
-
Retrieve Information About Content Database
In Microsoft PowerShell and SharePoint; the SharePoint Management Shell can be used to retrieve various kinds of Content Database information. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to retrieve information on a Content Database using PowerShell and pipe the information results.
-
Create Alert
Microsoft PowerShell integrates directly with SQL Server; allowing you to perform administrative tasks through the use of its commandline interface and corresponding set of cmdlets. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to use cmdlets to create error alerts in SQL Server Agent.
-
Create SQL Audit
PowerShell allows you to create and configure SQL audits. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to create an audit in PowerShell; how to create and set the destination for the audit; and finally enable the audit.
-
Displaying Results in Grid View
In PowerShell; you can display results using a grid view. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to install and enable grid view in Windows PowerShell; and explains the process of showing results in grid view in SQL PowerShell.
-
Enable PS Remoting on SQL Instance
When using Microsoft PowerShell and SQL Server; you can enable PS remoting on SQL instances. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to remote PowerShell commands to a network instance of SQL Server.
-
Execute SQL Agent Job
In Microsoft PowerShell; you can execute SQL Server Agent Jobs that have already been created. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to use PowerShell to execute the previously created GetToday SQL Server Agent Job to supply the current date.
-
Find Disk Space for SQL Files
PowerShell has a number of commandlets available so you can analyze disk space on a disk or in a file group. In this video; David Dye demonstrates the process used to analyze the disk space available for SQL Server files.
-
Loading the SMO Assemblies into PowerShell
When using Microsoft PowerShell and SQL Server; loading SQL Server Management Objects (SMO) assemblies provides access to .NET objects within PowerShell that are designed to allow easy programmatic management of SQL Server. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to load an SMO assembly into PowerShell and highlights the difference between doing so in PowerShell and SQL PowerShell.
-
Managing Client Network Protocols with WMI
When working with Microsoft SQL Server; the PowerShell cmdlets used with Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) allow you to carry out system administration tasks such as managing client network protocols. In this video; David Dye uses the Microsoft.SqlServer.Management.Smo.Wmi namespace's ManagedComputer class to access and configure client protocols using WMI on an instance of Microsoft SQL Server.
-
Managing SQL Server Services
Managing SQL Server services using Microsoft's Windows PowerShell cmdlets allows you to easily and efficiently perform administrative tasks that include retrieving information; running; and stopping services. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to use PowerShell cmdlets to retrieve information about a service; filter the information; modify the properties of a service; and start and stop a service.
-
PowerShell and the SQLConnection .NET Class
When using Microsoft PowerShell and SQL Server; the SqlConnection class allows you to work with SQL Server connections using .NET directly within PowerShell. In this video; David Dye uses a SqlConnection to establish a connection with a SQL Server database before passing a query; filling a DataAdapter with a table; and displaying the information; all from within PowerShell.
-
PowerShell from SSMS
Microsoft PowerShell allows you to run cmdlets directly within a Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio query using SQLCMD mode. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to enable Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio's SQLCMD mode before creating a table he populates using PowerShell cmdlets.
-
PowerShell Job Step
In Microsoft PowerShell and SQL Server; you can use a SQL Server Agent Job within a PowerShell Job Step. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to create an Agent Job by using a GETDATE script to send output to a file.
-
Restore All Databases from Most Recent Backup
In Microsoft PowerShell you can use commandlets to restore all databases in a SQL instance. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to iterate through each one of the most recent backups to restore all databases.
-
Retrieve SQL Agent Job History
In Microsoft PowerShell; the SQL Server Agent Job History can provide a range of useful information. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to use PowerShell to retrieve a SQL Server Agent Job History; how to review that history; and filter it using PowerShell commandlets.
-
Send Query Results Email
Microsoft PowerShell integrates directly with SQL Server; letting you perform administrative tasks through the use of its commandline interface and corresponding set of cmdlets. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to use the cmdlets to send an email containing a result set gathered from a SQL Server Query.
-
sqlps Utility
Microsoft PowerShell allows you to manually input assemblies in Windows PowerShell; or have certain assemblies already available in SQL PowerShell. In this Video; David Dye demonstrates the differences between Windows PowerShell and SQL PowerShell.
-
Use PowerShell Utility to Create Stored Procedure
In Microsoft PowerShell; you can use the PowerShell Utility to create a Stored Procedure. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to utilize a PowerShell utility in order to be able to create a SQL Server Stored Procedure within an instance of SQL.
-
Working with Databases Using SMO
When using SQL Server PowerShell from within Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio; SQL Server Management Objects (SMO) provides the .NET namespace that allows you to easily work with SQL Server databases using preloaded cmdlets. In this video; David Dye uses SMO to access SQL Server object information using PowerShell cmdlets.
-
Working with SQL Server Using SMO
SQL Server PowerShell is a Windows PowerShell module that ensures that SQL Server Management Objects (SMO) is preloaded; allowing you to work directly with SQL Server. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to view all of the properties; methods; and objects associated with a SQL Server instance using SQL PowerShell from within Windows Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio.
-
Working with Tables Using SMO
When using Microsoft PowerShell and SQL Server; SQL Server Management Objects (SMO) allows you to easily and efficiently work with tables by utilizing the .NET namespace. In this video; David Dye uses a Script object to script out the tables within a database and generates the DDL script into another instance using SMO in SQL PowerShell.
-
Crawl a Content Source
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows users to crawl content sources. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to start an incremental crawl on a specific content source.
-
Activate Cross-Site Collection Publishing Feature
Microsoft SharePoint 2013's publishing and authoring site templates enable administrators to publish specific lists; libraries; and term sets to different site collections using the Cross-Site Collection Publishing feature. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to access and enable Cross-Site Collection Publishing on specific templates.
-
Activating the Cross Site Publication Feature
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows for cross-site publishing with multiple functionalities built into authoring and publishing sites using templates designed for collaboration. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to create an authoring site collection using the Developer's template.
-
Add a Managed Account
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows the administrator to register managed service accounts created in Active Directory. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to register and configure a managed service account for a specific service application.
-
Add a Server Name Mapping
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 provides users with the ability to add mappings for specific sites to override how server names appear in search results. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to create a new server name mapping.
-
Adding Documents with Windows Explorer
SharePoint 2013 in conjunction with Windows Explorer allows you to easily add documents to your documents library. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how Windows Explorer is used in combination with SharePoint to upload a file to a shared documents library.
-
Adding Enterprise Key Word
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows you to group enterprise keywords in keyword sets; columns; or 'folksonomies' that display to and are shared by users and applications; enabling and filtering searches while providing you; the administrator; with metadata consistency. In this video; David Santana accesses SharePoint 2013’s Enterprise Metadata and Keywords Settings page to enable an Enterprise Keywords column and Keyword synchronization.
-
Assign Badges
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows users to assign the badges you have created. In this video; David Santana shows you how to assign a badge to a specific member.
-
Assign Office Web Apps Service Application Connections
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 enables administrators to assign Office Web App Service Application connections or associations. In this video; David Santana edits a group of services; disabling a service associated with a service application.
-
Change a Managed Account Password
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows you to change managed account passwords from the Central Administration page. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to set; confirm; and configure a new password value for a managed service account.
-
Change Site Collection Administrators
SharePoint 2013 provides administrators with the ability to change the primary and secondary site collection administrators by using the Site Collection Administrators settings in Central Management. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to change site collection administrators.
-
Change the SharePoint Farm Account
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows the administrator to change the farm account from the Central Administration page. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to change and verify a farm account.
-
Checking Out and In a Publishing Site
SharePoint 2013 uses a versioning control that enables site administrators to check out site pages; edit them; check them back in with comments for fellow administrators; and publish them. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to check out and edit pages; save and check them back in; and publish them.
-
Community Settings
Community Settings in Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows you to manage how visitors contribute to your site discussions. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to manage the community by changing the properties.
-
Configure a Document Set
Configuring a document set in Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows users to link specific documents in a set. In this video; David Santana shows you how to create a content type and add to an existing group.
-
Configure a Result Source Rule
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows you to create and configure query rules for result sources. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to add a new query rule and to configure it for a specific result source.
-
Configure Alternate Access Mappings
SharePoint 2013 allows administrators to configure alternate access mapping; thereby ensuring that URLs are suitably presented to users accessing a particular site. In this video; David Santana provides a detailed overview of how administrators are able to configure alternate access mappings from within the Central Administration store.
-
Configure and Start Document Conversion
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows administrators to configure document conversion in Central Administration; thereby providing users with the opportunity to convert documents from one format to another. In this video; David Santana starts the services needed to enable document conversion in SharePoint 2013.
-
Configure and Start SharePoint Services
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013; administrators have the ability to start and stop services through the SharePoint Central Administration web site that are to be deployed as service applications across sites throughout a farm. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how use the Central Administration web site to start and stop services.
-
Configure Crawler Impact Rules
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows users to configure crawler impact rules. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to add a new rule to adjust the load that the crawler applies to a specific content source.
-
Configure Custom Application Proxy Group
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows administrators to easily create custom Application Proxy Groups. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to create a custom Application Proxy Group comprising several Application Proxies on a selected Web Application.
-
Configure Diagnostic and Logging
SharePoint 2013's Diagnostic Logging page allows administrators to configure diagnostic and logging reports; using event throttling to determine the data captured by Windows and trace logs. In this video; David Santana reviews logging options by category; event; and service before configuring and creating a set of administration event log files.
-
Configure Diagnostic Logging
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013; administrators can use diagnostic logging to determine the severity of issues; prevent event log flooding; and allocate time and storage resources to event and trace logs. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to configure diagnostic logging.
-
Configure File Types
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 provides you with the ability to add specific file types and configure them to a crawling database. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to delete and add a file type to include in your search.
-
Configure Health Analyzer Timer Jobs
The functionality of SharePoint 2013's Health Analyzer depends on the configuration of the timer jobs collecting and logging its data. In this video; David Santana enables Health Data Collection; explains the functions of the timer jobs listed in the Job Definitions page; and shows you how to edit them.
-
Configure Incoming E-mail Settings in Central Administration
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 enables you to set up and configure incoming e-mail; directory management services; and incoming e-mail server settings. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to configure and verify the optimal SMTP settings for incoming e-mail.
-
Configure Microblogging
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows administrators who have logged into the Central Administration web site to configure the new My Sites microblogging feature; which lets users follow people; sites; and documents. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to configure microblogs from the SharePoint Central Administration web site.
-
Configure Outgoing E-mail Address for Web Apps
As an administrator; Microsoft SharePoint 2013 enables you to specify your SMTP server settings and configure outgoing e-mail on your SharePoint installation. In this video; David Santana configures an SMTP server with the appropriate domains; addresses; and character set.
-
Configure Outgoing E-mail Settings in Central Administration
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows you to configure the outgoing e-mail settings in central administration. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to access the system settings to configure the outgoing e-mail settings.
-
Configure Password Change Settings
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows you to configure password change settings from the Central Administration page. For example; you can be notified of password expiry statuses and automatic password changes. In this video; David Santana configures password change e-mail notification; account monitoring process; and automatic password change settings.
-
Configure Quotas and Locks
As an administrator; SharePoint 2013 allows you to configure the quotas and locks for a specific quota template through the Site Collection Quotas and Locks page. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to use the Site Collection Quotas and Locks page to configure a quota template.
-
Configure Ratings
SharePoint 2013 allows you to activate and configure two types of Rating settings that enable users to rate documents in a document library. In this video; David Santana uses the Library Ribbon to enable Rating settings before applying Star Ratings to documents in a library.
-
Configure RSS Feeds
RSS feeds in Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allow administrators or users to follow a discussion or a site page. In this video; David Santana shows you how to choose the RSS feature and synchronize it to a site page.
-
Configure Self-Service Site Creation
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows users to create a specific site collection within their My Sites. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to configure self-service site creation.
-
Configure SharePoint Health Analyzer Rules
SharePoint 2013's Health Analyzer enables you to configure rules set on specific timer jobs. In this video; David Santana uses the Health Analyzer Rule Definitions settings to configure a new rule.
-
Configure SharePoint Server Farm to Use Office Web Apps
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows you to configure SharePoint Server Farm to use Microsoft Office Web Apps. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to set up SharePoint Server Farm to use Microsoft Office Web Apps.
-
Configure SMPT on SharePoint Server
Microsoft's Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager and New SMTP Domain Wizard enable you to configure Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) on your SharePoint Server. In this video; David Santana uses the IIS Manager to set authentication and relay restriction configurations and allocate a server IP address; before specifying an SMTP domain name and restarting the SMTP service.
-
Configure SSL for Central Administration
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 provides you with the ability to configure SSL for Central Administration. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to access the SharePoint Central Administration site and assign a specific port for SSL.
-
Configure the Default Content Access Account
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows users to configure the default content access account. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to specify the account to use as the default account when crawling content.
-
Configure Usage and Health Data Collection
SharePoint 2013's Health Analyzer's Log Collection Schedule enables you to configure data collection. In this video; David Santana configures the Log Collection Schedule and specifies a default Windows authentication server to import collected data.
-
Configuring Managed Properties
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 provides users with the ability to configure managed properties. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to create a new managed property; configure its settings; and then search for the property just created.
-
Confirm Site Use and Deletion
SharePoint 2013 facilitates the freeing up of resources from unused sites by enabling administrators to send confirmation requests to site owners and automate the deletion of site collections if use is not confirmed. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to use the Site Use Confirmation and Deletion page in SharePoint 2013.
-
Connect a Publishing Site to a Catalog
In SharePoint 2013; you can connect a publishing site to another site collection's lists or libraries so they can be used as a catalog of available files. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to select and connect to a catalog; and integrate the catalog into a site.
-
Connecting a SharePoint 2013 List with Outlook
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 lets site users collaborate more efficiently by connecting and synchronizing SharePoint contact lists with Microsoft Outlook; enabling the data to be viewed and edited in the Outlook interface and when not connected to SharePoint. In this video; David Santana uses the Connect to Outlook option in SharePoint 2013 to connect a SharePoint contact list with Outlook.
-
Connecting SharePoint 2013 Calendars with Outlook
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows you to connect a SharePoint calendar to Microsoft Outlook that can be viewed and edited alongside your main Outlook calendar using the Outlook interface; even when you're offline. In this video; David Santana uses the Connect to Outlook option in SharePoint 2013 to connect a SharePoint calendar with Outlook.
-
Create a Best Bet
SharePoint 2013's SearchCenter interface allows administrators to create query rules or best bets by configuring query conditions and actions. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to name and configure a search query rule or best bet.
-
Create a Content Source
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows users to create content sources for specific crawl servers. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to add and configure a new content source that will perform a crawl on a server other than local SharePoint sites.
-
Create a Crawl Rule
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows users to create rules for crawling their content sources. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to create and configure a crawl rule for a specific site.
-
Create a Crawl Schedule
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows users to create and edit a crawl schedule for their content sources. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to edit and reschedule a specific crawl schedule.
-
Create a Document Workspace
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013; the Team Site; which has taken the place of the Document Workspace; allows you to create a custom Document Workspace where you and your colleagues can share tools and work together. In this video; David Santana describes some of the available apps in SharePoint 2013 before creating a custom Document Workspace.
-
Create a Managed Metadata Column
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 enables administrators with the required managed lists permissions to append term sets to lists and columns once they've been created. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to create; manage; and customize; a column for managed metadata using the Term Set Manager.
-
Create a My Site Collection
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 enables administrators who have logged into the Central Administration web site to create My Site host site collections. In this video; David Santana uses the Enterprise site template; My Site Host; to create a My Site host site collection.
-
Create a New Web App
SharePoint 2013 allows administrators; using the Create New Web Application screen; to build claims or forms-based IIS web applications using Windows authentication to support site collections. In this video; David Santana uses SharePoint Web Services and the Create New Web Application screen to create a new IIS web site application and content database; before returning to the Site Collection page.
-
Create a Publishing Page
SharePoint 2013 enables you to easily create a site page; which; when checked out to you; is not editable by anyone else in your organization. Nor will it be visible to site visitors before publication. In this video; David Santana uses the Add a page dialog box to create an editable site page checked out to you.
-
Create a Result Source
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 provides you with the ability to create a result source to limit the scope of your search results. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to add and configure a new result source; or search scope.
-
Create a Service Account for Web Apps
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows you to create a service account for web apps. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to configure a service account for web apps in the Active Directory administrative center.
-
Create a Service Account to Run Managed Metadata
Microsoft SharePoint 2013's managed metadata service application enables the use of managed metadata and allows you to share content types across site collections and web applications. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to create and configure a new managed metadata service account.
-
Create a Service Account to Run Word Automation Services
You can; after defining Word Automation Services as a user in Windows PowerShell; create a user account enabling its use by Microsoft SharePoint 2013. In this video; David Santana uses Windows PowerShell to register Word Automation Services as an Active Directory user before he creates and configures a Word Automation Services account.
-
Create a Service Application
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 uses service applications such as those for Access; Excel; and InfoPath that require service applications to be created by the administrator for them to work. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to create a service application in SharePoint 2103 Central Administration.
-
Create a Wiki Page
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 lets you create wiki sites that allows groups of people in an organization to quickly capture and share ideas. In this video; David Santana creates and edits a wiki site in SharePoint.
-
Create Active Directory Security Groups
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 enables you to manage site users by assigning permission levels to security groups instead of to individual users or Active Directory Domain Services. In this video; David Santana creates; names; and configures a security group from the Active Directory Administrative Center and then adds a user to the group.
-
Create an E-mail Enabled Announcement List
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows you to create an e-mail enabled announcement list. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to set up and name an announcement list and then configure incoming e-mail settings.
-
Create Badges
Creating a badge in Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows users to apply it to specific members for their achievements and any additional contributions. In this video; David Santana shows you how to create and apply a badge.
-
Create Categories
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows users to create categories to locate specific post and discussions. In this video; David Santana shows you how to create a category.
-
Create Categories in Blogs
Creating categories in blogs in Microsoft SharePoint 2013 helps users navigate to the correct blog. In this video; David Santana shows you how to create a category.
-
Create DNS Record for Domain and SharePoint Site
Microsoft's Domain Name Server (DNS) Manager enables you to create a DNS record for your SMTP server role. In this video; David Santana uses the DNS Manager to create a new Host (A) record for the SMTP server role configured on the SharePoint server at the same IP address.
-
Create Server Farm Account
You can create a Microsoft SharePoint 2013 server farm account through your Active Directory Administrative Center. In this video; David Santana logs into the Active Directory Administrative Center and provides the details needed to set up a new; password-protected user account.
-
Create Site Collections
By using the Central Administration store in SharePoint 2013; administrators can create site collections; which are a grouping of sites under a top-level site sharing common administrative pages and site settings. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to create a site collection in SharePoint 2013.
-
Create SQL Server Alias
You can use Microsoft SQL Server's SQL Server Client Network Utility to create a SQL Server alias for a database created for use by SharePoint 2013. In this video; David Santana launches the SQL Server Client Network Utility from both the Windows 32-bit and 64-bit system folders in File Explorer; and enters a SQL Server alias in each instance.
-
Delete Lists Using View
Deleting items from lists in Microsoft SharePoint 2013 is possible using View Item. In this video; David Santana shows you how to remove an item to the Recycle Bin.
-
Delete Site Collections
SharePoint 2013 allows the site owner to permanently delete a site collection. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to delete a site collection through the Central Administration store.
-
Detach a Content Database
SharePoint 2013 allows administrators to detach and perform maintenance on ? or move ? a content database through the Manage Content Database Settings page. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to use the Manage Content Database Settings page to detach a database from the server.
-
Disable Loop Back Checking
You can enable access to IIS-hosted domains; site collections; and applications on your Microsoft SharePoint 2013 Server by disabling the default loop back check in your system registry. In this video; David Santana uses Microsoft's Registry Editor to access and edit the BackConnectionHostNames entry before resetting IIS from Windows PowerShell.
-
Edit a Publishing Page
Editing a publishing site page in Microsoft SharePoint 2013 is simple and easy. In this video; David Santana shows you how to show the Ribbon interface and edit a publishing site page.
-
Edit a Thesaurus File
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013; the Thesaurus in not editable; like it was in SharePoint 2010. Instead; you need to use Managed Properties to create specific searches and properties. In this video; David Santana introduces the Managed Properties page; where administrators can view; create; or modify managed properties.
-
Editing in Office Web Apps
SharePoint 2013; when used in conjunction with Office Web Apps; allows you to view and edit Word; Excel; PowerPoint; and OneNote documents in your web browser. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to open and edit a document using an Office Web App.
-
Editing Properties in Manage Group
Editing properties in Microsoft SharePoint 2013 is easy using the Manage group. In this video; David Santana shows you how to perform this task.
-
Enable a Record Declaration
By configuring record declaration; Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows you to create and store records within specific lists or libraries on a site. In this video; David Santana uses the Record Declaration Settings in SharePoint to enable the manual declaration of records at the site level.
-
Enable Document Conversion
Before users can convert documents from one format to another using the document conversion in Microsoft SharePoint 2013; the feature first needs to be enabled by the Site administrator. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to enable and configure document conversion in SharePoint.
-
Enable SMPT on SharePoint Server
Microsoft SharePoint 2013's Add Roles and Features Wizard allows you to set up your e-mail server on the same server on which SharePoint is deployed. In this video; David Santana uses the Add Roles and Features Wizard to install the SMTP server feature.
-
Enable TCP IP Connectivity in SQL Server
You can use Microsoft's SQL Server Configuration Manager to enable TCP/IP connectivity; thereby enabling your SharePoint 2013 server farm to communicate with your SQL Server databases. In this video; David Santana enables TCP/IP connectivity through the SQL Server Configuration Manager; reviews SQL Server's TCP/IP properties; and restarts the MSSSQLSERVER Service.
-
Explore Document Libraries
Document libraries in Microsoft SharePoint 2013 offer you enhanced user experience. In this video; David Santana shows you how use the callouts to do inline editing and how to drag and drop files to the library.
-
Explore Query Crawl Logs
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows users to search and review the query crawl logs. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to view the crawl logs and to search for the crawl history on specific sites.
-
Extending Web Application to Another IIS Website
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows administrators to extend or isolate web applications to other Internet Information Services (IIS) sites; or zones sharing content with users. In this video; David Santana uses SharePoint 2013's Extend option to extend and configure the port; authentication; and sign-in page of a web application to a zone.
-
Hidden Ribbon Interface
SharePoint 2013 enables you to access the Ribbon interface; which remains hidden from the end user; on your TeamSite and NewDocumentLibrary pages. In this video; David Santana shows you how to use tabs to access the SharePoint 2013 Ribbon interface from your TeamSite and NewDocumentLibrary pages; and introduces additional options that have been added to the Ribbon.
-
Install Active Directory Certification Services
With Microsoft SharePoint 2013; you can install Active Directory Certificate Services (ADCS) and its related services; in order to acquire certificates from a certification authority. In this video; David Santana uses the Server Manager to install ADCS.
-
Installing Workflow Manager
Microsoft SharePoint 2013's Workflow Manager 1.0 Wizard and SharePoint Management Shell enable administrators to use Workflow Manager on the SharePoint Server to manage HTTP and HTTPS requests. In this video; David Santana installs Workflow Manager and uses the Register-SPWorkflowService command and WorkflowHostURI to register the service on his host site.
-
Interactive Options Hover Panel
SharePoint 2013's hover panel offers previews; informational data; and interactive sharing and editing functionalities without having to log in to a site or document. In this video; David Santana activates the hover panel and explores its features.
-
Join a Community
Joining a community in Microsoft SharePoint 2013 is vital. In this video; David Santana shows you how to navigate to a community site and join as a member.
-
Leave a Community
Leaving a community in Microsoft SharePoint 2013 is important. In this video; David Santana shows you how to navigate to a community page and leave the community.
-
Logging In and Logging Out
Logging in and logging out of a Microsoft SharePoint 2013 team site is important when you leave your desk or if you are logged in remotely. In this video; David Santana shows you how to use the familiar user interface of SharePoint 2013.
-
Make Term Set Available for Tagging
Microsoft SharePoint 2013's Term Store Management Tool enables site collection administrators to manage term sets and make them available for tagging for consumption by other sites. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to use the Term Store Management Tool to select a term set to ensure it's available for tagging.
-
Make Term Set Available to Offsite Collections
Once you have created a term set on the site collection; with the necessary credentials; Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows you to make the term collection globally available to all publishing site collections. In this video; David Santana uses the Term Store management tool to create a global term set and make it available to all site collections.
-
Manage Categories
Managing categories in Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows end users to choose actual communities; discussions; or conversations. In this video; David Santana shows you how to manage items in categories and assign workflows and specify alerts.
-
Manage Comments
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows you to manage comments after creating a specific conversation in your Newsfeed. In this video; David Santana shows you how to manage comments.
-
Manage Content Database
SharePoint 2013's Manage Content Database Settings page allows administrators to manage multiple database features and functionalities including failover; capacity; and database removal; as well as select servers for timer jobs. In this video; David Santana accesses the Manage Content Database Settings page to give an overview of the settings available to administrators.
-
Manage Discussion
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows you to manage discussions if you have elevated privileges. In this video; David Santana shows you how to manage discussions.
-
Manage Posts
Managing posts in a Microsoft SharePoint 2013 blog site is easy. In this video; David Santana shows you how to navigate to manage your posts.
-
Manage Web Apps
SharePoint 2013 provides the administrator with numerous options when managing web apps; for site content databases; through the Central Administration store. In this video; David Santana provides a detailed overview of the features and settings available to the SharePoint Administrator.
-
Map Proxy Groups to Web Apps
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 enables you to create specific associations between proxy groups of service apps and their web applications. In this video; David Santana give a comprehensive introduction to mapping proxy groups to web apps; thereby configuring service application associations.
-
Modify a Search Center
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows users to modify the look and feel of the Search Center. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to choose and preview a theme for your site.
-
Move Multiple Site Collections
SharePoint 2013 enables you to use the SharePoint Management Shell to move multiple site collections between content databases. In this video; David Santana uses the get-spsite command in conjunction with the move-spsite command to retrieve the site collections in a content database and move them to a destination database ? verifying the command using the WhatIf commandlet.
-
Move Site Collections Between Databases
SharePoint 2013 enables you to use the SharePoint Management Shell to move site collections between content databases on different servers. In this video; David Santana activates tab-complete and Quick Edit Mode in SharePoint Management Shell; before using the get-help and WhatIf commandlets to obtain information on and test the validity of the move-spsite command.
-
My Site Social Computing Features
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 includes new features and a redesigned user interface for My Site; a dedicated personal site that allows you to connect with others and share expertise within an organization. In this video; David Santana demonstrates features new to My Sites in SharePoint 2013; including Newsfeed and blogging functionality.
-
Newsfeed Settings
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows administrators and content authors with elevated privileges to alter your Newsfeed settings. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to set for privacy; email notifications; people I follow; and activities I want to share in my newsfeed.
-
Overview of Office Web Apps
SharePoint 2013 is well integrated with the Office Suite products; and when combined with the Office Web Apps; provides you with the ability to easily view; edit; and create Office documents directly in a SharePoint document library. In this video; David Santana provides an overview of how SharePoint 2013 uses Office Suite products and Office Web Apps.
-
Provision a New Office Web Apps Server Farm
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows you to configure a new Office Web Apps Server Farm. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to provision a new Office Web Apps Server Farm for PowerPoint; OneNote; Excel; and Word.
-
Publish Service Application
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows you to publish Service Applications to server farms with which you enjoy a trust relationship. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to publish and configure a Service Application to be of use to administrators and users of trusted server farms linked by a federation trust.
-
Publishing a Library
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 enables administrators to publish site libraries; their columns; and metadata term sets as catalogs that allow other sites to search or navigate them. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to access a site library's catalog settings; check the last crawl time of its indexed items; and configure the library as a catalog.
-
Publishing a List
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 enables authoring-site administrators with the required permissions to publish and share library lists across sites. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to create a list; add and configure a managed metadata column; anchor it to a term set; and share it for consumption by other sites.
-
Query Rules
Microsoft SharePoint 2013's query rules enable you; as an administrator; to conditionally enhance searches by defining query rules that order rankings; promote relevant results; and display additional blocks of results. In this video; David Santana details the variables defining the time-sensitive context in which query results are generated or fired and adds a query rule; specifying its conditions and actions.
-
Rate an Item
Rating a discussion item in Microsoft SharePoint 2013 is useful for users who depend on reviews and ratings to follow discussions. In this video; David Santana shows you how to rate an item.
-
Refiners in Enterprise Search Center
SharePoint 2013's Enterprise Search Center search page features refiners that allow you to narrow your search results by categorizing them; thereby providing detailed search results that enable you to easily locate specific information. In this video; David Santana performs a search and describes the results page refiner options.
-
Reindex a Catalog
One of the new features in Microsoft SharePoint 2013 is the ability to easily force the content of a list or library to be reindexed during the next scheduled crawl of the search service. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to navigate to and use the Reindex List feature in SharePoint 2013.
-
Reindex a Library
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013; you can quickly and easily reindex a list or library to make finding newly added content more efficient. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to reindex a SharePoint document library.
-
Reply to Existing Discussion
Replying to an existing discussion in Microsoft SharePoint 2013 is simple. In this video; David Santana shows you how to reply to a discussion.
-
Team Site Overview
SharePoint 2013's TeamSite template allows you to create sites you can configure to facilitate user collaboration. In this video; David Santana introduces the functions of live tiles on a TeamSite page; explains the drag-and-drop capabilities of the file list; and points out features that allow you to invite people to your site or start conversations on your Newsfeed.
-
Unpublish a Page and Delete a Page
SharePoint 2013's Ribbon allows you to unpublish site pages; enabling you to move these pages to the Recycle Bin. In this video; David Santana activates the Unpublish function before deleting the page.
-
Using Central Admininstration to Backup a Content Database
Microsoft SharePoint 2013's Backup and Restore feature advises you of backups and restores under way; and enables you to select components; including Web Application databases; to back up. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to choose a backup type and specify a backup location for a Web Application database.
-
Using Excel Web App to Edit SharePoint Files
When used together with Microsoft SharePoint 2013; Excel Web App allows you to open an Excel workbook from within a document library on your SharePoint site in order to edit data and perform other basic spreadsheet operations directly in the browser. In this video; David Santana uses the Excel Web App in SharePoint to change spreadsheet data in the browser.
-
Using PowerShell to Create a Host Named Site Collection with Multiple URLs
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 enables you to use Windows PowerShell to map multiple URLs to an existing host-named site collection. In this video; David Santana uses the set-spsiteurl commandlet and -Zone parameter to configure multiple URLs for an existing SharePoint 2013 host-named site collection.
-
View All Site Collections
SharePoint 2013 assists administrators by listing all the site collections for a web application; and by providing easy access to information about a particular site collection in the Site Collection List page. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to view all the site collections for a web application from within the Central Management store.
-
View Most Popular Items in SharePoint 2013
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 combines analytics and search results; providing you with the ability to determine which content is most popular by viewing usage statistics for all items in a library or list. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to use the Most Popular Items page to view popularity trends reports for specific files in a SharePoint document library.
-
Viewing Popularity Trends
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 lets you generate Popularity Trends reports via Excel; which allows you to view historical data on hits and unique users for a site collection; site; or even for a specific document. In this video; David Santana uses the Popularity Trends option in SharePoint 2013 to generate a usage report.
-
Working with Site Pages
Working with site pages in Microsoft SharePoint 2013 is simple. In this video; David Santana shows you how to add sub-sites and do site searches on the Followed Sites page.
-
Reputation Settings
Reputation settings in Microsoft SharePoint 2013; such as stars or I like it; allows users to specify reputation settings on specific items or members. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to customize rating settings; member achievements; point system; and achievement level points.
-
Request Manager
Microsoft SharePoint 2013's IIS (Internet Information Services) Request Manager enables administrators to deploy hardware load balancers (HLBs) to balance; prioritize; and route HTTP requests through to their front-end servers or site collections. In this video; David Santana uses the SharePoint 2013 Management Shell and SPServiceInstance to enable and configure Request Manager and its services on SharePoint Server.
-
Restart the Search Service
SharePoint 2013 allows administrators to stop and restart the search service from the command-line utility. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to stop and restart the SharePoint search service.
-
Retrieving Members with People Search
Using SharePoint 2013; you can view specific profile information; such as department and skill set; when performing a people search. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to perform a people search using both the Enterprise Search Center and the regular search functionality of SharePoint 2013.
-
Retrieving Search Results
SharePoint 2013's Central Administration Store allows you to create and configure an Enterprise Search Center search page. You can access its results using options defining broad or refined categories. The hover panel offer further refinement. In this video; David Santana performs a search and introduces the results page refiner options; including the hover panel.
-
Review a Log File
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 provides you with the opportunity to monitor and troubleshoot SharePoint issues by reviewing log files. In this video; David Santana describes the information contained in a SharePoint log file.
-
Review Farm Account Settings
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows administrators to manage and configure the farm group account settings from Server 2012's Administrative Tools and through Internet Information Services (IIS). In this video; David Santana uses the Administrative Tools Services feature to explore the SharePoint Timer Service properties before accessing and reviewing basic and advanced farm account settings from within IIS.
-
Review Health Analyzer
SharePoint 2013's Health Analyzer offers explanations; warnings; and remedies that enable you to monitor and review problems by category and service in your server farm infrastructure; thereby ensuring its health and ability to achieve optimal service performance. In this video; David Santana identifies a service problem and introduces the explanations; remedies; and viewable rule settings populated by Health Analyzer.
-
Review the Encryption of Central Administration
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows the encryption of the Central Administration page using Secure Socket Layer (SSL); thereby safeguarding your managed accounts’ user names and passwords. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to use the security settings to check whether the page is encrypted for secure communication.
-
Ribbon Interface
SharePoint 2013's hidden Ribbon interface; which enables you to access options and editing features; can be accessed from a NewDocumentLibrary page. In this video; David Santana shows you how to use access the Ribbon from the Library tab of a NewDocumentLibrary.
-
Run Products Configuration Wizard
Microsoft SharePoint 2013's Products Configuration Wizard enables you to connect your SharePoint Server to its farm; create content databases and site collections; and install and configure application services. In this video; David Santana introduces the Products Configuration Wizard.
-
Search Using Windows Explorer
SharePoint 2013 enables you to perform searches in a split screen; displaying both your site's document library and a fully functional Windows Explorer that allows you to drag and drop files; and delete multiple files at once. In this video; David Santana searches on a site file and opens it in its default application from Windows Explorer.
-
Set Up a Community Portal
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows administrators to create Community Portals that provide a directory of Community Sites; enabling users to search for communities of interest. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to create a Community Portal from the SharePoint Central Administration web page in SharePoint 2013.
-
Set Up a Community Site
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows administrators to create Community Sites. This helps to encourage collaboration among organizational communities by providing places where members can discuss and explore common topics. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to create a Community Site from the SharePoint 2013 Central Administration web page.
-
Sharing Documents
SharePoint 2013 allows you to share documents with other members through the Open Menu callout and Share dialog box. It also enables you to see who already has access to documents. In this video; David Santana shows you how to share a SharePoint document through the Share option in the Open Menu dialog box.
-
Site Settings
SharePoint 2013 replaces Site Actions with Site Settings; a page listing the many features and settings available to you. In this video; David Santana shows you how to access the Site settings page from the Settings callout on your TeamSite page; and offers a brief introduction to each of its nine sections.
-
Specify Default Database Server
SharePoint 2013 enables you to specify a default database server to hold your content databases and site collections. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to use the Default Database Server page to select a default SQL server database server and Windows authentication.
-
Specify Quota Templates
SharePoint 2013 allows the administrator to specify quota templates; enabling storage limit values and warning limit values on a site collection to be set; so that when the maximum storage level is reached the site collection is locked to read-only. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to specify a quota template from the Quota Templates page.
-
Start the Timer Service
As an administrator in Microsoft SharePoint 2013; it may be necessary to start the SharePoint Timer service; which is the service that runs other services by schedule. This is easily accomplished through the Services console. In this video; David Santana uses the Windows Services console to start the SharePoint Timer service.
-
Stop the Timer Service
Administrators sometimes need to prevent some of the functionality in Microsoft SharePoint 2013 by stopping the SharePoint Service Timer service – the service that runs other services according to schedule. In this video; David Santana uses the Windows Command Prompt to stop the Timer service in SharePoint 2013.
-
Schema and Content
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can use SharePoint to sort content. In this video; Joe Barrett uses SharePoint to demonstrate the three ways content is classified.
-
Access Data Using a Custom WCF service
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 supports the creation of Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) custom web services that provide an interface between SharePoint and applications. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates hosing a WCF service in IIS and SharePoint and how to create and deploy a custom WCF service hosted in SharePoint.
-
Access Data Using REST API
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 provides the Representational State Transfer (REST) API that allows you to remotely interact with SharePoint sites using the REST and OData web protocol standards. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to make REST calls to SharePoint hosted data from a browser using HTTP requests and OData operators.
-
Accessing Data Outside of Sandbox Scope
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; a sandbox solution can’t access anything outside the solution; such as a file system or network; on its own. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to use a full-trust proxy to access data on behalf of a sandbox solution.
-
App Permission Request Scopes
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can use permission scopes and rights to grant user authorization or restrict user actions. In this video; Joe Barrett explains the permissions which can be granted to certain scopes of action; including the permission anomalies for certain scopes.
-
App Permissions
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can use apps to build custom solutions which run outside the SharePoint Server for a lighter footprint. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how to build an app; set permissions; where to install an app; and how to configure a remote app to call into the SharePoint Server data.
-
Applying Chrome Control for Apps
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; Chrome Control allows you to give a provider-hosted app the look and feel of a regular SharePoint page. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how you can apply Chrome Control to a provider-hosted app; and modifies the js and appManifest files to implement ShowChrome.
-
Assembly Binding Redirection
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013's Assemblies element specifies binding redirects for DLLs installed with a solution upgrade. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to change the assembly version number; before updating the solution manifest by creating an Assemblies element in the Package.Template.xml file.
-
Authenticating a User from a Client Application
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to authenticate users for SharePoint web applications. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates the Claims Based Authentication method and the Windows Authentication package; and then determines which authentication is configured in SharePoint Central Administration for different zones.
-
Building a CAML Query
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to use Collaborative Application Markup Language (CAML) to build queries against SharePoint lists and views. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to customize a Content Query Web Part and use CAML queries in your code.
-
Choosing Appropriate APIs
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 provides several sets of APIs that you can choose from when accessing SharePoint data. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates the different APIs and the factors that determine which API to use; before providing examples that illustrate how to choose the right API in a given scenario.
-
Client-side Object Model
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 provides the SharePoint .NET Framework client object model (CSOM) that allows you to access SharePoint objects from a client machine. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates the main CSOM classes and how to use CSOM operations to complete list-related tasks programmatically.
-
Code to Provisioning
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to provision a new SharePoint site and make it available to the end user. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use code to provision a SharePoint site by inheriting from an existing class and overriding the provisioning method to create a custom site definition.
-
Configure and Troubleshoot a Sandbox Solution
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can publish and deploy a sandbox solution. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates the different ways that farm administrators and site collection administrators can deploy a sandbox solution.
-
Configure Feature Dependencies
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows Feature dependencies to be set by name or by GUID. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to establish and configure a SharePoint Feature's dependency settings in Visual Studio.
-
Configure Feature Upgrades and Versioning
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows the programmatic upgrades of a Feature's manifest file in Visual Studio and PowerShell. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to use the UpgradeActions element and the Upgrade() method to programatically upgrade a Feature.
-
Configure No-code Customizations
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to export and reuse a no-code solution you’ve created. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to save a no-code solution as a template and how to activate and reuse the template.
-
Configure Solution Dependencies
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows solution dependencies to be established by inserting an ActivationDependencies element in the dependent solution's manifest file. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to locate the SolutionID required by the dependent SharePoint solution.
-
Configure Solution Upgrades and Versioning
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows solutions upgrades through PowerShell. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to upgrade a SharePoint solution by programming an Uninstall; a Remove; and an Install; before discussing programming an update over the older version.
-
Configuring Global and Current Navigation
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; a website can have global; current; breadcrumb; and metadata navigation. In this video; Telmo Sampaio; demonstrates how to use the Navigation option to configure global and current navigation.
-
Configuring Workflows
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to configure workflows to automate business processes; either for specific features or on site-level for administrative tasks. In this video Joe Barrett demonstrates how to add and configure workflows using Visual Studio.
-
Content Inheritance
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to create content types that can be replicated when creating new content types. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to configure content type IDs and inheritance in Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013.
-
Content Policies
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; policies can be associated with content types. When creating a policy; you can set features such as retention; auditing; labels; and barcodes. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to create a policy at Site Collection level and then associate it with a particular site content type.
-
Content Subscription
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to manage content subscription and ensure that subscriber jobs are configured and running correctly. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to subscribe a site to published content types using three different windows.
-
Create a Custom Membership Provider
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can create custom membership providers similar to those in ASP.NET. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to create a membership provider class that can be deployed and referenced from the config files in your SharePoint installation.
-
Create a Custom Role Provider
Microsoft Visual Studio allows you to create and deploy a custom role provider which can be used in Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 an external tool. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates the components of a custom role provider within Visual Studio and how to deploy it to SharePoint as an external tool.
-
Create a Custom Sign-in Page
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can create a custom login page for your web application. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to create a custom login page with its own background infrastructure and how to deploy the ASPX to SharePoint so that users can interact with the custom login page instead of the default login page.
-
Create a Site
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 you can create site definitions using Microsoft Visual Studio. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to create site definitions; modify the XML and ASPX page files; and then map the test site configuration.
-
Create a Web Template
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to create web templates by saving an existing site as a web template; either programmatically or from SharePoint Central Administration. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to define a subsite in Visual Studio and then create a web template using the SharePoint developer site.
-
Create and Apply Custom Themes
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to create a composed look for your site. A composed look adds a theme to a background image and a master page. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to use the Composed looks gallery to create a composed look with a name; title; master page URL; and theme URL.
-
Create Content Types
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can use content types to standardize how data is expressed for a document. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to create content types using the developer site or Visual Studio; and how to add fields to content types in Visual Studio.
-
Create Custom Permissions
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can assign permission levels to groups. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use Visual Studio to create custom permission levels.
-
Create Role Definitions
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can use role definitions and permission levels to define the rights for a user or a group. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use C# Visual Studio to create custom role definitions and permission levels.
-
Creating a Channel
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; a Device Channel links a type of user device to a specific set of master pages. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to use the Device Inclusion Rules option to link a Windows phone device to use a specific master page.
-
Creating a Custom Navigation Provider
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to add a custom map provider to your SharePoint site. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to use the Design Manager to change a master page to include the SiteMapProvider and controller for navigation.
-
Creating a Custom Workflow Action Project
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 workflows offer very limited available actions as they are; so it's best to build custom workflows in Visual Studio to suit your particular needs. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to create a custom workflow action project; add activities to it; and create sequences; attributes; parameters; and logic for the activities.
-
Creating a Master Page
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; a master page is an HTML file that you can create in any text editor. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to use the Design Manager to convert an existing HTML file to a master page.
-
Creating a Remote Event Receiver
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to create remote event receivers using SharePoint's integrated common technical infrastructure. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to create server-side and remote remote event receivers; in both sand-box and farm solutions.
-
Creating a Work Item Timer Job
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to create work item timer jobs using SharePoint's integrated common technical infrastructure. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to use timer jobs in SharePoint to schedule tasks; and discusses some of the commands associated with timer jobs.
-
Creating and Installing Solution Validators
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can use solution validators to determine whether to deploy solutions; based on their properties. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to create a solution validator.
-
Creating and Uploading JavaScript Files
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013; you can use JavaScript; as well as XLST; to alter the appearance and behavior of lists. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to create a JavaScript file and use it with XLST to determine the behavior of a SharePoint list.
-
Creating Auto-Hosted Apps
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; aside from hosted apps; you used to be able to create auto-hosted apps. However; the support for this type of app was removed at the end of June 2014. In this video; Telmo Sampaio briefly runs through how to create an auto-hosted app in the event these are still asked about in subsequent examinations.
-
Creating Display Templates
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can use display templates written in JavaScript to modify solutions you’ve created. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to create a display template in JavaScript and use it to modify a web part on a SharePoint site.
-
Creating Indexed Columns
Indexed lists in Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allow you to manage large lists of items and improve the performance when users access data. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to index a column; reference an indexed column; and highlight an indexed column used in a query.
-
Creating No-code Solutions
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can create no-code solutions; which don’t require that you use Visual Studio or write any code. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to create a no-code solution consisting of two linked custom lists.
-
Creating Provider-Hosted Apps
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to create provider-hosted apps using SharePoint's integrated common technical infrastructure. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to create provider-hosted apps; web forms; and certificate authentication.
-
Creating Reusable Workflows
You can use Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 to create and configure a Reusable workflow. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates some of the advantages of Reusable workflows; as well as how to use SharePoint Designer to create a Reusable workflow and associate the workflow to a content type or list.
-
Creating SharePoint-hosted Applications
SharePoint apps use the new Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 model; which runs in its own open process. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates the various ways SharePoint apps are hosted and created in this model using Visual Studio.
-
Creating Site Columns
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can use site columns to classify information. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates different ways to create site columns in both SharePoint and Visual Studio.
-
Creating the Logic and Deploying the Workflow
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to deploy a custom workflow activity from Visual Studio. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to create the logic and deploy the workflow from Visual Studio to SharePoint; and then deploy a workflow feature to a website.
-
Creating Trust Relationships for Apps
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; provider-hosted apps require a trust relationship to exist between SharePoint Server and the server on which the application is running. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to create an authentication certificate; make SharePoint Server a Trusted Security Token Issuer; and register an app principal for a specific app.
-
Creating XSLT for Web Parts
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can customize the items in a no-code solution. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to use XSLT to customize the way that data is presented through web parts in a no-code solution.
-
Custom Claim Providers
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can create a custom claims provider to add your claims to either a Windows login or a forms-based login. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the Visual Studio SPClaimProvider command to create a custom claims provider.
-
Customizing Modal Dialog Boxes
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can use several methods to configure dialog boxes to display information to end users within an application. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to customize and apply modal dialog boxes within an application to display information to end users.
-
Customizing the Edit Control Block
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can add elements to the Edit Control Block of the list item. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to use the Menu Item Custom Action option to add a new item to the Edit Control Block for the Products list.
-
Customizing the Status Bar and Notifications
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can customize the built-in Status Message Bar; which conveys information to the end user on every page in an app. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to customize the status bar and status message.
-
Customizing Upgrade Notifications
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can create unobtrusive custom notifications; which are displayed for a short time and in this way communicate non-urgent information to end users. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to create and use notifications within an app with SharePoint Server 2013.
-
Delete Collections
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to dispose of inactive site collections using Central Administration; Visual Studio; or PowerShell. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to remove old material and inactive site collections using Visual Studio.
-
Deploying Site Definitions
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to deploy a site definition from Visual Studio and choose to activate its features manually through SharePoint or Visual Studio. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to deploy a test site definition to SharePoint; with the option to activate the features later on.
-
Design Manager
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran discusses how Design Manager can be used to brand your site in SharePoint 2013.
-
Document Templates
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 you create document templates that can easily be re-used. In this video Joe Barrett demonstrates how to create a document content type and then uses it as a template in the document library.
-
Enabling Anonymous Access
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can allow anonymous access to websites. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the Central Administration site to allow anonymous access for users to a particular website.
-
Event Receivers
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 you can attach event receivers to a wide variety of site level; collection level; and list level events. In this video Joe Barrett demonstrates how to configure event receivers to attach types of workflows to List Item Events; Web Events; and Email Events using Visual Studio.
-
Exporting a Workflow to a SharePoint Solution
You can use Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 to make reusable List and Site workflows. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to package a workflow as a .wsp file; export it; and then deploy it as a solution to any other existing web application and site.
-
Expose the Hierarchy
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to examine the site hierarchy using the Server-Side Object Model and the Client-Side Object Model (CSOM). In this video; Joe Barrett uses the Server-Side Object Model to examine a SharePoint site from within Visual Studio.
-
Feature Scope and Visibility
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 requires the configuration of a Feature's scope and visibility. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to configure and edit the settings of SharePoint Features scoped to a solution's site collection and Web site.
-
Feature Stapling
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 you can use feature stapling to extend an existing site definition. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to create a stapled feature and add it to an existing site definition in SharePoint Central Administration.
-
Implement a Hierarchical Data Store
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to store custom configuration data at either the farm or web application level using the hierarchical object store. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how a custom application page is used to update data in the SharePoint configuration database by referencing a class inheriting from the SPPersistedObject class utilizing the hierarchical data store mechanism.
-
Implement a Property Bag
The property bag feature in Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 is a hash table of key-value pairs that allows you to add and retrieve object properties within a SharePoint site. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to create an application page utilizing property bags to read properties and store data as a key-value pair within a content database.
-
Implement Credential Storage
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; the Secure Store Service allows you to store credentials required for connecting to external systems in a secure database within SharePoint Server. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to create a Secure Store Target Application and associate it with an external data source utilizing the Secure Store Service from Central Administration.
-
Implement Impersonation
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; before implementing impersonation; you must login as someone who has been granted the permission to impersonate. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the console to list and select users to impersonate.
-
Implement SharePoint List
When developing custom applications in Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; SharePoint lists provide the easiest way of storing configuration data as they allow you to utilize the built-in interface. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to store a key-value pair in a SharePoint list; index the key column; and build a CAML query to retrieve stored data.
-
Implement web.config
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 provides the web.config file as mechanism for storing application configuration data. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to use the SPWebConfigModification class to make updates to the web.config file programmatically; and how to read data from the web.config file into an application page using the ConfigurationManager class.
-
Import and Export Design Packages
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can add a design package as a solution to the SharePoint site collection. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to use the Design Manager to create a design package.
-
Importing and Exporting Microsoft Visio Workflows
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can import flow charts created in Microsoft Visio. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to create a flowchart in Visio; import it into SharePoint; and use the SharePoint Text-Based Designer to convert the flowchart into a usable workflow which can be applied to lists.
-
Incorporating Designer Outputs
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to change the look and feel of your search results. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to use the Display Templates to change the display of search results.
-
List Definitions
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to create list definitions using SharePoint Central Administration. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates navigating to a subsite as well as modifying default list settings and list elements.
-
List Designer
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to create lists in Visual Studio List Designer and then work with them within SharePoint. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use Visual Studio List Designer to add; customize; and edit lists and then deploy them to SharePoint 2013.
-
Maintain Permissions
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; permissions are either unique or they are inherited. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use Visual Studio's BreakRoleInheritance command to stop inheriting permissions.
-
Manage Collections
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 enables you to configure the backup and restore settings for site collections. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to manually configure the backup and restore settings using SharePoint Central Administration; SharePoint Management Shell; and Visual Studio.
-
Manage Content Types
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to manage content types programmatically. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates site content type management and three methods for adding fields using Visual Studio
-
Manage the Life Cycle of SPSite and SPWeb Objects
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows the instantiation; in memory; of SPSite and SPWeb class objects. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how the instantiation of SharePoint site and site collections and their properties in memory facilitates data processing.
-
Managing App Usage Tracking
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to manage apps using tracking provided by SharePoint's integrated common technical infrastructure. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to track app users; monitor links; check errors; and manage licences.
-
Object Disposal
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013's Dispose() method allows the disposal of persistent class objects created in memory. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how the Dispose() method and C# using construction ensure the disposal of such objects.
-
Object Life Cycle Management for SPContext
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013's SPContext class accesses the HTTP context in which an application is running. In this video; Telmo Sampaio uses the SPContext class's GetContext() method to retrieve the current context of a site collection's multiple properties.
-
Object Life Cycle Management with Windows PowerShell
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 object life cycle management can be effected by PowerShell and multiple SharePoint cmdlets. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how PowerShell cmdlets instantiate class objects and dispose of them when they are no longer required.
-
Object Model Overrides
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can use Query throttling to restrict the number of items that can be accessed when you execute a query. Query throttling also allows you to specify whether a developer can override the list view threshold programmatically. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to configure resource throttling in Central Administration; before overriding thresholds.
-
Organizing SharePoint Project Items
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 solutions are easily managed by the drag-and-drop functionality of Visual Studio's Solution Explorer. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to organize project files and folders in Solution Explorer; to ease navigation.
-
Package and Deploy a Custom Claims Provider
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can use the event receiver feature to package and deploy claims providers. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to identify and use an event receiver package to deploy a custom claim provider; and what potential issues may occur.
-
Package and Deploy a Custom Membership Provider
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can customize the way users log in to the site and provide users with group names. You do this by customizing the Custom Membership Provider and Role Provider using Visual Studio. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to customise and deploy the Custom Membership Provider and Role Provider packages for use in SharePoint.
-
Packaging an App
You can use Visual Studio to package a Microsoft SharePoint-hosted app which has already been developed. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates what an app package typically includes and how to use Visual Studio to package an app.
-
Plan the Type of Workflow and Associated Forms
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you need to associate forms to workflows so that parameter information can be tracked from the end user. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to create an Initiation Form for a SharePoint workflow that allows you to do this.
-
Provisioning Lists
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 you can create a custom solution for a SharePoint site. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates provisioning a list instance for a SharePoint site using Visual Studio.
-
Publishing an App to a Corporate Catalog
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; app catalog sites can be created to publish and deploy packaged apps. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to create an app catalog site via SharePoint central administration; how to publish a packaged app to an existing corporate catalog; and how to deploy a published app for a specific user.
-
Publishing an App to the SharePoint Store
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; apps can be submitted for listing to the globally accessible Office Store. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates the approval process for submitting an app for listing to the Office Store; saves a draft of an app via the Seller Dashboard; and visits the Office Store to download an approved app.
-
Publishing an App to Windows Azure
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; provider-hosted apps can be published to Windows Azure from within Microsoft Visual Studio. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to create a website and publishing profile in Azure using a Microsoft account; import a publishing profile in Visual Studio; and package and publish a provider-hosted app from within Visual Studio.
-
Querying Lists
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 provides classes that allow you to query data from a specific list in a list view; or from within multiple lists in a site collection. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to use the SPQuery class; before demonstrating how to build a query returning results from lists in multiple sites using the SPSiteDataQuery class.
-
Removing an App
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to remove apps using SharePoint's integrated common technical infrastructure. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to uninstall auto-hosted and provider-hosted apps from the app catalog.
-
Sandbox Components and Constraints
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 sandboxed solutions are deployed to the site collection with their contents stored in the content database. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates a sandboxed solution's components and constraints; and introduces a simple sandboxed solution.
-
Search-driven Navigation
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can use search-driven navigation where you only create a single page for all locations. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to use the Term store management section and associate a single page with your navigation.
-
Selecting a User Experience for Apps
As with Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 apps; Office apps also use HTML; JavaScript; and AppManifest. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates the key features of Office apps; as well as how to create one.
-
Server-side Object Model
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; the Server Object Model is the most extensive API; providing a rich set of classes for representing and operating on objects in SharePoint. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates the important Server Object Model classes; before demonstrating how to use them to create a list and add items through code in a console application.
-
SharePoint App TokenHelper Class
The TokenHelper Class helps simplify the use of code in Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 applications. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the OAuth protocol for applications related to the TokenHelper Class in SharePoint.
-
Site Collection
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to create a site collection and select the template you want to use after you've created the site collection. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to create a delayed site collection in SharePoint Central Administration.
-
Site Definition
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to use Visual Studio to create a site definition that will determine the look and behaviour of your SharePoint site. In this video; Joe Barrett examines the components of a site definition.
-
Site Hierarchies
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 you can easily navigate the SharePoint installation from either Central Administration or Visual Studio. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates navigating the SharePoint site hierarchy from within Central Administration and explores the relationship between the hierarchy and Internet Information Services (IIS).
-
Sites and Web Templates
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to use site and web templates to customize a SharePoint site. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates the key features of web and site templates; how to modify web and site templates; and create custom templates.
-
Specifying a Licensing Model for Apps
You can use Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 to generate a licensing model for an app; and Microsoft Visual Studio to verify the app license. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates the various components of a typical app licence file.
-
Specifying a Starting Location for Apps
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; all web-based applications and sites need a URL that starts the application. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates the function of tokens and what the standard token is composed of; how to access a list showing SharePoint tokens; as well as when and where to use them.
-
Specifying Permissions for Apps
When using Visual Studio to create apps for use in Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can use an app's manifest to specify app permission requests. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how app permission requests include scopes and rights; how to use Visual Studio to specify permission requests; and how to enable app permissions from SharePoint.
-
Specifying Permissions for Corporate Catalog Apps
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can configure user permissions for Corporate Catalog applications. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates creating an app catalog and configures read permissions and access for users.
-
Specifying Permissions for Office Store Apps
Office Store applications for use in Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 are primarily accessible from the Corporate Catalog or the Office Store. In this video Joe Barett; demonstrates how to specify permissions for Office Store applications you want to publish.
-
Specifying Permissions for Remote Apps
When configuring permissions for remote apps in in Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; some configuration has to first be done in Visual Studio. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to specify permissions for remote applications in SharePoint.
-
Structuring App Packages
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 solution elements are easily packaged in Microsoft Visual Studio. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to edit the content of a solution package; as well as how they might be augmented.
-
Taxonomy-based Navigation
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; taxonomy navigation uses a different site map provider to retrieve data and build links. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to use the Managed Metadata Service to create a URL for each term in a term set and then navigate by using those terms.
-
Understanding Features and Solutions
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 Features are collections of declarative statements deployed; with assemblies and manifests; by SharePoint solutions in a WSP file. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates the structure; attributes; and functions of Features contained in a SharePoint solution.
-
Update Properties of SPSite and SPWeb Objects
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 class methods allow site and site collection data to be updated in memory. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to download a SharePoint site and site collection; update their properties; and then communicate the changes to SharePoint.
-
Upgrade Sandbox Solutions
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you need to perform specific steps when upgrading a sandbox solution. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to deploy a new version of a sandbox solution.
-
Upgrading a Workflow
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to upgrade a workflow using SharePoint's integrated common technical infrastructure. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to update multiple workflow instances and prevent earlier versions of a workflow from being used concurrently with an updated version.
-
Upgrading an App
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to upgrade apps using SharePoint's integrated common technical infrastructure. In this video; Telmo Sampaio uses the AppManifest to show you how to create; upgrade; and apply new versions of project and provider-hosted apps in SharePoint.
-
Using a Custom Workflow in SharePoint Designer
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to create and deploy custom activities through SharePoint Designer. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to use an existing workflow to create a new workflow in SharePoint Designer; modify workflow tasks and activities; and add descriptions to them.
-
Using Content Iterator
Indexed lists in Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allow you to regulate the amount of data being transferred; thereby reducing the load when querying large lists. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to use the ContentIterator class and its ProcessItems method to iterate over all the items in a collection.
-
Using Focus on Content
With Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can disable the Focus on Content feature to ensure that Master Page data always display for end users. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to disable the Focus on Content button.
-
Workflow Planning
You can use Workflows in Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 to create business processes based on the data obtained from within the SharePoint environment. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates the three types of workflows and the Windows Azure Service Bus; as well as how a workflow is developed within SharePoint.
-
Adding a Web Deploy Package to an Application Profile on Windows Server 2012 R2
With Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 and Web Deploy; adding deployment packages to application profiles allows you to easily deploy the package to a virtual machine. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to add a deployment package to an application profile for use on a library server.
-
Administering an IT GRC Control Management Program with System Center Process Pack for IT GRC
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 allows implementations of IT GRC to be administered and processed from within the Service Manager Console. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the Service Manager Console's Work Items interface and explains the role of IT GRC policies.
-
Approve an Agent with the System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager Operations Console
The Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager operations console allows you to monitor machines as agent and agentless managed. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to approve an agent with the operations console to monitor a machine and supply you with a range of information.
-
Assessing the Private Cloud with System Center Advisor
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Advisor; connected to Microsoft's Web site and added to managed groups of machines; provides Operations Manager with up-to-date patches and security information. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to monitor System Center Advisor error messages; warnings; and informational alerts.
-
Business Unit Clouds Overview
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; a business unit can have its own cloud structure with virtual machines; hosts; storage; library resources; and a network. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the business unit cloud structure.
-
Compliance Management Overview
You can use Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 to help with Compliance Management across an organization. In this video; Rafiq Wayani uses examples to explain Compliance Management; which includes Governance; Compliance; and Risk Management.
-
Components of a System Center 2012 R2 Service Manager Cube
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; a cube allows quick analysis of data. In this video; Rafiq Wayani uses cubes to discuss dimensions; drill down; drill through; key performance indicators (KPIs); measures; and partitions.
-
Configuring a Network Device Discovery Rule in System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; the Operations Manager allows you to use network device discovery rules in order to find network devices. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to set up and configure network device discovery rules using the included wizard.
-
Configuring a Service Template in System Center 2012 R2 Service Template Designer
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you can use service templates to build an infrastructure that allows you to deploy single-tier or multi-tier applications. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the Service Template Designer to construct a service template.
-
Configuring a Software Update Baseline in System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2's Virtual Machine Manager allows the creation of software update baselines that specify required software updates or update components. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create and configure a software update baseline using the Update Baseline Wizard.
-
Configuring and Publishing Dashboards in System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you can configure and publish dashboards in Operations Manager. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the Dashboard View option to create dashboards.
-
Configuring Automated Data Recovery in System Center 2012 R2 Data Protection Manager
Data Protection Manager (DPM) in Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 offers an automated item-based automated recovery solution; providing you with the assurance that your data is protected in the event of a catastrophic failure. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create a group member; configure a backup replica; and verify recovery points specific to the protected data.
-
Configuring Automated Problem Record Creation in System Center 2012 R2 Service Manager
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 allows you to create automated problem records when configuring incident management from within the Service Manager console. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create an e-mail-related incident template in Service Manager; before describing how to automatically record specific incidents using an alert connector in Operations Manager.
-
Configuring Basic APM in System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you are able to configure application monitoring performance inside of the Operations Manager. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to perform some basic application monitoring for System Center.
-
Configuring Service Level Tracking in System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 allows you to configure Service Level Tracking in Operations Manager. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates authoring options in the Operations Manager; and how to configure and modify service level tracking.
-
Creating a System Center 2012 R2 Business Unit Cloud
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; it is easy to construct a business unit cloud. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the VMs and Services option to create a business unit cloud containing hosts; logical networks; load balancers; and virtual IP templates.
-
Creating a System Center 2012 R2 Data Protection Manager Protection Group
To protect data with Data Protection Manager (DPM) in Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you first need to create protection groups representing collections of data sources with the same protection configuration. In this video; Rafiq Wayani uses the Create New Protection Group wizard in the Protection task area within the DPM Administrator console to configure and generate a protection group.
-
Creating a Web Deploy Package on Windows Server 2012 R2
With Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 and Web Deploy; you can create deployment packages containing all the configuration and content of your applications for storage or redeployment. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create a deployment package and details some of the available options you can set.
-
Creating an IT GRC Control Management Program with System Center Process Pack for IT GRC
Microsoft System Center Service Manager 2012's IT Governance; Risk Management; and Compliance (GRC) Process Pack allows the creation of a GRC Control Management Program. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to develop a working IT GRC Control Management Program for System Center 2012.
-
Creating Network Resources in System Center 2012 R2 for a Business Unit Cloud
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you can create networking resources for your business unit cloud. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the Fabric option to construct a logical network.
-
Custom Rules
Operations Manager in Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 uses rules to collect data and determine what to do with the information after it collects it. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the rules used to create alerts; collect events and performance data; and run scripts or commands according to a schedule.
-
Customizing Performance Thresholds in System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; it's possible to set up performance thresholds on the components you are monitoring. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to configure performance thresholds for a .NET application.
-
Data Protection Manager Deploying an Agent
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 allows you to deploy protection agents for identifying data that the Data Protection Manager (DPM) can protect and recover on a specified computer. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to install a protection agent manually; before attaching the agent using the Protection Agent Installation Wizard in the DPM Administrator console to enable protection.
-
Data Protection Manager Features
You can use Microsoft System Center 2012 R2's Data Protection Manager (DPM) to assign users roles which give them permission to execute tasks. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the DPM; including the certification and authentication components; and the reports generated to track activity on your cloud environment.
-
Data Protection Manager Overview
You can use the Microsoft System Center 2012 R2's Data Protection Manager (DPM) to reduce the number and severity of risks that the VMs in your cloud face. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how DPM works; what it includes; and how its various components protect and back up data in your cloud environment.
-
Deploy a System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager Agent Manually
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you will need to install an Operations Manager agent manually in order to keep track of off-site machines. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to manually install; access; and run an agent.
-
Deploy an Agent with the System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager Discovery Wizard
The Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager Discovery Wizard allows you to find and manage clients and servers once they're deployed. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the wizard to deploy an agent; discover different machines based on a range of criteria; and the different discovery options available to you.
-
Deploy SLT to SharePoint in System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 allows you to deploy Service Level Tracking (SLT) to SharePoint from Operations Manager. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to deploy SLT to SharePoint; and configure and customize the reporting service.
-
Deploying a Data Tier Application (DAC) Package with System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager
Deploying a Data Tier Application in Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 is a fairly straightforward process. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to deploy a Data Tier Application using System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager.
-
Deploying a Service Template in System Center 2012 R2
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 allows you to deploy service templates to the cloud or to host platforms quite easily. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to construct; customize; and deploy a service template.
-
Deploying a Single Tier Service Using System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; it's a simple process to deploy a Single Tier Service. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how you can configure and deploy a Single Tier Service using the Service Template in the System Center Virtual Machine Manager.
-
Deploying a VM Using System Center Cloud Services Process Pack
By creating a Virtual Machine Manager (VMM) connector; administrators in Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 are able to easily deploy virtual machines leveraging the System Center Cloud Services Pack (CSPP). In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create a VMM connector in the Service Manager console; before highlighting the available VMs in Virtual Machine Manager.
-
Designing Visio Diagrams with System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager Visio Connector
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you can build network diagrams for different kinds of audiences. In this video; Rafiq Wayani uses Visio network diagrams to explore the required network information for internal and external audiences.
-
Elements of a Data Tier Application (DAC) Package
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you can create data tier application (DAC) packages to manage and deploy database schema. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how the DAC package is authored and applied.
-
Generating Alerts in System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager allows you to create and customize alert views that only display alerts that are generated according to specific conditions. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create a new alert view and configure its properties within the Monitoring workspace in Operations Manager.
-
Identifying Services for the Windows Server 2012 R2 Private Cloud
When developing a Windows Server 2012 R2 private cloud strategy within an organization utilizing Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you should carefully plan the appropriate services and security requirements to be associated with the infrastructure. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the service identification considerations and the process of onboarding services to a private cloud.
-
Implementing Custom Monitoring in System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager Using a Process Monitoring Template
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; the Operation Manager process monitoring template helps you keep track of how processes run and whether they are running unnecessarily. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to implement custom monitoring by creating and customizing a process monitoring template.
-
Implementing Custom Monitoring in System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager Using Web Application Transaction Monitoring Template
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you can implement custom web application monitoring using the templates provided in System Center Operations Manager. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to monitor web application availability and transactions within Operations Manager.
-
Installing System Center Advisor
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Advisor; when added to managed groups of machines; provides Operations Manager with current and historical configuration reports and alerts. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to establish an Advisor Connection; add machines to it; and configure their alert rules.
-
Installing System Center Cloud Services Process Pack
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 allows Service Manager administrators to install the System Center Cloud Services Process Pack (CSPP); providing an Infrastructure as a Service solution. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to import the required management packs; before using the System Center Cloud Services Process Pack Setup Wizard to install the CSPP.
-
Installing System Center Process Pack for IT GRC Prerequisites
Microsoft System Center Service Manager (SCCM) 2012's IT Governance; Risk Management; and Compliance (GRC) Process Pack carries infrastructural prerequisites. In this video; Rafiq Wayani uses the SCCM Console to demonstrate how the integration of System Center component applications streamlines GRC.
-
Installing the System Center Process Pack for IT GRC
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; Service Manager allows the download and installation of the Process Pack for Cloud Services and IT GRC. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to install the Cloud services process pack and Cloud services runbooks onto Service Manager and Orchestrator machines.
-
Installing Web Deploy on Windows Server 2012 R2
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you can deploy an entire website to another location. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the Web Deploy component to create an option for deploying a website.
-
Integrating System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager and Orchestrator with Other System Center Components
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; the Operations Manager (Ops Manager) and Orchestrator combine to provide cross-product; environment-wide infrastructural integration and automation. In this video; Rafiq Wayani discusses how System Center components' Performance and Resource Optimization (PRO) management packs ensure environmental performance and health.
-
Integrating System Center 2012 R2 Orchestrator with System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager
Once you have registered and deployed an integration pack within Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you can then connect it to the Operations Manager. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to connect to the Operations Manager using the System Center Orchestrator.
-
Integrating System Center 2012 R2 Orchestrator with System Center 2012 R2 Service Manager
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Orchestrator allows you to easily integrate with a range of platforms in order to increase Orchestrator’s functionality. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to integrate Service Manager with System Center Orchestrator.
-
Integrating System Center 2012 R2 Service Manager with Other System Center Components
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2's Service Manager uses connectors to import; process; and act on Operations Manager's configuration and alert data. In this video; Rafiq Wayani discusses how Service Manager uses connectors to initiate or perform tasks on other Service Center products.
-
IT GRC Compliance Program Key Concepts
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you can use the IT GRC Compliance Program Key Concepts to help you develop an accountable IT environment which uses compliance to mitigate risks coming from inside and outside of the environment. In this video; Rafiq Wayani uses examples to explain the use of an Authority Document and what it might typically contain.
-
Configuring System Center 2012 R2 Orchestrator Runbooks
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you can easily configure Orchestrator Runbooks to suit your requirements. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to configure Orchestrator Runbooks elements; such as automatic check out; check in comments; and design phase link labels.
-
Configuring System Center 2012 R2 Service Manager Change Requests
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Service Manager supports Change Management which allows you to provide reliable and efficient services to clients; because all changes are carefully planned and executed. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use Service Manager to configure a Change Request.
-
Configuring System Center 2012 R2 Service Manager Incidents
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Service Manager allows you to manage incidents quickly and efficiently in order to restore normal services to your system as quickly as possible. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to record an incident using Service Manager.
-
Configuring System Center 2012 R2 Service Manager PowerShell Security
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 allows you to configure Service Manager PowerShell Security within its virtual machine manager. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to work with the Service Manager PowerShell client and the types of security it deals with.
-
Configuring System Center 2012 R2 Service Manager Problems
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Service Manager allows you to record problems that occur on your system to track issues that affect services and performance. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to manage single or multiple problems using Service Manager.
-
Configuring System Center 2012 R2 Service Manager Release Records
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Service Manager is a complete management system; allowing you to record and manage releases to ensure that your system environment remains secure and protected against unnecessary or unapproved changes. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use Service Manager to create a release record.
-
Configuring System Center 2012 R2 Service Manager Request Offerings
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Service Manager; you can configure the Service Manager request offerings to reflect what’s being offered in a particular situation. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to construct service request offerings.
-
Configuring System Center 2012 R2 Service Manager Run As Accounts
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 allows you to configure Service Manager Run as Accounts within its virtual machine manager. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create and customize Run As accounts.
-
Configuring System Center 2012 R2 Service Manager Service Offerings
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you can group related request offerings within Service Manager service offerings. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to construct Service Manager service offerings and add service requests to them.
-
Configuring System Center Cloud Services Process Pack
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; after installing the System Center Cloud Services Process Pack (CSPP); the Service Manager administrator needs to perform certain configuration tasks before an enterprise can realize the benefits of Infrastructure as a Service. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to define user roles and configure the general properties of the Cloud Services solution.
-
Configuring Views in System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 allows you to configure views in the Operations Manager. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create and configure an Event View and create a Windows View to work with it.
-
Creating a Custom Event Rule in System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager allows you to effortlessly create alert-generating rules from an event-based data source customized to your organizational needs. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to configure the Create Rule Wizard within Operation Manager's Authoring workspace to create an event-based rule.
-
Creating a Distributed Application Model in System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; distributed applications rely on a number of distributed components which work together. If any single component fails the entire application will also fail. In this video; Rafiq Wayani creates a distributed application model for a messaging application.
-
Creating a Problem in System Center 2012 R2 Service Manager
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Service Manager allows you to easily create problem records to help prevent future problems and incidents from occurring. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create a new problem record from the Service Manager console.
-
Orchestrator Workflow Controls
Workflow controls allow you to build logic into complex automated tasks when creating runbooks in Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Orchestrator. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the concept of workflow controls; before highlighting starting points; smart links; and embedded loops.
-
Planning a Service Template in System Center 2012 R2
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you can use Service templates to reduce errors and increase productivity. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use Service templates to execute application installation files with automatically.
-
Problem Management Overview
Allowing incident and problem investigation and diagnosis within Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 enhances the functionality of Orchestrator automated incident remediation. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the steps involved in incident and problem investigation and diagnosis.
-
Provisioning a Windows Server 2012 R2 Private Cloud with System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager
Once the fabric resources have been defined; the Virtual Machine Manager (VMM) component in Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 enables you to quickly and easily provision private clouds in an organization. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create a new private cloud using the VMM Create Cloud Wizard.
-
Publishing System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager Visio Diagrams to SharePoint
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; distributed application diagrams provide information about problems; warnings; errors; and informational messages associated with your networking environment. In this video; Rafiq Wayani uses Visio to customize the distributed application diagram and publish it to SharePoint.
-
Running Reports from SLT in System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 allows you to run reports from Service Level Tracking (SLT) in Operations Manager. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to run reports from SLT; as well as create custom tracking.
-
Sequencing an Application with Server App-V on Windows Server 2012 R2
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you can use the App-V sequencer to package applications in preparation for application virtualization. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to sequence an application with server App-V.
-
Service Level Tracking Overview
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you have the ability to keep track of the service and operation levels of your organization. In this video; Rafiq Wayani uses Service Level Tracking (SLT) to discuss Service Level Agreements (SLAs) and Operating Level Agreements (OLAs).
-
Service Manager Activities
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Service Manager allows you to perform a series of electronic and information technology activities known as workflows. In this video; Rafiq Wayani discusses workflows in Service Manager and how they help you streamline activities and optimize system performance.
-
Service Manager and Orchestrator
The Service Manager (SCSM) and Orchestrator components of Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 allow you to deploy; automate; update; and manage services within your private cloud infrastructure. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the attributes of SCSM and Orchestrator and discusses the benefits both these components bring to a cloud-based enterprise.
-
Service Manager Concepts
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 includes a Service Manager that helps you manage services; applications; and processes; allowing you to optimize services and meet the expectations of clients. In this video; Rafiq Wayani discusses some of the uses of Service Manager and its benefits.
-
Service Manager Configuring an Incident Queue
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you can use Service Manager to configure Incident Queues. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to configure and manipulate an incident queue to allow you to determine how incidents and problems are handled.
-
Service Manager Cubes
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you can build; populate; and process cubes. In this video; Rafiq Wayani uses the data warehouse process to explain the relationship between the Service Manager Database; Staging Database; Data Mart Database; and the OLAP Cube.
-
Service Manager Data Warehouse
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you can gather system and operations information to find out what is going on with a given resource. In this video; Rafiq Wayani uses the Service Manager data warehouse to discuss System Center analytics; data warehousing; data warehouse goals; and data warehouse databases.
-
Service Manager Incident Queue Overview
Service Manager in Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 supports different queues that allow you to manage incidents such as escalation and prioritization. In this video; Rafiq Wayani discusses Incident Queues; Service Manager Queues; and Dynamic Queues and their importance within Service Manager.
-
Service Manager Integration
The components of the Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 suite can be integrated in order to facilitate self-service and automation. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how connectors are applied in the integration of Service Manager with Service Center.
-
Service Manager Overview
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Service Manager provides a means of automating; integrating; and centralizing the management of your organization's end-to-end IT processes. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how Service Manager operates within System Center.
-
Service Manager Reports
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you can use Service Manager reports to determine if problems are reported; escalated; or resolved. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the Service Manger Console to turn problems in your incidence into Service Manger reports.
-
Service Manager Self-Service Portal Overview
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 supports a System Center Service Manager Self-Service portal; which can be created and installed using the Service Manager web portal. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to install the portal to provide web-based access to System Center 2012.
-
Service Manager User Roles
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; the Service Manager is widely accessible via a web interface and a thick client; and integrates deeply with System Center. As a result; having proper security controls in place is vital. In this video; Rafiq Wayani discusses the importance of these security controls.
-
SharePoint 2013 PerformancePoint Architecture
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you can use business intelligence tools to analyze and monitor key performance indicators of your environment. In this video; Rafiq Wayani uses PerformancePoint architecture to discuss business intelligence; Dashboard Designer; SQL Server Reporting Services; SharePoint application servers; and SharePoint Web Front End servers.
-
SharePoint 2013 PerformancePoint DashBoard Designer
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you can create the PerformancePoint Dashboard after you've set up your site. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use SharePoint 2013 to create a Business Intelligence Center site and add a dashboard to it.
-
Software Update Compliance
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2's deployment requires software and security updates to remain compliant. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to install; configure; and synchronize Windows Server Update Services (WSUS) for System Center components; using the WSUS Server Configuration Wizard.
-
System Center Cloud Services Process Pack Configuration Items
The System Center Cloud Services Process Pack in Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 requires certain tasks relating to the configuration items that must be understood by the System Manager administrator in order to successfully configure the Cloud Services Pack. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the different configuration items and how they function when provisioning resources within a cloud infrastructure.
-
System Center Cloud Services Process Pack Cloud Resource Request Items
The System Center Cloud Services Pack in Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 supports service request items that allow you to manage the availability of cloud resources within an organization. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the request items used to subscribe to cloud resources; and update and cancel cloud resource subscriptions.
-
System Center Cloud Services Process Pack Overview
System Center Cloud Services Process Pack provides an Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) solution built on the Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 suite of products. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the benefits of utilizing the System Center Cloud Services Process Pack and how it is integrated within a System Center private cloud infrastructure.
-
System Center Cloud Services Process Pack Prerequisites
Before installing and configuring the System Center Cloud Services Process Pack in Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you need to ensure that all of the necessary prerequisites have been met. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the software; security; configuration; and Orchestrator prerequisites that need to be met before deploying the integration pack file.
-
System Center Cloud Services Process Pack Tenant Request Items
The System Center Cloud Services Pack in Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 supports service request items that allow you to manage the tenants who consume the cloud computing resources in your organization. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the tenant request items that are used to register; update; and cancel tenants.
-
System Center Cloud Services Process Pack Terminology and Users
In order to utilize the Service Manager Console or Self-Service Portal as efficiently as possible when creating service requests in Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; it is necessary to understand the terminology describing the concepts and actions related to Cloud Services. In this video; Rafiq Wayani describes the terminology and user roles used when consuming cloud resources in System Center.
-
System Center Cloud Services Process Pack VM and Service Request Items
Microsoft Service Center 2012 R2 can be used to manage the processes involved in requesting Virtual Machine (VM) creation and configuration. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the importance of monitoring VM creation; changes made in a VM using Runbooks within the System Center Orchestrator; and permissions processes related to change requests and their importance.
-
System Center Cloud Services Process Pack VMM Configuration Items
Configuring Virtual Machine Manager (VMM) resources is a required task that the Service Manager administrator in Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 needs to perform when configuring the Cloud Services Process Pack. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the VMM configuration items and their capabilities; and their use in a scenario where resources are requested through the Self-Service Portal.
-
System Center Process Pack for IT GRC
You can use Microsoft System Center 2012 R2's Process Pack for IT GRC to group controls; policies; and risks associated with an authority document. In this video; Rafiq Wayani uses examples to give an overview of Process Pack for IT GRC and the environment in which it could be effective.
-
System Center Process Pack for IT GRC Configuring System Center Components
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 IT Governance; Risk Management; and Compliance (GRC) require the configuration of Active Directory (AD) management and computer-related group policies. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to configure System Center 2012's AD component for IT GRC.
-
Targeting Rules in System Center
When creating a monitor or rule in Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager; you need to select the appropriate target that will determine where the monitor or rule will run. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how classes; objects; and groups form the basis of monitoring components in an infrastructure with Operations Manager.
-
Update Remediation and Exemption
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 allows you to update the Virtual Machine Manager virtual machines (VMs); their operating systems; and software components. In this video; Rafiq Wayani discusses the practical and scheduling implications of updating selected VMs and their software components.
-
User Recovery of Data in System Center 2012 R2 Data Protection Manager
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Data Protection Manager (DPM) allows end users to create their own recovery points. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to deploy registry keys required by Active Directory and enables end-user recovery through the DPM Self Service Recovery tool.
-
Validating APM in System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager
The Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager allows you to validate Application Performance Monitoring (APM). In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to validate APM in the Operations Manager virtual machine manager.
-
Verify Compliance Status with System Center Process Pack for IT GRC Reports
The Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Service Manager Console Administration pane allows for verification of compliance with the System Center Process Pack for IT GRC. In this video; Rafiq Wayani uses the Management Packs Import function to import Management Packs relevant to specific IT GRC installations.
-
Verifying a Software Update Baseline in System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2's Virtual Machine Manager allows the creation of verifiable software update baselines. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to add updates to an existing software update baseline; and scan the assigned hosts for compliance.
-
Verifying System Center 2012 R2 Data Protection Manager Protection
After setting up data protection in Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; Data Protection Manager (DPM) provides numerous features that allow you to monitor protection activity and verify that everything is working faultlessly. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to identify the status of a new protection group from within the DPM Administrator console's Protection and Monitoring work areas.
-
Verifying System Center 2012 R2 Health and Performance
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; the Operations Manager (Ops Manager) provides integrated infrastructural monitoring across the data center and cloud – public and private. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how the Ops Manager monitoring packs and integration ensure environment-wide health and performance.
-
Verifying the System Center 2012 R2 Infrastructure
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2's infrastructure needs to be verified for accessibility and functionality. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the Virtual Machine Manager (VMM) to create; configure; verify; and review System Center infrastructure components.
-
Verifying the System Center 2012 R2 Private Cloud Infrastructure
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2's private cloud infrastructure requires verification for accessibility and functionality. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the Virtual Machine Manager (VMM) to create; configure; verify; and review System Center private cloud infrastructure components.
-
Viewing System Center 2012 R2 Service Manager Reports in Excel
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; it's easy to export a Service Manager report and view it in Excel. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the Export feature to export and view the report in the Excel format.
-
Virtual Machine Manager Application Profiles
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you can create application profiles for your virtual machines. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use Virtual Machine Manager to create a virtual machine application profile.
-
Virtual Machine Manager Fabric Resources
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; the Virtual Machine Manager (VMM) allows you to add storage; networking; and server resources to the VMM infrastructure. In this video; Rafiq Wayani introduces VMM Server resources; before adding a file server; and installing and connecting to an iSCSI server.
-
Virtual Machine Manager Guest OS Profiles
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; profiles make it possible to automate the provisioning of a virtual machine. In this video; Rafiq Wayani uses guest OS profiles to deploy virtual machines.
-
Virtual Machine Manager Hardware Profiles
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; there is an easy way to have consistently configured systems across the network. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the hardware profile option to configure settings automatically for new virtual machines.
-
Virtual Machine Manager Overview and Features
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2's Virtual Machine Manager (SCVMM) allows you to centralize the configuration and management of virtualization resources used to create and deploy the components of a private cloud. In this video; Rafiq Wayani discusses how SCVMM provides centralized management and control of all components in a virtualized environment.
-
Virtual Machine Manager Security
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; the Virtual Machine Manager (VMM) uses Run As accounts and User Roles assigned permissions to enforce VMM security. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates user and self-service user roles and privileges restricting access to VMM resources.
-
Virtual Machine Manager SQL Server Profiles
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you can create deployment profiles for SQL Server. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the Virtual Machine Manager to create a SQL Server deployment profile.
-
Virtual Machine Manager Virtual Machines
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2's Virtual Machine Manager (VMM) allows you to create virtual machines. In this video; Rafiq Wayani uses the New Virtual Machine Wizard to create and configure a virtual machine; on which he installs Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2.
-
Windows Server 2012 R2 Cloud Service Models
By provisioning Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 cloud service models; you can maximize the benefits and capabilities of a cloud computing infrastructure according to your needs. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the characteristics of the three cloud service models: Software as a Service (SaaS); Platform as a Service (PaaS); and Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS).
-
Windows Server 2012 R2 Private Cloud Business Requirements
When using Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you need to consider the various business requirements that make choosing a private cloud over a traditional IT approach a viable option. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the issues that you need to consider when implementing an IT solution and the benefits provided by a private cloud.
-
Windows Server 2012 R2 Private Cloud Health and Performance Monitoring
Once a private cloud has been provisioned; the Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 suite helps you to monitor the health and performance of the private cloud components; enabling the identification and prevention of failures before they occur. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the resources that require continuous monitoring within a private cloud infrastructure.
-
Windows Server 2012 R2 Private Cloud Management Roles
When migrating to a cloud-based infrastructure within an organization using Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you should understand the scope of the different private cloud management roles and how to differentiate between them. In this video; Rafiq Wayani compares the Business Unit IT Admin and Datacenter Admin roles in the context of a private cloud environment.
-
Windows Server 2012 R2 Private Cloud Overview
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 is a flexible solution that allows you to manage private clouds and maximize the utilization of shared resources in an enterprise environment. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the advantages of cloud computing; before defining the characteristics of a private cloud and how it can benefit an organization.
-
Windows Server 2012 R2 Public vs Private Cloud
When developing a strategy for implementing cloud computing with Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you need to consider the benefits and management considerations of both public and private clouds. In this video; Rafiq Wayani compares public clouds with private clouds in terms of manageability; cost; and customization.
-
Windows Server 2012 R2 Server App-V Overview
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; Windows Application Virtualization (App-V); allows you to install applications on one platform; which can then be accessed and used by any user with the required privileges; without the user having to install the application on their individual machine. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how App-V is applied for use with System Center.
-
Windows Server 2012 R2 Web Deploy Overview
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you can deploy websites; web servers; and web applications that you have already constructed and tested. In this video; Rafiq Wayani uses Web Deploy to discuss deploying packages of existing applications onto different web servers.
-
Key Indicators for Windows Server 2012 R2 Private Cloud Health and Performance
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; key performance indicators (KPIs) allow you to confirm that a private cloud infrastructure is meeting health and performance expectations. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the main KPIs and how they are used to define and measure progress toward organizational goals.
-
Linking Problems and Incidents in System Center 2012 R2 Service Manager
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Service Manager allows you to quickly link an individual incident to an existing problem record; thereby creating an association that helps to resolve the issue more efficiently. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to link an incident to a problem record from within the Service Manager console.
-
Managing Clouds with System Center 2012 R2 App Controller
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 App Controller allows you to manage applications and services that are deployed in both private and Azure-based public cloud infrastructures. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the capabilities of App Controller and its self-service portal and how App Controller integrates with Virtual Machine Manager (VMM) and Windows Azure.
-
Manually Recovering Data in System Center 2012 R2 Data Protection Manager
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Data Protection Manager (DPM) allows the recovery of protection groups through the DPM Administrator Console. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to recover data to a network destination using the DPM Administrator Console's Recovery Wizard.
-
Monitoring Distributed Applications
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; the Distributed Application Designer (DAD) improves the monitoring of distributed applications by defining the relationships within the applications. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how the DAD is applied to improve the monitoring of distributed applications.
-
Monitoring the Health of a Distributed Application in System Center 2012 R2 Operations Manager
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; once a distributed application is created it's important to monitor its health. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to monitor an already created distributed application.
-
Operations Manager Administration
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; the Operations Manager has various components and features that assist developers with administration. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the Operations Manager to deal with administration functions such as authoring; monitoring; group and device management; subscriber notifications; resource pools; and security roles.
-
Operations Manager APM Capabilities
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; the Operations Manager monitors both server side and client side capabilities in order to monitor application performance. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how Operations Manager is applied in order to monitor the performance of your applications.
-
Operations Manager Application Performance Monitoring
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; application performance monitoring (APM) can help to ensure that your applications are working at optimum efficiency. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how the key components of application performance monitoring are applied.
-
Operations Manager Distributed Application Overview
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; the Operations Manager allows you to monitor distributed applications. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to monitor distributed applications and discusses the benefits of distributing applications in the first place.
-
Operations Manager Health Monitoring
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; a range of monitors provide information about the environment. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates a number of useful monitors; the types of monitor states that are available; what these states mean; and the type of information monitors store.
-
Operations Manager Management Pack Templates
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you can use Management Pack Templates to create custom monitoring solutions. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the templates and the different things you can use them to monitor.
-
Operations Manager Monitoring Overview
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; the Operations Manager allows you to create custom monitoring solutions. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates Management Pack Templates and their use in monitoring servers; connections; and processes.
-
Operations Manager Network Device Monitoring
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; the Operations Manager allows you to monitor network devices. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the various types of monitoring that the Operations Manager can perform on a network.
-
Operations Manager Network Monitoring Using the Operations Console
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; the Operations Manager allows you to use the operations console to monitor your network. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to access Network Monitoring; and discusses the information that is found there.
-
Operations Manager Overview
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; the System Center Operations Manager (SCOM); allows you to monitor multiple environments throughout your entire system center structure. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how SCOM operates within the system center infrastructure.
-
Operations Manager Security
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; the Operations Manager uses roles to segregate administrative permissions and enforce security. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how roles are used to distribute different responsibilities among multiple administrators.
-
Operations Manager Visio Connector
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you can display your network information in a diagram. In this video; Rafiq Wayani uses the Visio Connector framework diagram to discuss the Operations Manager; SDK; Visio Connector; polling interval; SharePoint; and network diagrams.
-
Orchestrator Automated Incident Remediation
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; you can create automated remediation for different incidents and problems. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create an automated incident remediation using Orchestrator.
-
Orchestrator Overview
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 is comprised of a suite of products that includes the Orchestrator. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how the Orchestrator allows you to manage the cloud environment – your servers; your applications; your storage; your network; and your resources in general – easily and efficiently.
-
Orchestrator Runbook Overview
Runbooks in Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Orchestrator provide the instructions; or workflows; that allow you to automate tasks and processes within an IT infrastructure. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the different runbook components; the types of activities available in Orchestrator; and their common behaviors.
-
Configure Active Directory Discovery
Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager (MSCCM) 2012's Active Directory (AD) discovery methods allow you to poll for AD Forest; Group; System and User resources. In this video; Albert Kirkpatrick demonstrates how to enable a group discovery method in the Administration workspace; use an existing administrator account to sets its scope and polling frequency; and run discovery immediately.
-
Configure and Monitor Component Status
In Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager 2012; you use the site status interface to access the various system messages and component messages for those systems. In this video; Albert Kirkpatrick demonstrates the use of the site status interface to manage and configure systems and component messages.
-
Configure Boundaries and Boundary Groups
Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager (MSCCM) 2012 boundaries and boundary groups allow you to define the Configuration Manager site. In this video; Albert Kirkpatrick demonstrates using the IP subnet; AD site; IPv6 prefix; and IP address range boundary types; configures a boundary; adds it to a boundary group; and details the implications of using a boundary group for site assignment.
-
Configure Compliance Baselines
Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager 2012 allows administrators to implement compliance using configuration baselines. In this video; Albert Kirkpatrick demonstrates how to create or import configuration items; categorize the items; specify the settings that should be checked; set automatic remediation of noncompliant rules; then add the configuration item to the baselines and run a report.
-
Configure Endpoint Protection
In Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager 2012; you can configure the endpoint protection policies directly. In this video; Albert Kirkpatrick demonstrates the steps for configuring and managing endpoint protection.
-
Configure Hardware Inventory
In Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager 2012; you use the Hardware inventory service to collect local data queried from the WMI on a managed system. In this video Albert Kirkpatrick demonstrates the uses of running a hardware inventory; as well as the steps taken to configure an inventory for specific needs.
-
Configure Remote Tools
Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager 2012 allows administrators to configure and implement Remote Control; Remote Assistance; and Remote Desktop from the Configuration Manager console. In this video; Albert Kirkpatrick demonstrates how to enable remote tools as a client policy and configure various settings; such as access permissions granted by the user along with notifications of remote access.
-
Configure Reporting Services
In Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager 2012; reporting is done using SQL Server Reporting Services. In this video; Albert Kirkpatrick demonstrates how to deploy reporting services using the SQL Services Configuration tool and the Site System Roles Wizard.
-
Configure Site Backup
In Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager 2012; you need to set up site backup as part of your disaster recovery plan. In this video; Albert Kirkpatrick demonstrates how to use the Administration option to configure site backup.
-
Configure Software Distribution
Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager 2012 allows administrators to configure software distribution to clients in a site. In this video; Albert Kirkpatrick demonstrates how to configure the default client policy; computer agent; servers and site system roles; distribution point; and boundary groups to configure a site client as a distribution point.
-
Configure Software Inventory
Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager 2012 allows administrators to configure a software inventory to retrieve software information from Configuration Manager clients. In this video; Albert Kirkpatrick demonstrates how to enable software inventory and then schedule; set types; collect pattern metadata and physical data; as well as create consistent naming patterns for software inventories.
-
Configure Software Metering
Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager 2012 allows you to track the usage of software on your local system. In this video; Albert Kirkpatrick demonstrates how to use the Software Metering feature to create tracking rules for software utilization.
-
Configure Software Updates
Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager 2012 allows you to easily manage software updates. In this video; Albert Kirkpatrick demonstrates the process of enabling and configuring the Windows Server Update Service using the Configuration Manager.
-
Creating and Deploying Apps
Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager 2012 allows administrators to create and deploy applications using the new Application Model. In this video; Albert Kirkpatrick demonstrates how to create an application; choose from a number of natively supported file types; import the application into the Configuration Manager client; and distribute the content.
-
Creating and Deploying Packages
In Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager 2012 there are two ways to distribute software. In this video; Albert Kirkpatrick demonstrates the packages method of distributing software by specifying source files; specifying the command line; and determining conditions under which the software should be distributed.
-
Creating and Deploying Virtual Apps
Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager 2012 allows administrators to create and deploy virtual applications. In this video; Albert Kirkpatrick demonstrates that the procedure for creating and deploying virtual applications is the same as is followed for standard applications. However; the application type differs; as does the file type; and with App-V; Configuration Manager supports both streaming distribution and local cache.
-
Creating App Requirements and Dependencies
In Microsoft System Configuration Manager 2012; you can use requirements and dependencies when deploying applications. In this video; Albert Kirkpatrick demonstrates how to create application requirements and dependencies to minimise the number of collections you need to create for a deployment.
-
Creating Custom Security Rules
Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager (MSCCM) 2012's role-based administrative model allows you to define the scope of rights delegated to users or groups. In this video; Albert Kirkpatrick demonstrates how to create a user; assign it one of 14 default roles; allocate it a collection to which it has access; and create a scope restricting its access to specific applications.
-
Creating Data Queries
In Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager 2012; you can create data queries to extract system information. In this video; Albert Kirkpatrick demonstrates how to use the Monitoring workspace to create data queries.
-
Creating Device Collections
Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager 2012 allows you to organize your information into logical groups called collections. In this video; Albert Kirkpatrick demonstrates how to use the Device Collections option to create a device collection; specify its criteria; and schedule how often it should be updated.
-
Creating Global Conditions for App Deployment
Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager 2012 allows you to deploy applications effectively by allowing you to set global conditions for requirements and dependencies. In this video; Albert Kirkpatrick uses the Create Global Condition dialog box to show you how to define and configure a global condition determining criteria for an application's deployment.
-
Creating Site Systems
Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager uses Site Systems to provide functionality within a site. In this video; Albert Kirkpatrick demonstrates how to create Site Systems by using the Create Site System Server Wizard in the SCCM Administration workspace.
-
Creating Status Message Queries
Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager 2012 allows administrators to create custom status message queries to retrieve specific information on a site. In this video; Albert Kirkpatrick demonstrates how to select one of the pre-generated status message queries or create a custom query by selecting specific criteria to retrieve values from the Configuration Manager database.
-
Deploying Software Updates
In Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager 2012; an already existing infrastructure can be leveraged for applications to deploy updates. In this video; Albert Kirkpatrick demonstrates the process of arranging for Configuration Manager to leverage infrastructure to deploy updates based on what updates are required; and which deployments are either mandatory or optional.
-
Deploying the SCCM Client Through Client Push
In Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager 2012; there are two ways to deploy the configuration manager client. In this Video; Albert Kirkpatrick demonstrates how to deploy the configuration manager client through the Client Push configuration method.
-
Exploring the SCCM 2012 Console
Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager (MSCCM) 2012's environment and layout differ greatly from the 2007 MMC-based version. In this video; Albert Kirkpatrick demonstrates how MSCCM 2012's Assets and Compliance; Software Library; Monitoring; and Administration workspaces and their constituent folders; Cloud-based components; and multiple other features contribute to more effective configuration management administration.
-
Install and Configure App Catalog
Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager 2012 allows administrators to deploy software using a web-based interface linked to the Application Catalog. In this video; Albert Kirkpatrick demonstrates how to configure the Application Catalog website and web service point so that Configuration Manager can build a custom web front end to show the user only the software that's available to them.
-
Monitoring Client Health
You can effectively monitor client health in Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager 2012. In this video; Albert Kirkpatrick demonstrates how to use the Monitoring workspace to monitor client health based on activity information; and views graphs and reports that provide a range of useful information.
-
Testing Security Roles
Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager (MSCCM) 2012 allows you to verify that assigned roles are correct. In this video; Albert Kirkpatrick demonstrates the contents of his Software Library and Device and User Collections from within MSCCM's Administration workspace; initiates a session as a user to whom specific rights have been delegated; and confirms the user's access to an assigned collection.
-
Viewing Inventory Information
Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager 2012 allows you to view hardware and software inventory information from an individual client or your enterprise. In this video; Albert Kirkpatrick demonstrates how to use the Resource Explorer to view inventory information in the Hardware; Hardware History; Software; and Workstation Status objects; and also view individual client information.
-
Access to Removable Media
After watching this video; you will be able to configure access to removable media on a Windows 10 device.
-
Account Policies
After watching this video; you will be able to configure account policies on a Windows 10 device.
-
Biometrics
After watching this video; you will be able to use biometrics for authentication.
-
BitLocker
Microsoft Windows 8.1's BitLocker drive encryption tool allows you to manage the security of your computer's internal and external drives. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to use the Trusted Platform Module (TPM) copied to SkyDrive to store your BitLocker recovery key; before configuring and managing BitLocker on a hard drive.
-
Broadband Tethering and Metered Networks
After watching this video; you will be able to configure broadband tethering and metered networks on a Windows 10 device.
-
Creating and Managing Desktop Images
After watching this video; you will be able to create and manage Windows 10 device images.
-
Creating and Supporting a Windows To Go Installation
After watching this video; you will be able to to create and support running Windows 10 from a USB device.
-
Credential Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Credential Manager on a Windows 10 device.
-
Customizing an Installation with Windows PE
After watching this video; you will be able to use Windows Preinstallation Environment (PE) to prepare a device for Windows 10.
-
Data Recovery Agent
After watching this video; you will be able to configure the Data Recovery Agent on a Windows 10 device.
-
Deep Link Apps with Microsoft Intune
After watching this video; you will be able to deep link apps by using Microsoft Intune.
-
Deploying Desktop Apps with Microsoft Intune
After watching this video; you will be able to use Intune to deploy desktop applications in Windows 10.
-
Desktop Application Co-existence Using App-V
After watching this video; you will be able to configure and use App-V to run applications on a Windows 10 device.
-
Desktop Application Co-existence Using Hyper-V
After watching this video; you will be able to configure and use Hyper-V to run applications on a Windows 10 device.
-
Desktop Application Co-existence Using RemoteApp
After watching this video; you will be able to configure and use RemoteApp to run applications on a Windows 10 device.
-
Distributed File System Client
After watching this video; you will be able to install and configure Distributed File System (DFS) on a Windows 10 device.
-
Dynamic Access Control
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Dynamic Access Control (DAC) on a Windows 10 device.
-
Encrypting File System
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Encrypting File System (EFS) on a Windows 10 device.
-
Group Policy Application
After watching this video; you will be able to support Group Policy application on a Windows 10 device.
-
Group Policy Caching
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Group Policy caching on a Windows 10 device.
-
Homegroup
After watching this video; you will be able to describe HomeGroup.
-
Install and Manage Apps
After watching this video; you will be able to install and manage apps in Windows 10.
-
Integrating a Microsoft Account
After watching this video; you will be able to integrate a Microsoft account on a Windows 10 device.
-
Integrating a Trusted PC
After watching this video; you will be able to set up a trusted PC for ease of account password resets in Windows 10.
-
Integrating Personalization Settings
After watching this video; you will be able to configure personalization settings across Windows 10 devices.
-
Local Account Versus Microsoft Account
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the difference between a local and a Microsoft account.
-
Manage Updates and Security
After watching this video; you will be able to configure updates; security; and Group Policy in Windows 10.
-
Managing a Native Virtual Hard Disk
After watching this video; you will be able to create and use a Windows 10 native virtual hard disk (VHD).
-
Managing Boot Settings
After watching this video; you will be able to manage the different Windows 10 boot settings.
-
Managing Non-Microsoft Updates
After watching this video; you will be able to manage third-party updates on a Windows 10 device.
-
Managing Policies
After watching this video; you will be able to manage policies using Intune on a Windows 10 device.
-
Managing Remote Computers
After watching this video; you will be able to manage remote computers using Intune using a Windows 10 device.
-
Managing Software with Windows Store Apps
After watching this video; you will be able to use Windows Store apps to install and manage software.
-
Managing Updates by using Windows Update
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Windows updates on a Windows 10 device.
-
Managing Updates with Microsoft Intune
After watching this video; you will be able to use Windows Intune to manage device updates on a Windows 10 device.
-
Managing User and Computer Groups
After watching this video; you will be able to manage user and computer groups using Intune on a Windows 10 device.
-
Managing Windows 10 Multiboot
After watching this video; you will be able to manage Windows 10 on a multiboot device.
-
Microsoft BitLocker Administration and Monitoring
After watching this video; you will be able to configure and use Microsoft BitLocker Administration and Monitoring (MBAM) on a Windows 10 device.
-
Microsoft Edge Security
After watching this video; you will be able to configure and manage Microsoft Edge security features.
-
Microsoft System Center 2012 Endpoint Protection
After watching this video; you will be able to configure SCCM endpoint protection on a Windows 10 device.
-
Monitor and Manage Printers
After watching this video; you will be able to monitor and manage printers on a Windows 10 device.
-
Monitor Performance with Data Collector Sets
After watching this video; you will be able to configure and use data collector sets on a Windows 10 device.
-
Monitoring
After watching this video; you will be able to configure monitoring using Intune on a Windows 10 device.
-
NFC Tap-to-Pair and Printer Sharing
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Tap-to-Pair on a Windows 10 device.
-
NTFS
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the NTFS file system.
-
OneDrive
After watching this video; you will be able to configure and use OneDrive on a Windows 10 device.
-
Optimizing Data Access Using BranchCache
After watching this video; you will be able to configure BranchCache on a Windows 10 device.
-
Picture Passwords
After watching this video; you will be able to configure and use picture passwords on a Windows 10 device.
-
Policy Processing
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the policy processing on a Windows 10 device.
-
Resolve STOP Errors
After watching this video; you will be able to resolve STOP errors on a Windows 10 device.
-
Resolving Hardware and Device Issues
After watching this video; you will be able to troubleshoot Windows 10 hardware and device issues.
-
Resultant Set of Policy (RSoP)
After watching this video; you will be able to use Resultant Set of Policy (RSoP) to determine the policies applied to a Windows 10 device.
-
Secure Channel
After watching this video; you will be able to configure a secure channel on a Windows 10 device.
-
Sideload Apps into Online and Offline Images
After watching this video; you will be able to sideload apps into online and offline images.
-
Sideload Apps with Microsoft Intune
After watching this video; you will be able to sideload apps by using Microsoft Intune in Windows 10.
-
Storage Capacity and Fault Tolerance
After watching this video; you will be able to configure storage capacity for fault tolerance on a Windows 10 device.
-
Support Authentication and Data Security
After watching this video; you will be able to configure certificates and EFS on a Windows 10 device.
-
Support Hardware and Mobile Devices
After watching this video; you will be able to troubleshoot Windows 10 hardware and configure remote access on a mobile device.
-
Support Remote Access
After watching this video; you will be able to configure a VPN connection and NAP protection on a Windows 10 device.
-
Supporting Connection Manager Administration Kit
After watching this video; you will be able to use Connection Manager Administration Kit (CMAK) on a Windows 10 device.
-
Supporting DirectAccess
After watching this video; you will be able to configure direct access to a Windows 10 device.
-
Supporting IP Security
After watching this video; you will be able to configure IP security for a Windows 10 device.
-
Supporting IPv4 and IPv6
After watching this video; you will be able to configure both IPv4 and IPv6 network connections on a Windows 10 device.
-
Supporting Name Resolution
After watching this video; you will be able to configure DNS settings on a Windows 10 device.
-
Supporting PNRP and DNSSEC
After watching this video; you will be able to configure PNRP and DNSSEC on a Windows 10 device.
-
Supporting Remote Administration
After watching this video; you will be able to configure remote administration settings for Windows 10 device.
-
Supporting Remote Desktop Protocol
After watching this video; you will be able to configure a Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) connection to and from a Windows 10 device.
-
Supporting Remote Desktop Services Gateway Access
After watching this video; you will be able to configure a Remote Desktop Service Gateway on a Windows 10 device.
-
Supporting Transition Technologies
After watching this video; you will be able to configure IPv6 transition technologies on a Windows 10 device.
-
Supporting VPN Connections
After watching this video; you will be able to configure a VPN connection on a Windows 10 device.
-
Supporting Windows Firewall
After watching this video; you will be able to configure the Windows Firewall on a Windows 10 device.
-
Supporting Wireless Networks
After watching this video; you will be able to configure and support a wireless network from a windows 10 device.
-
Sync Center
After watching this video; you will be able to access and sync data on a Windows 10 device.
-
User Experience Virtualization
After watching this video; you will be able to install and configure User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) in Windows 10.
-
Using Application Compatibility Toolkit
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Application Compatibility Toolkit (ACT) to determine application compatibility in Windows 10.
-
Using Resource Monitor
After watching this video; you will be able to access and use the Resource Monitor on a Windows 10 device.
-
Using Task Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to use Windows Task Manager for basic real-time performance monitoring.
-
Using the Diagnostics and Recovery Toolset
After watching this video; you will be able to remediate start-up issues by using the Diagnostics and Recovery Toolset (DaRT).
-
Using Windows Performance Analyzer
After watching this video; you will be able to use Windows Performance Analyzer (WPA) on a Windows 10 device.
-
Using Windows Performance Recorder
After watching this video; you will be able to use Windows Performance Recorder (WPR) on a Windows 10 device.
-
Virtual Smart Cards
After watching this video; you will be able to configure virtual smart cards on a Windows 10 device.
-
Windows Defender
After watching this video; you will be able to configure security by using Windows Defender on a Windows 10 device.
-
Windows Intune Endpoint Protection
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Windows Intune Endpoint Protection on a Windows 10 device.
-
Windows Performance Toolkit (WPT)
After watching this video; you will be able to use Windows Performance Toolkit (WPT) on a Windows 10 device.
-
Work Folders
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the need for Work Folders.
-
Workgroup Versus Domain
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the difference between a workgroup and a domain; and the different options they provide to a Windows 10 device.
-
Workplace Join
After watching this video; you will be able to configure and join a workplace.
-
Computer and User Authentication
After watching this video; you will be able to configure authentication for a Windows 10 user and computer device.
-
Configuring ACT Settings
As an administrator in a Microsoft Windows 7 environment; the Application Compatibility Toolkit (ACT) provides you with a number of settings that you can use to configure the ACT to your preferred requirements when evaluating compatibility issues. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to configure and specify settings for the ACT in Windows 7.
-
Configuring AppLocker
In Microsoft Windows 7; AppLocker allows administrators to create rules that control access to applications. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to configure an executable rule in AppLocker from a Windows 7 system.
-
Configuring Desktop Personalization
Microsoft Windows 7's personalization features enable you to personalize virtually every aspect of your Windows interface experience; from themes to window colors to system sounds and screen savers. In this video; Jonathan Summers gives a detailed breakdown of the personalization features.
-
Configuring Offline Files and Folders Sync
The offline files feature in Microsoft Windows 7 allows you to configure and synchronize shared files and folders on your network; making them available when you are away from the network and improving efficiency when there are network outages or a slow connection. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to configure and synchronize offline files and folders in Windows 7.
-
Configuring Search Properties
You can configure the properties of the new Microsoft Windows 7 search features to make searching for files; applications; and any other indexed item located on your computer faster and more thorough than before. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to configure the indexing options in Windows 7 and take full advantage of its search functionality.
-
Configuring Shadow Copy
Shadow Copy is a method of file restore; featured in Microsoft Windows 7; which allows administrators and users to create snapshots of previous documents. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to configure Shadow Copy and use previous versions of documents.
-
Configuring Shared Access to Files for Specific Users
Microsoft Windows 7 allows you to configure shared access for files and folders that haven't been automatically shared as part of a homegroup or workgroup with specific users who you choose to share resources with. In this video; Jonathan Summers uses the File Sharing wizard in Windows 7 to grant a user permissions to a shared folder.
-
Configuring UAC
Additional User Account Control (UAC) settings have been introduced in Microsoft Windows 7 for configuring how UAC notifies you when programs attempt to make changes to your computer. In this video; Jonathan Summers describes the UAC settings and how the different levels impact the security of your computer.
-
Configuring Windows Update
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Windows Update.
-
Configuring Workgroups
Microsoft Windows 7 allows you to share files and printers in small organizations without a domain by creating a workgroup or joining an existing workgroup. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to configure a workgroup before creating documents to be shared throughout the workgroup.
-
Create a Custom Event Filter
Event logs give users and administrators a view of all events occurring in a Microsoft Windows 7 system. They can also be filtered so that only the events the user needs to see are shown. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to create an event filter using the Event Viewer in Windows 7.
-
Create a Startup Repair Disk
By creating a system repair disc in Microsoft Windows 7; you'll have access to a powerful set of Microsoft-created diagnostic and repair utilities that can help you repair Windows if a serious error occurs. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to easily create a system repair disc from the Backup and Restore utility in Windows 7.
-
Create and Configure a Public Shared Folder for All Users
In Microsoft Windows 7; a public shared folder allows everyone with rights to it to share the files it contains. Access rights can be either Read or Read/Write. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to create a public shared folder on a Windows Server 2000 R2 server that is available to others in the domain or workgroup.
-
Create and Share a Printer
Microsoft Windows 7 enables users who have a connected printer or access to a network printer to share printer usage. They can also access an installed printer's sharing properties to customise the installation; by specifying vendor print jobs on client computers or adding drivers; for instance. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to install and share a local printer.
-
Creating an Incoming VPN Connection
The Network and Sharing Center in Microsoft Windows 7 can be used to create secure VPN connections between two computers; either over an internal or public network. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to create an incoming VPN connection to a local Windows 7 computer to safeguard it from unauthorized public access over the Internet.
-
Customizing the Desktop Environment
In Microsoft Windows 7; you can customize a wide range of desktop features to suit a user's specific needs. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to modify the taskbar; Start menu; and toolbars in the desktop environment.
-
Ease of Access Center
The Ease of Access Center is the central location in Microsoft Windows 7 for finding tools that can be configured to make your computer easier to use and improve accessibility. In this video; Jonathan Summers explores the Ease of Access Center in Windows 7 and highlights some of the accessibility setting options that are available.
-
Enable and Configure Windows Remote Desktop
In Microsoft Windows 7; the remote desktop feature allows administrators and other users to log on to a computer at a different location and use it as if it were their own. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to set up a remote desktop connection from a Windows 7 system.
-
Enabling and Configuring BranchCache
You can use the new BranchCache feature in Microsoft Windows 7 to allow resources to be cached at a remote location to better utilize wide area network bandwidth. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to configure branch caching.
-
Exploring System Properties
In Microsoft Windows 7; system properties allow you to manage the configuration of logical and physical options on Windows 7 computers. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to access and make changes to various system properties.
-
Exploring Windows Aero
Microsoft Windows 7 has added a number of new capabilities to the Aero interface that you can use to enhance the way your desktop is managed and improve navigation between applications. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to use the new features in the revised version of Windows Aero.
-
Forwarded Events
Microsoft Windows 7 provides administrators with an easy means of forwarding detailed information about significant events on a computer to a central Windows 7 computer; making troubleshooting problems and errors more efficient. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to create a subscription in the Event Viewer before enabling the Windows Event Collector service in order to forward events.
-
Installing the ACT
Microsoft Windows 7 Application Compatibility Toolkit (ACT) allows you to determine if different applications are compatible with new software versions and updates; and is especially valuable to administrators when deploying Windows 7 within an organization with pre-existing software installations. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to install the ACT in Windows 7.
-
Migrating Settings Using Windows Easy Transfer
Windows Easy Transfer allows you to easily migrate files and settings from an old Windows-based computer to a new Microsoft Windows 7 computer seamlessly and without losing information from your old computer. In this video; Jonathan Summers uses the Windows Easy Transfer wizard to transfer profiles and shared items from an old computer onto a new Windows 7 computer.
-
Problem Steps Recorder
The Problem Steps Recorder in Microsoft Windows 7 allows you to automatically capture screenshots and text descriptions of steps performed on your computer; providing a useful resource for administrators wanting to document processes in an organization or assist with computer issues. In this video; Jonathan Summers uses the Problem Steps Recorder to record a process.
-
Recovering a BitLocker Encrypted Drive
You can use Microsoft Windows 7's Local Group Policy Editor to configure; manage; and ensure the recovery of data from BitLocker-encrypted fixed drives. In this video; Jonathan Summers uses Windows 7's Local Group Policy Editor to guide you through the configuration resources; tools; and options that enable you to secure BitLocker-protected drives; data; and users' passwords and keys.
-
Recovering a Removable Data Drive
As an administrator; you have the ability to define policy settings in Microsoft Windows 7 that will allow you to control how BitLocker-protected removable data drives can be recovered in the event of the required credentials being lost. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to configure the policy that allows you to choose how BitLocker-protected removable drives are recovered.
-
Reliability History
Microsoft Windows 7's Reliability Monitor gives you detailed; graphic information and troubleshooting support; enabling you to monitor and maintain the health of your computer. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to use the Reliability Monitor to read; analyze; and act on the substantial technical data revealed by your machine's stability index.
-
Resolve a Remote Connectivity Problem
Your ability to configure Microsoft Windows 7's Remote Desktop Connection utility correctly will enable you to overcome authentication; addressing; firewall; and other issues that might arise when initiating remote connectivity sessions. In this video; Jonathan Summers details the connectivity capabilities and requirements of Windows 7's Remote Desktop utility; comprehensively covering potential problems and their solutions.
-
Resolve a Startup Problem
Microsoft Windows 7's Startup Repair and System Recovery and Restore features enable you to overcome startup issues caused by Windows 7 not loading. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to perform a system repair and a system restore; and then create a system image or VHD capable of performing a system recovery.
-
Resolve Hardware Issues
Microsoft Windows 7's Device Manager enables you to access your hardware devices and update outdated drivers or scan your system for changes. Alternatively; Microsoft's Fix it site offers executable solutions resolving specific issues. In this video; Jonathan Summers explains the benefits and purposes of each method – showing you how to keep your hardware fully functional and up to date.
-
Restoring Data with Windows Backup
Microsoft Windows 7's new Backup Wizard and Restore options enable you to quickly and easily restore deleted files or save them in a location of your choosing. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to use the Restore feature to retrieve deleted files from the administrator's backup and saves them in another location.
-
Troubleshoot Application Startup
Microsoft Windows 7's Compatibility Wizard harnesses a host of remediation tools and troubleshooters to ensure that you can use programs compatible with earlier versions of the Windows operating system. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to use the Compatibility Wizard to scan programs on a machine.
-
Troubleshoot IE Security Issues
In Microsoft Windows 7; Internet Explorer has many options available for configuring Internet settings. In this video; Jonathan Summers; demonstrates how to troubleshoot and configure the Internet security settings.
-
Troubleshoot Missing Files in My Documents
Microsoft Windows 7 enables you to easily track down documents that have been misplaced; either through being saved to the incorrect folder or by having their shortcuts broken. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates to search for; amend the properties of; and save your previously missing files to their intended folders.
-
Troubleshooting File Access
Microsoft Windows 7 enables you to easily restore access to users who find they no longer have the necessary permissions to access certain documents or files. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how the administrator can quickly grant users access by editing their permissions.
-
Troubleshooting Windows Updates
In Microsoft Windows 7; the Windows updates do not always install successfully. You can therefore use the Microsoft Fix it center and the Windows Update program to troubleshoot; install; hide; and restore updates. In this video; Jonathan Summers; demonstrates how to work with updates.
-
Updating a Device Driver
The Device Manager in Microsoft Windows 7 provides new methods to help update and troubleshoot the driver software in use on the computer. This includes drivers for pointing devices; display adapters; and portable devices. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to update a mouse driver; and then roll back the driver to the previous version.
-
Using EFS to Secure Data
The Encryption File System (EFS) feature in Microsoft Windows 7 allows you to easily secure sensitive information on your computer in an encrypted format. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to encrypt a folder in Windows 7 using EFS.
-
Using System Restore
Microsoft Windows 7 System Restore is a valuable and potentially time-saving utility that uses restore points to quickly return a computer's systems files and programs to a time when everything was functioning properly. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to create a restore point before using System Restore to restore a computer to a previous state.
-
Using the Action Center
Action Center in Microsoft Windows 7 provides you with a central location where you can find maintenance and security information about your computer as well as being able to control system notifications and resolve problems. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to use the configuration settings in Action Center to keep Windows running smoothly.
-
Using Windows 7 Libraries
The new Libraries feature in Microsoft Windows 7 provides a central location where you can conveniently work with and manage files that are distributed across your computer or network. In this video; Jonathan Summers uses Windows 7 Libraries to create a new library for sharing documents within a homegroup.
-
View and Edit the BCD Store
The Boot Configuration Data (BDC) store in Microsoft Windows 7 contains configuration data that you can view and edit in order to influence the boot process. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to configure the BCD store using Command Prompt as well as the Startup and Recovery dialog box from the computer's properties.
-
Administering the Domain
In Microsoft Windows 7; you can connect directly to any Active Directory consoles if you have the appropriate permissions. In this video; Jonathan Summers; demonstrates how to use the Active Directory to administer and install tools; and create a new user.
-
Backing Up Data Using Windows Backup
In Microsoft Windows 7; you can back up your data using the Backup and Restore tool. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to use Backup and Restore to create a backup; system image; system repair disc; and specify which data must be backed up.
-
Calculating Effective Permissions
In Microsoft Windows 7; you can assign NTFS permissions to users and groups using the Effective Permissions tool. In this video; Jonathan Summers; demonstrates how to use Effective Permissions to select users and assign appropriate permissions to access files and folders.
-
Collecting Application Inventory in the ACT
In Microsoft Windows 7; you can use the Application Compatibility Toolkit to see which applications are in use and if they are compatible with Windows 7. In this video; Jonathan Summers; demonstrates how to use the Application Compatibility Toolkit to create a data collection package file; monitor application usage; and verify application compatibility.
-
Configure Disk Quotas
Quotas are rules that enable administrators to control how much space can be utilized on a hard disk. You can easily configure quotas in Microsoft Windows 7. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to create a quota on a volume; as well as how to log an event when the user exceeds their quota limit or warning level.
-
Configure Firewall with Advanced Security
The Windows Firewall with Advanced Security feature in Microsoft Windows 7 provides all the options available in the original Windows Firewall; as well as new connection security features. Users assign a domain; private; or public profile to a network connection. Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to customize a profile by creating inbound and outbound rules.
-
Configure Group Policy to Control Device Installation
Windows 7 administrative features enable you to control device installation on your client computers by configuring Group Policy for device installation in an Active Directory domain. In this video; Jonathan Summers uses the Group Policy Object Editor to configure device installation restriction policies.
-
Configure Homegroups
HomeGroup is a new feature in Microsoft Windows 7 that you can easily configure on a home network in order to share pictures; music; documents; and printers with others in your homegroup. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to use the homegroup troubleshooter before creating a homegroup and adding a computer to the homegroup.
-
Configure IP Remotely
As a Microsoft Windows 7 administrator; you might often need to configure network settings; such as IP addresses; remotely. In this video; Jonathan Summers; demonstrates how to use Microsoft Windows 7 tools and command-line instructions to create and change IP settings from a remote computer.
-
Configure IPv4
When DHCP is not used to allocate IPv4 addresses automatically in a Microsoft Windows 7 environment; you need to configure IPv4 addresses manually in the Network and Sharing Center. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to modify IPv4 addresses manually in Windows 7.
-
Configure Local Security Policies
Local security policies can be configured in Microsoft Windows 7 when group policies cannot be implemented at the active domain level; providing security features and restrictions at the computer level. In this video; Jonathan Summers highlights the password and lockout security policies available at the local level through the Local Group Policy Editor.
-
Configure Power Management Options
In Microsoft Windows 7; you can configure power management options. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to change power plan settings; enable sleep mode; and modify advanced power settings in Windows 7.
-
Configure Windows Security Essentials
In Microsoft Windows 7; you can use Security Essentials to scan and remove potential malware threats from your system. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to configure Security Essentials to perform automatic maintenance on your system.
-
Configuring a BitLocker Encrypted Drive
BitLocker To Go is a new feature in Microsoft Windows 7 that uses BitLocker Drive Encryption to help you protect data on portable storage devices in the event of loss or theft. In this video; Jonathan Summers uses the BitLocker Drive Encryption wizard in Windows 7 to configure a BitLocker encrypted flash drive.
-
Configuring a Reference Image
In Microsoft Window 7; you can configure a reference image that allows you to reinstall or repair Windows installations. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to configure a VHD image to use as a reference.
-
Advanced System Settings
The Advanced System Settings in Microsoft Windows 8 allows network administrators to configure the computer and change settings. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to use the Advanced System properties.
-
Charms
Charms in Microsoft Windows 8 allow you to manage your computer; find programs; do settings; do search; and configure extra monitors. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to use the Charms function.
-
Control Panel
The Control Panels in Microsoft Windows 8 allow users to manage settings. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to access and use the detailed as well as the classic Control Panels.
-
Encrypting Your Hard Drive
Encrypting your hard drive in Microsoft Windows 8 is possible using BitLocker. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to encrypt the hard drive that the computer boots from.
-
Home Network
Home network in Microsoft Windows 8 allows users to share files and printers. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to set up a home network.
-
Installing a Camera
Installing a camera in Microsoft Windows 8 is easy. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates the steps involved in plugging in a camera to the computer.
-
Jumplist
Jump lists in Microsoft Windows 8 allow users to easily locate the last ten files that they have worked on. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to work with jump lists.
-
Libraries
Libraries in Microsoft Windows 8 allow users to manage data across the computer. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to include folders from different locations in a library to access them from one convenient place and how to remove folders from a library.
-
Local Printer
Installing a local printer in Microsoft Windows 8 is simple. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to install and configure a local printer.
-
Network Printer
A network printer in Microsoft Windows 8 fundamentally uses TCP/IP; either wired or wireless; to talk. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to install a network printer in Windows 8.
-
Performance and Network Manager
The performance and network manager in Microsoft Windows 8 allows users to monitor the real-time usage of computer resources. In this video; Jay Ferron discusses the improved performance of Windows 8 and demonstrates how to monitor the real-time usage of the CPU; hard disk; network; and memory.
-
Problem Step Recorder
Problem Steps Recorder in Microsoft Windows 8 is a troubleshooting and assistance tool used to record actions taken by a user on a computer. It allows users to capture a sequence of steps for training and developers to track an application problem. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to use the Steps Recorder.
-
The New Interface
The new Microsoft Windows 8 interface is drastically different. It displays a customizable array of tiles linking to various apps and desktop programs that display constantly updated information and content through live tiles. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to work faster and easier with the new interface.
-
The Taskbar
The taskbar in Microsoft Windows 8 is basically a toolbar for the desktop. It that contains quick access to your most popular applications and also displays status for the programs that are installed. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to customize the taskbar; add extra features and options; and make it more personable for you.
-
The Video Application
In Microsoft Windows 8; the Video application allows you to add; download; open; preview; and view videos. In this video; Jay Ferron explores the Video application and introduces some of the features of Xbox Video.
-
The Weather Application
The Weather application in Microsoft Windows 8 allows you to access information about the weather for any location in the world. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates the types of weather information provided by the Weather application; how to add new weather places; and how to access weather information via the desktop.
-
USB to Go
Working with a USB stick that has Microsoft Windows 8 allows users to avoid security risks that could occur from inserting the stick inside other devices; such as an employee’s home computer. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to boot and run a computer from a USB stick.
-
User Access Controls
User access controls in Microsoft Windows 8 is a technology and security infrastructure that is aimed at improve the security by limiting application software to standard user privileges until an administrator authorizes an increase or elevation. In this video; Jay Ferron discusses the access controls in Windows 8.
-
What are Devices
Devices in Microsoft Windows 8 include multimedia; notebooks; and tablets. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to install and configure devices.
-
Wi-Fi Advanced Features
The advanced features in Wi-Fi in Microsoft Windows 8 allow users to connect easily and make their computer a hotspot for other users. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to share and secure your Wi-Fi.
-
Wi-Fi Connect
Connecting to a Wi-Fi access point in Microsoft Windows 8 allows users to be connected and work; play games; listen to music; or catch up with friends. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to configure your Wi-Fi connection.
-
Windows Remote Assistance
Remote Assistance in Microsoft Windows 8 is a feature that allows users to temporarily control a remote Windows computer over a network to resolve issues. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to use Remote Assistance.
-
Adding Administrator Tiles
Microsoft Windows 8 administrators can easily group all the administrative functions; features; and tools of previous versions of Windows on their Start screen. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to locate the tiles making up the administrative tools group; before positioning them on your Start screen.
-
Building Windows To Go from Command Prompt
In Microsoft Windows 8; you can create a Windows To Go bootable device. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to use the administrator's command prompt to create a bootable Windows To Go USB stick containing your Windows image.
-
Building Windows To Go from Wizard
In Microsoft Windows 8; you can create a Windows To Go bootable device. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to use the Windows built-in wizard to create a Windows To Go USB drive stick.
-
Changing Settings in Virtual Hyper-V Computers
Microsoft Windows 8's Hyper-V Manager enables you to set up and configure all aspects of your virtual machine (VM). In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to use the Hyper-V Manager to configure memory; processors and virtual devices; alter network settings; add COM ports; and enable Integration Services.
-
Computer Management
Microsoft Windows 8's Computer Management snap-in enables you to monitor; manage; and configure local or remote computers; system events; and hardware by providing access to Task Scheduler; Event Viewer; Performance Monitor; Services; and other tools. In this video; Jay Ferron uses the Computer Management's Shared Folders to monitor and manage active shares; sessions; and open folders.
-
Configure IP Address
In Microsoft Windows 8; IP addresses can be configured dynamically using Dynamic Host Control Protocol (DHCP) or configured manually as a static IP address. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to configure an IP address as either static or dynamic before using Command Prompt to identify whether static or dynamic IP addresses are configured.
-
Configuring a New Windows 8 Computer
Microsoft Windows 8 enables you to register and personalize your Windows 8 installation quickly and easily before initiating Setup. It leads you through naming; personalizing; and registering your computer and allows you to choose your account integration options; before introducing its usability features. In this video; Jay Ferron explains the Windows 8 registration; account; and usability options available to you.
-
Customizing the Taskbar
In Microsoft Windows 8; users can customize the Taskbar by choosing to show or hide some of the Taskbar icons. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to hide or display the Network system icon; and how to hide the Action Center and Power system icons on the Windows 8 Taskbar.
-
Deleting Search Histories
Microsoft Windows 8 enables users to remove their Search histories so that the history of what has been done on the computer is deleted. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to delete your Search history from a Windows 8 computer.
-
Disc Management
Microsoft Windows 8's Computer Management Console's Disk Management feature allows you to configure; manage; format; add; or delete your computer's dynamic; GPT; and basic disk drives. In this video; Jay Ferron uses the New Simple Volume Wizard to format a drive.
-
Disc Optimizer
Microsoft Windows 8's Defragment and Optimize Drives tool automatically defragments and optimizes your computer's drives. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to analyze and defragment select drives immediately and schedule Windows to defragment drives.
-
Edit and Managing Discs in Hyper-V
Microsoft Windows 8 Hyper-V's Edit Virtual Hark Disk Wizard enables you to locate and configure your virtual machine's (VM) virtual disks. In this video; Jay Ferron uses the Edit Virtual Hark Disk Wizard to locate and compact a VM's virtual hard disk.
-
Event Viewer
Microsoft Windows 8's Event Viewer enables you to see what’s happening on your computer. It allows you to view current and logged events; investigate warnings and errors; and configure your log file properties. In this video; Jay Ferron locates issues; assesses warnings and errors; reviews events; and configures and attaches a task to a log.
-
Exporting a Hyper-V Machine
Microsoft Windows 8's Hyper-V Manager enables you to package and export a virtual machine (VM) from a workstation to a server or vice versa. In this video; Jay Ferron uses the Windows 8 Hyper-V Manager to shut down; package; and export a virtual machine (VM) and its settings to another machine; before deleting the VM's files from the local machine.
-
Group Policies
Microsoft Windows 8.1 provides users with the ability to configure group policies at the domain level or at OU level; to push the policies to other computers in the organization. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to configure computer and user policies; and use administrative templates.
-
Hyper-V Global Settings
Microsoft Windows 8 Hyper-V incorporates Windows Server 2012 capabilities; enabling you to build and host a virtual machine (VM). In this video; Jay Ferron uses the Windows 8 Hyper-V Manager to save and set up a VM’s virtual hard disks and configuration files; enable NUMA spanning and Storage Migrations; and configure keyboard and mouse functions and options.
-
Hyper-V Virtual SAN
In addition to iSCSI and storage area connections; Microsoft Windows 8 Hyper-V's Virtual Storage Area Network (SAN) Manager enables you to create a Virtual SAN fiber connection on your client's virtual machine (VM). In this video; Jay Ferron uses Windows 8 Hyper-V's Virtual SAN Manager to create a Virtual SAN fiber channel connection on a VM.
-
IE and Touch
Microsoft Windows 8 provides users with various modes of input; including pointer devices; a keyboard; and touch. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to use touch to interact with Internet Explorer.
-
Importing a Virtual Machine into Hyper-V
The Windows 8 Hyper-V Manager's Import Virtual Machine Wizard enables you to import a virtual machine (VM) from an external machine or storage media. In this video; Jay Ferron uses the Windows 8 Hyper-V Manager import a VM into a local machine.
-
Ink
Microsoft Windows 8 provides users with various modes of input; including pointer devices; a keyboard; touch; and Ink. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to access and use the Ink feature.
-
Installing a Virtual Computer
The Windows 8 Hyper-V Manager's New Virtual Machine Wizard enables you to create a virtual machine (VM) running Windows 8 on your client. In this video; Jay Ferron uses the New Virtual Machine Wizard to assign memory to a VM; configure its network and virtual drive settings; and then install Windows 8.
-
Internet Browser Security
Microsoft Windows 8 allows users to configure security settings in a browser. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to configure browser history settings; prevent location awareness information from being communicated; configure custom security levels; and disable third-party cookies.
-
Join to Domain
To ensure that your Microsoft Windows 8 computer forms part of a centrally administered unit sharing a common security policy and set of rules; it is necessary to join the computer to a domain. In this video; Jay Ferron uses the System Properties dialog box in Windows 8 to change the membership of a computer from workgroup to domain.
-
Managing the Start Menu
Microsoft Windows 8's Start menu uses customized and grouped live tiles; updated in real time; to display your favorite applications; be they for work; entertainment; computer maintenance or social networking; right on your Desktop. In this video; Jay Ferron organizes his Start menu into named groups containing his most-used applications and introduces useful shortcut keys and Start screen functionalities.
-
Messaging
Microsoft Windows 8's built-in Messaging application allows you to chat with contacts – listed through Facebook; Microsoft Skype; or by invitation – in real-time through the Microsoft Windows Live system. In this video; Jay Ferron logs on to the Windows Live system and imports friends from his Facebook account into the Windows 8 People application.
-
Multiple Monitors
Microsoft Windows 8 has made it easier to work with multiple monitors by introducing the Second screen menu that you invoke through the charms. In this video; Jay Ferron discusses the four different options available in the Second screen menu.
-
New Internet Browser Modern Interface
The new Modern Internet Explorer in Microsoft Windows 8 includes the chromeless interface and new navigation and menu features that are designed to optimize screen space. In this video; Jay Ferron introduces the new Modern browser interface and demonstrates how to use some of the new features.
-
Print Management
Microsoft Windows 8's Print Management console enables you to configure; optimize; manage; and monitor your local or server-based printing subsystem. In this video; Jay Ferron uses the Print Management console to review a network's printers and drivers; and add and configure a TCP/IP printer port for a printer.
-
Removing Applications
Microsoft Windows 8 allows you to uninstall programs you no longer need by selecting and uninstalling them from the Control Panel. More easily; you can unpin or uninstall them by selecting their tiles on the Start menu or following a Search. In this video; Jay Ferron removes a Store app directly from the Start menu using the Uninstall feature.
-
Removing Passwords
Microsoft Windows 8 allows you to protect your computer using a password; but this password can easily be removed to allow other users access to a local machine using a local account. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to remove password protection on a Windows 8 computer; as long as the account isn't linked to Microsoft Online Services.
-
Services
Microsoft Windows 8's Services snap-in allows you to monitor and manage local; network; and system services essential to your system's operation. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to manage a local service by accessing its properties and disabling it.
-
Snapshots in Hyper-V
Hyper-V in Microsoft Windows 8 allows you to take snapshots of a virtual machine that can be used after making changes in a test or development environment to revert back to a previous state of the virtual machine. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how snapshots are created and applied using Hyper-V Manager in a Windows 8 virtual machine environment.
-
Split Screen or Two Apps at Once
Microsoft Windows 8 includes the new split screen feature that allows you to create a dual workspace whereby two apps can be seen at the same time by snapping them into view. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to use the split-screening capabilities in Windows 8 to show two applications running at the same time.
-
Switching and Closing Apps Using Windows Modern Interface
Microsoft Windows 8 provides a Modern interface that users can navigate with a keyboard and mouse as easily as they can navigate the classic Windows interface. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to open; switch between; and close applications in the Windows 8 Modern; tile-based interface.
-
Task Scheduler
Microsoft Windows 8's Task Scheduler console enables you to schedule predefined tasks in the Task Scheduler Library; as well as configure basic tasks using the Create Basic Task Wizard. In this video; Jay Ferron details the content of the Task Scheduler Library; and creates; configures; and tests a basic task.
-
The Finance Application
Microsoft Windows 8's built-in Finance application offers a single-source repository of financial industry news; videos; and interactive charts to inform you of real-time global market indicators; stocks; bills; bonds; currency and commodity prices; as well as savings; credit card and other rates. In this video; Jay Ferron introduces the Finance application's financial news indicators as well as its personalization bar.
-
The Microsoft Store
Microsoft Windows 8's Store offers multiple built-in and countless free or inexpensive instantly-downloadable; constantly-updated; easily-configured; searchable applications from games through tools and health to social; in myriad ranked categories. In this video; Jay Ferron updates existing built-in applications and downloads; and installs and activates the Microsoft Solitaire Collection.
-
The Music Application
Microsoft Windows 8's built-in Music application allows you to play your current music collection; choose streaming songs and albums from countless artists on Xbox music; and add to your music library. In this video; Jay Ferron creates an Xbox profile and demonstrates how to set up a free playlist of your favorite artist.
-
The News Application
Microsoft Windows 8's News application offers multiple international; national; and regional news categories enhanced by search capabilities; select sources; personalized topics; and top videos; delivered to your Desktop for instant access. In this video; Jay Ferron customizes the News application's live tile and browses news categories and sources.
-
The Sports Application
Microsoft Windows 8's in-built; customizable Sports app enhanced by high-resolution multimedia allows you to browse top headlines; scores; schedules; standings; and statistics across all major sports; locally and internationally – letting you track your chosen leagues; teams; and players. In this video; Jay Ferron browses stories; videos; and slide shows; adds his favorite team; and views team standings and player averages.
-
The System Information Tool
Microsoft Windows 8's System Information Tool provides a comprehensive summary and allows you to gather; from its Hardware Resources; Components; and Software Environment sub-categories; all the information you need to troubleshoot your computer without opening it up. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to use the System Information Tool to gather information about your computer.
-
Touch
Microsoft Windows 8 provides users with various modes of input; including pointer devices; a keyboard; and touch. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to resize tiles; scroll through tiles; view running applications; and manage the computer using touch.
-
Updating Store Applications
Store Update feature alerts you to pending updates on your Start menu's Store tile and allows you to consider; select; and download updates from its main page. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to selects multiple updates and downloads; and install an application update.
-
Virtual Switch Config Hyper-V
The Hyper-V Virtual Switch feature in Microsoft Windows 8 allows you to configure security and isolation options that provide you with network control when connecting virtual machines to a physical network. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to use the Hyper-V Virtual Switch Manager to create external; internal; and private virtual switches.
-
Working with Password Policies
Microsoft Windows 8's Security Settings snap-in enables you to control Account Policies; the most important of which are Local Password Policies. Passwords need to be enabled for users and; thereafter; configured to ensure system integrity. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to configure a password that needs to be changed periodically.
-
Working with the Map Application
Microsoft Windows 8's built-in Maps application pinpoints your location; shows real-time; color-coded traffic flows; allows you to pan; rotate; and zoom; and lets you Search for directions to places and people you can pin in Aerial; Road; and Bird's Eye view. In this video; Jay Ferron explores New York City traffic flows before exploring Colorado Springs in Aerial view.
-
Working with Users and Groups
Microsoft Windows 8 allows you to use both the Control Panel and Computer Management console to manage user accounts and configure their properties; including password requirements; group memberships; account names; and profiles. In this video; uses the Computer Management console to configure user and group accounts.
-
Configuring System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Remote Tools Security
After watching this video; you will be able to secure remote control in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Configuring System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Site Backup
After watching this video; you will be able to back up a System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager site.
-
Configuring System Center Configuration Manager Client Default Settings
After watching this video; you will be able to configure System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager client default settings.
-
Configuring System Center Configuration Manager Client Status Settings
After watching this video; you will be able to configure client status settings in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Configuring System Center Configuration Manager Content Distribution
After watching this video; you will be able to distribute content using content distribution point in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Configuring System Center Configuration Manager Content Prestaging
After watching this video; you will be able to prestage content on a System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager distribution point.
-
Configuring System Center Configuration Manager Distribution Point Groups
After watching this video; you will be able to Configure System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager distribution point groups.
-
Configuring System Center Configuration Manager Power Management Plans
After watching this video; you will be able to configure System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager power management plan settings.
-
Configuring the Client for Application Management
After watching this video; you will be able to configure the System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager client for application management.
-
Configuring the SCCM Endpoint Protection Point Role
After watching this video; you will be able to configure the Endpoint Protection site system role in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Configuring the System Center Configuration Manager Exchange Server Connector
After watching this video; you will be able to configure the System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Exchange Connector.
-
Configuring Windows Intune and SCCM Integration
After watching this video; you will be able to configure System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager integration with Windows Intune.
-
Controlling and Automating the Setup Process
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to control and automate the Windows setup process using answer files and the configuration process.
-
Creating a Configuration Item in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to create a configuration item in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Creating a DCP for Deployment to Windows 8.1
After watching this video; you will be able to create and deploy a DCP to Windows 8.1 clients to collect inventory.
-
Creating a Deployment Task Sequence
After watching this video; you will be able to create a task sequence that will deploy Windows 8.1 to production computers and edit the task sequence to specific custom settings.
-
Creating a Mobile App in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to create a mobile app for deployment in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Creating a SCCM Task Sequence to Deploy an Image
After watching this video; you will be able to create a task sequence that will be used to deploy an existing image using the Create Task Sequence Wizard.
-
Creating a System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Application
After watching this video; you will be able to create an application for management in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Creating a System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Application Deployment Type
After watching this video; you will be able to contrast the System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager application deployment types.
-
Creating a System Center Configuration Manager Collection Maintenance Window
After watching this video; you will be able to create a collection maintenance window in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Creating a System Center Configuration Manager Device Collection
After watching this video; you will be able to create a device collection in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Creating a System Center Configuration Manager Security Scope
After watching this video; you will be able to configure a System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager role-based administration scope.
-
Creating a System Center Configuration Manager User Collection
After watching this video; you will be able to create a user collection in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Creating a Task Sequence to Capture an Image Part 1
After watching this video; you will be able to create a task sequence to build a Windows 8.1 reference computer.
-
Creating a Task Sequence to Capture an Image Part 2
After watching this video; you will be able to create a task sequence to build a Windows 8.1 reference computer.
-
Creating a User Data and Profiles Configuration Item in SCCM
After watching this video; you will be able to create a User Data and Profiles configuration item in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Creating an MDT Task Sequence in SCCM Part 1
After watching this video; you will be able to create an MDT task sequence in SCCM.
-
Creating an MDT Task Sequence in SCCM Part 2
After watching this video; you will be able to create an MDT task sequence in SCCM; including deploying it.
-
Creating an SCCM Application Management Condition and Requirement
After watching this video; you will be able to create a global condition and use it to create a requirement in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Creating and Importing an MDT LTI Boot Image into WDS
After watching this video; you will be able to create and import an MDT LTI boot image into WDS.
-
Creating Automatic Deployment Rules in System Center Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to create rules for automatic deployment in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Creating Custom System Center Configuration Manager Client Settings
After watching this video; you will be able to create System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Client custom settings.
-
Creating Custom.xml and Config.xml Files
After watching this video; you will be able to create custom.xml files and config.xml files for user state migration.
-
Creating SCCM Endpoint Protection Antimalware Policies
After watching this video; you will be able to create antimalware policies in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Endpoint Protection.
-
Creating SCCM Windows Firewall Policies
After watching this video; you will be able to create Windows firewall policies in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Creating Software Update Groups in System Center Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to create software update groups in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Customizing an Image Using Sysprep
After watching this video; you will be able to place a reference computer in audit mode using Sysprep; make configuration changes; and capture the settings and preserve the image.
-
Customizing the Asset Intelligence Catalog
After watching this video; you will be able to customize the System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Asset Intelligence catalog.
-
Deploy C2R for Office 365 Using the Office Deployment Tool
After watching this video; you will be able to deploy C2R for Office 365 products using the Office Deployment Tool.
-
Deploying a Configuration Baseline in System Center Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to deploy a configuration baseline in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Deploying a Mobile App in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to deploy a mobile app in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Deploying a SCCM Task Sequence for OS Deployment
After watching this video; you will be able to deploy an image task sequence to a collection using the Deploy Software Wizard using PXE.
-
Deploying a System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Application
After watching this video; you will be able to deploy a System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager application.
-
Deploying a Windows Store App in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to sideload a Windows Store app in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Deploying an App-V App in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to deploy an App-V app in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Deploying Office 2013 using MDT with a LTI
After watching this video; you will be able to add Office to an image for deployment through MDT for a LTI.
-
Deploying Software Updates in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to deploy software updates in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Deploying the Windows 8.1 Client Image
After watching this video; you will be able to deploy Windows 8.1 to production clients using MDT LTI.
-
Deploying VHDs Using WDS
After watching this video; you will be able to explain how to deploy VHD using WDS.
-
Deployment Methods for Office 2013
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the six deployment methods for Office 2013 installations: local; network; Group Policy; software distribution; virtualization and standard image.
-
Determining Software Update Compliance in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to determine software update compliance in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Determining What User State to Migrate
After watching this video; you will be able to identify what user state should be migrated; including what cannot be migrated.
-
Device Management in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to describe device management in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager and list the requirements.
-
Device Management Tasks in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to list the tasks associated with device management in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Diagnosing Compatibility Issues With ACT
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the process for diagnosing application compatibility issues with ACT.
-
Distributing an OS Image
After watching this video; you will be able to configure the OS image for distribution using the Distribute Content Wizard.
-
Enabling PXE and Multicast on a Distribution Point
After watching this video; you will be able to enable PXE and multicast on a distribution point in SCCM.
-
Enabling SCCM Integration With MDT Part 1
After watching this video; you will be able to run the ConfigMgr Integration after MDT is installed and set up the Deployment Workbench for monitoring.
-
Enabling SCCM Integration with MDT Part 2
After watching this video; you will be able to configure a new database in MDT and verify the integrated in SCCM.
-
Evaluating the Infrastructure for Volume Activations
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the type of activate that maybe required depending on the type of infrastructure implemented: core; isolated; disconnected; development labs.
-
Exploring the System Center Configuration Manager Console
After watching this video; you will be able to use the System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager console and recognize the use of each of the panes.
-
Identifying Additional Deployments Tools after MDT Integration
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the additional deployments tools available when MDT is integrated with SCCM.
-
Identifying an Effective Deployment Strategy
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the guidelines for creating an effective OS deployment strategy.
-
Identifying Deployment Strategies for an Enterprise
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the different types of deployment strategies that are typically used in an enterprise environment.
-
Identifying How Drivers are Managed in an Image
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how drivers can be added and managed in an image.
-
Identifying Image Management Strategies
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the three primary strategies used for image creation: thick; thin; hybrid.
-
Identifying the Considerations for Managing OS Images
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the considerations required for managing operating system images.
-
Identifying the Migration Stores for User State
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the different migration stores and how to choose between them.
-
Identifying the OS Deployment Scenarios Used in SCCM
After watching this video; you will be able to explain the three deployment scenarios; the various methods used to initiate deployment; and the server roles used.
-
Identifying the Prerequisites for an MDT LTI Deployment
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the prerequisites for using MDT for an LTI and what deployments share and task sequence are.
-
Identifying the Prerequisites for OS Deployment
After watching this video; you will be able to explain the prerequisites for deploying OS using SCCM.
-
Identifying the Tools for Assessing the Environment
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the different tools available to assess the environment.
-
Identifying the Tools Used for Managing Activation
After watching this video; you will be able to describe VAMT and Volume Activation Services; including the benefits and features.
-
Initiating a System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Inventory Cycle
After watching this video; you will be able to initiate a System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager inventory cycle.
-
Installing a Reference Computer Using an Answer File
After watching this video; you will be able to install a reference computer using a custom answer file and verify the settings were applied.
-
Installing a System Center Configuration Manager Content Distribution Point
After watching this video; you will be able to install a System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager content distribution point.
-
Installing and Configuring WDS
After watching this video; you will be able to install and configure the WDS environment.
-
Installing and Configuring WDS Part 2
After watching this video; you will be able to install and configure the WDS environment.
-
Installing the Software Update Point in System Center Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to install the software update point in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Installing Windows Assessment and Deployment Toolkit
After watching this video; you will be able to install Windows Assessment and Deployment Toolkit to access ACT.
-
Integrate MAP with SCCM
After watching this video; you will be able to integrate MAP with SCCM to gather inventory information.
-
Integrating Language Packs into the Deployment Process
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how language packs are used and how to add language packs.
-
Integrating MDT into a Deployment Process
After watching this video; you will be able to explain strategies for integrating MDT into a deployment process for LTI.
-
Maintaining a System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Site
After watching this video; you will be able to perform System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager site maintenance.
-
Maintaining and Servicing Image Strategies
After watching this video; you will be able to describe online and offline servicing.
-
Maintaining Updates for System Images
After watching this video; you will be able to apply updates to images in SCCM and identify the process the site server executes to update the image.
-
Managing Application in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to revise; retire; and uninstall an application in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Managing App-V Apps in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to manage an App-V app in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Managing Components with System Center Configuration Manager Service Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to manage components with System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Service Manager.
-
Managing Desktops with System Center Configuration Manager Remote Control
After watching this video; you will be able to manage desktops remotely using remote control in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Minimizing Impact of User State During OS Deployment
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to minimize the impact to the user state during OS deployment using various methods.
-
Mobile App Support in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to describe mobile app support in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Monitoring a System Center Configuration Manager Collection
After watching this video; you will be able to monitor a collection in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Monitoring App-V Apps in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to monitor an App-V app in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Monitoring SCCM Clients with the Client Health Evaluator
After watching this video; you will be able to monitor clients in the System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager client health evaluator.
-
Monitoring System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Application Deployment
After watching this video; you will be able to monitor application deployment in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Monitoring System Center Configuration Manager Client Health Using Reports
After watching this video; you will be able to monitor System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager client health using reports.
-
Monitoring System Center Configuration Manager Content Distribution
After watching this video; you will be able to monitor content distribution content status in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Monitoring System Center Configuration Manager Distribution Points
After watching this video; you will be able to monitor a System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager distribution point.
-
Monitoring System Center Configuration Manager Endpoint Protection Status
After watching this video; you will be able to monitor the status of System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Endpoint Protection.
-
Monitoring Usage Using the Telemetry Dashboard
After watching this video; you will be able to monitor the usage for Office 365 using the Telemetry Dashboard.
-
Office 2013 64 Bit Versus 32 Bit
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the advantages; disadvantages; and compatibility issues of Office 2013 64 bit versus 32 bit.
-
Operations; Support; and Upgrade Phases
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the operation; support; upgrade; and retirement phases.
-
Organizing Objects in the System Center Configuration Manager Console
After watching this video; you will be able to create and organize objects in the System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager console.
-
Overview of App-V in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to describe virtual application deployment in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Performing an Offline Migration
After watching this video; you will be able to perform an offline user state migrations.
-
Planning an MDT Image Strategy
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the consideration factors for planning the MDT imaging strategy.
-
Planning Office Volume Activation
After watching this video; you will be able to explain how Office 2013 can be activated using the various methods.
-
Prepare for Asset Intelligence
After watching this video; you will be able to prepare for System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Asset Intelligence.
-
Preparing a Windows Store App for Sideloading in SCCM
After watching this video; you will be able to prepare a sideload Windows Store app in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Preparing an Installation Using Sysprep
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how Sysprep is used to prepare for a Windows installation including its benefits; scenarios; and its process.
-
Preparing the Environment to Use MAP
After watching this video; you will be able to configure the clients and servers for MAP to connect and collect inventory information.
-
Providing Access to Company Resources From Mobile Using SCCM
After watching this video; you will be able to provide access to company resources from mobile devices in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Querying Objects and Attributes in System Center Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to construct queries by object type in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Re-Arming Office 2013
After watching this video; you will be able to explain what rearming is and how to complete it.
-
Recovering a System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Primary Site
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager primary site recovery process.
-
Resolving Compatibility Issues with ACT
After watching this video; you will be able to describe using ACT to resolve application compatibility issues.
-
Resolving Compatibility Issues with Client Hyper-V
After watching this video; you will be able to describe using Client Hyper-V to resolve application compatibility issues.
-
Resolving Compatibility Issues with RDS and VDI
After watching this video; you will be able to describe using RDS and VDI to resolve application compatibility issues.
-
Retrieving System Center Configuration Manager Information with PowerShell
After watching this video; you will be able to use PowerShell to retrieve information about a System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager deployment.
-
Reviewing the MAP Reports
After watching this video; you will be able to open and view the MAP reports to view readiness information.
-
Role-Based Security in System Center Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to describe role-based security in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Scanning System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Clients for Compliance
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the process for scanning System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager clients for compliance.
-
SCCM Application Management Detection Method and Dependencies
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to create detection methods and dependencies in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
SCCM Application Management Device Affinity
After watching this video; you will be able to describe user device affinity in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
SCCM Endpoint Protection Implementation Process
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the prerequisites and process for implementing Endpoint Protection in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
SCCM Hardware Inventory Collection Process
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the hardware inventory collection process using System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
SCCM Inventory Collection Security Considerations
After watching this video; you will be able to describe security considerations for System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager inventory collection.
-
SCCM Power Management Benefits and Prerequisites
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the benefits of power management configuration in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager and the prerequisites for implementing this feature.
-
SCCM Software Inventory Collection Process
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager software inventory collection process.
-
SCCM Software Metering Maintenance Tasks
After watching this video; you will be able to describe System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager software metering maintenance tasks.
-
Searching Objects in the System Center Configuration Manager Console
After watching this video; you will be able to search for objects in the System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager console.
-
Sequencing an App-V App in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to sequence an App-V app in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Servicing an Image using DISM Part 1
After watching this video; you will be able to service an image using DISM including checking patches and adding packages; enabling features; and adding drivers.
-
Servicing an Image using DISM Part 2
After watching this video; you will be able to service an image using DISM including checking patches and adding packages; enabling features; and adding drivers.
-
Slipstreaming Updates into the Office 2013 Deployment
After watching this video; you will be able to slipstream updates in the Office 2013 deployment.
-
Software Update Point in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the software update point site system role in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Software Updates Deployment Process in System Center Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the deployment process for software updates in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Software Updates in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the software updates feature in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Software Updates Prerequisites in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to describe prerequisites for using software updates in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Supporting System Center Configuration Manager Linux Clients
After watching this video; you will be able to configure System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager to support Linux clients.
-
Supporting System Center Configuration Manager Mac OS X Clients
After watching this video; you will be able to configure System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager to support Apple Mac OS X clients.
-
Supporting System Center Configuration Manager Workgroup and Internet Clients
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the requirements for supporting System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Clients not on the Active Directory Domain Services.
-
Synchronizing Catalog Metadata in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how software update catalog metadata is synchronized in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Application Catalog Installation
After watching this video; you will be able to install the System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Application Catalog.
-
System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Application Management Features
After watching this video; you will be able to describe application management features in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager App-V Delivery Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to describe App-V delivery methods in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Backup and Recovery Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the backup and recovery processes in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Client Status Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the client status feature of System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Collecting Hardware Inventory
After watching this video; you will be able to collect hardware inventory with System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Compliance Settings Process
After watching this video; you will be able to list the steps in configuring compliance settings in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Endpoint Protection Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Endpoint Protection in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Inventory Collection Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe inventory collection with System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager and Windows Intune; and recognize considerations for managing corporate devices and personal-owned devices.
-
System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Inventory Collection Process
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the management tasks that use inventory data; and describe the inventory collection process with System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Remote Administration Options
After watching this video; you will be able to describe options for remote administration of client machines using System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Site Maintenance Plans
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the purpose of a System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager site maintenance plan.
-
System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Site Maintenance Tasks
After watching this video; you will be able to describe System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager site maintenance tasks.
-
System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Site Recovery Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to perform site recovery in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Software Inventory File Types
After watching this video; you will be able to configure software inventory file types in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Software Metering Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe software metering in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
System Center Configuration Manager AD Forest Discovery
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the methods of subnet and site discovery using AD available in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
System Center Configuration Manager Application Management Global Conditions
After watching this video; you will be able to describe global conditions in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
System Center Configuration Manager Application Management Requirements
After watching this video; you will be able to describe System Center Configuration Manager application management requirements.
-
System Center Configuration Manager Application Management Server Roles
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the server roles used for application management in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
System Center Configuration Manager Application Management User Experience
After watching this video; you will be able to describe user experience in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
System Center Configuration Manager Boundaries and Boundary Groups
After watching this video; you will be able to describe boundaries and boundary groups used in site assignment in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
System Center Configuration Manager Client Deployment AD Process
After watching this video; you will be able to describe System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager client deployment with and without AD.
-
System Center Configuration Manager Client Deployment Site Systems
After watching this video; you will be able to list the site systems used in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager client deployment.
-
System Center Configuration Manager Client Installation on Mac and Linux
After watching this video; you will be able to install the System Center 2012 R2 client on Mac OS X and Linux client PCs.
-
System Center Configuration Manager Client Installation on Windows
After watching this video; you will be able to install the System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager client on Windows client PCs and verify installation.
-
System Center Configuration Manager Client Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to navigate the System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Client configuration settings.
-
System Center Configuration Manager Client Policy
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the client policy retrieval process for System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager client policies.
-
System Center Configuration Manager Client Push Installation
After watching this video; you will be able to perform a push installation of the System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager client.
-
System Center Configuration Manager Client Requirements
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the system requirements for the System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Client.
-
System Center Configuration Manager Configuring AD Discovery
After watching this video; you will be able to configure System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager resource discovery using AD methods.
-
System Center Configuration Manager Configuring Heartbeat Discovery
After watching this video; you will be able to configure System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager resource discovery using heartbeat methods.
-
System Center Configuration Manager Configuring Network Discovery
After watching this video; you will be able to configure System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager resource discovery using network methods.
-
System Center Configuration Manager Considerations for Global Environment Deployments
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize characteristics of a global SCCM environment deployments.
-
System Center Configuration Manager Considerations for Intune and Cloud Services Integration
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize characteristics of SCCM integration with cloud services.
-
System Center Configuration Manager Content Library
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the content library used in content distribution in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
System Center Configuration Manager Content Management Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe content management features in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
System Center Configuration Manager Content Management Tasks
After watching this video; you will be able to update; redistribute; validate and remove content from a System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager distribution point.
-
System Center Configuration Manager Discovery Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the methods used in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager for resource discovery.
-
System Center Configuration Manager Distribution Points
After watching this video; you will be able to describe distribution points used for content distribution in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
System Center Configuration Manager Exchange Server Connector Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the Exchange Server connector for System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
System Center Configuration Manager Exchange Server Connector Requirements
After watching this video; you will be able to list the requirements for Exchange Server connector for System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
System Center Configuration Manager Feature Comparison
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the differences between System Center 2012 Configuration Manager; and the SP1 and R2 versions.
-
System Center Configuration Manager for Medium to Large Deployments
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize characteristics of medium to large SCCM organizational deployments.
-
System Center Configuration Manager for Small-to-Medium Deployments
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize characteristics of small-to-medium SCCM organizational deployments.
-
System Center Configuration Manager Network Bandwidth
After watching this video; you will be able to identify considerations for network bandwidth when implementing content distribution in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
System Center Configuration Manager Power Management Implementation Process
After watching this video; you will be able to list the steps for implementing power management in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
System Center Configuration Manager PowerShell Administration Commands
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the main System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager PowerShell commands.
-
System Center Configuration Manager Pull and Cloud Distribution Points
After watching this video; you will be able to describe pull and cloud distribution points used for content distribution in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
System Center Configuration Manager Resource Discovery Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe resource discovery using System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
System Center Configuration Manager Role-Based Admin Default Security Roles
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the default security roles in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
System Center Configuration Manager Role-Based Administration Security Scopes
After watching this video; you will be able to describe System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager role-based administration security scopes.
-
System Center Configuration Manager Site Assignment
After watching this video; you will be able to describe site assignment in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
System Center Configuration Manager Toolkit Client Tools
After watching this video; you will be able to use the client tools in the System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Toolkit.
-
System Center Configuration Manager Toolkit Server Tools
After watching this video; you will be able to use the server tools in the System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Toolkit.
-
System Center Configuration Manager User and Device Collections Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe user and device collections in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Systems Management with System Center Configuration Manager; Intune; and Cloud
After watching this video; you will be able to describe systems management on- and off-premises with SCCM; Intune; and Azure.
-
The Active Directory-Based Activation Process
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the Active Directory-based Activation process and planning considerations .
-
The Asset Intelligence Catalog
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the function of the System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Asset Intelligence catalog.
-
The Company Portal App in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to manage apps using the company portal app in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
The Key Management Service Process
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the process and planning considerations for using KMS and MAK for volume activation; including how to choose a KMS host.
-
The System Center Configuration Manager Exchange Server Connector Process
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the process using the System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Exchange Connector.
-
Troubleshooting SCCM Inventory Collection
After watching this video; you will be able to troubleshoot System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager inventory collection.
-
Troubleshooting System Center Configuration Manager with Log Files
After watching this video; you will be able to view log files and use the Configuration Manager Trace Log Tool to troubleshoot System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Troubleshooting the OS Deployment
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to use log and report files to troubleshoot an OS deployment.
-
UAC Issues and MAP and ACT for App Compatibility
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how MAP and ACT can be used to identify common application compatibility issues.
-
Understanding Application Management Phases
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the application management phase.
-
Understanding Boot and Install Images
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what boot and install images are and when to use each.
-
Understanding Deployments Using VHD and Windows To Go
After watching this video; you will be able to explain the requirements and the deployment process for using the VHD with native boot.
-
Understanding Deployments Using Windows To Go
After watching this video; you will be able to explain the requirements and the deployment process for using Windows To Go and how to create a Windows To Go image.
-
Understanding Desktop Deployment Phases
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the enterprise desktop life cycle model.
-
Understanding High-Touch Installs with Standard Images
After watching this video; you will be able to explain the requirements and the deployment process for a high-touch with a standard image strategy; including the benefits and limitations.
-
Understanding How KMS Activates Computers
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how computers get activated using KMS.
-
Understanding Lite-Touch Installation Deployment
After watching this video; you will be able to explain the requirements and the deployment process for a LTI; including the benefits and limitations.
-
Understanding Multicast OS Deployments
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use multicast for operating system deployments; including its components and considerations.
-
Understanding System Center Configuration Manager Site System Roles
After watching this video; you will be able to describe SCCM site system roles.
-
Understanding Task Sequences in SCCM
After watching this video; you will be able to describe a task sequence and their components; including task sequence variables.
-
Understanding the Benefits and Features of Windows Intune
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the benefits and features of Windows Intune.
-
Understanding the Common USMT Scenarios
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the common user state migration scenarios including the considerations.
-
Understanding the MAP Phases for Assessments
After watching this video; you will be able to describe MAP and the six phases to use it for the deployment strategy.
-
Understanding the System Center Configuration Manager Hierarchy
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the SCCM hierarchy.
-
Understanding the Technologies for Volume Activation
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the three activation models: Active Directory-based; KMS; MAK.
-
Understanding the USMT Toolset
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the USMT toolset; including the CLI tools and XML files.
-
Understanding the WDS Environment
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the installation options; images type support; and the considerations.
-
Understanding the Windows ADK Features for Deployment
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features of Windows ADK for deployment.
-
Understanding the ZTI Deployment Process Using SCCM
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the process for deploying an operating system image and the two ways it can be deployed: unknown computer and imported computer objects.
-
Understanding USMT Best Practices
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the best practices for using USMT; including the security.
-
Understanding Windows PE Benefits and Limitations
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Windows PE and its benefits and limitations.
-
Understanding Zero-Touch Installation Deployment
After watching this video; you will be able to explain the requirements and the deployment process for a ZTI including the benefits and limitations.
-
Using Asset Intelligence in SCCM
After watching this video; you will be able to configure and use Asset Intelligence in SCCM to retrieve inventory data and software license usage information.
-
Using DISM to Mount and Modify Images
After watching this video; you will be able to use DISM to mount and modify an image.
-
Using LoadState.exe to Restore User State
After watching this video; you will be able to use loadstate.exe to restore user state data.
-
Using MAK to Activate Computers
After watching this video; you will be able to describe two ways MAK can activate computers: independent activation and proxy activation.
-
Using OCT to Customize Office
After watching this video; you will be able to use OCT to customize the setup before installing Office 2013. This includes customizing the installation and creating the network installation point.
-
Using ScanState.exe to Capture User State
After watching this video; you will be able to use scanstate.exe to capture user state data for migration.
-
Using SCCM for Assessment
After watching this video; you will be able to use System Center Configuration Manager to assess the infrastructure.
-
Using SCCM to Assess Hardware Inventory
After watching this video; you will be able to use System Center Configuration Manager to run a hardware inventory and view reports.
-
Using the Inventory and Assessment Wizard in MAP
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Inventory and Assessment Wizard to collect data; including selecting the inventory scenario and discovery method.
-
Using the Performance Metrics Wizard in MAP
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Performance Metrics Wizard to collect performance related information on servers and clients.
-
Using the Standard User Analyzer in ACT
After watching this video; you will be able to identify an application issue using the Standard User Analyzer on a Windows 8.1 computer and view the issues.
-
Using VAMT to Manage Activation; Licensing; and Keys
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use VAMT to manage activation and licensing status of computers and products; as well as key usage.
-
View Asset Intelligence Reports
After watching this video; you will be able to view System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Asset Intelligence reports.
-
View System Center Configuration Manager Site Information Reports
After watching this video; you will be able to use reports to view site information in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Viewing SCCM Compliance Results in the Console
After watching this video; you will be able to view compliance results in the System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager administration console.
-
Viewing SCCM Compliance Results on the Client
After watching this video; you will be able to view compliance results on the System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager client.
-
Viewing Software Update Logs in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to view software update logs in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Viewing Software Update Reports in System Center Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to view software update reports in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Viewing System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Inventory Results
After watching this video; you will be able to view System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager inventory results.
-
Viewing System Center Configuration Manager Site and Component Status
After watching this video; you will be able to get Site and Component status data from System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Windows Intune Integration with System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Windows Intune integration with System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Windows Intune System Center Configuration Manager Integration Preparation
After watching this video; you will be able to prepare System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager for Windows Intune integration.
-
Windows Store Apps Deployment in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to deploy Windows Store apps in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Windows Version Compatibility Issues
After watching this video; you will be able to identify common application compatibility issues.
-
Working with System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Software Center
After watching this video; you will be able to use Software Center in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager to manage software installs.
-
Updating Methods for Office 365
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the ways Office 365 can be updated.
-
Adding an OS Image to SCCM
After watching this video; you will be able to add an OS image to SCCM using the Add Operating System Image Wizard.
-
Adding Applications to Deploy with Windows in SCCM
After watching this video; you will be able to add applications to SCCM to deploy with the Windows OS.
-
Adding Applications to the MDT Deployment Share
After watching this video; you will be able to add applications for deployment using the Deployment Workbench.
-
Adding Computers to the SCCM Database for Deployment
After watching this video; you will be able to add a new computer managed by SCCM to the SCCM database for deployment.
-
Adding DaRT to the Boot Images
After watching this video; you will be able to install DaRT; copy the tools; and add DaRT to the deployment share.
-
Adding Drivers and Components to the Windows PE Image
After watching this video; you will be able to add drivers and optional components to a Windows PE image.
-
Adding Drivers for the Boot Images and OS
After watching this video; you will be able to add drivers for the boot images and operating system specifically for certain hardware models.
-
Adding Drivers to a Windows Deployment in SCCM
After watching this video; you will be able to add drivers for Windows PE and 8.1 to the deployment.
-
Adding Drivers to the Deployment Share in MDT for LTI
After watching this video; you will be able to add out-of-box drivers to the deployment share for the OS deployment.
-
Adding the Setup Files to the Deployment Share
After watching this video; you will be able to add the Windows 8.1 installation files to the deployment share.
-
Altering the MDT Deployment Share Rules
After watching this video; you will be able to alter the CustomSettings.ini and BootStrap.ini rule files and then update the deployment share to create the boot images.
-
Altering the Task Sequence to Update a Reference Computer
After watching this video; you will be able to alter the task sequence to edit actions required to update the reference image.
-
Analyzing Application Inventory
After watching this video; you will be able to organize and analyze the application inventory.
-
Application Compatibility Tools
After watching this video; you will be able to understand what tools can be used to view application compatibility issues.
-
Application Management with System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to describe application management with System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Applications vs Packages in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to contrast applications and packages in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Applying Updates to Office 365 Using the ODT
After watching this video; you will be able to apply an update to Office 365 using the Office Deployment Tool.
-
Asset Intelligence Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Asset Intelligence in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Auditing System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Remote Control Usage
After watching this video; you will be able to audit the use of remote control in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Basic Queries in System Center Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to perform basic queries in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Blocking and Unblocking System Center Configuration Manager Clients
After watching this video; you will be able to describe blocking and unblocking System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager clients; the difference between blocking and revocation; and how to manage multiple device settings.
-
Building the Reference Windows 8.1 Computer
After watching this video; you will be able to deploy Windows 8.1 using the Deployment Wizard for a LTI deployment strategy to build a reference computer.
-
BYOD and the Device Life Cycle in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to describe considerations for enrolling company-owned and personal-owned devices and managing device life cycle.
-
Capturing an Image using DISM
After watching this video; you will be able to create an image using DISM.
-
Components of Asset Intelligence
After watching this video; you will be able to list the components of Asset Intelligence in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Configuration Baselines in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to describe configuration baselines in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Configuration Items in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to describe configuration items in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Configure SCCM Software Metering Rule Autocreation and View a Metering Report
After watching this video; you will be able to configure software metering rule autocreation and view a metering report in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Configuring a Silent Installation of Office 2013
After watching this video; you will be able to create a silent installation of Office 2013 using the Config.xml file or OCT.
-
Configuring a System Center Configuration Manager Role-Based Administrative User
After watching this video; you will be able to configure a System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager role-based administrative user.
-
Configuring ACT
After watching this video; you will be able to configure ACT using the ACT Configuration Wizard and Microsoft Application Compatibility Settings.
-
Configuring Active Directory-Based Activation
After watching this video; you will be able to install; configure; and verify Active Directory-based Activation.
-
Configuring Application Supersedence in System Center Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to configure application supersedence in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Configuring Asset Intelligence Data Collection
After watching this video; you will be able to configure System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Asset Intelligence data collection.
-
Configuring Boot-Disk Options after MDT Integration
After watching this video; you will be able to create a boot image for Configuration Manager using MDT.
-
Configuring Client Settings in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to configure software update client settings in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Configuring Remediation in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to configure remediation in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Configuring SCCM Client Health Alerts and Autoremediation
After watching this video; you will be able to configure System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager client health alerts and autoremediation.
-
Configuring SCCM Endpoint Protection Antimalware Alerts
After watching this video; you will be able to configure anti-malware alerts in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager endpoint protection.
-
Configuring SCCM Endpoint Protection Client Settings
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Endpoint Protection client settings in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Configuring SCCM Hardware Inventory Client Settings
After watching this video; you will be able to configure hardware inventory client settings in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Configuring SCCM Settings and Components
After watching this video; you will be able to explain and configure the Computer Agent settings; Network Access Account.
-
Configuring Software Metering Agent
After watching this video; you will be able to configure a System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Software Metering Agent.
-
Configuring Software Metering Rules
After watching this video; you will be able to configure System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager software metering rules.
-
Configuring SQL for Querying System Center Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to configure SQL Server and Reporting Services for System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Configuring System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager File Collection
After watching this video; you will be able to configure software inventory file collection in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Configuring System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager Profiles
After watching this video; you will be able to configure profiles in System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
-
Activating Windows 8.1
Microsoft Windows 8.1 allows users to activate the Enterprise edition using a MAC key or a product key instead of a Key Management Service. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to use the command prompt to activate Windows 8.1 Enterprise edition.
-
Adding an Account to Outlook Calendar
Microsoft Windows 8.1 allows you to use your People app to add the e-mail accounts of contacts to your in-built Outlook application. In this video; Jay Ferron explains why you might wish to incorporate another user's account into Outlook; before showing you how to do so.
-
Alarm Stopwatch Counter
In Microsoft Windows 8.1; the Alarms app facilitates time and data management by including an Alarm; a Timer; and a Stopwatch. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to configure multiple customized alarms; a task-based timer; and a stopwatch from which data can be drawn into an Excel spreadsheet.
-
Calculator
The new Calculator in Microsoft Windows 8.1 allows you to do much more than just standard calculations. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to use the Calculator to do both standard and scientific calculations; as well as conversions.
-
Configuring Start Screen Groups
Microsoft Windows 8.1 allows you to configure; customize; and cluster select groups of live tiles to customize your Start screen to meet your computing needs. In this video; Jay Ferron shows you how to select and deselect Start screen applications; turn live tiles on and off; group them; and arrange their groups.
-
Controls
In Windows 8.1; there are a variety of new controls available. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates the controls that are built into Windows 8.1 that help you navigate and manage the operating system more efficiently.
-
Cooking App
Microsoft Windows 8.1 features the Food & Drink cooking app that includes a hands-free mode that utilizes the computers camera so you can navigate without touching the device by using gestures. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates the main features of the Food & Drink recipe app and how to use the hands-free control.
-
Customizing Start Page
In Microsoft Windows 8.1; you can customize the Start screen to manage and create easy access to the apps; desktop programs; and other relevant information that you interact with the most. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to customize live tiles; change the default screen after signing in; and access programs easily from the Start screen.
-
Enhanced Photo Editing
Microsoft Windows 8.1 provides users with an enhanced photo-editing feature with a range of tools such as Retouch and Effects. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to use the photo enhancement tools in conjunction with Microsoft Paint to create effects that previously required a third-party application.
-
External Screen
Microsoft Windows 8.1 allows you to connect an external monitor to your computer and provides various screen options that you can choose from when setting up your screens. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates the options available from the Devices charm that you can use to project your apps and extend your display to a second monitor.
-
Fingerprint Scanning
New to Microsoft Windows 8.1 is its biometric support that allows you to configure and manage fingerprint authentication using the integrated fingerprint registration application. In this video; Jay Ferron uses the fingerprint registration application and a fingerprint reader to enroll fingerprint recognition as a sign-in option when logging into a user account.
-
Fitness App
Microsoft Windows 8.1 features a new application where you can monitor your health and fitness on a daily basis. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to use the built-in fitness application to monitor your diet; exercise; any symptoms you may be experiencing; and your medication intake.
-
Help and Tips
Microsoft Windows 8.1 now shows you what the new features are and how to work in the new interface. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to use the Help and Tips application to explore the tools that assist users in using the new interface.
-
Hyper V
In Windows 8.1; Hyper V allows you to use virtual machines. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates the changes that have been made to Hyper V in Windows 8.1; and how to create and use virtual machines.
-
Installing and Uninstalling an App
Microsoft Windows 8.1 provides users with a simple way to install and uninstall applications. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to install an application from the Windows Store and uninstall an application from the Start menu. He also contrasts this quick and simple uninstall process with the Control Panel method used in previous versions of Windows.
-
Installing Remote Admin Tools
Microsoft Windows 8.1 provides users with a set of tools to work on Active Directory servers from a remote workstation. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to install Remote Access Tools and manage a server remotely by adding a DHCP server; using the Event Viewer; and enabling DNS.
-
Internet Explorer 11 Desktop
The new Internet Explorer 11 for Microsoft Windows 8.1 can be viewed in the desktop mode and includes features that allow you to customize the browser settings for faster and easier developing and debugging. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to create multiple home page tabs before highlighting the features of the F12 developer tools in IE11.
-
Internet Explorer 11 Modern Interface
Internet Explorer 11 for Microsoft Windows 8.1 features the Modern UI that provides you with maximum screen area and enhanced functionality and features to improve your browsing experience. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to access and use the controls that let you navigate and change settings from within IE11's Modern UI.
-
Joining to a Domain
Microsoft Windows 8.1 allows users to join an Active Directory domain from a local workgroup machine. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to access and change the properties of a local machine and join an existing domain using administrator credentials.
-
Navigate Opening and Closing Apps and Side by Side
In Windows 8.1; there are a range of new tools for opening and closing applications. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to open and close applications using some of these new tools in Windows 8.1.
-
Performance Monitor
Microsoft Windows 8.1 has the Task Manager; Resource Monitor; and Performance Monitor tools that monitor the processes and amount of system utilization of your computer. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to use the Task Manager to view running applications; background processes; and CPU utilization.
-
Personalizing Windows 8.1 Machine
In Windows 8.1; you can personalize various settings. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to change the colors and themes of your desktop in Windows 8.1.
-
Rotate Display
Microsoft Windows 8.1 allows you to rotate your tablet's display automatically so you can view content horizontally or vertically depending on your preferences. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates the advantages of being able to change the display axis when viewing apps on a tablet using Windows 8.1.
-
Sharing Reading Lists
In Microsoft Windows 8.1; the Reading List application allows you to store and bookmark local or remote documents for later access and sharing across devices. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to populate your Reading List and access and share its documents across devices.
-
SkyDrive Settings and Backup
Microsoft Windows 8.1's integration with SkyDrive allows you to use its SkyDrive settings page to back up your files; settings; and programs to the cloud. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to personalize SkyDrive's appearance; synchronize applications; user; and device settings; and configure metered connections settings.
-
Skype
In Microsoft Windows 8.1; you can have a teleconference with another party and quickly and easily share files with them. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to use Skype to do an echo test; video call; phone call; and share files with other users.
-
Start Screen Personalization
Microsoft Windows 8.1 provides users with the ability to customize their Start screen to meet specific requirements. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to move; resize; and group tiles; as well as pin and unpin programs to and from the Start menu and the taskbar.
-
Sync with Cloud
Microsoft Windows 8.1 provides cloud integration that allows you to synchronize information between the computers you use that are running Windows 8.1 when you sign in with a Microsoft account. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how files and personal settings are synchronized between two cloud connected computers that are signed into a Microsoft account with Windows 8.1.
-
Windows Phone and Cloud
In Windows 8.1; you can use a Windows Phone and the Cloud to share information with a PC. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to first take a picture; and then use the cloud to make it appear on a computer.
-
Windows Phone and Windows 8.1
You can integrate Microsoft Windows 8.1 with your Microsoft phone using the Windows Phone app. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how activating the Windows Phone app and confirming the connection allows you to upload data to and download data from your phone; charge it; monitor its status; and locate it.
-
Windows Store
Microsoft Windows 8.1 provides users with Windows Store; which can be installed on up to five machines. Windows then synchronizes operations on all installations. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates new options and features of Store; and how to download a new application and install it.
-
Working in Outlook
Microsoft Windows 8.1's new Outlook client allows you to customize multiple aspects of your private and shared e-mail accounts. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to navigate the Outlook interface; how to Flag and Favorite contacts; create and manage folders; add SkyDrive attachments to e-mails; and use the Sweep function.
-
Configuring a Cluster
After watching this video; you will be able to configure a cluster of Nano Server VMs.
-
Configuring Scale-Out File Server
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Scale-Out File Server on a Nano Server cluster.
-
Connecting to a Domain
After watching this video; you will be able to connect Nano Server to a domain.
-
Emergency Management Services and Kernel Debugging
After watching this video; you will be able to describe emergency management services and kernel debugging in Nano Server.
-
Managing Nano Server with PowerShell DSC
After watching this video; you will be able to remotely manage Nano Server with PowerShell Desired State Configuration.
-
Managing Nano Server with Remote Core PowerShell
After watching this video; you will be able to remotely manage Nano Server with Remote Core PowerShell.
-
Managing Nano Server with Server Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to remotely manage Nano Server with Server Manager.
-
Nano Server Live Migration
After watching this video; you will be able to perform live migration of a Nano Server.
-
Nano Server Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the main features of Nano Server.
-
Nano Server Roles
After watching this video; you will be able to list the roles available for Nano Server.
-
Reasons for Nano Server
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the motivation for creating Nano Server.
-
Remote Management Options
After watching this video; you will be able to describe options for remotely managing Nano Server.
-
Remote Server Management Tools for Azure
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Remote Server Management Tools for Azure.
-
Remote Server Management Tools for Nano Server
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Remote Server Management Tools for Nano Server.
-
Server Application Development
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the server application development model for new versions of Windows Server.
-
Server Core and Nano Server
After watching this video; you will be able to compare Nano Server and Server Core.
-
Setting Up a Nano Server on Hyper-V
After watching this video; you will be able to set up Nano Server from the Windows Server Technical Preview media on a Hyper-V host.
-
Accessing Performance Monitoring Tools
After watching this video; you will be able to use different methods to access and explore Windows Performance Monitor; Task Manager; and Resource Monitor in Windows 7; Windows 8.1; and Windows 10.
-
Adjusting Windows 10 Performance Options
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to adjust performance options in Windows 8.1 to improve system performance.
-
Adjusting Windows 10 Startup Options
After watching this video; you will be able to use Msconfig to adjust settings and improve performance from startup.
-
Adjusting Windows 7 Performance Options
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to adjust performance options in Windows 7 to improve system performance.
-
Adjusting Windows 7 Startup Options
After watching this video; you will be able to use Msconfig to adjust settings and improve performance from startup.
-
Adjusting Windows 8.1 Performance Options
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to adjust performance options in Windows 8.1 to improve system performance.
-
Adjusting Windows 8.1 Startup Options
After watching this video; you will be able to use Msconfig to adjust settings and improve performance from startup.
-
Analyzing Data with Windows Performance Analyzer
After watching this video; you will be able to analyze low-level system metrics in Windows systems using the Windows Performance Analyzer.
-
Analyzing Historical Data with Relog
After watching this video; you will be able to use Relog to analyze historical data in a Windows system.
-
Analyzing Historical Perfmon Data
After watching this video; you will be able to analyze data captured with perfmon in a Windows system.
-
Analyzing Performance Data Over Time
After watching this video; you will be able to examine performance data from a number of sources; over time; to diagnose issues in Windows systems.
-
Automated Analysis of Performance Data
After watching this video; you will be able to describe reasons for automating the analysis of performance data in a Windows system.
-
Collecting Data with Windows Performance Recorder
After watching this video; you will be able to collect low-level system metrics in Windows systems using the Windows Performance Recorder.
-
Collecting Historical Data with Logman
After watching this video; you will be able to use Logman to collect historical data in a Windows system.
-
Collecting Historical Data with Perfmon
After watching this video; you will be able to use perfmon to collect historical data in a Windows system.
-
Creating Graphs with Perfmon
After watching this video; you will be able to create graphs to visualize performance characteristics in Windows Performance Monitor.
-
Creating Reports in the PAL Tool
After watching this video; you will be able to create reports in the Performance Analysis of Logs tool.
-
Disk Monitoring Best Practice
After watching this video; you will be able to describe key Disk I/O metrics and thresholds.
-
Drilling Deeper into Windows Performance Analyzer
After watching this video; you will be able to uncover deeper issues by analyzing low-level system metrics in Windows systems using the Windows Performance Analyzer.
-
Event Viewer Low Performance Alerts in Windows 10
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how Event Viewer can e-mail and display messages of low system resources in Windows 10.
-
Event Viewer Low Performance Alerts in Windows 7
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how Event Viewer can e-mail and display messages of low system resources in Windows 7.
-
Event Viewer Low Performance Alerts in Windows 8.1
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how Event Viewer can e-mail and display messages of low system resources in Windows 8.1.
-
Exploring Performance Monitor in Windows 10
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize some of the key features of Windows Performance Monitor and the methods used to access the tool in Windows 10.
-
Exploring Performance Monitor in Windows 7
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize some of the key features of Windows Performance Monitor and methods used to access the tool in Windows 7.
-
Exploring Performance Monitor in Windows 8.1
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize some of the key features of Windows Performance Monitor and the methods used to access the tool in Windows 8.1.
-
Exploring Reliability Monitor in Windows 10
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize some of the key features of Windows Reliability Monitor and methods used to access the tool in Windows 10.
-
Exploring Reliability Monitor in Windows 7
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize some of the key features of Windows Reliability Monitor and methods used to access the tool in Windows 7.
-
Exploring Reliability Monitor in Windows 8.1
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize some of the key features of Windows Reliability Monitor and methods used to access the tool in Windows 8.1.
-
Exploring Resource Monitor in Windows 10
After watching this video; you will be able to identify some of the key features of Windows Resource Monitor and the methods used to access the tool in Windows 10.
-
Exploring Resource Monitor in Windows 7
After watching this video; you will be able to identify some of the key features of Windows Resource Monitor and methods used to access the tool in Windows 7.
-
Exploring Resource Monitor in Windows 8.1
After watching this video; you will be able to identify some of the key features of Windows Resource Monitor and methods used to access the tool in Windows 8.1.
-
Exploring Task Manager in Windows 10
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize some of the key features of Windows Task Manager and the methods used to access the tool in Windows 10.
-
Exploring Task Manager in Windows 7
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the key features of Windows Task Manager and methods used to access the tool in Windows 7.
-
Exploring Task Manager in Windows 8.1
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize some of the key features of Windows Task Manager and the methods used to access the tool in Windows 8.1.
-
Exploring the PAL Tool in Windows 10
After watching this video; you will be able to identify some of the key features of the Performance Analysis of Logs tool and the method used to access the tool in Windows 10.
-
Exploring the PAL Tool in Windows 7
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize some of the key features of the Performance Analysis of Logs tool and the method used to access the tool in Windows 7.
-
Exploring the PAL Tool in Windows 8.1
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize some of the key features of the Performance Analysis of Logs tool and the method used to access the tool in Windows 8.1.
-
Exploring the WinSAT Tool in Windows 10
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the key features of the Windows Experience index and how to access it in Windows 10.
-
Exploring the WinSAT Tool in Windows 7
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the key features of the Windows Experience index and how to access it in Windows 7.
-
Exploring the WinSAT Tool in Windows 8.1
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the key features of the Windows Experience index and how to access it in Windows 8.1.
-
Finding Low Resources with Windows 10 Event Viewer
After watching this video; you will be able to use Event Viewer logs to look for resource issues in Windows 10.
-
Finding Low Resources with Windows 7 Event Viewer
After watching this video; you will be able to use Event Viewer logs to look for resource issues in Windows 7.
-
Finding Low Resources with Windows 8.1 Event Viewer
After watching this video; you will be able to use Event Viewer logs to look for resource issues in Windows 8.1.
-
Getting a Performance Baseline
After watching this video; you will be able to run Windows Experience Index in Windows 7 and WinSAT in Windows 8.1 and Windows 10 to gather baseline information on your system.
-
Graphs in the PAL Tool
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the use of graphs in the Performance Analysis of Logs tool.
-
Importing Data into the PAL Tool
After watching this video; you will be able to import data into the Performance Analysis of Logs tool.
-
Improving Application Performance in Windows 10
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to adjust processor affinity and set application priority settings in Windows 10 to improve application performance.
-
Improving Application Performance in Windows 7
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to adjust processor affinity and set application priority settings in Windows 7 to improve application performance.
-
Improving Application Performance in Windows 8.1
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to adjust processor affinity and set application priority settings in Windows 8.1 to improve application performance.
-
Improving Hard Disk Performance in Windows 10
After watching this video; you will be able to clean and tweak the hard disk to improve the overall performance in Windows 10.
-
Improving Hard Disk Performance in Windows 7
After watching this video; you will be able to clean and tweak the hard disk to improve the overall performance in Windows 7.
-
Improving Hard Disk Performance in Windows 8.1
After watching this video; you will be able to clean and tweak the hard disk to improve the overall performance in Windows 8.1.
-
Installing the Performance Analysis of Logs Tool
After watching this video; you will be able to install the Performance Analysis of Logs tool.
-
Key System Performance Metrics
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the key system performance metrics in a computer system; including CPU; memory; disk I/O; and network I/O.
-
Low-level Graphs with Windows Performance Analyzer
After watching this video; you will be able to graph low-level system metrics in Windows systems using the Windows Performance Analyzer.
-
Low-level Metrics Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe low-level system metrics in Windows systems.
-
Measuring Performance
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the elements of performance measurement; including time; data; and throughput measurements.
-
Memory Monitoring Best Practice
After watching this video; you will be able to describe key Memory metrics and thresholds.
-
Monitoring Performance in Windows
After watching this video; you will be able to use Task Manager; Performance Monitor; and Resource Monitor to monitor real-time performance statistics in Windows.
-
Perfmon Counters
After watching this video; you will be able to list key Windows Performance Monitor counters and use them for system performance monitoring.
-
Perfmon Objects
After watching this video; you will be able to list key Windows Performance Monitor objects and use them for system performance monitoring.
-
Perfmon Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the elements and features of Windows Performance Monitor or perfmon.
-
Performance Analysis of Logs Tool
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features and functions of Performance Analysis of Logs tool.
-
Process CPU Monitoring
After watching this video; you will be able to monitor process CPU usage in Windows Resource Monitor.
-
Process Disk I/O Monitoring
After watching this video; you will be able to monitor disk I/O in Windows Resource Monitor.
-
Process Memory Monitoring
After watching this video; you will be able to monitor process memory usage in Windows Resource Monitor.
-
Process Metrics
After watching this video; you will be able to list the main performance metrics related to processes in Windows; including process count; thread count; and handle count.
-
Process Network I/O Monitoring
After watching this video; you will be able to monitor network I/O usage in Windows Resource Monitor.
-
Reading Reports from the PAL Tool
After watching this video; you will be able to read reports from the Performance Analysis of Logs tool.
-
Windows Performance Analyzer in Windows 10
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize some of the key features of Windows Performance Analyzer and the method used to access the tool in Windows 10.
-
Windows Performance Analyzer in Windows 7
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize some of the key features of Windows Performance Analyzer and the method used to access the tool in Windows 7.
-
Windows Performance Analyzer in Windows 8.1
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize some of the key features of Windows Performance Analyzer and the method used to access the tool in Windows 8.1.
-
Windows Performance Recorder in Windows 10
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize some of the key features of Windows Performance Recorder and the method used to access the tool in Windows 10.
-
Windows Performance Recorder in Windows 7
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize some of the key features of Windows Performance Recorder and the method used to access the tool in Windows 7.
-
Windows Performance Recorder in Windows 8.1
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize some of the key features of Windows Performance Recorder and the method used to access the tool in Windows 8.1.
-
Windows Performance Toolkit Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the Windows Performance Toolkit for analyzing low-level system metrics in Windows systems.
-
Account GPO Configure Account
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 allows administrators to counter password attacks by setting an account lockout policy. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates the three account lockout settings: account lockout threshold; account lockout duration; and account lockout reset counter.
-
Account GPO Passwords Settings Policies
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2's Group Policy Management Editor allows you to edit your Default Domain Policy's Password Policy settings. In this video; Michael Murphy explains the use and implications of each password policy setting; before retaining or revising the setting.
-
Active Directory Certificate – Configure Computer Enrollment Policies
As the administrator of a certification authority in Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2; you can configure auto-enrollment policies for client certificates in a domain environment. In this video; Michael Murphy uses the Group Policy Management Editor to automatically configure the enrollment of user and computer certificates.
-
Active Directory Certificate – Configure User Enrollment Policies
Once a certificate services infrastructure is in place in Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2; you need to configure users to enroll for those certificates. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to configure user enrollment policies.
-
Active Directory Certificate Services – Install Subordinate Root CA
In Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2; certificates that are generated across a PKI are assigned out by the Enterprise Subordinate CA. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to install and configure a Subordinate CA.
-
Active Directory Certificate Services – Install the Root Certificate Authority
In Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2; you can install a standalone Root Certification Authority to issue server certificates for use on your internal network. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to install and configure a Root Certification Authority; and suggests ways to secure the access keys.
-
Active Directory Sites – Check Replication Topology
In Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2; replication connection action objects are created automatically between domain controllers; and with the appropriate credentials; Active Directory Sites and Services allows you to easily check the replication topology. In this video; Michael Murphy uses the Check Replication Topology option to determine the flow of replication between domain controllers in an Active Directory domain.
-
Active Directory Sites – Create Active Directory Subnet Objects
With the necessary credentials in Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2; the Active Directory Sites and Services snap-in allows you to create subnet objects that define network IP addresses and lay the groundwork for the configuration of Active Directory Sites. In this video; Michael Murphy uses the New Object – Subnet dialog box to create subnet objects.
-
Active Directory Sites – Create and Configure Active Directory Site
With the necessary credentials in Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2; you can create and manage the sites that represent the physical structure of your network in Active Directory Domain Services. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to define a site; associate it with subnet objects; and add a domain controller to the site using Active Directory Sites and Services.
-
Active Directory Sites – Create and Configure Site Links
With the appropriate authority in Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2; you can create and configure site links that enable replication to occur between sites at a scheduled time. In this video; Michael Murphy uses Active Directory Sites and Services to create site links implementing IP intersite transport protocol; before demonstrating how to change the replication schedule and site link cost.
-
Add a Replica Domain Controller
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 allows administrators to add a replica domain controller to an existing Active Directory domain. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to promote the domain controller; configure it as a Global Catalog server with DNS capability; and specify its AD site and installation media. He also covers when to use adprep or the new Wizard.
-
Azure AD
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2's Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) solution; Azure; allows you to extend your Active Directory to cloud services. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to access the Azure portal; install Active Directory Domain Services to a virtual machine; details its potential as a domain controller; and explains how IaaS protects data against damage or loss.
-
Backup – Configure Previous Versions
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 allows you to access previous versions of files; or shadow copies as they existed at a point in time; so you can easily recover files that were accidentally deleted or overwritten. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to configure shadow copies and restore previous versions from the Properties dialog box in Windows Server.
-
Backup – Optimize Backup Performance
With the appropriate authority; Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 provides features that allow you to improve server performance by optimizing the backup performance for full volumes. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates different performance setting options for a Windows Server Backup that are available within the Optimize Backup Performance dialog box.
-
Backup – Run a System State Backup
With the appropriate credentials; Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 allows you to protect your system state data by configuring scheduled backups to a remote shared folder. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to configure settings in the Backup Schedule Wizard that will enable automatic daily backups of the system state data to occur at a specified location.
-
Branch Cache Group Policy Configure
When using BranchCache in Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2; you need to configure the BranchCache content servers; as well as configure the clients to use the BranchCache solution. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to configure client settings for BranchCache; select a mode; and configure the maximum round trip network latency.
-
Branch Cache Install and Configure
BranchCache in Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 helps you save bandwidth and money. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to install and configure BranchCache for network files; and manage the BranchCache role service.
-
Configure DFS
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 allows administrators to create a central file repository use the Distributed File System to replicate the repository to other servers. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to create a public folder on a new namespace for use as a repository for unchanging; shared files; such as driver packages; image files; and application packages.
-
Configure Group Policy Client Processing
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 allows administrators to configure how Group Policy works. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to configure Group Policy settings for client-side processing using three examples: Configure Group Policy slow link detection; Configure Group Policy Caching; and Configure user Group Policy loopback processing.
-
Configure Group Policy Processing Order
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 allows administrators to configure the Group Policy processing order by blocking inheritance or enforcing specific Group Policies. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates the normal order of Group Policy processing using the example of kiosk machines to illustrate the difference between blocking inheritance or enforcing a higher-level Group Policy when there is a conflict.
-
Configure NIC Teaming for Virtual Machines
In Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2; NIC Teaming for virtual machines is still a brand new feature. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to use the Server Manager to access the NIC Teaming option and configure it for virtual machines.
-
Configure NTFS Permissions
In Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2; you need NTFS permissions to access any resources on the network. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to use the Security option to add domain local groups and assign them NTFS permissions.
-
Configure Quotas with FSRM
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2's File Server Resource Manager (FSRM) allows you to configure file quota options; as well as connect to an SMTP server. In this video; Michael Murphy uses the FSRM to define and save a quota as a template before creating and associating a quota with an SMTP server; facilitating e-mail notifications at warning and exceeded thresholds.
-
Configure RODC Replication Password Policies
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 allows administrators to configure Password Replication policies to support read-only domain controllers. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to create a local group for the RODC site and configure a Password Replication policy for that group. He also prepopulates passwords for IT staff who may need local access should there be no Internet access.
-
Configure RRAS
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 allows administrators to configure the Routing and Remote Access Service once it is installed. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates the options in the Getting Started Wizard for deploying DirectAccess and VPN on an edge and/or VPN server. For more advanced details; such as client configuration and server-side support; he recommends attending a 411 class.
-
Configure Share Permissions and Offline Files
In Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2; you can make your resources available across the network by sharing folders on your file servers and providing offline file support. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to use the Advanced Sharing feature to specify your Caching options and give the Everyone group full control permissions.
-
Create a One Way Incoming Trust
As an administrator; Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 allows you to create one-way; incoming; trusts that allow users in your Windows Server domain to access resources in another Windows Server domain. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to configure a one-way; incoming; trust using the New Trust Wizard in the Active Domains and Trusts snap-in.
-
Create a One Way Outgoing Trust
As an administrator; Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 allows you to create one-way; outgoing; trusts that allow resources in your Windows Server domain to be accessed by users in another Windows Server domain. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to create a one-way; outgoing; trust using the New Trust Wizard in the Active Domains and Trusts snap-in.
-
Create a VHD_VHDX File
In addition to the legacy VHD files; you can now also create VHDX files in Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to use the New Virtual Hard Disk Wizard to create a VHDX file.
-
Create Active Directory Objects
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2's Active Directory Users and Computers (ADUC) console allows you to create user objects streamlining management. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to use the ADUC to build out and protect the components of your Active Directory (AD) Organizational Unit (OU) structure; as well as create and configure user objects with which to populate them.
-
Create Active Directory Objects Additional
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2's Active Directory Users and Computers (ADUC) console allows you to create user and computer objects. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates the similarities between the two objects; explores the Account properties of a user object which he places into a global group; and creates a computer object.
-
Create App Locker Policies
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2's AppLocker tool allows Volume License holders running Enterprise editions to specify and manage the applications that run on their networks. In this video; Michael Murphy uses Windows Server 2012 R2's Local Security Policy Manager to show you how to configure audits against application whitelists; generate default AppLocker rules; and create publisher rules.
-
Create Checkpoints
With the introduction of Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2; Hyper-V snapshots have become checkpoints. In this video; Michael Murphy uses the Revert option to revert a virtual machine to its previous checkpoint.
-
Create PSO
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 allows administrators to create multiple password policies within the same Active Directory domain. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to create a Password Settings object that applies to a subset of group members; and covers settings such as enforced password length; precedence value; and account lockout policy.
-
DHCP Management
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 allows you to assign router addresses; WIN server addresses; and DNS server addresses by leveraging DHCP. In this video; Michael Murphy uses the DHCP Microsoft Management Console New Scope Wizard to create a new scope and configure additional options for DHCP clients.
-
DHCP Server Management
In Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2; you can automate IP address assignments using DHCP. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to use the DHCP management console to specify the IPv4 scope; client addresses; subnet mask; excluded IP addresses; and lease durations.
-
DNS Add Forwarders and Conditional Forwarders
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 allows administrators to add forwarders and conditional forwarders to integrate internal DNS with a public or partner organization's DNS. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to specify a forwarder to Google DNS for public name resolution; and a conditional forwarder to a partner organization to resolve.
-
DNS Create a Forward Lookup Zone
In Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2; you use the DNS Manager console to accomplish many tasks. In this video; Michael Murphy uses the DNS Manager console to create a Forward Lookup Zone which provides computer names to IP address mapping within DNS servers.
-
DNS Create a Forward Lookup Zone Additional
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 allows you to create and use Active Directory-integrated Forward Lookup Zones. In this video; Michael Murphy uses the DNS Manager's New Zone Wizard to create an Active Directory-integrated Forward Lookup Zone; explaining the available configuration options.
-
DNS Create a Reverse Lookup Zone
In Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2; the Active Directory Promotion Wizard only adds the Forward Lookup Zone when creating a domain; requiring you to add a Reverse Lookup Zone manually. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to create a Reverse Lookup Zone on your domain controllers acting as DNS servers.
-
DNS Global Name Zones
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 provides configuration options to allow for single-label lookups across multi-domain infrastructures. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to configure a global name zone for this purpose.
-
DNS Record Types
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 uses multiple types of DNS record to map computers names to their IP addresses and vice versa. In this video; Michael Murphy uses the DNS Manager to provide a comprehensive and detailed overview of multiple types of DNS record and their components; explaining the role of each.
-
Domain Controller Promotion at Forest Root Domain Controller
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 allows you to create a Forest Root Domain Controller. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to create a new Active directory forest and configure a Forest Root Domain Controller for the first time.
-
Examine Advanced DNS Server Configuration Options
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 provides administrators with a number of advanced configuration settings for DNS servers. In this video; Michael Murphy discusses BIND secondaries; round robin; netmask ordering; DNSSEC validation for remote responses; secure caching against pollution; and automatic scavenging of stale records.
-
Examine DNS Records
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 provides configuration options to examine DNS records. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to configure the properties for a Start of Authority DNS record.
-
Examine Win Deployment Services and Configure Server Properties
In Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2; you can add images and configure the Windows Deployment Services (WDS) server. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to use the WDS management console to access the properties and configuration of WDS.
-
Grant Resource Access to the Trusted Domain
As an administrator; Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 allows you to easily grant resource access to users from a trusted remote domain once the necessary trusts have been configured. In this video; Michael Murphy uses the Security tab in the Properties dialog box to locate a trusted domain and assign share permissions to the domain users.
-
Group Policy Preferences
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 allows administrators to use Group Policy Preferences as a replacement for manual or script-based configuration of client-side settings on each machine. Preferences can be changed by the user; whereas policies cannot. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to configure preferences for ordinary users and for IT staff.
-
Install a Read Only Domain Controller
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 allows administrators to install a read-only domain controller (RODC) in low-security environments; which provides authentication and authorization but doesn't maintain user passwords. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to configure an RODC so that the only passwords it maintains belong to onsite users and IT personnel; not the entire domain.
-
Install and Configure SMTP Service
In Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2; you must run a virtual SMTP server on your servers to enable alert notifications. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to use the Add Roles and Features Wizard to install and configure the SMTP service.
-
Install and Configure WDS
In Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2; you can automate the process of operating system deployments to clients using Windows Deployment Services (WDS). In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to use the Add Roles and Features Wizard to install and configure WDS.
-
Install FSRM
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 helps you to manage your storage with the File Server Resource Manager. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to use File Server Resource Manager to define storage capacities; file expirations; notifications; and reports.
-
Install Server 2012 R2 in the GUI
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 also has a Datacenter edition. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to use the traditional setup utilities to install a Windows Server 2012 R2 Datacenter edition in the GUI.
-
Install Server for NFS
If you're supporting Linux clients using Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2; you need to support their connections to your Windows file servers using the Network File System. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to install Server for NFS and looks at the various settings available.
-
Install the RRAS Role
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 allows administrators to install the Remote Access role; which has three role services: DirectAccess and VPN (RRAS); Routing; and Web Application Proxy. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to install the Remote Access role; which is no longer included in Network Policy Services; and has an interface similar to RRAS in Windows Server 2003.
-
Install the Web App Proxy
Brand new in Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 is the Web Application Proxy; which is an integrated component of Active Directory Federation Services. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to use the Add Roles and Features Wizard to install the Web Application Proxy.
-
Install Windows Server Backup Feature
When using Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2; you can use the Microsoft Backup Solution for performing backups. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to install the Windows Server Backup feature; run the utility; and schedule a Full server backup.
-
Intro to Group Policy
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 provides the Group Policy feature to save administrators time when configuring user and computer environments. In this video; Michael Murphy introduces the Group Policy Management Console that administrators use to work with all user and computer configurations from a central location; as well as the Group Policy Editor used to enable and disable individual policies.
-
Kerberos Policy Settings
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 allows administrators to configure Kerberos policy settings in Group Policy. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to change the maximum tolerance for computer clock synchronization and briefly discusses the other settings. He warns that these settings should; in fact; never be changed.
-
Monitor Servers Data Collector Sets
In Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2; you have pre-defined counters that you can use as baselines to understand how your servers are performing. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to use Data Collector Sets to identify bottlenecks on your servers.
-
Monitor Servers Performance Monitor
In Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2; you can monitor your servers and clients in real-time. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to use the Performance Monitor to set a baseline and monitor the percentage processor and user time.
-
Monitoring Servers and Configuration Alerts
In Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2; you can monitor your server's performance and be alerted should performance levels exceed a certain threshold. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to configure performance alerts for different subsystems in a New User Defined Data Collector Set created to collect Performance counter data.
-
NTFS File Permissions
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 facilitates Microsoft role-based access control best practices; summarized as "Accounts go into Global; Global go into Domain Local; Domain Local get Permissions" (AGDLP). In this video; Michael Murphy uses File Explorer ADUC console to illustrate how permissions - assigned to Domain Local groups in which Global groups containing Accounts are nested - are inherited.
-
Recover from the Loss of a RODC
In Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2; read-only domain controllers (RODC) can be used where security is a concern; providing options to easily recover from the forced removal of an RODC. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to use the Deleting Domain Controller dialog box to clean up metadata in the event of an RODC being stolen or compromised.
-
Storage Quality of Service
In Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2; you can use the Storage Quality of Service feature to optimize and maximize the IOPS of your virtual hard disk. In this video; Michael Murphy uses the Advanced Features option to define the minimum and maximum number of IOPS.
-
Use FSRM to Configure File Management Tasks
In Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2; you can automate the cleaning out of files from directories with File Management Tasks. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to use the File Server Resource Manager to create and configure a file management task.
-
Use FSRM to Configure Quotas
In Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2; you can define storage quotas for your users. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to use the File Server Resource Manager console to configure storage quotas and to e-mail users when they exceed their quotas.
-
Using TSRM to Configure File Screens
In Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2; you can use file screens to ensure that users save files that are allowed on your network. In this video; Michael Murphy uses the File Screening Management option to explore file groups and file screen templates; as well as create a file screen.
-
Validate Domain Controller Promotion
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2's DNS Manager and NetLogon service allows you to validate and promote the installation of domain controllers. In this video; Michael Murphy uses the DNS Manager to show you how to review your domain controllers; access their service locator records in the File System; and use the NetLogon service to reregister their service records in DNS.
-
Virtual Switch Manager
In Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2; you can create different types of virtual switches. In this video; Michael Murphy uses the Virtual Switch Manager option to explore external; internal; and private virtual switches.
-
WDS Configure Multicast Transmissions
In Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2; you can use multicast transmissions to minimize your network bandwidth. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to use the Windows Deployment Services console to configure a multicast transmission.
-
Work Folders Server Configuration
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 provides a more secure and flexible remote access solution incorporating a brand new technology called Work Folders. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to use the New Sync Share Wizard to configure Work Folders.
-
Work with Certificate Templates
In Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2; the certificates deployed to users and computers are based on certificate templates provided by the Microsoft Corporation. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to work with certificate templates as well as how to create and define custom templates.
-
WSUS Client Configuration
In Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2; you need to configure the settings for WSUS servers and clients separately. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to use the Group Policy Management Editor to configure the WSUS client-side settings.
-
WSUS Server Configuration
By using Windows Software Update Services (WSUS) server; you can schedule and download updates for your Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 machine. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to use the Windows Server Update Services Configuration Wizard to configure the (WSUS) server.
-
Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) New Features
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the new features of Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) available in Windows Server 2016 Technical Preview.
-
Active Directory Federation Services New Features
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the new features of Active Directory Federation Services (AD FS) available in Windows Server 2016 Technical Preview.
-
Antimalware
After watching this video; you will be able to use Microsoft Windows Server Technical Preview Antimalware in Windows Server 2016 Technical Preview.
-
DHCP and DNS
After watching this video; you will be able to recall new or changed functionality of Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) and Domain Name System (DNS) in Windows Server 2016 Technical Preview.
-
IP Address Management (IPAM)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe pending new or changed functionality of IP Address Management (IPAM) in Windows Server 2016 Technical Preview.
-
Known Issues in Windows Server 2016 Technical Preview
After watching this video; you will be able to identify known issues and workarounds in Windows Server 2016 Technical Preview.
-
Nano Server
After watching this video; you will be able to recall the functionality and advantages of Nano Server and GUI-less Server Core installation options in Windows Server 2016 Technical Preview.
-
Other Hyper-V New Features and Improvements
After watching this video; you will be able to identify new features and functionality of Integration Services for Windows Update; hot add and remove for network adapters and memory; Linux secure boot; and compatibility with Connected Standby in Windows Server 2016 Technical Preview.
-
Overview of Windows Server 2016 Technical Preview
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize new and enhanced features of Windows Server 2016 Technical Preview.
-
Production Checkpoints and Hyper-V Manager Improvements
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the functionality of Production Checkpoints and identify Hyper-V Manager improvements in Windows Server 2016 Technical Preview.
-
Remote Desktop Services
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the improved experience provided by updates to Remote Desktop Services in Windows Server 2016 Technical Preview.
-
Removed or Deprecated Features and Functionality
After watching this video; you will be able to list features and functionality that have been removed or deprecated in Windows Server 2016 Technical Preview.
-
Storage Spaces Direct
After watching this video; you will be able to identify capabilities of Storage Spaces Direct in Windows Server 2016 Technical Preview.
-
System and Installation Requirements
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the appropriate system and installation requirements for Windows Server 2016 Technical Preview.
-
Virtual Machine Configuration Version and File Format
After watching this video; you will be able to recall new features of Hyper-V Virtual Machine Configuration Version and File Format in Windows Server 2016 Technical Preview.
-
Accessing Your PowerShell Command History
Windows PowerShell keeps track of executed commands in its history. In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates how to use PowerShell history cmdlets to view; run; add; and clear commands from the PowerShell session history.
-
Cmdlet Structure
Windows PowerShell cmdlets are task-oriented; parameterized commands. In this video; Tim Warner explores the standardized structure used by PowerShell cmdlets.
-
Creating Your Own Aliases I
In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates how to access and decipher Windows PowerShell aliases for PS101.
-
Creating Your Own Aliases II
In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates how to retrieve and sort aliases in Windows PowerShell for PS101.
-
Creating Your Own Aliases III
In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates how to create custom aliases in Windows PowerShell for PS101.
-
Determining Your PowerShell Version I
Each version of Windows requires a specific version of PowerShell. In this video; Tim Warner explains how to determine and access the correct version of Windows PowerShell.
-
Determining Your PowerShell Version II
Windows PowerShell allows administrators to enable automation within the Windows operating system. In this video; Tim Warner explains how to access Windows PowerShell information.
-
Differentiating Snap-in and Modules
In this video; Tim Warner discusses snap-ins and modules in Windows PowerShell.
-
Discovering and Accessing Providers I
In this video; Tim Warner discusses discovering and accessing providers in Windows PowerShell for PS101.
-
Discovering and Accessing Providers II
In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates discovering and accessing Windows PowerShell providers for PS101.
-
Discovering and Accessing Providers III
In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates discovering and accessing Windows PowerShell providers for PS101.
-
Discovering and Accessing Providers IV
In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates discovering and accessing Windows PowerShell providers for PS101.
-
Discovering and Accessing Providers V
In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates discovering and accessing Windows PowerShell providers for PS101.
-
Discovering New Commands
Windows PowerShell contains many customized task automation and configuration management commands. In this video; Tim Warner explores these new PowerShell commands.
-
Discovering Object Members I
In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates discovering object members in PowerShell for PS101.
-
Discovering Object Members II
In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates discovering object members in Windows PowerShell for PS101.
-
Discovering Object Members III
In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates discovering object members in Windows PowerShell for PS101.
-
Discovering Object Members IV
In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates discovering object members in Windows PowerShell for PS101.
-
Discovering Object Members V
In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates discovering object members in Windows PowerShell for PS101.
-
Discovering Windows PowerShell Commands I
Windows PowerShell offers a number of options for managing the environment in which services run. In this video; Tim Warner reviews PowerShell configuration and update commands.
-
Discovering Windows PowerShell Commands II
In Windows PowerShell; the Tab key can be used to automatically complete entries for cmdlets; file paths; parameters; and other values. In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates using tab completion.
-
Enabling Windows PowerShell Remoting
In this video; Tim Warner discusses how to enable Windows PowerShell remoting.
-
Familiar Commands in Windows PowerShell
Windows PowerShell uses a model that supports many standard shell commands. In this video; Tim Warner explores the use of familiar commands in Windows PowerShell.
-
For Further Learning
There are many resources available to help programmers and administrators master Windows PowerShell. In this video; Tim Warner reveals how to find and access useful PowerShell resources.
-
Formatting Windows PowerShell Output I
In this video; Tim Warner discusses formatting output in Windows PowerShell for PS101.
-
Formatting Windows PowerShell Output II
In this video; Tim Warner discusses formatting output in Windows PowerShell for PS101.
-
Formatting Windows PowerShell Output III
In this video; Tim Warner discusses formatting Windows PowerShell output. This is part three of a three-part series titled "PS101 Formatting Windows PowerShell Output."
-
Modules and Customization I
In this video; Tim Warner discusses modules and how to customize the Windows PowerShell console. This is part one of an eight-part series.
-
Modules and Customization II
In this video; Tim Warner discusses modules and how to customize the Windows PowerShell console. This is part two of an eight-part series.
-
Modules and Customization III
In this video; Tim Warner discusses modules and how to customize the Windows PowerShell console. This is part three of an eight-part series.
-
Modules and Customization IV
In this video; Tim Warner discusses modules and how to customize the Windows PowerShell console. This is part four of an eight-part series.
-
Modules and Customization V
In this video; Tim Warner discusses modules and how to customize the Windows PowerShell console. This is part five of an eight-part series.
-
Modules and Customization VI
Modules are a way of packaging Windows PowerShell scripts and cmdlets. In this video; Tim Warner discusses modules and how to customize line breaks and other properties. This is part six of an eight-part series.
-
Modules and Customization VII
A operator is one or more characters in a command or expression that Windows PowerShell interprets in a specific way. In this video; Tim Warner discusses modules and how to use Windows PowerShell comparison; -like; and other operators. This is part seven of an eight-part series.
-
Modules and Customization VIII
Windows PowerShell regular expressions are used to look inside files and to find matches. In this video; Tim Warner discusses modules and how to use \ (backslash) and other regular expressions. This is part eight of an eight-part series.
-
One-to-Many Remoting I
In this video; Tim Warner discusses one-to-many remoting in Windows PowerShell. This is part one of a four-part series.
-
One-to-Many Remoting II
In this video; Tim Warner discusses one-to-many remoting in Windows PowerShell. This is part two of a four-part series.
-
One-to-Many Remoting III
In this video; Tim Warner discusses one-to-many remoting in Windows PowerShell. This is part three of a four-part series.
-
One-to-Many Remoting IV
In this video; Tim Warner discusses one-to-many remoting in Windows PowerShell. This is part four of a four-part series.
-
One-to-One Remoting I
In this video; Tim Warner discusses one-to-one remoting in Windows PowerShell. This is part one of a two-part series.
-
One-to-One Remoting II
In this video; Tim Warner discusses one-to-one remoting in Windows PowerShell. This is part two of a two-part series.
-
Other Windows PowerShell Host Applications
The Windows PowerShell engine can be hosted by a number of tools. In this video; Tim Warner explores various host applications for Windows PowerShell.
-
Playing with Snap-ins and Modules
In this video; Tim Warner discusses how to use snap-ins and modules in Windows PowerShell.
-
Saving Your Custom Aliases
In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates how to save custom aliases in Windows PowerShell for PS101.
-
Sorting Pipeline Output
In this video; Tim Warner discusses sorting pipeline output in Windows PowerShell for PS101.
-
Taking Action on Objects
In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates taking action on objects in Windows PowerShell for PS101.
-
The Windows PowerShell ISE I
The Windows PowerShell Integrated Scripting Environment (ISE) is a development and learning environment for Windows PowerShell. In this video; Tim Warner introduces and explains the purpose of PowerShell ISE.
-
The Windows PowerShell ISE II
The Windows PowerShell Integrated Scripting Environment (ISE) is a graphic-based user interface for Windows PowerShell. In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates the use of PowerShell ISE.
-
Understanding PowerShell Help File Syntax I
Windows PowerShell has an extensive console-based help system. In this video; Tim Warner explores the syntax used in PowerShell help files.
-
Understanding PowerShell Help File Syntax II
Windows PowerShell Help organizes Help functions into a simple graphical layout. In this video; Tim Warner examines the command syntax used in the PowerShell Help function.
-
Understanding PowerShell Help File Syntax III
PowerShell Help can be customized using a defined syntax. In this video; Tim Warner will explore the standardized structure used by Windows PowerShell elements.
-
Understanding the Help System
In this video; Tim Warner explains how to understand the Windows PowerShell help system for PS101.
-
Updating Help
The Windows PowerShell Update-Help cmdlet downloads and updates help files for PowerShell modules. In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates how to update help files on online and offline systems.
-
What are Providers?
In this video; Tim Warner explains what providers are in Windows PowerShell for PS101.
-
What are Windows PowerShell Commands?
Cmdlets are specialized commands used to call and execute commands in Windows PowerShell. In this video; Tim Warner explores the use of cmdlets in the Windows PowerShell environment.
-
What is an Alias?
In this video; Tim Warner describes the function of Windows PowerShell aliases for PS101.
-
What is the Pipeline?
In this video; Tim Warner describes the concept and function of the pipeline in Windows PowerShell for PS101.
-
What is Windows PowerShell?
Windows PowerShell is a Microsoft task automation and configuration management framework. In this video; Tim Warner provides an introduction to using and configuring Windows PowerShell.
-
Why Learning Windows PowerShell is Crucial
Windows PowerShell is a strategic task automation and configuration management framework. In this video; Tim Warner outlines the importance of learning Windows PowerShell.
-
Windows Management Framework (WMF)
Windows Management Framework (WMF) can be used to update Windows PowerShell. In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates how to download and install WMF from the Microsoft Download Center.
-
Windows PowerShell Global Suggestions
Windows PowerShell uses a scripting language designed especially for system administration. In this video; Tim Warner relates PowerShell tips and tricks for controlling and automating administrative commands.
-
Windows PowerShell Gotchas and Points to Ponder
In this video; Tim Warner discusses pitfalls common to working with remote PowerShell sessions and offers advice for avoiding them.
-
Windows PowerShell Remoting Architecture I
In this video; Tim Warner discusses Windows PowerShell Remoting Architecture. This is part one of a two-part series.
-
Windows PowerShell Remoting Architecture II
In this video; Tim Warner discusses Windows PowerShell remoting architecture. This is part two of a two-part series.
-
Windows PowerShell Scripting Best Practices
Windows PowerShell is a capable and robust professional scripting environment. In this video; Tim Warner outlines best practices for scripting in PowerShell.
-
Windows PowerShell Version History
Windows PowerShell was first releases for the Windows operating system in 2006. In this video; Tim Warner relates the history and development of Window PowerShell along with other Windows components.
-
Windows PowerShell vs. cmd.exe
Newer Windows operating systems contain both cmd.exe and Windows PowerShell. In this video; Tim Warner compares the uses of Windows PowerShell and cmd.exe as command shells.
-
Adding Apps from the SharePoint Store (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the distribution of apps via stores.
-
Adding Apps from the SharePoint Store (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to add an app from the SharePoint Store.
-
Adding Columns
After watching this video; you will be able to add a column to a custom list.
-
Adding Logic
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the process of adding logic to a workflow.
-
Adding Publishing Pages
After watching this video; you will be able to add a Publishing page to a SharePoint 2013 site.
-
Adding Subsites (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the considerations when adding a SharePoint 2013 site.
-
Adding Subsites (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to create a new SharePoint 2013 subsite.
-
Adding Web Part Pages
After watching this video; you will be able to add a Web Part to a page to a SharePoint 2013 site.
-
Adding Wiki Pages
After watching this video; you will be able to add a Wiki page to a SharePoint 2013 site.
-
Appreciating Social Computing
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how social computing benefits the business environment.
-
Becoming a Site Owner
After watching this video; you will be able to describe considerations when setting up a new SharePoint 2013 site.
-
Branding the Look and Feel
After watching this video; you will be able to change the look of a SharePoint 2013 site.
-
Breaking and Inheriting Permissions (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the considerations when setting up permissions.
-
Breaking and Inheriting Permissions (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to set up unique permissions on a document.
-
Building SharePoint Infrastructure in SharePoint Designer
After watching this video; you will be able to use SharePoint Designer to build a SharePoint infrastructure.
-
Checking Files Out and In
After watching this video; you will be able to check out a SharePoint 2013 file.
-
Common Homepage Attributes
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the key homepage editing features.
-
Comparing Site Columns and List Columns (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to compare site columns and list columns.
-
Comparing Site Columns and List Columns (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to edit a site column at the global level.
-
Comparing Team Sites and Publishing Portals (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the purpose of team sites and Publishing Portals.
-
Comparing Team Sites and Publishing Portals (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the team site default home page.
-
Comparing Team Sites and Publishing Portals (Part 3)
After watching this video; you will be able to compare team sites and publishing portals features.
-
Completing the Process
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the tasks involved when completing a workflow process.
-
Configuring List Searches
After watching this video; you will be able to configure a list search.
-
Configuring Query Rules
After watching this video; you will be able to configure a query rule.
-
Configuring Searchable Columns
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how search options can be used to change search visibility.
-
Configuring the Content Organizer (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the benefits of configuring the Content Organizer.
-
Configuring the Content Organizer (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Content Organizer settings.
-
Connect Other SharePoint Lists to Outlook
After watching this video; you will be able to connect SharePoint 2013 Contacts to Outlook.
-
Connecting and Exporting SharePoint to Microsoft Office (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the integration of SharePoint with Microsoft Office.
-
Connecting and Exporting SharePoint to Microsoft Office (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to export a SharePoint 2013 site to Microsoft Office.
-
Connecting SharePoint to Outlook
After watching this video; you will be able to connect SharePoint 2013 to Outlook.
-
Contributing to Document Libraries
After watching this video; you will be able to contribute to a SharePoint 2013 document library.
-
Creating and Managing Alerts
After watching this video; you will be able to create a SharePoint 2013 alert.
-
Creating and Managing Announcements
After watching this video; you will be able to create a SharePoint 2013 announcement.
-
Creating and Managing Calendar Events and Contacts
After watching this video; you will be able to create a SharePoint 2013 calendar event.
-
Creating and Managing Discussions Boards and Threads
After watching this video; you will be able to create a SharePoint 2013 discussion board.
-
Creating and Managing Links
After watching this video; you will be able to create a SharePoint 2013 link.
-
Creating and Managing Tasks
After watching this video; you will be able to create a SharePoint 2013 task.
-
Creating and Modifying Views (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to compare SharePoint 2013 Public and Personal views.
-
Creating and Modifying Views (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to create a SharePoint 2013 view.
-
Creating and Modifying Views (Part 3)
After watching this video; you will be able to change a SharePoint 2013 view format setting.
-
Creating Document Workspaces
After watching this video; you will be able to create a Document Workspace.
-
Creating Lists and Libraries (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the available SharePoint 2013 list and library templates.
-
Creating Lists and Libraries (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to create a custom SharePoint 2013 list.
-
Deleting and Recovering Lists and Libraries
After watching this video; you will be able to recover a SharePoint 2013 list in a given scenario.
-
Deleting Items
After watching this video; you will be able to delete a SharePoint 2013 item.
-
Deleting Subsites
After watching this video; you will be able to delete a SharePoint 2013 subsite.
-
Developing KQL Queries for SharePoint Searches
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features of KQL queries in SharePoint 2013.
-
Developing Reusable Workflows (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to develop a reusable workflow.
-
Developing Reusable Workflows (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the use of site workflows.
-
Developing Site Workflows
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the main purpose of a reusable workflow.
-
Developing Workflows
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the process of defining the workflow when developing a new workflow.
-
Editing Workflows
After watching this video; you will be able to edit a workflow process in a given scenario.
-
Embedding Code Snippets of Banners
After watching this video; you will be able to embed a snippet into a SharePoint 2013 page.
-
Enhancing Mobile Device Access
After watching this video; you will be able to enhance mobile device access in SharePoint 2013.
-
Enhancing Site Navigation
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize best practices and considerations for enhancing site navigation.
-
Explaining Types of SharePoint Apps
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the ways in which SharePoint apps can be implemented.
-
Exploring Enterprise Site Templates
After watching this video; you will be able to identify SharePoint 2013 enterprise site template types.
-
Exploring SharePoint 2010 OTB Workflows
After watching this video; you will be able to match the workflow type to its description.
-
Exploring SharePoint Editions
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the SharePoint editions available.
-
Exploring SharePoint Page Types (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to match the SharePoint 2013 page templates with their descriptions.
-
Exploring SharePoint Page Types (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe characteristics of the master page type.
-
Exploring SharePoint Site Templates
After watching this video; you will be able to identify SharePoint 2013 site template types.
-
Exploring Site Settings Options
After watching this video; you will be able to describe SharePoint 2013 Site Settings options.
-
Exploring the Newsfeed Page
After watching this video; you will be able to describe characteristics of a Newsfeed Page.
-
Exporting and Importing Web Parts
After watching this video; you will be able to import a SharePoint 2013 Web Part.
-
Following Content and People
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the types of content that can be followed.
-
Getting Started with SharePoint Designer
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the reasons for using SharePoint Designer 2013.
-
Granting Site Access
After watching this video; you will be able to grant site access to a user.
-
Implementing Advanced Searches
After watching this video; you will be able to identify options for implementing advanced searches.
-
Implementing Approval and Feedback Workflows (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the options available when implementing an Approval workflow or Collect Feedback workflow.
-
Implementing Approval and Feedback Workflows (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to implement a workflow in a given scenario.
-
Implementing Search Site Templates
After watching this video; you will be able to implement a search site template.
-
Importing and Using 2010 Chart Web Parts
After watching this video; you will be able to import a SharePoint 2010 Chart Web Part.
-
Incorporating Additional Approval Settings
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the incorporation of additional work flow approval settings.
-
Introducing the New App Model
After watching this video; you will be able to describe key features of the new SharePoint 2013 app model.
-
Managing App Licenses and Removing Apps
After watching this video; you will be able to remove an app license.
-
Managing Apps in Site Contents (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the management of SharePoint 2013 apps.
-
Managing Apps in Site Contents (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to remove an app from a site.
-
Managing Column Properties
After watching this video; you will be able to manage column properties in a given scenario.
-
Managing List and Library Settings
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the common SharePoint list and library settings that can be changed.
-
Managing Pages
After watching this video; you will be able to identify ways in which SharePoint 2013 pages are managed.
-
Managing User Alerts
After watching this video; you will be able to configure an alert for a site user.
-
New and Improved in 2013
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the improvements in SharePoint 2013.
-
Opening and Editing Documents
After watching this video; you will be able to edit a SharePoint 2013 document.
-
Organizing Library Contents
After watching this video; you will be able to describe content organization approaches.
-
Overview of Common Permission Levels
After watching this video; you will be able to match common permission levels with their descriptions.
-
Overview of Permissions and Roles
After watching this video; you will be able to describe permission and role functions.
-
Overview of Roles (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the SharePoint governance team.
-
Overview of Roles (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the SharePoint administrator roles.
-
Overview of SharePoint Lists
After watching this video; you will be able to navigate SharePoint 2013 lists.
-
Overview of Users and Groups
After watching this video; you will be able to describe characteristics of users and groups.
-
Overview of Workflow Components (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the purpose of workflows.
-
Overview of Workflow Components (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the reasons why SharePoint Designer is the preferred authoring application for working with workflows.
-
Performing Search Administration
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how the search feature can be optimized.
-
Planning for SharePoint Workflows (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the use of business drivers and flowcharts when planning a SharePoint workflow.
-
Planning for SharePoint Workflows (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the use of the SharePoint infrastructure; workflows; and testing when planning a SharePoint workflow.
-
Recap Developing Workflows
After watching this video; you will be able to sequence the process steps of developing a workflow into the correct order.
-
Recognizing Common Administrative URLs
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the common administrative SharePoint 2013 URLs.
-
Removing Content Types
After watching this video; you will be able to remove a content type from all lists.
-
Respecting the Object Hierarchy
After watching this video; you will be able to describe SharePoint 2013 object hierarchy.
-
Reviewing Permissions
After watching this video; you will be able to check user permissions.
-
Reviewing Search Results (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to identify key search options available in SharePoint 2013.
-
Reviewing Search Results (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to complete a site search in SharePoint 2013.
-
Reviewing Site Settings
After watching this video; you will be able to describe site actions and administrative settings available to site owners.
-
Reviewing the Hierarchy
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the hierarchy of SharePoint 2013 sites.
-
Routing Documents and Pages
After watching this video; you will be able to identify options for routing documents and pages.
-
Setting Up Common Navigation
After watching this video; you will be able to edit Quick Launch navigation for a site.
-
Setting Up the My Site Blog
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the use of the My Site blog.
-
SharePoint's Social Computing Features
After watching this video; you will be able to describe SharePoint's social computing features.
-
Sharing and Tracking Documents
After watching this video; you will be able to describe tracking tools in SharePoint 2013.
-
Touring the Interface (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to navigate the SharePoint 2013 interface.
-
Touring the Interface (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the Quick Launch tool.
-
Understanding Content Structures and Template Types
After watching this video; you will be able to match the content structure and template types to their descriptions.
-
Understanding SharePoint
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the features of SharePoint.
-
Understanding SharePoint Permissions
After watching this video; you will be able to compare inherited and unique permissions.
-
Understanding the Hierarchy
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the SharePoint site hierarchy.
-
Updating Approval and Feedback Workflows
After watching this video; you will be able to modify an Approval workflow.
-
Updating the Team Site Home Page
After watching this video; you will be able to update a team site home page in a given scenario.
-
Updating User Profiles
After watching this video; you will be able to update a user profile.
-
Using Content Query Web Parts (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the characteristics of Content Query Web Parts.
-
Using Content Query Web Parts (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to edit a Content Query Web Part in a given scenario.
-
Using Microblogging Features
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the benefits of microblogging features.
-
Using More SharePoint Libraries
After watching this video; you will be able to match the document library to a description of its use.
-
Using More View Features (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to configure a SharePoint 2013 Web Part view.
-
Using More View Features (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to create a link to a view.
-
Using My Site Tasks
After watching this video; you will be able to describe characteristics of My Site tasks.
-
Using Operators in Searches (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the different query operators that can be used with KQL elements.
-
Using Operators in Searches (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to use an operator to complete a search in SharePoint 2013.
-
Using Property Restrictions in Searches
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how property restrictions are used to improve searches.
-
Using Quick Views and Default Views
After watching this video; you will be able to compare SharePoint 2013 Quick and Default views.
-
Using Social Collaboration Web Parts
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the Site Feed feature in the Social Collaboration Web Part.
-
Using the Design Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how Design Manager is used in managing a site.
-
Using Three-State Workflows
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the function of the three-state workflow.
-
Using Web Parts (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to identify characteristics of Web Parts pages.
-
Using Web Parts (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to edit a SharePoint 2013 Web Part in a given scenario.
-
Utilizing OneDrive for Business
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the use of OneDrive for Business.
-
Utilizing the SharePoint Site Mailbox App
After watching this video; you will be able to describe benefits of the new SharePoint 2013 Site Mailbox app.
-
Viewing Popularity Trends; Usage Reports; and Most Popular Items (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe SharePoint 2013 Popularity Trends and Most Popular Items new features.
-
Viewing Popularity Trends; Usage Reports; and Most Popular Items (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to review usage reports in Excel for a specific item.
-
Working with Columns
After watching this video; you will be able to describe characteristics of SharePoint 2013 column settings.
-
Working with Content Types (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to add a content type in a given scenario.
-
Working with Content Types (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to modify a content type in SharePoint 2013.
-
Working with Document Sets
After watching this video; you will be able to compare SharePoint folders and Document Sets.
-
Working with Documents
After watching this video; you will be able to describe options for co-authoring a document.
-
Working with Excel Web Access Web Parts
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Excel Web Part features.
-
Working with Groups
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how groups work in SharePoint 2013.
-
Working with My Site Documents
After watching this video; you will be able to share a SharePoint 2013 document.
-
Working with Personal Web Sites
After watching this video; you will be able to add a library to a SharePoint 2013 My Site.
-
Working with Picture and Asset Libraries
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the use of the Picture and Asset libraries.
-
Working with Publishing Pages
After watching this video; you will be able to edit a publishing page in a given scenario.
-
Working with Wiki Page Libraries
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the use of the Wiki Page Library.
-
Excel Web Services
Microsoft SharePoint provides enterprise-level Web technologies for Intranet; document; and file management. In this video; Tim Warner discusses Excel Web Services in SharePoint.
-
About Certificate Exchange and Server-to-Server Trust
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner discusses about certificate exchange and server-to-server trust on SharePoint 70-332.
-
About Farm Solutions
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner describes farm solutions in SharePoint.
-
About SharePoint Integrations
Microsoft SharePoint provides enterprise-level Web technologies for Intranet; document; and file management. In this video; Tim Warner discusses SharePoint's integration with Microsoft Office 365; Exchange Online; and Lync Online.
-
About the Business Connectivity Service (BCS) Service Application
Business Connectivity Services provides the infrastructure that enables SharePoint 2013 to bring external data into a central system. In this video; Tim Warner will explain how Business Connectivity Services is used to bring that external data into SharePoint.
-
Authentication Providers
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; claims authentication is the default mode. When migrating from SharePoint 2010 to 2013; it is best practice to covert web apps to claims beforehand. Or you can use Windows PowerShell to create a classic mode web app in 2013; perform migration; and then convert to claims. In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates the authentication process.
-
Backing up the Content Database
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows the migration of SharePoint 2010 content database backups using the SharePoint 2010 Management Shell. In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates how to change a SharePoint 2010 content database's authentication and back it up to the SharePoint 2013 farm server.
-
BCS Models
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran explains the relationship between Business Connectivity Services (BCS) and external content types in SharePoint.
-
BCS Permissions
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran demonstrates how to assign Metadata Store permissions in SharePoint.
-
BI Relationships
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran explains how business intelligence tools in SharePoint aggregate raw data into usable chunks.
-
BI Security
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran describes how to address security issues for business intelligence in SharePoint.
-
Certificate Exchange and Server-to-Server Trusts Examined
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner provides a demonstration of certificate exchange and server-to-server trusts on SharePoint 70-332.
-
Common Service Applications and Their Functions
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner summarizes common service applications and their functions in SharePoint Server 2013.
-
Configuring a BI Infrastructure
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran discusses configuring a BI infrastructure on SharePoint 70-332.
-
Configuring BCS for Search
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran explains how to configure SharePoint search for external content types.
-
Configuring BCS Model Security
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran demonstrates how to configure permissions for an external content type in SharePoint.
-
Configuring Office Web Apps 2013 I
In this video; Tim Warner begins a demonstration of deploying Office Web App (OWA) Server 2013.
-
Configuring Office Web Apps 2013 II
In this video; Tim Warner completes a demonstration of configuring Office Web App (OWA) server 2013.
-
Configuring the SharePoint-Exchange Server Integration
Microsoft SharePoint provides enterprise-level Web technologies for Intranet; document; and file management. In this video; Tim Warner discusses how to configure the integration between SharePoint Server 2013 and Exchange Server 2013.
-
Content Deployment
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran explains Content Deployment.
-
Content Deployment Examined
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran explains the options available for Content Deployment.
-
Content Recovery Strategies
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; there are granular restore options available with attached SQL content databases that are unattached to SharePoint. You can choose to recover only an entire site collection or only a list in a subsite. In this video; Jacob Moran demonstrates how to create a database snapshot and recover content data from an unattached database.
-
Creating a SharePoint Farm Inventory
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013's upgrade process is facilitated by the creation of SharePoint 2010 farm inventories. In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates how to use PowerShell cmdlets to create a farm inventory; before reviewing the source farm's content and service applications from within SharePoint 2010.
-
Creating Secure Store Target Applications
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran demonstrates how to configure a Secure Store Target Application in SharePoint.
-
Creating the App Catalog
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies on which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner explains the purpose of an App Catalog.
-
Deploying Apps in SharePoint Server 2013 on Premises I
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies on which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates key steps in deploying apps in SharePoint.
-
Deploying Apps in SharePoint Server 2013 on Premises II
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies on which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates key steps in deploying apps in SharePoint.
-
Deploying Apps in SharePoint Server 2013 on Premises III
In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates how to add an app from the SharePoint app store.
-
Deploying Apps in SharePoint Server 2013 on Premises IV
In this video; Tim Warner explains how a SharePoint app developed in Visual Studio can be deployed.
-
Deploying Apps in SharePoint Server 2013 on Premises V
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies on which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates key steps in deploying apps in SharePoint.
-
Deploying Farm Solutions
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner explains how to deploy farm solutions in SharePoint.
-
Deploying SharePoint Features
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner explores how to deploy a SharePoint feature.
-
Deploying the Secure Store Service
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner explains how to deploy the Secure Store service application in SharePoint Server 2013.
-
Distributed Cache Management
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows administrators to manage the Distributed Cache service; enabled by default; to provide caching functionality for key SharePoint features. In this video; Jacob Moran demonstrates how to prevent registering a server as a distributed cache host; and how to stop; remove; and add an instance of a Distributed Cache service using PowerShell cmdlets.
-
eDiscovery Center
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. eDiscovery is the process of searching for and exporting electronic information that can be used as evidence. In this video; Jacob Moran discusses the eDiscovery Center in SharePoint 2013.
-
Evaluation Site Collection Upgrades
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows site collection administrators (SCAs) to create evaluation site collections to let users become familiar with the new interface. These site collections are destroyed after the trial period and any data is lost. You can restrict SCAs from creating evaluation sites by leveraging PowerShell. In this video; Tim Warner discusses site collection upgrades.
-
External Content Types
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran demonstrates how to create external content types that enable users to work with external data from inside SharePoint sites.
-
Federating SharePoint Service Applications Examined
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner provides a demonstration of federating SharePoint service applications on SharePoint 70-332.
-
File Backups
File-based backups need to be included in your Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 disaster and recovery plan to allow files outside of the back-end databases; such as certificates and customization packages; to be accounted for in your backup. In this video; Jacob Moran demonstrates the need for file-based backups.
-
Getting Sandboxed Solutions Running
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner describes the process to get sandbox solutions running and explains sandbox quotas.
-
High Availability in SharePoint 2013
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can ensure that sites are functioning correctly and have adequate availability or uptime. In this video; Jacob Moran demonstrates how to ensure high availability by managing network uptime; minimizing failures; and understanding the importance of network infrastructure.
-
How SharePoint Federation Works
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner will explain how federation works in a SharePoint service application.
-
Implementing Farm Solutions
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner deploys a farm solution in SharePoint 2013.
-
Implementing Sandboxed Solutions
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner shows how sandboxed code works in SharePoint Server 2013.
-
Implementing SharePoint Service Application Federation
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends.In this video; Tim Warner will explain how to implement SharePoint service application federation.
-
Index Freshness
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran discusses how to achieve index freshness on SharePoint.
-
Investigating Project Server 2013
Microsoft SharePoint provides enterprise-level Web technologies for Intranet; document; and file management. In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates how to install Project Server 2013 to a SharePoint farm.
-
Large Document Repositories
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran discusses large document repositories in SharePoint 2013.
-
Live Migration
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 supports the Hyper-V live migration feature that allows administrators to move virtual machines (VMs) between clustered and non-clustered servers without noticeable service interruption. In this video; Jacob Moran demonstrates how virtualization and live migration provide high availability in the SharePoint 2013 environment.
-
Managing and Monitoring SharePoint Apps
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies on which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner describes the day-to-day administration of SharePoint apps.
-
Managing Farm Solutions
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner highlights management tasks performed over the lifecycle of a farm solution in SharePoint.
-
Microsoft Best Practices for SharePoint Upgrade
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows for the implementation of Microsoft best practices when upgrading from SharePoint 2010. In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates Microsoft best practices and how they ensure a virtually flawless upgrade process across the enterprise.
-
My Sites
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran demonstrates aspects of managing the My Sites and user profile environments.
-
New Service Applications in SharePoint Server 2013
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner discusses new server applications in SharePoint Server 2013.
-
Non-Production Environment Content Refresh
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can perform a development refresh in a non-production environment. Other scenarios include restoring only configuration or service application data; or restoring content from a SQL back up. In this video; Jacob Moran describes several restore scenarios in SharePoint.
-
Office Web Apps 2013
Microsoft SharePoint provides enterprise-level Web technologies for Intranet; document; and file management. In this video; Tim Warner discusses Microsoft Office Online Web Apps.
-
Office Web Apps 2013 Deployment Overview
Microsoft SharePoint provides enterprise-level Web technologies for Intranet; document; and file management. In this video; Tim Warner discusses installing Office Web Apps 2013 for SharePoint.
-
PerformancePoint
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran describes the SharePoint business intelligence tool PerformancePoint.
-
PerformancePoint Examined
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran demonstrates how to configure the PerformancePoint Service Application in SharePoint.
-
Plan for Network Redundancy
As part of a high-availability plan for Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; network redundancy allows the SharePoint farm to remain up and running even if a particular link goes down. In this video; Jacob Moran discusses the components that safeguard the primary system from potential failure in a redundant network.
-
Plan for Search Service Instance Distribution
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to configure search service applications across multiple servers; improving the ability to crawl and index content and return search results to users efficiently in a highly available environment. In this video; Jacob Moran demonstrates the main search service components and how they can be distributed across multiple servers as part of a high-availability plan.
-
Plan for Server Load Balancing I
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 supports load balancing as part of a high-availability plan to direct traffic across multiple front-end servers and improve performance and resilience for users connecting to the SharePoint farm. In this video; Jacob Moran discusses the concept of Network Load Balancing (NLB); Hardware Load Balancers; and software load balancing with DNS round robin.
-
Plan for Server Load Balancing II
Window Server Network Load Balancing (NLB) enhances server reliability in a Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 environment through NLB clusters. In this video; Jacob Moran discusses the advantages of NLB over DNS round robin and how to achieve optimal software load balancing capabilities using NLB clusters.
-
Planning SQL Log Shipping for SharePoint III
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can use log shipping to create a duplicate of a SQL database. During sog shipping; a database backup is initialized on a primary server and restored on a secondary server. In this video; Jacob Moran demonstrates how to initialize a primary server and define the backup settings to keep the secondary server's copy updated.
-
Plan for Server Load Balancing III
When planning for high availability; the Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 Request Manager provides load balancing features that route incoming requests and improve performance. In this video; Jacob Moran demonstrates the tasks performed by the Request Manager; and how to manage routing and throttling using the Windows PowerShell ISE.
-
Plan for Service Distribution
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 provides service roles that can be configured and distributed across several servers for a robust and highly available solution. In this video; Jacob Moran demonstrates how Web Front End (WFE); search; and application servers can be distributed across a SharePoint 2013 enterprise farm in a high-availability farm.
-
Plan for Service Instance Configuration
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to configure services and deploy service applications across multiple SharePoint farm servers when preparing a highly available and resilient solution. In this video; Jacob Moran demonstrates how to configure a service; enabling it across multiple SharePoint servers; and using application pools; as well as manage services in Central Administration.
-
Planning a Service Application Architecture I
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner discusses and demonstrates the Farm Configuration Wizard.
-
Planning a Service Application Architecture II
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner reviews options available when managing service applications.
-
Planning a Service Application Architecture III
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner explores using Windows PowerShell to create service applications.
-
Planning a Service Application Topology
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner sums up some best practices for planning and deploying service applications.
-
Planning a SQL AlwaysOn Availability Groups for SharePoint
In SQL Server 2012; AlwaysOn Availability Groups define a set of databases that failover together as a single object from a primary replica to a secondary replica. In this video; Jacob Moran discusses the principles; application; and configuration options of AlwaysOn Availability Groups in SQL Server 2012.
-
Planning Activity Feeds
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran demonstrates the use of activity feeds on SharePoint.
-
Planning Communities I
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran discusses Community Sites on SharePoint and demonstrates some of its features.
-
Planning Communities II
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran demonstrates features of community sites environments in SharePoint.
-
Planning My Sites
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran discusses managing personalized space within a SharePoint environment.
-
Planning Result Sources
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran planning result sources in SharePoint.
-
Planning SQL Clustering for SharePoint 2013
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; Windows Server Failover Clustering (WSFC) is used to ensure high availability. In a SQL cluster; when the active node in the cluster goes down; the next node in the cluster becomes active; ensuring availability for clients. In this video; Jacob Moran demonstrates how SQL clustering works.
-
Planning SQL Log Shipping for SharePoint I
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; the log shipping feature provides SQL server backup functionality for use in database recovery. In this video; Jacob Moran demonstrates the principles and application of log shipping.
-
Planning SQL Log Shipping for SharePoint II
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; the Log Shipping feature provides SQL server backup functionality for use in database recovery. In this video; Jacob Moran demonstrates how to manage Log Shipping configuration using Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio.
-
Preparing DNS for Apps
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies on which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner explains how to prepare DNS for SharePoint apps.
-
Preparing the Farm for Apps
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies on which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner describes how to prepare a farm for SharePoint apps.
-
Pre-Upgrade Tasks
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013's upgrade process requires the back up of SharePoint 2010 content and service application databases. In this video; Tim Warner uses SQL Server Management Studio and PowerShell to back up SharePoint Server 2010 databases to a new SharePoint 2013 SQL Server instance.
-
Product Catalog and Topic Pages
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran explains cross-site publishing.
-
Product Catalog and Topic Pages Examined
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. Planning and configuring product catalogs and topic pages SharePoint allows for a library or list to be designated as a catalog. In this video; Jacob Moran introduces product catalog and topic pages in SharePoint 2013.
-
Profiles I
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; when enabling Active Directory profile synchronization; you start by granting permissions to the Profile service account and then creating a synchronization connection. In this video; Jacob Moran demonstrates how to set up synchronization for the User Profile service.
-
Profiles II
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can configure synchronization settings for the User Profile Service application. You can set one-way or two-way synchronization; schedule the synchronization; and edit the user properties. In this video; Jacob Moran demonstrates how to configure the synchronization settings for the Profile Service.
-
Project Server 2013 Deployment Notes
Microsoft SharePoint provides enterprise-level Web technologies for Intranet; document; and file management. In this video; Tim Warner discusses deploying Project Server 2013 for SharePoint.
-
Publishing a Service Application
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner discusses publishing a service application on SharePoint 70-332.
-
Record Disposition and Retention
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran discusses record definition and retention in SharePoint 2013.
-
Recovery Strategies
There are several recovery strategies available in Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013. The strategy you use depends on the scope of the backup – ranging from restoring a document for an end user or an entire site collection. In this video; Jacob Moran demonstrates various restore strategies in SharePoint Server.
-
Relevancy via Dictionaries
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran explains how administrators can manage search relevance in SharePoint.
-
Relevancy via Promotion
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran explains how to improve search relavancy through promotion of content in SharePoint.
-
Reporting Services
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran explains the reporting services available through SharePoint.
-
Restoring Databases into SQL Server
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you are able to restore databases into SQL Server using SQL Server Management Studio. This is the main GUI administrative tool for the SQL Server Relational Database tool. You can also perform the restore using PowerShell or Transact-SQL. In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates how to restore a database into SQL Server.
-
Routing Examined
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. The Records Center is a central repository in which an organization can store and manage all of its records. In this video; Jacob Moran provides an overview of the of the functioning Records Center in SharePoint 2013.
-
Search Analytics
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran explains how Search Analytics can be used by administrators.
-
Search Analytics Reports
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran explains how analytics impact search ranking.
-
Search Relevancy
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran explains how to use company name values and custom entity extractors in SharePoint to return content in a search.
-
Search Result Sources
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran demonstrates how searching can be optimized using result sources in SharePoint.
-
Search Schemas
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran discusses how search schema can be managed at the search application or site collection level.
-
Search Support
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran explores how the search function works in the SharePoint Business Connectivity Services (BCS) environment.
-
Search UI and Display Templates
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran uses the Basic and Enterprise search centers and explains display templates in SharePoint.
-
Service Application Communications
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner discusses how service application communicates.
-
Service Application Components
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner discusses elements of a service application.
-
Service Applications
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can use PowerShell to create service applications. This is a type of plugin that provides additional functionality that can be used throughout your farm. In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates how to create a service application using SPWebApplication.
-
Service Applications Deprecated in SharePoint Server 2013
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner discusses deprecated service applications in SharePoint Server 2013.
-
Service Applications That Can Be Migrated
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013's database attach method allows the upgrade of multiple core SharePoint 2010 service applications. In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates the core SharePoint 2010 service applications that can be upgraded to SharePoint 2013 using the database attach method.
-
Setting Credentials of a Target Application
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran sets the credentials for a Secure Store Target Application in Secure Store in SharePoint.
-
SharePoint and SQL Backups
You can back up and restore data for disaster and recovery using Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 and SQL backups. In this video; Jacob Moran discusses how SharePoint backups display the SharePoint boundaries; namely site collections; Web applications; and libraries; whereas SQL log file backups enable recovery up to the last good transaction.
-
SharePoint Backups
You need to be familiar with best practices for performing backups in Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013. In this video; Jacob Moran demonstrates how you can back up at the farm level or the granular level – for example; backing up only a site collection – and can also use PowerShell cmdlets to perform backups.
-
SharePoint Disaster Recovery Planning
You need to have a disaster and recovery plan in place for Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013. Your plan needs to take into consideration the effects of loss of data and service on your organization and how soon you need to have the system back up and running. In this video; Jacob Moran discusses considerations for disaster and recovery in SharePoint.
-
SharePoint Features
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner explores the use of features to personalize SharePoint.
-
SharePoint Integration
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies on which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner explains the advantages of Office 365.
-
SharePoint Server 2013 Integration with Exchange Server 2013
Microsoft SharePoint provides enterprise-level Web technologies for Intranet; document; and file management. In this video; Tim Warner discusses SharePoint Server 2013's integration with Exchange Server 2013.
-
Site Collection Evaluation and Pre-Upgrade Checks
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to upgrade site collections from 2010 to 2013. In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates how to upgrade a site collection and perform health checks to determine if there are any problems; as well as review the status of the upgrade process.
-
Site Collection Pre-Upgrade Checks
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 supports the ability to locate site collection upgrade problems when migrating from 2010 to 2013; including missing site templates and missing language pack references. In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates how to run the upgrade check via the Site Settings page or Windows PowerShell.
-
Site Collection Upgrade Queueing
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to queue site collections for upgrade to avoid multiple simultaneous upgrades. This helps you avoid issues such as reduced performance and bottlenecks. In this video; Tim Warner uses PowerShell to create upgrade queues; review the progress of the queue; or remove an object from the queue.
-
Site Collection Upgrade Throttling
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can control how upgrades are performed for your site collection or farm. In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates how to manage site collection upgrade throttling for web apps and sites.
-
Social Permissions
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran demonstrates changing user permissions in the User Profile service application.
-
SQL Login Consistency
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; duplicate copies of the database are housed on multiple servers. To enable failover to a duplicate or mirrored copy of a database; user logins and permissions need to be consistently defined on all mirrored copies of the server. In this video; Jacob Moran discusses the need for consistent logins across SQL databases.
-
Storage Redundancy
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can increase the availability of your data by making your data storage solution more redundant. In this video; Jacob Moran demonstrates how to configure and implement storage redundancy in SharePoint Server; and examines different versions of RAID.
-
Supported Upgrade Paths
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 supports parallel database-attach upgrades only from versions of SharePoint Server 2010. In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates the two-step upgrade required by users of Microsoft Office SharePoint Server (MOSS) 2007 and Windows SharePoint Service (WSS) 3.0.
-
The Secure Store
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran explains how to set up the Secure Store Service in SharePoint.
-
The Secure Store Application
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner will explain how to access the Secure Store service application.
-
The Secure Store Service Application
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. Secure Store is a SharePoint Server 2013 feature that maps user credentials to stored external credentials to allow a user secure access to external data. In this video; Tim Warner explains the uses of the Secure Store service application.
-
The Service Application Model in SharePoint Server 2013
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner discusses the advantages of the Service Application Model in SharePoint Server 2013.
-
The Shared Services Provider in SharePoint 2007
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner explains the disadvantages of MOSS (Microsoft Office SharePoint Server) 2007 Shared Service Provider (SSP).
-
The Upgrade Process
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows for a five-step; best-practice process when upgrading from SharePoint 2010. In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates the four-step upgrade process performed by server farm administrators; as well as the fifth; carried out by site collection administrators and site owners.
-
Troubleshooting Upgrade
When migrating a farm to Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you may experience problems. For instance; a certain customization has caused an unexpected error. One solution would be to roll back the environment to 2010; or you can resolve the problem by accessing error log files and identifying the problem. In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates troubleshooting an upgrade.
-
Types of SharePoint Apps
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies on which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner distinguishes between different types of SharePoint apps.
-
Understanding the SharePoint App Architecture
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner discusses SharePoint apps.
-
Understanding the Site Collection Upgrade Process
By default; Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 includes the full SharePoint 2010 user experience to help users adjust to the migration. You need to determine the amount of time you want to run SharePoint 2010 before upgrading to 2013. To assist with the changeover; you can deploy evaluation site collections. In this video; Tim Warner discusses the site collection upgrade process.
-
Upgrade Shock?
The launch of Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 led to what is referred to as upgrade shock for users migrating from SharePoint 2010. This simply refers to the change users experience when moving to the 2013 interface. In this video; Tim Warner discusses upgrade shock and some of the similarities between SharePoint 2010 and SharePoint 2013.
-
Upgrading Content Databases
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows migrated SharePoint Server 2010 content databases to be upgraded. In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates how to recreate a migrated content database's managed paths; quotas; and web application policies to match its 2010 farm environment.
-
Using BCS I
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. SharePoint Designer 2013 provides tools to customize Windows SharePoint Services sites. In this video; Tim Warner will explain how to leverage Business Connectivity Services by using SharePoint Designer.
-
Using BCS II
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner explains how to use SharePoint Designer to set permissions and properties for Business Connectivity Services.
-
Using SQL Aliases
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; the use of aliases allows for simplified server connections which include the connection string components. In this video; Jacob Moran demonstrates the principles and application of aliases.
-
Using Windows PowerShell to Upgrade the Content Databases
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows a SharePoint Server 2010 content database to be upgraded using Windows PowerShell cmdlets. In this video; Tim Warner uses two Windows PowerShell cmdlets to isolate database migration issues before attaching it to the SharePoint Server 2013 Web application.
-
Verifying Site Collection Upgrades
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can manage how site collection upgrades are performed and verify that sites are functioning correctly once changes have been made. In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates how to manage site collection upgrades using the GUI and PowerShell.
-
Verifying the Upgrade
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can view the upgrade status of all farm databases using PowerShell or Central Administration. Once a database has been successfully created; it can be mounted on a web application using the Mount-SPContentDatabase cmdlet. In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates how to verify database upgrades.
-
Viewing the Log Files
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 supports various upgrade and migration options; such as managing database settings and reviewing the upgrade status. You can also access the log files for an installation. In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates how to perform simple troubleshooting by viewing these logs using the ULS Viewer tool.
-
What are Sandbox Solutions?
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner discusses the advantages of sandbox solutions and how they differ from farm solutions.
-
What Does "Database Attach Upgrade" Mean?
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013's database-attach method allows you to upgrade SharePoint 2010 content and service application databases to a new SharePoint 2013 SQL Server farm environment. In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates the step-by-step backup-restore process used by SharePoint 2013's database-attach method.
-
What is ECM?
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. Microsoft has enhanced enterprise content management (ECM) in a number of key areas. In this video; Jacob Moran explains what ECM is and why it's so important in SharePoint 2013.
-
What is New in Upgrade for SharePoint Server 2013?
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013's upgrade features include a database-attach method for SharePoint 2010 content and service application databases; allowing independent site upgrades by site collection owners. In this video; Tim Warner discusses the migration of SharePoint 2010 databases to a new SharePoint 2013 farm.
-
What is Project Server 2013?
Microsoft SharePoint provides enterprise-level Web technologies for Intranet; document; and file management. In this video; Tim Warner discusses Project Server 2013 for SharePoint.
-
What is WCM?
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran explains what Web content management is.
-
Why Federate?
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Tim Warner reviews the advantages of using Federation to make service applications available across farm boundaries.
-
Planning SQL Mirroring for SharePoint
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to use SQL mirroring to create and maintain a duplicate SQL database in case of database failure. In this video; Jacob Moran demonstrates how to mirror a content database to another server.
-
Planning Touch Points in the SharePoint Upgrade Process
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows for the high-level communication of all aspects of the SharePoint 2013 upgrade process; across the enterprise. In this video; Tim Warner demonstrates a six-step; business-language communication plan that maps to the SharePoint 2013 upgrade process's technical implementation.
-
Planning User Profiles
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; the User Profile service allows you to define attributes for users or to import the attributes from a data source; such as Active Directory. In addition; users can update their user profiles in SharePoint. In this video; Jacob Moran discusses the considerations for planning SharePoint user profiles and connections.
-
PowerPivot
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran explores the SharePoint business intelligence tool – PowerPivot.
-
Exploring Document Library Accessibilities
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the new document library accessibility improvments in SharePoint Server 2016.
-
Exploring Enhanced Controls in Document Libraries
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize enhanced controls in document libraries.
-
Exploring Limits and Boundaries
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the new limits and boundaries in SharePoint Server 2016.
-
Exploring List Column Indices and Site Creation
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the automatic list column indices and the quick site creation features.
-
Exploring New Compliance Features
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the new compliance features including the document deletion policy and the in-place hold policy.
-
Exploring New Key Features of
After watching this video; you will be able to identify new features including durable links; mobile user interface; and hybrid configuration wizard.
-
Exploring Special Character and ODF Support
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the new special character supported and the available open document format available in document libraries.
-
Exploring Synchronization Settings and PWA
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the improvement with bidirectional sync with active directory and that Project Server 2016 is now included in the SharePoint install.
-
Exploring the Hybrid Sites Feature
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize what the hybrid sites features is and its functionality.
-
Exploring the Preview and Site Folder View Features
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the image; video preview; and folder view features in SharePoint Server 2016.
-
Exploring the Recycle Bin and Zero Downtime Features
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the recycle bin feature in team sites and OneDrive and the zero downtime patching capabilities.
-
Exploring the Interface
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the SharePoint Server 2016 interface options.
-
Exploring the Sharing Feature
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the improved sharing feature and view information on who has access to the site that has been shared.
-
Identifying Document Library Features
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize new document library features including the file plan report documents and the ability to change enterprise metadata and keywords settings.
-
Identifying Installation and Configuration Options
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the new installation and configuration enhancements including the new role-based configuration wizard and the ability to determine if servers or services are compliant.
-
Identifying the Hybrid Options
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the new hybrid configuration wizard; the configure hybrid OneDrive; and the site features option in SharePoint Server 2016.
-
Version Control with Git
After watching this video; you will be able to implement version control for Universal Windows apps with Git as part of an application lifecycle management (ALM) strategy.
-
Version Control with TFVC
After watching this video; you will be able to implement version control for Universal Windows apps with Microsoft Team Foundation Version Control (TFVC) as part of an application lifecycle management (ALM) strategy.
-
Visual Studio Features
After watching this video; you will be able to navigate and describe the features in Visual Studio 2015 available for developing Universal Windows apps.
-
Writing Adaptive Code
After watching this video; you will be able to reference required APIs and use the ApiInformation class to write adaptive code for Universal Windows apps.
-
Implementing Image Controls
After watching this video; you will be able to implement XAML Image controls in Universal Windows apps.
-
Implementing Lists
After watching this video; you will be able to implement phased rendering of lists using XAML controls in Universal Windows apps.
-
Animated Transformations
After watching this video; you will be able to configure an animated transform to an element in a Windows Store app.
-
Animating Fades
After watching this video; you will be able to use the animations library to apply fade animations in a Windows Store app.
-
Animating for Repositioning
After watching this video; you will be able to use the animations library to animate for repositioning within Universal Windows apps.
-
Animating Pointers
After watching this video; you will be able to use the animations library to animate pointers within Universal Windows apps.
-
Animating Pop-ins
After watching this video; you will be able to use the animations library to apply animated pop-ins within Universal Windows apps.
-
Animating Swipes
After watching this video; you will be able to use the animations library to apply animated swipes within Universal Windows apps.
-
Animations for Visual States
After watching this video; you will be able to use Storyboarded animations to configure visual states that are triggered by changes to a control's state.
-
Applying Content Transitions
After watching this video; you will be able to apply transitions to elements in Universal Windows apps.
-
Applying Page Transitions
After watching this video; you will be able to apply page transitions in Universal Windows apps.
-
Automated Team Builds
After watching this video; you will be able to implement automated team builds using Microsoft TFS for Universal Windows LOB apps.
-
Automated Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to implement automated tests for Universal Windows LOB apps using Microsoft Test Manager.
-
Code Reviews and Peer Feedback
After watching this video; you will be able to implement team collaboration for the development of Universal Windows apps by implementing code reviews and peer feedback.
-
Consuming a WinRT Component
After watching this video; you will be able to consume a WinRT component in a universal Windows app.
-
Data Binding a Custom Data Source
In Windows Store apps; when you create a custom class for data binding; you need to make sure that the class implements the INotifyPropertyChanged interface to properly update the class changes in the bound control. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to set up a custom class for data binding.
-
Data Binding Basics
In C#; you can use the data binding feature to keep your interface in sync with the data models. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates the basics of data binding in the Windows Store Apps.
-
Data Binding Using Type Conversions
When you create your Windows Store apps using C#; you can use a Converter along with your data binding to transform your data before it is displayed. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to perform data binding by using type converters.
-
Data Binding with Collections
In Windows Store apps; you can use GridView and ListView to display lists of items and if those items are stored in a collection type; you can display them easily in your controls by using data binding. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to bind controls to collections.
-
Displaying Collections
After watching this video; you will be able to implement controls such as ListView; GridView; and ItemsControls to display groups of items in a Universal Windows app.
-
Edge UI Animations
After watching this video; you will be able to use edge UI animations to display or hide UI starting at the edge in Universal Windows apps.
-
Exercise: Creating a Navigation Structure
After watching this video; you will be able to practice creating a hierarchical navigation structure for a universal Windows app.
-
Exercise: Working with Controls
After watching this video; you will be able to practice implementing controls including a WinRT control in a universal Windows apps.
-
Exploratory Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to implement exploratory tests for Universal Windows LOB apps using Microsoft Test Manager.
-
Getting Familiar with Data Controls
After watching this video; you will be able to use some of the WinRT controls.
-
Identifying Tools and Technologies
After watching this video; you will be able to specify the tools and technologies including the source control method as part of the design specification for a Universal Windows Mobile line-of-business app.
-
Implementing a Custom Control
After watching this video; you will be able to use a base control to create a custom control template in a Windows Store app.
-
Using the Slider Control
After watching this video; you will be able to implement the Slider control in Universal Windows apps.
-
Using the WebView Control
In C#; you can use the WebView control to load web contents into apps. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to work with the WebView control in our Windows Store Apps.
-
Implementing Themes
After watching this video; you will be able to implement themes in Universal Windows apps.
-
Implementing XAML Controls
After watching this video; you will be able to implement XAML controls for displaying and editing text within a Universal Windows app.
-
Introducing Universal Windows Apps
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the principles and features of Microsoft Universal Windows apps.
-
Introduction to Animations
After watching this video; you will be able to learn about animations and their use in Universal Windows apps.
-
Key-frame Animations
After watching this video; you will be able to apply key-frame animations in Universal Windows apps.
-
Localization; Testing Requirements
After watching this video; you will be able to specify performance; security; concurrency; and testing requirements; as well as use cases.
-
Product Backlog Management
After watching this video; you will be able to implement team collaboration by implementing product backlog management for the development of Universal Windows apps.
-
Requirements and Architecture
After watching this video; you will be able to specify quality attributes and related apps and ecosystems as part of the design specification for a Universal Windows universal app.
-
Responding to Windowing Modes
After watching this video; you will be able to configure control template to respond to changing windowing modes in a Windows Store app.
-
Responsive Design
After watching this video; you will be able to identify responsive design techniques for Universal Windows apps.
-
Sprint Planning
After watching this video; you will be able to implement team collaboration by implementing sprint completion; storyboarding; code reviews; peer review feedback; backlog management; and automated team builds.
-
Storyboarded Animations
After watching this video; you will be able to create Storyboarded animations in Universal Windows apps.
-
Styling a Custom Control
After watching this video; you will be able to style a custom control using the control template in a Windows Store app.
-
Styling Controls
After watching this video; you will be able to implement styling XAML controls within an Universal Windows app.
-
Supporting Win32 APIs
After watching this video; you will be able to link a universal Windows app to Windowsapp.lib to support access to Win32 APIs from WinRT components written in C.
-
Tracking Progress
After watching this video; you will be able to track development progress of Universal Windows LOB apps against milestones.
-
UI Design
After watching this video; you will be able to design UI for a mobile Universal Windows LOB app based on UI patterns.
-
Using Data Templates
After watching this video; you will be able to use data templates in Universal Windows apps.
-
Using Drag and Drop
After watching this video; you will be able to use Drag animations to drag and drop items in Universal Windows apps.
-
Using List Animations
After watching this video; you will be able to use list animations to add and delete items in Universal Windows apps.
-
Using Progress Controls
After watching this video; you will be able to implement progress controls including ProgressBar and ProgressRing in Universal Windows apps.
-
Using the HyperlinkButton Control
After watching this video; you will be able to use the HyperlinkButton control in Universal Windows apps.
-
Implementing Date/Time Controls
After watching this video; you will be able to implement XAML date/time controls such as CalendarView and CalendarDatePicker in universal Windows apps.
-
Implementing Flyouts
After watching this video; you will be able to implement flyouts in a Universal Windows app.
-
Using the Pivot Control
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Pivot control to navigate elements in a Universal Windows app.
-
Using Toggle Switch Controls
After watching this video; you will be able to implement XAML toggle switch controls in Universal Windows apps.
-
Using Tooltips
After watching this video; you will be able to use tooltips in Universal Windows apps.
-
Implementing Basic XAML Controls
After watching this video; you will be able to introduce XAML controls and implement basic XAML selection controls within a Universal Windows app.
-
Implementing Command Buttons
After watching this video; you will be able to implement command buttons in a Universal Windows app.
-
Implementing Context Menus
After watching this video; you will be able to implement context menus in a Universal Windows app.
-
Implementing Custom App Bars
After watching this video; you will be able to implement custom app bars in a Universal Windows app.
-
Implementing Message Dialogs
After watching this video; you will be able to implement message dialogs in a Universal Windows app.
-
Implementing the AppBar Control
After watching this video; you will be able to use the AppBar control in a Universal Windows app.
-
Enhancing Presentation
After watching this video; you will be able to practice adding styles; themes; and animations to a universal Windows app.
-
Additional Windows Protections
After watching this video; you will be able to describe additional Windows protections.
-
Advanced Permissions
After watching this video; you will be able to describe advanced permissions.
-
AppCompat
After watching this video; you will be able to describe AppCompat.
-
Application Delivery Options
After watching this video; you will be able to describe IEEE standards for enabling FCoE.
-
Application Delivery Options Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe FCoE protocol transporting options.
-
AppLocker Policies
After watching this video; you will be able to configure AppLocker policies.
-
Are You Secure?
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to know if a device is secure.
-
Basic or Dynamic
After watching this video; you will be able to compare basic or dynamic disks.
-
BitLocker and Device Encryption
After watching this video; you will be able to compare BitLocker and device encryption.
-
BitLocker Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe BitLocker.
-
Boot Time Threats
After watching this video; you will be able to describe boot time threats.
-
Built-in Management Features
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the built-in management features.
-
Certificate-based Authentication
After watching this video; you will be able to describe certificate-based authentication.
-
Characteristics of Universal Apps
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the characteristics of universal apps.
-
Combining NTFS and Share Permissions
After watching this video; you will be able to describe combine NTFS and share permissions.
-
Common Fixes in AppCompat
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the common fixes in AppCompat.
-
Conditional Access
After watching this video; you will be able to describe conditional access.
-
Configuration Stages for Windows Hello
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the configuration stages for Windows Hello.
-
Configure Cloud Accounts
After watching this video; you will be able to configure cloud accounts.
-
Configure Connection Security Rules
After watching this video; you will be able to configure connection security rules.
-
Configure Device Settings
After watching this video; you will be able to configure device settings.
-
Configure Domain Accounts
After watching this video; you will be able to configure domain accounts.
-
Configure Ethernet Adapter
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Ethernet adapter.
-
Configure Homegroup
After watching this video; you will be able to configure HomeGroup.
-
Configure Local User and Microsoft Accounts
After watching this video; you will be able to configure local user and Microsoft accounts.
-
Configure Mobile Broadband
After watching this video; you will be able to configure mobile broadband.
-
Configure Name Resolution
After watching this video; you will be able to configure name resolution.
-
Configure Network Isolation Rules
After watching this video; you will be able to configure network isolation rules.
-
Configure Remote Desktop Connections
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Remote Desktop Connections.
-
Configure Shared Folders
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Shared Folders.
-
Configure Sign-in Options
After watching this video; you will be able to configure sign-in options.
-
Configure Virtual Networking
After watching this video; you will be able to configure virtual networking.
-
Configure Virtual SmartCards
After watching this video; you will be able to configure virtual SmartCards.
-
Configure Virtual Storage
After watching this video; you will be able to configure virtual storage.
-
Configure VPN Settings
After watching this video; you will be able to configure VPN settings.
-
Configure WiFi
After watching this video; you will be able to configure WiFi.
-
Configure Windows Hello
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Windows hello.
-
Configuring BitLocker
After watching this video; you will be able to configure BitLocker.
-
Configuring Microsoft Intune
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Microsoft Intune.
-
Continuum
After watching this video; you will be able to implement Continuum.
-
Cortana
After watching this video; you will be able to implement Cortana.
-
Countermeasures
After watching this video; you will be able to describe countermeasures.
-
Create an Answer File
After watching this video; you will be able to implement creating an answer file.
-
Create and Apply Provisioning Packages
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to create and apply provisioning packages.
-
Create Custom Image
After watching this video; you will be able to implement creating a custom image.
-
Create Reference Computer
After watching this video; you will be able to implement creating a reference computer.
-
Create Virtual Machine
After watching this video; you will be able to implement creating a virtual machine.
-
Create WinPE
After watching this video; you will be able to implement creating WinPE.
-
Data Protection in
After watching this video; you will be able to describe data protection in Windows 10.
-
Deploy Custom Image
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to deploy a custom image.
-
Deployment Considerations
After watching this video; you will be able to describe deployment considerations.
-
Deployment Options
After watching this video; you will be able to describe deployment options.
-
Desktop Apps
After watching this video; you will be able to describe iSCSI protocol.
-
Determine Readiness
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to determine readiness.
-
Device Guard
After watching this video; you will be able to describe device guard.
-
DirectAccess Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe DirectAccess.
-
Disk Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe disk overview and storage options.
-
Display Technologies
After watching this video; you will be able to describe display technologies.
-
Driver Signing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe driver signing.
-
Enable Hyper-V
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Hyper-V.
-
Enable Workplace Join
After watching this video; you will be able to implement Workplace Join.
-
Example of an Attack
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the examples of an attack.
-
Explaining EFS
After watching this video; you will be able to describe encrypted file system.
-
Features of WAF
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features of WAF.
-
File History & Backup
After watching this video; you will be able to describe file history and backup.
-
File History and Backup
After watching this video; you will be able to describe File History and backup.
-
Folder Redirection
After watching this video; you will be able to describe folder redirection.
-
Form Factors
After watching this video; you will be able to describe form factors.
-
Hardware Technologies
After watching this video; you will be able to describe hardware technologies.
-
How Access Tokens Work
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how access tokens work.
-
How App-V Works
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how App-V works.
-
How Azure RemoteApp Works
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how Azure RemoteApp works.
-
How Business Store Works
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how the business store works.
-
How Certificate-based Authentication Works
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how certificate-based authentication works.
-
How Device Guard Works
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how device guard works.
-
How DNS Works
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how DNS works.
-
How Do I Manage ?
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to manage Windows 10.
-
How Do I Personalize ?
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to personalize Windows 10.
-
How Intune Works
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how Intune works.
-
How IPv4 Addresses Are Assigned
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how IPv4 addresses are assigned.
-
How Kerberos Works
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how Kerberos works.
-
How Login Works
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how login works.
-
How Microsoft Passport Works
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how Microsoft Passport works.
-
How Policies Are Applied
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how policies are applied.
-
How Servicing Branches Work
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how servicing branches work.
-
How Sharing Works
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how sharing works.
-
How UAC Works
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how UAC works.
-
How Upgrade Works – Concerns
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the concern for upgrading.
-
How Upgrade Works – Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the methods for upgrading.
-
How Provisioning Works
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how Windows 10 provisioning works.
-
How Windows Stays Up to Date
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how Windows stays up to date.
-
Hyper-V Explained
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Hyper-V.
-
IE 11 Compatibility
After watching this video; you will be able to describe IE 11 compatibility.
-
Install Components
After watching this video; you will be able to implement installing components.
-
Install Device Drivers
After watching this video; you will be able to implement installing device drivers.
-
Installing Windows Apps
After watching this video; you will be able to implement installing Windows apps.
-
Line-of-Business Apps
After watching this video; you will be able to describe line-of-business apps.
-
Manage Virtual Machine
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to manage a virtual machine.
-
Management Models Compared
After watching this video; you will be able to compare management models.
-
Managing Apps Locally and in the Enterprise
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to manage apps locally and in the enterprise.
-
Managing Windows Apps
After watching this video; you will be able to manage Windows apps.
-
MBAM
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Microsoft BitLocker administration and monitoring.
-
MBR or GPT
After watching this video; you will be able to compare MBR or GPT.
-
MDT Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe MDT.
-
Microsoft Passport and VSM
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Microsoft Passport and VSM.
-
Microsoft Passport Considerations
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Microsoft Passport considerations.
-
Mobile Data Access
After watching this video; you will be able to describe mobile data access.
-
Monitor Connection Security Rules
After watching this video; you will be able to describe monitor connection security rules.
-
Monitoring Tools
After watching this video; you will be able to describe monitoring tools.
-
More Personal Computing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe more personal computing.
-
Multiple Local Group Policies
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Multiple Local Group Policies.
-
Multiple Store Surfaces
After watching this video; you will be able to compare store surfaces.
-
Multitasking and Windows Explorer
After watching this video; you will be able to describe multitasking and Windows Explorer.
-
Name Resolution Explained
After watching this video; you will be able to describe name resolution.
-
Native VHD Boot
After watching this video; you will be able to describe native VHD boot.
-
Network Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the network.
-
Network Packets and Addresses
After watching this video; you will be able to describe network packets and addresses.
-
New Connections
After watching this video; you will be able to describe new connections.
-
New Features in Windows Defender
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the new features in Windows defender.
-
New Form Factors
After watching this video; you will be able to describe new form factors.
-
New Universal Windows Application Platform
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the new universal Windows application platform.
-
Office 365 and Intune
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Office 365 and Intune.
-
Offline Files
After watching this video; you will be able to describe offline files.
-
One Windows
After watching this video; you will be able to describe one Windows.
-
OneDrive and Shared Folders
After watching this video; you will be able to compare OneDrive and shared folders.
-
OneGet
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the iSCSI concept.
-
Optimize
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to optimize Windows 10.
-
Optimizing Best Practices
After watching this video; you will be able to describe optimizing best practices.
-
Optimizing Tools
After watching this video; you will be able to describe optimizing tools.
-
Other Data Techs
After watching this video; you will be able to compare other data techs.
-
Overview of EDP
After watching this video; you will be able to describe EDP.
-
Overview of IP
After watching this video; you will be able to describe IP.
-
Overview of Management Products
After watching this video; you will be able to describe management products.
-
Overview of Microsoft Intune
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Microsoft Intune.
-
Overview of Remote Connections
After watching this video; you will be able to describe remote connections.
-
Overview of Windows Data Protections
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Windows data protections.
-
Permission Precedence
After watching this video; you will be able to describe permission precedence.
-
Policy Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe policies in Windows 10.
-
Power Management Features
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features of power management.
-
Power Management Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe power management.
-
Print Devices
After watching this video; you will be able to describe print devices.
-
Recovery and Maintenance
After watching this video; you will be able to describe recovery and maintenance.
-
Repair Tools
After watching this video; you will be able to compare the repair tools.
-
Repair Tools Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the repair tools.
-
RootKit Countermeasures in Action
After watching this video; you will be able to describe RootKit countermeasures in action.
-
Service an Image
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to service an image.
-
SideLoading
After watching this video; you will be able to describe SideLoading.
-
Space Considerations
After watching this video; you will be able to describe space considerations.
-
Standard Permissions
After watching this video; you will be able to describe standard permissions.
-
Start Menu and Personalization
After watching this video; you will be able to describe start menu and personalization.
-
Sync Your Settings
After watching this video; you will be able to implement syncing settings.
-
Troubleshooting Permissions
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to troubleshoot permissions.
-
Types of Devices
After watching this video; you will be able to compare types of devices.
-
Types of IPv4 Addresses
After watching this video; you will be able to compare types of IPv4 addresses.
-
Types of IPv6 Addresses
After watching this video; you will be able to describe types of IPv6 addresses.
-
UE-V
After watching this video; you will be able to describeb UE-V.
-
Universal Drivers
After watching this video; you will be able to describe universal drivers.
-
User Accounts and Devices
After watching this video; you will be able to describe user accounts and devices.
-
User Profiles
After watching this video; you will be able to describeb user profiles.
-
User Profiles and Libraries
After watching this video; you will be able to describe user profiles and libraries.
-
Using BitLocker
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use BitLocker.
-
What Can I Do Now To Get Ready?
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what to do to get ready.
-
What Is AppLocker?
After watching this video; you will be able to describe AppLocker.
-
What Is Azure AD?
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what Azure AD is.
-
What Is Azure RemoteApp?
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Azure RemoteApp.
-
What Is DirectAccess?
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what DirectAccess is.
-
What Is DNS?
After watching this video; you will be able to describe DNS.
-
What is Hyper-V
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the purpose of Hyper-V.
-
What is New in for Securing Identities?
After watching this video; you will be able to descibe what is new in Windows 10 for securing identities.
-
What Is RSAT?
After watching this video; you will be able to describe RSAT.
-
What Is the BCD?
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the BCD.
-
What Is the WIM File Format?
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the WIM file format.
-
What Is UAC?
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what UAC is.
-
What Is Virtual Secure Mode?
After watching this video; you will be able to describe virtual secure mode.
-
What Is Provisioning?
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Windows 10 provisioning.
-
What Is Windows Defender?
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Windows defender.
-
What Is WinRM?
After watching this video; you will be able to describe WinRM.
-
What Is WMI?
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Windows Management Instrumentation.
-
What is Wrong with Classic Apps?
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what is wrong with classic apps.
-
What's New in Windows Explorer?
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what's new in Windows Explorer.
-
When to Wipe N Load
After watching this video; you will be able to describe when to Wipe N Load.
-
Where Certificates Come From
After watching this video; you will be able to describe where certificates come from.
-
Why a New Browser
After watching this video; you will be able to describe why a new browser is needed.
-
API Story
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the Windows 10 API story.
-
App Model Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the Windows 10 app model.
-
Application Model
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Windows 10 application model.
-
Editions
After watching this video; you will be able to compare Windows 10 editions.
-
Windows ADK Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Windows ADK.
-
Windows as a Service
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Windows as a service.
-
Windows Device Driver Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Windows device driver.
-
Windows Store Features
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Windows Store features.
-
Windows To Go
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Windows To Go.
-
Work Folder Components
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Work Folders components.
-
Workplace Join Explained
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Workplace Join.
-
WSUS for
After watching this video; you will be able to describe WSUS for Windows 10.
-
Advanced Shares
After watching this video; you will be able to create advanced shares in Windows.
-
App Updates
After watching this video; you will be able to describe app updates in Windows.
-
Azure Active Directory
After watching this video; you will be able to manage Azure Active Directory.
-
Azure RemoteApp
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the remote desktop services offered by Azure RemoteApp.
-
Basic Shares
After watching this video; you will be able to create basic shares in Windows.
-
Clouds
After watching this video; you will be able to describe cloud-based services.
-
Communications Services
After watching this video; you will be able to describe cloud-based communications services.
-
Company Portal
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the uses of a company portal.
-
Configure Windows Settings
After watching this video; you will be able to configure display settings and shortcuts; explore Windows profiles; customize the Start menu; and create a storage space and pool.
-
Configuring the Start Menu
After watching this video; you will be able to configure the Start menu options.
-
Configuring the Windows Shortcut
After watching this video; you will be able to create and configure the Windows shortcut.
-
Configuring Windows Display Settings
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Windows display settings.
-
Configuring Windows Group Capabilities
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Windows HomeGroup capabilities.
-
Configuring Windows Groups
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Windows home groups.
-
Configuring Windows Profiles
After watching this video; you will be able to display and manage Windows profiles.
-
Create a Storage Account and Virtual Machine
After watching this video; you will be able to create and configure storage account and virtual machine in Azure.
-
Desktop Virtualization in BYOD
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the role of desktop virtualization in a BYOD strategy.
-
Device System Updates
After watching this video; you will be able to describe device system updates.
-
Device-Centric and People-Centric IT
After watching this video; you will be able to compare device-centric and people-centric IT.
-
Disaster Recovery Options and Microsoft Azure
After watching this video; you will be able to describe disaster recovery as a service offered by Microsoft Azure.
-
Dynamic Access Control Policies in BYOD
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the role of Dynamic Access Control Policies in a BYOD strategy.
-
Effective Permissions
After watching this video; you will be able to view effective permissions on files and folders.
-
EFS Protected Data
After watching this video; you will be able to move or copy data that is secured using Windows EFS.
-
Encrypting File System (EFS)
After watching this video; you will be able to enable and use EFS.
-
FAT
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the FAT file system.
-
FAT32
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the FAT32 file system.
-
Fault Tolerance and Microsoft Azure
After watching this video; you will be able to define fault tolerance offered by Microsoft Azure.
-
Federation Services
After watching this video; you will be able to describe federation services as part of a cloud user's Single Sign On.
-
File and Share Permissions
After watching this video; you will be able to configure file and share permissions.
-
Firewalls
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the Windows Firewall.
-
High Availability Options and Microsoft Azure
After watching this video; you will be able to define high availability as a service offered by Microsoft Azure.
-
Homegroup Sharing
After watching this video; you will be able to share files using Windows Homegroups.
-
Location Settings in Microsoft Intune
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how location affects services in Intune.
-
Malware
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize Intune AV and malware options.
-
Microsoft Account Used in Azure
After watching this video; you will be able to manage the Windows account used as part of Azure Identity.
-
Microsoft Azure Services
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the set of services offered by Microsoft Azure.
-
Microsoft Azure Storage
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Microsoft Azure as a cloud storage service.
-
Microsoft Azure Virtual Machines
After watching this video; you will be able to describe virtual machines as a service offered by Microsoft Azure.
-
Microsoft Intune
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Microsoft Intune capabilities.
-
Microsoft Intune Selective Wipe Capabilities
After watching this video; you will be able to use Intune selective wipe capabilities.
-
Microsoft Office 365
After watching this video; you will be able to consume available cloud storage services in Microsoft Office 365.
-
Microsoft OneNote
After watching this video; you will be able to use Microsoft OneNote as a cloud storage service.
-
Microsoft Outlook
After watching this video; you will be able to use Microsoft Outlook as a cloud storage service.
-
NTFS Permissions
After watching this video; you will be able to configure NTFS permissions.
-
OneDrive for Consumers
After watching this video; you will be able to describe OneDrive for consumers as a cloud storage service.
-
Password Procedures
After watching this video; you will be able to use password procedures for authentication.
-
Preparing for File Encryption
After watching this video; you will be able to enable Windows file encryption.
-
Print Drivers
After watching this video; you will be able to install and manage printers.
-
Private Networks
After watching this video; you will be able to describe private networks.
-
Productivity Services
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Office 365 and consumer cloud services in the Microsoft cloud ecosystem.
-
Public and Private Keys
After watching this video; you will be able to use public and private keys during cryptography.
-
Public Networks
After watching this video; you will be able to describe public networks.
-
Public Shares
After watching this video; you will be able to create public shares in Windows.
-
Redundancy and Microsoft Azure
After watching this video; you will be able to define redundancy offered by Microsoft Azure.
-
ReFS
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the ReFS file system.
-
Search Services
After watching this video; you will be able to describe cloud-based search services.
-
Set Share Permissions
After watching this video; you will be able to create and share a folder; set folder permissions; and encrypt a file.
-
Smart Cards
After watching this video; you will be able to use smart cards for authentication.
-
SSL
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the role of SSL in data encryption.
-
Storage Pools
After watching this video; you will be able to manage Microsoft storage pools.
-
Storage Services
After watching this video; you will be able to describe cloud-based storage systems.
-
VPN
After watching this video; you will be able to configure a client VPN connection.
-
Windows Control Panel
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Control Panel to configure Windows.
-
Windows Rights Management
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Windows Rights Management.
-
Windows Rights Management in BYOD
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the role of Windows Rights Management in a BYOD strategy.
-
Windows Server Active Directory
After watching this video; you will be able to manage Windows Server Active Directory.
-
Windows System Options
After watching this video; you will be able to access the Windows System Options.
-
Connecting to Remote Systems
In Windows PowerShell; it is possible to configure and control the network systems remotely. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses how to connect to and monitor remote systems.
-
Launching PowerShell
Windows PowerShell is a powerful command line and task automation application that can be used to perform multiple tasks in Windows. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses how to launch PowerShell.
-
Managing Features Using PowerShell
In Windows PowerShell; you can manage and install features both locally and remotely using the command-line and scripting environment. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses how to install an available feature and remove it using PowerShell ISE.
-
PowerShell Configuration and Customization
Windows PowerShell is a powerful command line and task automation application that is highly customizable. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses how to configure and customize PowerShell.
-
The PowerShell Command History
Windows PowerShell has a powerful Command History feature that stores the command information for future use. In this video; Jamie Campbell introduces you to the PowerShell command history.
-
The PowerShell Format cmdlet
In Windows PowerShell; you can display the results in different ways depending on the requirement using the format cmdlet. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses how to use the format cmdlet in PowerShell.
-
What is PowerShell?
Windows PowerShell is a powerful command line and task automation application for configuring and controlling local and remote servers. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses how Windows PowerShell works.
-
Why Use PowerShell?
Windows PowerShell is a powerful command line and task automation application that can be used to complete various tasks in Windows. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses the features and uses of Windows PowerShell.
-
Configure a Pull Server and 2 Nodes
After watching this video; you will be able to use DSC to configure an HTTPS Pull and Compliance Server; connect 2 nodes; update their configuration and query their status.
-
Configuring Clients to Connect to a Pull Server
After watching this video; you will be able to configure clients to connect to a DSC Pull server.
-
Configuring Multiple Servers and Role Types
After watching this video; you will be able to configure multiple server node and role types via DSC.
-
Configuring Similar Sets of Servers
After watching this video; you will be able to configure similar sets of servers for replicated environments such as Development; Test; and Production via DSC.
-
Configuring the LCM in Pull Mode
After watching this video; you will be able to configure the DSC Local Configuration Manager using Pull mode.
-
Configuring the LCM in Push Mode
After watching this video; you will be able to configure the DSC Local Configuration Manager using Push mode.
-
Creating a MOF Using a DSC Script
After watching this video; you will be able to create a MOF file using DSC.
-
Creating an HTTP Pull Server
After watching this video; you will be able to create an HTTP-based DSC Pull server.
-
Creating an SMB Pull Server
After watching this video; you will be able to create an SMB-based DSC Pull server.
-
Dealing with Credentials
After watching this video; you will be able to work with and appropriately secure credentials when using DSC.
-
Dealing with Parameters
After watching this video; you will be able to improve DSC configurations using parameters.
-
Deploying Resources to Clients on an SMB Pull Server
After watching this video; you will be able to deploy new DSC Resources to clients nodes when using an SMB-based Pull server.
-
Deploying Resources to Clients via an HTTP Pull Server
After watching this video; you will be able to deploy new DSC Resources to clients nodes when using an HTTP-based Pull server.
-
Examining and Deploying a MOF File
After watching this video; you will be able to configure servers and workstations using the core DSC MOF file.
-
Examining DSC Resources
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the default resources available with DSC.
-
Examining System Configuration Prior to DSC
After watching this video; you will be able to configure and maintain system state in the GUI or via PowerShell; without using DSC; and recognize the problems it entails with regard to maintaining configuration state over time.
-
Finding; Retrieving; and Using New Resources
After watching this video; you will be able to find; retrieve; and make use of new DSC Resources.
-
Local Configuration Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what the Local Configuration Manager is and how it works in DSC.
-
Logging with DSC
After watching this video; you will be able to add log entries to the DSC logs.
-
Preparing your Environment for DSC
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the operating system versions and PowerShell versions required for DSC; as well as some additional useful resources.
-
Pull and Push Configuration Modes
After watching this video; you will be able to define the Pull and Push configuration modes in DSC.
-
Querying Node Status
After watching this video; you will be able to query the status of a particular machine in an DSC environment.
-
Querying Node Status with an HTTP Pull Server
After watching this video; you will be able to create an HTTP Compliance server to report on node status.
-
Securing an HTTP Pull Server
After watching this video; you will be able to secure an HTTP DSC Pull server to introduce HTTPS security.
-
Using Standard Resources
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use some of the out-of-the-box DSC resources.
-
What is Desired State Configuration
After watching this video; you will be able to provide an overview of DSC; its history; and the problems it aims to solve.
-
Working with Distributed Dependencies
After watching this video; you will be able to define the concept of DSC resource dependencies across machines in an environment.
-
Adding Retention Tags to Existing Retention Policy via PowerShell
Adding retention tags to existing retention policies in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 is possible via the Exchange Management Shell. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to add retention tags to existing policies.
-
Alter a Client Policy by Using PowerShell
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 enables administrators to alter client policies on sites using a PowerShell script in the Lync Server Management Shell. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to use the Set-CsClientPolicy and associated commands; parameters; and variables to enable or disable client policy features on a target site.
-
Create Client Policies by Using a PowerShell Script
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 allows administrators to create client policies on sites using a PowerShell script in the Lync Server Management Shell. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to use the New-CsClientPolicy as well as associated commands and parameters to create and configure a client policy on a target site.
-
A Simple Script
You can use scripts in Microsoft PowerShell to automate tasks. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates the format a PowerShell script will be saved in for automation; and explains the three major hurdles that may be encountered before running a PowerShell script; which are: detailing a specific path to the script; spaces in the file name; and PowerShell's security features.
-
Adding Firewall Rules
Microsoft PowerShell's NetSecurity module allows you to add rules to your domain's Windows Firewall installation. In this video; Byron Hynes uses the Set-NetFireWallRule command in PowerShell to enable or disable selected Display Names; Groups and Profiles; and creates a New-NetFirewallRule.
-
An Introduction to Modules
You can extend PowerShell to manage various other products with the use of modules. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how a PowerShell module can be used to extend PowerShell to control other applications.
-
Changing the Security Settings on Files and Folders
Microsoft PowerShell provides permission management capabilities that allow administrators to configure the security settings on files and folders during the provisioning of new users and services. In this video; Byron Hynes uses PowerShell to create a new folder; before retrieving the access control list (ACL); applying a new rule to it; and writing the new ACL back to the resource.
-
Checking Firewall Status
Microsoft PowerShell can determine the status of the Windows Firewall. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how PowerShell can be used to determine which profile is in use; what the state of the firewall is; and enable or disable the firewall.
-
Checking the Status of Remote Desktop
Microsoft PowerShell lets you determine whether a remote desktop is enabled on a Windows computer. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how to check the status of a remote desktop using WMI with Windows PowerShell.
-
Cmdlet Binding
In Microsoft PowerShell; you can use cmdletbinding to turn on cmdlet type parameter binding abilities for scripts or functions. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates various capabilities of cmdletbinding; including the ability to control the output of the Write-Verbose and Write-Debug functions.
-
Conditional Execution – If and Switch
Microsoft PowerShell supports conditional execution that allows you to create decision-making scripts that control the flow of execution based on data supplied by using if and switch statements. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates comparison operators and how to control the flow of a script based on user responses using the if…else…elseif; and switch conditional statements.
-
Conditional Execution – Iteration
In Microsoft PowerShell; the foreach statement provides an aspect of conditional execution that allows you to iterate through the elements in a collection. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates the limitations of the for loop; how to use the foreach statement to iterate through a hash table; and how to retrieve system information with the Get-ChildItem cmdlet.
-
Conditional Execution – Looping
In Microsoft PowerShell; looping is an aspect of conditional execution that allows you to repeat a command until a specified condition (or conditions) is met. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how to control script block flow using for; while; do while; and do until loops in PowerShell.
-
Count All Files in Folder/Drive
In Microsoft PowerShell; you can easily count the number of files in a folder or a drive. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how to count in PowerShell.
-
Creating or Opening a Document with Microsoft Word
Microsoft PowerShell allows you to work with documents once you have created an instance of; or are connected to; the Word COM application. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how to create a new document; and how to open an existing document using COM automation.
-
Examining the Security Settings on Files and Folders
Microsoft PowerShell provides security cmdlets so you can retrieve and view information about NTFS permissions that users and groups have to access files and folders in a file system. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how to retrieve the access control list for a resource using the Get-Acl cmdlet; and how to display information through the Format-List cmdlet.
-
Getting Help with Get-Help
In Microsoft PowerShell; you can use the Get-Help command to get help about the various other PowerShell commandlets. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how to use the Get-Help command to access basic and detailed information about PowerShell commandlets; and accesses instructions on using the Get-Help command.
-
Implicit Remoting
Microsoft PowerShell combines remoting and importing modules into a third-party machine to allow implicit remoting. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how to initiate a session on your Domain Controller (DC) and load the Active Directory (AD) module so that it is referenced locally; before starting a new session and executing AD cmdlets remotely.
-
Introducing the Office COM Objects
Microsoft PowerShell allows you to expose Component Object Model (COM) objects or applications through COM automation. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how programs supporting COM expose APIs through constituent DLLs; how to use the Reflection feature and Interop assemblies to perform tasks through PowerShell; and explains how the Outlook application object differs from other Office Suite applications.
-
Listing Indexed Folders
In Microsoft PowerShell; you can use components from a .NET compiled DLL to get features that aren’t natively provided with commandlets. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how to manage the Windows search system with PowerShell; using the Search Software Development kit.
-
Manifest Modules
Microsoft PowerShell provides developers with the ability to create manifest modules that are used to represent metadata for a custom; script-based module. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how to create a new module manifest for an existing script-based module; and how to specify metadata; such as author; company name; and copyright.
-
Manipulating the Firewall Status
Microsoft PowerShell allows you to check the status of Windows Firewall; and also easily turn it on and off. In this video; Byron Hynes takes a look at the cmdlets necessary to check the status of the firewall; how to use them to enable or disable different firewall profiles; and edit its settings.
-
Modifying Share Permissions
The Server Message Block (SMB) Share-specific cmdlets in Microsoft PowerShell provide system administration assistance automating tasks and simplifying the management of file share permissions. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how to create a shared folder and assign share permissions from within PowerShell utilizing SMB Share cmdlets.
-
Output Formats
In Microsoft PowerShell; you can format the output from commandlets in a way that is most convenient for your purposes. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how to use different commands to format outputs.
-
Re-Indexing the Search Catalog
In Microsoft PowerShell; you can use components from a .NET compiled DLL to get features that aren’t natively provided with commandlets. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how to kick off a re-index to make sure everything is included in a search.
-
Remoting Architecture
You can invoke Remote Commands in Microsoft PowerShell to run commands on remote systems. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how to use Windows Remote Management to run commands to single or multiple computers across a network.
-
Retrieving Current Share Permissions
Microsoft PowerShell provides Server Message block (SMB) cmdlets that let you easily retrieve file shares and their current share-level permissions. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how to retrieve shares on a computer with the Get-SmbShare cmdlet; and how to get the access control list (ACL) of the shares using the Get-SmbShareAccess cmdlet.
-
Setting Windows 8 Search Options
Microsoft PowerShell provides developers with the ability to set search options directly from PowerShell. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how to work with Windows Search settings to limit search results such as enabling web results; metered web results; safe search settings; and experience settings.
-
Timing a Command
Microsoft PowerShell offers you more than one way to measure the duration of the execution of a command on your computer. In this video; Byron Hynes uses the Stopwatch command to measure the time it takes to execute a piece of code.
-
Tips and Tricks to Get Started
Microsoft PowerShell allows you to make configuration changes in order to personalize the use and experience of an application. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates a number of basic modifications which can potentially shorten scripting processes in Microsoft PowerShell.
-
Use Custom Objects
You can build and use custom objects with your own Microsoft PowerShell scripts. In this video; Byron Hynes uses existing scripts to build and use custom objects.
-
Using Restore Points
Managing restore points is another great opportunity to automate behaviours using Microsoft PowerShell. In this video; Byron Hynes uses the Enable-ComputerRestore help file to assist in creating and managing restore points on your system.
-
Using the Windows Registry – Accessing Values
You can read information contained within the Windows registry using PowerShell. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates what the PowerShell architecture is comprised of and how it allows you to access many elements as if they were presented on a drive; including the registry.
-
Using the Windows Registry – Modifying Registry Permissions
In Microsoft PowerShell; you are able to manipulate the permissions on registry entries. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates how to change the permissions status on registry entries using SetAccessRule and RemoveAccessRule methods.
-
Using the Windows Registry – Retrieving Current Registry Permissions
In Microsoft PowerShell; you can set up Access Control Lists (ACLs) which control which users can manipulate registry entries. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates setting up an Access Control List and discusses the different permissions you can assign.
-
Using WMI
Microsoft PowerShell allows you to programatically access the Windows Management Interface (WMI) provider namespace which; at runtime; exposes your network's application information. In this video; Byron Hynes demonstrates the Windows Management Framework; details PowerShell's abilities as a WMI API; explains how the WMI provider loads WMI objects into its namespace; and uses various cmdlets to access class objects.
-
DBCC Using PowerShell
You can use your PowerShell cmdlets to pass your Database Consistancy Control (DBCC) to each database within an instance of SQL. In this Video; David Dye demonstrates how to pass DBCC commands with PowerShell; using a loop.
-
Drop Objects
Microsoft PowerShell integrates directly with SQL Server; allowing you to perform administrative tasks through the use of its commandline interface and corresponding set of cmdlets. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to use the cmdlets to drop objects within an instance of SQL Server.
-
Evaluating the SQL Policy
In Microsoft PowerShell and SQL Server; you can evaluate the SQL policy using cmdlets. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to use script to evaluate policy based management policies and output them to XML.
-
Executing SQL Scripts from File
In Microsoft PowerShell; you can execute a number of different SQL Server scripts that are contained in a single location. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to invoke PowerShell to execute SQL Server scripts from a file location.
-
Managing SQL Server Client Aliases with WMI
Microsoft PowerShell and SQL Server allow you to manage client access with WMI. In this video; David Dye uses WMI to view and manage client aliases in PowerShell.
-
Monitoring Errors from the SQL Server Error Log
When working within Microsoft PowerShell and SQL Server; you can monitor errors from the SQL Server Error Log. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to monitor errors by using PowerShell to read the SQL Server Error Log.
-
Policies
In Microsoft PowerShell and SQL Server; you can create and configure policies using cmdlets. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to create and configure policy based management options.
-
SQLSERVER Drive and Invoke Sqlcmd cmdlets
When using Microsoft PowerShell and SQL Server; you can use the Invoke Sqlcmd cmdlet to run your sqlcmd script files. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to add various parameters to configure the command.
-
Advanced Monitoring Errors from the SQL Server Error Log
When using Microsoft PowerShell and SQL Server; you can do advanced error monitoring from the SQL Server Error Log. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to define advanced error monitoring within PowerShell using cmdlets.
-
Backup and Restore with SMO
The backup and restore of SQL databases can be scripted effectively from Microsoft PowerShell via SQL Server Management Objects (SMO) and SQL PowerShell using the cmdlets available in SQL Server. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to use the Backup-SqlDatabase cmdlet and its parameters to create a SQL Server backup; before restoring a database using the Restore-SqlDatabase cmdlet.
-
Change Database User
Microsoft SQL Server PowerShell; opened within Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio (SSMS); allows you to use cmdlets to change a SQL database's ownership. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to define server and database variables for his localhost SQL Server instance and database; identify the current owner in database Properties; and change ownership using the SetOwner and Alter variables.
-
Change Server to Mixed Mode Authentication
Microsoft PowerShell integrates directly with SQL Server; so you can perform administrative tasks through the use of its commandline interface and corresponding set of cmdlets. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to use the cmdlets to change an instance of SQL Server from Integrated Mode Authentication to Mixed Mode Authentication.
-
Changing FILESTREAM Settings with WMI
When using Microsoft PowerShell and SQL Server; you can change FILESTREAM settings with WMI. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to configure FILESTREAM within a SQL Server instance using WMI.
-
Configure Database Mail
You can use Microsoft PowerShell and SQL Server to configure database mail. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to configure database mail within an instance of SQL Server.
-
Connect to SQL Using SQL Authentication
You can use Microsoft PowerShell and SQL Server to connect to SQL using SQL authentication. In this video; David Dye demonstrates the cmdlets required to connect to an instance of SQL server using SQL server authentication.
-
Create Database
In Microsoft PowerShell; you can use the PowerShell Utility to create entire new databases. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to utilize SQL Server PowerShell in order to create a database within an instance of SQL; using Data Definition Language.
-
Create Login
Microsoft PowerShell; opened within Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio (SSMS); allows you to use cmdlets to create a Microsoft SQL Server login. In this video; David Dye uses PowerShell within SSMS to show you how to define and configure the SqlLogin type; use the Create method to determine password policies; and connect to the localhost database engine using SQL Authentication.
-
Create Operator
Microsoft PowerShell integrates directly with SQL Server; allowing you to perform administrative tasks through the use of its commandline interface and corresponding set of cmdlets. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to use the cmdlets to create an operator within SQL Server Agent.
-
Create Schema
You can use PowerShell cmdlets and the SQL Server PowerShell utility to create a schema within a database. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to create a schema in a database using SQL Server and the PowerShell utility.
-
Create SQL Agent Job
In Microsoft PowerShell; you can easily create SQL Server Agent Jobs. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to use PowerShell to create a SQL Server Agent Job; and how to create that job within an instance of SQL.
-
Create Stored Procedure
When working with PowerShell and SQL Server; there are various cmdlets you can use to work with a stored procedure. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to create; alter; and drop a stored procedure using the PowerShell utility.
-
Create XML Schema Collection
You can utilize your SQL PowerShell utility to create an XML schema collection within the PowerShell cmdlets. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to create a schema collection using PowerShell.
-
Backup a Content Database Using Windows PowerShell
Microsoft SharePoint 2013's Management Shell enables administrators to quickly back up databases using the Backup-SPFarm command; the storage location of the backup; its type; and the database's unique identifier – located through SharePoint’s Central Administration web page. In this video; David Santana details the process; best practices; commands; and syntax used to successfully back up a SharePoint database.
-
Using PowerShell to Create a Host Named Site Collection
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 enables you to create host-named site collections; which allow you to assign unique DNS names using Windows PowerShell. In this video; David Santana uses the New-SPSite commandlet with the -HostHeaderWebApplication parameter to create an empty SharePoint 2013 site collection.
-
Using PowerShell to Create a New Content Based Database
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 enables you to use Windows PowerShell to create web application content databases for your intranet with the New-SPContentDatabase commandlet. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to create a content database for an intranet using Windows PowerShell and the New-SPContentDatabase commandlet.
-
PowerShell Aliases
In Windows PowerShell; you can use aliases instead of frequently used cmdlets and also create customized aliases. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses how to use aliases and create new ones.
-
PowerShell cmdlets
Windows PowerShell is a powerful command line and task automation application. Using PowerShell; administrators can configure and control both local and remote systems. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses PowerShell cmdlets.
-
PowerShell Variable Operations
In Windows PowerShell; variety of variables and operators in the script make it easy to perform an operation. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses how to use variables and operators in PowerShell scripts.
-
Scripting and PowerShell ISE
In Windows Power Shell; you can create and run scripts in the PowerShell Integrated Scripting Environment ISE. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses how to use scripting in PowerShell ISE.
-
Using For Loops in PowerShell
In Windows PowerShell; you can use looping structures in scripts. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses how to use the For loop in a PowerShell script.
-
Using Parameters with PowerShell
In Windows PowerShell; you can pass parameters to the cmdlets to get the desired information. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses how to use parameters in PowerShell.
-
Using Variables in PowerShell
In Windows Powershell; you can use variables to determine the values in the script. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses how to set values to variables and the various methods to display it.
-
Authorization
In Web API Design; there is built-in support for authorization that you can implement. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to use the authorize attribute to verify if a user has access without specifying an id.
-
SOAP
When working with Web API Design; it can be very beneficial to implement SOAP to assist in the process. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates the usefulness of SOAP and advantages in includes; such as using XML envelopes.
-
Pipelining and Chaining in Functions
After watching this video; you will be able to implement pipelining and function chaining.
-
Creating an MVVM App with F#
After watching this video; you will be able to create an MVVM app with F#.
-
Enums and Discriminated Unions
After watching this video; you will be able to contrast and work with discriminated unions and enums in F# programs.
-
Exception Handling
After watching this video; you will be able to handle exceptions in F# programs.
-
Handling Strings
After watching this video; you will be able to manipulate string values in F# programs.
-
Implementing Recursive Functions
After watching this video; you will be able to use recursive functions for numeric computing in F#.
-
Introducing Functions
After watching this video; you will be able to work with functions in F# using let and do bindings.
-
Lazy Evaluation
After watching this video; you will be able to implement lazy evaluation of expressions in F#.
-
Managing Mutability
After watching this video; you will be able to use the mutable and ref keywords to manage mutability in F# programs.
-
Partial Application in Functions
After watching this video; you will be able to use partial application in F# functions.
-
Using Computational Expressions
After watching this video; you will be able to use computational expressions in F#.
-
Using Conditional Expressions
After watching this video; you will be able to use conditional expressions in F#.
-
Using Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to use methods in F# programs.
-
Using Structures
After watching this video; you will be able to use structures in F# programs.
-
Using the Unit Type
After watching this video; you will be able to use the unit type in F# programs.
-
Using Tuples
After watching this video; you will be able to implement the tuple data type in F# programs.
-
Working with Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to use classes including class constructors and properties as part of domain driven design in F# programs.
-
Working with Loops
After watching this video; you will be able to use for...to; for...in; and for...while loops in F#.
-
User Profile
After watching this video; you will be able to access device owner data in the User Profile.
-
The Scrum Meetings
The four meetings; namely the Sprint Planning; Sprint Review; Sprint Retrospective; and the Backlog Grooming meetings; reoccur within each Sprint in a Scrum project at specific times. In this video; Brigitte Birze uses a Sprint to explain each Scrum meeting; when they occur; who attends what meetings; and what discussions take place in each meeting.
-
Constraining User Input
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to constrain user input to prevent bad data input.
-
Dealing with Bad Data
After watching this video; you will be able to specify how to deal with bad data in your C# applications.
-
Potential UI Application Risks
After watching this video; you will be able to list potential risks to C# UI applications.
-
Preventing Buffer Overflows
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to prevent buffer overflows.
-
Defending against Path Traversal Attacks
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to prevent path traversal attacks.
-
Defensible Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to create examples of defensible methods in C#.
-
Validating Input
After watching this video; you will be able to how to use input validation in a C# application.
-
Using Fields
After watching this video; you will be able to use fields in classes and structures in F# programs.
-
Lambda Expressions
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the features of C# Lambda expressions.
-
Decision Tables
After watching this video; you will be able to describe decision tables and the benefits they provide.
-
Reading Flow Charts
After watching this video; you will be able to identify and recognize program flow through the use of flowcharts.
-
Class Constructor Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize and use class constructors; including the default constructor and overloaded constructors.
-
Memory Stack and Heap
After watching this video; you will be able to distinguish between the stack and heap memory allocation.
-
Selecting a Data Structure
After watching this video; you will be able to compare the performance implications of different data structures and how to determine which data structure to use.
-
Storing Programs and Instructions in Memory
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how a computer stores your program code and instructions in memory.
-
Accessing Calendars
After watching this video; you will be able to read events and data from a calendar.
-
Action Bar
After watching this video; you will be able to use the ActionBar to implement a tabbed interface.
-
Adding a CardView
After watching this video; you will be able to use a CardView to display information.
-
Adding a RecyclerView
After watching this video; you will be able to use a RecyclerView to display a collection of data.
-
Adjusting System Properties
After watching this video; you will be able to describe various Xamarin system properties.
-
Android Assets
After watching this video; you will be able to specify what Android assets are and how they're used.
-
Android Callable Wrappers
After watching this video; you will be able to invoke managed code from your Xamarin project.
-
Android Class Libraries
After watching this video; you will be able to create classes to support an application.
-
Android Ice Cream Sandwich
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features of Android 4.0.
-
Android Jelly Bean
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features of Android 4.1.
-
Android KitKat
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features of Android 4.4.
-
Android Lollipop
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features of Android 5.0.
-
Android Marshmallow
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features of the current Android 6.0 beta.
-
Android Resources
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what Android resources are and their purpose.
-
Android Speech-to-Text
After watching this video; you will be able to use Android to interpret written text from spoken words.
-
Android Templates in Visual Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to list and describe the Android templates available in Visual Studio.
-
Android Text-to-Speech
After watching this video; you will be able to use Android to speak written text.
-
Android Unit Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to create unit tests to validate code correctness.
-
Android Wear Controls
After watching this video; you will be able to make use of UI controls specific to Android Wear.
-
API Design
After watching this video; you will be able to describe design goals of the Xamarin API.
-
App Configuration
After watching this video; you will be able to configure your application's properties.
-
Application Linker
After watching this video; you will be able to Control the behavior of the Linker.
-
Application Profiling
After watching this video; you will be able to profile your application for performance metrics.
-
Application Troubleshooting
After watching this video; you will be able to utilize common troubleshooting techniques.
-
Autocomplete
After watching this video; you will be able to provide autocomplete functionality on a text input.
-
Background Tasks
After watching this video; you will be able to use services to perform background tasks in your application.
-
Binding a Java Library
After watching this video; you will be able to create a binding project to wrap a Java library.
-
Binding Design
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the design of the Xamarin bindings.
-
Binding Provider
After watching this video; you will be able to connect the ContentProvider to the application interface.
-
Build Actions
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the various actions that control how a file is processed during build.
-
Build Properties and Targets
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the components of the build process.
-
Building APKs for Specific ABIs
After watching this video; you will be able to target your build at a specific ABI.
-
C# Overview for Java Developers
After watching this video; you will be able to describe similarities and differences between Java and C#.
-
Callable Wrappers
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the usage of Callable Wrappers.
-
Calling the Dispose Function
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Dispose function with caution.
-
Configuration Options in the Emulator
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the configuration options in the emulator.
-
Configure and Build Your App
After watching this video; you will be able to verify settings and build your app.
-
Connect a GridView Adapter
After watching this video; you will be able to connect an adapter to a GridView.
-
Connected Services
After watching this video; you will be able to intergrate connected services with your app.
-
Connecting the CardView UI
After watching this video; you will be able to display items from the data source in the CardView UI.
-
ContentProviders Database Class
After watching this video; you will be able to make use of Content Providers to access data.
-
Cordova Introduction
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features of Apache Cordova.
-
CPU Architectures
After watching this video; you will be able to specify target architecture(s) for your application.
-
Create a GridView Adapter
After watching this video; you will be able to create an adapter for a GridView.
-
Create a RecyclerView Adapter
After watching this video; you will be able to create an adapter class for the RecyclerView.
-
Create a Splash Screen
After watching this video; you will be able to add a Splash Screen to your application.
-
Create a Table Adapter
After watching this video; you will be able to connect a CardView to a data source.
-
Create an App
After watching this video; you will be able to create an Apache Cordova app.
-
Create ContentProvider Class
After watching this video; you will be able to create a class to interface with the database.
-
Creating a Basic Android Application
After watching this video; you will be able to perform the key steps involved in creating a basic application using Xamarin in Visual Studio.
-
Creating a Data Class for RecyclerView
After watching this video; you will be able to implement a class to be used by RecyclerView.
-
Creating an Android App in Visual Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to demonstrate how to create a basic Android application using Xamarin in Visual Studio.
-
Creating an Android Wear App
After watching this video; you will be able to create a simple Android Wear application.
-
Creating Cross-platform Apps in Visual C++
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the cross-platform features of Visual C++.
-
Cross-platform Development
After watching this video; you will be able to describe cross-platform development.
-
Date Picker
After watching this video; you will be able to select dates using the Date Picker.
-
Debug Log
After watching this video; you will be able to access and use the debug log.
-
Debug Your App
After watching this video; you will be able to find and correct bugs in your application.
-
Debugging in Visual Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to debug Xamarin applications in Visual Studio.
-
Debugging on Hardware
After watching this video; you will be able to debug your application on Android hardware.
-
Deploy on Multiple Platforms
After watching this video; you will be able to build your application on multiple platforms.
-
Deploying and Running an Android Application
After watching this video; you will be able to perform the key steps involved in deploying an application using Xamarin in Visual Studio.
-
Design a UI
After watching this video; you will be able to lay out basic Android UI elements.
-
Designer Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to use the interface designer.
-
Developing Cross-platform in Visual C++
After watching this video; you will be able to create a simple Android activity app in C++.
-
Device Rotation
After watching this video; you will be able to handle the orientation of the device in your application.
-
Enable ADB Debugging in your Application
After watching this video; you will be able to enable support for debugging your application with ADB.
-
Enable Application Debugging
After watching this video; you will be able to provide ADB support in your application.
-
Features You Can Test
After watching this video; you will be able to Android For .NET Developers: Features You Can Test.
-
Form Elements
After watching this video; you will be able to use basic user interface elements.
-
Gallery
After watching this video; you will be able to display items in a scrollable gallery.
-
Getting Tools
After watching this video; you will be able to install the tools for cross-platform development in Visual Studio 2015.
-
Google Play Services on an Emulator
After watching this video; you will be able to Set up an emulator that supports google play services for use in demos in this section.
-
Graphics and Animation
After watching this video; you will be able to Utilize simple graphics and animations in your app.
-
Grid Layout
After watching this video; you will be able to design an interface using a grid layout.
-
Installing Dependencies
After watching this video; you will be able to install required dependencies manually.
-
Installing Visual Studio Emulator for Android
After watching this video; you will be able to install Visual Studio Emulator for Android.
-
Installing VS Tools for Cordova
After watching this video; you will be able to install the tools to develop using Visual Studio and Cordova.
-
Installing Xamarin for Visual Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to demonstrate the process for installing Xamarin in Visual Studio.
-
Introduction to Android Wear
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features and utility of the Android Wear API.
-
Introduction to Garbage Collection
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the details of garbage collection in Xamarin.
-
Introduction to the Android UI
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the fundamental elements of the Android user interface.
-
Introduction to the Xamarin.Android Build Process
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the steps involved in building a Xamarin.Android APK.
-
Java Activation
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the relationship between Java and C# constructors.
-
Java Integration
After watching this video; you will be able to describe methods to make use of existing Java components.
-
Keystore Signatures
After watching this video; you will be able to obtain your app's cryptographic signature.
-
Launching an Application
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables you to define the activation experience for your Windows Store apps; allowing you to configure the initial look and feel whenever the user launches the app. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to launch an app using the OnLaunched method and the LaunchActivatedEventArgs class to provide event information.
-
Launching the Emulator from the CLI
After watching this video; you will be able to start the emulator from the command line.
-
Linear Layout
After watching this video; you will be able to design an interface with a linear layout.
-
ListViews and Adapters
After watching this video; you will be able to use List Views to display lists of data.
-
Localizing Android Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to use resources to localize an Android application.
-
Manage Plugins
After watching this video; you will be able to manage Cordova plugins.
-
Managing Package Size
After watching this video; you will be able to control the resulting size of your application package.
-
Material Theme
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the Android 5.0 visual style.
-
Modifying Calendars
After watching this video; you will be able to add and update calendar events.
-
Naming Conventions and Similarities
After watching this video; you will be able to describe differences in naming conventions for similar structures.
-
Native Cordova
After watching this video; you will be able to access platform-specific projects with Cordova.
-
Navigation Bar
After watching this video; you will be able to adjust the visibility of the navigation bar.
-
Network and Monitoring
After watching this video; you will be able to monitor network traffic with Fiddler.
-
Object-Oriented Programming
After watching this video; you will be able to describe similarities and differences between Java and C# for Object-Oriented programming.
-
Packaging Android Wear
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how Android Wear apps are packaged.
-
Popup Menus
After watching this video; you will be able to make use of pop-up menus.
-
Porting Java Code to C#
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to port code from Java to C#.
-
Publish Your App
After watching this video; you will be able to publish your application.
-
Publishing an Application
After watching this video; you will be able to publish an application.
-
Relative Layout
After watching this video; you will be able to design an interface with a relative layout.
-
Requirements and Limitations
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the system requirements and limitations of the Visual Studio Emulator for Android.
-
Running in the Ripple Emulator
After watching this video; you will be able to run your app within the Ripple Simulator.
-
Running on Android
After watching this video; you will be able to run your app within the Android OS.
-
Running on Windows Phone
After watching this video; you will be able to run your app within the Windows Phone OS.
-
Saving UI State on Device Rotation
After watching this video; you will be able to save state so your program doesn't lose data when the user rotates the device.
-
Screen Sizes
After watching this video; you will be able to write applications that work with multiple screen sizes.
-
Setting up Android Wear
After watching this video; you will be able to prepare your Xamarin.Android install for developing Android Wear apps.
-
Sign Your App
After watching this video; you will be able to sign your application with your certificate.
-
System Calendars
After watching this video; you will be able to retrieve the list of calendars on the system.
-
Table Layout
After watching this video; you will be able to design an interface with a table layout.
-
Targeting Specific Android Frameworks
After watching this video; you will be able to demonstrate how to target specific frameworks using Xamarin and Visual Studio.
-
TextureView
After watching this video; you will be able to display video or OpenGL content.
-
The AndroidManifest.xml File
After watching this video; you will be able to describe settings available in the AndroidManifest.xml file.
-
Time Picker
After watching this video; you will be able to specify times using the Time Picker.
-
Understanding Android Activities
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what Android activities are and how they are used.
-
Understanding Android Intents
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to use Android intents to communicate within an Android application.
-
Understanding Android Navigation
After watching this video; you will be able to demonstrate how basic navigation works in an Android application.
-
Using Audio
After watching this video; you will be able to work with audio in your application.
-
Using Google Maps API
After watching this video; you will be able to plot a position on Google Maps.
-
Using Location Services
After watching this video; you will be able to use location services to determine device location.
-
Using Native Libraries
After watching this video; you will be able to make use of and bundle native libraries into your APK.
-
Using the Android SDK Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to launch and use the SDK manager.
-
Using the JNI
After watching this video; you will be able to use Java code via the Java Native Interface.
-
Viewing the Application Debug Log
After watching this video; you will be able to view the debug log from an application to aid in troubleshooting.
-
WebView
After watching this video; you will be able to display web content in a web view.
-
Working with Android Fragments
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what Android Fragments are and specify their purpose.
-
Working with Multiple Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to work with multiple screens in an Android application.
-
Writing GC-friendly Code
After watching this video; you will be able to write code with an eye to efficient garbage collection.
-
Writing Responsive Apps
After watching this video; you will be able to ensure your application doesn't suffer from an unresponsive GUI.
-
Xamarin Application Architecture
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how a Xamarin.Android application interfaces with the Android platform.
-
Your First Wear App
After watching this video; you will be able to create a simple Android Wear application.
-
N-Tier – Adding an Administrative User
In N-Tier; a RESTful Architecture allows you to use ASP.NET MVC 4 and Visual Studio to assign membership and authorization roles to your Web API. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to assign administrative; global; and anonymous memberships and authorization roles to MVC 4 controller classes by defining specific or global authorization rules; or by using the AllowAnonymous attribute.
-
N-Tier – Creating a Home Controller
In N-Tier application architecture; the ASP.NET MVC framework's controller structure in Microsoft Visual Studio automatically generates a HomeController class that implements the Home page of your app that can be modified with minimal coding effort. In this video; Mike McMillan adds a HomeController to an MVC application before modifying the functionality of the class to return a string.
-
N-Tier – Creating a Store Controller
In an application architecture using an N-Tier approach; Microsoft Visual Studio allows you to easily create a StoreController that implements the browsing functionality of your app. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to add a StoreController class; add and modify methods that respond to URL requests; and determine what should be returned to the user.
-
N-Tier – Creating a View Template
In an application architecture implementing an N-Tier approach; using view templates in Microsoft Visual Studio allows you to customize the HTML content sent to browsers visiting your app. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to change the HomeController class to return a view; and how to customize the _Layout.cshtml file and have it return specific content in a view.
-
N-Tier – Modifying the Scaffolding View
In an application architecture implementing an N-Tier approach; Microsoft Visual Studio allows you to add ASP.NET Scaffolding to your project; quickly providing code that interacts with your data models that you can modify to suit your specific requirements. In this video; Mike McMillan uses scaffolding to create a new controller before demonstrating how to edit the auto generated view code.
-
N-Tier – Providing Data Access for the Application
In an application architecture implementing an N-Tier approach; the Entity Framework (EF) allows you to create model objects in Microsoft Visual Studio so you can access data stored in a database in an object-oriented way. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to complete the preliminary work necessary for the EF and code-first to be configured for a project.
-
N-Tier – Querying the Database
In an application architecture implementing an N-Tier approach; once configured; the Entity Framework (EF) allows you to query information in a database from within your application. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to declare a field on the StoreController to hold an instance of a class maintained by the EF and update the Store Index to query the database.
-
N-Tier – Setting Up a Shopping Cart - Adding Classes
N-Tier Architecture allows developers to create a shopping cart for an online store app. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to add classes to a shopping cart and various checkout processes; such as the Cart class; Order class; and OrderDetail class.
-
N-Tier – Setting Up a Shopping Cart – Managing the Business Logic
N-Tier Architecture allows developers to build business logic into controllers based on the purpose of the app they are developing. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates the business logic inherent in a shopping cart controller for adding and removing items from the cart using various methods; such as GetCart and AddToCart.
-
N-Tier – Shopping Cart Wrap-Up – Defining Validation Rules for an Order
In N-Tier; a RESTful Architecture allows you to use ASP.NET MVC 4 and Visual Studio to create validation rules and regular expressions that ensure completion of the Checkout process's form fields. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to add the MVCMusicStore.Models namespace's using statements; write validation rules for form fields; and define a regular expression validating an e-mail address.
-
N-Tier – Shopping Cart Wrap-Up – Managing Check-Out
In N-Tier; a RESTful Architecture allows you to use ASP.NET MVC 4 and Visual Studio to create a CheckoutController to manage your Web API's checkout procedure. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how the AddressAndPayment GET and POST methods; nested in a Try...Catch block; facilitate data entry and validation; so you can add; save; process; and complete orders.
-
N-Tier – Starting a New Project
When developing an application architecture using an N-Tier approach; Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to quickly and easily start a new project using a predefined template. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create an empty Model-View-Controller (MVC) project in Visual Studio before you start your application development.
-
N-Tier – Using a Model to Pass Information to a View
In an application architecture implementing an N-Tier approach; the Model-View-Controller pattern allows you to pass information from controller actions which return ActionResults to view templates by using models to create a dynamic web site in Visual studio. In this video; Mike McMillan creates model classes before modifying the StoreController to use views which display information from the model.
-
N-Tier – Using Data Annotations for Model Validation
In N-tier; validation can be done by adding Data Annotations to Model Classes. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to add Data Annotations to the Album class file to use Data Validation on data entered into the application.
-
N-Tier – Working with the Store Manager Controller Code
The StoreManagerController allows us to examine the auto generated code that is provided when creating a controller with scaffolding in Microsoft Visual Studio within an application architecture implementing an N-Tier approach. In this video; Mike McMillan highlights the action code in the StoreManagerController class that lets you retrieve; create; edit; and delete items from the Store.
-
REST – Adding a Task Class
Before creating controllers in a Representational State Transfer (REST) style of software architecture; you should add a Task class that defines the different methods for performing tasks within the application. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a Task class; implement its properties; and declare the property accessors in Microsoft Visual Studio.
-
REST – Creating a REST Service – Starting the Project
In a REST style of architecture; Microsoft Visual Studio provides project templates that allow you to quickly and easily start a new project when creating a RESTful service. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create a new ASP.NET MVC 4 Web App; and the folders in Solution Explorer that will be used to develop a RESTful service.
-
REST – Examining the Routes
When creating a new project in Microsoft Visual Studio that implements the REST style of architecture; the project templates for MVC include preconfigured URL routes that specify the URL pattern that is mapped to a handler. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates the routes in the RouteConfig.cs file and how to modify the scaffolding for a RESTful service.
-
REST – Implementing the Delete Method
REST Architecture provides developers with a Delete method to remove a repository. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to implement the Delete method in a REST service.
-
REST – Implementing the Get Method
When creating a service based upon the REST style of architecture; once a controller's repository has been established it is necessary to implement controller Get() methods that return the tasks from the repository. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to return all the tasks from the repository and how to return tasks based upon id using Get() methods.
-
REST – Implementing the Post Methods
REST Architecture provides developers with a Post method to request the origin server to accept an entity as a subordinate resource. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to implement the Post method in a REST service.
-
REST – Implementing the Put Method
REST Architecture provides developers with a Put method so you can create or update within a REST service. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to implement the Put method in a REST service by placing it within a try-catch statement.
-
REST – Mapping URLs
Before developing an application using the REST style of software architecture; it's important to plan the mapping of URLs for the servers to establish how they look for a particular REST service. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to plan the mapping between create; read; update; and delete (CRUD) operations; HTTP methods; and request URIs for a task service.
-
REST – Overview of Implementing a REST Service
In a Representational State Transfer (REST) architectural style; RESTful services allow an application to publish Web services that are accessed by other applications to exchange data as an alternative to other more complex mechanisms. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates the basic principles when implementing a RESTful Web service.
-
REST – Resource Representations
In REST Architecture; five common media types can be used for resources. In this video; Mike McMillan details the five common media types and explains their advantages and disadvantages.
-
REST – Resources and URIs
A RESTful Architecture and its services allow you to design URIs and make certain resources available to your Web API. In this video; Mike McMillan explains the need for a RESTful service to be hypertext driven; to provide a base URI; a Web-supported Internet media type; operations using HTTP methods; and either a Collection or an Element resource URI.
-
REST – Setting the TaskController
REST Architecture allows developers to build a TasksController which controls the Controllers. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to create an ITaskRepository interface using an ITaskRepository.cs file containing method declarations; and a public interface ITaskRepository.
-
REST – Uniform Interface
In REST Architecture; all services operate using the same uniform interface. In this video; Mike McMillan explains the four qualities; or properties; that the uniform interface must have.
-
REST – What is REST?
Representational State Transfer (REST) architecture is a set of constraints applied to components; connectors; and data elements within a distributed hypermedia system based on the architecture of the World Wide Web. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates the architectural properties of REST architecture as well as the constraints which; when applied to the system; define a system as RESTful.
-
REST – Working with Controllers
Creating a service based upon the architecture of REST requires a controller that exposes the methods performed on a task resource; and Microsoft Visual Studio provides useful scaffolding options that you can implement and modify as required. In this video; Mike McMillan demonstrates how to add a new controller; then modify the arguments and return types of the methods.
-
Adding a jQuery Effect
You can add jQuery effect to show and hide HTML elements. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to add a jQuery effect in ASP.NET MVC 4 application.
-
Adding a jQuery UI Widget
You can add and display a jQuery UI widget in an ASP.NET MVC 4 application. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to add a jQuery UI widget in an ASP.NET MVC 4 application.
-
Adding a jQuery Utility
A jQuery utility can be used to position content in ASP.NET MVC 4 application. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to add a jQuery utility in ASP.NET MVC 4 application.
-
Adding a New Layout Page
The ASP.NET MVC 4 framework can be used to develop scalable web and mobile applications using a variety of established web standards and design patterns. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to add and use a new layout page in an ASP.NET MVC 4 Web Application.
-
Adding a New MVC 4 Unit Test
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can create a test project and add a new unit test for the web application. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to add a new MVC 4 unit test in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Adding a New Page in a Web Forms Application
In ASP.NET; you can develop web pages and web forms for an application. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to add a new web forms page in a web forms application.
-
Adding a New Page in a Web Pages Application
In ASP.NET; you can develop web pages and web sites for an application by using Visual Studio 2013. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to add a new web page in a web pages application.
-
Adding a New Page in an MVC 4 Web Application
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can add a new page in your web application. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to add a new view to an ASP.NET MVC 4 Web Application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Applying a JavaScript Resource to the UI
this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to configure an XML media-type formatter to handle circular object references in XML in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Applying a Site Layout Page to a Web Forms Application
Web forms applications are created using the web forms project template. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to apply a site layout page to a web form page.
-
Applying a Site Layout Page to a Web Pages Application
In ASP.NET; you can apply a site layout page to a newly added web page in a web pages application in Visual Studio 2013. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to apply the site layout page.
-
Applying a Site Layout Page to an MVC 4 Web Application
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can apply a site layout page to an MVC 4 Web Application. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to apply a site layout page to a newly added view in an ASP.NET MVC 4 Web Application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Applying an MVC 4 Controller Action Filter
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can directly apply action filters to MVC 4 Controller actions in Visual Studio 2013. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to apply an MVC 4 Controller action filter.
-
Applying an SSL Certificate
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to prevent cross-site scripting (XSS) by using HTML encoding in ASP.NET.
-
Applying Route Constraints
Using the ASP.NET MVC4 web application in Visual Studio 2013; you are able to define MVC routes and apply constraints to them. This allows you to define patterns by which URLs can be matched to controllers; and constraints can be applied to the controllers. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to define MVC routes and apply constraints to them.
-
Arranging Scheduled Diagnostics Collection
In this video; Jason Row outlines how to arrange scheduled diagnostics collection in ASP.NET MVC 4 applications.
-
Bundling and Minifying Scripts
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to bundle and minify application scripts in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
Carrying Out Async Testing
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to perform an unit test using an async controller in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Choosing a Connection Loss Strategy
In this video; Wesley Miller outlines some key factors that impact the choice of a WebSocket connection loss strategy in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Combining Razor Code Blocks with Markup
The ASP.NET MVC 4 framework can be used to develop scalable web and mobile applications using a variety of established web standards and design patterns. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to combine MVC Razor code blocks with HTML markup to render view content in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Compressing and Decompressing Data Using Gzip
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to check the browser client's HTTP request encoding header for Gzip compression support in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Compressing and Decompressing Data Using Storage
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to check the browser client's HTTP request encoding header for deflate compression support in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Configuring a Custom Membership Provider
In this video; Wesley Miller describes how to configure a custom membership provider in ASP.NET MVC 4 web applications.
-
Configuring a SQL Membership Provider
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to configure a SQL Membership Provider in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Configuring and Testing a Custom Role Provider
In this video; Wesley Miller describes how to configure and test a custom role provider in ASP.NET MVC 4 web applications.
-
Configuring Authentication Settings
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to configure authentication settings in an ASP.NET MVC 4 application.
-
Configuring Clients that Consume Custom STS Tokens
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can create a client web application that consumes custom Security Token Service (STS) tokens in Visual Studio 2013. In this video; Wesley Miller uses the Startup Projects option to select multiple startup projects for the client application.
-
Configuring Controller Route Parameters
You can configure route parameters to get content from the custom controller. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to configure MVC controller route parameters in an ASP.Net MVC 4 Web Application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Configuring Cryptography Settings
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to encrypt and decrypt connection strings in a Web.config file in ASP.NET MVC 4.
-
Configuring Custom Error Settings
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to configure a custom error page when a MVC web application encounters an exception in ASP.NET MVC 4.
-
Configuring Database Connections Settings
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to configure database connection settings in ASP.NET MVC 4.
-
Configuring Diagnostics Using Azure Diagnostics API
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to respond to the Azure start; run; and stop events in ASP.NET MVC 4 applications.
-
Configuring View Compilation Settings
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to configure view compilation settings in ASP.NET.
-
Connecting an On-Premises Server to Azure Cloud Service
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can configure an Azure Cloud service project to access and retrieve data from an on-premises server in Visual Studio 2013. In this video; Wesley Miller uses the Startup Project option to select multiple startup projects.
-
Connecting to a SQL Server Express Local Database
In this video; Wesley Miller connects an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application to a SQL Server database.
-
Connecting to a Windows Azure SQL Database
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to connect an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application to a Windows Azure SQL database in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Consuming JSON Data
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to retrieve and display JSON data in an ASP.NET Web API framework.
-
Consuming Tokens from a Custom Security Token Service
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can create a web application that is capable of consuming security tokens issued from a custom Security Token Service in Visual Studio 2013. In this video; Wesley Miller uses the SWTConstants class to store constants that are used as token claim identifiers.
-
Consuming XML Data
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the ASP.NET Web API Framework to retrieve and display XML data in an ASP.NET MVC 4 application view in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Creating a Custom Model Binder
In this video; Wesley Miller creates and uses a custom model binder to pass HTTP request parameters to a controller action method using query strings in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Creating a Custom Model Binder using Form Values
In this video; Wesley Miller creates and uses a custom model binder to pass HTTP request parameters to a controller action using form field values in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Creating a Custom Security Token Service Class
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can create a custom Security Token Service class. In this video; Wesley Miller uses the GetScope method to set the encrypting scope property.
-
Creating a Custom Security Token Service Login Page
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can create a custom Security Token Service that issues simple web tokens to an ASP.NET client application in Visual Studio 2013. In this video; Wesley Miller uses the Login_Authenticate method to check if the username field is empty when the user clicks the Login button.
-
Creating a Custom Validation Rule
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create a custom data validation attribute and apply it to a model class property in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Creating a Fake HTTP Context Class
In this video; Wesley Miller outlines the steps to create a fake HTTP context class that can be used to construct unit tests for Web API routes.
-
Creating a JavaScript Resource
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to configure the JSON MediaTypeFormatter to handle circular object references in JSON in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Creating a New Database Entry
In this video; Wesley Miller explains how to use MVC Scaffolding to create a controller with actions and views that can be used to add new records to a SQL Server Express database.
-
Creating a New MVC 4 Web Application
Using ASP.Net MVC applications; you can cleanly separate UI logic from data management concerns and can also support user authentication and account management. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create a new ASP.Net MVC 4 Web Application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Creating a New MVC Model Class
In this video; Wesley Miller creates a model class and accesses data from class properties in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Creating a New Web Forms Application
Web forms applications are created using the web forms project template. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create a new web forms application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Creating a New Web Pages Application
In ASP.NET; you can create a web pages application by using the Web Site (Razor v2) project template. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create a new web pages application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Creating a Windows Azure Cloud Service
ASP.NET MVC 4 allows you to create an MVC 5 Application and convert it to a Windows Azure cloud service project. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create a Windows Azure Cloud service project using Visual Studio 2013.
-
Creating an Async Controller
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create an async controller in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Creating an MVC 4 Unit Test Project
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can use a unit test project for creating test methods that can be used on MVC controller actions. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create a unit test project in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Creating an On-Premises Server Solution
ASP.NET MVC 4 allows you to create an on-premises server solution. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create a console application in Visual Studio 2013 to be used as an on-premises server solution for a hybrid web application.
-
Creating and Authorizing User Roles
A role can be defined as a group of users who will be authorized to have certain access privileges throughout an application. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use ASP.NET authorization to create a new user role and add users to it in an ASP.NET MVC 4 Web Application.
-
Creating Custom HTML Helper Classes
The ASP.NET MVC 4 framework can be used to develop scalable web and mobile applications using a variety of established web standards and design patterns. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create a custom HTML helper class in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Creating Custom Security Tokens
With ASP.NET MVC 4; you can create a Visual C# class library that uses the Windows Identity Foundation (WIF) framework to work with a custom security token format in Microsoft Visual Studio 2013. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create a Visual C# class library that uses the WIF framework to work with a custom security token format.
-
Creating MVC Model Classes with Relationships
In this video; Wesley Miller discusses how to implement a relationship between two model classes in an ASP.NET application.
-
Creating New Applications with Mobile Template
In this video; Wesley Miller develops a basic ASP.NET MVC 4 web application using the Mobile Application template in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Creating Roles and Adding Users
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create roles and add users in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Creating Satellite Resource Assemblies
Satellite resource assemblies are libraries that contain translated resources appropriate for multi-language applications. In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to create satellite resource assemblies in ASP.NET MVC 4 web applications.
-
Customizing Data Annotation Error Messages
In this video; Wesley Miller customizes validation error messages in ASP.NET MVC 4 view.
-
Debugging an Application Using Remote Desktop Protocol
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to debug an application using remote desktop protocol in ASP.NET MVC 4 web applications.
-
Debugging an Azure Application Using IntelliTrace
After watching this video; you will be able to use IntelliTrace to debug a Windows Azure application.
-
Decompressing Data Using Deflate
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use Gzip compression to encode HTTP response data in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Defining a Custom MVC 4 Action Filter
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can define a CustomController action filter in Visual Studio 2013. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to define a custom MVC 4 action filter.
-
Defining a Custom URL Decryption Method
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to define a custom URL decryption method in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Defining a Custom URL Encryption Method
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstartes how to define a custom URL encryption method in ASP.NET MVC 4 web applications.
-
Defining an Area
Using the ASP.NET MVC4 web application for Visual Studio 2013; you are able to define and register new areas in an application. This allows you to create manageable code for the application that is separated according to the area it belongs to. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to define areas in an ASP.NET MVC4 web application.
-
Defining an MVC 4 Controller Action Result
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can define a new MVC controller ActionResult. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to define an MVC 4 controller ActionResult.
-
Defining an MVC Route to Handle a URL Pattern
Using the ASP.NET MVC4 web application in Visual Studio 2013; you are able to define routes that can handle incoming URLs that contain parameter patterns. This allows you to define an MVC route to handle a custom URL pattern. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how ASP.NET routes can be defined to handle incoming URLs that contain parameter patterns.
-
Defining Routes that Ignore URL Pattern
Using the ASP.NET MVC4 web application for Visual Studio 2013; you are able to define routes that ignore URL patterns. This allows you to configure the runtime application to follow certain routes; while overlooking others. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to define routes that ignore URL patterns.
-
Defining Web API Controller Routes
In ASP.NET MVC4 web applications in Visual Studio 2013; you are able to configure routing tables. This allows you to define new Web API controller routes. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to define Web API controller routes.
-
Deleting an Existing Database Entry
In this video; Wesley Miller uses MVC Scaffolding to create a controller with actions and views that can be used to delete existing records from a SQL Server Express database.
-
Deploying a Secure ASP.NET Web Application
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to deploy a secure ASP.NET MVC 4 web application to Windows Azure.
-
Deploying to IIS
After watching this video; you will be able to deploy an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application to IIS for local testing.
-
Deploying to Windows Azure
After watching this video; you will be able to deploy an ASP.NET MVC 5 web application to an Azure web site.
-
Designing a Hybrid Web Application
A hybrid web application is hosted in multiple locations and consists of on-premise and cloud-based solutions for data storage and management. In this video; Wesley Miller discusses key factors regarding the purpose and design of a hybrid web application developed in ASP.NET MVC 4.
-
Detecting Browser Features Using DOM Objects
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the DOM object to determine if the browser supports web performance API.
-
Disabling Request Validation for a Property
The AllowHtml attribute allows individual control over how request validation is applied. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the AllowHtml attribute to disable request validation in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Disabling Request Validation for an Action Method
The ValidateInput attribute can be used to enable or disable input validation. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the ValidateInput attribute to handle unvalidated URL Requests.
-
Displaying a Custom Error Page Using Global.asax
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to use the Global.asax file to display custom error pages for the users in ASP.NET MVC 4 applications.
-
Displaying a Custom Error Page Using HTTPHandler
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to display a custom error page using the HTTPHandler attribute in ASP.NET applications.
-
Displaying Custom Error Pages Using Web.config
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to edit the Web.config file to display custom error pages for different status codes in an ASP.NET application.
-
Displaying Data
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use a Json media type formatter to format HTTP response data in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Displaying Dynamic Content in a Cached Page
In this video; Wesley Miller uses the Response.WriteSubstitution method to display dynamic data in a cached MVC 4 web application view in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Enabling and Configuring Application Health Monitoring
ASP.NET MVC 4 requires you to enable and configure application health monitoring. Tracking the health of your MVC application can be done easily with the addition of the health monitoring element in your system.web. In the video; Jason Row demonstrates how to enable and configure MVC application health monitoring.
-
Encrypting Application Configuration Sections
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to encrypt a section of an application configuration file in ASP.NET MVC 4 web applications.
-
Enforcing Conditions Using Code Contracts
ASP.NET MVC 4 allows you to enforce conditions using code contracts. In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to enforce conditions using code contracts for the times in your code where you have to be defensive in your programming approaches.
-
Generating URL Links to Web API Controllers
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the HttpRouteUrl helper to generate URLs in an MVC view that invoke Web API controller methods in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Getting Started with a Custom Security Token Handler
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can create a custom security token handler class that allows a web application to handle custom security tokens. In this video; Wesley Miller uses the SimpleWebTokenTypeUri class constant to specify the custom token type.
-
Globally Registering an MVC 4 Controller Action Filter
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can configure an MVC controller route with parameters for your web application. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to set up an MVC controller route with parameters in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Handling Exceptions Across Multiple Application Layers
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to handle exceptions across multiple application layers in ASP.NET.
-
Handling First Chance Exceptions
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to handle first chance exceptions in ASP.NET code.
-
Handling MVC 4 Unit Test Errors
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can locate and resolve errors for unit tests. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to handle MVC 4 unit test errors in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Handling Token Formats for SAML tokens
Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) 2.0 is an XML-based protocol that uses security tokens to pass on information about an end user. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to configure a Secure Token Service (STS) to manage SAML tokens in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Hosting an Application
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to deploy and host an ASP.NET MVC 4 application.
-
Identifying Configuration File Hierarchy
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates configuration file hierarchy in ASP.NET MVC 4.
-
Identifying MVC 4 Controller Route Data
Using MVC 4 controllers; you can have their application routes configured with the appropriate URL patterns so that they work properly. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to obtain and display controller route data in an ASP.Net MVC 4 Web Application view in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Implementing Web API HTTP Post
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to implement an HTTP Post method in a Web API controller in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Implementing a Repository Class
In this video; Wesley Miller discusses how to create and use a data repository class to implement data management logic in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Implementing Basic Unit Tests
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can create and implement unit tests for a web application. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to implement basic unit tests in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Implementing Deferred Validation
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to implement deferred request validation in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Implementing Federated Authentication Using Azure
Federated authentication is a claims-based type of authentication that allows users to share their identity across multiple services. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use federated authentication in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Implementing Partial Views
The ASP.NET MVC 4 framework can be used to develop scalable web and mobile applications using a variety of established web standards and design patterns. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create and render a Partial view in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Implementing Start; Run; and Stop Events
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to respond to Start; Run; and Stop events in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Implementing Tracing and Logging
ASP.NET MVC 4 allows you to implement tracing and logging. Logging plays a key role in debugging issues with your application and you can make use of the System.Diagnostics.Trace class in order to create log files. In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to implement tracing and logging.
-
Implementing WCF Service Authorization
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to implement Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) service authorization.
-
Implementing Web API HTTP Delete
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to implement the HTTP Delete method in a Web API controller in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Implementing Web API HTTP Get
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to implement an HTTP Get method for a Web API controller in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Implementing Web API HTTP Put
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to implement an HTTP Put method in a Web API controller in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Instantiating Model Objects from Controller Actions
In this video; Wesley Miller instantiates an MVC model class object from a controller class action and displays object property values in a view in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Linking Between Areas
Using the ASP.NET MVC4 web application for Visual Studio 2013; you are able to generate hyperlinks between areas. These hyperlinks allow you to gain access to controllers and their actions across different areas. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create links between areas in a project.
-
Obtaining Application Route Data
The ASP.NET MVC4 web application in Visual Studio 2013 allows you to obtain and display application route data. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to do this using an ASP.NET MVC4 web application template.
-
Overriding a User Browser
In this video; Wesley Miller uses jQuery Mobile in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application to create a page link that can be used to switch between desktop view and mobile view when using a mobile browser user agent.
-
Overriding Web API Controller Action Names
Using ASP.NET MVC4 for web applications in Visual Studio 2013; you are able to override web API controller action names. To do this; you apply the ActionName attribute to the required actions in a specified pattern. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to do override action names.
-
Parametizing Queries to Prevent SQL Injection Attacks
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the parameterized SQL queries to prevent SQL injection attacks in ASP.NET MVC 4 web applications.
-
Planning a Web Farm
In this video; Wesley Miller describes planning a web farm in ASP.NET MVC 4.
-
Planning Applications for Various Screen Resolutions
In this video; Wesley Miller explains how to write CSS that automatically adjusts the web page display from a desktop screen to a mobile device screen in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Preparing for Application Deployment
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to prepare for application deployment by changing settings in the Web.config file using ASP.NET MVC 4.
-
Preventing Caching in ASP.NET MVC Application
In this video; Wesley Miller prevents view content caching using the SetCacheability method in an ASP.NET MVC 4 view in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Preventing Cross-Site Request Forgeries
Cross-site request forgery is a type of malicious web site exploitation where unauthorized commands are transmitted from a user at a trusted site. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to prevent cross-site request forgery attacks in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Preventing XSS Attacks using HTML Encoding
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use HTML form encoding to prevent cross-site scripting attacks in ASP.NET MVC 4 applications.
-
Programmatically Authorizing User Roles
With ASP.NET MVC 4; you can programmatically create new roles in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use ASP.NET authorization to create a new role and add a user to that role in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application in Microsoft Visual Studio 2013.
-
Reading an Existing Database Entry
In this video; Wesley Miller uses MVC Scaffolding to create a controller with actions and views that can be used to read existing records in a SQL Server Express database.
-
Reading and Writing Binary Data Asynchronously
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to read and write binary data asynchronously in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Reading and Writing String Data Asynchronously
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to read and write string data asynchronously over a WebSocket connection using ASP.NET MVC 4 in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Redirecting to Other Areas
Using the ASP.NET MVC4 web application for Visual Studio 2013; you are able to redirect controller actions between areas. This involves adding ActionLinks that link controllers to actions in other areas and then adding a redirect flag to the controller. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to redirect controller actions from one area to another.
-
Registering Web API Controller Routes
Using the ASP.NET MVC4 web application for Visual Studio 2013; you are able to register Web API controller routes. This provides you with greater control over your web APIs. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to register Web API controller routes.
-
Rendering a Menu Control Using MVC SiteMap Provider
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the MvcSiteMapProvider NuGet Package to render a menu control in an ASP.NET MVC 4 Web Application view.
-
Reporting Validation Errors in UI using jQuery
In this video; Wesley Miller explains how to use the jQuery Validation plugin to carry out client-side validation in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Retrieving Certificates and Configuring a Custom STS
With ASP.NET MVC 4; you can create a custom Security Token Service (STS) that issues Simple Web Token (SWT) tokens to an ASP.NET client application in Microsoft Visual Studio 2013. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create a custom STS in Microsoft Visual Studio 2013.
-
Salting and Hashing Passwords for Secure Storage
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to encrypt passwords before storing them in a database by using the salting and hashing techniques in an ASP.NET application.
-
Seeding a SQL Server Express LocalDB Database
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use a database initializer class with Entity Framework 6 to create and seed a SQL Server Express database with sample data in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Session Management in a Distributed Environment
In this video; Wesley Miller discusses session management in a distributed environment for an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Setting Up a Custom Membership Provider Model
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to set up a model for a custom membership provider in an ASP.NET MVC 4 application.
-
Setting Up a Custom Role Provider Model
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to set up a model for a custom role provider in ASP.NET applications.
-
Setting Up a Custom URL Decryption Helper Class
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to set up a Custom URL Decryption Helper Class in ASP.NET MVC 4 applications.
-
Setting Up a Custom URL Encryption Helper Class
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to set Up a Custom URL Encryption Helper Class in ASP.NET MVC 4 web applications.
-
Setting Up a SQL Membership Provider Model
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to set up a SQL membership provider model in ASP.NET.
-
Setting Up Forms Authentication User Login
In this video; Wesley Miller describes forms authentication for user login functionality in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Setting Up Forms Authentication User Registration
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to set up forms authentication for user registration in an ASP.NET web application.
-
Signing Application Data to Prevent Tampering
A redirection attack deflects communication intended for one destination to a different location. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to protect against open redirection attacks in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Storing Custom Settings in a Configuration File
After watching this video; you will be able to store custom application settings in a configuration file for an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Testing a Custom Membership Provider
In this video; Wesley Miller describes how to test a custom membership provider in an ASP.NET MVC 4 application.
-
Testing a SQL Membership Provider
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to test a SQL membership provider in ASP.NET applications.
-
Testing Custom URL Decryption
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstartes how to test custom URL decryption in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Testing Custom URL Encryption
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to implement a custom URL encryption logic in ASP.NET MVC 4 web applications.
-
Testing Forms Authentication using Simple Membership
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to authenticate forms by using a simple membership provider in ASP.NET web applications.
-
Testing HTTP DELETE on the Client
In this video; Wesley Miller outlines the steps to test HTTP DELETE on the client.
-
Testing HTTP POST on the Client
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to test HTTP POST on the client.
-
Testing HTTP PUT on the Client
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to implement an HTTP "PUT" method in an ASP.NET MVC 4 Web Application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Testing Role Creation and Authorization
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to test role creation and authorization in an ASP.NET web application.
-
Troubleshooting Application Errors
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you need be able to troubleshoot application errors. Information is the key when you’re trying to troubleshoot such errors; and many times it’s all about having the right process to follow. In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to troubleshoot application errors.
-
Troubleshooting Application Security
In ASP.NET MVC 4 development; you will need to troubleshoot application security. Security should always be a major consideration in every feature that you add to your MVC application. In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to troubleshoot and application to implement security.
-
Updating an Existing Database Entry
In this video; Wesley Miller uses MVC Scaffolding to create a controller with actions and views that can be used to edit existing records in a SQL Server Express database.
-
Using a Content Delivery Network
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the deflate compression to encode HTTP response data in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Using a Custom Display Mode
In this video; Wesley Miller uses the DisplayModeProvider class to create custom display modes for specific user smartphone models in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Using AJAX to Make Partial Page Updates
In ASP.NET; you can use Ajax with jQuery to make partial page updates in your application. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use Ajax to make partial page updates.
-
Using an AJAX Helper Script
You can use Ajax helper function to make an asynchronous HTTP request to the server. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use an Ajax helper function to make an asynchronous HTTP request to a server in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Using an Async Await
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the async await; the asynchronous programming model in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Using an XML Media-Type Formatter
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use an XML media-type formatter to format the display of HTTP response data in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Using Application State to Maintain State
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use application state to save and read state information in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Using Async Controller Actions
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create an asynchronous controller action in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Using Async Timeouts
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use asynchronous timeouts in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Using Controller Action Names in Custom Web API Routes
After watching this video; you will be able to use Windows Azure Diagnostics to collect diagnostics on demand in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Using Cookies to Maintain State
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create and add a structured cookie to an HTTP response in an ASP.NET MVC 4 Web Application.
-
Using Cookies to Manage User Sessions
Authentication cookies are used to verify users and to enable secure interaction with a system. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use a forms authentication cookie to manage a user session.
-
Using Glimpse to Monitor Network Activity
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the Glimpse tool to observe client and server network activity in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Using HTML Helpers
The ASP.NET MVC 4 framework can be used to develop scalable web and mobile applications using a variety of established web standards and design patterns. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use HTML Helper methods to create and render form elements in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Using jQuery to Call a Web Service
You can use jQuery to call web services with Ajax in an ASP.NET MVC 4 application. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use jQuery to call a web service.
-
Using jQuery to Modify HTML Elements
HTML elements can be created and modified through jQuery in ASP.NET MVC 4 applications. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to modify DOM elements in an ASP.NET MVC 4 application.
-
Using JS Libraries from a Content Delivery Network
JavaScript libraries from a Content Delivery Network can be used in ASP.NET MVC 4 applications. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the JavaScript libraries from the Content Delivery Network.
-
Using LINQ Queries with Method and Query Syntax
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use a LINQ to Entities query with a combination of method and query syntax to retrieve data from a connected SQL Server Compact 4.0 database in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Using LINQ Queries with Method Syntax
In this video; Wesley Miller explains how to use a LINQ to Entities query with method syntax to retrieve data from a connected SQL Server Compact 4.0 database in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Using Modernizr to Detect Browser Features
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can use NuGet Package Manager for installing JavaScript libraries. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use Modernizr to detect and respond to client browser features in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Using NuGet to Add a JavaScript Library
The NuGet package manager can be used to install JavaScript libraries in Visual Studio. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use NuGet to install a JavaScript library.
-
Using Page Inspector to Browse an Application
The ASP.NET MVC 4 framework can be used to develop scalable web and mobile applications using a variety of established web standards and design patterns. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the Page Inspector to browse application code and examine layout and styling in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Using Profile Properties to Store State Information
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the application state to save and read the state information in ASP.NET MVC 4 web applications.
-
Using Query Strings to Maintain State
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use a query string to pass information from view to view in an ASP.NET MVC 4 Web Application.
-
Using Session State to Maintain State
In this video; Wesley Miller describes the use of the sessionState variable to save and read state information for the current browser session.
-
Using the DataType Data Annotation
In this video; Wesley Miller uses the DataType data annotation on a model class object property to affect how the property value displays in an MVC 4 view.
-
Using the Default Model Binder
In this video; Wesley Miller uses the default MVC model binder to pass HTTP request parameters to a controller action method in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Using the DisplayFormat Data Annotation
In this video; Wesley Miller uses the DisplayFormat data annotation on a DateTime field to customize the display format in an ASP.NET MVC 4 view.
-
Using the DisplayName Data Annotation
In this video; Wesley Miller uses the DisplayName annotation on a model class object property to customize property label display in an ASP.NET MVC 4 view.
-
Using the Entity Framework Code First Workflow
In this video; Wesley Miller explains how to use the Entity Framework code-first approach to generate a SQL Server Express database from an MVC model class in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Using the Entity Framework Database First Workflow
In this video; Wesley Miller uses the Entity Framework database-first approach to produce MVC models; controllers; and views from a connected SQL Server Compact 4.0 database in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Using the Entity Framework Model First Workflow
In this video; Wesley Miller discusses how to use the Entity Framework model-first approach to generate a SQL Server database in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Using the MVC 4 Unit Test Assert Class
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can use the Assert class within unit test to perform various tests for a web application. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the MVC 4 unit test Assert class in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Using the Task Parallel Library
The task parallel library supports parallel event processing in web applications. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the task parallel library to manage concurrent and independent tasks by using ASP.NET MVC 4 in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Using Validation Annotations
In this video; Wesley Miller validates user input data by applying data annotations to a model property in an ASP.NET MVC 4 view.
-
Using Web API Parameter Bindings
Using ASP.NET MVC4 for web applications in Visual Studio 2013; you are able to perform parameter binding. This allows you to prevent a specified controller method from being invoked as an action. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use web API parameter binding.
-
Using Web API Routes with Controller Action Names
ASP.NET MVC4 for web applications in Visual Studio 2013 allows you to implement a custom web API route that uses a controller action name in its route template. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use web API routes with controller action names.
-
Validating and Writing Custom Tokens
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can validate and write custom tokens. In this video; Wesley Miller uses the ValidateSignature method to validate the signature of the token.
-
Validating Audience; Parsing and Creating Token Claims
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can display claims information from incoming tokens on a web page in Visual Studio 2013. In this video; Wesley Miller uses the ParseToken method to parse the token into a collection of claims.
-
Working with Async Exceptions
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to handle asynchronous exceptions in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Working with Browser Plug-ins
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create user-friendly routes to build information hierarchy by using the ASP.NET MVC 4 application.
-
Working with Crash Dumps
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to work with crash dumps in ASP.NET MVC 4 web applications.
-
Working with Custom Authentication
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to implement custom authentication in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Working with Display Modes
In this video; Wesley Miller creates view files for generic desktop and mobile browser display modes and tests the ASP.NET MVC 4 display modes feature in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Working with Event Logs
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to work with event logs to monitor servers in ASP.NET MVC 4 web applications.
-
Working with IIS Startup Tasks
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to create a batch file to perform startup tasks in ASP.NET.
-
Working with MVC 4 Controller Action Selectors
In ASP.NET MVC 4; you can use action names and accept verbs to define action selectors for an MVC controller in Visual Studio 2013. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to work with MVC 4 controller action selectors.
-
Working with Performance Counters
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to work with Performance Counters in ASP.NET MVC 4 web applications.
-
Working with the Data Cache
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the hasFeature method to determine browser support for a specific feature in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
Working with the DisplayModeProvider
In this video; Wesley Miller uses the DisplayModeProvider class to create custom display modes for specific user tablet models in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Working with the HTTP Cache
In this video; Wesley Miller implements an HTTP browser cache in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Working with the Output Cache
In this video; Wesley Miller implements the OutputCache attribute in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Working with the TempData Object
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the TempData object to persist the view data through a redirect action in an ASP.NET MVC 4 Web Application.
-
Working with the ViewBag Object
In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the ViewBag object to persist data among views in an ASP.NET MVC 4 Web Application.
-
Working with the ViewData Object
The ViewData dictionary object can be used to pass data from a controller to a view in key-value pairs. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the ViewData object to pass data from a controller to a view.
-
Working with Vendor-Specific Extensions
In this video; Wesley Miller creates a cache profile in web.config and implements it with the OutputCache attribute on an MVC 4 controller action in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Working with Windows Authentication
Authentication is vital in preventing unauthorized users from accessing a network infrastructure. In this video; Wesley Miller describes how to work with Windows authentication in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Writing Code Blocks in Razor
The ASP.NET MVC 4 framework can be used to develop scalable web and mobile applications using a variety of established web standards and design patterns. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to write a simple Razor code block in C# that dynamically processes user input in an MVC view.
-
Writing Comments in Razor
The ASP.NET MVC 4 framework can be used to develop scalable web and mobile applications using a variety of established web standards and design patterns. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to write comments in MVC Razor code in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Writing Semantic Markup for a Screen Reader
In this video; Wesley Miller describes how to create a unit test to test the default web API route in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Accessing an Azure Redis Cache
After watching this video; you will be able to access a Microsoft Azure Redis cache from a Microsoft Azure web site developed using an ASP.NET MVC 5 application template.
-
Accessing Remote Azure Sites using Server Explorer
After watching this video; you will be able to access and interact with a remote Microsoft Azure web site using the Server Explorer in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Creating an Azure Redis Cache
After watching this video; you will be able to create and configure a new Microsoft Azure Redis Cache using Microsoft Azure Portal Preview.
-
Implementing Real-Time Communications using SignalR
After watching this video; you will be able to use the SignalR library to implement real-time communications in an ASP.NET MVC 5 web application.
-
Specifying Override Filters
After watching this video; you will be able to specify an override filter in an ASP.NET MVC 5 web application.
-
Testing Multiple Browsers Using Browser Link
After watching this video; you will be able to create a web test using the Browser Link feature in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Class Hierarchy – Creating Interfaces
In C# Programming; interfaces are valuable programming tools because they separate the definition of objects from their implementation. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how to create an interface.
-
Class Hierarchy – Indexers
In C# Programming; you can create an indexer property to give easy access to the items in your array or collection. In this video; Joe Barrett discusses how to use indexers.
-
Consuming Data – Binary Serialization
In C# Programming; you can use binary serialization to send data efficiently to another process. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use binary formatter to create and save a file.
-
Consuming Data – Forcing Query Execution
C# Programming enables you to use specific methods to force LINQ to store a static copy of the result in memory. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how a record added to a database does not display in a queried list until the query is rerun.
-
Consuming Data – JSON Data
C# Programming enables you to see JSON data returned from a web service in raw format or; using the DataContractJsonSerializer instance; stream it through; and use it as an object in your application. In this video; Joe Barrett establishes a JSON stream; calls ReadObject method on it; and incorporates it as an object into his application.
-
Consuming Data – JSON Serialization
In C# Programming; you can use JSON serialization to get C# objects from JSON data. In this video; Joe Barrett discusses how to use JSON serialization.
-
Consuming Data – Linq to XML Data
C# Programming enables you to use the LINQ to XML provider to easily import XML file elements; attributes; and values into your applications. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to load a document and parse its XML elements.
-
Consuming Data – Linq to XML Data Part 2
C# Programming's LINQ to XML functionality enables you to parse attributes and values; loop through collections containing multiple elements of the same name; and extract the data you need. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to parse XML attributes and their values and loop through attributes and extract needed data.
-
Consuming Data – Selecting from a Database
C# Programming enables you to select data from a database using Language Integrated Query (LINQ); which models data types as classes or properties. In this video; Joe Barrett uses the ADO.Net Entity Data Model to demonstrate how provider-data types are abstracted and defined as entities and functions.
-
Consuming Data – Selecting with Anonymous Types
C# Programming enables you to use anonymous types in a Select statement to define properties and extract data from a query's object entities. In this video; Joe Barrett explains the properties and syntax of anonymous types; and compiles a query.
-
Consuming Data – Stored Procedures in a Model
In C# Programming; you can use stored procedures in a data model either by themselves or as an easy way to insert; update; or delete an entity. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how to add a stored procedure to a model.
-
Consuming Data – Updating Through a Model
C# Programming enables you to connect to and update single database records through the Entity Framework model. In this video; Joe Barrett compiles a query using an anonymous type; the SingleOrDefault method; the Console.ReadLine method; and the SaveChanges method.
-
Consuming Data – Using LINQ Operators
In C# Programming; you can use Language Integrated Query; or LINQ; operators to find particular pieces of information from arrays. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use LINQ operators and methods such as length; joins; orderby; and aggregate functions.
-
Consuming Data – Webservice Data
In C# Programming; you can convert XML data received from a web service into other usable formats. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to translate web service data to other formats.
-
Consuming Data – XML Serialization
In C# Programming; you can perform XML serialization to obtain XML data from an object. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates the process of using XML Serialization to create objects from XML data and vice versa.
-
Consuming Types – Class Based on IDisposable
In C# Programming; you can release unmanaged resources by implementing the IDisposable interface. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to work with the IDisposable interface and outlines the steps required to create and implement this interface.
-
Consuming Types – Class Based on IEnumerable
In C# Programming; you can implement the IEnumerable interface to enable your classes to respond to the "foreach" loop. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how to implement the IEnumerable interface.
-
Consuming Types – Converting Ref Types
In C# Programming; reference type variables are flexible pointers that lead to real data. In this video; Joe Barrett discusses how to work with reference type variables in the .NET framework.
-
Consuming Types – Creating and Using Classes
Class is a type that is foundational to object-oriented programming in C#. In C# Programming; you can create templates and use it as many times as you want. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how to create a custom class template used to group together variables.
-
Consuming Types – Creating and Using Enums
In C# Programming; you can use enums to allow you to assign symbolic names to integral values and make your code more readable. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use enums.
-
Consuming Types – Creating Structure
In C# Programming; you can use structs; which are value types; to encapsulate small groups of related variables. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to create structs.
-
Consuming Types – Extension Methods
C# Programming enables you; using extension methods; to add functionality to a class without extending it through inheritance. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to create an extension method.
-
Consuming Types – Implementing IComparable
In C# Programming; you can enable collection sorting by implementing the IComparable interface. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to implement the IComparable interface.
-
Consuming Types – Inheritance
In C# Programming; you can build inheritance into classes that you create to maximize code reuse and maintainability. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use inheritance.
-
Consuming Types – Reflection
In C# Programming; you can use the System.Reflection namespace to find out information about members; properties; methods; and events of a specific type. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how to use System.Reflection namespace.
-
Consuming Types – Using CodeDOM
In C# Programming; you can generate code at runtime with other code by using CodeDOM. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates the use of CodeDOM.
-
Consuming Types – Using Constructors
In C# Programming; constructors are methods inside a class that are executed automatically whenever the class is instantiated. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how constructors are created and used in a .NET application.
-
Consuming Types – Using Generic Methods
In C# Programming; you may have to deal with multiple overloads that are caused by creating a method that accepts different parameter types. In this video; Joe Barrett uses Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 to create a Generic Method to solve this problem.
-
Consuming Types – Using IConvertible
In C# Programming; the .NET interface IConvertible provides you with more control over the ways your object converts to another data type. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to implement IConvertible in Visual Studio.
-
Consuming Types – Using IFormattable
In C# Programming; you can use the IFormattable interface to provide users with easy-to-use data formatting options. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how to use the IFormattable interface.
-
Consuming Types – Using Optional and Named Parameters
In C#; you can use optional and named parameters to enable you to create flexibility in calling methods. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use optional and named parameters.
-
Consuming Types – Using the Dynamic Runtime
In C# Programming; you can interoperate with other languages that don't use type creation by using the C# language. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the dynamic runtime.
-
Consuming Types – Converting Value Types
In C# Programming; values can be expressed as more than one type. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how to convert value data types.
-
Debugging and Security – Basic Encryption
In C# Programming; you can implement encryption using classes. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use a basic symmetric encryption algorithm.
-
Debugging and Security – Encrypting Streams
In C# Programming; Streams are used extensively. You can use the CryptoStream object to encrypt and decrypt other Streams. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to chain the CryptoStream object to other objects that implement Streams as part of the encryption and decryption process.
-
Debugging and Security – Global Assembly Cache
C# Programming enables you to install and deploy strong-named components into and from the Global Assembly Cache (GAC) using drag and drop; the gacutil command-line tool; and the Windows Installer. In this video; Joe Barrett uses gacutil to deploy an assembly into the development environment before using the Windows Installer to create and install a production-environment MSI.
-
Debugging and Security – Hashing
In C# Programming; you can use hashing to verify data integrity. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to add a hash to encrypt data and verify whether or not it's been modified.
-
Debugging and Security – Managing Certificates
In C# Programming; you can use X509 certificates to verify the identity between the server and the client. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to view certificates and attach certificates to a request.
-
Debugging and Security – Strongnaming
C# Programming enables you to strong name assemblies for storage in the .Net Framework’s Global Assembly Cache(GAC) using the Developer Command Prompt for VS2012. In this video; Joe Barrett uses the sn tool and various switches to generate a unique key pair which he then assigns to an assembly.
-
Debugging and Security – Symmetric vs. Asymmetric
In C# Programming; you can use symmetric and asymmetric algorithms to encrypt and secure data. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates the differences between symmetric and asymmetric encryption.
-
Debugging and Security – Using Regex
In C# Programming; you can use the Rich Regular Expression; or Regex; syntax for pattern matching. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the Regex class with the Match method.
-
Debugging and Security – Validation Connection Streams
In C# Programming; you can use SQL connection class and SqlConnectionStringBuilder class to get secure database connections. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to validate connection strings.
-
Diagnostic and Debugging – Compiler Directives
C# Programming allows you to use the compiler directives in the C# programming language to configure in Debug and Build modes. In this video; Joe Barrett discusses the various ways in which the DEBUG constant can be defined.
-
Diagnostic and Debugging – Creating Performance Counters
In C# Programming; you can use the performance counters to give metrics to your performance applet. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to create performance counters.
-
Diagnostic and Debugging – Tracing
C# Programming comes with diagnostic and debugging tracing functionality. In this video; Joe Barrett; explains how to troubleshoot your application after deployment by using tracing functionality.
-
Diagnostic and Debugging – Working with Trace Switches
C# Programming allows you to configure trace switches for diagnostics and debugging. In this video; explores how you can identify application problems by using trace switches.
-
Diagnostic and Debugging – Writing to Event Logs
In C# Programming; event logging provides you with a way of recording important events in the applications that you can view in the Event Viewer. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to write to event logs.
-
Enforcing Encapsulation – Auto-Implemented Properties
In C# Programming; you can use auto-implemented properties as a concise way to implement properties that don't require controlled or moderated access. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use auto-implemented properties.
-
Enforcing Encapsulation – Defining Properties
By defining properties in C# Programming; you can enforce encapsulation to preserve the integrity of an object's state data and set valid values for the variables in a class. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use property procedures.
-
Enforcing Encapsulation – Explicit Interface Implementation
n C# Programming; when your class implements more than one interface; you should explicitly implement interface members to avoid name clashes and help enforce encapsulation in your applications. In this video; Joe Barrett highlights two interfaces that use the same methods before demonstrating how to use explicit interface implementation to avoid any conflicts.
-
Implementing Events and Callbacks – Anonymous Methods
In C# Programming; you can use delegates to call anonymous methods; which are more flexible than lambda expressions; are defined on the line; and are attached to the delegate. In this video; Joe Barrett compiles an anonymous method and uses it with an already defined method and invocation; to generate the results he needs.
-
Implementing Events and Callbacks – Creating and Using Delegate Types
C# Programming allows you to create delegates to call methods. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to create and use a delegate.
-
Implementing Events and Callbacks– Lambda Extensions
In C# Programming; you can use delegates containing lambda expressions; or parameters and variables; to invoke a single undefined method from an invocation list at runtime. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates the use of lambda expressions; noting their substitution for concrete methods and the syntax used by the compiler when according them an anonymous name.
-
Implementing Events and Callbacks – Subscribing to Events
In C# Programming; consuming classes can subscribe to C# events declared by delegates. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to raise the TransactionFailed event to allow the subscribers to handle the event.
-
Implementing Events and Callbacks – Using Built-In Delegate Types
In C# Programming; you can use delegates in C# to call a method of a certain signature at runtime. The delegates can be custom or built-in types. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use built-in delegates within the .NET framework.
-
Implementing Exception – Handling Creating Custom Exception Classes
In C# Programming; you can create your own custom exceptions in addition to the exceptions provided by the .NET framework. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how to create a custom exception class.
-
Implementing Exception – Handling Exceptions with Multiple Catch Blocks
In C# Programming; you can use multiple catch blocks to handle exceptions. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how to implement multiple catch blocks.
-
Implementing Exception – Handling Finally Block
In C# Programming; you can use the finally block at the end of a try-catch pattern to check whether or not an exception occurs. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how to use the finally block.
-
Implementing Multithreading – Continuation Tasks
In C# Programming; you can implement continuation tasks in the order in which tasks should be completed. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to create task threads in which each task begins based on the completion of the previous task.
-
Implementing Multithreading – Using Parallel For Statement
C# Programming allows you to use the Parallel For statement to implement multithreading. In this video; Joe Barrett; explores how you can take advantage of the asynchronous functionality provided in C # to use the Parallel For statement to schedule work on multiple threads.
-
Implementing Multithreading – Using Parallel LINQ
C# Programming allows you to use Parallel LINQ to obtain data in a more efficient way. In this video; Joe Barrett uses demonstrates the uses of Parallel LINQ.
-
Implementing Multithreading – Using Tasks
In C# Programming; you can use tasks to schedule work on different threads. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the task object to schedule and start tasks.
-
Implementing Program – Flow the Switch Statements
The switch statement in C# Programming is a control statement that allows you to have multiple selections based on a constant value of a variable and determines the control flow when executing a program. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates the use of switch statements.
-
Implementing Program – For and ForEach Statements
Looping is a basic operation in any programming language including C# Programming. The for and foreach statements in C# Programming are iteration statements that you can use to execute a statement a number of times; thereby creating loops when implementing program flow. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the for and foreach statements.
-
Implementing Program – Operators and Eval Expressions
In C# Programming; you can use operators to specify the functions the variables should perform in an evaluating expression. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use operators and evaluating expressions.
-
IO Operations – Asynchronous IO
C# Programming allows you to implement and leverage parallelism through asynchronous functionality and create responsive; robust .NET applications using the async and await keywords. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how the await keyword; applied to the result of the async keyword; prevents performance bottlenecks thereby enhancing an application's responsiveness.
-
IO Operations – Network Credentials
In C# Programming; the NetworkCredential object can be used to pass user credentials securely. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how to use the SecureString class in conjunction with the NetworkCredential object to pass user credentials safely.
-
IO Operations – The GZipStream
C# Programming enables you to perform lossless file compression and decompression while detecting any possible data corruption by utilizing the gzip data format through the GZipStream class. In this video; Joe Barrett introduces the GZipStream class and demonstrates how it is used to compress and decompress GZipStream objects.
-
IO Operations – Using Filestreams
C# Programming enables you to read from; write to; open; and close files on a file system using the FileStream; stream-based class. In this video; Joe Barrett explains the syntax of the FileStream constructor before demonstrating how to create a byte array implementing FileStream to stream in file data and then write the data to a new file.
-
IO Operations – System.NET
In C# Programming; the System.NET namespace helps you to easily access files and use FTP and HTTP effectively. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how to use file request to read from and write to a file.
-
Managing Object – Lifetime Garbage Collection
C# Programming includes the garbage collection functionality in .NET which automatically disposes of objects. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how to use the garbage collection functionality.
-
Managing Object – Lifetime Managing Unmanaged Resources
C# Programming enables you to use a dispose pattern to impose order on the lifetime of an object that accesses unmanaged resources and is not automatically reclaimed by the garbage collector. In this video; Joe Barrett uses the Dispose method provided by the IDisposable interface to eliminate unmanaged objects in a class.
-
Managing Program Flow – Locking
In C# Programming; you use locking to make sure data can only be accessed by one thread at a time. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the Lock statement; to prevent data from being accessed by multiple threads at a time.
-
Managing Program Flow – Synchronization
The .NET Framework functionality in C# Programming allows you to provide exclusive access to a resource by utilizing synchronization that lets one thread communicate an event to another through signaling. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use synchronization events.
-
Managing Program Flow – Thread-Safe Methods
In C# Programming; you can use Interlocked classes for thread safe numeric access. In this video; Joe Barrett discusses thread-safe methods.
-
Managing Program Flow – Throw vs. Rethrow
C# Programming enables you to throw an exception from an area of code where an error has occurred; and rethrow the exception by specifying the exception in the throw statement. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the throw and rethrow exceptions.
-
Manipulating Strings – Basic String Methods
When manipulating strings; or parts of strings in C# Programming; there are some basic string methods that you can use. In this video; Joe Barrett highlights some of the basic methods used to manipulate strings.
-
Manipulating Strings – Culture Specific String Manipulation
C# Programming enables you; through the .NET Framework and the CultureInfo format-provider object; to simultaneously format and render culture-specific dates and numbers. In this video; Joe Barrett uses C# Programming to illustrate the capabilities of IFormatProvider geographic and language parameters defined by the string.Format method and used by the CultureInfo object.
-
Manipulating Strings – Searching in Strings
C# Programming's String.Remove method enables you search a string and return a new string from which specified characters have been removed. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use String.Remove method and foreach statements to iterate backwards through a character array; resulting in a new string.
-
Manipulating Strings – String Formatting
With C# Programming; you can use multiple methods within the .Net Framework to format different data types and render them as strings. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use string formatting to format string to a specific type; using the example of dates and currency to show when re-formatting may be required.
-
Manipulating Strings – StringBuilder Class
In C# Programming; you can use the StringBuider object to handle string variables. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how to use the StringBuilder object.
-
Manipulating Strings – StringReader and Writer
In C# Programming; you can use the StringReader and StringWriter objects to handle large blocks of text. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how to use the StringReader and StringWriter objects.
-
Storing and Retrieving – Implementing Dot Net Interfaces
In C# Programming; you use classes to perform specialized tasks. In this video; Joe Barrett uses Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 to implement the IComparable interface and CompareTo method in order to display items in a specific order.
-
Storing and Retrieving – Initializing Adding and Removing
C# Programming enables you to add complete collections to a List object using the AddRange method. In this video; Joe Barrett uses the AddRange method to add an ArrayList to a List object; and demonstrates methods you can use to expand or reduce the List object’s capacity by specified increments; as items are added or removed.
-
Storing and Retrieving – Type vs Non-Type Collections
In C# Programming; you can use collections that accept objects and collections that accept other types. In this video; Joe Barrett discusses the advantages of typed vs non-typed collections.
-
Storing and Retrieving – Using Dictionary Object
In C# Programming; you can use dictionary objects to control the type of data for a key and the values within a collection. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to store and retrieve data using dictionary objects.
-
Storing and Retrieving – Using List Object
In C# Programming; you can use the List object to provide indexed access to a group of items; similar to an array; but with the ability to expand automatically like a collection. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to configure a List object.
-
Storing and Retrieving – Using Queue Object
In C# Programming; you can use queue objects if you prefer easy-to-use; first-in-first-out collection types. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use queue objects.
-
Anticipating Errors
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to anticipate potential errors in C# code.
-
Buffer Overflows in C# Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what buffer overflows are and their impact.
-
Creating a Secure C# Application
After watching this video; you will be able to use defensive coding techniques to create secure C# applications.
-
Defensive Coding Defined
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the key features o defensive coding.
-
Dynamic SQL
After watching this video; you will be able to describe some of the pitfalls of using dynamic SQL.
-
Employing Iterative Design
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the key features of iterative design.
-
Error Codes and Messages
After watching this video; you will be able to create a C# application that incorporates error codes and messages into its error handling.
-
Error Processing and Global Objects
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to use error processing and global objects.
-
Handling Errors Locally
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to handle errors locally in C# code.
-
If and Switch Statements
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to use if and switch statements in creating defendable code.
-
Injection Attacks in C# Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to identify what form injection attacks typically take in C# applications.
-
Low level Design Inspections
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to perform low level design inspections.
-
Method Parameters and Return Values
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the techniques for applying defensive techniques for method parameters and return values in C# methods.
-
Path Traversal Problems
After watching this video; you will be able to list the potential problems that path traversal may cause.
-
Potential Software Risks
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the potential risks faced by software applications.
-
Potential XML Risks in ASP.NET
After watching this video; you will be able to describe potential XML risks in ASP.NET applications.
-
Pre and Post Conditions
After watching this video; you will be able to apply pre and post conditions to C#.
-
Preventing DLL Highjacking in .NET Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to prevent DLL highjacking in .NET applications.
-
Preventing NTLM Attacks
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to prevent NTLM attacks.
-
Preventing Problems Before They Start
After watching this video; you will be able to list some key approaches to preventing problems during the planning stage.
-
Unit Tests
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to perform unit tests using Visual Studio for C#.
-
Using Exceptions in C# Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to use exceptions in C# applications.
-
Using Pseudocode
After watching this video; you will be able to use pseudocode to develop programming solutions.
-
Utilizing Exceptions
After watching this video; you will be able to demonstrate how to use exceptions to handle errors.
-
Verifying Service Identities
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to verify service identities.
-
WCF and Authentication
After watching this video; you will be able to illustrate how authentication works in WCF.
-
What is Clean Code
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize what clean code is.
-
Why Do Risks Exist?
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the key reasons why risks are a recurring issue.
-
Windows Shatter Attacks
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to prevent shatter attacks in .NET applications.
-
Working with WindowsIdentity
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to work with the WindowsIdentity class.
-
Writing Testable Code
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to write testable code in C#.
-
Creating a Database Using Create
Microsoft Enterprise Library allows you to return a new database instance using the DatabaseProviderFactory classes Create method and passing in the name of the database. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to create database instances from the default database in the configuration file and also by passing in a connection string.
-
DAB – CreateDefault
The Data Access Application Block in Microsoft Enterprise Library allows you to easily create a new database instance using the DatabaseProviderFactory classes CreateDefault method. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to configure the database factory to read the configuration from the App.config file using the CreateDefault method in a ViewModel.
-
DAB – Executing Stored Procedure
Microsoft Enterprise Library allows you to easily access data in a database by executing a stored procedure using a database instance in the Data Access Application Block. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to retrieve data simply by executing a parameterless stored procedure; before executing a stored procedure with parameters to retrieve specific results.
-
DAB – Inline SQL Statement
In addition to executing stored procedures; Microsoft Enterprise Library allows you to use database instances in the Data Access Application Block to access data by executing inline QSL statements. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to run a simple SQL query; pass in the CommandType parameter; and modify an inline SQL statement.
-
DAB – Retrieving Scalar Values
Enterprise Library's ExecuteScalar method allows you to extract single scalar values from a database based on queries selecting either a single data row or single value. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to query a database for single scalar values using both inline SQL statements and SQL stored procedures.
-
DAB – Using Accessors
In Microsoft Enterprise Library; the Database Access Application Block allows you to easily extract data and have it returned as an enumerable collection of objects by using accessors. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates using the SprocAccessor class to retrieve data as a sequence of objects and how to sort and filter the results client side.
-
EHB – Logging and Exception
Enterprise Library allows you to use a Log handler to wrap or replace an exception while retaining its original exception information. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to configure an exception policy using chained handlers and event logs to record elaborate error-exception information while passing generic information to the user.
-
EHB – Replacing an Exception
Enterprise Library's Exception Handling block allows you to use the ReplaceHandler to replace exceptions. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to use the ReplaceHandler in conjunction with the ReplacingAnException method and a new ExceptionPolicyEntry to replace an existing exception.
-
EHB – Using Configuration Settings Exception Manager
Enterprise Library's ExceptionManager class allows you to configure the Exception Handling block either in your App.config file or programmatically. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to configure your exception handling policies and handlers in the config file; enabling their programmatic declaration in a method.
-
EHB – Wrapping an Exception Return Value
Enterprise Library allows you to wrap exception return values; enabling you to retain exceptions and provide users with user-friendly exception messages. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to chain the Logging and Replace handlers so that the latter provides users with a generic; user-friendly message when an exception is thrown.
-
UEL – Data Access
In Microsoft Enterprise Library; the Data Access Application Block provides solutions for reading and displaying of data. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to use Visual Studio to install the Data Access Application Block of Enterprise Library.
-
UEL – Exception Handling Block
In Microsoft Enterprise Library; the Exception Handling Application Block provides solutions for managing exceptions that occur in various architectural layers of your application. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to use Visual Studio to install the Exception Handling Application Block of Enterprise Library.
-
UEL – Library Logging
In Microsoft Enterprise Library; the Logging Application Block simplifies the implementation of common logging functions. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to use Visual Studio to install the Logging Application Block of Enterprise Library.
-
UEL – Library Validation
In Microsoft Enterprise Library; the Validation Application Block provides a range of features for implementing structured and easy to maintain validation mechanisms. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to use Visual Studio to install the Validation Application Block of Enterprise Library.
-
UEL – Semantic Logging
Microsoft Visual Studio's Microsoft Enterprise Library provides configuration options for handling and simplifying Semantic Logging. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to install and configure the Enterprise Library Semantic Logging Block.
-
UEL – Transient Fault Handling
In Microsoft Enterprise Library; the Transient Fault Application Block allows you to handle transient faults by providing the necessary logic. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to install a Common Infrastructure Block; and a Transient Fault Application Block.
-
Adding Audio and Video to a Windows Store App
While developing Windows Store apps; you can add audio and video clips to your app by using the MediaElement class. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to add audio and video features to an app.
-
Changing the Visual Appearance of a Control
In C#; you can use templates to change the visual structure of a control. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to change the visual appearance of a control.
-
Controlling the layout of the GridView and ListView Controls
In C#; you can select default layouts for both the GridView and ListView controls by using the ItemsPanel Property. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to control the layout of the GridView and ListView.
-
Creating An App Tile
In Windows Store apps; you can create an app tile and display it on the Start screen. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to create and configure an app tile.
-
Creating and Using Styles
In C#; you can use styles that allow you to define values for specific properties on elements that can then be reused. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to create and use styles in Windows Store Apps.
-
Creating Badge Notifications
In Windows Store apps; you can create badge notifications to set up badges over your app tiles. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to create badge notifications.
-
Creating Custom Transport Controls
In Windows Store Apps; you can implement custom transport controls by using the MediaElement class. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to create custom transport controls.
-
Creating Files in Windows Store Apps
When creating Windows Store apps; you need to work with files. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to easily create new files from within Windows Store apps.
-
Creating Folders in Windows Store Apps
While developing Windows Store apps; you need to create files and folders. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to easily create folders in Windows Store apps.
-
Creating Simple Animations in Windows Store Apps
You can use C# to add animations and enhance the look and feel of a Windows Store App by adding purposeful movement. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to create and use a simple storyboard animation in Windows Store Apps.
-
Creating Toast Notifications
While developing Windows Store apps using C#; you can create toast notifications to display pop-up messages on the upper right-hand corner of the device. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to work with toast notifications.
-
Determining The Window Mode of an App
While developing Windows Store apps using C#; you can use the ApplicationView class to determine the different types of orientation modes and make changes based on that information. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to determine the different types of windowing modes of an app.
-
Extending Styles
After watching this video; you will be able to create and use an extended style in a universal Windows app.
-
Formatting GridView Items
After watching this video; you will be able to set up a data template for formatting and displaying grid view items and make a data template reusable among multiple grid views in universal Windows apps.
-
Getting Familiar with Background Tasks
In C#; you can develop applications with background tasks that can be used even when the application is not in the foreground. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates background tasks in Windows Store Apps.
-
Getting Familiar with Gesture Events
Windows Store Apps use gestures to enable a smooth and flowing interaction between users and the elements on the screen. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses some of the concepts related to working with gestures.
-
Getting Familiar With Pickers
In Windows Store apps; pickers allow users to provide your apps with access to information and data outside the normal reach of a Windows Store app. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses the uses and types of pickers.
-
Getting Familiar with Styles and Templates
In C#; you can use styles to define values for specific properties on elements that can be reused and use templates to change the visual structure of controls. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates some of the concepts involved in working with styles and templates in Windows Store Apps.
-
Getting Familiar with the AppBar
In C#; you can use app bar control that can slide in from both the upper and lower edges of a Windows Store App to display other controls and elements. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how app bar control is used in Windows Store Apps.
-
Getting Familiar with Tiles and Toasts
You can make your Windows 8.1 apps more useful and convenient for end users by using the tiles and toasts features. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses about the advantages of using the tiles and toasts features in the Windows Store apps.
-
Guidelines for Using GridView; ListView; and FlipView Controls
When developing Windows Store apps; you can use the GridView; ListView; and FlipView controls to display collections of items. In this video; Andy Alfred explains the guidelines on how and when to use these data presentation controls in Windows Store apps.
-
Guidelines For Using Semantic Zoom
In Windows Store Apps; you can follow guidelines to use the Semantic Zoom. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses the guidelines to use the Semantic Zoom in Windows Store Apps.
-
Guidelines when using Secondary Tiles
In Windows Store apps; you can use some guidelines when using secondary tiles. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses guidelines when using secondary tiles.
-
Handling Navigation Events
After watching this video; you will be able to navigate between two pages using Frame.Navigate and pass data between two pages using Frame.Navigate.
-
Implementing a Share Source
Using C++; you can provide data from our app to other apps by using the Share source contract. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to implement Share source.
-
Implementing a Share Target
In Windows Store apps; you can implement the Share Target contract within your apps to enable your apps to be able to accept content that is being shared by other applications. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to implement a Share Target.
-
Implementing Search Using a SearchBox Control
In Windows Store Apps; you can use the SearchBox control to allow users to search for app contents from within the application. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to and use the SearchBox control.
-
Implementing Search Using the Search Charm
While developing Windows apps using C#; you can implement the Search feature to search for your app. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to implement the search feature using Search charm.
-
Integrating Text To Speech
While developing Windows Store apps using C#; you can implement the text-to-speech functionality in your app. In this video. Andy Alfred demonstrates how to implement the text-to-speech functionality.
-
Intro to Animations in Windows Store Apps
Using C#; you can add animations to enhance the look and feel of Windows Store Apps by adding purposeful movement. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses the types of animations found in Windows Store Apps.
-
Intro to Application Views
You can use C# to display your Windows Store Application in multiple visual states or orientations. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses some of the different window modes that come into play when creating Windows Store Apps.
-
Intro to Navigation in Windows 8.1
In C#; you can set up proper navigation within multiple pages of your Windows Store App. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to implement effective page navigation in a Windows Store App.
-
Intro to Pointers
In C#; you can develop Windows Store apps using pointers. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses the concept of a Pointer and how it is used when creating Windows Store Apps.
-
Intro To WinRT Controls
Using C#; we can develop Windows Store apps with the help of WinRT Controls. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses about WinRT Controls and some of the benefits they provide.
-
Introduction to Windows 8.1 Platform
Windows 8.1 is a free update to Windows 8 provided by Microsoft. Windows 8.1 contains additional features and improvements over Windows 8. In this video; Andy Alfred explains the different versions of the Windows 8.1 platform.
-
Introduction to Windows Store Apps
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what Windows Store apps are and on which devices they can run.
-
Introduction to XAML
You can use XAML or Extensible Application Markup Language to create user interfaces for your Windows Store apps. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use XAML in a Windows Store app.
-
Making an App Tile Dynamic
In Windows Store apps; you can make your app tiles dynamic and update them to provide new information. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to make an app tile dynamic.
-
Navigating Between Pages
After watching this video; you will be able to implement on-page navigation in universal Windows apps.
-
Overview of an app's Application Data Store
Any Windows Store app has a dedicated storage called application data store; which you can use to store information specific to an application. In this video; Andy Alfred explains what makes up an application's data store and the best ways to take advantage of it.
-
Overview of the Windows.Storage Namespace
While developing Windows Store apps using C#; the Windows.Storage namespace provides a lot of functionality to easily manage files; folders; and application settings. In this video; Andy Alfred explains some of the common classes in the Windows.Storage namespace.
-
Picking Contacts Using the ContactPicker
While developing Windows Store apps by using C#; you can use the ContactPicker class to easily allow app users to select contacts from the People app or any other app that supports selecting contacts. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to work with the ContactPicker.
-
Picking Files with the FileOpenPicker
In Windows Store apps; the FileOpenPicker class gives you an easy and consistent way to allow your app users to select one or more files that they can then access from within their apps. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to work with the FileOpenPicker class.
-
Reading From The Local App Data Store
You can use C# to read data from the Local App Data Store that stores settings; files; and folder for Windows Store Applications. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to read data that was previously stored in an application’s Local App Data Store.
-
Saving To the Local App Data Store
While developing Windows Store apps Using C#; you can use the Local App Data Store to save settings; files; and folders related to your application. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to save data to an app's Local App Data Store.
-
Scheduling Local Tile Notifications
In Windows Store apps; you can schedule a tile notification to occur at some point in future when you want your app tile to be updated. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to schedule local tile notifications.
-
Setting up Headers on ListView and GridView Controls
In C#; you can select an appropriate header for the application interface you have designed which can be ListView or GridView. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to set up headers in the ListView and GridView controls.
-
Storing and Retrieving User Credentials
You can use C# to set up the functionality of storing; removing; and retrieving user credentials for your Windows Store Applications. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to store and retrieve user credentials.
-
The Application Tab in Manifest Designer
In C#; you can use the Manifest Designer to configure certain portions of your application. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the Application tab in Manifest Designer.
-
Using The FlipView Control
After watching this video; you will be able to add items manually to a FlipView control in XAML and C# and respond to the SelectionChanged event of a FlipView control.
-
Using the Flyout Control
In Windows Store apps; you can use Flyout controls to temporarily show any kind of content related to the current user action; to collect user information; or ask for user confirmation. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the Flyout control.
-
Using the Grid Control
In Windows Store applications; you can use the Grid Control to define a grid area with columns and rows and place elements in your interface. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the Grid Layout Control.
-
Using the GridView Control
In C#; you can develop interactive and fluid Windows Store apps using GridView Control. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates the use of GridView control to display a list of items.
-
Using the Image Control
In C#; the WinRT controls are a rich set of controls for developing Windows Store Applications. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the Image control in a Windows Store App.
-
Using the ListView Control
In C#; you can use ListView control to view items in a vertical scrolling list in your Windows Store Apps. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the ListView control to add items manually or add items by binding to a collection of items.
-
Using the MenuFlyout Control
In C#; you can use MenuFlyout control to add simple menus to clickable drop-down buttons. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the MenuFlyout control when you start creating your Windows Store apps.
-
Using The Navigation Stack
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Navigation Stack in a Windows Store app.
-
Using the ProgressBar and ProgressRing Controls
In C#; you can use ProgressBar and ProgressRing controls that inform the user about the progress of an ongoing task; such as a file upload or download. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the ProgressBar and ProgressRing controls in a Windows Store App.
-
Using the StackPanel Control
After watching this video; you will be able to use the StackPanel control to implement a layout in a universal Windows app.
-
Using the TemplateBinding Markup Extension
In Windows Store apps; you can use the TemplateBinding markup extension to link the value of a property in your ControlTemplate to a value that can be set when that particular control is created in your XAML file. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the TemplateBinding markup extension.
-
Using the VariableSizedWrapGrid Control
After watching this video; you will be able to use the VariableSizedWrapGrid control in a universal Windows app.
-
Using VisualStateManager To Handle View Changes
In C#; the VisualStateManager allows to define different view states for an application. When an app changes size; the predefined states ensure that the app is displayed in the best possible way for its new size. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the VisualStateManager and VisualStateGroups to handle changes in applications view.
-
Windows Store App Orientations
Windows Store Apps running on Windows 8.1 can potentially need to run across a wide range of devices and orientations. When web developers need to develop apps that not only look good but also work well regardless of device or orientation. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates some of the different ways and orientations in which a user can view Windows Store Apps
-
Working with App Settings
After watching this video; you will be able to use the settings pane to work with app settings.
-
Working with Control Template States
In C#; you can use the visual states in an application's ControlTemplate to define how the control appears when its state changes. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to change the default appearance and animation of a control as it transitions through its visual states in Windows Store Apps.
-
Working with Layout Controls
In C#; you can use WinRT layout controls to structure the layout of interface elements while creating Windows Store Apps. In this video; Andy Alfred explains the layout subset of WinRT controls and how to use them for developing Windows Store Apps.
-
Working with MediaElement Events
In Windows Store apps using C#; you can work with the MediaElement class and work with the events that you can interact with using C#. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how we can work with the Media events or the MediaElement events that are raised.
-
Working With Merged Dictionaries
After watching this video; you will be able to create a merged resource dictionary and use resources in a merged resource dictionary.
-
Working with Multimedia
In Windows Store Apps using C#; you can work with rich media such as audio and video. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to get started working with media when we create our Windows Store Apps.
-
Working with Resources in Code Behind Files
In C#; you can access resources from code behind files; though they are declared and used in XAML files. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use resources in code behind files.
-
Working with Selection Controls
In C#; you can use selection controls provided by WinRT to provide users a familiar and consistent set up interface elements that they can use when they need to make a decision between options or states. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how we can start working with selection controls when we start developing our Windows Store Apps.
-
Working with the Package Manifest in Visual Studio 2013
In Windows Store apps; the package manifest is an XML file that contains information required to register your app with the Windows Store. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to work with the package manifest.
-
Working With The Resources Property of an Element
In C#; you can use the resources property to define resources that can be reused by that element and any of its children. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to work with resources property in a Windows Store App.
-
Working with the Roaming Data Store
In Windows Store applications; you can use the roaming data store to save settings; files; and folders that you want to synchronize across all the devices on which a user has installed your application. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to save and retrieve data stored in a roaming data store.
-
Working with Tiles; Badges; and Toasts
While developing Windows Store apps using C#; you can use tiles; badges; and toasts to provide information about an application when it is not available on the primary view. In this video; Andy Alfred explains the concepts of tiles; badges; and toasts.
-
Working with User Credentials
In Windows Store Apps; you can use user credentials to save usernames and passwords for the users. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses how to work with the user credentials.
-
XAML and WinRT Namespaces
While developing Windows Store applications; web developers can use XAML to create user interface and WinRT APIs to access to the required services from the underlying operating system. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to access both XAML and the WinRT APIs.
-
Saving To Files Using the FileSavePicker
While developing Windows Store apps by using C#; you can use the FileSavePicker to allow app users to select any file that they can then use for saving application data. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to work with the FileSavePicker.
-
Working With Data in Windows Store Apps
While working on Windows Store Applications; you can select the source of data for your application. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates the types of data source for Windows Store Apps.
-
Getting Familiar with Windows 8.1 UI Features
The Windows 8.1 User Interface encompasses a lot of design elements and principles that make it stand out on its own. To make sure the apps are as user friendly as possible; you need to take advantage of the familiarity a user has with these interface elements. In this video; Andy Alfred displays some notable UI features of Windows 8.1
-
Getting Familiar with XAML Syntax
While developing Windows Store App; you can use XAML syntax to edit simple and complex properties of class instances and even set up event handlers. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates the features of XAML syntax.
-
Grouping Data Using The GridView Control
In C#; you can fetch and show group data using GridView Control for Windows Store apps. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how we can display grouped data in a GridView Control.
-
Guidelines for Implementing Search
In Windows Store apps; you can implement Search in many ways. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses the guidelines for implementing Search.
-
Guidelines for Toast Notifications
A toast is a unique feature in Windows Store apps and it is important that you follow the guidelines associated with using toasts and toast notifications. In this video; Andy Alfred explains the guidelines to using toast notifications.
-
Guidelines for Using AppBars
In Windows Store applications; you can use app bars to make your application intuitive for your users. In this video; Andy Alfred explains the guidelines for using app bars.
-
The Capabilities Tab in Manifest Designer
In C#; you can use the Capabilities tab in the Manifest Designer to specify the capabilities of your application. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the Capabilities tab in Manifest Designer.
-
The Content URIs Tab in Manifest Designer
While developing Windows Store apps by using C#; you can use the Content URIs tab in the Manifest Designer to add URIs to your application. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the Content URIs tab in Manifest Designer.
-
The Declarations Tab in Manifest Designer
In Windows Store apps; declarations help us to define the contracts and extensions that our apps support. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the Declarations tab in the manifest designer.
-
The Packaging Tab in Manifest Designer
In Windows Store apps; you can use the Packaging tab in the manifest designer to identify and describe the package properties. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses the Packaging tab.
-
The Push Notification Process for Windows Store Apps
In C#; you can set up push notifications for your Windows Store Applications. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates the process of push notification.
-
The Visual Assets Tab in Manifest Designer
In C#; you can use the Manifest Designer to set up graphical elements for your application. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the Visual Assets tab in Manifest Designer.
-
Transcoding Media
In Windows Store apps; convert a media file to another type. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to convert media file to another type.
-
Understanding Charms and Contracts
Using C++; you can define contracts and charms which integrate OS-provided functionality across our apps in a consistent and familiar manner. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses the charms available in Windows 8.1 and the contracts needed to work with them.
-
Understanding Process Lifetime Management
You can use C# to keep track of your application's data; state; and context to ensure that users transition in and out of the application without losing a step. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates some concepts of process lifetime management in Windows Store Apps.
-
Understanding Resources and Resource Dictionaries
In C#; you can use a resource that allows you to declare shared objects that can then be reused throughout an application. In this video; Andy Alfred discusses some of the concepts involved with resources for Windows Store Apps.
-
Understanding State Management
While developing Windows Store Apps using C#; you can develop applications with state management to ensure that the app's data and context is never lost between sessions. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates the concept of state management in Windows Store Apps.
-
Understanding the Windows.Security.Web namespace
In C#; you can use Windows.Security.Authentication.Web namespace to integrate Windows Store apps with popular online web services. In this video; Andy Alfred explains Windows.Security.Authentication.Web namespace that allows that us to provide authentication features.
-
Understanding Type Converters in XAML
You can use Type Converters in XAML to provide string values for objects; which otherwise requires few extra C# codes. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates the advantages of Type Converters in XAML.
-
Unpinning a Secondary Tile
You can use C# to set up the functionality to pin and unpin tiles for your Windows Store Applications. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to unpin a secondary tile.
-
Using a Settings Flyout
In Windows Store apps; you can create a Settings Flyout to allow the user to change the app settings. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use a Settings Flyout.
-
Using a Tooltip
In C#; you can use tooltips which display pre-defined text when the user points at onscreen control in Windows Store apps. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to create tooltips in XAML and C#.
-
Using Common WinRT Controls 1
The WinRT controls are a rich set of controls provided to us for use when developing Windows Store Apps. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use some of the more common WinRT controls.
-
Using Common WinRT Controls 2
The WinRT controls are a rich set of controls provided to us for use when developing Windows Store Apps. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use some of the more common WinRT controls.
-
Using HTTPClient to DELETE Remote Data
In Windows Store apps; you can remove data from the server by submitting a delete request. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the HTTPClient class to submit a delete request.
-
Using HTTPClient to GET Remote Data
In Windows Store Apps; you can perform a GET request to get the remote data. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the HTTPClient class to perform a GET request in our Windows Store Apps.
-
Using HTTPClient to PUT and POST Remote Data
In Windows Store apps; you can submit data to the server by using the post and put methods of the HttpClient class. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the HTTP put and post requests.
-
Using ListBox and ComboBox Controls
In C#; the WinRT controls are a rich set of controls for developing Windows Store Applications. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the TextBox; the PasswordBox; and RichEditBox controls.
-
Using Mouse Events
In Windows Store Apps; you can use some different mouse interactions to get the full experience of the application. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to work with mouse interactions in the Windows Store Apps.
-
Using Periodic Tile Notifications
In Windows Store apps; you can set up periodic tile notifications for your app tiles to fire at a certain interval; and every time that interval occurs; these notifications will update your app tiles. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use periodic tile notifications.
-
Using Pointer Events
In C#; you can use pointer events that are triggered when the user interacts with your Apps using a pointer type input. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use pointer events in a Windows Store App.
-
Using Secondary Tiles
In Windows Store apps; you can pin secondary tiles functionality to the Windows start screen. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use secondary tiles.
-
Using Text Input Controls
In C#; the WinRT controls are a rich set of controls for developing Windows Store Applications. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the Image control in a Windows Store App.
-
Using the AppBar Control
While developing Windows Store apps using C#; you can use the AppBar control to display navigation controls and tools. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to use the AppBar control.
-
Using the Blank App Template
In C#; web-developers can use a Blank App Template to create and define user interfaces of Windows applications. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to select a Blank App Template and its use in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Using the DatePicker and TimePicker Controls
In C#; the WinRT controls are a rich set of controls for developing Windows Store Applications that enables the user to select date and time. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the DatePicker and the TimePicker controls in a Windows Store App.
-
Asynchronous Workflows
After watching this video; you will be able to implement asynchronous workflows in F#.
-
Casting and Conversion
After watching this video; you will be able to use conversion or casting to change type including collection types and objects in F#.
-
Charting Basics
After watching this video; you will be able to implement basic charts with F#.
-
Constraining Types
After watching this video; you will be able to describe generics in F# and apply constraints to generic type parameters.
-
Data Parallelism
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize contrast threading and the TPL; and implement basic data and task parallelism in F#.
-
Dynamic Charting
After watching this video; you will be able to implement dynamic charts with F#.
-
Implementing Interfaces
After watching this video; you will be able to implement interfaces and use object expressions in F# programs.
-
Introducing F#
After watching this video; you will be able to introduce F#; F# templates and F# interactive in Visual Studio; create a console app; and outline options for creating other types of F# applications.
-
Lambda Expressions and Closures
After watching this video; you will be able to use lambda expressions to define anonymous functions and closures in F#.
-
Message-based Programming
After watching this video; you will be able to implement message-based programming in F#.
-
Modules; Namespaces; and Signature Files
After watching this video; you will be able to generate F# signature files to reference modules and namespaces for F# programs.
-
Querying Data
After watching this video; you will be able to use basic query expressions in F# programs.
-
Querying Multiple Data Sources
After watching this video; you will be able to use expressions in F# to query multiple data sources.
-
Type Extensions
After watching this video; you will be able to extend existing types with type extensions in F#.
-
Using Access Control Specifiers
After watching this video; you will be able to use access control specifiers in F# programs.
-
Using Active Patterns
After watching this video; you will be able to use active patterns in pattern matching expressions in F#.
-
Using Events
After watching this video; you will be able to use events in F# programs.
-
Using Lists
After watching this video; you will be able to work with lists in F#.
-
Using Match Expressions
After watching this video; you will be able to create patterns and implement pattern matching expressions in F#.
-
Using Null Values and Options
After watching this video; you will be able to enable null values and use the option type in F# programs.
-
Using Records
After watching this video; you will be able to define records; contrast them with classes; and use records in F# programs.
-
Using Sequences
After watching this video; you will be able to use collections and work with data sequences in F#.
-
Using Sets and Maps
After watching this video; you will be able to work with datasets and maps in F#.
-
Using Static Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to specify class constructors and members as static in F# programs.
-
Using Type Annotations
After watching this video; you will be able to influence type inference by changing literals and using annotations in F#.
-
Working with Units of Measure
After watching this video; you will be able to use units of measure including generic units of measure in F#.
-
Using Arrays
After watching this video; you will be able to work with data arrays in F# including multidimensional and jagged arrays.
-
Create a Stacked Calculator with F#
After watching this video; you will be able to use F# to creating the functions required to generate a stacked calculator.
-
Developing an MVVM Using F#
After watching this video; you will be able to use asynchronous workflows in an MVVM F# application.
-
Introduction to Databases
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the characteristics and capabilities of various types of databases; including table structure.
-
.NET Core
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features and use of .NET Core; a runtime that can be targeted by ASP.NET Core 1.0 applications.
-
ASP.NET Core 1.0 Services in MVC 6 Views
After watching this video; you will be able to access ASP.NET Core 1.0 services from within ASP.NET Core 1.0 MVC views.
-
ASP.NET Core Project's Nuget Package
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize what an ASP.NET Core 1.0 application looks like on disk when compiled for DNX.
-
Built-In Start Page
After watching this video; you will be able to render a default Start page for an ASP.NET Core 1.0 web application.
-
Configure Method
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Configure method to determine how an ASP.NET 5 application responses to requests.
-
ConfigureServices Method
After watching this video; you will be able to use the ConfigureServices method to configure services used by an ASP.NET Core 1.0 application.
-
Configuring a Web Application in Azure
After watching this video; you will be able to configure environment variables for an Azure web site.
-
Constructor Injection
After watching this video; you will be able to use components from the dependency injection (DI) container injected into the constructor of consuming classes in ASP.NET Core 1.0.
-
Create an ASP.NET Core 1.0 MVC Application
After watching this video; you will be able to create an ASP.NET Core 1.0 MVC web application.
-
Create and Configure a Web Site
After watching this video; you will be able to create a simple ASP.NET Core 1.0 web site in Visual Studio 2015.
-
Creating a Tag Helper
After watching this video; you will be able to create a custom ASP.NET Core 1.0 MVC tag helper.
-
Creating a View Component
After watching this video; you will be able to create and use a view component in ASP.NET Core 1.0 MVC.
-
Creating an Asynchronous View Component
After watching this video; you will be able to create an asynchronous view component in ASP.NET Core 1.0 MVC.
-
Creating ASP.NET Core 1.0 Services
After watching this video; you will be able to create custom ASP.NET Core 1.0 services.
-
Dynamic Development with .NET Compiler
After watching this video; you will be able to debug the changes in running code using Roslyn; the .NET Compiler Platform.
-
Examining the Runtime Info Page
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Runtime Info page to view runtime details of an ASP.NET Core 1.0 web application.
-
Framework Versions
After watching this video; you will be able to target specific .NET versions and types and switch between them.
-
From Web API 2 to ASP.NET Core 1.0 MVC
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the differences between Web API 2 as a standalone framework and ASP.NET Core 1.0 MVC.
-
Implications of Open-Source ASP.NET
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the implications of the change to an open-source model for ASP.NET.
-
Introduction to Tag Helpers
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the uses of ASP.NET Core 1.0 MVC tag helpers.
-
Introduction to View Components
After watching this video; you will be able to describe view components and how to use them in ASP.NET Core 1.0 MVC.
-
Link and Script Tag Helpers
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the built-in Link and Script Tag helpers in ASP.NET Core 1.0 MVC.
-
Logging in ASP.NET Core 1.0
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the logging infrastructure and hooks built into ASP.NET Core 1.0; and use a default logger.
-
Logging Levels in ASP.NET Core 1.0
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the various logging levels in ASP.NET Core 1.0.
-
Middleware for Directory Browsing
After watching this video; you will be able to configure middleware to enable an ASP.NET Core 1.0 application to support directory browsing.
-
Middleware for Serving Static Files
After watching this video; you will be able to configure middleware to enable an ASP.NET Core 1.0 application to handle requests for static files.
-
Migrating HTTP Modules to Middleware
After watching this video; you will be able to migrate existing HTTP modules to ASP.NET Core 1.0 middleware.
-
New Features of ASP.NET Core 1.0 MVC
After watching this video; you will be able to identify new features of ASP.NET Core 1.0 MVC.
-
New Project Structure
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the new file and project structure for ASP.NET Core 1.0 applications; in Visual Studio and on disk.
-
Overview of Dependency Injection
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how the out-of-box dependency injection (DI) container works.
-
POCO Controller Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to work with controllers that do not inherit from the base Controller classes in ASP.NET Core 1.0 MVC.
-
Property-Based Injection
After watching this video; you will be able to use components from the dependency injection (DI) container injected into properties of consuming classes.
-
Registering Components for Injection
After watching this video; you will be able to register components into the dependency injection (DI) container for use in an ASP.NET Core 1.0 application.
-
Replacing the Web.config File
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the role of the Web.config file and use it to configure an ASP.NET Core 1.0 application.
-
Request and Application Services
After watching this video; you will be able to distinguish between request and application services.
-
Services for Dependency Injection
After watching this video; you will be able to design services for ASP.NET Core 1.0 applications so they can be consumed using built-in dependency injection mechanisms.
-
Services in ASP.NET Core 1.0
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the roles that services play in ASP.NET Core 1.0 projects and explain how services are incorporated in ASP.NET 5 applications.
-
Services Lifetime in ASP.NET Core 1.0
After watching this video; you will be able to describe and use appropriate lifetime options for ASP.NET Core 1.0 services.
-
Session Middleware
After watching this video; you will be able to configure middleware to handle session state in ASP.NET Core 1.0 applications.
-
Startup Class
After watching this video; you will be able to use the new primary startup mechanism for ASP.NET Core 1.0 applications.
-
Strongly Typed Configuration
After watching this video; you will be able to use built-in ASP.NET Core 1.0 tools to create a strongly-typed configuration object.
-
The DNX Execution Environment
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features and use of the DNX execution environment with ASP.NET Core 1.0.
-
The Middleware Pipeline
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the roles of middleware in ASP.NET Core 1.0.
-
The project.json File
After watching this video; you will be able to use the project.json file to modify project settings.
-
Unit Testing with Dependency Injection
After watching this video; you will be able to perform unit testing of classes that depend on injected dependencies.
-
Using a Third-Party Logger
After watching this video; you will be able to configure a third-party logger for an ASP.NET Core 1.0 application.
-
Using Different DI Containers
After watching this video; you will be able to replace the out-of-box dependency injection (DI) container with an alternative one.
-
Using Environment Variables
After watching this video; you will be able to use environment variables to configure an ASP.NET Core 1.0 application in Visual Studio.
-
Using the appSettings.json File
After watching this video; you will be able to use the config.json file to configure an ASP.NET Core 1.0 application.
-
Using the Built-In Exception Handler
After watching this video; you will be able to work with out-of-box exception handling tools for ASP.NET Core 1.0.
-
Using the Environment Tag Helper
After watching this video; you will be able to use the environment tag helper in ASP.NET Core 1.0 MVC to adjust the behavior and output of views based on the runtime environment.
-
Using the TraceSource Logger
After watching this video; you will be able to configure the TraceSource logger for an ASP.NET Core 1.0 application.
-
Working with the Developer Exception Page
After watching this video; you will be able to access detailed exception information for an ASP.NET Core 1.0 application.
-
Writing Middleware
After watching this video; you will be able to create custom middleware and inject it into the pipeline for ASP.NET Core 1.0.
-
Creating a Cross Product Result
In LINQ; when querying a database; you can request a cross product result from two tables by using two from clauses in your query. In this video; James Stevens discusses how to use multiple from clauses and how to use the orderby clause and return unnamed result properties.
-
Deferred Execution of a Query
In LINQ; deferred execution is a key advantage because the database will not be queried until the results of that query are iterated over. In this video; James Stevens discusses how deferred execution works and explains some ways to control when exactly the query is executed.
-
Deleting Rows from a Table
LINQ allows users to remove rows of data from an SQL database. In this video; James Stevens explains how to check if an object exists in an entity data model; remove existing relationships to other data objects; and then remove it from the data model and the SQL database.
-
Inserting Rows into a Table
In LINQ; you can use different rows of data into an SQL database. In this video; James Stevens demonstrates how to create an object in an entity data model and persist that change to the SQL database.
-
Iterating over Related Tables in an Entity Model
In LINQ; an entity data model can be used to access an SQL database. In this video; James Stevens discusses how to iterate over tables that are not explicitly defined in the from clause of a LINQ query and how LINQ automatically infers which tables should be included in the SQL query.
-
Joining Sets of Objects with
In LINQ; you can create relationships between the objects and then run queries on the data by using the join query verb. In this video; James Stevens discusses how to use the join query verb to join two lists of objects.
-
Restricting Query Results
In LINQ; when you run a query on an SQL database; you can restrict the number of rows of data that are returned by the query with the where clause. In this video; James Stevens discusses how to restrict some LINQ queries with the where clause and demonstrates how to compose complex where parameters.
-
Retrieving Related Objects with an Entity Model
In LINQ ; when you run a query; you can access related tables in the database by using the relations defined in the data model. In this video; James Stevens discusses how to access related tables in a LINQ query and how this process affects the deferred execution of a query.
-
Submitting a Query and Handling Conflicts
LINQ automatically configures queries to be as efficient as possible and attempts to avoid query conflicts. In this video; James Stevens explains how LINQ automatically attempts to avoid query conflicts.
-
Updating Values with a Query
In LINQ; you can make the required code to update a database; easier to parse and much more readable. In this video; James Stevens demonstrates how to make a change in the database and how that change is persisted to SQL.
-
Using in Microsoft .NET Applications
LINQ provides a number of benefits over writing codes for accessing the data in the user's system. In this video; James Stevens discusses the advantages of using LINQ and the types of data that can be used with LINQ.
-
Using to Create Result Objects from a Query
In LINQ; you can retrieve a set of anonymous objects or typed objects as your result set. In this video; James Stevens discusses the differences between the result sets and demonstrates how to create a class to hold the LINQ query results.
-
Using to Query a Simple List of Objects
In LINQ; you can query the lists or any other data structure holding the objects for a Microsoft .Net application. In this video; James Stevens demonstrates how to use a basic LINQ query on a list and how to use the from and select queries.
-
Writing Queries to Create Relationships
In LINQ; we can form logical relationships between tables to represent how the data is related. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to use the where clause to create logical relationships between tables.
-
Writing Queries with the Method Syntax
In LINQ; the Method syntax allows users to accomplish all tasks that can be done using by a Query syntax. In this video; James Stevens explains how to convert a complex LINQ query to the Method Syntax.
-
Configuring a Web API Host Server for Streaming
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can easily configure your web API host servers to stream content without having to explicitly handle the self-host streaming settings in the configuration. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to configure a web API host server for streaming.
-
Adding an Assembly to the Global Assembly Cache
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; there are multiple ways you can add an assembly to the Global Assembly Cache (GAC). In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use the gactutil tool to add an assembley; as well as add an assembly using a Setup project in a more production friendly environment.
-
Adding Content to a Blob Store in Azure
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can easily access Blobs inside of a container; add a new Blob to the container; or delete an existing Blob. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use Visual Studio to add content to a Blob Store.
-
Azure Caching
Caching in Microsoft Azure is a highly scalable solution providing fast access to data and significantly improving the performance of both on-premises and cloud-based applications alike. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to provision a new cache in Azure Redis Cache; access its data storing capabilities from within an application; and provide a session state store.
-
Azure Configuration for an Application Package
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow users to easily deploy and configure application packages directly to Azure from within Visual Studio. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to configure an Azure web application package to an Azure Web Site host.
-
Azure Storage Queues
Microsoft Azure's Queue service allows the REST-based storage of queues; to which messages can be sent or read off as necessary. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the use of Azure's cloud-based Queue storage accounts to host and manage queues.
-
Azure Table Storage
Microsoft Azure's Table service allows the scalable storage of tabular; non-relational data. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the use of Azure Table storage accounts to host tables; and introduces the use of partition and row keys to manage cloud-based table data.
-
Basic WCF Service Using Configuration Files
When creating and deploying a Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) service for Microsoft Azure and Web Services; configuration files provide a flexible option for defining endpoint and service behaviors; and customizing how your WCF service is exposed to clients. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to configure the elements within an App.config file in Visual Studio.
-
Basic Xpath Queries
Microsoft Azure ADO.NET's use of the XPath query language allows the targeted extraction of XML data subsets. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use XPath to query XML elements; subelements; and attributes and perform evaluations and aggregations.
-
Batching Requests for Web API Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; batching is a Web API feature that allows clients to optimize server calls by grouping several API requests into one request to return them as a single HTTP response. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to configure batching on the client and server side; before performing a multipart batch request to Web API.
-
Cache Updating Using CacheDependency
Microsoft Azure's ASP.NET allows the use of a CacheDependency to trigger the flushing and updating of Web service caches. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to code cache dependencies subject to changes made to a file on disk.
-
Cache Updating Using SQL Server Query Notifications
Microsoft Azure's ASP.NET allows the use of a SqlCacheDependency to trigger the expiration of a cache item. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to code a SqlCacheDependency subject to changes made to a SQL Server table.
-
Choosing a Web Service Technology
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to choose from a selection of web service technologies; depending on your needs. There are three primary web technologies available on the .NET stack – WCF; WCF Data Services; and Web-API. In this video; Hilton Giesenow provides an overview of these web service technologies; and how to choose between them.
-
Configuring an Entity Framework Data Provider
In Microsoft Azure; you can build; deploy; and manage applications through an open and flexible entity framework cloud platform. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to configure an entity framework data provider.
-
Configuring an Upgrade Domain for an Azure Application
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can maintain uptime while upgrading different instances of an application on different servers. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to set Web Roles in order to maintain uptime while updating or upgrading your application across different upgrade domains.
-
Configuring Assembly Binding Redirects
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to configure redirections of assembly bindings to the appropriate version should your web application reference different versions of the same assembly. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to check assembly references and configure assembly binding redirects.
-
Configuring Azure Configuration Settings
Microsoft Azure cloud service projects contain configuration files that allow you to setup and configure the worker or web roles packaged with your application and deployed to Azure. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to configure roles for an Azure cloud service using the service definition and service configuration files from Solution Explorer in Visual Studio.
-
Implementing SignalR with Web API Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can implement SignalR into your applications from a publisher and subscriber perspective and see it all working end to end. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to incorporate SignalR into a Web API project; access the SignalR client side libraries; and bundle configurations to reference them easily in your application.
-
Implementing SSO over OAuth 2.0 for Web API Services
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow single sign-on (SSO) over OAuth 2.0 for Web APIs. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement SSO over OAuth 2.0 by requiring user authentication against a Microsoft account before accessing a Web API.
-
Implementing Streaming for Web API Services
When developing Microsoft Azure and Web Services; streaming allows you to reduce overheads and transfer large volumes of data in manageable chunks to the clients consuming Web API-based services in a continuous stream. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement an asynchronous streaming task using the PushStreamContent class in a Web API.
-
Implementing Streaming Messaging for WCF Services
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allows for buffered messaging as a default. Users are able to view the implementation of streaming mode on both the client and user side. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement streamed messaging and how to send and receive large media messages.
-
Implementing Transactional WCF Services
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to write a transaction inside a service operation; although not all bindings work with transactions distributed between client and server. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement transactional WCF services.
-
Implementing WCF Service Certificates
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can implement WCF service certificates to secure your WCF service using the certificate-based approach. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to install and configure certificates and configure the client and the server so they are able to mutually authenticate each other.
-
Implementing WCF Services on Azure Queues
By introducing Message queues when using Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you eliminate the need for the client and the server to communicate directly; and thus open up a more secure; asynchronous channel of communication. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to introduce this asynchronous communication service by integrating WCF services in the Azure Service Bus queue.
-
Including Package Certificates
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; it’s possible to include a certificate in the package you create to deploy an IIS application. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use the MSDeploy tool to include an SSL certificate in a web deployment package.
-
Insert Messages in Azure Queues
After creating a queue using the Microsoft Azure Queue storage service; you are them able to create a CloudQueueMessage with message content and add it to the top of the queue. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to programmatically insert a message containing string or binary content into a Windows Azure Storage queue; and specify a maximum message lifespan.
-
Installing and Updating NuGet Packages
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; NuGet is a package management system for .NET that allows you to easily incorporate third party libraries into your solution from within Visual Studio. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses the Package Manager Console and Manage NuGet Packages dialog box in Visual Studio to find; install; and update NuGet packages.
-
Introducing Caching
Microsoft Azure and Web Services support ASP.NET's easy-to-use caching mechanism that allows you to store objects in memory and significantly improve the performance of your applications. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the difference between caching values and storing session state items in an ASP.NET MVC application.
-
Introducing Entity Framework's Modeling Languages
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; the Entity Framework's modeling and mapping languages allow you to query entities in the conceptual model and translate the operations to relational data source commands. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the languages that describe the conceptual model; storage model; and mapping between these models in an Entity Framework application.
-
Introducing LINQ
Microsoft Azure and Web Services have the ability to query data sources using LINQ (Language Integrated Query). In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how querying data sources can be made easier using LINQ in the .NET Framework.
-
Introducing the Azure Portal
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can add content to a blob store. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the server explorer and its tools; views storage; queues; and tables; and illustrates the difference between the Azure portals and the Azure STK.
-
Introducing WCF Data Services
In Microsoft Azure; you can use Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) Data Services to build Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) web services. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the advantages and disadvantages of various styles and approaches; including WCF Data Services; to implement WCF web services.
-
Introducing WCF; Contracts; Bindings; and Addresses
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) provides a platform for deploying network-distributed services via endpoints made up of an address; a binding; and a service contract (ABC). In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how the ABC of WCF service endpoints forms the basis of communication that allows WCF services to be consumed by client applications.
-
Introducing Web API
In Microsoft Azure; you can use Web API which offers a new approach to building Representational State Transfer (REST)-style web services in the .NET stack. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the advantages and disadvantages of different approaches to web service technology; including Windows Communication Framework (WCF); WCF Data Services; and Web API.
-
Introduction to Entity Framework Queries
When developing Microsoft Azure and Web Services; the Entity Framework is an object-relational mapper that allows you to efficiently query and perform CRUD (create; read; update; delete) operations against a backend data source. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses an Entity Framework data model to demonstrate how to perform a query and insert operation using Entity Framework.
-
Introduction to Web Services and Windows Azure
Microsoft Azure and Web services allow database systems to communicate with one another. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how Windows Azure operates using cloud technologies to connect to databases; as well as read data from and write data to databases.
-
IQueryable and Ienumerable using LINQ to Entities
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; when working with LINQ to Entities as part of Entity Framework; you need to be aware of LINQ types and the repercussions that these can have on your application. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement IQueryable and IEnumerable types using LINQ to Entities.
-
Lazy and Eager Loading in Entity Framework
Two important concepts in Entity Framework for Microsoft Azure and Web Services are Lazy and Eager Loading. Lazy Loading is the default setting and is useful in accessing properties without a value from the SQL Database; but can have a major impact on performance. In this video; Hilton Giesenow explains the differences between Lazy and Eager Loading.
-
LINQ To Objects Queries
You can use Microsoft Visual Studio to integrate LINQ into Microsoft Azure hosted applications. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to get started with working with LINQ and integrating it into an application using the preferred syntax.
-
Adding Filters to Queries for WCF Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF Services use of the OData Protocol allows the easy extraction of service entities. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the programmatic use of query operators; LINQ queries; statements; and methods to compile queries at the client end.
-
Address-Specific Resources in WCF Data Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF Services RESTful resourcing and addressing allows the easy extraction of service entities. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to access service entities in the browser and use query operators to filter; sort; select; and format data subsets.
-
ADO.NET – Synchronous and Asynchronous Operations
You can make Microsoft Azure hosted web services asynchronous by changing the ADO.NET code within Microsoft Visual Studio. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses synchronous code to demonstrate how to fire operations off explicitly; use tasks; or use the built-in asynchronous pattern to make the ADO.NET code asynchronous.
-
ADO.NET – Using DataSet to Update Data
Microsoft Azure's ADO.NET data access layer allows INSERT; UPDATE; and DELETE operations to be performed on a strongly typed DataSet. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use strongly typed InsertCommands to insert; update; and delete records.
-
ADO.NET – Using DbCommand to Update Data
Microsoft Azure's ADO.NET data access layer's SqlCommand type allows you to use the CREATE; READ; UPDATE; and DELETE operations. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to establish a SqlConnection to a database before inserting; updating; and deleting a table's data.
-
ADO.NET – Working with SQL Server Stored Procedures
Microsoft Azure's ADO.NET data access layer allows the conversion of SqlCommand types and code using ADO.NET DataSets to stored procedures. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to replace SQL query text with stored procedures and Insert; Read; and Update data using a strongly typed DataSet.
-
Advanced LINQ Queries
You can use Microsoft Visual Studio to execute advanced LINQ queries in Microsoft Azure hosted applications. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates some of the advanced aspects of LINQ; including SingleOrDefault; Paging; and Grouping.
-
Application Packaging and Deployment in .NET
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; rather than running applications locally; .NET applications have to be deployed to production environments. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates what deployment involves; what types of content may be deployed; and what steps typically accompany the deployment process. He also describes why it’s important to package applications properly before deploying them.
-
Applying Caching Policies
Microsoft Azure's ASP.NET allows the application of short-lived and sliding caching policies. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to program these policies and uses ASP.NET's pseudorandom number generator to test them in the browser.
-
Assembly Signing and Strong Naming
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can strong name an assembly in order to put it in the Global Assembly Cache (GAC). In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates why it is important to strong name an assembly; how to do strong naming; and how to use an assembly out of the GAC.
-
Asynchronous LINQ to Entities Queries
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; through LINQ to Entities; the Entity Framework provides methods you can use to make backend database interaction asynchronous. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates asynchronous methods; including FindAsync; FirstAsync; SingleOrDefaultAsync; ToListAsync; AsyncReadOperations; and AsyncWriteOperations.
-
Automatic Deployment from a TFS Build Server
When developing Microsoft Azure and Web Services; the Team Foundation Server (TFS) Build Service allows you to automatically deploy web applications. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to leverage a publish profile and configure a TFS Build definition from within Team Explorer in Visual Studio.
-
Automating a Build from a TFS Build Server
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to automate the building and publishing of your applications from within Team Foundation Server (TFS). In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to automate the creation and publishing of a build; using the TFS.
-
Azure Blob Storage
Microsoft Azure Blob storage allows global access to large; unstructured amounts and types of data. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the use of storage accounts to host cloud-based Blobs within containers; and introduces the Azure Content Distribution Network (CDN).
-
Configuring IIS Server Settings with SetParameters
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; Visual Studio default parameters can be configured either with a parameters.xml file or by creating a connection string by including an entity in the framework module. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how change settings in the Setparameters.xml; as well as change settings manually in the IIS.
-
Configuring Routing for Web API Services
Routing in Web API is how a URI is matched to an action; allowing you to define how your application responds to incoming HTTP requests when developing Microsoft Azure and Web Services. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to configure routing against the primary routing table as well as through an attribute-based approach within a Web API project.
-
Configuring WCF Endpoints; Bindings; and Behaviors
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; it's sometimes necessary to set the configuration for a WCF service programmatically; using the API. You can also use the attributes approach to configure services. In this video Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to configure WCF inside code; using the API.
-
Configuring WCF Routing
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can configure a Relay Service to assist with the communication between a Client and a server. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the concept of a Relay Service; and examines the Client and server implementations to see how everything ties together.
-
Configuring WCF Service and Client Discovery
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; with WCF service and discovery you can create a service; host it; provide details and call the service. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses discovery to show you how to dynamically identify the endpoint that a service is running on.
-
Configuring WCF Service Behaviors
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF Services allow the configuration of behaviors controlling services between runtime modes or environments. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the attributes of a WCF Services service behavior and generates an exception on the client.
-
Configuring WCF Service Bindings
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to configure WCF Service bindings. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to configure the bindings that support underlying TCP protocols beyond addressing.
-
Configuring WCF Service Endpoints
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to configure WCF Service endpoints. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to configure an endpoint to switch between TCP and HTTP protocols.
-
Configuring WebSocket Bindings for WCF Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WebSockets allow for an almost unrestricted channel to be opened for the exchange of messages between Client and the server over a continual period of time. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement and configure WebSockets in the WCF world.
-
Connecting to a Local NuGet Repository Cache
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to access the NuGet package cache; which stores recently used packages as part of the local user's temporary files. This can be useful if you're working offline; or are unable to connect to the nuget.org repository. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to connect to a local NuGet repository cache.
-
Consuming Web API Services Asynchronously
Calling Web API service operations asynchronously from within client applications in Microsoft Azure and Web Services; saves execution time and allows the client to continue processing without interruption. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use the SendAsync method to send data asynchronously to a connected object.
-
Consuming Web API Services Using HttpClient
In Microsoft Azure; you can call a Web application programming interface (API) service from .NET applications using the Microsoft HTTP Client Libraries. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use the Microsoft HTTP Client Libraries to retrieve; create; update; and delete data in a Web API service.
-
Create and Delete Queues in Azure
Microsoft Azure Queue storage service allows you to manage queues that are used to exchange messages and communicate tasks either in cloud or on premise. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to programmatically access Queue storage; and create and delete queries within a storage account using the Windows Azure Storage NuGet package.
-
Creating a Basic Web API Service
In Microsoft Azure; you can create a Web application programming interface (API) service using Microsoft Visual Studio. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use Microsoft Visual Studio to create and update a Web API project.
-
Creating and Configuring a NuGet Package
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can now create NuGet packages that include functions and Java scripts that you've built in order to make these items available to consumers. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to create and configure a new NuGet package to include a DLL and a script in Java.
-
Creating and Connecting to a NuGet Package Repository
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can create your own NuGet package repositories; and connect to them from your projects. This is especially useful in scenarios where you're unable to connect to the nuget.org repository. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to create and connect to local and web-based NuGet package repositories.
-
Creating and Mapping Endpoints for an Azure Application
When developing Microsoft Azure and Web Services; creating and mapping endpoints allow role instances in a cloud service in Azure to communicate through internal and external connections. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to configure input; instance input; and internal endpoints and their associated IP addresses and ports for Azure hosted services.
-
Creating Proxies for WCF Services using SvcUtil
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF Services allows the creation of a service proxy from the console using the SvcUtil tool. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how use the SvcUtil tool to configure and generate the files for a client proxy.
-
Creating Query Expressions for WCF Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can access resources off a WCF service. You will be able to add; filter; and expand all OData operators that the service supports. In this video Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to access all the entities off a proxy.
-
Credentials for Managing Azure Service Bus Queues
When creating Service Bus queues with Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can configure their permissions based on the shared access service keys you assign to them. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to configure the permissions of a new Service Bus queue.
-
Data Binding for Web API Services
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allows you to perform data binding for Web API Services. This is useful because is helps you understand how actions and operations are matched up via the routing engine inside of Web API. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates examples of these data-binding capabilities.
-
Data Contracts for WCF Services
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to work with custom objects when dealing with clients of a WCF service. The details of these clients can be controlled using an attribute such as DataContract. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to work with data contracts for WCF services.
-
Data Storage Options in Azure
Microsoft Azure offers multiple scalable cloud-based storage solutions. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses a number of scenarios to discuss when cloud storage would benefit an organization; and reviews Microsoft Azure's many cloud-based storage options.
-
Deferred Query Execution in Entity Framework
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; Deferred Query Execution is a key concept in Entity Framework for Microsoft Azure and Web Services. It can be particularly useful when using LINQ to Entities queries for Entity Framework. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the core features of this process and the impact that it has on code.
-
Deploying a .NET Application Using Xcopy
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can use Xcopy to deploy a .NET application without first having to package it. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use Xcopy to deploy a .NET application simply by copying and pasting files.
-
Deploying an Azure Application from a TFS Build Server
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can configure Visual Studio web projects to automatically deploy to Azure from a Team Foundation Server (TFS) Build Server. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to provide a continuous delivery to Azure using Visual Studio Online; and set up a deploy system using an on-premises Team Foundation Server.
-
Deploying an Azure Application from Visual Studio
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; Azure Tools for Microsoft Visual Studio allows you to easily deploy your Azure application directly from Visual Studio to either the Staging or Production environment. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use the Publish Azure Application wizard; monitor the deployment; and test web application updates in a Staging environment.
-
Deploying Azure Web Site Applications
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can publish an Azure website to the cloud in a number of different ways. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to deploy an Azure website and update it directly from within Visual Studio via the MSBuild commandline; or using the msdeply.exe capability.
-
Different Payload Formats for WCF Service Queries
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF Services' data output is formatted in XML or JSON. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses operators and code to show how query results are formatted in JSON at the browser as well as at the client end.
-
Distribute Data Using the Azure CDN
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can use Azure CDB services to distribute data to edge caches around the world. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the CDN portal and how to create a new CN Endpoint to wrap your Blob storage account.
-
Enabling and Monitoring ASP.NET App Suspend
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; ASP.NET Framework 4.5.1 has been designed to fully leverage the capabilities of App Suspend. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to configure and use App Suspend in place of Terminate.
-
Entity Framework – Working with the Conceptual Model
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; using the conceptual Entity Framework model; you can create methods within LINQ to Entity queries and map them to functions in the underlying DB model. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to create an Entity SQL expression that will retrieve data from an underlying database and use a function to calculate new values.
-
Entity Framework – Working with the Storage Model
When working with Microsoft Azure and Web Services; in some cases it’s useful to modify the underlying storage schema for the Entity Framework data model. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to modify the storage schema to include a function; as well as how to create a function import to use that function in application code.
-
Exposing WCF Service Metadata
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF Services allow the exposure of service metadata to enable new-client compatibility and proxy generation. In this video; Hilton Giesenow configures a service behavior's MetadataExchange capability and serviceMetadata element; and generates a client service proxy.
-
Fault Contracts for WCF Services
In Microsoft Azure WCF Services; fault contracts are used to handle exceptions. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use fault contracts to handle exceptions for a calculator service.
-
File and Assembly Versioning
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can change the file and assembly versions independently. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how file and assembly versioning works and how it affects the client in different ways.
-
Hosting a Web API Service Outside ASP.NET
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can host a Web application programming interface (API) service outside the ASP.NET application. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to host a Web API project directly in a .NET console application by bringing in the correct libraries and creating a hosting infrastructure.
-
Hosting a Web API Service Using OWIN
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can host a web service using OWIN. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses a console application to demonstrate how you can self- host a Web API service inside of any kind of .NET application; as well as view and run the application from both the client and host.
-
Hosting in an Azure Worker Role
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow the self-hosting of an ASP.NET Web API inside of an Azure Worker Role. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use the Open Web Interface for .NET (OWIN) to self-host the API in an Azure Worker Role.
-
Hosting WCF Services
In Microsoft Azure; you can host Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) web services in various .NET applications and environments. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates different types of hosts for WCF web services and how they can be created.
-
Hosting WCF Services in an Azure Worker Role
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can host WCF services in different Azure roles. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to host a WCF service in an Azure worker role; including the process of creating and accessing an endpoint for the service.
-
Implement a Code First Model with Entity Framework
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to use the Code First modeling approach in Entity Framework; allowing you to define models with code without any existing schemas or XML mapping files. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use a Code First model to allow existing classes derived from DbContext to be used within Entity Framework.
-
Implement a Database First Model with Entity Framework
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to implement database first models using the Entity Framework. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement a database first model using LINQ queries inside of your application.
-
Implement a Model First Model with Entity Framework
Within Microsoft Azure and Web Services; one of the ways you can work with Entity Framework and .NET applications is using the model first approach. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to build an Entity Framework model; use it to generate a new database automatically; and then run a .NET application that uses the database.
-
Implement Entity Framework on CLR Objects
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to implement the Entity Framework on CLR Objects. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to centralize CLR Objects and map them to DbContext.
-
Implementing a Channel Factory for WCF Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF Services allows clients to use a channel factory to more explicitly control the definition of called data. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to code and configure a channel factory to call data from a service.
-
Implementing a Simple WCF Service
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to implement a simple WCF service. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use Visual Studio to build a WCF service; and set it up for testing on a client.
-
Implementing Action Filters for Web API Services
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to implement action filters for Web API Services. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to work with action filters for Web API Services to apply additional behavior to a specific controller; or even to a specific action on a controller.
-
Creating a New Blob Store in Azure
Microsoft Azure Blob storage allows you to conveniently store large amounts of blob data in containers that can be accessed from anywhere via HTTP. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the different ways to create a container; how to manage containers; and upload and list blobs programmatically within a storage account.
-
Creating a Package as Part of a Build Process
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can manually create a web package and deploy it or you can deploy it as part of the build process. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to invoke the MSBuild command to compile and deploy a package directly to a server.
-
Creating a Service Namespace in Azure
To begin using Service Bus topics and subscriptions within a Microsoft Azure application; you must first create a Service Bus namespace. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses the Azure Management Portal to create a new Service Bus namespace; before highlighting how Service Bus entities are managed from within the portal.
-
Creating a Simple WCF Data Service
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF Services allows services based on the Entity Framework Data Model to be built in Visual Studio. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to add a WCF Data Service to a Web application.
-
Creating a Table in Azure
Microsoft Azure Table storage service allows you to create and manage tables that are ideal for storing structured; non-relational data. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the table management capabilities of the Azure Management Portal; as well as how to create; list; update; and delete tables programmatically.
-
Creating a WCF Services Proxy
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can create a service proxy in a client application. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to create a proxy for a Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) Data Services service in a client application.
-
Creating an Assembly Manifest
When developing Microsoft Azure and Web Services; assembly manifests allow you to modify attributes and provide general information about a single or multifile .NET assembly. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to set global assembly attributes in Visual Studio's Assembly Information dialog box or directly in the AssemblyInfo.cs file; and how to share attributes across multiple assemblies.
-
Creating an Azure Service Bus Queue
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can create Service Bus queues in order to improve communication between applications; components of a distributed application; and between the components and the applications themselves. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to create an Azure Service Bus queue using two different methods.
-
Creating an IIS Install Package
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can set up a range of publishing profiles. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to create an IIS deployment package and deploy it directly to the end server.
-
Implementing an Odata Web API Server
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow the conversion of a Web API endpoint into a Web API OData-enabled endpoint. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to convert a Web API endpoint into a Web API OData-enabled endpoint supporting OData operations by using Visual Studio.
-
Implementing Asynchronous Operations in WCF Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can implement Asynchronous Operations in WCF Services. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to differentiate between service operations on the server side; and explains the Begin and End methods and how it’s possible to define operations using both approaches.
-
Implementing Authentication for Web API Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can implement authorization and authentication in Web application programming interface (API) services. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement authentication in the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) for Web API services in an Internet Information Services (IIS)-hosted environment or a self-hosted environment.
-
Implementing CORS for Web API Services
Microsoft Azure and Web Services use Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) to selectively bypass browsers' same-origin security policies. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how CORS allows client and backend APIs to interact by accepting and rejecting specified cross-origin requests.
-
Implementing Custom Entity Framework Conventions
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; Entity Framework relies on various conventions; which make it easy to map entities in the conceptual model to those in the underlying storage model at the database level. However; sometimes the default conventions aren’t suitable. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates different ways to modify Entity Framework conventions; including table naming and key conventions.
-
Implementing Distributed Transactions
Microsoft Azure and Web Services enable you to perform distributed transactions; which is useful if you need your actual overall business process to span multiple types of systems. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement a distributed transaction across two resource managers.
-
Implementing Duplex Messaging for WCF Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF Services allow duplex messaging; whereby client and service endpoints exchange messages independently within a session. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to configure a client callback channel; allowing a service to respond to a request processed on the server.
-
Implementing Exception Filters for Web API Services
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to implement Exception filters for Web API Services. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to apply Exception filters to add attributes onto actions in a database.
-
Implementing Message Inspectors for WCF Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF Message Inspectors are used to intercept and inspect messages after they are received or before they are sent between Clients and Services. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement a Message Inspector on the Client Side using code; and on the Service Side using the Configuration file.
-
Implementing One-Way Messaging for WCF Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can implement one-way messaging in Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) services. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement a one-way operation with a delay in WCF web services using the IsOneWay parameter on OperationContract.
-
Implementing Per-Call WCF Service Instances
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF Services' Percall instance context mode instantiates a new service instance for each client call. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how multiple client calls to a Percall instance context mode record as many service instantiations.
-
Implementing Per-Session WCF Service Instances
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF Services' PerSession instance context mode instantiates a new service instance for each client. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how multiple client calls to a Percall instance context mode instantiate as many service instances as there are clients.
-
Log Queries and Database Commands with LINQ to Entities
In Microsoft Entity Framework; you can use requests for easier logging of the database operations that are executing. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to log queries and database commands with LINQ to Entities.
-
Making Blob Content in Azure Secure or Public
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can set the permissions on the Blob content to control whether the access to the Blobs is Secure or Public. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to change permissions for Blob resources.
-
Managing Transactions Using Explicit ADO.NET Classes
Microsoft Azure's ADO.NET System.Data namespace effects database transactions via sequential database commands. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses the SqlTransaction class to overcome a disruption to the SQL Server service and ensure a transaction's consistency.
-
Managing Transactions Using System.Transactions
Microsoft Azure's ADO.NET System.Transactions namespace effects database transactions via sequential database commands. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses the TransactionScope class to overcome a disruption to the SQL Server service and ensure a transaction's consistency.
-
Managing Transactions with Entity Framework
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; transactions are an essential part of working with data to ensure that operations are consistently applied. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to manage and apply transactions within an entity framework using a bank account as an example.
-
Managing WCF Service Concurrency
In Microsoft Azure; you can manage the different concurrency modes available in Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) web services. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how you can switch between different concurrency modes when processing requests from multiple clients in WCF web services.
-
Manipulating XML Data Using XMLWriter
When working with Microsoft Azure; you can use Microsoft Visual Studio to create XML files programmatically. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use the XMLTextWriter derived class to create an XML file and which methods to use within the XML file to add content to it.
-
Manually Creating a Package
When deploying a web project to Microsoft Azure; Visual Studio allows you to easily create a deployment package manually on a source computer before installing it onto a destination server. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use Visual Studio's Publish Web wizard to create a package using the file system and web deploy publish methods.
-
Manually Deploying an IIS Install Package
When developing Microsoft Azure applications; you are able to deploy to Internet Information Services (IIS) directly from Visual Studio or via Microsoft's Web Deploy tool. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses the Publish Web dialog box to deploy a web deployment package from Visual Studio; before demonstrating how to deploy to an IIS server using msdeploy.exe in command line.
-
Message and Transport-Level Security for WCF Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF Services allows the use of message and transport-level security. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates where message and transport-level security might be appropriate; and how message-level security ensures data integrity across multiple environments.
-
Message Compression and Encoding for WCF Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF Services allow the encoding and compression of data to reduce client-server message payloads. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses text-based and MTOM encoding to demonstrate how compression reduces the size of binary-stream and text messages.
-
Message Contracts for WCF Services
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to work with message contracts for WCF Services. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to modify message contracts to allow different service parameters to be taken into an application.
-
Modifying Data Using DbContext in Entity Framework
DbContext is the primary class in the Entity Framework that allows developers working with Microsoft Azure and Web Services to easily interact with data as objects when modifying database entities. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to add; update; and delete entities from within an Entity Framework model using a class derived from DbContext.
-
Modifying Table Entities in Azure
The ability to modify entities in Microsoft Azure Table Storage using table operations allows you to manage stored table data and return accurate; up-to-date query results. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to programmatically insert; replace; and delete entities within a table using the Windows Azure Storage NuGet package.
-
Multiple Authentication Mechanisms for Web API Services
Microsoft Azure and Web Services support multiple authentication schemes on Web API endpoints. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement Anonymous; Basic; and Windows Authentication on IIS and self-hosted Web APIs; in Visual Studio.
-
Operating System Configuration for an Azure Application
When developing Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can manage updates to the Windows Azure Guest operating system (Guest OS) automatically whenever updates are released; or manually at your own discretion. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to update the Azure Guest OS from the Management Portal; and configure Guest OS settings in the service configuration file.
-
Peek at the Next Message in a Queue in Azure
The Microsoft Azure Queue storage service supports peeking; whereby clients can view the contents of a message without removing the message from the queue. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses the PeekMessage() method to view a message at the front of the queue; and the PeekMessages() method to peek at a specified number of messages.
-
Performing a VIP Swap Upgrade of an Azure Application
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can perform a Virtual IP (VIP) swap between Production and Staging versions of an application in order to minimize potential downtime. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the differences between Production and Staging modes; and the potential reasons why each mode would be useful.
-
Performing an In-Place Upgrade of an Azure Application
Microsoft Azure allows for interchangeable application upgrades on websites to ensure that users can still access a site that is being upgraded. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to perform an in-place upgrade of an Azure application within Microsoft Azure and Web Services.
-
Preventing XSRF with Web API Services
Microsoft Azure and Web Services defend against Cross-Site Request Forgery (XSRF) attacks on Web APIs by supporting the use of cookies. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use AntiForgery and authentication cookie tokens to mitigate XSRF attacks; in Visual Studio.
-
Querying Data Using LINQ to Entities
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; LINQ to Entities provides Language-Integrated Query (LINQ) support; allowing you to write complex queries against the Entity Framework conceptual model and return entity objects. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to query an Entity Framework using LINQ; and describes some of the exceptions; their workarounds; and the paging operations in LINQ to Entities.
-
Querying Data with Connection; DataReader; and Command
In Entity Framework for Microsoft Azure and Web Services; there are a number of ways to query data in the SQL database; including Connection; DataReader; and Command. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates these methods for querying data; allowing you to be more explicit about underlying SQL queries.
-
Querying XML Data with LINQ to XML
Microsoft Azure's ADO.NET allows the use of LINQ to XML to query XML documents. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use LINQ to XML to load an XML document and query its elements; subelements; and descendants.
-
Read the Next Message in a Queue in Azure
After messages are added to queues; the Microsoft Azure Queue storage service allows you to retrieve single messages from the queue that can be processed and deleted as part of the message queue lifecycle. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to programmatically reference a queue; retrieve both string-based and byte array messages; and delete read messages from the queue.
-
Reading Data into a DataSet with ADO.NET
Microsoft Azure's ADO.NET data access layer allows data to be read into DataSets. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use a strongly typed DataAdapter to submit a query to a database and read data out to a strongly typed DataSet.
-
Reading Data Using an ADO.NET DataReader
Microsoft Azure's ADO.NET DataReader type allows data to be read from databases. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use a SqlDataReader to read data from a SQL database and return ordinals as integer or string values.
-
Reading XML Data
When working with Microsoft Azure; you can use Microsoft Visual Studio to read and parse an XML file by using the XmlReader class and the XmlTextReader derived class. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to access elements inside of an XML file with the XMLTextReader; as well as how to access attributes and navigate to peers and descendents.
-
Receiving Messages from an Azure Service Bus Queue
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; the communication process is simplified by using the Service Bus queues to send and receive messages. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to receive messages of different types from the Service Bus queue; and use the Peek function to check if there are messages waiting to be processed.
-
Restricting Message Size for Web API Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can restrict the message size for Web API Services. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how Web API services can increase or decrease the size of the media files they receive to control the load on the server.
-
Retrieving Table Entities in Azure
Entities in Microsoft Azure Table storage are sets of properties that can be retrieved from a table as collections of entities; or single; specific entities. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to retrieve all entities in a partition; specify a filter; retrieve a range of entities; and retrieve a single entity programmatically using the Windows Azure Storage NuGet package.
-
Security Filters for Web API Services
Microsoft Azure and Web Services use security filters for web API services that differentiates between authentication and authorization. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement a simple basic authentication system inside of your Web API to authenticate a user and then give them authorisation.
-
Selecting Content to Package
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can manage which files are packaged as part of your application. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to control the content of what gets published into your application using a range of different methods.
-
Service Bus Queues in Azure
Microsoft Azure Service Bus queues differ significantly from the Azure Storage Queue capability. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how Service Bus queues compare to the Azure Storage Queue capability; and details the former's division of queues into filtered topics to which services may subscribe.
-
Service Bus Topics and Subscriptions
Microsoft Azure Service Bus supports the creation of topics and subscriptions allowing the selective retrieval of messages from Service Bus queues. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to create Service Bus Publish/Subscribe subscriptions and topics; in Visual Studio.
-
Setting Application Permissions and Passwords
The Microsoft Azure and Web Services deployment tool; MSDeploy; allows you to authorize usernames and passwords; and set user permissions for applications in order to increase security during the deployment process. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to set these security features; using MSDeploy.
-
Synchronous and Asynchronous Queries
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can use asynchronous operations to implement EntitySqlCommands or use entity commands to update the backend data source. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to interpret asynchronous and synchronous operations for direct commands in a database.
-
Table Per Class Data Models with Entity Framework
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; it’s possible to implement the table per class approach to inheritance in Entity Framework. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use a class to store the shared properties of two tables and to implement a hierarchy via inheritance by mapping the properties to separate classes for those tables.
-
Table Per Hierarchy Data Models with Entity Framework
In Microsoft Entity Framework; you can use a derived base class to share properties across entities. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses the MapInheritedProperties operation to map inherited properties from the base class.
-
Table Per Type Data Models with Entity Framework
You can use Microsoft Entity Framework to deal with one of the more complex scenarios in object relational mapping – dealing with object inheritance hierarchies. Inheritance can be implemented using the code-first approach or the database-first approach. In this video; Hilton Giesenow discusses the table per type data models.
-
Testing Web API Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; when building software you need to test it and Web API Services allows you to do this. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to perform tests on controllers using Web API; and shows which other aspects of the framework are testable and can be incorporated into unit testing practices.
-
The Azure Blob REST API
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; the Azure capabilities are REST enabled to allow operation to be made from and Client on any platform. In this video; Hilton Giesenow discusses how to access content of Blob containers via a REST-based Endpoint using a simple HTTP URL.
-
The Azure Service Bus REST API
You can now easily gain access to the Microsoft Azure Service Bus queue and its capabilities from platforms outside of .NET applications; including the REST API; by retrieving a valid access token for authentication against the service. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to retrieve an access token in order to call the Service Bus Message queueing capabilities; and then send and receive a message from an existing queue.
-
The Azure Tables REST API
REST APIs for Microsoft Azure storage services offers programmatic access to Table services running in Azure or directly over the Internet from any application using HTTP or HTTPS. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to authenticate and construct REST API calls to Azure table data.
-
Transforming XML Using XSLT
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to convert XML documents into different XML documents; or even convert them into a different document style altogether. To do this; you can use XSL Transform or an XSLT file. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to work with XSL Transform.
-
Understanding Data Access in the .NET Framework
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can connect to and query databases using .NET outlines. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the importance of data access in a .NET framework; as well as the key rules for data access implementation.
-
Understanding Distributed Transactions
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to perform distributed transactions; which is useful if you need your actual overall business process to span multiple types of systems. In this video; Hilton Giesenow provides and overview of distributed transactions; and how they are facilitated by a resource manager and transaction manager. He also examines the two-phase commit model.
-
Understanding Proxies for WCF Services
When developing Microsoft Azure and Web Services; Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) allows you to retrieve metadata and generate WCF client proxies for accessing services. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to create a WCF client proxy using the Add Service Reference feature in Visual Studio; instantiate a client proxy; and update and configure a service reference.
-
Understanding Transaction Isolation Levels
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to work with transactional relational database systems. When working with transactional databases; there are various isolation levels available. In .NET; the isolation level concept is represented by an IsolationLevel enumeration. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to work with transaction isolation levels.
-
Understanding XML Data Structures
Microsoft Azure and Web Services use XML data structures; providing an exchange wire format that allows you to persist data locally to be shared across the Internet by web-based applications. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the use of elements and attributes; as well as the concept of nesting elements and using hierarchies within an XML data structure.
-
Updating Data Using a LINQ Data Context
The LINQ Data Context allows you to use Microsoft Visual Studio to update data in Microsoft Azure hosted backend data stores. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to issue Insert; Update; and Delete statements against a backend LINQ DataContext.
-
Updating Data with Connection and Command
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; there are multiple ways to use Stored Procedures to update backend database stores. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to update data within a database using the Command and Connection functions.
-
Updating XML Data with LINQ to XML
Microsoft Azure's ADO.NET allows the use of LINQ to XML to update values in XML documents. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how use LINQ to XML to read an XML file into an XDocument and update its content.
-
Using ADO.NET to Query a SQL Server Database
Microsoft Azure's ADO.NET allows the querying of SQL Server databases. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to establish strongly typed access to SQL databases and manage the life cycles of the ADO.NET SqlConnection; SqlCommand; and SqlDatareader objects.
-
Using AppFabric to Manage WCF Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can use AppFabric to activate; track; and monitor WCF Services. The application is robust and can restart automatically if it fails. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to install and manage AppFabric WCF services to track and log messages as well.
-
Using Different Data Formats with Web API Services
Microsoft Azure and Web Services support the use of different data formats when working with API services. This is useful if you’re building these services; for example; and you’re dealing with either XML and JSON clients; or both. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use different data formats with Web API Services.
-
Using Different Formats for Web API Service Requests
Depending on the client application when developing Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can specify the appropriate format when responding to a client request. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to specify service and response types and format the data returned from a single service request as an XML; JSON; and BSON response.
-
Using Entity Framework with a SQL Azure Database
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can run Entity Framework applications with SQL Azure database. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to switch an Entity Framework application from connecting with a local SQL Server database to connect instead with a SQL Azure database.
-
Using Entity SQL to Query Data
In Microsoft Azure; Entity SQL is a text based style of querying data. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates Entity SQL functionality; and provides examples on how to execute SQL queries.
-
Using HttpMessageHandlers with Web API Services
In Microsoft Azure; you can use Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) message handlers to process client requests and server responses for Web application programming interface (API) services. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to create; delegate; and add HTTP message handlers to Web API services.
-
Using Interning to Share Assemblies
When deploying Microsoft Azure and Web Services; the .NET Framework's interning feature allows you to share assemblies across multiple servers and applications using symbolic links; reducing both memory requirements and load time. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to identify interning opportunities and intern eligible assemblies using the aspnet_intern.exe tool.
-
Using Multiple Authentication Modes with WCF Services
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allows for the use of multiple authentication modes with WCF services. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement anonymous or unsecured and secured access methods for WCF services.
-
Using Service Operators with WCF Data Services
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF Services Service Operators allow clients to filter results based on OData and REST-style resources and operators. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how Service Operators on the service and client side allow for more accurate query results.
-
Using SetParameters for an IIS App Pool
When configuring a web application for deployment on Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you are able to use the SetParameters.xml file to set up and parameterize Internet Information Services (IIS) application pools. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses MSBuild to build a deployment package containing an IIS app pool; and configures an application pool with MSDeploy.
-
Using Stored Procedures with Entity Framework
In Microsoft Azure with Web Services; you can use stored procedures in the Entity Framework using a number of different approaches. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use the Model or Database First and Code First approaches when using stored procedures with Entity Framework.
-
Using the Dependency Resolver for Web API Services
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to reduce the dependencies between components in your application. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement a DependencyResolver for Web API; and configure and implement a resolver capability on UnityContainer.
-
Using XSLT Transformations to Prepare Files
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can use XSLT transformations to apply the correct settings and definitions within your config files before running your applications. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to add new configuration settings; use transformations to locate specific elements; and remove or set attributes within a config file.
-
Versioning WCF Service Addresses; Bindings; and Routing
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can use a routing approach to effectively handle address; binding and contract versioning in WCF. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use a discovery and a routing approach to address-based versioning.
-
Versioning WCF Service Contracts
When using Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) with Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF supports versioning strategies that allow developers to keep pace with WCF service updates and productivity changes without disrupting the client. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to add service operations using lax and strict WCF service contract version strategies.
-
WCF Configuration Using the API
As an alternative to configuring Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) services for Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF allows you to configure services in code. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to replicate the configuration settings in a .NET App.config file using C# code to configure a WCF service programmatically.
-
WCF Data Services Interceptors
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF Services allows the interception of incoming and outgoing data requests so that custom logic can be added to them. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how QueryInterceptors and ChangeInterceptors can ensure valid results or introduce security measures.
-
WCF Security
When using Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) with Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF security can help mitigate common threats and secure messages between clients and services. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the functional areas of WCF security and how security is configured via address; binding; behavior; and contracts.
-
WCF Service Instancing
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF service instancing and concurrency works between clients and service calls. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how three different instancing modes of WCF services work; what they get you; and some of the drawbacks associated with them.
-
WCF Services and the Azure Service Bus Relay Service
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can grant clients secure access to your WCF services through the public Internet by using the Azure Service Bus Relay service. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use the Azure Relay services to grant clients outside of your on-premises network access to your WCF services.
-
Web API Services and Asynchronous Operations
Microsoft Azure Web API services allow you to utilize asynchronous operations in order to respond to client requests more effectively. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement asynchronous operations within a Web API service to improve its functionality.
-
Windows Authentication for Web API Services
Microsoft Azure and Web Services support Windows Authentication for IIS and self-hosted Web APIs. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to enable Windows Authentication for IIS and self-hosted Web APIs; in Visual Studio.
-
Implementing Per-Singleton WCF Service Instances
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; WCF Services Single instance context mode instantiates one service instance for all clients' calls. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how multiple client calls to a Single instance context mode instantiate a single service instance.
-
.NET Assembly Interning for Production Environments
In Microsoft Entity Framework; the .NET Framework's interning feature allows you to share assemblies across multiple servers and applications using symbolic links; reducing both memory requirements and load time. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to identify interning opportunities and intern eligible assemblies using the aspnet_intern.exe tool.
-
Building Web Sites and APIs with Entity Framework
Microsoft Entity Framework simplifies data access by integrating with ASP.NET MVC and Web API applications to handle database interaction. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to generate and configure the scaffolding for an application's MVC and Web API controllers.
-
Code-Based Configuration
In Microsoft Entity Framework; you can build; deploy; and manage applications through an open and flexible entity framework cloud platform. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to configure an entity framework data provider for the cloud.
-
Code-First Entity Framework From an Existing Database
Microsoft Entity Framework supports building Database-First and Code-First Entity models. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to build Code-First Entity models around existing databases by adding an ADO.NET Entity Data Model and by reverse engineering a Code-First Entity model.
-
Concurrency in Entity Framework
In Microsoft Entity Framework; you can configure your system to deliver an alert whenever there's a possibility of concurrency errors; for example; when users are editing properties simultaneously. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to handle concurrency in Entity Framework.
-
Connection Resiliency Features
In Microsoft Entity Framework; you can make use of some of the default execution strategies to get connection resiliency. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses SQLAzureExecutionStrategy to explore how exceptions are handled automatically.
-
Creating a DbContext Using an Open Connection
In Microsoft Entity Framework; multiple contexts can share a single SQL connection to reduce the resource load on the actual server. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses a Boolean value to indicate if a context owns a connection.
-
Custom Code Generation in Entity Framework
Microsoft Entity Framework's Entity Designer and Entity Framework Power Tools generate EDMX-format ADO.NET Entity models. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to customize code generated for an Entity model using a T4 code-generation strategy in Visual Studio.
-
Database Migrations (Basic)
You can use Microsoft Entity Framework to handle database migration either automatically or by creating a database manually. You can also update databases as needed. Using Entity Framework is useful because it ensures that it handles changes to the database over time; just as it built the database initially. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to perform database migrations.
-
Dependency Resolution in Entity Framework
In Microsoft Entity Framework; the dependency resolver capability is one way to change internal dependencies. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses the built-in SingletonDependecyResolver to resolve specific dependencies inside of Entity Framework.
-
Downloading; Installing; and Updating Entity Framework
When working with Microsoft Entity Framework; you must ensure that you reference it appropriately. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses Package Managers to download;install; and update Microsoft Entity Framework.
-
Entity Caching in Entity Framework
Microsoft Entity Framework supports entity caching through the DbContext; which allows database entities to be tracked; retrieved; updated; reattached; and saved. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to track; update; reattach; and save DbContext entities to the database.
-
Entity Change Tracking
Microsoft Entity Framework allows you to easily track any changes made to entities and their properties; and manage these changes within the database. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement Entity Framework change tracking.
-
Implementing Custom Code-First Conventions
When you're using the code-first approach with Microsoft Entity Framework; you can easily customize certain default configurations for the created model. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the implementation of custom code-first conventions in Entity Framework.
-
Implementing Custom Code-First Database Mappings
When working with Microsoft Entity Framework; you can easily implement custom code-first database mappings. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the two methods that can be used for performing this task: by decorating a class with attributes or by centralizing the actual database schema configurations inside of the model.
-
Implementing Custom Pluralization and Singularization
In Microsoft Entity Framework; you can implement custom pluralization and singularization properties to suit the requirements of your entries. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement custom pluralization and singularization properties with Entity Framework.
-
Implementing Transactions with Entity SQL
Microsoft Entity Framework allows you to simplify Entity SQL execution; creation; updating; and deletion operations by applying them within the context of a single transaction. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement transactions with Entity SQL using Entity Framework.
-
Implementing Transactions with LINQ To Entity Commands
In Microsoft Entity Framework; transactions are an essential part of working with data to ensure that operations are consistently applied. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to manage and apply transactions with LINQ to Entity commands using a bank account as an example.
-
Integrating Entity Framework with WCF
Microsoft Entity Framework supports the integration of Entity data models with WCF services. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to build and define services making use of the Entity Framework data model and share them across multiple projects.
-
Integrating Entity Framework with Web API
Microsoft Entity Framework supports interceptors that define methods called when an entity performs an action. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use interceptors derived from an interceptor class to act on data saved; updated; or deleted from a database.
-
NGEN and Entity Framework Assemblies
In Microsoft Entity Framework; you can reference the Entity Framework libraries to speed up the actual load time of your application. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses the ngen.exe tool to generate a native image for the EntityFramework and EntityFramework.SqlServer DLL libraries.
-
Pre-generating Views to Improve Performance
Microsoft Entity Framework supports the precompilation of an application's query and update views; reducing its startup costs. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use Entity Framework's Power Tools feature to generate fresh views for an amended Entity model.
-
Preparing for Production Configurations
In Microsoft Entity Framework; you can perform live configuration-setting changes to prepare an application for production. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses the transform command to set a new value for an existing attribute.
-
Reading Data with Entity SQL
In Microsoft Entity Framework; Entity SQL is a text based style of querying data. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates Entity SQL functionality; and provides examples on how to execute SQL queries.
-
Reading Data with LINQ To Entities
Microsoft Entity Frameworks allows data to be read to Entities with LINQ. This is done through the use of SQL databases; SQL queries; and operators. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to read and write data with Microsoft Entity Frameworks.
-
Under the Covers – Connection; Command; and Reader
In Microsoft Entity Framework; there are a number of ways to query data in the SQL database; including Connection; DataReader; and Command. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates these methods for querying data; allowing you to be more explicit about underlying SQL queries.
-
Understanding DbContext vs. ObjectContext
Microsoft Entity Framework provides two types of containers; the objectContext and the DbContext; that allow you to access and manage your databases. In this video; Hilton Giesenow discusses the applications of these two containers within the Entity Framework.
-
Understanding Deferred Query Execution
In Microsoft Entity Framework; Deferred Query Execution is a key concept within the framework. It can be particularly useful when using LINQ to Entities queries for Entity Framework. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the core features of this process and the impact that it has on code.
-
Understanding IQueryable vs. IEnumerable
In Microsoft Entity Framework; when working with LINQ to Entities as part of Entity Framework; you need to be aware of LINQ types and the repercussions that these can have on your application. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement IQueryable and IEnumerable types using LINQ to Entities.
-
Understanding Lazy and Eager Loading
Two important concepts in Entity Framework are Lazy and Eager Loading. Lazy Loading is the default setting and is useful in accessing properties without a value from the SQL Database; but can have a major impact on performance. In this video; Hilton Giesenow explains the differences between Lazy and Eager Loading.
-
Understanding the EF Modeling Languages
Microsoft Entity Framework capabilities allow for the easy translation between the object and relational worlds; as well as the conversion of your application or query intentions into explicit SQL statements. In this video; Hilton Giesenow discusses the roles of the modeling languages involved in these functions of the Entity Framework.
-
Unit Testing When Using Entity Framework
Microsoft Entity Framework supports unit testing through a data context using in-memory data. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to build an ASP.NET MVC controller using a repository-type pattern; against which he tests the logic of an operation.
-
Updating Data with Entity SQL
The Microsoft Entity Framework can be used as a method to update data in a SQL Server database. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use Entity SQL to update data in a database; including different methods for accomplishing this.
-
Updating Data with LINQ To Entities
In Microsoft Entity Framework; you are able to update data with LINQ to Entities; using operations and calls to execute data updates. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how LINQ to Entities is used to update and delete data for various entities.
-
Using a Code-First Approach to EF Modeling
The Microsoft Entity Framework allows you to use three different approaches for modeling. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the code-first approach to Entity Framework modelling.
-
Using a Database-First Approach to EF Modeling
The Microsoft Entity Framework allows you to use three different approaches for modeling. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the database-first approach to Entity Framework modeling.
-
Using a Model-First Approach to EF Modeling
The Microsoft Entity Framework allows you to use three different approaches for modeling. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the model-first approach to Entity Framework modeling.
-
Using Functions with LINQ To Entities
In Microsoft Entity Framework; a number of functions can be used when working with LINQ Entities allowing for complex functions to be easily streamlined and translated. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the use of various functions within LINQ and SQL server.
-
Using Initializers and Factories
Microsoft Entity Framework supports a background DbContext initialization process that ensures that the database and runtime models match. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates Entity Framework's three out-of-the-box initializers; creates an initializer; turns off initialization; and implements the IDatabaseInitializer interface.
-
Using Stored Procedures with LINQ To Entities
In Microsoft Entity Framework; you can use stored procedures using a number of different approaches. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use the Model or Database First and Code First approaches when using stored procedures with Entity Framework.
-
Validation in the DbContext
Microsoft Entity Framework supports the native validation of DbContext entities on the client and server sides. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to use Entity Framework data annotation; Fluent API; DbContext-level; and IValidatableObject interface validation methods.
-
What is the Entity Framework
The Microsoft Entity Framework is one of the leading object relational mappers in .NET; allowing you to easily map between the object oriented and the relational database worlds. In this video; Hilton Giesenow discusses the applications of the Microsoft Entity Framework.
-
Working with Asynchronous Entity SQL Commands
In Microsoft Entity Framework; you can use asynchronous operations to implement EntitySqlCommands or use entity commands to update the backend data source. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to interpret asynchronous and synchronous operations for direct commands in a database.
-
Working with Asynchronous LINQ To Entities Commands
In Microsoft Entity Framework; through LINQ to Entities; the Entity Framework provides methods you can use to make backend database interaction asynchronous. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates asynchronous methods; including FindAsync; FirstAsync; SingleOrDefaultAsync; ToListAsync; AsyncReadOperations; and AsyncWriteOperations.
-
Working with DbSet.AddRange/RemoveRange
In Microsoft Entity Framework; you can batch calls together to reduce the number of input/output calls that you need to make. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses the AddRange method to pass in an IEnumerable set of entities that is operated on simultaneously.
-
Working with Non-Microsoft Databases
Microsoft Entity Framework supports the Microsoft SQL Server; Oracle; SQL CE; and SQLite database management systems. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses the Setinitializer method to turn off database migration because not all database management systems support migration.
-
Working with SQL Azure
In Microsoft Entity Framework; you can automatically re-connect to a SQL Azure database. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses an execution strategy to automatically retry to connect to the database when an exception occurs.
-
Working with the Entity Framework Power Tools
When using Microsoft Entity Framework within Visual Studio; you can utilize the Entity Framework Power Tools to improve your Visual Studio experience of working with Entity Framework. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to work with the tools to; for example; generate a code-first model or reverse-engineer a database.
-
Add/Edit/Delete with CSOM
As an alternative to using Microsoft SharePoint 2013's REST interface; the Client-Side Object Model (CSOM) allows you to add; delete; and edit data in a SharePoint list. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how to get the client context; before creating and specifying the properties of a list and adding items to it using JavaScript and the CSOM.
-
App Deployment Options
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013 Development; Microsoft Visual Studio can be used to deploy apps to an internal catalogue or to the SharePoint Store. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates the three methods available for deploying app. These are the Debug; Package the app; and Visit the Seller Dashboard options; each with a specific function and location for the deployment.
-
App Part UI
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013 Development; you can create a SharePoint app that behaves like a Web part. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how to create a new Client Web Part UI for SharePoint that opens on the Host Web and displays a simple message.
-
Client Context Object
Microsoft SharePoint 2013's ClientContext object; the most common piece of code you'll need when writing JavaScript; is essential to your apps. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates the four steps allowing the ClientContext object to house an element's properties; package its data into required formats; send it off; and make calls to the server to retrieve or edit its data.
-
Creating a Content Type for Your App
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013 Development; you can create and edit a content type and use Visual Studio to deploy it as part of your app. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how to add a new content type container to your app using Visual Studio and how to customize the default content type by editing the XML.
-
Creating a List for Your App
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013 Development; you can use Visual Studio Designer to create a list to deploy as part of your app. In this video; Bill Crider uses Visual Studio to simplify the creation of a SharePoint list for an app.
-
Creating a Menu Item to Launch an App
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013 Development; you can launch an app interface on the host SharePoint farm as a menu command. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how to connect SharePoint menus to your app code.
-
Debugging and Intellisense
When developing applications in Microsoft SharePoint 2013; Visual Studio and IE Developer Tools provide robust debugging options while IntelliSense offers easy access to language references. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how to use the Watch window and step through JavaScript code in Visual Studio; access code references through IntelliSense; and debug code with the Developer Tools in Internet Explorer.
-
Documents/Folders and CSOM
While developing your Microsoft SharePoint 2013 app; the Client-Side Object Model (CSOM) allows you to easily access and interact with documents and folders in libraries. In this video; Bill Crider uses the AppContextSite object while demonstrating how to reference the host web of your SharePoint app and access specific files.
-
Editing and Deleting Items with REST
Microsoft SharePoint 2013's REST interface allows you to create and modify lists from within POST; UPDATE; and DELETE type AJAX calls. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how to pass in parameters on the create function; modify the metadata's fields; format your header's app.master page; and write success and error functions that format the returned data for each call type.
-
Full Page UI
You can use Microsoft SharePoint 2013 to show a user interface for an app in its own separate web link as a full-page experience. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates the features of a SharePoint-hosted user interface; and the SharePoint requirements for a link to the host web included on the interface for Autohosted; Provider-hosted; and SharePoint-hosted apps.
-
Hello World with Visual Studio
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013 Development; you can deploy apps which use various kinds of application models in Visual studio. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates the steps involved in creating a new app using Visual Studio; as well as the file types and folders created by the Visual Studio Napa App and the full feature version of Visual Studio.
-
Intro to Apps in SharePoint
The Office 365 site allows you to add apps from the SharePoint Store and use them through a web browser. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how to create a new site collection; open the SharePoint store; what the various features of the SharePoint Your Apps interface are; and how to add an app to your SharePoint App Developer site.
-
Queries for Libraries with the REST Interface
Microsoft SharePoint 2013's REST interface allows you to build sophisticated URL-based queries. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how to code a URL using filter and field selections in the AJAX call to query a list from Microsoft Visual Studio and the browser Address bar.
-
Querying SharePoint with CSOM
With JavaScript and the Client-Side Object Model (CSOM); you can build and execute sophisticated queries in Microsoft SharePoint 2013 that allow you to retrieve specific items in lists and libraries. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how to use the CSOM to get a particular list and build a query using the Collaborative Application Markup Language (CAML).
-
Reading List Items with REST
Microsoft SharePoint 2013's REST interface allows you to query items in a list or library from within URLs in an AJAX call. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how to use the REST interface to read from a list; codes readAll and readItem functions dependent on the availability of a query string ID; and details the syntax of these functions.
-
Reading List Items with the Client Side Object Model
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013 Development; you can use Visual Studio to pull list information using the JavaScript Client Object Model. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how to go about querying a SharePoint list and library.
-
Set Up an App for Internal Users
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013 Development; you can use Visual Studio to create an app package to deploy your app to a web site. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how to upload an app package for an internal catolog and deploy it to a company’s web site.
-
Set Up Apps for the Farm Store
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013 Development; you can use the Developer in Visual Studio to set up apps for use on the SharePoint farm. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how to configure the SharePoint farm to allow users to request and install apps from the SharePoint Store using the Developer.
-
Set Up the Office 365 Developer Site
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013 Development; you can create an Office 365 developer account and use it to set up a site for developing apps. In this video; Bill Crider explains the modes you can use to build apps in SharePoint; and also explains the most important features of the developer site.
-
SharePoint App Permission Modes
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013 Development; there are three types of permissions modes that apps use. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates the various permission modes utilized by SharePoint apps and the scenarios that you can use them in.
-
SharePoint Services and the REST Interface
Microsoft SharePoint 2013's REST interface allows you to make multiple types of call to SharePoint services. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how to test your REST interface by querying your site through Internet Explorer's Address bar; use the REST API to change your AJAX call's URL; build a GET-method search query; and run your query against SharePoint's Search service.
-
SharePoint Services with CSOM
Improvements to the Client-Side Object Model (CSOM) in Microsoft SharePoint 2013; along with added API features; allow you to easily access SharePoint services and their properties. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how client-side coding with JavaScript allows you to make a call to the User Profile service and access some of the user profile properties.
-
Solution Menu in Visual Studio
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013; it is easy to build; package; and deploy your applications with the host of commands available. In this video; Bill Crider uses the Solution Explorer to look at the Build; Rebuild; Deploy; Clean; Retract; and Publish menu options.
-
The App Manifest File
Every time you create a new project using Microsoft SharePoint 2013 Developer; an XML support file is generated. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates the XML in this AppManifest file and shows you how to edit it using the Developer.
-
The Asynchronous Programming Model
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 Development uses an asynchronous programming model in the client side JavaScript. In the video; Bill Crider demonstrates the basics of this model by looking at a simple query that uses an asynchronous getUserName() function.
-
Updating an App
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013 Development; there are times you will need to update an app using Developer. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how to update an app and mentions the best practices to do so.
-
URL Access Tokens
Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows you to substitute URLs in your SharePoint site by providing tokens you can use to represent information that is not known until the app is run. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how to implement tokens that can be used at the beginning of a URL; and ones that are used inside a URL.
-
Using the Visual Studio Napa App
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013 Development; the Visual Studio Napa App allows you to start developing apps quickly. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates elements in the Visual Studio Napa App including the Content; Images; Pages; and Scripts folders; and explains that the app you create will be hosted on the server; but that the code will not run there.
-
Web Properties and the Javascript Object Model
In Microsoft SharePoint 2013 Development; you can use Visual Studio's application programming interface (API) for retrieving the client side JavaScript object model. In this video; Bill Crider demonstrates how to use the JavaScript API to get the properties of SharePoint sites.
-
Configuring Build Services; Controllers and Agents
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 provides configuration options that allow you to modify build services; controllers; and agents when using Team Foundation Build to serve a team collection. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to modify the properties of build service; build controllers; and build agents from within the Team Foundation Server Administration Console.
-
Configuring Test Agents
To run the Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 Lab Management Environment; you need to download; install; and configure the Test Controller and Test Agents. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to install and configure both the Test Controller and Test Agents needed for Lab Management.
-
Adding a Build Agent
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 allows the addition of build agents to scale out project builds. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to access the Team Foundation Build Service Configuration Wizard from an install and ties two build agents to a Team Project Collection.
-
Adding a Child Work Item Type
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; there are two ways to create a brand new work item type. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to create a new work item type and integrate it both into a Process Template and into an existing Team Project.
-
Adding Fields to a Query
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; it is possible to edit a Query and specify what fields you'd like to show up in the Query. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates the out-of-the-box Query fields and how to edit the Query to add more data fields.
-
Applying Query Types
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you have a number of Query Types at your disposal. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates the different types of relationships that you can query using the Query Editor within Visual Studio.
-
Applying Retention Policies
Using automated builds in Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 means that you could easily run out of storage capacity. Therefore you need to decide how to retain builds and clean up storage capacity. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to retain and clean up builds using retention policies.
-
Basic Reporting Using Excel Services
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can display your Excel reports on a web portal. In this video; Steve Borg uses Excel Services to demonstrate how to upload a pre-existing Excel report to the SharePoint portal.
-
Changing the URL and SharePoint Access Point
When you install SharePoint on your Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you may want to change the URL to something that is easier to remember. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to change the access mappings and edit the public URL to change the URL to a more suitable option.
-
Cleaning up Stale Workspaces and Shelvesets
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 allows the management of unwanted workspaces and shelvesets from the command line. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Command Prompt and tf command lines to delete workspaces and shelvesets from Team Foundation Server.
-
Cloaking or Specifying Workspace Visibility
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can use Cloaking to manage the visibility of folders in your workspace. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how Cloaking works and how to customize which folders are visible in the TFS workspace.
-
Configuring Clients for a Proxy Server
It’s possible to install and configure a proxy server for Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to configure Visual Server to use a proxy server for all file downloads from Team Foundation Server.
-
Configuring Connectivity from Excel
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 integrates with Excel. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to connect Excel to Team Foundation Server and how to synchronize Excel and Team Foundation Server content.
-
Configuring Connectivity from Project
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 integrates with Microsoft Project. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to connect from Project to Team Foundation Server and use a query to access specific work items; and how to open an item on Team Foundation Server in Project.
-
Configuring Connectivity from Team Explorer
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can connect to your Team Foundation Server from within Team Explorer. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to fire up Team Explorer in Visual Studio and connect to the TFS server from Team Explorer.
-
Configuring Connectivity from Team Explorer Everywhere
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 uses the Team Explorer Everywhere 2013 plugin to integrate with Eclipse. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to download and install the plugin; and what you can do with Team Foundation Server from within Eclipse once the plugin is installed.
-
Configuring Connectivity from Visual Studio
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; to enable software development you can connect to Visual Studio. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to connect your Team Explorer to your Team Foundation Server from within Visual Studio.
-
Configuring Security for Non CAL Users
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 allows Limited access to users without a Client Access License (CAL). In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to open the TFS Access levels tabbed page and discusses features available to Limited; Standard; and Full access licensees.
-
Configuring SharePoint Foundation
To integrate team projects in Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 with SharePoint sites; you need to configure one or more SharePoint Web applications. In this video; Steve Borg uses SharePoint Central Administration to create a SharePoint Web application that meets the requirements for Team Foundation Server.
-
Configuring SMTP
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can change the alert notification settings by configuring the SMTP Server. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to enable email alerts by pointing to an existing SMTP Server on the network.
-
Configuring SSRS Manually
After installing SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS) as part of the application tier for Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; a manual configuration of SSRS is required before using it to extend reporting functionality. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Reporting Services Configuration Manager to configure a Reporting Services installation.
-
Configuring the Build Drop Location
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can drop your build output into a file share for testing purposes or to deploy it from. In this video; Steve Borg; uses the Build Defaults tab to specify the Universal Naming Convention (UNC) path for the Build output.
-
Configuring the Command Prompt
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; using the properties in advanced system settings allows you to change the variables that execute commands directly in the Command Prompt. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to copy files and variables that configure Command Prompt so that you can execute key commands directly from the prompt.
-
Configuring User Limitations
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 requires that user permissions be granted or revoked on the TFS Application Tier; in SharePoint; and in SQL Server Reporting Services. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to grant permissions to the same users and groups in the three specified locations.
-
Create a Team Project Using SharePoint and SSRS
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 allows the creation of Team Projects incorporating SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS). In this video; Steve Borg uses Visual Studio to create and navigate a Team Project incorporating SSRS and a SharePoint Portal.
-
Creating a Query using Team Explorer
You can use Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 to return data about work items; and filter those work items to get the data that you require. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to create a query using Team Explorer.
-
Creating and Configuring Team Project Collections
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 allows the creation and configuration of a team project collection (TPC). In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates the creation and configuration of a TPC using the Create Team Project Collection Wizard.
-
Creating Library Shares
When configuring the library in Virtual Machine Manager (VMM); you can create library shares that provide access to resources when using Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 with Lab Management. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Add Library Shares dialog box to add a library share to an existing VMM installation.
-
Customizing Build Qualities
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can create automated builds and designate a quality to each to indicate its status: whether it's ready for testing or for deployment In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to assign and customize build qualities to various builds.
-
Customizing Categories
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can modify existing categories and create new categories for work item types. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to use the witadmin command tool to export all the existing categories to one file; before customizing a selected category and importing it separately.
-
Customizing Field Definitions for a Work Item
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can add a new field to a work item type. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to extend a Defect work item type by adding a new field and customizing the definitions to allow the tracking of data in the form of a drop-down menu list.
-
Customizing Form Layout and Workflows
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can customize the form layout and workflow of a work item. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to remove the direct transition from the Approved to the Done state of a bug definition by making changes to the workflow.
-
Customizing Functional Areas within Process Templates
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can customize the functional areas and iterations of Skillsoft Agile process templates. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how you can modify the Area paths of an existing process template and verify the modifications in the Process Template Manager.
-
Customizing Global Lists
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can create and customize your global lists. In this video; Steve Borg uses the witadmin command to export and import global lists.
-
Customizing Link Types
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can create; export; and import link types. In this video; Steve Borg uses the witadmin exportlinktype command to demonstrate how to export a link type.
-
Customizing the SharePoint Team Project Portal
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can configure your SharePoint Team Project site. What you can do depends on the version of SharePoint you have. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Copy Dashboard option to create and customize a new dashboard.
-
Defining Areas and Iterations
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 allows the decomposition of projects into areas or components spread over time and enumerated as sprints or iterations. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates the management of a TFS project's work items in hierarchically-structured areas and iterations.
-
Defining Project-level Alerts
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can trigger and define alerts on a per project level from within Visual Studio. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to configure Project-level Alerts; set up a custom alerts with specific clauses; and provides tips and tricks on using the Team Foundation Server Power Tools.
-
Deleting a Shelveset
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 provides functionality that allows you to administer the shelvesets created by developers to set aside batches of pending changes in their workspaces. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to create a shelveset; and how to find; unshelve; and delete shelvesets using both Team Explorer and tf command-line utility commands.
-
Enable Lab Management
Enabling Visual Studio Lab Management for team projects on Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 allows you to use lab environments to develop; test; and run your applications. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to configure Lab Management for System Center Virtual Machine Manager (SCVMM) environments from within the Team Foundation Server Administration Console.
-
Enable Reports to Appear in SharePoint Team Project Portal
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can take a SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS) report and display it inside of SharePoint. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Add a Web Part link to add a Page Viewer report from the Media and Content section.
-
Gated Check-in Workflows
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can set up gated check-ins so that you always have a reliable build. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to change a build to a gated check-in; and what happens when a build fails.
-
How to Modify and Delete Workspace
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; workspaces provide mapping between the server and your local machine. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates what a workspace is and how to create; modify; and delete them.
-
Implement a Disaster Recovery Plan
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 allows you to implement a robust disaster recovery plan for mitigating the impacts of a critical failure. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to plan for effective disaster recovery by understanding the scope of your Team Foundation deployment and the options available for creating and restoring backups.
-
Installing in a Load-Balanced Environment
When working in Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can scale a TFS server by providing an additional Application Tier. To do this; you'll need to add a load balancer to front the TFS servers. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to install a second Application Tier in a load-balanced environment.
-
Installing in a Multi-Tiered Environment
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 offers you three Full Install options. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates the Advanced Installation option in order to present all of the set-ups and considerations to be made during the installation process.
-
Installing Sharepoint Foundation
Installing SharePoint Foundation with Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 helps teams stay connected on a web-based collaboration platform. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to prepare the server before manually installing SharePoint Foundation 2013; and then completes the necessary configuration tasks using the SharePoint Products Configuration Wizard.
-
Installing SQL Server Updates
After installing SQL Server for Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; updating to the latest service pack is an easy process that allows you to keep the product current. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to update from SQL Server 2012 Service Pack 1 to Service Pack 2 using Windows Update.
-
Installing Team Explorer
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; if you don’t necessarily like Visual Studio there is an alternative you can use called Team Explorer. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to install Team Explorer so you can use it for application integration.
-
Introduction to Team Build
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; delivering software is an important part of the application lifecycle and Team Build helps you to achieve this. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to set up a Team Build for an application using the versatility and flexibility of the Team Explorer software.
-
Log Files
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; there are many ways to search through logs to locate performance problems and other types of errors. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates a number of different ways to locate logs when troubleshooting errors in TFS.
-
Manage Team Collections and Projects
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 allows the management of Team Project Collections and Team Projects. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates the management of Team Project Collections and Team Projects from the Application Tier of the Team Foundation Server Administration Console.
-
Managing Permissions
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 allows for the management and configuration of permissions at the Team Project Collection and Team Project levels. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates the permissions available to the Team Project Collection and Team Project groups.
-
Managing Portal Settings
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can modify and configure Microsoft Visual Studio's portal settings for your team project. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to configure the portal settings to enable your team project for a SharePoint site or another valid URL.
-
Managing Users Through Default Security Groups
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can manage security through the permissions and security settings of the Default Security Groups. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates Default Groups and Users; and how to manage permissions against the TFS server.
-
Manually Configure the Version Control Proxy
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 allows you to do make changes to the File Cache Folder and implement more advanced uses of the proxy server by accessing the proxy configuration file. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to perform more advanced configurations of a Team Foundation Server proxy.
-
Migrating from a 3rd Party System
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can move solutions from a different system to Team Foundation Server. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to use Team Foundation Server Version Control to migrate a Visual Studio solution from another system into TFS.
-
Migrating from a 3rd Party System without a Visual Studio Solution
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; using the properties in advanced system settings allows you to change the variables that execute commands directly in the Command Prompt. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to copy files and variables that configure Command Prompt so that you can execute key commands directly from the prompt.
-
Monitoring Warehouse Adapters and Jobs
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 provides status information of warehouse database and cube rebuilds. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to start a warehouse database and cube rebuild and generates job and process status information using the WebService GetProcessingStatus function.
-
Move Project Collections
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 allows a Team Project Collection (TPC) to be moved from one server to another. In this video; Steve Borg uses SQL Server Management Studio and the Team Foundation Server Administration Console to attach a detached TPC database to its new TFS implementation.
-
Multiple Checkout; Get Latest on Checkout; and Team Project Check-in Policies
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 provides administrative features that allow you to configure source control settings at both team project and team project collection level. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to configure check-out settings; check-in policies and notes for a team project; as well as file type and workspace settings for a team project collection using Team Explorer.
-
Operate and Modify Lab Environments
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can create and modify Lab environments. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Deploy feature to deploy an existing environment and give it a name.
-
Overview of Application Lifecycle Management Technologies
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 works together with other products in the Application Lifestyle Management suite and integrates with other Microsoft tools. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates the applications that work with Team Foundation Server and their uses.
-
Planning an Installation
Several helpful resources are available for installing and administering Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to download and access the TFS Install and Administration guides.
-
Publishing Symbol Data
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can configure your Build to use a Source and Symbol Server to publish symbols in order to help with debugging code. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to specify a path to publish symbols.
-
Query folders and Permissions
Much of the work in team Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 comes from managing query folders and permissions. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates some of the query fundamentals including; creating shared queries; applying folder restrictions; and creating a folder hierarchy.
-
Queueing a Build with Parameters
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can set up and execute a build with parameters. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Parameters tab to label the sources; pass in MSBuild arguments; disable tests; update Build numbers; and get a particular version for a Build.
-
Rebuilding the Data Warehouse
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; there is more than one way to rebuild your data warehouse using the user interface; the command line; or the web service. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to rebuild the data warehouse and the OLAP cube.
-
Recover a Failed Application Tier
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; it is easy to recover a failed Application Tier. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Application Tier Only option to recover and configure an Application Tier.
-
Recover a Failed Database Tier
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 allows the restoration of a failed database tier using backups. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Team Foundation Server Restore Databases Wizard and the Command Prompt's TfsConfig tool to restore a TFS implementation's database tier.
-
Repair a Lab environment
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can easily repair your Lab environment. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Install Agents button to install a compatible test agent on all machines and repair the Lab environment.
-
Scheduling Automatic Backup and Restore Activities
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 allows you to easily create schedules for automatically backing up databases and protect data in the event of a failure. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to use the Scheduled Backups Wizard from the TFS administration console to configure a backup schedule.
-
Set up Build Triggers
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 has several built-in methods for triggering builds; including manual triggers; a build on each check-in; a build on aggregated check-ins; and scheduled builds. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates the various build trigger options and how the continuous integration trigger works.
-
Set up Definition Properties
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can edit the definition properties for the parameters in your build. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to edit build parameters such as cleaning the workspace; building solutions; and running automated tests; as well as passing in MSBuild identifiers.
-
Set up for a Symbol Server and Source Server
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can use the Source and Symbol Server to store code that it indexed; which helps during debugging; and give access to everyone who might need to access the code. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to set up a Source and Symbol Server and then set permissions on the server.
-
Set Up for Build Log Verbosity
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; during the course of creating Team Builds; you could come to a place where you need to diagnose a failing build. You can use the build logs to help you find out what has gone wrong and where. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to use Visual Studio to create build logs.
-
Set up for Custom Build Numbers
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can change the Build number format to make it consistent with your organizational needs. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to change the Build name; date; and revision format.
-
Setting Up a Version-Control Proxy Server
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; it's sometimes necessary to install a proxy server at a remote office. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to set up and install a TFS Proxy Server; and considers reasons why you might need to do this.
-
Setting Up Environment Templates
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can create reusable environment templates that store specific lab configurations. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to set up a reusable environment template in a library.
-
Setting Up SQL Server Analysis Services
To be able to install Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 on the Application Tier; you need to ensure that the Application Tier can communicate with the Data Tier. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to do this by installing and configuring SQL Server Client Access Tools on the Application Tier.
-
Split and Partition Team Project Collections – Attaching a Copied Team Project Collection
When splitting a team project collection (TPC) in Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; after detaching a collection and creating a backup; you need to attach the collection before destroying any unwanted projects. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to attach a TPC in the administration console; before using the TFSDeleteProject command to permanently delete projects on the split collection.
-
Split and Partition Team Project Collections – Detaching and Copying a Team Project Collection
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; splitting team project collections allows you to change the composition of the collection and create backups of the various team collections. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to detach a team project collection; before backing up the collection database and restoring a copy to the server with a different name.
-
SQL Server Setup
In order to install Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; SQL Server must first be installed. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates the process of installing SQL Server on the data tier with a view to setting up Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; and mentions specific features of SQL Server 2012 during set-up.
-
Storing System Center Virtual Machine Manager Environments
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can store System Center Virtual Machine Manager (SCVMM) environments. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Library area to explore stored virtual machines.
-
Troubleshooting Template Errors
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can troubleshoot Skillsoft Agile process template errors. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to troubleshoot process template errors in an XML file by accessing the error log in the Process Template Manager; or by using the witadmin command-line tool.
-
Understanding Build Controllers
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 uses build controllers to allocate processor-intensive work to build agents. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Team Foundation Build Service Configuration Wizard to install and configure a build controller and agent on the Application Tier.
-
Undoing Delete; and Unlocking Checkouts; Pending Changes; and Code
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 supports numerous features that allow administrators to manage source-controlled items that developers have checked out or deleted. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to unlock folders and checked out files; undo pending changes; and retrieve deleted items in Source Control Explorer; before highlighting Team Foundation version control command line capabilities.
-
Upgrading a Team Project
You can easily update a team project created using an earlier version of Microsoft Team Foundation Server to the 2013 version. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to automatically update team projects to include all 2013 features; as well as how to update features manually.
-
Upgrading from 2012 and Earlier Versions
There are a number of ways to upgrade to Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to perform an in-place upgrade; as well as how to perform a hardware migration upgrade.
-
Uploading a SSRS Report
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can upload and download SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS) reports. In this video; Steve Borg; demonstrates how to download the Burndown report and save it locally.
-
Uploading and Downloading Process Templates
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can customize; control; and create process templates. In this video Steve Borg demonstrates how to create and change process templates for new team projects.
-
Use Snapshots
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; you can use a snapshot to rollback to a configuration of your environment at a particular point in time. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Snapshots tab to demonstrate how to take a snapshot of the environment.
-
Using Active Directory Group to Manage Roles
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 automatically recognizes individuals added to Active Directory (AD) groups. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to maintain TFS security and allocate permissions by incorporating an AD group into a TFS group which then becomes a member of another TFS group.
-
Validating an Installation
You can validate the installation of Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 by adding a team project. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to navigate through the Management Console to check for a valid TFS installation and create a new team project to test the validity of the install.
-
Virtual Machine Manager Basic Installation
In Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013; installing System Center Virtual Machine Manager (SCVMM) allows you to manage virtual machines when using Lab Management to create and configure SCVMM environments for team projects. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to use the Microsoft System Center 2012 Virtual Machine Manager Setup Wizard to install the VMM management server and VMM console.
-
Windows Server and SQL Server Version Support
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 only supports certain versions of Windows Servers and SQL Servers. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates the SQL; and Windows Server versions required; as well as the operating system requirements of Team Foundation Server.
-
Activate App Using File Type Default
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; after registering a Windows Store app to handle a certain file type; you can present your app as one of the choices when a user chooses to set the associated default program. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how a Windows 8 user can activate an app by setting a file type default program.
-
Advanced Layout
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to maintain a consistent look and feel across all the pages in a Model-View-Controller (MVC) application by implementing Razor layout pages. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the Razor RenderBody and RenderSection methods to add a common header; footer; and customized sidebar to a layout template.
-
Advanced Routing
ASP.NET MVC 4 for Visual Studio 2012 uses routing to integrate the View; Model; and Controller components and to ensure that data is both moved to required areas and displays correctly. In this video; Rafiq Wayani details MVC 4 for Visual Studio 2012's routing syntax; introduces the IgnoreRoute class; and demonstrates how routing is used to configure the MVC environment.
-
Anonymous Methods (Using Visual Basic)
Visual Basic in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to define and invoke one-time; in-line; anonymous methods and sub procedures. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to compile and invoke an anonymous method before compiling a similarly anonymous Sub procedure.
-
Asynchronous IO Operations (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; enhancements in the .NET Framework have made it easier to implement asynchronous operations and improve the overall responsiveness of your applications. In this video; Joe Barrett uses the Async and Await keywords to create an asynchronous operation that is passed to a task that implements parallelism from the Task Parallel Library (TPL).
-
Attached Properties
Using Extensible Application Markup Language (XAML) in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to use associated properties; which allow different child elements to specify unique values for a property defined in a parent element. In this video; Brian Roach adds multiple attached properties to a static Canvas; demonstrating and explaining how child elements inform their parents of their UI presentation.
-
Authenticating Users
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can authenticate any registered users who log on to your site. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the Forms-based authentication method to register and authenticate site users.
-
Automatically Binding Data
You can bind data in a Model-View-Controller (MVC) application within Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; allowing you to automatically populate lists with selectable items from a data source. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to quickly create a drop-down list in an MVC application view and bind data to it.
-
Avoid Cross Site Attacks
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can protect your site from internal and external attacks. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use a session ID to protect your site information and prevent cross-site attacks.
-
Custom Animations – Using Linear Key Frames
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables you to customize your XAML animations using linear key frames; each set to different targets on your independent animation's timeline – allowing for complex movement. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to use linear key frames; and the Canvas.Top and Left properties; to create a Double animation.
-
Custom Animations – Using Properties
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables you to customize your XAML apps using properties to set limitations on the values guiding your animations. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to use the From; To; and By properties to set limits on the Duration property of animations using the GrowandShrink and Gradient storyboards.
-
Custom Animations – Using Storyboards – Dependent and Independent
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables you to use storyboards to customize dependent and independent animations for your Extensible Application Markup Language (XAML) app. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to use a GrowandShrink and Gradient storyboard to create and customize Double and Color animations for an XAML app.
-
Customizing the Splash Screen
The Splash screen is the first visual element that users see in an app. It can play an important role in branding; and can be appropriately customized in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012. In this video; Brian Roach discusses and demonstrates how to update apps with custom Splash screens.
-
Debugging and Security – Binding Validation
The Windows Presentation Foundation; or WPF; allows you to create validation rules that will signal your users in the event of a problem occurring. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to create a specific validation rule for user input.
-
Debugging BG Tasks
Once a Windows Store app background task has been registered and declared in the manifest; Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables you to easily step through the code and debug it. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to hit breakpoints while debugging background tasks using the Suspend drop-down menu available in the Debug Location toolbar in Visual Studio 2012.
-
Debugging MVC
You can quickly and easily set breakpoints to allow Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 to debug your ASP.NET MVC 4 applications. In this video; Rafiq Ayani demonstrates how to set a breakpoint on the RouteConfig file; and then steps through the debugging process.
-
Defining Properties (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 you can define properties that allow you to provide controlled access to specific internal details within a class. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to define a property and use the Get and Set accessors to control public access to a private variable.
-
Dependency Properties Basic
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to use dependency properties; a class enabling an object's participation in the dependency property system; which lets them to be inherited or affect other classes. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates the parameters; syntax; and extended functionalities of dependency properties; highlighting the benefits of incorporating dependency properties into your XAML application.
-
Background Task Implementation
Background tasks are lightweight classes that Windows runs in the background. In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can use background tasks to provide functionality when your app is suspended or not running. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to use a background task to implement a live tile notification.
-
Basic String Methods Overview (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can modify; remove; replace; or search for specified characters when you work with strings. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates some basic string operations you can perform in Visual Basic.
-
Becoming a Share Target
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 provides configuration options for activating an application as a ShareTarget. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how to configure the manifest to become a shared target.
-
Binary Serialization (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can use binary serialization to change your data into a binary format to more easily pass it back and forth between processes. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the BinaryFormatter to take advantage of efficient binary serialization to create and save a file.
-
Bind Form Data
ASP.NET MVC 4 for Visual Studio 2012 enables you to bind form data to drop-downs; text boxes; grids; and other interactive application components. In this video; Rafiq Wayani uses a SelectList array in his controller to create and amend a drop-down list.
-
Build and Deploy for Speed
When building and deploying MVC applications in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can specify certain build properties and configuration settings that allow your application to be deployed for speed. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to specify the configuration settings in the Solution Property Pages dialog box and Build settings in order to optimize speed.
-
Build Mobile Site
ASP.NET MVC 4 for Visual Studio 2012's Mobile Application template incorporates the nuanced features required to develop a successful mobile site. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use ASP.NET MVC 4's Mobile Application template to build and run applications for the smaller viewing areas of mobile platforms.
-
Built-In Delegate Types (Using Visual Basic)
When using Visual Basic in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; delegates – or type-safe function pointers based on the Delegate class – enable you to forward calls to a particular function type; but not choose the specific function till runtime. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates the versatility of Visual Basic’s inbuilt Func and Action delegates and their overloads.
-
Cache Parts of a Page
ASP.NET MVC 4 for Visual Studio 2012 allows you to use partial pages in your Web Application so that only fresh content is updated; speeding up data delivery. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how partial views allow caching of static elements of ASP.NET MVC 4 Web Applications to speed content delivery to the browser.
-
Caching Pages
In ASP.NET MVC 4 for Visual Studio 2012 you can cache your site or site pages for speedy delivery to local; remote; and mobile users. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create a caching area in a site's Web.config file to enable content delivery optimization.
-
Cast vs Convert (Using Visual Basic)
When using Visual Basic within Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; sometimes you'll need to change the type of a variable. By implementing an explicit conversion you'll be able to make the process more efficient. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the TryParse method to convert a string to a numeric value while explicitly implementing a narrowing conversion.
-
Choosing an Encryption Algorithm (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can follow a general method from the .NET framework to more easily implement encryption classes. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the AES general-purpose encryption class and customize it for your needs.
-
ComboBox DataBinding
Using Extensible Application Markup Language (XAML) in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to bind the ItemsSource property of a ComboBox ItemsControl to a DataSource; allowing the display of data in your application's UI. In this video; Brian Roach introduces multiple XAML programming tools enabling the customized markup of a ComboBox; before binding a default ComboBox to a populated DataSource.
-
Configure for Windows Azure
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables you to configure your applications for deployment to Windows Azure and take advantage of running your application in the cloud. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to configure an application for Windows Azure; and highlights some of the benefits of using the Windows Azure Cloud Service.
-
Configure to IIS
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 you can configure the deployment for web projects to IIS on your own computer for testing; or to a server on your internal network. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the Publish Web wizard in Visual Studio to publish an MVC application to IIS before confirming the appropriate settings in IIS Manager.
-
Constructors (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; constructors are special methods that provide control over the initialization of an object after the program begins; or when an instance of a type is created. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to create and use instance constructors and shared constructors in Visual Basic.
-
Consuming JSON Data (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can allow JSON (Javascript Object Notation) data to be streamed from a Web service in raw format; or to rehydrate it as an object in your application. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to establish a JSON stream; calls the ReadObject method on it; and incorporate it as an object into an application.
-
Consuming Web Services Data (Using Visual Basic)
Microsoft's .NET Framework enables you to translate XML data received from a Web service by parsing it into a LINQ document created in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012's System.Xml.Linq namespace. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to import raw XML data and parse it into a LINQ document to create a database object.
-
Content Pages That Use Layouts
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to define how and where elements are displayed by implementing style rules that are applied to the views within an MVC application. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how CSS and layout files in MVC can be used to modify the appearance of elements in a view page.
-
Controller Logic
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to add controllers to your Model View Controller (MVC) applications to process incoming requests; handle user interactions; and execute application logic. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create a controller in an MVC application; and creates a view to generate output representations to the user.
-
Create and Use a Custom ATTRIBUTE Class (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can create custom attribute classes and use them in addition to the .NET Framework attributes to provide additional information about program elements in a structured manner. In this video; Joe Barrett creates a user-defined attribute; exposes class members through reflection; and presents the information in a structured list.
-
Create and Use CLASS (Using Visual Basic)
When using Visual Basic in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; classes are a fundamental concept providing a container for data and code; and enabling a usable set of functionality in your application. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to declare a class and invoke constructors when an object is instantiated in a class.
-
Create and Use ENUM (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; the Enum statement allows you to create enumerations you can use when you have a set of unchanging logically related values and you want to provide meaningful names for these values. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to create an enumeration; map values; and use the Enum methods.
-
Create and Use STRUCT (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; Visual Basic allows you to create structures that are value types with their own properties and methods; and use them when you want a single variable to hold several related pieces of information. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to declare and implement a simple structure as well as one with a constructor.
-
Create Delegates (Using Visual Basic)
Using Visual Basic in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables you to create delegates pointing to functions comprising invocation lists that run when delegates; associated to the functions by keywords; are invoked. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use a keyword and parameters to associate a delegate with an invocation list; invoke the delegate; and iterate through a list.
-
Create Forms with HTML Helper
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; the ASP.NET MVC framework includes HTML helper methods that you can use to render HTML form elements in Model-View-Controller (MVC) application views. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to incorporate dynamic content into your MVC application views; and highlights the HTML helpers in the code responsible for generating form elements.
-
Create INTERFACE (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; implementing interfaces using Visual Basic guarantees functionality by allowing you to define features as small groups of closely related properties; methods; and events. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to declare and implement interfaces in a class in order to define functionality.
-
Create MVC Model
The Model folder of an MVC 4 (Model View Controller) application built with the Internet Application template acts as a placeholder for classes. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to copy in existing class behaviour and save it as a new class in the Model folder; before populating it with new members.
-
Creating and Running BG Tasks
When developing a Windows Store application in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can create and run background tasks that enable your app to process work that does not require a lot of user interaction in the background. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to implement the IBackgroundTask interface and its Run method while creating a background task.
-
Creating Custom Exception Classes (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can create custom exception classes containing different information from those offered by .NET Framework classes. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how custom exception classes inherit from the base exception class; and use a constructor to communicate custom notes and messages to the user.
-
Creating Generic Types Including Restrictions (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can create generic types to consolidate code and avoid the creation of multiple overloads while retaining the capabilities of specific data types through restrictions. In this video; Joe Barrett defines a class with a generic type and restriction in order to simplify the creation of reports from a hierarchy of objects.
-
Custom Animations – Animation Properties
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables you to customize your XAML apps using multiple properties to adjust the timing and repetitive nature of your storyboard animations. In this video; Brian Roach introduces and uses the BeginTime; SpeedRatio; AutoReverse; RepeatBehavior; and Duration properties to customize a GrowandShrink Double animation.
-
Mobile Optimized Content
ASP.NET MVC 4 for Visual Studio 2012 allows you to develop mobile applications optimized for performance in occasionally-connected system environments. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how minimal content; easy navigation; and partial pages and sites; contribute to the quick response times of a mobile application.
-
Mobile Web Fundamentals
ASP.NET MVC 4 for Visual Studio 2012 allows you to develop and optimize high-performance mobile applications. In this video; Rafiq Wayani compares the ASP.NET MVC 4 Mobile Application and Internet Application templates to demonstrate; highlight; and explain how conventional Web sites fail to meet the enhanced graphic; navigational; and performance requirements of mobile applications' smaller viewing areas.
-
More on Input Validation
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 provides ASP.NET validators that allow you to check user input entered into your Web Form fields; and display associated error messages for each control. In this video; Rafiq Wayani uses the pre-built RequiredFieldValidator control and its properties to make user input fields required; and also display appropriate error messages.
-
More on Partial Views
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can construct and implement partial views on multiple pages. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use partial views to form part of your login page.
-
More on Routing
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; routing is responsible for mapping incoming browser requests to particular Model-View-Controller (MVC) actions and is one of the integral parts when developing MVC applications. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the RegisterRoutes() method and the default route table to allow users to log in using their accounts from other sites.
-
More on Web Form Development
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can use ASP.NET Web Forms to quickly and easily build dynamic web pages that form the user interface (UI) and give your web applications their look and feel. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to quickly create a Web Form and add server controls to the Web Form from the Toolbox.
-
Multiple Routes
ASP.NET MVC 4 for Visual Studio 2012's enables you to allocate multiple routes to a single action; ensuring successful navigation. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates routing via a controller; an action; and an optional ID before explaining the role of the ignoreRoute class to block access to file types or individual pages.
-
MVC for Web Forms Developers
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can use MVC to do a lot of the same coding as you would do in the web forms environment. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the similarities and differences between MVC and web forms.
-
MVC Intro
MVC 4 (Model View Controller) enables you to build multiple application types with minimal effort for your web projects. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to select an Internet Application from the application templates and amend the coding framework to rebuild the application for your own use.
-
MVC Plan
ASP.NET MVC 4 for Visual Studio 2012 projects demand collaborative development resource planning. In this video; Rafiq Wayani identifies components of the Model View Controller area that require suitably qualified groups or individuals working collaboratively to have predetermined access; development; and update qualifications.
-
MVC Relationship
ASP.NET MVC 4 for Visual Studio 2012 project integrity depends on the relationships between the Model; View; and Controller components. In this video; Rafiq Wayani constructs an ActionController based on the needs of each Model View Control component; before storing the successful view in the Views folder for easy access.
-
Persistent Data Using Entity Framework
Microsoft Visual studio 2012 allows you to persist data efficiently in Model-View-Controller (MVC) applications by utilizing the Entity Framework's Code First approach. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the Entity Framework to persist data changes to a database without having to write a large amount of code.
-
PlayTo – Creating a PlayTo Receiver
You can build a Play To receiver to play or display media streamed from a home network. In this video; Brian Roach enables Private Networks in his XAML application's manifest in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; introduces his XAML Play To receiver's User Interface (UI); and details the code required to accommodate Play To's multiple capabilities.
-
PlayTo – Implementing PlayTo in an Application
Microsoft's Play To feature enables you to stream media files stored on your computer to other playback devices on your home network. In this video; Brian Roach enables the Play To feature in the application manifest using Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; introduces XAML Play To UI; and details the code driving Play To's multiple capabilities.
-
Printing – Adding Custom Print Options
You can create custom print options for your XAML app on your Windows 8 Print Preview User Interface (UI) using Microsoft Visual Studio 2012. In this video; Brian Roach enables bulk printing by implementing a MasterPrintPage from which various pages inherit; before creating custom print settings for the Print Preview UI.
-
Printing – Implementing Printing
You can print your XAML app's documents on a printer accessed through the Windows 8 Devices charm. In this video; Brian Roach create a MasterPrintPage class in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 that inherits Page and registers printing; meaning you can immediately print any page implementing MasterPrintPage.
-
Printing – Setting Print Option Properties
You can override the default settings of your Windows 8 Print Preview User Interface (UI) by changing your printTask.Options.DisplayOptions in your MasterPrintPage in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012. In this video; Brian Roach clears all default options and sets new ones; including changing the Preview Orientation to landscape.
-
Proper View Display
The view component of the Model-View-Controller (MVC) Framework in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 represents the user interface for the application. It's therefore important that the view is constructed carefully in order to render the data as intended. In this video; Rafiq Wayani uses the Layout.cshtml file from the Shared folder in the Views directory to display a new view.
-
Reduce Bandwidth Usage
ASP.NET MVC 4 allows you to optimize bandwidth use and limit unnecessary information flow by processing data on the server side before communicating it to the browser through partial views. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create a partial view in his HomeController to optimize the limiting of bandwidth use to improve information flow.
-
Register App as File Type Default
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables you to register a Windows Store app to become the default handler for a certain file type; allowing your application to be activated every time that file type is launched. In this video; Joe Barrett uses the Visual Studio Manifest Designer to register a specific file type before demonstrating how to handle the activated event.
-
Register Users
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; it's a simple procedure to register new users. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the generic user registration page to create a registration page that suits your requirements.
-
Remote Data Basics
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables developers to access and retrieve remote data from multiple sources for use in apps. Using an asynchronous method ensures that the interface remains responsive while the user waits for the data In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the HttpClient class from the System.Net namespace to make requests for remote data.
-
Remote Data Feeds and Navigation
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables developers to use application templates in Windows Store to display remote feed data in a way that is easy for the user to navigate. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to set up the data source and how to use the ItemsPage; SplitPage; and DetailPage templates to display data hierarchically.
-
Request JSON
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; it's easy to request JavaScript Object Notation; or JSON; data via MVC controllers. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use JSON to parse and stringify data inside of your MVC code.
-
Requesting Partial Views
Implementing partial views in your ASP.NET Model-View-Controller (MVC) applications in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables you to define a view that will be rendered inside a parent view and create reusable content. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the Razor syntax to render a partial view by implementing the Html.Partial helper.
-
Resuming an Application
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can enable the system to resume your Windows Store app whenever the user switches back to it; making it appear as if it's been running in the background. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to bring back saved data after an app has been suspended by handling the Resuming event.
-
Retrieving File Properties
You can enable your Windows Store app to programmatically retrieve the metadata – including top-level; basic; and extra properties – of user files in Visual Studio 2012. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the extraProperties object and RetrievePropertiesAsync method to extract custom properties from files on user devices.
-
Routing Ambiguity
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can avoid routing ambiguity in multi-layered Model-View-Controller (MVC) applications by adding constraints that make sure the URL parameters contain values that work for your application. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to restrict URLs by adding defaults and constraints to MVC routes.
-
Routing Issues
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; understanding and avoiding potential issues when implementing routing in the Model-View-Controller (MVC) framework will help ensure that your browser requests are mapped to the particular MVC controller actions you intend. In the video Rafiq Wayani highlights some of the routing issues that you may encounter in an MVC application.
-
Routing Requests
An important feature of every Model View Controller (MVC) application used in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 is the routing architecture responsible for mapping browser requests to particular controller actions. In this video; Rafiq Wayani introduces the default RegisterRoutes method and demonstrates how it's used.
-
Scale for Concurrency
A successful ASP.NET MVC 4 Application installation requires that you scale for concurrency; optimizing the configuration of your front-end; Web; processing; and database servers; as well as ensuring sufficient bandwidth; adequate memory; processing; and networking resources. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how these factors combine to provide your Web users trouble-free access to applications.
-
Scheduled Notifications
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can schedule your tile notifications to update at set times at a later date. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the scheduled notifications feature to add a schedule object to your regular tile notification code.
-
Deploy to IIS
After configuring your Model-View-Controller (MVC) application for IIS deployment in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; there a few key areas in IIS Manager that require consideration. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the different configuration properties that need to be specified in Visual Studio before discussing the various sections within IIS Manager that need to be defined when deploying an application.
-
Deploy to Windows Azure
MVC applications that have been developed and configured using Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; can be effortlessly deployed to the Windows Azure platform. In this video; Rafiq Wayani highlights some of the solutions offered by Windows Azure and how you can benefit from the cost saving; scalability; and ease of implementation that cloud computing offers.
-
Displaying Views
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to add views representing the user interface (UI) to your Model View Controller (MVC) applications that get returned by the controller actions. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create a controller for an application and a view for the controller class from within the code editor in Visual Studio.
-
Editing the App Manifest
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 automatically creates app manifest files that you can easily edit; providing specific information needed by the system when you deploy; display; or update a Windows Store app. In this video; Joe Barrett highlights the configuration options available in Visual Studio's Manifest Designer as well as how to edit the manifest in an XML text editor.
-
Encrypting Streams (Using Visual Basic)
VB.NET's CryptoStream object allows you to encrypt and decrypt data streams using the TripleDES encryption algorithm in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how the TripleDES Key and initialization vector (IV) generated after running the constructor are used by the decryption method.
-
End of Lifetime Events Crash Close Remove
When developing a Windows Store app in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; there's no special event indicating that the app has been closed; or has crashed; and you therefore need to decide how the app is activated again after these end-of-lifetime events. In this video; Joe Barrett discusses how to manage an application's start-up process after it has been terminated.
-
Enumerating Folders
You can enumerate your Windows Store app's folders using the asynchronous GetFiles and GetFolders methods by way of IReadOnlyList collections. In this video; Joe Barrett describes how the asynchronous methods of the FileIO classes work; and demonstrates how to enumerate an IReadOnlyList collection.
-
Explicit Interface Implementation (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; explicit interface implementation is used to avoid possible name clashes when implementing multiple interfaces in a single class. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how the Implements keyword is used when implementing an interface in Visual Basic; and the flexibility provided by explicit implementation when naming members.
-
Expose Data Using Web API
ASP.NET MVC 4 for Visual Studio 2012's Web API template allows you to build a Web API that can access and expose data. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to build a Web API; add a data item to it; and create and populate a database table in Management Studio.
-
Extended HTML Helper
ASP.NET MVC 4 for Visual Studio 2012's support of the Razor view engine enables the use of extended HTML helpers; minimizing the number of characters needed to write view templates and enabling an improved workflow. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use syntax; action links; and HTML helpers in routing and performing actions.
-
Extended Splash Screens
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can create an extended splash screen for your Windows Store app that imitates the Windows splash screen and allows you to display the splash screen page for more time when preparing the initial UI. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use XAML to define an extended splash screen page for your app.
-
Extending the Splash Screen
The Splash screen can be extended using Microsoft Visual Studio 2012. This is useful of you want to cover any long running tasks and allow a smooth transition into the application. In this video; Brian Roach discusses and demonstrates how to extend a Splash screen.
-
Extension Methods (Using Visual Basic)
Using extension methods in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to easily extend a type without re-compiling or modifying the type and it can be called as if it were an instance method of an existing type. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to define and implement an extension method.
-
File Access and the Manifest
Configuring the Windows Store apps manifest file in Visual Studio 2012 allows your app to interact with user-device file systems; enabling it to read; write; and enumerate files and folders. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to configure the manifest file; enabling application capabilities and file-type associations.
-
File Operations – Read a File Using ReadFileAsync
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can enumerate and access all files and folders in a particular location that your application has permission to access. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to access text passed to a storage file by the GetFileAsync and the FileIO.ReadTextAsync methods.
-
File Operations – Reading a File Using a Stream
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can enumerate and access all files and folders in a particular location that your application has permission to access. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to access a text string passed to a storage file by a stream.
-
File Operations – Reading from a File Using a Buffer
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can enumerate and access all files and folders in a particular location that your application has permission to access. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to access text passed to a storage file by a buffer using the FileIO.ReadBufferAsync method.
-
File Operations – Using Storage Folder as a Data Source
The Windows Storage namespace provides types for storage and data-related operations; and for accessing data. It's used in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 when an app needs to read or write application settings; store data files; or access content from user libraries. In this video; Brian Roach explores this namespace and demonstrates how to use local folders as data sources for an application.
-
File Operations – Write to File Using WriteBufferAsync
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 includes the WriteBufferAsync method for writing data to a file. To use it; your application needs to include the capabilities and declarations to write to files; as well as a cryptographic buffer to convert string data to binary. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to write to a file using the WriteBufferAsync method.
-
File Operations – Writing Text Using FileIO
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to let applications read and write to files locally; on a network; or on SkyDrive; as long as you have permissions to access the file location. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to use the FileIO methods to write text to a sample file.
-
File Operations – Writing to a File with a Stream
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; if your application has permission to access files and folders in a particular location; you can enumerate and access all the files stored in that location. This gives you the ability to both read and write files locally; or even across network shares. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to implement the StorageFile.OpenAsync method.
-
File Read/Write Basics
After configuring your Windows Store app's manifest file; you can swiftly read and write files to and from your user device in Visual Studio 2012. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use classes; properties; asynchronous methods; and overloads while writing and reading a file to and from a user's Documents library.
-
FlipView DataBinding
Using Extensible Application Markup Language (XAML) in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to bind the ItemsSource property of a FlipView ItemsControl to a DataSource; allowing the swiping of data in your application's UI. In this video; Brian Roach introduces multiple XAML programming tools enabling the customized markup of a FlipView; before binding a default FlipView to a populated DataSource.
-
FOR and FOR EACH (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can use the For loop to run a block of code a specified number of times; and the For Each loop to automatically iterate the members of an array or collection. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates the difference between a For loop and a For Each loop; and how to exit the loop.
-
Forcing Query Execution (Using Visual Basic)
The .NET Framework in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 lets you use specific methods to force LINQ; which defers query execution until after you iterate over its results; to store a static copy of the result in memory. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how records added to a database don't display in a queried list until the query is rerun.
-
Formatting Strings (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can format strings by using predefined or custom formatting. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates a couple of different ways in which you can format strings using Visual Basic.
-
Generic Methods (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; defining generic methods provides you with the flexibility of being able to deal with many different data types; and can be useful when you don't want to declare an entire generic class or multiple overloads. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to define and implement a generic method with constraints.
-
Globalization – User Globalization Preferences
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 Globalization Project enables you; through the Windows globalization namespace; to easily access users' globalization preferences. In this video; Brian Roach uses the XAML UI to access user preferences - changing the user's current input language and other culture-specific preferences - before detailing the methods used to render such data.
-
Globalization – Using Global String Resources
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables you to write XAML apps accommodating different languages through the use of customized; culture-specific string resource files allocated to Strings folders - mapped to on a user's input. In this video; Brian Roach uses the XAML UI to demonstrate how a user's input will change the interface culture while the machine's will remain the same.
-
GridView DataBinding
Using Extensible Application Markup Language (XAML) in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to bind the ItemsSource property of a GridView ItemsControl to a DataSource; enabling the scrolling of data in your application's UI. In this video; Brian Roach introduces multiple XAML programming tools enabling the customized markup of a GridView; before binding a default GridView to a populated DataSource.
-
Handling Exceptions with Multiple Catch Blocks (Using Visual Basic)
VB.NET enables you to implement multiple catch blocks to address and log specific types of exception; as well as structure your error handling pattern according to the default first-match algorithm and the inheritance hierarchy of base exceptions. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to generate errors to throw exceptions for specifically defined catch blocks based on the base IOException.
-
Hashing (Using Visual Basic)
You can use the SHA256 hashing algorithm; a 256-bit one-way encryption method; to verify the integrity of data when using Visual Basic in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012. In this video; Joe Barrett uses the SHA256Managed class to generate hashes to compare; under changing circumstances; one unique and two identical files; and explains the hashing algorithm's value in verifying encrypted passwords.
-
How Routing Finds Controller Actions
When creating a Model-View-Controller (MVC) application using Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; the ASP.NET Routing module is responsible for mapping incoming browser requests to particular MVC controller actions. In this video; Rafiq Wayani provides an introduction to ASP.NET routing and outlines how the Default route maps URLs to controller actions.
-
Implementing Collection Interfaces (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; implementing interfaces for class instances that hold collections makes sorting or finding particular items easier; while providing a guarantee of known functionality to the client user of the class. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to implement the .NET Framework's IComparable interface to sort items in a List collection.
-
Indexers (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can create Indexers using Visual Basic by implementing the default property attribute and creating shortcuts for instances in an array or a collection. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to provide users of a class with easier access to a collection or an array property using the default properties and getters and setters.
-
Inheritance 101 (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; inheritance is an important concept when using Visual Basic as it allows you to build a hierarchy of related classes and reuse functionality defined in existing classes. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how a derived class inherits members from a base class in an inheritance hierarchy.
-
Initializing; Adding and Removing from a Collection (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; when grouping and managing related objects in a collection; the ability to initialize the collection to a certain size and manipulate the collection by adding and removing items remains common irrespective of data type. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to initialize and manipulate the items in an ArrayList and a Hashtable collection.
-
Input Pointer Basics
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables developers to abstract mouse; touch; and stylus input to a pointer object in Windows Store applications. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to investigate the pointer object to discover properties such as device type. He also demonstrates various touch and mouse events in the Simulator; which echoes the coding below the demonstration pane.
-
Interact with Models and Views
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can interact with models and views to pass data between them. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to set up the Model property in a controller to pass data between the controller and a view.
-
Issues with Incomplete Controller Actions
ASP.NET MVC 4 for Visual Studio 2012 enables you to easily troubleshoot incomplete controller actions in your application. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to include an ActionResult in the Controller for use in troubleshooting.
-
JSON Serialization (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can use the JavaScript Object Notation (JSON) data contract Serializer class to make C# objects out of JSON for use in your applications. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the JSON Serializer to serialize and deserialize objects.
-
Layout Consistency
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; layout consistency is very important when developing Model-View-Controller (MVC) applications as it makes your site easier to use and is essential for determining the look and feel of a professional website. In this video; Rafiq Wayani highlights the various aspects of an MVC application where the layout has been consistently rendered.
-
LINQ Operators (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; the .NET Framework allows you to use LINQ operators to query any .NET array or collection. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how he selects; groups; and aggregates arrays using the Where; Select; Take and Skip; OrderBy; Group; and Aggregate operators.
-
LINQ to XML (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can use Language Integrated Query (LINQ) and the LINQ2XML provider to parse elements; attributes; and values from XML documents into your application. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to filter a set of elements from an XML document using classes combined with LINQ syntax.
-
LINQ to XML Advanced (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can use LINQ to XML functionality to easily load data from XML documents into memory. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to combine LINQ syntax with the ability to parse through an XML document using elements; attributes; and the concept of descendants to load data into memory.
-
ListBox DataBinding
Using Extensible Application Markup Language (XAML) in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to bind the ItemsSource property of a ListBox ItemsControl to a DataSource; allowing the display of data in your application's UI. In this video; Brian Roach introduces multiple XAML programming tools enabling the customized markup of a ListBox; before binding a default ListBox to a populated DataSource.
-
ListView DataBinding
Using Extensible Application Markup Language (XAML) in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to bind the ItemsSource property of a ListView ItemsControl to a DataSource; allowing the scrolling of data in your application's UI. In this video; Brian Roach introduces multiple XAML programming tools enabling the customized markup of a ListView; before binding a default ListView to a populated DataSource.
-
Live Tile Implementation
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables you to configure and build dynamic live tiles; comprising XML documents and capable of issuing multiple graphic or textual notifications in your XAML UI. In this video; Brian Roach introduces the template elements making up live tiles and builds customized live tiles launched from the XAML UI.
-
Locking (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; locking enables you to protect critical data in a multithread environment from being updated by more than one thread simultaneously. In this video; Joe Barrett uses the SyncLock statement to ensure that a block of code runs to completion without interruption by other threads.
-
Manage Complexity with Partial Views
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can reuse logic to manage complexity by using partial views. This helps you to avoid mistakes and generate code faster. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use existing logic with the Html.Partial method to render one view to another.
-
Manage Garbage Collection (Using Visual Basic)
Microsoft .NET's garbage collection thread locates managed objects referenced in managed code; attempts to finalize objects not referenced; and reclaims memory from all objects lacking a valid reference. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates garbage collection using the Finalize method; and forces it to run using methods from the GC.Collect class.
-
Manage Unmanaged Resources (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; VB.NET allows you to use the Dispose method to reclaim memory from unmanaged objects; the lifetimes of which are not controlled by the garbage collector. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how the IntPtr Structure is used to represent a pointer or a handle identifying unmanaged objects or resources released by the Dispose method.
-
Managing and Creating Certificates (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can use the X509 certificates in VB.NET as a way to verify identities between server and client systems. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to view certificates for a user or the local machine; and how to attach certificates to a request.
-
Scheduling Live Tile Notifications
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables you to schedule the issue of live tiles containing notifications; updates; and other information from your XAML app. In this video; Brian Roach introduces the ScheduleLiveTileUpdates method and uses multiple templates to build live tiles and issue notifications from the XAML UI.
-
Search Contract Basics
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; by adding the Search contract to your Windows Store app; you can enable the user to search with your app from anywhere in their system. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to add a Search contract to an app registered as a search provider before walking you through the default search template.
-
Search Scenarios Onscreen vs Offscreen
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; after registering your Windows Store app as a search provider; you need to configure handling procedures that enable the app; whether onscreen or offscreen to respond when a user does a search from the Search pane. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the OnSearchActivated method and OnQuerySubmitted event to handle search results.
-
Searching Strings (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can search strings for specified characters and words. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates different ways in which you can search through strings using Visual Basic.
-
Securing Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can secure your web application from unauthorized users. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use a default registration page to login; authenticate; and authorize site users.
-
MVC Uses
Developing web applications in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 with the Model-View-Controller (MVC) architectural pattern offers many advantages that allow you to more easily develop; modify; and test them. In this video; Rafiq Wayani highlights some of the benefits that you'll be able to benefit from when adopting the MVC Framework.
-
MVC Walk Through
An MVC 4 (Model View Controller) application built with the Internet Application template holds most of your code in three Solution Explorer folders. In this video; Rafiq Wayani explains how the Model files comprise the application implementation; the Controller files form actions interacting with the interface and user; and the View files the code as rendered in the browser.
-
Navigating Split Pages with Data
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can set up a data-intensive application with the help of built-in templates. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the split page template to display your data.
-
Operators and Evaluating Expressions (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can use operators to attach values to; or change the values of; variables. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use unary; short-circuit; and shortcut assignment operators to attach and change the values of variables; as well as to assign such variables back to themselves.
-
Optimized Bandwidth Utility
When developing Model-View-Controller (MVC) applications in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 you can reduce certain server-side activity and contribute to bandwidth usage optimization. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how you can validate specific user input by introducing client-side code that reduces round-trips to the server and how MVC optimizes bandwidth usage by default.
-
Organize Access to Apps Using Routing
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to implement routing in Model-View-Controller (MVC) applications to free up URLs from the physical association with files; improve access and navigation for the end user; and contribute to search engine optimization. In this video; Rafiq Wayani outlines the weaknesses of URLs in traditional web applications and highlights the advantages of routing in MVC applications.
-
Overloading (Using Visual Basic)
Overloading methods in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to keep your interface consistent while allowing different parameters to affect the value you receive back from the method. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how overloading is used to create methods that have the same name but different argument lists.
-
Using DICTIONARY (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; the Dictionary(Of TKey; TValue) generic class allows you to specify data types while representing a collection that provides mapping from a set of keys to a set of values. In this video; Joe Barrett uses the Dictionary(Of TKey; TValue) generic class and its methods to create and add items to a dictionary of strings.
-
Using File and Folder Thumbnails
You can create a file picker in Visual Studio 2012 that enables users to select single or multiple image files from your Windows Store app. In this video; Joe Barrett uses the FileOpenPicker class; the FileTypeFilter property; and the GetThumbnailAsync method to allow users access images and bring them into an image control interface as thumbnails.
-
Using Layouts
Layouts allow you to create a central structure in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 you can use to simplify the task of maintaining a consistent look and feel throughout your Model-View-Controller (MVC) application. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use Razor syntax and HTML helpers within the default _Layout.cshtml file to make the application layout consistent.
-
Using LIST (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can create a strongly typed list of objects that you can easily search; sort; and manipulate using the List class from the System.Collections.Generic namespace. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use several properties and methods of the generic List class of type string.
-
Using Multitouch
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables developers to code for multitouch to capture multiple contact points when users use multiple fingers simultaneously. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates multitouch coding based on the Pointer object in each event handler; as well as how to specify multitouch transformations.
-
Using Multitouch Transformations
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables developers to code multitouch events so that users can move; scale; and rotate objects on a page. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates multitouch transformations in the Simulator; and examines the code in the Solutions Explorer; with specific focus on multitouch event handlers such as ManipulationDelta.
-
Using Namespaces in XAML
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; XAML is a declarative programming language that allows you to reference namespaces and implement different UI objects when developing Windows Store apps. In this video; Brian Roach explains how XAML namespaces are declared in the root element of XAML files and demonstrates how to produce mappings for custom constructs using XAML markup constructs.
-
Theme Animations – PopIn and PopOut
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can have elements popping in and out of your applications. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to use the ThemeAnimations project to implement pop-in and pop-out theme animations.
-
Theme Animations – SplitOpen and SplitClose
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; when building a custom control; the SplitOpen and SplitClose theme animations allow you to reveal and conceal a target UI using a split animation. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to implement the SplitOpen and SplitClose theme animations and some of their properties using a VisualStateManager class in an XAML page.
-
Theme Animations – SwipeHint and SwipeBack
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can animate the images that you select. In this video; Brian Roach; demonstrates how to use the ThemeAnimations project to implement the SwipeHint and SwipeBack theme animations.
-
Theme Animations – Using a Storyboard
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 provides configuration options for using theme animations with a storyboard. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to use theme animations with a storyboard in Visual Studio.
-
Theme Transitions – AddDeleteThemeTransition
The AddDeleteThemeTransition in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 causes an element to fade in and grow when it appears; and fade out and shrink when it exits. In this video; Brain Roach demonstrates how the AddDeleteThemeTransition works; and how it can be used to animate objects.
-
Theme Transitions – ContentThemeTransition
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; there are a number of theme transitions you can add to UI elements. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to apply the ContentThemeTransition to a UI element to change how it moves when it appears for the first time or is removed.
-
Theme Transitions – EdgeUIThemeTransition
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; there are a number of theme transitions you can add to user interface (UI) elements. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to apply the EdgeUIThemeTransition to UI elements to change how they move when appearing for the first time or exiting.
-
Theme Transitions – EntranceThemeTransition
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to implement the EntranceThemeTransition on your XAML app; which effectively mimics Windows 8 native animations and occurs when an application's UI element appears for the first time. In this video; Brian Roach uses Microsoft Visual Studio 2012's Animations project to configure multiple controls and their properties; effecting a successful implementation of the EntranceThemeTransition.
-
Theme Transitions – Overview
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to use theme transitions on your XAML app by allowing you to effect animations using TransitionCollections. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates the implementation of a theme transition on a content control; and shows you how to manipulate multiple controls; elements; and items within a StackPanel.
-
Theme Transitions – PaneThemeTransition
The PaneThemeTransition in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 causes an element to slide in from the right when it enters and slide out in the reverse direction when it exits. In this video; Brain Roach demonstrates how the PaneThemeTransition works; and explains how it differs from the EdgeUIThemeTransition.
-
Theme Transitions – PopupThemeTransition
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; there are a number of theme transitions you can add to user interface (UI) elements. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to apply the PopupThemeTransition to a UI element to change how it moves when it appears for the first time; as well as when it's removed.
-
Theme Transitions – ReorderThemeTransition
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; there are a number of theme transitions you can add to UI elements. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to apply the ReorderThemeTransition to a UI element to change how it moves when it appears for the first time; is removed; is repositioned by a layout change; or when it's being dragged and dropped.
-
Theme Transitions – RepositionThemeTransition
The RepositionThemeTransition in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 causes an element to glide into a new position when it's repositioned by a layout change. In this video; Brain Roach demonstrates how the RepositionThemeTransition works; and how it can be used to create smooth transitions.
-
Thread-Safe Methods (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; when performing numeric operations in a multithread environment; the Interlocked class provides thread-safe atomic operations on shared variables. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to increment and decrement variables in a thread-safe manner using the Interlocked.Increment and Interlocked.Decrement methods.
-
THROW vs Rethrowing (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can use Visual Basic's Throw statement to throw and rethrow exceptions within a procedure to trap errors within your code. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates the difference between a simple Throw statement and rethrowing a caught exception up the call stack when conducting error handling in Visual Basic.
-
Tiles and Badges Overview
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can create tile notifications to draw users back to your application. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use a badge to create a lively tile with notification updates.
-
Toast Notifications – Handling User Input
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables you to handle user input from toast notifications including application launches; dismissal; and failure. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to set the launch parameters of an application fired by an Activated notification event; as well as the results of a Dismissed or Failed notification event.
-
Toast Notifications – Sending Basic Toast Notifications
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables you to build and send customized toast notifications locally from your XAML UI. In this video; Brian Roach introduces toast notifications; demonstrates how to send a toast notification from the XAML UI.
-
Typed vs Non-Typed Collections (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; the.NET Framework contains a variety of collections. By utilizing the generic classes; you will enforce a strongly typed collection; enabling more efficient conversions of data types in your applications than with the non-typed equivalent. In this video; Joe Barrett discusses the advantage of using the strongly typed List(Of T) class over the ArrayList class.
-
Updating a Database (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; the code generator automatically generates the SaveChanges method; allowing you to immediately send data changes made to entities back to your data store. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to update a list and saves it back to the data store using the entities object and SaveChanges method.
-
Use CODEDOM (Using Visual Basic)
Microsoft .NET's CodeDOM feature allows you to write VB.NET code that generates code; classes; and assemblies in multiple languages; used to code development platforms or applications. In this video; Joe Barrett uses CodeDOM functionality and the CSharpCodeProvider to gain access to instances of the C# code generator and code compiler; and build a console application.
-
Use Reflection to Enumerate Class Members (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; the System.Reflection namespace allows you to programmatically inspect and find all the types in an assembly; including information about the classes; properties; methods; and events of an object. In this video; Joe Barrett describes reflection and some of the classes used to enumerate class members.
-
Using a Stored Procedure with an EF Model (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; Microsoft .NET's Entity Framework model allows you to import stored procedures into the Entity Data Model Browser where they reside as Function Imports. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to import and use a stored procedure converted to a strongly typed method as a top-level property in his code.
-
Using Areas
After watching this video; you will be able to use areas in MVC 5 applications.
-
Using Currency Formatter
Windows Store apps new CurrencyFormatter class enables you to access user preference; or change the currency display to a runtime-selected format. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how the origins of the CurrencyFormatter class enable users to determine their own settings; before he passes a currencyCode as a string – formatting currencies by language and geographic code.
-
Using DateTime Formatter
Windows Store apps new DateTimeFormatter class enables you to easily create DateTime formats that work for any language or culture. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates the multiple preconfigured DateTime formatters available and explains that while each is named; it formats according to language or culture.
-
Select Case Statement (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Basic; you can use a single Select Case statement; as opposed to multiple If...Else statements; to filter a discreet set of outcomes against which a variable is evaluated using a first-match algorithm. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates the purpose of the Select Case statement; introduces operators; and evaluates a set of discreet variables.
-
Selecting from a Database (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; VB.NET allows you to query relational databases from within Visual Basic using either Language Integrated Query (LINQ) or provider-based objects in the SqlClient namespace. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to run a Select statement against a database using both LINQ and T-SQL provider-based objects.
-
Selecting with Anonymous Types (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; the LINQ-enabled .NET Framework allows you to use anonymous types to define properties and extract data from a query's object entities. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use anonymous types to query a database.
-
SemanticZoom
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to use the touch-optimized SemanticZoom control in your XAML app. This is used by Windows Store apps in Windows 8 for presenting and navigating large sets of related content in a single view. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to populate SemanticZoom's two views and code them to ensure they remain in sync.
-
Sending a Tile Update
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can show your users a variety of information by changing the application tile on the Start screen. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the Update method to update your application tile’s size; image; text; and expiry period.
-
Setting Access Modifiers for Properties (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can use access modifiers in the getter and setter in a property to limit its scope. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to make the getter and setter less accessible to avoid making the scope of a property too wide.
-
Share Source – Text Links HTML
When your Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 application is a share source; you can share text; links; and formatted HTML using the DataTransferManager object. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to share resources by creating a DataPackage that gets instantiated based on the data type passed into the procedure.
-
Speed Up View Development
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can speed up view development by using html helpers to assist you in generating code instead of writing everything by hand. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the code that MVC and Visual Studio generates to minimize the amount of coding you need to do.
-
Streams FileStreams (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; streams provide you with easy access to the file system; and by initializing the FileStream class you'll be able to read from; write to; and close files. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to initialize instances of the FileStream class to read data from an existing file into a new one.
-
Streams Gzip Stream (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can easily compress and transmit files using GZipStream. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how you can compress and decompress files with the GZipStream class using Visual Basic.
-
STRINGBULDER (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can use StringBuilder to optimize those string performances that may otherwise result in a drain on your overall system performance. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how you can create and insert strings using StringBuilder in Visual Basic.
-
STRINGREADER and STRINGWRITER (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can use StringReader and StringWriter to make string work more manageable when you are working with large amounts of text. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how you can make string work easier with StringReader and StringWriter in Visual Basic.
-
Subscribing to Events (Using Visual Basic)
Using Visual Basic in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to create and raise events; and then use a client instance to respond in an appropriate manner to the event. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the RaiseEvent keyword to raise a custom TransactionFailed event on the WithDraw function of a client instance.
-
Suspending an Application
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables you to suspend a Windows Store app and save the application data when the user switches away from your application; allowing the user to resume later where they left off without starting anew. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to handle the Suspending event to save an application's state and preserve a user's session.
-
Symmetric vs Asymmetric Encryption (Using Visual Basic)
You can use symmetric and asymmetric encryption methods when using Visual Basic in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates the trade-off between speed and security by comparing the swiftly generated single secret key of the TripleDES method and the slower; more secure generation of the public/private key pair used by the RSA Encryption method.
-
Synchronization (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; synchronization allows multiple threads in your application to communicate with each other; even while accessing the same resources. In this video; Joe Barrett uses the AutoResetEvent class and its WaitOne method to provide multi-thread communication through signaling.
-
Tapping Into Settings
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can quickly and easily build user controls that show as fly-outs when clicked; consistent with the way standard Settings options display in Windows 8. In the video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to create a custom Settings pane for your application based on the Windows Design guidelines.
-
The FINALLY Block (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; VB.NET's optional Finally block generates code no matter the exceptions recorded; or the actions specified; in your application's Try/Catch blocks. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates the uses of the Finally block and how it's able to write to the event log even if an exception causes the application to close down.
-
The Input Touch Keyboard
The Windows Store apps Simulator's Input Touch Keyboard enables you; from Visual Studio 2012; to confirm that your application's controls accommodate the input of a touch-screen device. In this video; Joe Barrett introduces and demonstrates the Simulator's different modes and rotation options; before explaining the ITextProvider and IValue implementations that make the keyboard appear and disappear in different modes.
-
Theme Animations – Customizing Theme Animations Using Common Properties
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 provides configuration options for customizing theme animations. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to customize a theme animation using common Visual Studio properties.
-
Theme Animations – DragItem; DragOver and DropTarget
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; predefined theme animations allow you to provide your users with fluid intuitive transitions when moving objects within a drag-and-drop animated sequence in your UI. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to implement the DragItem; DragOver; and DropTarget theme animations; and explains the relation of the drag source to its affected objects.
-
Theme Animations – FadeOut and FadeIn
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 provides configuration options for customizing the FadeOut and FadeIn properties in theme animations. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to customize properties such as the opacity of the desired fade effect.
-
Theme Animations – PointerUp; PointerDown and Reposition
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can animate images when you press on them. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to use the ThemeAnimations project to implement the PointerDown; PointerUp; and Reposition theme animations.
-
Using a Class Based on IComparable (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; the IComparable interface provided by the .NET Framework is a very useful interface that provides a method to compare two objects of a particular type whose values can be ordered or sorted. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to implement the IComparable interface and CompareTo method in order to sort an array of objects.
-
Using a Class Based on IDisposable (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; implementing the IDisposable interface allows you to create a Dispose Pattern used to release unmanaged resources of which the garbage collector has no knowledge. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to create a resource class that implements the IDisposable interface and the IDisposable.Dispose method.
-
Using a Class Based on IEnumerable (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; implementing the IEnumerable interface within your class exposes an enumerator providing you with the ability to iterate through a collection. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to implement the IEnumerable interface and its GetEnumerator method that returns the IEnumerator which supports the use of For Each; to iterate through a collection.
-
Using Number Formatter
Numeric and geographic variations in Windows Store apps are managed by the NumberFormatter object; which enables you to customize the display of numbers and factor in variables. In this video; Joe Barrett uses the DecimalFormatter and PercentFormatter properties to parse a number into percentages and currency.
-
Using Optional and Named Parameters (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; optional and named parameters are a convenient way to make methods easier to use when creating instances of a class. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to specify optional and named parameters; as well as how to use them together or on their own to efficiently develop your code.
-
Using Orientation Sensors
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can access the orientation sensor used to adjust the user's perspective in a game application. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how a Windows Store app built with XAML and C# uses the GetDefault method to establish a connection to the orientation sensor; and how to represent an orientation sensor reading.
-
Using QUEUE (Using Visual Basic)
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to create queues that are useful when processing sequential data by representing a first-in; first-out collection of objects. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the Enqueue method to queue strings; and highlights methods of the generic Queue class.
-
Using REGEX Class for Validation (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; the Regex class represents a regular expression providing you with a powerful and flexible method of parsing large amounts of text when finding specific character patterns in a string. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to replace characters; identify duplicate words; and locate links in a string using methods of the Regex class.
-
Using Remote Data as Project Resources
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables developers to use remote data as a project resource. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to define a specific implementation of the HttpClient class; referencing it as a resource dictionary; and referencing it in the LoadState method in the Items page.
-
Using Removable Storage
The RemovableDevices property and GetFoldersAsync method enable you to ensure that your Windows Store application is able to access or enumerate files and folders on removable storage. In this video; Joe Barrett explains that the RemovableDevices property behaves similarly to the DocumentsLibrary and PicturesLibrary properties; and enables in the Windows Store application's manifest.
-
Using Search Suggestions
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; after registering your Windows Store app as a search provider; configuring the app to display search suggestions will save time and help provide hints about your application. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to define suggestions in a list; as well as get them from Windows when your app searches local files.
-
Using Simulator for Mouse and Touch
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables developers to use the Simulator during app development to test mouse; touch; and multitouch functionality; without having to use the local machine. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to access and use the Simulator in Debug mode to test mouse; touch; pinch/zoom; and rotation input.
-
Using System.Net Classes (Using Visual Basic)
Using classes provided by the System.Net namespace in Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 provides a simple programming interface that allows you to develop applications that use Internet resources without worrying about the specific details of individual protocols. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to request a resource from a server using the WebRequest class and writes a byte array it.
-
Using the Accelerometer
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can access the accelerometer in Windows Store apps which is a sensor used to adjust the screen orientation as the user rotates the device. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to establish a connection to an accelerometer and register the RegisterChanged and Shaken event handlers in an application built with XAML and C#.
-
Using the Ambient Light Sensor
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; when you need to measure light conditions you can access the Ambient Light Sensor and return the ambient light reading as a LUX value. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how a Windows Store app built with XAML and C# establishes a connection to a light sensor and reports new sensor readings.
-
Using the Compass
The compass sensor is a navigational device that returns a heading with respect to True North and Magnetic North that you can access in a Windows Store app from within Microsoft Visual Studio 2012. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to initialize a connection to the compass sensor and register a new compass reading using the ReadingChanged event.
-
Using the Gyrometer
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can access the gyrometer in a Windows Store app which is a sensor used to measure angular velocity for rotational movement. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how a Windows Store app built with XAML and C# uses the GetDefault method to establish a connection to a gyrometer and register a ReadingChanged event handler.
-
Using the IConvertible Interface (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; the IConvertible interface provides methods to convert the value of an instance of an implementing type to a common language runtime type that has an equivalent value. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to implement the IConvertible interface and its methods that get exposed by the Convert class.
-
Using the IFormattable Interface (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; implementing the IFormattable interface provides functionality that allows you to control the formatting of object values into string representations. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to define format specifiers and format strings while converting values to a culture-specific representation by implementing the IFormattable.ToString method.
-
Using the Inclinometer
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can access the inclinometer in your Windows Store apps; which is a sensor used to measure the angles of slope and tilt from an artificial horizon. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to use the GetDefault method to establish a connection to an inclinometer and report new sensor readings using the ReadingChanged event.
-
Using the Mouse
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables developers to code mouse input events for Windows Store apps intended for desktop environments. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to code touch events in mouse mode to specify mouse events; as well as describing PointerDeviceType properties.
-
Using the Simple Orientation Sensor
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can use the simple orientation sensor which detects the current quadrant orientation and face-up or face-down status of a device. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how a Windows Store app built with XAML and C# establishes a connection with the simple orientation sensor; and how to represent the sensor reading in a UI.
-
Using Touch and Gestures
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables developers to code touch events when deploying apps for Windows surface devices. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the Holding event to allow the user time to decide on an action before committing to it; as well as to display information; such as a tooltip.
-
Using Web Syndication Classes
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 enables developers to use classes in the Windows.Web.Syndication namespace to display data feeds from multiple sources. This; in combination with any of the built-in templates; makes user navigation easy. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to specify a class for use as a data domain; create a list of feeds; and apply a template.
-
Validate User Input
Microsoft Visual studio 2012 allows you to use input validation in Model-View-Controller (MVC) applications to verify that the appropriate fields have been completed and that the data is valid before your application uses it. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to add validation to an input field to specify that user input is required.
-
Validating Connection String Data (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; validating connection string data assists in safeguarding your SQL database connections and prevents SQL injection attacks from occurring. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the SqlConnection class in conjunction with the SqlConnectionStringBuilder class to perform checks for valid key/value pairs.
-
Web Deployment Options
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 provides many different options for publishing projects to a server where others can access your applications over the Internet. In this video; Rafiq Wayani highlights some of the configuration settings that you can specify from within a web application's Properties page when deploying a project in Visual Studio.
-
Web Optimization
ASP.NET MVC 4 for Visual Studio 2012 allows you to optimize your Web applications to take advantage of different platforms and Web browsers. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to optimize your application for desktop and mobile Web browsers by opening ASP.NET MVC 4's default Internet Application template in a freshly installed Chrome browser instance.
-
Web Page Navigation
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can build functionality into your Windows Store app that allows you to navigate to specific web pages and display the site contents in your app. In this video Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use the WebView XAML control and its methods to host HTML content in an app.
-
Writing to the Roaming Folder
Windows Store apps enable you to sync a user's data across devices by providing access to the roaming folder. In this video; Joe Barrett writes a timestamp to a file off the ApplicationData object's Current property; accessing the application's current package in RoamingState; and overwriting it.
-
XAML Layout – Sizing
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; the FrameworkElement class includes properties that allow you to control UI element sizing and layout in XAML within a Windows application. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to size different elements in combination with horizontal and vertical alignments to affect the layout of UI elements.
-
XAML Layout – Using ValueConverters
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can use value converters in your XAML layouts if you wish to bind data of two properties that have incompatible types. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to create a value converter by implementing the IValueConverter interface; and the Convert and ConvertBack methods.
-
XML Serialization (Using Visual Basic)
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; you can serialize data as XML as a convenient; platform-independent way to persist and store data. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to implement XML serialization using classes in the System.Xml namespace.
-
Packaging a Windows Store App
Once you have developed; tested; and analyzed an application using Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; you are ready to package the application and submit it to the Windows Store; or package it for side-loading. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to package an application using the Create App Packages wizard.
-
Reliability Test Plans in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can use reliability test plans to ensure an application does not fail before it reaches the user. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates Real-World Testing and Random Destruction Testing which allow you to test applications to ensure they work properly.
-
Sensors in Windows Store Apps
Microsoft Windows Visual Studio 2013 allows you to incorporate the sensors available on various devices in your Windows Store apps configuration in order to enhance the performance of the apps. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how these sensors are used; and how to subscribe to updates and information from the sensors and the device.
-
Submitting an App to the Windows Store
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; you are able to submit an application to the Windows App Store once the app has been certified and you have analyzed its performance. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to submit an application to the Windows App Store; complete the Windows Store Application; and then submit your application.
-
Windows 8.1 Device Access in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; you can incorporate external devices such as printers; scanners and Bluetooth technology into an application quickly and easily. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use Windows 8.1 to incorporate various external devices that interact with a Windows Store application.
-
Overview of Certificates in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; you can use certificates to encrypt and decrypt data using different keys for the encryption and decryption process in an application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use public and private key pairs to perform asymmetric encryption in a Windows Store application.
-
Business Models for Windows Store Apps
Once you have created an application using Microsoft Visual Studio for 2013; you need to look at how you can monetize that application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates some of the available business models supported by the Windows Store; such as time-limited trials and feature-limited trials.
-
Caching Options for Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; caching options can help to store application data and user settings. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how these settings can be accessed by other programs to synchronize individual machines and other devices for use in Windows Store Apps.
-
Configuring USB Support in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; you can configure support for outbound communication from a Windows Store application to a USB device using an XML editor. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to configure support for outbound communication from a Windows Store application to a vendor-specific USB device.
-
Functional Test Plans in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; test plans allow you to develop a strategy for testing your applications. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to achieve functional testing of your application to test your application through all its paths; including failure paths.
-
Implementing WACK Tests for a Windows Store App
Once you have used Microsoft Visual Studio for 2013 to create your application package; the next step is to go through the Windows App Certification Kit to ensure that your application meets all requirements as you get into the Windows Store. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to implement Windows App Certification Kit (WACK) tests.
-
Introduction to Animations in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; to improve your Windows Store Applications you can use animations to add features to enhance user-appeal. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates the basic building blocks of animations; and how frames operate.
-
Localizing the Manifest in Windows Store Apps
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 allows the localization of Windows Store applications from the package level down. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses his application manifest as a localized key-value pair in the Resources.resw file; and reviews his app manifest in Visual Studio.
-
Overview of Encryption in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; you can use symmetric encryption to keep information in an application secure. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how symmetric encryption keeps information secure in a Windows Store application by using the same secret key to encrypt and decrypt data.
-
Overview of WNS in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; you can configure your Windows Store apps to receive Windows Push Notifications; ensuring that your users are up to date with app related information. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates the components and channels of communication that combine to provide the Windows Push Notification Service.
-
Location Services in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio with C# and XAML; you can configure Location Services for your Windows Store Applications. This provides you with access to the location information of the user's device; and the ability to modify the content received by the user accordingly. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how Location Services are applied to a Windows Store Application.
-
Event Logging in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you have a quick and easy way of identifying and logging information within your Windows Store application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the custom EventSource to log information using a custom individual storage event logger.
-
File Compression with Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can compress and decompress files using Windows Store applications. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the ReplaceExisting collision options to ensure that everything is overwritten when compressing a file.
-
Formatting Print Content in a Windows Store App
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# allows you to format and style printed output from Windows Store apps. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use the RichTextBlock feature to include images; handle layout operations; and overflow content from one page to the next.
-
Globalization Preferences in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; Windows Store applications can use globalization capabilities to format data based on a user's locale. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates globalization and localization; highlighting how standards; compliance; and globalization features enhance the marketability of applications.
-
Handling Asynchronous Errors in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; when handling asynchronous errors in Windows Store Apps you can configure the user’s set of permissions. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates basic security verifications for user’s permissions; and how you can also acquire data for lists of permissions.
-
Handling Device Capability Errors in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; it’s important to use defensive programming tactics in Windows Store applications to ensure that unpredictable errors don’t occur if required devices aren’t available. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to ensure that a Windows Store application doesn’t encounter device-specific errors at runtime.
-
Handling Media Capture Events in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you need to plan for events that cause application stability issues. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the RecordLimitationExceeded event to ensure to catch an application failure caused by an exceeded limitation or a general failure.
-
Obtaining Symmetric Keys in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; you can create a symmetric key in an application by using a hashing algorithm. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to hash key material to create a cryptographic key for symmetric encryption in a Windows Store application.
-
Opening Files using a File Picker in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you're able to use the File Picker control to gain access to user data to allow users to select which files and folders are made available to your application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to open files using File Picker.
-
Optimizing Background Transfers in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can configure background transfers in Windows Store Apps depending on specific environment attributes. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates the situations that could arise whilst working with background file transfers and how work with Visual Studio to manage them.
-
Overview of Accessing Resource Files in Windows Store Apps
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# allows Windows Store applications the use of multiple class objects to access resource files. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use C# to programmatically access an application's resources and their values.
-
Overview of Background Tasks in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you sometimes need to start tasks while busy in another application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to increase the levels of responsiveness and performance by running tasks in the background.
-
Preparing for Push Notifications in Windows Store Apps
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# allows you to build push notifications into Windows Store applications. In this video; Mitchel Sellers discusses what the developer needs to do to prepare a Windows Store application for push notification functionality.
-
Querying an Index from a Windows Store App
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can query indexed folders within an application to perform robust searches on individual files. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the ApplicationSearchFilter command to do the basic search the application always does before allowing the user to add additional filter criteria.
-
Reading a File Using a Stream in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; there are various ways to read a file in Windows Store Applications. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use a stream to read in the file.
-
Reading Binary Data with Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can choose to read a data file using a buffer rather than reading all of the content directly. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use the async keyword with the buffer; and how a buffer interacts with a DataReader.
-
Registering a Windows Store App as a Play To Receiver
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can set up your Windows Store application as a Play To receiver. In this video; Mitchel Sellers; uses the PlayToReceiver class to set up the Play To receiver and then configure event handlers for the Play To receiver.
-
Registering a Windows Store App for Play To
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can grab a video file from a user's local machine and play it for them inside of your application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the Play To contract to allow an application to take a video and play that video to another device.
-
Retrieving Cached Data in a Windows Store App
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you are able retrieve cached data from a Windows Store App if you want to store data local to your application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to retrieve cached data in a Windows Store App.
-
Saving Captured Media in Windows Store App
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; there are a number of different options that you can define to allow the user to save a file. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to save captured media in a Windows Store app.
-
Saving Files Using a File Picker in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you're able to use the File Picker to allow a user to pick a file. Another option is to save the file; which allows users to save the information from your application out to a remote location. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to save files using the File Picker.
-
Setting File Extensions and Associations in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can set file extensions and associations using Windows Store applications. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the Files argument to create an association between the application and the custom file type.
-
Specifying Media Formats in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can control the individual media types for the audio and video capture of Windows Store applications. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the MediaEncodingProfile command to encode media types.
-
UI Testing in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can test the user interface of your Windows application to ensure that the user interactions work properly. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the Coded UI Test Builder tool to generate code and add assertions.
-
Unit Testing in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can develop your application to ensure that it is ready for unit testing. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the Calculator class to add testable items within the application for unit testing.
-
Updating a Windows Store App Tile with a Background Task
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; a background task can be used to retrieve information that you can pass on to the user via an updated tile in your Windows Store Application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to create a background task that will allow you to control and work with tile information inside of an application.
-
Using CameraCaptureUI in Windows Store Apps
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# provides you with a CameraCapture UI for use in Windows Store applications. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to set up the UI before using the CaptureDialog; and declare a CaptureDialog that captures a specific media type and stores it in a specified location available to the application.
-
Using Custom Licensing Details in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; during development of a Windows Store application; you can easily simulate different license configurations for testing purposes. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to access and modify the proxy file that contains licensing information for an application before it’s added to the Windows Store.
-
Using Data Parallelism in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can use the Task Parallel Library operations to do things quickly and use as many resources as you can in an effective manner. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the Parallel operation to execute the copying of the files in a parallel manner.
-
Using File Pickers in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you're able to use the File Picker control to gain access to user data to present a common interface to the user and allow them to select which files and folders are made available to your application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates the basic uses of the File Picker control.
-
Using MediaCapture for Audio in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can easily capture audio from a user's machine using any of their internal audio devices. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the FindAllAsync method to find the audio device and select the device that match the AudioCapture DeviceClass.
-
Using MediaCapture for Video in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can allow users to change; define; and control video capture settings. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use MediaCapture for video in Windows Store Apps.
-
Using Resource Files in Windows Store Apps
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# allows resource files to be accessed from within XAML and C# code. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to access resource files programatically using the x:Uid property and ResourceLoader object.
-
Using Roaming Storage for Windows Store App Data
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you are able to store information using Windows Store Applications to ensure that the information is automatically synced between a user's Windows devices. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use Roaming Storage.
-
Using Task Parallelism in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can use various items in the Tasks Parallel Library within Windows Store applications when working with your asynchronous operations. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the await Task.WhenAll method to go through the standard asynchronous operation processes and resume when all items are complete.
-
Using the Print Contract in a Windows Store App
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; a printing app can be added to allow users to automatically print from their applications without having to use the Charms bar. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use the print contract in a Windows Store App.
-
Using Windows Store Reports for an App
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can view reports on the usage adoption; mannerisms; and behaviours of the user working with your application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses filters to determine specific information in a report; such as the type of device; operating system versions; or how often people interact with the application.
-
Viewing License Information for Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; Windows Runtime automatically keeps track of license information for Windows Store applications. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to retrieve the license information for an application; both during development and once the application is in the Store.
-
Viewing Listing Information for Windows Store Apps
When working with Windows Store Applications in Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; it is important to be able to view listing information about your application that is visible to users. In this video; Mitchel Sellers explains how to view listing information such as in-app purchase prices; age rating; market distribution; and other details.
-
Writing Binary Data with Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can work with data in chunks using a buffer rather than working with a string to file. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to write binary data using a buffer with Windows Store Applications.
-
Writing to a File with a Stream from Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can use a stream to write data from Windows Store Applications. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to create a stream write so you can have more control over how you write data.
-
Accessing a Parent Folder in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can navigate to the parent folder of a storage file in Windows Store Applications. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to access the parent folder and get more information about where a file exists.
-
Accessing Files in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can work with files in Windows Store Apps using different operations. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to access files in Windows Store Apps so you can compare files to ensure that they are equal; and how to read in a file once it has been selected.
-
Adding Files to the Windows Index from Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can add files to the Windows index from Windows Store applications. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the local folder to store the indexed folder and its subfolders with files.
-
Advanced Photo Features in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can capture multiple screenshots; save them to local storage; and create a thumbnail for this capture. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the LowLagPhotoSequenceCapture command to capture a number of photos in succession with low shutter lag.
-
Analyzing Energy Consumption in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you are able to analyze the energy consumption of an application to determine how long a user's battery will last when using your application on a tablet or laptop. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to analyze energy consumption using the Performance and Diagnostics tool.
-
Analyzing Memory Usage in Windows Store Apps
In Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you are able to analyze the memory usage of an application to determine how much memory an application is using and if there are any memory leaks. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to analyze memory usage using the Performance and Diagnostics tool.
-
Analyzing UI Responsiveness in Windows Store Apps
In Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you are able to analyze UI responsiveness in Windows Store Apps to determine how efficient an application's user interface is in delivering information to the user and being responsive to user inputs. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to analyze UI responsiveness.
-
Asynchronous Strategies for Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; as a developer in the .NET environment; you can use asynchronous programming patterns to improve the efficiency and speed of your operations. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates asynchronous strategies and programming tactics.
-
Basic Background File Transfer in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can assign file transfers within your Windows Store Apps as a background process. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to work with the BackgroundUploader and BackgroundDownloader application classes to manage file transfers as a background process.
-
Caching Windows Store App Data Locally
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; you can save your application data locally or temporarily. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates the code necessary to work with application data; and how to store application-specific data permanently or temporarily on a device as a file.
-
Certificate Requests in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can request a security certificate to perform asymmetric encryption and safeguard information in an application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to request and obtain a security certificate for installation on a local machine when working in Windows Store applications.
-
Configuring Custom Print Options in a Windows Store App
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# allows you to configure custom print options for users of Windows Store applications. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use methods in a print task to set the options available to users and return user selections to the application; as well as how to restrict the results made available to the user.
-
Configuring In-App Printing in a Windows Store App
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 you can install an easy access print app from Windows Store Applications in order to print applications from C#. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to configure in-app printing in a Windows Store App.
-
Configuring Media Settings in a Windows Store App
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can allow users to control the specifications of the images and videos being captured. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to configure media settings in a Windows Store App.
-
Configuring Print Options in a Windows Store App
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 and C#; you can configure the printing options of your Windows Store Applications in order to control the customizable print options available to the end user. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to configure these print options starting from the PrintTaskRequested process.
-
Consuming a WinMD Component in a Windows Store App
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; a Windows Runtime Component can be consumed in the same way as any other Windows class library. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to consume a Windows Runtime Component within an application.
-
CPU Sampling in Windows Store Apps
When using Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you are able to analyze the performance of an application to ensure that when the application is submitted to the Windows Store it meets all performance metrics. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to analyze application performance.
-
Creating a Background Task in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can create a background task for your Windows Store App and configure it to run at set intervals or when a particular event occurs. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates the best way to create a background task; define its function; and set up a trigger event.
-
Creating a WinMD Component in C#
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; a Windows Runtime Component can be used with multiple languages and types in different applications. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to create a Windows Runtime Component and add a class to it.
-
Creating and Writing to Files with Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can create and modify files within Windows Store Applications. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates various ways to create a file and add text data to it using code added to the Click event of a button.
-
Creating Hash Values in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 C#; you can hash information for secure storage in an application by using a hashing algorithm. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to select a hashing algorithm and create an object to hash information for secure storage in a Windows Store application.
-
Creating Resource Files in Windows Store Apps
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# uses resource files to present Windows Store applications with language and localization data for selective display. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates Visual Studio globalization resource folders and files; and creates a new resource file.
-
Designing to Avoid Errors in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you need a strategy in place for understanding how and when exceptions might appear in your application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to handle exceptions; as well as the methods and routines that are available to prevent or rectify them.
-
Different Reading Directions in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; it is possible to change the reading directions of apps; because the preferences of clients in different countries may vary. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates the options available to you for reading directions; and how to compensate for site layouts.
-
Enabling In-App Purchases in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; it is useful to allow in-app purchases for Windows Store Applications. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates the process of enabling in-application purchases. The in-application purchase element is defined within the Windows Store; and the aim is to allow the user to purchase the individual item if they have not yet done so.
-
Enabling the Purchase of a Windows Store App
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; when working within a Windows Store Application with a trial version enabled; it is important for users to be able to buy the full version within the application quickly and efficiently. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use the RequestAppPurchaseAsync method to enable this functionality.
-
Enabling Trial Versions for Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; when working with Windows Store Apps it can be useful to allow users to interact with your app on a trial basis. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how during this period; it is important to manage licensing information to determine whether a user is in a trial or full-license state
-
Encryption with a Public Key in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can encrypt information for transmission in your application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how you can move information and encrypt it within a buffer using asymmetric algorithms.
-
Implementing Push Notifications in a Windows Store App
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# allows you to implement push notifications in a Windows Store application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to create a remote service channel that will send notifications back to the application.
-
Implementing Symmetric Decryption with Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; you can perform symmetric decryption in an application by retrieving information from the encryption algorithm. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use the key that was used to encrypt the data; the buffer that represents the encrypted data; and the initialization vector to decrypt an encoded message.
-
Implementing Symmetric Encryption with Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; you can encrypt messages in an application by using a symmetric encryption algorithm. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use a symmetric encryption algorithm and an initialization vector to encrypt a message in a Windows Store application.
-
Installing a Certificate with Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; you can easily install a security certificate on a local machine in an application after you receive the certificate response from the issuer. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to install a requested security certificate on a local machine when working in a Windows Store application.
-
Introducing WinMD Components
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; Windows Runtime components allow you to add additional libraries to your application in a way that allows for consumption through a wider audience. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how Windows Runtime components allow you to create application components that can be used by many different recipients.
-
Lock Screen Access to Windows Store App Background Tasks
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can allow your application to show up on the user’s lock screen. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the BackgroundExecutionManager.RequestAccessAsync method to present the user with a dialog box requesting permission to allow the application to show on the lock screen.
-
Managing Libraries in Windows Store App
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can access and manage the individual libraries that are stored on a user’s machine. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to access and manage a user’s library; and allow them the ability to customize and extend library definitions within Windows Store Applications.
-
MediaCapture Effects in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; you can apply effects instantly within your Windows Store application with minimum effort. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the myMediaCapture.AddEffectAsync method to define an individual custom effect and create a MediaCapture object.
-
Key-frame Animations in Windows Store Apps
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 key-frame animations progressively modify a Windows Store app element over time. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses a RenderTransform to target storyboarded key-frame value pairs and transform an animation element's properties; initiating the transform with the Begin() method.
-
Accessing Microsoft User Data from a Windows Store App
Using C# in Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; you can access the user information associated with a Microsoft account from within a Windows Store application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use the GetAsync method to retrieve information about the currently logged in user.
-
Accessing OneDrive File Properties from a Windows Store App
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML allows you to read and update the properties of files and folders on a user's Microsoft OneDrive from within a Windows Store application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the GetAsync method to get information about a file; and renames a file on a user's OneDrive using the PutAsync method.
-
Animated Transformations in Windows Store Apps
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 allows Windows Store application elements to transition between states through the storyboarded transformation of their properties. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to change an animation element's properties over time; using the Begin() method to initiate the transform.
-
Animating Fades in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML; you can use fades in your Windows Store applications as visual queues to let customers know about new features. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use the FadeIn and FadeOut visual effects in your application.
-
Animating Pointers and Repositions in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML; you can animate pointers and repositions in windows store apps. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the VisualStateManager to support the change of items from one state to another to achieve a pointer animation.
-
Animating Pop-ins within Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML; you can use animated pop-ins within Windows Store Apps to suddenly make an element appear on the screen. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates the PopIn and PopOut elements applied to a simple animation of a blue rectangle.
-
Animating Swipes within Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML; you can use swipe gestures to interact with an application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the GestureRecognizer command to recognize the swipe gesture and raise events to enable a user to interact with the application.
-
Animations for Visual States in Windows Store Apps
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 allows Windows Store application properties to be rendered visible or hidden by the XAML VisualStateManager. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses storyboarded key-frame value pairs to alter the VisualState of the user interface for a defined time.
-
Applying Transitions in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML; there are different transitions that you can use with animations. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to create and apply the entrance and content transitions.
-
Determining Sensor Availability in a Windows Store App
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML; you can easily determine whether a particular sensor is available for use with your Windows Store apps on a user device. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to configure the app to determine if a sensor is available for use on a specific user device.
-
Enumerating Devices with a Windows Store App
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML; you can work with multiple device types when interacting with a Windows Store application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how you can retrieve information about the location devices in your environment.
-
Geofencing in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML; you can define geofences in a Windows Store application to track a user's location. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to define geofences in a Windows Store application to determine when a user enters or exits defined areas.
-
Implementing a Custom Control in Windows Store Apps
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 allows the customization of Widows Store app controls. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to create a custom control; apply a generic theme to it; configure its code behind; designate a namespace; and code it into the application interface.
-
Managing OneDrive Albums from a Windows Store App
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML allows you to manage the album's that store photos; videos; and audio on a user's Microsoft OneDrive from within a Windows Store application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to create a new album; update its properties; and retrieve specific information about a user's albums.
-
Managing OneDrive Files from a Windows Store App
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML allows you to create; delete; move; and copy a user's files and folders on Microsoft OneDrive from within a Windows Store application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to create a folder before adding it to OneDrive; and highlights the code and necessary ID information for managing files and folders.
-
Managing OneDrive Tags from a Windows Store App
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML allows you to read; create; and delete tags associated with photos and videos on a user's Microsoft OneDrive from within a Windows Store application. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to retrieve information about a signed-in user's tagged items; read the results; create a new tag; and delete an unwanted tag.
-
Obtaining User Consent in OneDrive from a Windows Store App
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML; when obtaining user consent in OneDrive from a Windows Store App you can configure the user’s set of permissions. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates basic security verifications for user’s permissions; and also how to acquire data for lists of permissions.
-
Responding to Windowing Modes in Windows Store Apps
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML; allows the responsive structuring of user-manipulated Windows Store apps. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how Windows Store apps use event handlers and class objects that monitor window states changed screen sizes to adapt to user actions.
-
Signing into OneDrive from a Windows Store App
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML; logging in and getting ready to start using the various Live SDK APIs is a simple process. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses use the authClient.LoginAsync method to log the user into Onedrive.
-
Storyboarded Animations in Windows Store Apps
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 allows the simultaneous animation of two XAML elements; using storyboards. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses storyboards to create sequential XAML animations for a Windows Store app; initiated by the PopInStoryboard.Begin() and PopOutStoryboard.Begin() code behind statements.
-
Styling a Custom Control in Windows Store Apps
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML ; allows you to adjust the style definition of Windows Store app custom controls by using ControlTemplates. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates the ControlTemplate and targets; configures; and formats a control; references it in the XAML; and renders it in Visual Studio.
-
The Simple Orientation Sensor in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 and C# with XAML; you can configure Windows Store Applications to use the simple orientation sensor. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to configure the simple orientation sensor in order to determine which direction the user device in operation is currently oriented.
-
Transferring Files to and from OneDrive with a Windows App
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML allows you to upload and download files on Microsoft OneDrive from your Windows Store applications. In this video; Mitchel Sellers uses the CreateBackgroundUploadAsync and CreateBackgroundDownloadAsync methods to transfer a file to and from OneDrive once the user is signed in and has consented to the wl.skydrive and wl.skydrive_upload scopes.
-
Using DeviceWatcher in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML; you can enumerate and monitor the status of devices in an application by using the DeviceWatcher class. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use the DeviceWatcher in Visual Studio to monitor which devices are added; removed; and updated when working in a Windows Store application.
-
Using Location Services in a Windows Store App
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML; you can configure a Windows Store application to use location services to find out where a user is. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to configure the location services capabilities of a Windows Store application to provide a user's exact location.
-
Using the Accelerometor in a Windows Store App
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML allows you to configure Windows Store Applications to use the accelerometor sensor. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use the accelerometor in order to determine the acceleration of the user device along the X; Y; or Z axes.
-
Using the Ambient Light Sensor in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML; you can configure your Windows Store Applications to use the LightSensor in a user's device to determine the level of external lighting. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to configure a Windows Store Application to use the LightSensor to control certain app features; such as brightness.
-
Using the Compass in Windows Store Apps
Using C# in Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; you can configure a Windows Store application to read information from a compass. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to check for a compass device; set the reporting interval for the device; and read both magnetic north and true north positions from the compass.
-
Using the Gyrometer in Windows Store Apps
Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C# and XAML allows you to configure Windows Store Applications to use the gyrometer sensor. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to use the gyrometer sensor to determine the angular velocity (or rotation rate) of a user device.
-
Adding a New Field to a Work Item
In Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation 2012; you can easily customize a work item by adding a new field to it. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates the steps required to add a custom field and a control to a work item.
-
Adding a New State to a Work Item
Work items in Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012 can be set to a variety of states; including New; Done; Approved; and Closed. They also have specific transition steps between states and reasons for the states. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to modify work item type definitions to include custom states and custom reasons.
-
Checking Code into Team Foundation Server
Updates to Team Explorer in Microsoft Visual Server Team Foundation Server 2012 (TFS) allow you to easily control files in a changeset associated with a work item when checking code into TFS. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates the configuration options in the Team Explorer Pending Changes page used for managing queued files and checking them into TFS 2012.
-
Command Line Access to Team Foundation Version Control
Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012 provides a command line interface that you can use to access Team Foundation Version Control. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to configure workspaces; check files in and out; and lock and unlock files from other users using the command line interface.
-
Configuring a Symbol Server NTFS
When code is compiled in Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012; symbols are saved to a PDB file. You can use these symbols for debugging purposes. In this video; Mickey Gousset explains and demonstrates how to configure a Build to store symbol files on a Symbol Server; making it easy to find debug symbol files for a Build.
-
Configuring Areas in a Team Project
In Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012 (TFS); you can track your team project by configuring areas that allow you to group your work items into logical categories. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to configure areas within a team project using Team Web Access; as well as from the Team Foundation Server Control Panel.
-
Configuring Iterations in a Team Project
In Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012 (TFS); you can configure iterations that define when work items are to be worked on and completed for a specific sprint or project milestone. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to configure iterations within a team project using Team Web Access; as well as from the Team Foundation Server Control Panel.
-
Configuring Project Portal Settings
In Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012; you can use the Project Portal to share information and keep up-to-date with what is happening in your team project. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to use the Project Portal Settings page to configure the Project Portal settings.
-
Configuring Team Project and Team Project Collection Security
In Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012; team projects and team project collections each have their own security permissions. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to use the Security option to configure security on your team projects and team project collections for users and groups.
-
Configuring Team Project Version Control Settings
Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012 provides specific version control settings you can configure on your team project to help your team implement their process. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to configure team project version control settings; check-in policies; and check-in notes.
-
Configuring the Team Build Service
Configuring the Team Foundation Build Service in Microsoft Visual Server Team Foundation Server 2012 (TFS) allows you to automate the builds of your software projects using Team Build. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to configure the Team Foundation Build Service and specify its controllers and agents using the administration console for Team Foundation.
-
Creating a New Work Item
Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012 (TFS) provides different methods for creating work items that allow you to track the different types of work that the project team must complete. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to create a new product backlog work item using the options available in Team Explorer and Team Web Access.
-
Creating a Source Control Workspace
Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012 provides local folders called workspaces in which to store files from Team Foundation Server Version Control. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to create a source control workspace.
-
Creating a Team Build Definition
Before using Team Foundation Build in Microsoft Visual Server Team Foundation Server 2012 (TFS); a build definition should be created to provide instructions about which code projects to compile; the operations to perform; and how to perform them. In this video; Mickey Gousset highlights the different configuration options available when creating a new build definition in TFS.
-
Creating a Team Project Collection
Microsoft Visual Server Team Foundation Server 2012 allows you to create team project collections for managing your team projects more efficiently by grouping them together. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates the options in the administration console for managing your team project collections; and how to create a new team project collection using the Create Team Project Collection wizard.
-
Creating Custom Work Item Queries
Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012 provides default work item queries that can be used to show information relating to a project. In this video; Mickey Gousset explains how to create custom work item queries for both individual and team use.
-
Customizing a Team Build
Team Builds in Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012 can be made very powerful when they are customized. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to customize an existing Build definition.
-
Customizing Team Build Security
In Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012; you can control who creates; executes; and modifies Builds. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to use the Security option to grant security permissions to users and groups.
-
Executing a Team Build
In Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012; Team Builds can be executed on a schedule; triggered to run; or executed manually. In this video; Mickey Gousset explains and demonstrates how to execute a Team Build.
-
Executing a Work Item Query
Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012 (TFS) allows you to execute work item queries for quickly reviewing and editing work items in the TFS work item tracking system. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to locate and execute work item queries from Team Explorer as well as from Team Web Access.
-
How to Configure TFS Backup and Recovery
Microsoft Visual Server Team Foundation Server 2012 (TFS) allows you to configure scheduled backups that you can use to restore data and reduce productivity and data loss should a failure occur. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates the restore options and how to configure backing up data for TFS using the Scheduled Backups Wizard from the administration console.
-
How to Connect to TFS Using Explorer
The Team Explorer window in Visual Studio allows you to easily connect to Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012 (TFS) where you can manage and create team projects. In this video; Mickey Gousset uses the Connect to Team Foundation Server dialog box from Team Explorer in Visual Studio to connect to TFS.
-
How to Create a Team Project
In Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012 (TFS) you create team projects modeled around process templates to define the structure of your project and provide a central point for sharing team activities. In this video; Mickey Gousset uses the New Team Project Wizard from within Team Explorer to create a new team project in a team project collection.
-
Managing Reporting
In Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012; a Data Warehouse and an Analysis Cube are used for reporting purposes which you can configure to ensure the servers and jobs related to reporting are running correctly. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to manage reporting by editing information related to the Data Warehouse; Analysis Services; and Report Server.
-
Modifying a Process Template
Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012 provides various process templates that define the structure of a team project. In this video; Mickey Gousset explains how to modify a process template to suit your unique team process.
-
Shelvesets
Shelvesets allow you to suspend your work and set aside pending changes before checking files into Microsoft Visual Server Team Foundation Server 2012 (TFS). In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to shelve and unshelve a file before checking it into TFS using the Shelve option in the Pending Changes page in Team Explorer.
-
Team Explorer Overview
In Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012 (TFS); the updates and enhancements to Team Explorer allow you to efficiently manage source code; work items; and builds; or create new team projects. In this video; Mickey Gousset highlights some of the different tasks you can perform based on the page you select in Team Explorer for TFS 2012.
-
Team Foundation Server Proxy
In Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012; you can use the Team Foundation Server Proxy to make it easier for remote teams to retrieve information from Team Foundation Version Control. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to set up a proxy server to speed up access to files held within the Version Control system.
-
Working with Team Build
In Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012; you can create and manage the information in a Build report. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to use the Actions option to manage Build controllers; qualities; queues; and the information in the Build report.
-
Allocate Drive for Logs and Other Application Data
Microsoft Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry allows you to allocate a drive or directory for logs and other application data. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create a separate drive for logs and application-specific data.
-
Basic End User Training
In Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry; it's useful for end-users to have some basic troubleshooting training for a point-of-sale device. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use DISM to construct a bootable image onto a USB drive to help users rebuild a point-of-sale structure automatically instead of having to call for support.
-
Branding Embedded System
Microsoft Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry allows you to brand an embedded system. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to brand an embedded system to identify it as a system belonging to a particular organization by displaying logos; colors; and other design features specific to the organization.
-
Capturing Configuration Using Lockdown Baseline Tool
In Microsoft Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry; you can use the Lockdown Baseline Tool to capture the configuration of your lockdown and branding features. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the Lab Baseline Generator to capture and deploy all the settings from your Windows Embedded System.
-
Changing the Default Shell for Windows Embedded System
You can configure a Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry system so that it opens in a custom shell. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to change the Default Shell for an Embedded system by using the Registry Editor.
-
Configure Boot Experience
In a Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry system; you can customize the user experience by configuring the Boot Experience. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to manipulate global settings using the BCD Editor in order to customize the Boot interface.
-
Configure Shell Launcher for Branding
In Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry; you can use PowerShell in administrator mode to configure the Shell Launcher for branding in Windows Embedded. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use PowerShell to launch branding by using shell launcher classes and custom shells.
-
Configuring Windows Embedded to Launch Applications
You can use the Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry system to launch applications; as well as configure it so that the user has limited permissions. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create a user; configure and run an embedded app launcher; and define the directory structure to limit the user's permissions.
-
Customize Gesture Filter
In Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry; you can use the Gesture Filter to customize edge and corner gestures. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to enable and configure Gesture filters; as well as verify that they are working.
-
Disable Toast Filter Notification
In the Microsoft Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry edition; the Toast Notification filter in an Embedded System can be disabled to prevent messages from confusing users. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates different ways to disable Toast Notifications in a Windows Embedded System.
-
Embedded Lockdown Manager
Microsoft Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry allows you to use Embedded Lockdown Manager to block features in an embedded system. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates which features can and should be blocked and how to accomplish this using the GUI or a script in PowerShell.
-
Embedded Systems Use Cases
Microsoft Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry allows you to run applications displaying particular files when an embedded system launches. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to launch a particular file in a specific user context while restricting access to the operating system.
-
Finding AMUIDs
When using a Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry system; you can search for Windows Store Apps using the Application User Model IDs (AUMIDs). In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the methods used to identify the kinds of applications that use AUMIDs.
-
Image Creation
Microsoft Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry allows you to create system images for deployment to multiple machines. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the Deployment Imaging and Servicing tool; which is a non-disruptive; file-based imaging tool.
-
Introduction to Windows Embedded Systems
Microsoft Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry allows you to create systems for use by the public. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the Embedded Lockdown Manager and other embedded features that can be used to protect and restrict unattended systems for use in kiosks in airports; malls; and other common areas.
-
Preparing Embedded System for Deployment
In the Microsoft Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry edition; you can run the System Preparation Tool (Sysprep) to prepare the Embedded System for automatic deployment. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to run the Sysprep tool so that the system can be deployed with the proper credentials and user and licensing information.
-
Protecting Processes in Windows Embedded Systems
Microsoft Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry allows you to protect processes in embedded systems. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to protect PowerShell processes and associate applications with admin users and standard users.
-
Protecting Volumes; Files; and Directories
Microsoft Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry allows you to protect volumes; files; and directories from unauthorized user access. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to enable the Unified Write Filter so that you can protect volumes and enable files to run in a specific context.
-
Protecting Windows Volumes Using Write Filters
Microsoft Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry allows you to protect Windows volumes from unauthorized user access. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use write filters to specify which users are able to access which programs and files.
-
Running Applications at Startup in Windows Embedded Systems
There are a number of ways to run applications at Startup in a Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry System. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to run an application at Startup and explains how to create user limitations to protect the Embedded environment.
-
Schedule Task to Disable Cleanup During Sysprep
In Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry; you can use the Automated Deployment Kit to schedule tasks in order to avoid errors in deployments when cleanup tasks are being executed. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the Automated Deployment Kit to create tasks for eliminating errors; and how to run Out-Of-Box Experience.
-
Securing Windows Embedded Systems
Microsoft Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry allows you to secure embedded systems. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the Control Panel and Group Policy to secure an embedded system so that only specific users have access to it.
-
Using BCDEdit to Customize Boot in Embedded Systems
In Microsoft Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry; you can use the Boot Configuration Data Store Editor (BCDEDIT) tool to customize the boot configuration in the Embedded System. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how you can run bcdedit to change or save your boot configuration before you deploy the Embedded System to other locations.
-
Commanding
Commanding in Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) is an input mechanism that allows you to define actions and then bind them to user controls throughout your application. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to define commands in a ViewModel; before binding the commands to a Button and ListView control.
-
Controls – Layout with Panels
Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) provides a built-in set of layout panels that allow you to arrange controls and help ensure the optimal usability of your application. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to manage the position and arrangement of elements in a WPF application using the main layout controls and their properties.
-
Controls Overview
Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) includes controls representing the common UI components found in a Windows application that you can add to an application using XAML. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to add button; selection; user information; and input controls to a Grid using XAML.
-
Creating a Touch Application
In Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF); you can create a touch application using a series of manipulation events. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to use three manipulation events in WPF to create an application that allows users to move a rectangle around on a touchscreen.
-
Creating Animations with XAML
In Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF); you can use XAML to create animations. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to use the XAML in WPF to create an animation that allows a rectangle to first fade out and then slide off to the right of the screen.
-
Data Binding Pattern Overview
The concept of data binding in Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) allows you to consistently synchronize data between application elements and a variety of sources according to patterns which control the flow. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates the fundamentals of data binding; before describing OneTime; OneWay; TwoWay; and OneWayToSources data binding patterns.
-
Data Binding WPF Controls
Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) allows you to display data to the users of your application by binding data to WPF controls. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to bind data to a WPF TextBlock control that displays a string value to the user that gets updated after a specified period of time.
-
Deploying WPF Applications
Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) applications can be deployed and updated using ClickOnce. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how you can install and customize ClickOnce to deploy and update WPF applications for your end users.
-
Events Overview
Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) provides different mechanisms for handling an element tree. In this video; Sidney Andrews explains tunneling; bubbling; and direct events through an overview of routed events in a WPF application.
-
Formatting Bound Data
Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) allows you to easily format bound data; presenting users with an expected and intuitive representation of string values. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to use the StringFormat property and present a run of formatted numeric strings.
-
Graphics Rendering
In Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF); you can create hardware-accelerated graphics using Microsoft Visual Studio. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to use WPF to create simple 2-D geometric graphics from a series of geometric shapes. He also explains how more advanced graphics can be created by using polygons.
-
Implementing Styles
Styling in Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) allows you to create a consistent look throughout your application by grouping a set of properties and assigning them to specific controls. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to use the BasedOn property to implicitly set a style to the style's target type when extending styles to controls in a XAML file.
-
Incorporating Audio and Video
In Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF); you can control the way videos are rendered and how audio is played back on the video player using the MediaElement control. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to use the Media Element control to manually customize a video player in WPF.
-
Overview of Storyboarding and Animations with XAML
In Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF); you can use XAML to create storyboards and animations. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to use XAML to create a storyboard for the simple animation of a rectangle.
-
Page-based Navigation
Microsoft WPF allows you to build rich; interactive client applications; using a user-interface framework where you can build pages that allow you to navigate WPF applications. These pages function similarly to web-based pages. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to navigate pages in WPF.
-
Using ListView; DataGrid and TreeView
Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) provides display controls that allow you to present large amounts of data in lists; grids; and tree structures within a data-bound WPF application. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates the ListView; DataGrid; and TreeView controls and their unique features.
-
Using Templates to Specify Controls
Defining a new ControlTemplate in Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) allows you to customize the appearance and structure of the controls in your application rather than using the default templates that ship with WPF. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to define a ControlTemplate for a Button control and apply the TemplateBinding markup extension.
-
Using XAML
Microsoft WPF provides a language called Extensible Application Markup Language (XAML) which is an XML-based markup language that allows you to build desktop applications in much the same way you build a web application. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates some of the characteristics of XAML and how to use it.
-
Windows
Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) allows you to manage windows in standalone applications that are used to present data and gather information from users. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to create a window in XAML and use properties to manipulate its appearance; before creating a dialog box implementing the ShowDialog method.
-
Working with 3-D Graphics
In Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF); you can easily create hardware-accelerated 3-D graphics with great flexibility and functionality. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to create advanced 3-D geometric shapes for a range of applications.
-
Working with Events
Controls in Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) expose a range of events that allow you to respond to the user's interaction with elements in your application. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to create and attach event handlers; and uses a XAML code example to explain routed event handling for a mouse input event.
-
Working with Resources
Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) supports resources which are objects that can be reused throughout your application. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to define a XAML resource and reference the resource within a ControlContent class.
-
Working with User Input
Input events in Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) are an application of routed events designed to handle user input generally related to keyboard or mouse activity. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how tunnelling and bubbling pairs are used to preview and handle user input.
-
Controls – Menus and Tabs
Menu and TabControl in Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) allows you to present numerous options in your application in a familiar way while utilizing minimal space. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to implement the Menu control and MenuItem to create selectable menu items; before using the TabControl and TabItem to generate a collection of tabs.
-
Controls – Rich Text controls
The RichTextBox control in Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) provides MS Word-like authoring and editing capabilities to your WPF applications. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to display formatted text in a FlowDocument using the RichTextBox control in XAML; before retrieving unformatted text in a message box using C# code.
-
Using SQL Queries
When querying data using NHibernate; the most basic way is to work with direct SQL queries. In this video; Roger Weiss uses a SQL method off the session interface to tell NHibernate where to map the query results.
-
Using Structured Queries
In NHibernate; you can use the criteria API to create powerful structured queries. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to use the CreateCriteria method to create a query using the ICriteria interface.
-
What is ?
NHibernate is a well known open source software development technology that enables data storage and retrieval in relational databases. In this video; Roger Weiss discusses what NHibernate is used for and some of the databases it supports.
-
A Comparison with Entity Framework
NHibernate and Entity Framework are two of the most popular object-relational mappers (ORMs); and with an understanding of their differences; .NET developers will be able to choose the appropriate technology when working with relational data. In this video; Roger Weiss compares the general; ORM specific and technical features of NHibernate with those of the Entity Framework.
-
Adding a Database and Assembly References
In Microsoft Visual Studio; you can easily add NHibernate assembly references; as well as a database; to a project. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates different ways to add NHibernate assembly references to a project and how to add and view a database.
-
Adding Mapping Assemblies to Configuration
The benefit of storing NHibernate configurations in an external file is that one can simply use a text editor to make changes without having to recompile the application. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to add mapping assemblies to configuration information.
-
Automapping
In NHibernate; you can do mappings via convention instead of configuration. In this video; Roger Weiss uses the AutoMap class to find the entities on which it must perform the auto mapping.
-
Bulk Operations Using HQL
NHibernate allows you to perform bulk operations efficiently when querying large sets of data in tables by using Hibernate Query Language (HQL). In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to create a Query object using the HQL syntax; as well as how to use the executeUpdate() method with UPDATE and INSERT statements to execute bulk updates.
-
Callbacks
NHibernate supports the ILifecycle interface for providing callbacks that allow you to perform operations on a persistent entity class when the relevant lifecycle event is triggered. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to implement ILifecycle methods and receive callbacks from NHibernate; as well as how to prevent and operation by returning LifecycleVeto.Veto.
-
Configuring by Code
It's possible for you configure NHibernate to suit your needs by using code. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to call classes to configure NHibernate.
-
Configuring Using App.Config
When configuring NHibernate; the alternative to the XML Configuration file is to use an App.Config file. Steps in this process include declaring a new config session; referencing the NHibernate assemblies; and instantiating a new configuration class. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to configure NHibernate using App.Config.
-
Configuring Using XML
You can use an external XML configuration file to configure NHibernate to connect to a database. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to add an external configuration file to a project and then how to configure NHibernate to use a connection string in the file to connect to a specified database.
-
Controlling Changes via Transactions
NHibernate allows you to maintain consistency by using transactions to batch multiple operations and commit them as if they were a single unit with an "all-or-nothing" approach. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to execute multiple updates on database records using a transaction; commit the transaction; as well as roll back the transaction if a failure occurs.
-
Fluent Configuration
You can use Fluent as an alternative to NHibernate configurations. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to configure Fluent as a simpler option to working with NHibernate.
-
Fluent Mapping
Fluent NHibernate can be used as an alternative to XML mapping. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to create mappings using the Fluent interface; and by using code.
-
Grouping; Sorting and Limiting Query Results
NHibernate allows you to perform advanced filtering operations on a database using LINQ to NHibernate's querying capabilities that include grouping; sorting; and limiting results. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to use the OrderBy() and GroupBy() methods to order a filtered set; perform paging; and group the elements of a sequence.
-
Interceptors and Listeners
NHibernate supports a comprehensive eventing system that allows you to react to certain events as they occur; using Interceptors and Listeners. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to attach an Interceptor to override OnLoad and OnPrepareStatement events; and audit updates and inserts to the database by implementing the IPreUpdateEventListener and IPreInsertEventListener interfaces.
-
Mapping CRUD Behavior
NHiberate allows Create; Read; Update; and Delete (CRUD) actions on databases to be cascaded to associated entities. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how NHibernate's Cascade.Persist and Cascade.Remove options enable update and delete operations to persist through related database entities.
-
Mapping for Concurrency
NHiberate allows databases updated by multiple users to resolve concurrency issues using pessimistic locking and optimistic concurrency. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates the features; benefits; and drawbacks of pessimistic locking and optimistic concurrency at the API and database level.
-
Mapping Identifiers
NHibernate provides a range of built-in generator classes that allow you to generate unique identifiers for persisting data. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to create tables implementing different primary key strategies; before mapping the identifiers and inserting entities into the database.
-
Mapping Inherited Models
NHiberate allows domain models comprising base class and subclass hierarchies to persist in the database. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how NHibernate uses a discriminated database column to conditionally map an inheritance tree to a single database table.
-
Mapping Stored Procedures and Views
NHiberate is able to invoke stored database procedures or views and map the results to a domain object. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how NHibernate uses the hibernate-mapping XML file and GetNamedQuery() method to map and invoke stored procedures.
-
Recommended Practices
NHibernate is a flexible solution offering various approaches to database mapping; and by following a few recommended techniques you'll be able to leverage its benefits. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to use an external configuration file; set up mappings; and practice recommended techniques when using LINQ query methods in an NHibernate session.
-
Saving One-to-Many Class Mappings
NHibernate allows you to maintain valid foreign key references and map one-to-many relationships where a single entity is related to many occurrences in another entity. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to insert a new record in one table and maintain a foreign key reference to another table using NHibernate.
-
Saving Simple Class Mappings
With existing class mappings in place; NHibernate allows you to easily insert; update; and delete records in a database. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to set up mappings; use the Save() and Flush() methods to insert new records; and update existing records using the Update() and SaveOrUpdate() methods within an NHibernate session.
-
Second Level Caching
In NHibernate; you can enable caching at entity and at query level so that it spans multiple sessions in the sessionFactory. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to use SQL in the console to monitor cached queries.
-
Setting Up an IDE; Tools; and Drivers
When getting started with NHibernate; you can use NuGet to download NHibernate binaries into a project; or you can download the binaries directly from the sourceforge website. To view tables within a database; you require a tool such as the SQL Toolbox. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to download NHibernate binaries and install the SQLite Toolbox add-on.
-
Setting Up Master-Detail Mappings
In NHibernate; it is possible to perform complex mapping by using master-detail mapping which allows you to execute multiple tasks. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to create a many-to-one master-detail mapping relationship.
-
Single Table Mapping
To retrieve data from a database; NHibernate must create a map between tables. To do this you need an entity class and a mapping file. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to create a single table map.
-
The Active Record Pattern
NHiberate supports the active record architectural pattern; whereby in-memory data objects are stored in and accessed from database tables according to their own logic. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to install; initialize; and implement the Castle ActiveRecord pattern.
-
The Code First Approach
NHibernate supports the Code First approach that allows you to define your models and class mappings in code; thereby providing a contract for schema generation to the database. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to establish mappings; configure a connection to an empty database; and create tables in the database using Code First principles in NHibernate.
-
The Database First Approach
NHibernate supports the Database First approach; whereby models and mapping files are created from an existing database. In this video; Roger Weiss uses the NHibernate Mapping Generator (NMG) utility to generate NHibernate mapping files and their relevant entity classes; before including the models and mappings into a console application and querying the database.
-
The Repository Pattern
In NHibernate; the Repository Pattern manages the interaction between the domain and the data mapping layers. It allows you to add; delete; or modify objects on the Repository; as well as perform queries. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to abstract the NHibernate-specific persistence layer using a Repository Pattern.
-
The Unit of Work Pattern
In NHibernate; the UnitOfWork is responsible for persisting the changes that it has accumulated as one bulk operation. In this video; Roger Weis demonstrates how to use the UnitOfWork Pattern together with a Repository Pattern to commit and rollback transactions.
-
Using HQL Queries
In NHibernate; you can use HQL (Hibernate Query Language) to query your database in a fashion that is agonistic to your database. In this video; Roger Weiss uses the join command to explore a complex HQL example that includes a CreateQuery method; result transformer; and a foreach loop.
-
Using IoC Containers to Instantiate Sessions
NHiberate allows IoC (inversion of control) containers to instantiate sessions using dependency injection. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to register classes managing operations against a domain with an IoC which; when instantiated; inject the required dependencies.
-
Using LINQ Queries
NHibernate supports Language-Integrated Query (LINQ); allowing you to write queries against strongly typed data sources using LINQ query extension methods. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to use LINQ in the context of NHibernate to return a list of results; perform eager fetching; and execute a subset query.
-
Using Mapping Attributes
Instead of the NHibernate XML mapping file you can use NHibernate Mapping Attributes to help alleviate the use of your mapping file. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to implement mapping attributes by using the Hbm Serializer class.
-
Using in a WCF Service
When using NHibernate in a WCF Service; you can tell NHibernate where to store the session by specifying the default session context. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to integrate NHibernate into a WCF application by storing the session in the operation context.
-
Using in an ASP.NET Web Forms Application
You can use NHibernate in a classic web form application. In this video; Roger Weiss uses the session per request pattern to open a session for every HTTP request.
-
Using in ASP.NET MVC and WebAPI Applications
When using NHibernate in an ASP.NET MVC or Web API Application; you can use the Action Filters to attach code to an action when it's about to be executed; or when it's finished executing. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to integrate NHibernate into a web project; using the Action Filters.
-
Using QueryOver
NHibernate QueryOver is an up-to-date API that provides a type-safe wrapper on the existing Criteria API; so you can use extension methods and lambda expressions to eliminate magic strings from your queries. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to use lambda expressions with the QueryOver() method when selecting and adding joins to queries.
-
Logging Activity
NHiberate allows SQL and other output to be logged through the Hibernate configuration file; NHibernate configuration code; or log4net logging tool. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to enable logging by specifying the appropriate NHibernate properties; and then installs and configures the log4net logging tool.
-
Mapping by Code
In NHibernate; you can now use NHibernate's native mapping by code as an alternative to NHibernate mapping files. In this video; Roger Weiss uses an XML mapping file to compare code with a mapping by code file.
-
Mapping Column and DataTypes
NHibernate maps to and converts complex database types to equivalent .NET types; and maps and converts complex .NET types to compatible database types. In this video; Roger Weiss uses NHibernate's mapping capabilities to write data to and from a database.
-
Security-Transparent Code in .NET
After watching this video; you will be able to demonstrate how to use transparency as an enforcement mechanism.
-
Common Threats to .NET
After watching this video; you will be able to identify common threats to .NET applications.
-
Creating a Secure .NET Application
After watching this video; you will be able to use secure coding techniques to create a .NET application.
-
Encrypting and Decrypting Data in .NET
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the process for encrypting and decrypting data.
-
GenericPrincipal and GenericIdentity Objects
After watching this video; you will be able to compare GenericPrincipal and GenericIdentity Objects.
-
Imperative Security Checks
After watching this video; you will be able to use imperative security checks in .NET.
-
Microsoft Secure Development Lifecycle (SDL)
After watching this video; you will be able to define what the Microsoft Secure Development Lifecycle (SDL) is.
-
Permissions and Role-based Security
After watching this video; you will be able to configure permissions for Role-based Security.
-
Replacing Principal Objects
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the purpose of replacing Principal objects.
-
Secure Coding in .NET
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the key features of Secure coding in the .NET Framework.
-
Securing ASP.NET Web Forms
After watching this video; you will be able to create secure ASP.NET web forms.
-
Securing Data Access in .NET
After watching this video; you will be able to demonstrate how to secure access to a data source.
-
Security Tools for .NET
After watching this video; you will be able to list and describe common security tools to be used with .NET.
-
The .NET Cryptography Model
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the main features of the .NET cryptography model.
-
Using Hash Codes for Data Integrity in .NET
After watching this video; you will be able to specify how to use hash codes in a .NET application.
-
Using Keys for Encryption in .NET
After watching this video; you will be able to configure data encryption using keys.
-
Working with Partially Trusted Code in .NET
After watching this video; you will be able to configure your .NET application to use partially trusted code.
-
Link Demands and CAS
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the relationship between link demands and CAS.
-
.NET Framework Security
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the key features of security in the .NET Framework.
-
.NET Security Namespaces
After watching this video; you will be able to list and describe the key .NET security namespaces.
-
ASP.NET Code Access Security
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the main features of CAS.
-
Authentication in .NET
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how authentication works in .NET.
-
CAS Configuration
After watching this video; you will be able to configure code access security in a .NET application.
-
Working with the WindowsPrincipal Object
After watching this video; you will be able to demonstrate how to use the WindowsPrincipal object in .NET.
-
Impersonation in .NET
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how impersonation works in .NET.
-
Applying Programming Techniques
After watching this video; you will be able to create code that utilizes if-then-else statements; switch statements; and generates random numbers.
-
ASP.NET State Management
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the state management fundamentals in ASP.NET for preserving data on a page level and application level.
-
Client-side vs. Server-side Programming
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the differences between client-side and server-side programming and the benefits associated with each.
-
Connecting to Data Stores
After watching this video; you will be able to connect to an XML data store programatically.
-
Create JavaScript Code
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the fundamental concepts associated with the object-oriented programming paradigm and the JavaScript programming language.
-
Creating a Windows Service
After watching this video; you will be able to create a Windows Service in Microsoft Visual Studio.
-
Creating Entity Relationship Diagrams
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the purpose of entity relationship diagrams and their associated components.
-
Creating Stored Procedures
After watching this video; you will be able to create and access a stored procedure.
-
Creating Windows Store Apps
After watching this video; you will be able to explain considerations for creating Windows Store apps.
-
Database Connection Methods
After watching this video; you will be able to describe various types of data stores such as flat files and XML files.
-
Entity Relationship Diagrams
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the purpose of entity relationship diagrams and their associated components.
-
Exercise: Creating a C# Application
After watching this video; you will be able to create a basic C# program that uses methods; classes and constructors.
-
Exercise: Using Windows Store Apps and Databases
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the fundamental concepts associated with Windows Store Apps and databases; including stored procedures and normalization.
-
How to Create a Windows Store App
After watching this video; you will be able to create a Windows Store app in Microsoft Visual Studio.
-
Installing and Uninstalling Windows Services
After watching this video; you will be able to perform the install and uninstall procedures when working with Windows Services.
-
Introduction to Console-based Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the characteristics of a console-based application and the situations when console applications are beneficial.
-
Introduction to Database Normalization
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what normalization is and identify the benefits it provides.
-
Introduction to Encapsulation
After watching this video; you will be able to describe encapsulation and how it can be used to restrict access to data.
-
Introduction to Windows Services
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the characteristics of a Windows Services application and how they differ from other applications created using Visual Studio.
-
Normalization Rules
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the different levels of normal forms and the advantages and disadvantages of each.
-
Planning a Windows Store App
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the key stages in the design process when planning a Windows Store app.
-
RDBMS Fundamentals
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the core concepts of RDBMS; including primary; foreign and unique keys; and relationship types.
-
SOAP Fundamentals
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the basics of SOAP and the role it plays in ASP.NET development.
-
SQL Statements
After watching this video; you will be able to identify and write basic SQL statements for reading; writing; and editing data in a database.
-
User Interface Design
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the key elements to consider when creating the UI for a Windows Store app.
-
Using SQL
After watching this video; you will be able to create a new SQL database; import SQL data and use SQL commands to access a database.
-
Web Hosting with IIS
After watching this video; you will be able to install Internet Information Services (IIS) and verify web server functionality.
-
Web Page Life Cycle and Event Model
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the life cycle and event model of an ASP.NET web page.
-
Web Server Fundamentals
After watching this video; you will be able to create virtual directories and web sites and access them from a client application.
-
Web Service Definition Language (WSDL)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the basics of WSDL and the role it plays in ASP.NET development.
-
Windows Store App Gestures
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the types of gestures available to a Windows Store app.
-
Windows and Web Application Fundamentals
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the fundamental concepts required for creating Windows and web applications.
-
Creating a Console-based Application
After watching this video; you will be able to create a console application in Microsoft Visual Studio.
-
Add a New Configuration
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; it's easy to create and manage new test configurations using Microsoft Test Manager. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to explore existing configurations; and how to add and define a new one.
-
Adding and Removing Parameters
In Visual Studio test cases; you can create test steps containing parameters in order to ensure that the application being tested is in keeping with the requirements of the client. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to add and remove parameters; and refine test steps within a test case.
-
Adding Attachments and Links
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can add attachments and links to test cases for testing in Microsoft Test Manager. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how you can add and delete attachments and links to provide more context to a test case.
-
Adding Screenshots
When performing Exploratory Testing sessions while performing Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can capture screenshots and add them to your test session observations. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to take two different kinds of screenshots; edit them; and save them to your Exploratory Test session.
-
Adding Test Step Attachments
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can add attachments to test steps in Microsoft Test Manager. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to add an image as an attachment to provide more detail for other people who may be executing your test steps.
-
Adding Tested Requirements
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can add test cases to test a range of requirements in Microsoft Test Manager. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how you can test a number of requirements by using test cases.
-
Adding the Test Case Description and History
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can add descriptions and a history to a test case in Microsoft Test Manager. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how you can add additional details to the Description and History fields of a test case.
-
Adding Video and Audio Recording
When Testing Software with Visual Studio; you can record the audio and video from the session in order to gather additional information for the summary; such as when unusual or complex bugs have been identified. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to add video and audio recording to an Exploratory Test session; in Visual Studio.
-
Analyzing Bug Reports
Visual Studio has in-built reports that allow you to carefully monitor bug metrics during software development. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to analyze Visual Studio bug reports.
-
Analyzing by Test Suite and Configuration
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can view the status of your Test Plan Results using a number of Configurations. In this video; Steve Borg opens the Test Plan Results to see the existing Test Results according to Test Suites and Configurations.
-
Analyzing Reports
Visual Studio can provide you with various reports on testing that can be extracted from Team Foundation Server. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates where to find test reports in Microsoft Test Manager; on the Web; and using Excel to connect to the online analytical processing (OLAP) cube.
-
Analyzing Work Items
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can view what work has occurred between any two Builds. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to analyze Work Items by viewing the items used and checked in by the Developers; and then performing a work item association between Builds.
-
Assign and Compare Build to Test Plan
Visual Studio supports Microsoft Test Manager (MTM) which allows you to define a test environment and assign builds against what you're testing so you can make comparisons of what you've tested over time. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to work with builds and build filters in a test environment.
-
Assigning Test Cases
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can design test cases for your software testing. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how you can design a test case by specifying the fields in the Status and Classification areas in Microsoft Test Manager.
-
Assigning Testers
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can assign test cases to individual testers from within a web browser or Microsoft Test Manager (MTM). In this video; Steve Borg uses the Assign feature in MTM to assign a tester to a test case.
-
Bulk Authoring of Test Cases by Using a Grid View
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can edit; add; and delete test cases in the grid view on the Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 website. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to use Grid view in Team Foundation Server to perform bulk authoring of test cases.
-
Clone Test Plans
Visual Studio supports Microsoft Test Manager (MTM) which allows you to clone test plans if you want to examine two versions of an app simultaneously. You can create a clone and make changes to work items within it; before comparing it to the test plans. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to clone a test plan.
-
Cloning Test Suites from the Command Line
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can use Microsoft Test Manager (MTM) or the command prompt to clone test suites from one test plan to another. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Test Case Manager (TCM) tool to clone a test suite from the command prompt.
-
Comparing the Current Build
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can easily compare the current Build with previous Builds. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to open the Test Plan in MTM and compare two Builds.
-
Copying Test Suites
When testing software in Visual Studio; it is possible to copy and modify existing test suites. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to copy; paste; edit; save; and delete test suites in Visual Studio.
-
Create a New Test Plan
Using Visual Studio; you can perform software testing; which allows you to verify that a software package is functioning as it should. Before performing testing; you need to create a test plan – this is simply a container around all the tests you need to run. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to create a test plan.
-
Create a Test Environment
Visual Studio supports Microsoft Test Manager (MTM) which allows you to define a test environment in which you can perform software testing. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to define a test environment and also specify which machines will participate in the environment.
-
Create Multiple Test Settings
Visual Studio supports Microsoft Test Manager (MTM) which allows you to configure test settings so you can decide how much data you want to collect when manual and automated tests are run. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to configure multiple test settings files.
-
Create Test Settings
Visual Studio supports Microsoft Test Manager (MTM) which allows you to set up test settings so that you can decide how much data you want to collect when manual and automated tests are run. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to configure test settings.
-
Creating a Parameter Variable
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can create parameter variables for a test case in Microsoft Test Manager. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to add parameter values to a test case.
-
Creating a Test Suite Hierarchy
In Microsoft Visual Studio; there are a few common misconceptions regarding hierarchies; test cases and test suites that you may have come across. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to build hierarchies; and discusses their relation to test cases and test suites.
-
Creating Action Recording for Shared Steps
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; one of the best things about shared steps is the fast-forward for manual testing. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Play button to fast-forward manual tests in conjunction with the shared steps editor.
-
Creating Copies of Environments
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; Lab manager also supports System Center Virtual Machine Manager (SCVMM) environments. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Deploy option to list available environments and deploy the SCVMM environment.
-
Creating Expected Results
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can create an expected result for each test step of a test case in Microsoft Test Manager. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to create a meaningful and specific expected result for a test step.
-
Creating New Environments
Visual Studio provides you with tools to easily create new environments for software testing. These can then also be deployed or connected to via remote access. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to create a new environment in Visual Studio for testing purposes.
-
Creating Query-Based Test Suites
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; the Query-based test suite is often used to create a collection of related test cases that satisfy a particular query and should be tested together. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to create and configure a new Query-based test suite.
-
Creating Repeatable Test Actions
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can create repeatable test steps for test cases in Microsoft Test Manager. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how you can create repeatable test steps that can be executed and tested by multiple developers.
-
Creating Requirement-Based Test Suites
Requirements-based testing in Software Testing with Visual Studio; allows you to align your test cases with a particular requirement or category. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to create a Requirements-based test suite and how to add a test case to it.
-
Creating Shared Steps
When doing Software Testing in Microsoft Visual Studio; shared steps are used to eliminate duplication between test cases. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to create shared steps.
-
Creating Static Test Suites
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; a Static test suite allows you to manually arrange test cases into a suite. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to construct a Static test suite and add new test cases to it.
-
Creating Work Item Queries
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can create work item queries using MTM. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to create new work items; create; save; and specify the flat query; and also work with work item queries to help get information about the development process.
-
Customizing Out-of-the-Box Reports
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you may want to change or customize your Out-of-the-Box Reports to be more specific. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to make changes to the parameters of your Out-of-the-Box Reports in order to customize them to your particular needs.
-
Customizing Test Results Fields in MTM
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can customize your test results fields in Microsoft Test Manager (MTM). In this video; Steve Borg uses the Developer Command Prompt to add new fields to the failure types and the resolution drop-down lists.
-
Define Configurations Overview
Visual Studio allows testing of software against multiple configurations; using different browsers and different hardware. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates a few configuration options for testing; including Windows 8.
-
Designing Test Cases
Visual Studio provides you with tools to create efficient test cases; which are fundamental in successful software testing procedures. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to design test cases in Visual Studio.
-
Executing Test Case in a Lab Environment
Microsoft Visual Studio allows you to run automated tests on environments in different ways; increasing time efficiency during the testing process. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to run an automated test from within the MTM.
-
Exploring by Work Item
When using Visual Studio to test software; as well as the broader domain testing; you can also get information by testing against particular work items. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to test against a work item; and then open and examine any bugs found.
-
Generating a Test Case from Test
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can easily generate Test Cases from within your test session. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to create a Test Case from within a Visual Studio Exploratory Testing session.
-
Generating Bugs
When using Visual Studio to test software; you can easily record bugs from within your test session. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to record a bug from within a Visual Studio Exploratory Testing session.
-
Identifying Areas with Low Quality
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; it is important for the Tester to be able to identify areas of Low Quality code. There are various tools to help you with this task. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to identify Low Quality code by using your experience as a Tester; as well as the tools in MTM and TFS.
-
Identifying Test Plan Status
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; there are a number of different ways to understand the Test Plan Status. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates the two basic ways to understand the Status of your Test Plan.
-
Inline Editing of Tests during Test Execution
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can edit your tests during test execution. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Edit feature to change the Click Submit option to Click Save.
-
Manage Configuration Variables
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can create and define configuration variables such as browser type; browser version; operating system; and chip type. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to manage existing configuration variables and how to add and define a new variable.
-
Managing Bug Flow
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can use different templates to process bugs based on the workflow structure of your organization. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how you can manage the bug processing procedure by using the Scrum Process; CMMI; and Agile Process templates.
-
Managing Test Case Workflow
When performing Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can manage the workflow of a test case in Microsoft Test Manager. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how you can manage and automate the workflow of a test case as it goes through its lifecycle.
-
Managing Test Suites by Using a Web Browser
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can control and manage your test suites; cases; and plans. In this video; Steve Borg uses a Microsoft Team Foundation Server web site to add a new test suite with additional or existing test cases.
-
Manually Testing Windows Store Apps
Microsoft Test Manager in Visual Studio allows you to record against Windows 8.1 applications when testing them. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to set up and perform exploratory testing on a remote device using specified test data.
-
Ordering Test Cases within a Test Suite
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can order test cases within a test suite. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Order tab to change the order of test cases in the Intro test suite.
-
Parameterizing Test Cases
In Visual Studio; parameterizing your test cases allows you to run the same test multiple times with different data. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates why parameterization is important in software testing and how it is applied in test cases.
-
Deleting Configurations
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can completely remove a configuration that you're not using by deleting it. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to delete a configuration that's no longer in use and how you are protected against accidently deleting one that is still in use.
-
Designing Shared Steps
In Software Testing in Microsoft Visual Studio; shared steps are used to avoid repetition in test cases. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to design useful shared steps.
-
Perform Ad Hoc Exploratory Testing
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; performing ad hoc testing allows you to identify bugs that may not be tied to a test case yet. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to perform ad hoc exploratory testing.
-
Performing Bulk Updates in Microsoft Excel
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can perform Bulk Updates in Microsoft Excel. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to use different methods in Excel and Team Explorer to copy; paste; edit; and then update a variety of work items.
-
Renaming and Deleting Parameters
In Software Testing in Microsoft Visual Studio; parameters can be renamed and deleted. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to rename and delete parameters.
-
Reviewing Requirements
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; requirements provide you with a guide to ensure that the expectations of users for the software have been met. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to review requirements within Visual Studio.
-
Running Tests from a Browser
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can also run your tests from a browser. In this video; Steve Borg uses Internet Explorer to run tests that you would normally run in Microsoft Test Manager.
-
Running Tests on Remote Environments
With Visual Studio; you can run tests on remote environments. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to run tests and gather data from remote environments allowing you to easily gather useful data; without having to run the tests from inside the environment itself.
-
Running Tests with Options
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can override default settings and set up options to run tests. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Run with options feature to run a test case with specified options.
-
Select Data and Diagnostics
Visual Studio supports Microsoft Test Manager (MTM) allows you to configure test settings so you can decide how much data you want to collect when manual and automated tests are run. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to configure options available in the Data and Diagnostics roles.
-
Select Test Properties
Using Visual Studio; you can perform software testing; which allows you to verify that a software package is functioning as it should. Once you have created a test plan; you can configure various options and properties; such as its working state; and start and end dates. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates some test plan properties.
-
Selecting Configurations
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can assign configurations to test cases using Microsoft Test Manager (MTM). In this video; Steve Borg uses the Configurations button to select configurations for test cases.
-
Selecting the Build in Use
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; any changes made to code requires the rerunning of a test. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Recommended tests link on the Track tab to reset tests to active so that they can be run again.
-
Setting Configuration States
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; when you no longer need to perform an individual test; you can change the state of a test configuration to inactive. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to change the state of a test configuration from active to inactive.
-
Setting Default Configurations
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can take individual test configurations and make them defaults. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to use Microsoft Test Manager to select an active test configuration and add it as a default for a new test case.
-
Setting Test Run States
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; test cases can have different states; which include active; passing; failing; blocked; and not applicable. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Analyze Test Runs feature to analyze manual test runs and experiment with completed and needs investigation states for a test.
-
Shared Steps Overview
Visual Studio allows you to create shared steps that can be edited in one location; and automatically updated across all test cases; within the software testing process. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how shared steps are applied during the software testing process.
-
Test Suite Types
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; test cases that are related in some way can be arranged into test suites. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates the three types of test suites and the types of test cases found in each suite.
-
The Importance of Test Case Fast Forwarding
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; the test case fast forwarding feature allows you to speed up the manual testing process by partially automating certain elements within the test case. In this video; Steven Borg demonstrates how to use test case fast forwarding within Visual Studio.
-
Tracking Bug Metrics
Visual Studio provides you with tools to monitor; manage; and report on bug metrics during the software testing process. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to use a query to access bug metric data in Visual Studio.
-
Updating the Status of Multiple Test Cases
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can update the status of multiple test cases to pass; fail; or block. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Block test button to mark a test case as blocked.
-
Validating Expected Results
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can add comments and screenshots when validating expected results. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Details tab to verify that a screenshot and comment were added to the expected results.
-
Validating Requirements
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can validate whether a requirement is capable of going to production. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Results window to view the coverage of a requirement.
-
Verifying All Accounted Requirements
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you have more than one option to validate the coverage of test plan requirements. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Results option to validate the coverage for all the requirements in a test plan.
-
Verifying Bugs
Because of the interrelationship between Test Cases and bugs created whilst Testing Software with Visual Studio; you can very easily verify whether bugs have been corrected from within Visual Studio. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to verify whether bugs have been corrected during your software tests.
-
Verifying Requirements
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can use your organisation's acceptance criteria to verify requirements. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Result tab to verify requirements by referring to the test result summary.
-
Viewing Test Plan Results in MTM
In Software Testing in Visual Studio; you can use MTM to view the Results for your existing Test Plan. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to interpret the Test Plan Results in MTM.
-
Work Item Relationships
In Software Testing with Visual Studio the Work Items in TFS are interrelated and have dependencies with each other. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how as a Tester you can exploit these links.
-
Working with Out-of-the-Box Reports
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; Out-of-the-Box Reports allow you to easily see the progress of your testing. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates the Out-of-the-Box Reports in the SQL Server Reporting Services site; as well as other Reports that ship with CMMI.
-
Connect to Your Mobile Service
After watching this video; you will be able to implement calls to your mobile service from a client app.
-
Consume a RESTful Service
After watching this video; you will be able to consume a remote REST service from your app.
-
Create a Background Task
After watching this video; you will be able to use background tasks in your application.
-
Creating a RESTful Service
After watching this video; you will be able to implement a service using RESTful system.
-
Creating Class Libraries
After watching this video; you will be able to place reusable code in a library.
-
Creational Patterns
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the common creational patterns and their uses.
-
Cryptographic Signatures
After watching this video; you will be able to digitally sign data.
-
Cryptography Concepts
After watching this video; you will be able to identify concepts central to cryptography and how you can use them.
-
Data Roaming Introduction
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the features and benefits of roaming profiles.
-
Debugging a Background Task
After watching this video; you will be able to troubleshoot and debug your background task.
-
Develop an MVVM Model
After watching this video; you will be able to create the Data Model component of the MVVM pattern.
-
Develop an MVVM View
After watching this video; you will be able to create the View class component of the MVVM pattern.
-
Develop an MVVM ViewModel
After watching this video; you will be able to create the ViewModel component of the MVVM pattern.
-
Develop Class Interactions
After watching this video; you will be able to connect the components of the MVVM.
-
Device Orientation
After watching this video; you will be able to determine the orientation of the device running your app.
-
Display Capture
After watching this video; you will be able to enable your application to record the device display.
-
Encrypting and Decrypting Data
After watching this video; you will be able to encrypt and decrypt digital data.
-
File Access
After watching this video; you will be able to access and manage files and folders.
-
File Permissions and Locations
After watching this video; you will be able to identify file storage locations and access permissions.
-
Frameworks
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the relationship between architectures; patterns; and frameworks.
-
Generating a Cryptographic Hash
After watching this video; you will be able to create a hash for use in authenticating data.
-
Generating Asymmetric Key Pairs
After watching this video; you will be able to create an asymmetric cryptographic key pair.
-
Generating Symmetric Keys
After watching this video; you will be able to create a symmetric cryptographic key.
-
Global Assembly Cache
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the purpose of the global assembly cache.
-
Handle Task Completion
After watching this video; you will be able to respond to the completion of a background task.
-
Introduction to MVVM
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the benefits and applications of the MVVM pattern.
-
Introduction to Version Control
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the benefits of version control systems.
-
Media Recording
After watching this video; you will be able to use CameraCaptureUI to record images and video in your app.
-
Message Authentication Codes
After watching this video; you will be able to ensure transmitted messages haven't been tampered with.
-
OneDrive Introduction
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features of using OneDrive.
-
Receive a Link
After watching this video; you will be able to receive links from other apps.
-
Receive Files
After watching this video; you will be able to receive files from other applications.
-
Repository Patterns
After watching this video; you will be able to use repositories to represent data.
-
Resume Your App
After watching this video; you will be able to correctly handle resuming from a suspended state.
-
Routing and Navigation
After watching this video; you will be able to obtain and display directions and location.
-
Run in Isolation
After watching this video; you will be able to create an app that runs in isolation.
-
Scaling Services
After watching this video; you will be able to scale your Azure-based Service.
-
Scaling SQL Server
After watching this video; you will be able to scale a SQL Server DB.
-
Scheduling Backend Jobs
After watching this video; you will be able to create tasks to be executed on a defined schedule.
-
Security Transparency
After watching this video; you will be able to adhere to security transparency in your app.
-
Share a Link
After watching this video; you will be able to share links and other URIs with other apps.
-
Share Files
After watching this video; you will be able to share files to other applications.
-
Strong Named Assemblies
After watching this video; you will be able to sign an assembly using a strong name.
-
Structural Patterns
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the common structural patterns and their applications.
-
Suspend Your App
After watching this video; you will be able to correctly handle when your app loses focus.
-
Sync and Reconnect
After watching this video; you will be able to ensure your app handles offline operations and reconnecting.
-
Tiles; Toasts; and Badges
After watching this video; you will be able to create a dynamic application tile using Adaptive Templates.
-
Unit of Work Patterns
After watching this video; you will be able to use unit of work patterns to coordinate repositories.
-
Update Live Tiles
After watching this video; you will be able to update the live tile for your application.
-
Updating Live Tiles
After watching this video; you will be able to change the content of a live tile from a background task.
-
Uploading Images to Azure
After watching this video; you will be able to store images on Azure storage.
-
Use Offline Data
After watching this video; you will be able to access cached database objects when offline.
-
Using Authentication Brokers
After watching this video; you will be able to connect to third-party authentication sources.
-
Using Binding Contexts
After watching this video; you will be able to describe binding contexts and their use.
-
Using Biometrics
After watching this video; you will be able to access biometric hardware for identity verification and authentication.
-
Using Code Access Security
After watching this video; you will be able to implement code that behaves in a secure manner.
-
Using Contacts
After watching this video; you will be able to access and modify contacts.
-
Using Credential Locker
After watching this video; you will be able to store and retrieve service credentials using the Credential Locker.
-
Using Geofencing
After watching this video; you will be able to set up and respond to geofences.
-
Using OpenID
After watching this video; you will be able to use OpenID in an Azure web application.
-
Using RESTful Services
After watching this video; you will be able to connect to a RESTful service from your application.
-
Using Roaming Data
After watching this video; you will be able to implement data roaming in your app.
-
Using SD Cards
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the possibilities and limitations of using SD card storage.
-
Using Single Sign-On in Your App
After watching this video; you will be able to implement single sign-on.
-
Using Windows Hello
After watching this video; you will be able to use advanced biometric technologies in your app.
-
Version Control Using Git
After watching this video; you will be able to use Git to manage your software development.
-
Version Control Using TFVC
After watching this video; you will be able to use Use Team Foundation Version Control to manage your software development.
-
Viewing and Downloading Logs
After watching this video; you will be able to make use of application and server logs to troubleshoot problems.
-
Working Offline
After watching this video; you will be able to create apps that allow working offline.
-
Working with Graphics Objects
After watching this video; you will be able to use and manipulate 3-D objects.
-
Access Appointments
After watching this video; you will be able to access and modify appointments.
-
Accessing Files on an SD Card
After watching this video; you will be able to work with files on an SD card.
-
Adding an App Splash Screen
After watching this video; you will be able to add flair to your app with a splash screen.
-
Additional Behavioral Patterns
After watching this video; you will be able to describe additional behavioral patterns and their applications.
-
Animating Objects with Storyboards
After watching this video; you will be able to use storyboards to control object animations.
-
Architectures
After watching this video; you will be able to identify common architectures and when to use them.
-
Assembly Names
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the components and importance of assembly names.
-
Asynchronous Programming
After watching this video; you will be able to work with tasks that don't return immediately.
-
Azure Disaster Recovery
After watching this video; you will be able to handle and recover from failures.
-
Azure Single Sign-On
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the features and benefits of third-party SSO.
-
Behavioral Patterns
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the common behavioral patterns and their uses.
-
Cloud Design Patterns
After watching this video; you will be able to describe cloud design patterns and their applications.
-
Code Access Security
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the code security features of UWP.
-
Configuring Web Apps from Visual Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to modify the configuration of your web app from Visual Studio.
-
Using the RelativePanel
After watching this video; you will be able to use the RelativePanel control to implement a layout in a universal Windows app.
-
Using the Resources Property
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Resources property to declare resources for reuse.
-
Using the Search Contract
After watching this video; you will be able to implement search using a SearchBox control.
-
Accessing OneDrive with File Picker
After watching this video; you will be able to enable a file picker in a universal Windows app to be used to manipulate OneDrive files.
-
Advanced Inking
After watching this video; you will be able to provide support for advanced inking using different devices in universal Windows apps.
-
Altering GridView Controls Layout
After watching this video; you will be able to alter the default layout of a GridView control and with the ListView control.
-
App Design and ALM
After watching this video; you will be able to identify design considerations and ALM processes for universal Windows Apps.
-
Changing a Control's Appearance
After watching this video; you will be able to adjust a button elements ControlTemplate to change its visual appearance.
-
Coded UI Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to implement a coded UI test for a universal Windows app.
-
Control Template States
After watching this video; you will be able to customize the visual states of a control by redefining animations in a control's ControlTemplate.
-
Facial Expressions Recognition
After watching this video; you will be able to provide support for facial expressions recognition in universal Windows apps.
-
Flat and Hierarchical Navigation
After watching this video; you will be able to use emulators to evaluate windowing implementations for universal Windows apps.
-
Grouping Data with GridView Control
After watching this video; you will be able to group data using the GridView control in a universal Windows app.
-
Implementing Resource Templates
After watching this video; you will be able to implement resource templates in universal Windows apps.
-
Implementing Resources
After watching this video; you will be able to implement resources to support globalization and localization in an universal Windows app.
-
Implementing the Contact Picker
After watching this video; you will be able to implement a Contact picker in a universal Windows app.
-
Localizing Graphic Resources
After watching this video; you will be able to localize graphic resources in a universal Windows app.
-
Localizing Text Resources
After watching this video; you will be able to localize text resources in a universal Windows app.
-
Localizing User Input
After watching this video; you will be able to implement localization of user input in universal Windows apps.
-
Navigation Bars
After watching this video; you will be able to Implement the Hub control in universal Windows apps.
-
On-page Navigation
After watching this video; you will be able to implement navigation bars in universal Windows apps.
-
Opening Files Using a File Picker
After watching this video; you will be able to use a file picker with filters within a universal Windows app to open single and multiple files.
-
Resources and Resource Dictionaries
After watching this video; you will be able to use resources and resource dictionaries; and learn what can be declared as a resource.
-
Resources in Code Behind Files
After watching this video; you will be able to access and use resources in code behind files and access named resources directly.
-
Saving Files Using a File Picker
After watching this video; you will be able to save files using a file picker in a universal Windows app.
-
Specifying the Window Mode
After watching this video; you will be able to implement support for window size changes; including adaptive layout and flow control; in universal Windows apps.
-
Supporting Cortana Integration
After watching this video; you will be able to provide support for Cortana integration in universal Windows apps.
-
Supporting Different Screens
After watching this video; you will be able to implement Semantic Zoom in universal Windows apps.
-
Supporting Digital Pen Input
After watching this video; you will be able to provide support for digital pen input in universal Windows apps.
-
Supporting Gaze Tracking
After watching this video; you will be able to provide support for gaze tracking in universal Windows apps.
-
Supporting Inking
After watching this video; you will be able to provide support for inking using different devices in universal Windows apps with DirectInk.
-
Supporting Keyboard Input
After watching this video; you will be able to enable support for keyboard and virtual keyboard input in universal Windows apps.
-
Supporting Mouse Input
After watching this video; you will be able to use mouse events in a universal Windows app.
-
Supporting Speech Recognition
After watching this video; you will be able to provide support for speech recognition in universal Windows apps.
-
Supporting Speech Synthesis
After watching this video; you will be able to provide support for speech synthesis in universal Windows apps.
-
Supporting Touch Input
After watching this video; you will be able to provide support for touch input in universal Windows apps.
-
Supporting Voice Commands
After watching this video; you will be able to provide support for voice commands including control of apps and devices in universal Windows apps.
-
Supporting Window Size Changes
After watching this video; you will be able to implement support for different screen sizes and resolutions including window size and shape and screen dpi in universal Windows apps.
-
Testing Against Use Cases
After watching this video; you will be able to implement testing against defined use cases for universal Windows apps.
-
The Hub Control
After watching this video; you will be able to define and implement flat and hierarchical navigation in universal Windows apps.
-
Using Emulators
After watching this video; you will be able to query the ApplicationView class to find out an apps window mode and current dimensions.
-
Using PointerPoint & PointerDevice
After watching this video; you will be able to use PointerPoint and PointerDevice in universal Windows apps.
-
Setting Up Headers with ListView
After watching this video; you will be able to set up a header using ListView and GridView controls.
-
Supporting Touch Gestures
After watching this video; you will be able to provide support for touch gestures in universal Windows apps.
-
Async and the Await Keyword
Asynchronous programming in Visual Studio 2012 helps you improve application response times and avoid performance bottlenecks. In this video; Joe Barrett uses the await keyword to implement async functionality.
-
CSS Editor Improvements
Improvements to the CSS editor in Visual Studio 2012 make it easier for you to enhance the look and formatting features of applications you create. In this video; Joe Barrett uses CSS features including the color picker; IntelliSense; and code snippets to format the look of the application being created.
-
Deploying with Install Shield
InstallShield enables you to quickly and easily deploy software you created in Visual Studio 2012. In this video; Joe Barrett configures InstallShield to download and register an application as well as install a project on Windows 8 so that the application appears as a Desktop shortcut and as a Windows 8 tile.
-
Facebook Logins
The Facebook SDK enables you to integrate Facebook logins with applications you build in Visual Studio 2012. In this video; Joe Barrett uses the Facebook SDK to authenticate user logins and redirects authenticated users to specific sites.
-
HTML5 Web Pages
In Visual Studio 2012; the ability to build and validate web pages that conform to the HTML5 standard improves your workflow and productivity. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to set the doc type and use IntelliSense for validation.
-
Map Helper
Being able to easily integrate maps into your applications is easily accomplished using the new Get Map packages in Visual Studio 2012. In this video; Joe Barrett calls maps from several services and renders the maps on a web site without using complex code in the calling application.
-
Mobile Features
Visual Studio 2012 provides several ways in which applications can be optimized for mobile devices. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates ways to render applications better and more efficiently on mobile devices.
-
Model Binding
Model binding is a code-based way of binding data in MVC and ASPX applications you build in Visual Studio 2012. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to create a custom class which is then called in order to return a typed list; which in turn; is tied to data access controls.
-
New Project Templates
Visual Studio 2010 project templates enable you to create reusable code that not only speed up development; but make the code more maintainable and portable. In this video; Joe Barrett examines the use of new project templates including developing Windows Store applications for Windows 8; Portable Class Library that works across frameworks; and new deployment options.
-
SQL Server Data Tools
The SQL Server Data Tools enable developers to perform database design word right in Visual Studio 2012. In this video; Joe Barrett uses the SQL Server Data Tools to create tables and scripts after a database has been published.
-
Using Lightswitch
Visual Studio 2012 LightSwitch is an IDE for building applications built on .NET technologies. Building applications in LightSwitch is data centric. In this video; Joe Barrett will demonstrate how to define the data to be used in the application and then develop the screens that use the data.
-
Using New IDE Features
Visual Studio 2012 has an improved integrated development environment; or IDE. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates several of the new features including single-click file preview; drill down; and class view type.
-
Validation Helper
Visual Studio 2012 includes ValidationHelper commands to add server-side and client-side validation of your application code. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates the use of ValidationHelper classes for client-side and server-side code.
-
Windows Store Apps with Item Templates
Visual Studio 2012 includes many templates including item templates to building applications for Windows 8. In this video; Joe Barrett creates an application from an item template and displays data in the default view of the item.
-
Asynchronous Debugging
Visual Studio 2013 now has several enhancements to the way asynchronous applications are debugged. In this video; Chris Keenan explains some of the enhancements to asynchronous debugging.
-
Browser Link
In Visual Studio 2013; you can use the Browser link to update code in the IDE; which immediately reflects the change in the browser. In this video; Chris Keenan explains how to use the Browser link.
-
Code Lens
Visual Studio 2013 is the latest version of the powerful Integrated Development Environment from Microsoft. It includes many features; such as Code Lens; to enhance the user experience. In this video; Chris Keenan explains the Code Lens feature and demonstrates how to use it.
-
Colors and Themes
Visual Studio 2013 is the latest version of the powerful integrated development environment from Microsoft. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates how to customize font colors and IDE themes.
-
Improved HTML5 Support
Visual Studio 2013 is the latest version of the powerful Integrated Development Environment from Microsoft. Microsoft has added many be features to this already powerful editor. In this video; Chris Keenan discusses the new and improved support for HTML5.
-
Improved JavaScript Support
In Visual Studio 2013; you can develop web applications by using the using the improved JavaScript editor. In this video; Chris Keenan dicusses about the improvements in the JavaScript editor.
-
Inspecting Return Values
In Visual Studio 2013; there have been several enhancements to the debugger. In this video; Chris Keenan explains how to inspect return values during debugging.
-
Custom Intellisense
In Visual Studio 2013; you take can advantage of the custom IntelliSense feature of the APIs. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates how to add JavaScript APIs to a web project and use the custom IntelliSense feature.
-
Edit and Continue
In Visual Studio 2013; you can make use of the edit and continue features to make changes to the code while testing. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates how to use the edit and continue feature while debugging.
-
Editor Improvements
Visual Studio 2013 comes with several editor improvements. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates how to use the auto brace completion and the ability to move the lines of code features.
-
HTML Copy
In Visual Studio 2013; you can copy and paste HTML code from the editor to another program and preserve its formatting. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates how to copy and paste HTML code with its formatting.
-
Improved CSS Editor
In Visual Studio 2013; you can use the improved CSS editor to make changes to web application. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates how to use the Web Essentials add-on in the CSS editor.
-
Just My Code
In Visual Studio 2013; you can use the Just My Code debugger to filter out the external code in the Call Stack debugger window. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates how to use the Just My Code debugger.
-
Node.js Tools for
Visual Studio 2013 is the latest version of the Integrated Development Environment from Microsoft. Because Node.js is a popular API for writing server-side code; Microsoft has released the Node.js tools for Visual Studio 2013. In this video; Chris Keenan explains the basic functionality of these tools and shows where to get them and how to install them.
-
Quick Tasks and Power Commands
In Visual Studio 2013; you can use the Quick Tasks feature and the Power commands. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates how to use the Quick Tasks feature the Power commands.
-
Recently Closed Documents
In Visual Studio 2013; you can open the recently closed documents and begin from the spot where you had last stopped. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates how to open recently closed documents.
-
Solution Explorer Errors
In Visual Studio 2013; you can use power tools that sniff out errors much more easily using Solution Explorer. In this video; Chris Keenan will show you how to discern and filter errors using Solution Explorer and the Power tools in Visual Studio 2013.
-
The Enhanced Scrollbar
Visual Studio 2013 provides the enhanced scrollbar that helps users to easily view certain sections of long code files. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates how to use Visual Studio's enhanced scrollbar.
-
The Notification Center
In Visual Studio 2013; which is the latest version of the powerful Integrated Development Environment from Microsoft; you can access and manage notifications easily. In this video; Chris Keenan introduces the new Notifications center.
-
The NuGet Package Manager
In Visual Studio 2013; you can use the NuGet Package Manager to include APIs in your web projects. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates how to use the NuGet Package Manager in Visual Studio 2013.
-
The Productivity Power Tools
In Visual Studio 2013; you can enhance its functionality by installing the Productivity Power Tools 2013. In this video; Chris Keenan explains the basic functionality of these tools and shows where to get the tools and how to install them.
-
Using Navigate To
In Visual Studio 2013; you can use Navigate To feature to search for objects; definitions; and references. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates how to use the Navigate To feature.
-
Using Peek Help and Peek Definition
Visual Studio 2013 includes many features; such as Productivity Power Tools; for enhancing user experience. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates how to use Peek Help and Peek Definition.
-
Using the Document Well
In Visual Studio 2013; you can navigate through a number of projects and files under a document tab by using the Custom Document Well feature. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates how to use the Custom Document Well extension to customize the behavior of the document tabs.
-
Using the Preview Tab
Visual Studio 2013 provides the preview tab that helps users to easily view definitions of specific methods. In this video; Chris Keenan demonstrates how to use the preview tab.
-
ALM Process
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the key components of ALM processes.
-
ALM Process Optimization
After watching this video; you will be able to discuss the optimization of the ALM process and the recognition of potential barriers to efficient development and delivery.
-
Altering Backlog Configuration
After watching this video; you will be able to work with backlog settings.
-
Analyzing and Tracking Tests
After watching this video; you will be able to analyze test results.
-
Architectural Design
After watching this video; you will be able to outline techniques to develop an architectural model of a project or item.
-
Architectural Design Tools
After watching this video; you will be able to work with architectural design tools.
-
Aspects of Iteration Management & Quality
After watching this video; you will be able to define sprint iterations and adding end-to-end value.
-
Build
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Build settings.
-
Change and Issue Management
After watching this video; you will be able to work with change and issue control within the development environment.
-
Change Strategy and Consensus
After watching this video; you will be able to outline change management strategy.
-
CMMI Change Management
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Change within a CMMI process/project.
-
CMMI Issue Management
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Issues within a CMMI process/project.
-
CMMI Risk Management
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Risk within a CMMI process/project.
-
Code Analysis and Review
After watching this video; you will be able to establish code review practices based on performance and security analysis.
-
Code Coverage Analysis
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Code coverage within VS/TFS.
-
Code Coverage Principles
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the code coverage process.
-
Code Review
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the code review component.
-
Coding Standards and Maintenance
After watching this video; you will be able to work with coding standards and maintainable code.
-
Common Defects
After watching this video; you will be able to describe common code defects.
-
Communications
After watching this video; you will be able to define the importance of fast feedback as it relates to communicating requirements.
-
Components of Scrum
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Scrum organization and components.
-
Configuring Capacity Settings
After watching this video; you will be able to develop an appreciation for the Capacity settings.
-
Customer Feedback
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the benefits of end customer feedback to early software iterations within the SDLC.
-
Defect (Bug) Management
After watching this video; you will be able to describe defect management and IntelliTrace.
-
Defect Identification
After watching this video; you will be able to describe defect identification.
-
Defining Key Aspects of Visual Studio ALM
After watching this video; you will be able to detail key aspects of the Visual Studio ALM process.
-
Defining Value in Development Process
After watching this video; you will be able to Define quality and value within the development process.
-
Demonstrating Project Setup in Visual Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to initiate a project in Visual Studio.
-
Designing UI Storyboards
After watching this video; you will be able to work with UI storyboarding.
-
Detailing Components of the ALM Process
After watching this video; you will be able to detail components of the ALM process: Scrum and CMMI.
-
DevOps
After watching this video; you will be able to work with DevOps support tools.
-
DevOps and ALM
After watching this video; you will be able to describe DevOps and Microsoft ALM solutions within the context of the SDLC and the examination.
-
DevOps and System Center
After watching this video; you will be able to describe integration tools.
-
Documentation of Product Backlog Item
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Product Backlog item data.
-
Documenting Requirements
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Visual Studio Product Backlog and document requirements.
-
Effort Management
After watching this video; you will be able to map effort and define project requirements.
-
Elicit; Define; and Review Project Requirements
After watching this video; you will be able to define requirements-gathering methods and documentation of same.
-
End-to-end Quality Process
After watching this video; you will be able to outline the end-to-end quality process.
-
Establishing Project Drivers and Requirements
After watching this video; you will be able to outline scope-driven and data-driven project drivers.
-
Establishing Project Teams in Visual Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Teams in Visual Studio.
-
Establishing Test Environments
After watching this video; you will be able to create test environments.
-
Exam 70-498 Skills Measured
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the examination and path; and the skill requirements to take the examination.
-
Executing Tests
After watching this video; you will be able to execute tests in VB/TFS.
-
Feedback Client
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the Visual Studio Feedback Service.
-
Flexibility Matrix
After watching this video; you will be able to establish and work with a flexibility matrix and manage priority items and release criteria.
-
Identifying and Eliminating Bottlenecks
After watching this video; you will be able to outline the process of bottleneck identification and associated metrics.
-
Identifying Wasteful Activity
After watching this video; you will be able to identify wasteful activity.
-
Implementing Solutions
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the implementation of effective solutions that can be validated.
-
IntelliTrace
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the IntelliTrace tool.
-
Load Testing with Visual Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to Use visual studio to create a cloud-based load test.
-
Managing Mapping
After watching this video; you will be able to work with product backlog Items to Feature mapping.
-
Managing Permission
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Team Administrative Tools in Visual Studio.
-
Managing Product Backlog Items
After watching this video; you will be able to work with product backlog items.
-
Managing Team Capacity
After watching this video; you will be able to obtain a grounding in capacity configuration.
-
Measuring Improvement
After watching this video; you will be able to describe techniques used to measure improvement.
-
Requirements Analysis
After watching this video; you will be able to analyze and manage requirements.
-
Requirements Baseline
After watching this video; you will be able to define the Requirements Baseline based on analysis and break requirements down into Tasks.
-
Requirements Data
After watching this video; you will be able to define requirements characteristics and associated data; and describe requirement breakdown including Tasks.
-
Resource Planning
After watching this video; you will be able to outline planning and resource allocation.
-
Scrum Artifacts: Project Features and Backlogs
After watching this video; you will be able to describe scrum artifacts: feature and backlog management.
-
Scrum Events – Events
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Scrum events.
-
Scrum Events – Planning
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Scrum planning.
-
Scrum Sprint Management (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe various aspects in relation to management of sprints within the scrum process (Part 1).
-
Scrum Sprint Management (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe various aspects in relation to management of sprints within the scrum process (Part 2).
-
Scrum Teams
After watching this video; you will be able to outline Scrum team roles and responsibilities.
-
Source and Configuration Management
After watching this video; you will be able to describe configuration management and appropriate tooling.
-
Microsoft Project
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how MS Project fits into the development effort.
-
Optimizing Development
After watching this video; you will be able to work with geographically distributed development teams and team members.
-
Organizing Test Components
After watching this video; you will be able to define test candidates selection and work with test plans and artifacts.
-
PowerPoint Storyboards
After watching this video; you will be able to work with PowerPoint Storyboarding.
-
Prioritization
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Product backlog Prioritization.
-
Problem Investigation
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how observable problems might be indicative of more general system-wide issues.
-
Project Management
After watching this video; you will be able to describe roles; authority; and permissions.
-
Project Management/Tracking
After watching this video; you will be able to detail available project planning and management tools.
-
Project Risk
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how risk might be managed with the Agile process.
-
Project Scope
After watching this video; you will be able to work with scope definition.
-
Project Tools
After watching this video; you will be able to identify and select planning and management tools and associated processes.
-
Project Tracking
After watching this video; you will be able to determine how to project status.
-
Putting Testing to the Test in DevOps
After watching this video; you will be able to Describe testing and integration within a DevOps environment.
-
Quality Integration
After watching this video; you will be able to describe quality positioning with the ALM process.
-
Requirement Refinement
After watching this video; you will be able to analyze requirements with a view to breaking down larger requirements into smaller or self-contained requirements elements.
-
Sprint Iterations
After watching this video; you will be able to describe sprint iterations.
-
Sprint Mapping
After watching this video; you will be able to work with sprints in Visual studio.
-
Sprints Management
After watching this video; you will be able to work with sprints in Visual studio.
-
System Center
After watching this video; you will be able to give an overview of System Center components with reference to DevOps.
-
Team Foundation Server
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Development using Team Services.
-
Team; Groups; Users; Permissions
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Groups; Users; Permissions; and Security.
-
Template and Work Item Customization
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Template and Work Item Customization.
-
Test Environments
After watching this video; you will be able to describe testing environments.
-
Test Management
After watching this video; you will be able to describe testing tools and types.
-
Test Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Test Manager.
-
Test Strategy and Plans
After watching this video; you will be able to develop test plans.
-
Test Types (Part 1)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe test types.
-
Test Types (Part 2)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe test types.
-
Test Workflow
After watching this video; you will be able to describe test workflow and environments.
-
Tracking Test Results
After watching this video; you will be able to track test results.
-
Troubleshooting
After watching this video; you will be able to describe troubleshooting.
-
Unit Test Standards
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the establishment of unit test standards.
-
Unit Testing Extensions
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Unit Testing for external frameworks.
-
Unit Testing External Frameworks
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Unit Testing for external frameworks.
-
Velocity and Forecasting
After watching this video; you will be able to work with velocity and forecasting within a scrum project.
-
Visual Studio IDE Interface
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the Visual Studio IDE Interface.
-
Visual Studio IDE Introduction
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the Visual Studio IDE.
-
Waste Elimination
After watching this video; you will be able to describe waste elimination.
-
Working with IntelliTrace
After watching this video; you will be able to outline IntelliTrace files and function.
-
Working with Template and Work Item Customization
After watching this video; you will be able to customize process templates and work items.
-
Work-in-process
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the relationship between work-in-process and cycle time.
-
Additional Tools
After watching this video; you will be able to identify additional applications and how they can be used to improve coding efficiency.
-
ASP.NET Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to define ASP.Net and DNX.
-
ASP.NET Requirements and Installation
After watching this video; you will be able to explain prerequisites and the installation process for ASP.NET and DNX.
-
Autodetecting Gulp; Grunt; and Jake Tasks
After watching this video; you will be able to use autodetecting features in the Visual Studio Code to find tasks.
-
Basic Editing Features
After watching this video; you will be able to use basic editing features such as matching brackets; indenting; and IntelliSense.
-
Code Editors
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Visual Studio Code editor and identify its strengths.
-
Creating a Node.js Application
After watching this video; you will be able to create a simple Node application.
-
Creating an ASP.NET 5 Application on Linux
After watching this video; you will be able to create a simple application ASP.NET application.
-
Creating ASP.NET Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to create ASP.Net application; open; modify and run application on OS X and Linux platforms.
-
CSS; Sass; and Less
After watching this video; you will be able to use various features within Visual Studio Code editor to edit style sheets in CSS; Sass and Less .
-
Debugging a Node.js Application
After watching this video; you will be able to debug a Node application.
-
Defining a Multiple Lines Problem Matcher
After watching this video; you will be able to create their own multiple line problem matcher.
-
Defining a problemMatcher
After watching this video; you will be able to create their own problemMatcher.
-
Defining Commands
After watching this video; you will be able to create and use custom commands to automate application execution.
-
Developer's Obstacles
After watching this video; you will be able to distinguish code editor and IDE and recognize developers' problems when selecting working environment.
-
Express Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to identify Express as a framework for Node.js.
-
History of Visual Studio Code
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Visual Studio Code editor's foundational pieces and where they are already used.
-
HTML
After watching this video; you will be able to use IntelliSense and snippets within Visual Studio Code editor to modify HTML files.
-
Installing ASP.NET 5 and Homebrew
After watching this video; you will be able to prepare environment by installing ASP.Net 5 and Homebrew and configure DNVM.
-
Installing Node.js and Express
After watching this video; you will be able to define requirements for installation Node.js and Express.
-
Integrated Developer Environment (IDE)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe an IDE and identify its strengths.
-
JavaScript
After watching this video; you will be able to use Visual Studio Code editor to easily author JavaScript .
-
Language Support
After watching this video; you will be able to identify three levels of language support in Visual Studio Code editor and change the language for the selected file.
-
Mapping Task Output to problemMatchers
After watching this video; you will be able to map Gulp; Grunt; and Jake error output to problemMatchers.
-
Markdown
After watching this video; you will be able to use preview and snippets within Visual Studio Code editor; and to automate Markdown compilation.
-
Modifying an Existing Project
After watching this video; you will be able to load code file and modify code using core Visual Studio Code features.
-
Navigation
After watching this video; you will be able to navigate through Visual Studio Code editor.
-
Node.js Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to identify Node.js and its core concepts.
-
Outputting Window Behavior
After watching this video; you will be able to control how the output window behaves when running tasks.
-
Projects and Project Selection
After watching this video; you will be able to navigate through Visual Studio Code and show Project-related features.
-
Publishing ASP.NET 5 Applications on OS X
After watching this video; you will be able to publish application in production.
-
Scaffolding Applications Using Yeoman
After watching this video; you will be able to scaffold application.
-
Searching Across Files
After watching this video; you will be able to search for a specific item/word over all the files in the open folder.
-
Side-by-Side Editing
After watching this video; you will be able to open and manipulate up to three editors side by side.
-
Strength of Visual Studio Code
After watching this video; you will be able to identify Visual Studio Code as tool that combines strengths of both; editor and IDE.
-
Supported Platforms
After watching this video; you will be able to define platforms supported by Visual Studio Code.
-
Tasks in Action
After watching this video; you will be able to create your own task.
-
The Command Palette
After watching this video; you will be able to access all the functionality of the Visual Studio Code using only keyboard.
-
TypeScript
After watching this video; you will be able to create config file; transpile TypeScript into JavaScript; create and run tasks and review build issues.
-
Using Kestrel
After watching this video; you will be able to define Kestrel and use it to run applications on OS X platform.
-
Visual Studio Code Introduction
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Visual Studio Code editor and its main features.
-
Working with DockerFiles
After watching this video; you will be able to use various features within Visual Studio Code editor to edit Dockerfiles.
-
.NET Execution Environment
After watching this video; you will be able to develop cross platform apps with .NET.
-
.NET Today
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the current state of the .NET architecture.
-
AngularJS
After watching this video; you will be able to use AngularJS to create a client-side web app.
-
Apache Cordova
After watching this video; you will be able to use Apache Cordova to develop mobile applications.
-
ASP.NET
After watching this video; you will be able to create ASP.NET Web apps with Visual Studio.
-
Bootstrap
After watching this video; you will be able to use Bootstrap to improve and style your user interface.
-
Gulp
After watching this video; you will be able to use Gulp to manage building your project.
-
Installing Visual Studio
After watching this video; you will be able to install Microsoft Visual Studio on your workstation.
-
Knockout
After watching this video; you will be able to use Knockout to create an MVVM client.
-
MVC
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Model-View-Controller paradigm with ASP.NET.
-
Navigating the IDE
After watching this video; you will be able to start using the Visual Studio IDE.
-
Node.js Tools
After watching this video; you will be able to using Node.js tools with Visual Studio.
-
Performing Code Analysis
After watching this video; you will be able to locate performance issues in your code.
-
Personalize Your Experience
After watching this video; you will be able to tailor your Visual Studio install to your tastes.
-
Publish your Work
After watching this video; you will be able to publish your work to GutHub.
-
Receiving Visual Studio Notifications
After watching this video; you will be able to view and act on notification events in VS.
-
SignalR
After watching this video; you will be able to use SignalR to push content to clients in real-time.
-
Signing In
After watching this video; you will be able to sign in to Visual Studio.
-
Starting New Projects and Solutions
After watching this video; you will be able to begin work on a new project.
-
Styling your App
After watching this video; you will be able to discover tools to style your application.
-
Synchronizing Settings between Workstations
After watching this video; you will be able to ensure your settings and configurations follow your login.
-
Testing Your Code
After watching this video; you will be able to test your code for correctness.
-
Third-party Extensions
After watching this video; you will be able to install or develop Visual Studio extensions.
-
Unity
After watching this video; you will be able to develop multi-platform games with Unity and Visual Studio.
-
Universal Windows Platform
After watching this video; you will be able to develop an app using the Universal Windows Platform.
-
Unlocking the Visual Studio Evaluation Version
After watching this video; you will be able to continue to use Visual Studio beyond the trial period.
-
Using Custom Colors and Fonts
After watching this video; you will be able to change fonts and colors to suit your needs.
-
Using Customized Layouts
After watching this video; you will be able to arrange the panels in Visual Studio to suit your workflow.
-
Using Multiple Accounts
After watching this video; you will be able to use different VS accounts for different purposes.
-
Using Team Foundation Server
After watching this video; you will be able to use Team Foundation Server with Visual Studio.
-
Using Team Services and Foundation Server
After watching this video; you will be able to work within development teams.
-
Visual Studio IDE
After watching this video; you will be able to become familiar with the Visual Studio IDE.
-
Web API
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Web API framework to build a web service.
-
Working with External Tools
After watching this video; you will be able to integrate external tools into your Visual Studio install.
-
Writing and Building Code
After watching this video; you will be able to write and compile a simple application.
-
Writing Code
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Visual Studio IDE features when writing code.
-
Xamarin
After watching this video; you will be able to use Xamarin to target Android and iOS platforms.
-
Bower
After watching this video; you will be able to use Bower to manage project dependencies.
-
Cloud Explorer
After watching this video; you will be able to use Cloud Explorer to work with your Azure resources.
-
Cloud Services
After watching this video; you will be able to use Cloud solutions within your project.
-
Compile and Build Your Code
After watching this video; you will be able to compile your code into executable applications.
-
Connecting to GitHub
After watching this video; you will be able to integrate external tools into your Visual Studio install.
-
CoreCLR
After watching this video; you will be able to understand how to develop differently against the CoreCLR and classic .NET Framework.
-
Create a Repository
After watching this video; you will be able to ensure your settings and configurations follow your login.
-
Creating a Custom Start Page
After watching this video; you will be able to modify the Visual Studio start page.
-
Customizing Toolbars and Menus
After watching this video; you will be able to add and edit menus; toolbars; and actions.
-
Debugging Your Code
After watching this video; you will be able to troubleshoot and debug issues in your code.
-
Deploy Your Application
After watching this video; you will be able to prepare your application for release.
-
Entity Framework
After watching this video; you will be able to use Entity Framework to access database objects.
-
Git Version Control
After watching this video; you will be able to arrange the panels in Visual Studio to suit your workflow.
-
GitHub
After watching this video; you will be able to modify the Visual Studio start page.
-
Grunt
After watching this video; you will be able to use Grunt to perform build operations in your project.
-
REST Error Responses
In a RESTful Web API design; ASP.NET Web API allows you to provide error responses when specific conditions are met. These are then converted into HTTP status codes. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to create logic in a controller and return different error responses using the IHTTPResult interface and System.Web.HTTP.Results namespace classes that represent action results.
-
REST Success Responses
In a RESTful Web API design; ASP.NET Web API allows you to convert the return value from a controller into specific HTTP success response messages. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to build logic into an application and use the IHTTPResult interface to return 200 and 201 success responses from the controller with a Get() method.
-
Brief Introduction to jQuery
Web API Design allows you to use jQuery; a dynamic JavaScript Library used to manipulate the DOM in a browser without needing large amounts of very complex JavaScript. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how jQuery can be used that to query data from your Web API endpoints.
-
Claims-Based Security
In Web API Design; claims allow you to integrate with different identity providers. In this video; Sidney Andrews uses the ClaimsAuthorize attribute to show you how to authorize claims in your application.
-
Construction of OData Endpoints
In a Web API design; ASP.NET Web API allows you to create OData endpoints for a data set that clients can query using CRUD (create; read; update; delete) operations in a uniform way. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to add an OData controller; query and manipulate Entity sets and configure the OData endpoint in a Visual Studio project.
-
Consuming ASP.NET Web API Using jQuery
Using the AJAX function in jQuery you can connect with a Web API service and change content displayed on the web page. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to add an unordered list to a web page using jQuery.
-
Creating a New Web API Project
You can easily create new projects with Web API Design. There are also additional libraries that you can add into the new project. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to create a new project for a Web API using Visual Studio; and how to select libraries not available by default.
-
Custom Validation Attributes
In Web API Design; you can use validation attributes to write your own custom validation logic and rules. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to create a custom validation attribute for Web API.
-
Data Annotations
The DataAnnotations library can be used by different frameworks; including Web API (application programming interface); to provide front-end validation of data. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to post and validate a new entity using System.ComponentModel.DataAnnotations in Web API.
-
Debugging Tools – Chrome
In Web API Design; browsers can be used to perform debugging tasks when testing your HTTP services. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how Chrome can be used to gather information about HTTP services and requests.
-
Debugging Tools – Fiddler
In Web API Design; the Fiddler debugging tool allows you to test your HTTP services by logging network traffic between the Internet and the test computer. In this video; Sidney Andrews discusses the Fiddler debugging tool; and demonstrates its use.
-
Debugging Tools – Firefox/Firebug
When designing Web APIs; the Firebug add-on for Mozilla Firefox is a web browser extension that allows you to perform live debugging; editing; and monitoring of HTTP services. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to launch Firebug and use it to inspect HTTP service requests; as well as edit and resend requests from within Firefox.
-
Debugging Tools – Internet Explorer
In Web API Design; browsers can be used to perform debugging tasks; when testing your HTTP services. In this video; Sidney Andrews discusses how Internet Explorer is used to gather information about HTTP services and requests.
-
Debugging Tools Overview
In Web API Design; debugging tools allow you to test HTTP services for errors both during construction stages and performance reviews. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates the use of the Postman debugging tool.
-
Defining RESTful with Web API
Web API design using the appropriate HTTP verbs in a RESTful endpoint structure provides a consistent framework for managing web service resources. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to define a RESTful web service structuring HTTP methods in an API controller; and generating a controller using ASP.NET Scaffolding in Microsoft Visual Studio.
-
Definition of Web API
Web API Design is a service introduced to make the transfer of data much simpler. In this video; Sidney Andrews discusses the genesis of and the reason for Web API.
-
Detailed Look at HttpResponseMessage
When designing a Web API; ASP.NET Web API provides the HttpResponseMessage class that lets you modify and return an HTTP response message from your API controller to the client. In this video; Sidney Andrews discusses the HttpResponseMessage and its public properties; before demonstrating how to get an HTTP response message from the GetAsync() method on an HttpClient object.
-
Differences From WCF
What are the differences between Web API Design and Windows Communication Foundation (WCF)? In basic terms you can do far more with Web API for less overhead. In this video; Sidney Andrews discusses the differences between Web API and WCF.
-
Encryption and Web API
In Web API Design; you can easily write a custom authorization attribute to require a secure connection to a specific controller action. In this video; Sidney Andrews uses the actionContext command to access information about a request.
-
Exploring Convention Over Configuration
In Web API Design; using the convention over configuration principle allows you to simplify the construction of your web services. In this video; Sidney Andrews discusses the implementation of the convention over configuration principle.
-
Formatter Binding
In Web API Design; you can create your own media type formatters by creating an additional class and adding binding. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to create and customize a CsvFormatter class and the related binding.
-
HTTP Status Codes
In a RESTful Web API design; HTTP response status codes provide users of your API with immediate feedback on whether or not a request was successful; and an overview of why it failed if it was unsuccessful. In this video; Sidney Andrews uses Wikipedia documentation to describe common HTTP status codes in the five classes of response.
-
HTTP Verbs Overview
Web API design following the principals of a RESTful service; uses HTTP verbs that allow you to perform actions on a web server depending on the HTTP request. In this video; Sidney Andrews discusses the most commonly used HTTP verbs supported by Web API; as well as the verbs used in update operations.
-
In-Memory Hosting
In Web API Design; you can host a Web API endpoint without using ASP.NET. In this video; Sidney Andrews uses Postman to specify a value once the self-hosted server is running.
-
JSON Dates & ISO 8601
In Web API Design; you can format dates to conform to the ISO 8601 standard; which defines how to display the date and time; including information about your time zone. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how date formatting is accomplished within the Web API framework.
-
JSON.NET (NewtonSoft)
In Web API Design; you can access the JSON.NET library available on NuGet. By default; when you create a new Web API project; the library will be already installed and accessible. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates the uses and characteristics of the JSON.NET library.
-
Life Cycle of a Request
In Web API Design; the stages of the request life cycle provide you with status and behavioral information about a request during ASP.NET processing. In this video; Sidney Andrews discusses the life cycle; classes; and behaviors of an ASP.NET request.
-
Looking at Basic End Point
Basic endpoints are important in Web API Design. The endpoints follow certain patterns in the API route. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how important endpoints are and how to create and customize an endpoint.
-
Named Actions (Attribute Routing Web.API v2)
In Web API 2; you can use the attribute routing feature that enables specific routes to be applied to specific Web API actions. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to create an attribute route for a Get action.
-
Out of the Box
Web API Design allows you to do some interesting things with your Routes. Web API out-of-the-box has a routing pattern list already enabled for you. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to apply Routing in the context of Web API.
-
Parameter Binding
In Web API Design; you can create your own bindings using the parameters available. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to define custom values for parameter bindings.
-
Querying OData
In Web API design; OData is a data access protocol providing a standardized syntax that allows you to query and manipulate data sets via a RESTful API. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to create an OData controller and implement the IQueryable interface; before referencing OData documentation and using the OData query options to sort and filter query results.
-
Request Routing
In Web API Design; routing helps to dictate the resource to be used to perform an action or access a controller. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to use a combination of routes; a route table; and actions with C# method overloading to enable and customize routing in Web API.
-
Request Validation with Fluent Validation
In Web API Design; you can customize data validation on the back end of a web application. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to implement custom validation based on input character limits.
-
REST with JSON
In a REST Web API design; ASP.NET Web API supports JSON as the default media format as it allows you to return concise message results from an API. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates the lightweight characteristics of a JSON formatted message; and how JSON reduces the size of a payload when compared to an XML formatted result.
-
REST with XML
In a REST Web API design; ASP.NET Web API provides built-in support for XML which you can easily configure as the preferred media format of the HTTP request and response message body. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to configure the Content-Type and Accept headers in Postman for expressing request-response messages as XML.
-
Subclassing Authorization Filters
In Web API Design; you can create your own custom authorization filter. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to use an authorization attribute to check if the application key is correct or missing.
-
Understanding JSON
In Web API Design; you can use JSON (JavaScript Object Notation) which is a very lightweight format that makes it easy to transmit data. In this video; Sidney Andrews discusses the JSON format; how it defines complex structures; and how to create an array.
-
Understanding REST Architecture
Web API design that follows the Representational State Transfer (REST) guidelines allows you to simplify the development and testing of web services in a consistent framework environment. In this video; Sidney Andrews uses HTTP verbs to build RESTful web services and considers the Richardson Maturity Model (RMM) used to break down the principal elements of a REST approach.
-
Using Model Binding
One of the most complex parts of Web API Design is using model binding. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to use model binding to send data on a server.
-
Web API Overview
Web API is a communication protocol that allows for the adding of security options for Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) services. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates the security options available for HTTP services hosted in Web API.
-
Web API Security Filters
In Web API Design; there is a difference between how the authentication and authorization systems operate. In this video; Sidney Andrews uses a token to emphasize the importance of trust between the authorization and authentication system.
-
Working with Custom Model Binders
In Web API Design; you can build and customize model binders. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to create and customize a model binder that takes a number and converts it into a Roman numeral string.
-
Working with Custom Parameter Binders
In Web API Design; parameter bindings can be used for complex bindings that enable custom logic to be implemented in the Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) request. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to create a Web API parameter binding for a Get action and implement custom logic in the HTTP request.
-
Working with Custom Value Providers
In Web API Design; you can build and customize your value providers so they can be used throughout the application. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to create and customize a value provider that generates a random GUID (globally unique identifier).
-
Ajax and ASP.NET AJAX Controls
In this video; Jason Row outlines the features of Ajax and ASP.NET Ajax controls.
-
Data and Database Systems
Developing data-driven web sites requires a good knowledge of database access and control. In this video; Jason Row outlines the various types of data and database systems used in web site development.
-
Enabling ASP.NET Impersonation
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to enable impersonation in an ASP.NET application.
-
ASP.NET Application and Session Events
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to work with control events in ASP.NET pages.
-
ASP.NET Application Deployment Options
In this video; Jason Row discusses how to deploy an ASP.NET application from within Visual Studio.
-
ASP.NET Page Configuration Files
Configuration files are used to configure the settings of an application. In this video; Jason Row describes the purpose of Web.config and Machine.config files.
-
ASP.NET Projects; Solutions; and Assemblies
In this video; Jason Row explains the difference between ASP.NET web site and web application projects; and discusses solutions and assemblies.
-
Authentication and Authorization in ASP.NET Applications
In this video; Jason Row explains authentication and authorization and the features that support these functions in ASP.NET applications.
-
Binding Data to a GridView in an ASP.NET Application
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to bind data to a GridView control in an ASP.NET application.
-
Binding Data to a ListBox in an ASP.NET Application
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to bind a DataSet to a ListBox control by using the DataBind() method in an ASP.NET application.
-
Client-Side Libraries
In this video; Jason Row describes client-side libraries by using Visual Studio.
-
Client-Side Scripting
In this video; Jason Row describes client-side scripting; its relation to the Document Object Model (DOM); and how to implement JavaScript in an HTML page.
-
Configuring a Database as a Data Source
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to configure a database as a data source for an ASP.NET application.
-
Configuring AutoEventWireUp and Alternatives in an ASP.NET Page with C# and Visual Basic
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to configure and handle the AutoEventWireup property in C# and Visual Basic.
-
Configuring Navigation and Data Transfer between ASP.NET Pages
In this video; Jason Row outlines the HTML controls used in ASP.NET pages.
-
Connection Pools and Transaction Objects
Interaction with the data in a large scale ASP.NET web application; requires managing data connections and transactions. In this video; Jason Row describes about connection pools and transaction objects in an ASP.NET web application.
-
Control Categories for ASP.NET Pages
In this video; Jason Row discusses the controls available in the Integrated Development Environment (IDE) for using ASP.NET web pages.
-
Creating a Basic XML Page
Extensible Markup Language (XML) is a language used to encode documents in a certain format using predefined rules. In this video; Jason Row outlines the roles of XML and demonstrates how to create a basic XML page.
-
Creating a Custom ASP.NET Error Page
In this video; Jason Row describes the role of debugging and distinguishes between rich and custom error pages. He also demonstrates how to create a custom error page by using ASP.NET.
-
Creating a Database with SQL Server Express
SQL Server Express is a relational database management system utilizing SQL technology. In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to create a database using SQL Server Express.
-
Creating a Login Page in an ASP.NET Application
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to create login pages in ASP.NET applications.
-
Creating a User Control in an ASP.NET Page
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to create a user control in an ASP.NET page.
-
Creating a WCF Service
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to create a WCF service.
-
Creating a Web Page with HTML5
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to use HTML5 to create a basic web page and validate the code.
-
Cycling through ASP.NET Page Events
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates the PostBack and the IsPostBack properties in an ASP.NET page.
-
Enabling Tracing in an ASP.NET Page and Application
In this video; Jason Row outlines the steps to enable tracing in an ASP.NET page and application.
-
Implementing the ASP.NET AJAX ScriptManager Control
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to implement the ASP.NET Ajax ScriptManager control.
-
Overview of .NET; ASP.NET; and Visual Studio
The .NET framework is a Microsoft-developed framework; which is used to create web applications. In this video; Jason Row describes the .NET framework and the development environments associated with it.
-
Overview of State Information in a Web Application
In this video; Jason Row describes the state management techniques used to store state information in a web page.
-
PostBack and the IsPostBackPage Property in an ASP.NET Page
The web application has a large number of events occurring on the page when a user sends a request to the web application. In this video; Jason Row outlines the uses of the various Application and Session events in ASP.NET.
-
Saving Data with the DataSet Object in an ASP.NET Page
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to save changes in the DataSet object of ASP.NET web pages to a SQL database.
-
Specifying ASP.NET Application Settings with the appSettings Element
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to use the appSettings element to specify the application settings in an ASP.NET application.
-
Using a Data-Aware Control in an ASP.NET Application
In ASP.NET web applications; you can place data-aware controls on your web pages. In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to use a data-aware control.
-
Using a Transaction Object
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to use transaction objects.
-
Using Application State; View State; and Control State in an ASP.NET Page
In this video; Jason Row describes application; view; and control state in ASP.NET web applications.
-
Using Database Explorer to Manage an ASP.NET Data Source
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to use Server Explorer to manage an ASP.NET data source.
-
Using DataReader in an ASP.NET Page
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to use DataReader in an ASP.NET page.
-
Using HTML Controls in ASP.NET Pages
In this video; Jason Row outlines the HTML controls used in ASP.NET pages.
-
Using HTTP Status Codes for ASP.NET Error Pages
In this video; Jason Row describes how to use HTTP status codes for ASP.NET error pages.
-
Using Session State in an ASP.NET Page
In this video; Jason Row describes how to get a web application in Visual Studio to use session state.
-
Using the ASP.NET AJAX Timer Control
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to use the ASP.NET Ajax Timer control.
-
Using the ASP.NET AJAX UpdatePanel Control
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to use the UpdatePanel control in ASP.NET to generate asynchronous postbacks.
-
Using the ASP.NET AJAX UpdateProgress Control
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to use the ASP.NET Ajax UpdateProgress control.
-
Using the DataSet Object in an ASP.NET Page
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to connect with a SQL database and populate a DataSet object within a Page_Load event of an ASP.NET web page.
-
Using the LinqDataSourceControl in an ASP.NET Application
In this video; Jason Row describes the ASP.NET data source controls and demonstrates how to use the LinqDataSourceControl in an ASP.NET application.
-
Using the ObjectDataSource Control in an ASP.NET Application
The ObjectDataSource control provides data to Databound controls in an ASP.NET application. In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to use the ObjectDataSource control.
-
Using the SqlDataSource Control in an ASP.NET Application
The SqlDataSource control uses SQL commands to retrieve or modify data from database servers such as SQL Server or Oracle. The SqlDataSource control sorts and filters the data being returned and has advanced caching capabilities. In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to use the SqlDataSource control in an ASP.NET application.
-
Using the XmlDataSource Control in an ASP.NET Application
The XmlDataSource control can be used to display XML documents in the ASP.NET Web Application and to display information in a TreeView control or a Menu control. In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to use the XmlDataSource control.
-
Working with Control Events in ASP.NET Pages
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to configure navigation and data transfer between ASP.NET pages.
-
Advanced End Points
In Windows Communication Foundation (WCF); you can create and modify advanced endpoints. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to add and manipulate endpoints; and edit the WCF configuration in Visual Studio 2012 WCF Application.
-
Basic Service
In Windows Communication Foundation; you can create a basic service contract inside the Visual Studio 2012 WCF Application. In this video; Rafiq Wayani creates a WCF service contract to demonstrate how the various different components communicate.
-
Bindings
Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) allows you to set properties on the binding elements to create custom bindings that define how data will be transferred when a WCF client connects to a WCF service via an endpoint. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to set properties on the binding elements within WCF to create a custom binding.
-
Build End points
By building endpoints and specifying their properties in Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) you'll be able to provide clients access to the functionality of a WCF service. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to include endpoints in your WCF application while highlighting the properties and binding configuration behind the endpoints.
-
Client
In Windows Communication Foundation; you can consume a WCF application utilizing a client. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to consume a WCF application that uses a client in Visual Studio 2012 WCF Application.
-
Client Configuration
When creating clients and services in Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) as part of a single solution; you need to create and configure service references so that the client can consume the services inside WCF. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to add a service reference to an application and the options available for configuring the service for client consumption.
-
Consume Data Services
Once you've created a Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) Data Service; you can create a client application that consumes the data service. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create a client that utilizes a WCF Data Service in order to retrieve information from a SQL Server Database.
-
Create Service Contract
In Windows Communication Foundation (WCF); you can create a service contract; for example for a motor vehicle service center. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create a WCF service contract in Visual Studio 2012 WCF Application.
-
Data Services
You can create a simple in Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) Data Service in order to expose a database. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to add an Entity Framework-based data model to an application before creating a data service using the data model in order to expose data in an SQL Database.
-
Data Services Populate Text Box
By utilizing a Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) Data Service using a client; you can read information from a database and write it to a text box in a form. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to access SQL Database information in order to populate a text box when a selection is made from a drop-down list in a form.
-
End points
In Windows Communication Foundation (WCF); you can construct and modify endpoints using an editor. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to add and manipulate endpoints in Visual Studio 2012 WCF Application.
-
Hosting
In order to utilize and expose Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) services to the client; the service needs to be hosted within a run-time environment. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to host a WCF Service Library in Internet Information Services (IIS).
-
Multiple End points
Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) provides the ability to expose a single service via multiple endpoints; allowing different client applications to consume the service over different network protocols. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to add multiple endpoints within a single WCF application.
-
No Security
Sometimes you might have a situation where security is of no concern and you would like to implement a Windows Communication (WCF) service without any security measures in place. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create the binding and apply it to an endpoint with no security.
-
Simple Hosting
The simplest way to host a Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) service and get your application up and running with a minimal amount of code writing is by self-hosting. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to host a WCF application in the simplest way possible.
-
Enable Application Launcher Using PowerShell
You can make applications run inside of a Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry system. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to specify launcher settings and enable App Launcher inside of the Registry Editor using PowerShell.
-
Asynchronous Database Queries with EF 6
After watching this video; you will be able to configure database queries to execute asynchronously in MVC 5 applications.
-
Attribute-led Routing
After watching this video; you will be able to implement attribute led routing in MVC 5 applications.
-
Authentication Filters
After watching this video; you will be able to create custom authentication filters in MVC 5 applications.
-
Authentication Options in MVC 5
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the available authentication settings in the MVC 5 project template in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Authorization and the Identity Framework
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how authorization functionality is configured using the Identity framework in MVC 5 applications.
-
Changing Layout with Bootstrap
After watching this video; you will be able to use Bootstrap to change the presentation of an MVC 5 app.
-
Claim-based Authentication and the Identity Framework
After watching this video; you will be able to configure claim-based authentication in MVC 5 applications.
-
Connecting to Remote Microsoft Azure Sites
After watching this video; you will be able to use Server Explorer in Visual Studio 2013 to connect to remote Azure sites.
-
Create an MVC 5 Application with Support for Social Login
After watching this video; you will be able to configure an MVC 5 application to support social logins.
-
Create and Deploy a Chat Application
After watching this video; you will be able to build; test; and deploy an MVC 5 application that uses SignalR.
-
Creating a Custom Scaffolder
After watching this video; you will be able to create a custom scaffolder in an MVC 5 application.
-
Creating a SignalR Hub Class
After watching this video; you will be able to create a SignalR 2 hub class in an MVC 5 application.
-
Creating a Unified Project
After watching this video; you will be able to use ASP.NET Web Forms; MVC 5; and Web API 2 to create a web application.
-
Creating an Azure Cloud Service
After watching this video; you will be able to create an MVC 5 application as a Windows Azure Cloud Service in Visual Studio 2013.
-
Creating an MVC 5 Application
After watching this video; you will be able to use Visual Studio 2013 to create an MVC 5 app; and identify its main components.
-
Creating an OWIN Startup Class for SignalR
After watching this video; you will be able to create an OWIN Startup class for an MVC 5 application implementing SignalR2.
-
Creating and Stepping through a Web API 2 Project
After watching this video; you will be able to create and analyze a Web API 2.0 project.
-
Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) with Web API 2
After watching this video; you will be able to implement Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) in a Web API 2 app.
-
Deploying an MVC 5 Application to Microsoft Azure
After watching this video; you will be able to publish an MVC 5 application to Microsoft Azure.
-
Implementing Entity Framework 6 with MVC 5
After watching this video; you will be able to implement Entity Framework 6 using scaffolding with MVC 5 applications.
-
Introducing the Identity Framework
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the ASP.NET Identity framework including its NuGet packages and the classes of its core library.
-
Introduction to Bootstrap in MVC5 Applications
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how Bootstrap is used in MVC 5 applications.
-
Logging with EF 6
After watching this video; you will be able to use the log property to implement logging with Entity Framework 6 in MVC 5 applications.
-
Managing Concurrency with EF 6
After watching this video; you will be able to handle concurrency with Entity Framework 6 in MVC 5 applications.
-
Overview of MVC
After watching this video; you will be able to identify the features of MVC; comparing MVC to ASP.NET applications using web forms and web pages.
-
OWIN and Katana in MVC 5 Projects
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how OWIN and Katana are supported in MVC 5 projects.
-
Using Enums in Views
After watching this video; you will be able to configure views to support enums in MVC 5 applications.
-
Using IDirectRouteProvider
After watching this video; you will be able to use the IDirectRouteProvider extensibility point in MVC 5 applications.
-
Using Katana in a .NET Project
After watching this video; you will be able to describe OWIN and Katana and implement Katana in a .NET project.
-
Using the SignalR jQuery Library
After watching this video; you will be able to use the SignalR jQuery library to implement real-time communications in an ASP.NET MVC 5 web application.
-
Using the Single Page Application Template
After watching this video; you will be able to create a single page application that uses MVC and Web API 2.
-
Using Web API 2 Action Results
After watching this video; you will be able to work with IHttpActionResult in Web API 2 applications.
-
Working with EF 6 Schemas
After watching this video; you will be able to manage schemas using Entity Framework 6 in MVC 5 applications.
-
Working with Multiple DbContexts and Migrations with EF 6
After watching this video; you will be able to work with multiple DbContexts and migrations with Entity Framework 6 in an MVC 5 application.
-
Registration and Authentication and the Identity Framework
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how registration and authentication functionality is configured using the Identity framework in MVC 5 applications.
-
Review of Filters
After watching this video; you will be able to review filters in MVC 5 applications.
-
Review of Routing
After watching this video; you will be able to review routing in MVC applications.
-
Roles and the Identity Framework
After watching this video; you will be able to configure roles supported by the Identity framework in MVC 5 applications.
-
Scaffolding with MVC 5
After watching this video; you will be able to use scaffolding to build MVC 5 applications.
-
Seeding the Identity Database
After watching this video; you will be able to seed the Identity database with users.
-
Setting up SignalR
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how SignalR 2 works and set up an MVC 5 application to use the SignalR library.
-
Social Logins and the Identity Framework
After watching this video; you will be able to configure MVC 5 applications to use third-party social logins.
-
Testing with Browser Link
After watching this video; you will be able to use the Browser Link feature in Visual Studio 2013 to test MVC 5 applications.
-
The Identity Database
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how the Identity database is configured.
-
Upgrading to MVC 5
After watching this video; you will be able to upgrade existing MVC 4 apps to MVC 5.
-
Using Attribute Routing with Web API 2
After watching this video; you will be able to use attribute led routing with Web API 2.
-
Using Authentication Filters in Web API 2
After watching this video; you will be able to generate authenticated requests with authentication filters in a Web API 2 application.
-
Customizing Default Scaffolds
After watching this video; you will be able to customize scaffolds in an MVC 5 application.
-
Debug and Release Mode
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; you can use Visual Studio Debug and Release modes; each of which has different effects on an application and the platform’s behavior. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates the differences between modes when working with .NET applications.
-
Asymmetric Key Pairs in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013; you can create an asymmetric key pair to protect data when working in applications. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to create a key pair for asymmetric encryption in a Windows Store application.
-
Handling Exceptions at App Level in Windows Store Apps
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 with C#; handling exceptions at the app level is one of the more efficient ways to deal with debugging issues. In this video; Mitchel Sellers demonstrates how to employ an event handler to assist with exceptions; and prevent the user from experiencing an application crash.
-
Creating a Form with InfoPath Designer
InfoPath Designer application in the Microsoft Office 2013 Pro Plus can create web forms. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses how to create a form using the InfoPath Designer.
-
Data Sources
Microsoft InfoPath 2013 is a set of applications to work with electronic forms. In this video; Jamie Campbell explains data sources.
-
InfoPath Filler
InfoPath Filler application in the Microsoft Office 2013 Pro Plus can help us fill up web forms. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses InfoPath Filler.
-
Introducing InfoPath
Microsoft InfoPath 2013 is a set of applications that allows you to create; distribute; and submit electronic forms. In this video; Jamie Campbell introduces InfoPath and explains what you can do with it.
-
Publishing a Form
InfoPath Designer in the Microsoft Office 2013 Pro Plus can publish web forms; while InfoPath Filler can help us fill up web forms. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses how to publish and fill up a form.
-
The InfoPath Designer Interface
Included with Microsoft Office 2013 Pro Plus; InfoPath Designer can be used to create standalone web forms. In this video; Jamie Campbell discusses the InfoPath Designer interface.
-
Viewing Recommended Tests
In Software Testing with Visual Studio; you can open MTM and view a list of tests that it recommends you re-run. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to select the Build that you want to compare; and uses the Recommended tests button to see which tests to re-run.
-
Getting Familiar with the Backbone.js Template
In JavaScript SPA; you can use the Backbone.js SPA template to develop an ASP.NET Model View Controller application in Visual Studio 2013. In this video; Wesley Miller demonstrates how to install and get familiar with the Backbone.js SPA template.
-
Schema Numerical Data Types
An understanding of the XML Schema numerical data types is important when defining numerical values for the elements and attributes in your XML document. In this video; Brigitte Birze demonstrates how the three atomic built-in primitive numeric data types are used to define numerical values; before highlighting some of the commonly used data types derived from the three base types.
-
Privacy Settings
In Microsoft Windows 8.1; the Privacy settings allow you to determine the information and data types you share; protect; or accept. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how you can customize the Privacy settings for your apps; data; location; and devices.
-
Calendar
In Microsoft Windows 8.1; you can synchronize your calendar with your SkyDrive and share it online with other users. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to use the Calendar feature to schedule tasks and reminders; access weather forecasts; and also demonstrates synchronization for online access.
-
Action Center
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Action Center.
-
BitLocker
After watching this video; you will be able to configure and use BitLocker on a Windows 10 device.
-
Consuming Types – Reflection
In C# Programming; you can add an existing .NET attribute class to your code as well as create your own attribute by defining an attribute class. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to create custom attribute classes.
-
Compress an IPv6 Address
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to compress an IPv6 address.
-
Creating a JavaScript Resource
In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to create a JavaScript resource in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Customizing Logins
Customizing logins in Microsoft Windows 8 prevents unauthorized access. In this video; Jay Ferron discusses how to create and use a password; picture password; and PIN.
-
Data Binding a Custom Data Source
After watching this video; you will be able to create a custom class that can be used for data binding and implement the INotifyPropertyChanged interface.
-
Error Handling
After watching this video; you will be able to identify error handling techniques to promote defensive coding.
-
Formatting GridView Items
In C#; you can format GridView items to display them in your Windows application interface. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to format GridView items using ItemTemplates.
-
Installing
After watching this video; you will be able to install MDT.
-
Multi-factor Authentication
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how multifactor authentication is deployed in Azure AD.
-
Configure Music on Hold
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 allows administrators to use the Lync Server Management Shell to enable music on hold for specific callers or sites. In this video; David Santana retrieves the site's call park service configuration and changes its EnableMusicOnHold attribute.
-
Architecture
After watching this video; you will be able to define Visual Studio Code's architecture.
-
Backup Strategies
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 provides several tools for backing up a SharePoint environment. In this video; Jacob Moran discusses how farm backups should be performed regularly; but out-of-band backups can be performed as the need arises.
-
Alerts
Microsoft PowerShell and SharePoint allow administrators to retrieve information on; create; and remove alerts associated with a site collection list. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to set variables and use a foreach loop to iterate through alerts on a specific list; and how to change the properties of an existing alert.
-
APP-V
After watching this video; you will be able to discuss APP-V.
-
Big Data
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the features of Azure Big Data.
-
BitLocker To Go
After watching this video; you will be able to implement BitLocker To Go.
-
Biometrics
After watching this video; you will be able to configure and use biometrics on a Windows 10 device.
-
Certificates
After watching this video; you will be able to manage certificates in Windows.
-
Cloud Service Continuity
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Business Continuity and backup for cloud services.
-
Adding Roles
After watching this video; you will be able to add roles in Nano Server.
-
Applying a JavaScript Resource to the UI
ASP.NET enables the use of JavaScript code to support multiple languages and manage translated values and localization based on a preferred language setting. In this video; Jason Row demonstrates how to apply a JavaScript resource to the user interface (UI) in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Collections
After watching this video; you will be able to describe collections.
-
Assertions
After watching this video; you will be able to use assertions in your programming code.
-
Action Center
The Action Center in Microsoft Windows 8 is a proactive security and monitoring tool to keep your computer in the best condition. It lists important messages about security and maintenance settings that need your attention. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to view alerts and take actions that can help keep Windows running smoothly.
-
Azure Media Services
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the options to implement Azure Media Services.
-
Configuration
In Web API Design; request validation for formData can be configured and customized. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to configure and enable request validation for a Post action in Web API.
-
Stored Procedures
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the different types of stored procedures and the benefits stored procedures provide.
-
Connecting to Data
After watching this video; you will be able to connect to and manage data stored in databases.
-
Creating an Azure SQL Database
After watching this video; you will be able to create an Azure SQL Database on Microsoft Azure.
-
Configure UAC
After watching this video; you will be able to configure UAC.
-
Customizing the Ribbon
Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 allows you to add elements to a ribbon. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to use the Ribbon Custom Action option to create a new item on a ribbon.
-
Data Binding with Collections
After watching this video; you will be able to bind a GridView to a collection.
-
Extending Styles
In C#; you can use extending styles to take an existing style and inherit all of its values and then can modify selected values or add new values for element properties. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to work with extending styles in a Windows Store App.
-
Input Validation
NHibernate allows you to implement custom validation of entities before they reach the database using the NHibernate Validator framework from NuGet. In this video; Roger Weiss demonstrates how to define constraints; set up and instantiate the validator engine; and return validation messages when rules are violated.
-
NTFS
After watching this video; you will be able to configure NTFS settings on a Windows 10 device.
-
Operations Manager Architecture
The architecture of System Center Operations Manager (SCOM) for Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 allows you to monitor the entire virtual and physical infrastructure of your network. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how the components of SCOM contribute to the monitoring of the system center.
-
Orchestrator Integration Packs
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Orchestrator integration packs allow you to extend Orchestrator's functionality and its ability to integrate with other products. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates the benefits of integration packs; the process of implementing an integration pack activity; and authoring an activity through an API.
-
Recovery
Based on the deployment configuration; administrators for Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 will occasionally be required to recover data and restore a configuration because of unexpected events such as equipment failure. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how to recover a TFS deployment on a single physical server; as well as the failure points on application tiers and databases.
-
SkyDrive
Microsoft Windows 8.1 provides users with the SkyDrive application for use in the Cloud; which is fully integrated with the operating system. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to access SkyDrive; upload files; work in Office Web applications; use e-mail and the calendar; and set up sharing with other users.
-
Storage Spaces
After watching this video; you will be able to describe storage spaces.
-
Table Per Hierarchy Data Models with Entity Framework
In Microsoft Azure and Web Services; Entity Framework supports table per hierarchy data models. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to map an inheritance hierarchy in an object structure to a SQL table with multiple entities mapped inside it; and create differentiators based on specific property values or certain types of content in properties.
-
Unit Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to work with Unit Testing.
-
Using the Slider Control
In Windows Store applications; you can use the Slider Control to allow your app's users to select a value from a predefined range of values by dragging a control along a track. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to work with the Slider Control.
-
Virtual Machine Manager Libraries
In this video; Aaron Sampson shows how to configure libraries in System Center 2012 R2 Virtual Machine Manager.
-
Windows Update
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Windows Update settings.
-
Using the ListView Control
After watching this video; you will be able to add items manually to a ListView control in XAML and C# and respond to the SelectionChanged event of a ListView control.
-
Using the StackPanel Control
In Windows Store apps; you can lay out your elements in the interface by using the StackPanel control. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to work with the StackPanel control.
-
Virtual Machine Manager Jobs
Every time you do something in Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; it is stored in the Jobs list. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the Jobs list to view details on running; past; cancelled; and failed jobs.
-
Working with AJAX
In Web API Design; the AJAX helper can be used in jQuery to request HTTP services by creating a job script area. In this video; Sidney Andrews demonstrates how to invoke an AJAX helper; work with MVC helper methods; and deal with success or fail scenarios.
-
Events
After watching this video; you will be able to describe similarities and differences between Java and C# for events.
-
Handling Navigation Events
In Windows Store apps; you can navigate between pages with three types of navigation events: OnNavigatedTo ; OnNavigatedFrom; and OnNavigatingFrom. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to handle navigation events.
-
Log Queries and Database Commands with LINQ to Entities
In Microsoft Azure; you can use requests for easier logging of the database operations that are executing. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to log queries and database commands with LINQ to entities.
-
Navigating Between Pages
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 has page templates that provide basic navigation support for Windows Store apps; enabling users to navigate between pages within an app as they would in a web site. In this video; Joe Barrett demonstrates how to use hyperlinks to navigate between pages in an app and pass data from one page to the next.
-
Piping
You can pipe your results within a PowerShell cmdlet specifically for a SharePoint object. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to take the results from one cmdlet and pass it to another cmdlet; and then work with the result; or result set; within different cmdlets in a single query.
-
PowerShell Variables
In Microsoft PowerShell and SQL Server; variables play an important role. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to utilize variables within commandlets; and explains the proper syntax for these variables.
-
SkyDrive
SkyDrive in Microsoft Windows 8 gives users free space; free storage; and a way to synchronize data. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to download and use SkyDrive.
-
The Value of null
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to use null values in creating defendable code.
-
Using the WebView Control
After watching this video; you will be able to use the WebView control in Universal Windows apps.
-
Working with Collections
After watching this video; you will be able to use collections.
-
Create a Common Area Phone
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 allows you to create common area phones – IP phones deployed in common areas that are not associated with an individual user. In this video; David Santana uses the Lync Server Management Shell to create and configure a common area phone.
-
Create a Virtual Machine
In Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2; you can create virtual machines. The basis of your virtualization solution is the VHDX. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates how to use the Hyper-V Manager console to create a virtual machine.
-
Defense in Depth
After watching this video; you will be able to describe defense in depth.
-
Deployment Requirements
After watching this video; you will be able to specify deployment; code maintenance; globalization and localization requirements; as part of the design specification for a Universal Windows app.
-
Design Manager
In Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013; you can change the look and feel of your web site with the Design Manager. In this video; Telmo Sampaio demonstrates how to use the Design Manager to pick a pre-installed look and apply it to an existing web site.
-
Features
In Microsoft SharePoint and PowerShell; you can create custom Features on the SharePoint site. In this video; David Dye demonstrates where to find the Features folder in the Microsoft SharePoint backend; and how to install; remove; enable; and disable a single Feature; as well as how to enable multiple features in a subsite.
-
High Availability
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how Microsoft Azure supports high availability.
-
Push Notifications
After watching this video; you will be able to utilize push notifications from your service.
-
Scaffolding
After watching this video; you will be able to scaffold an application.
-
Search
Search in Microsoft Windows 8 allows users to use the same search to search applications; files; settings; and online stores. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to search using multiple filters.
-
User Account Control
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 allows you to activate its User Account Control (UAC) feature on administrator and user accounts; ensuring elevation prompts meet security requirements. In this video; Michael Murphy uses the Group Policy Management Editor to show you how best to configure the elevation prompt for different users and executables; ensuring maximum security and efficiency.
-
Using the HyperlinkButton Control
In C#; you can use HyperlinkButton control to navigate directly from your apps to default Internet browsers. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how you can use the HyperlinkButton control.
-
Working with App Settings
In Windows Store apps; you can provide settings that your users can change in the Settings pane. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to work with App Settings.
-
User Accounts
Microsoft Windows 7 enables administrators to grant different levels of security to user accounts; such as standard or administrator; and the users can belong to a custom or predefined group. These include backup operators; event log readers and remote desktop users. In this video; Jonathan Summers demonstrates how to add a new user and assign the user to a custom group.
-
Using The Navigation Stack
In Windows Store Apps; you can use the Navigation Stack to set up navigation backwards and forwards. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the Navigation Stack to go backwards and forwards to previously visited pages.
-
Configuring EFS
After watching this video; you will be able to configure encrypted file system.
-
Content Pages That Use Layouts
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 allows you to use layouts from within the content pages of your Model-View-Controller (MVC) application to determine the look and feel; as well as manipulate sections in the layout. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to use the Layout property inside a content page and manipulate sections from within the contents code.
-
Creating Clean Testable Code
After watching this video; you will be able to use defensive coding techniques to create testable code.
-
Error Handling
Microsoft PowerShell allows you to handle errors in various ways. In this video; David Dye demonstrates various methods for coding procedures to undertake when errors are encountered.
-
File Sharing
Provided that you have the correct permissions; you can easily share files on a different machine using the settings in Microsoft Windows 8. In this video; Jay Ferron uses the Map Network Drive dialog box in Windows 8 to specify a connection with a shared network folder.
-
Load Balancing
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the options for load balancing in Azure.
-
Network Configuration
In Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry; you can configure network settings to resolve issues in point-of-sale Windows embedded machines. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to manipulate network settings from static IP addresses to dynamic addresses to resolve Windows embedded problems.
-
Overview
Microsoft Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) allows you to build desktop applications using managed APIs and wrappers for existing features. In this video; Sidney Andrews uses an overview of WPF to discuss some of its features; including its three-tier architecture and the milcore integration layer.
-
Table Per Type Data Models with Entity Framework
Microsoft Azure and Web Services allow you to use Entity Framework's powerful inheritance capabilities; including the ability to model table-per-type inheritance to create meaningful relationships between entities in logical hierarchical structures. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how to implement table-per-type inheritance in a model using the Entity Framework Designer.
-
Unit Testing
NHiberate allows unit tests using fake external resources to be run on class objects and their methods to ensure their functionality. In this video; Roger Weiss uses a fake NHibernate ISessionFactory to test and troubleshoot methods of an object class.
-
Using Assertions
After watching this video; you will be able to use assertions to test F# programs.
-
Using the VariableSizedWrapGrid Control
In Windows Store apps; you can use VariableSizedWrapGrid control to arrange a certain child elements into rows and columns. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to work with the VariableSizedWrapGrid control.
-
Variables
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how implement variable declarations that for defendable code.
-
Working with Abstract Classes
After watching this video; you will be able to implement abstract classes in F#.
-
Creating Images
Microsoft Azure provides users the ability to create images that further help in creating multiple virtual machines that are identical to each other. In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to create images by using the Microsoft Azure virtual machines.
-
Deleting Data
NHibernate allows you to easily delete objects with a specified Id from a database using mappings. In this video; Roger Weiss uses data loaded into a Chinook database; to demonstrate how to delete individual or multiple records using the session.Delete() method followed by flushing the session.
-
Design Patterns
After watching this video; you will be able to identify common design patterns and how to apply them.
-
Getting Started with Azure Active Directory
After watching this video; you will be able to outline the capabilities of the Azure Active Directory service; including Active Directory Premium edition.
-
Installing the MAP Toolkit
After watching this video; you will be able to install the MAP Toolkit.
-
Multi-factor Authentication
After watching this video; you will be able to configure multi-factor authentication on a Windows 10 device.
-
Multitasking
After watching this video; you will be able to implement multitasking.
-
Overloading Operators
After watching this video; you will be able to overload operators in F#.
-
Storage Overview
After watching this video; you will be able to describe storage options in Microsoft Azure.
-
Storage Spaces
After watching this video; you will be able to manage Microsoft storage spaces.
-
Understanding Semantic Zoom
In Windows Store Apps; Semantic Zoom feature allows users to take in and find place in large amounts of data quickly by using the zoomed out view and zoomed in view. In this video; Andy Alfred dicusses how to use the Semantic Zoom feature in Windows Store Apps.
-
Configuring Alerts
In Microsoft Visual Studio Team Foundation Server 2012; alerts can keep you up-to-date when an event occurs in your project. In this video; Mickey Gousset demonstrates how to use the Project Alerts feature to configure alerts that keep you informed of specific events as they occur.
-
Creating a Virtual Machine
After watching this video; you will be able to create a virtual machine in Hyper-V Manager on Windows Server Technical Preview.
-
Diagnostics
After watching this video; you will be able to describe diagnostics and available tools.
-
Introduction to Windows Store Apps
Windows Store apps run on Windows 8.1 devices. In contrast to Windows Desktop applications; Windows Store apps are available only through the Windows Store and they are touch-centric. In this video; Andy Alfred introduces the Windows Store apps.
-
Manipulating Data
After watching this video; you will be able to use F# to filter; sort; group and aggregate data sets.
-
Resource Pools
When you perform a new installation of Operations Manager; three resource pools are made available by default. In this video; Aaron Sampson names and defines these three resource pools and demonstrates how to configure resource pools in the Operations Manager component of System Center 2012 R2.
-
Rolling Hyper-V Cluster Upgrade
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the functionality of Rolling Hyper-V Cluster Upgrade in Windows Server 2016 Technical Preview.
-
Service Manager Components
The Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Service Manager feature and its various components allow you to streamline your organization's management of IT incidents and problems through implementation of best practices and protocols. In this video; Aaron Sampson demonstrates how the Service Manager components contribute to efficient IT services management.
-
Storage Spaces
After watching this video; you will be able to configure the different storage spaces on a Windows 10 device.
-
TypeScript
After watching this video; you will be able to use TypeScript to develop a web application.
-
Using The FlipView Control
In C#; you can use FlipView control to view list of items in a sequential manner in your Windows Store Apps. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to use the FlipView control to add items manually and to bind items to a collection of items.
-
Using the GridView Control
After watching this video; you will be able to add items to a GridView Control from XAML and add items to a GridView control using C#.
-
Version Control
After watching this video; you will be able to work with TFVC.
-
Backup
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 allows the backup of Team Foundation Server; SQL Server Reporting Services; and SharePoint databases. In this video; Steve Borg uses the Team Foundation Server Administration Console Scheduled Backups Wizard to schedule synchronized TFS; SSRS; and SharePoint database backups.
-
Customizing Logins
Microsoft Windows 8.1 allows you to customize different ways for logging into your computer; providing for a personalized and more secure environment. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to configure a picture password and add a PIN from the Sign-in options screen in Windows 8.1.
-
Determining Application Compatibility
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the process to determine application compatibility.
-
Documenting Requirements
After watching this video; you will be able to outline the practices of requirements documentation.
-
Implementing Styles
After watching this video; you will be able to implement styles as a resource for universal Windows apps.
-
PowerShell Desired State Configuration (DSC)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the use of PowerShell DSC to configure Azure VMs.
-
Queries
After watching this video; you will be able to describe queries.
-
Routing
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. In this video; Jacob Moran discusses routing in SharePoint 2013.
-
Table Per Class Data Models with Entity Framework
In Microsoft Entity Framework; you can implement inheritance using a table per hierarchy approach whereby the actual hierarchy of classes or entities in your application will be represented by a single table in the actual underlying database. In this video; Hilton Giesenow demonstrates how the table per class data model can be used when updating databases.
-
Toast Notifications – Handling User Input
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 provides configuration options for sharing data from an app using DataTransferManager. In this video; Joe Barrett explains how to share various types of data sources from a Windows 8 app.
-
Using Credential Locker
After watching this video; you will be able to store and retrieve service credentials using the Credential Locker.
-
Working with Fields
Microsoft InfoPath 2013 is a powerful set of applications for designing electronic forms. In this video; Jamie Campbell demonstrates how to work with a form's fields in InfoPath Designer.
-
XML Entity Expansion Attacks
After watching this video; you will be able to identify how to prevent against XML Entity expansion attacks.
-
Connecting to Databases
Microsoft Azure provides users the ability to access databases not only through the management portal; but also through the SQL Server Management Studio. In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to gain access to databases.
-
Create a Dial Plan
Microsoft Lync Server 2013 requires a dial plan to be defined when deploying an Egde server. In this video; David Santana uses the Lync Server Control Panel to create a dial plan for a specific site.
-
Creating a Mobile Service
After watching this video; you will be able to create a mobile service to be hosted on Azure.
-
Introduction
When dealing with database administration; SQL Server can be integrated with PowerShell using PowerShell’s command line interface and SQL Server Management Studio. This preloads modules and assemblies representing SQL Server within SQL PowerShell. In this video; David Dye introduces the PowerShell and SQL Server interfaces and shows how SQL can integrate into PowerShell.
-
Printing
After watching this video; you will be able to save hard copies to a printer from your app.
-
Share Permissions
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Share permissions.
-
SQL Injection Attacks
After watching this video; you will be able to describe what SQL injection attacks are.
-
Using Pointer Events
After watching this video; you will be able to use pointer events in a universal Windows app.
-
Working with Services
In Microsoft PowerShell; you can use a wide range of SQL Server services with PowerShell. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to identify and sort services using PowerShell.
-
Creating alerts
After watching this video; you will be able to create a performance alert in Windows Performance Monitor.
-
Configuring Alerts
After watching this video; you will be able to configure alerts using Intune on a Windows 10 device.
-
Configuring Windows Update
Microsoft Windows 7 allows you to configure Windows Update and choose how the latest security and feature updates from Microsoft are downloaded and installed on your computer in order to improve security and reliability. In this video; Jonathan Summers highlights the different options when changing how Windows installs or notifies you about updates in the Windows Update settings.
-
Creating Virtual Machines
Microsoft Azure provides users the ability to create virtual machines and load them on the cloud. In this video; Aaron Sampson explains how to get started with Microsoft Azure virtual machines.
-
Document Set Settings
Document Set Settings in Microsoft SharePoint 2013 allows users to customize a document set. In this video; David Santana demonstrates how to configure your document set.
-
Implementing Inheritance
After watching this video; you will be able to implement inheritance in F# programs.
-
IPv6 Addressing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe IPv6 addressing.
-
Lists
Microsoft PowerShell and SharePoint provide SharePoint farm administrators with the ability to work with lists and list items directly within PowerShell. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to set variables to retrieve lists and list items from a specific site collection by title and id and format them as a table.
-
Notifications
Notifications in Microsoft Windows 8 keep you informed about new email; messages; calendar events; and status updates. In this video; Jay Ferron shows you how to customize how you are notified.
-
Overview
Visual Studio provides you with a range of tools that allow you to develop test plans to suit the needs of your project. In this video; Steve Borg demonstrates how the components within the Microsoft suite of testing tools are applied in combination to increase efficiency in software testing.
-
Privacy
The privacy settings in Microsoft Windows 8 allow users to decide what can and cannot be tracked about their computer use. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to protect your privacy.
-
Search
Microsoft Windows 8.1 provides an enhanced Search feature that allows users to specify where and what kind of item to search for. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to access; specify; and filter searches.
-
Single Sign-On
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the benefits and use cases for single sign-on.
-
Spinner
After watching this video; you will be able to present a list of selectable items using the Spinner.
-
Stored Procedures
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize how to use Stored Procedures to aid in the defense of SQL injection attacks.
-
Universal Windows Platform
After watching this video; you will be able to develop a basic UWP application.
-
Using Areas
ASP.NET MVC 4 for Visual Studio 2012 allows you to split pages into areas each containing its own controllers; models; views; and routes. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to create and configure an area's controller and view before creating another view and mapping its route to a page within which it will display.
-
Event Logs
Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS) allows you to use the Microsoft IIS Event Logs for troubleshooting issues. In this video; Pierre Devereux demonstrates how to use Microsoft IIS Event Logs when searching for possible reasons behind suspect service behaviour; such as when a Microsoft IIS Service behaves outside of the expected parameters.
-
Availability Sets
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Azure Availability Sets.
-
BitLocker to Go
BitLocker in Microsoft Windows 8 allows you to encrypt your hard drives in multiple ways. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to secure your data using BitLocker.
-
Capacity Planning
After watching this video; you will be able to work with the Capacity Planning tool.
-
Certificate and Firewall Requirements
When using Microsoft Exchange Server 2013; Microsoft recommends the use of self-signed certificates for external communication. You can choose to purchase a third-party certificate; but you need to take various considerations into account when doing so; including various firewall considerations when using federated sharing. In this video; Michael Murphy demonstrates certificate and firewall requirements.
-
Cloud Components
System Center 2012 R2 allows you to operate a private cloud to maintain better control over your infrastructure. To implement; manage; and maintain a private cloud; you can use components provided by Microsoft System Center. In this video; Aaron Sampson discusses the components that are required when dealing with private clouds.
-
File History
File history in Microsoft Windows 8 allows users to protect their libraries and data. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to work with file history.
-
Homegroup
After watching this video; you will be able to configure and join a homegroup on a Windows 10 device.
-
Installation Prerequisites
After watching this video; you will be able to define prerequisites required to run Visual Studio Code editor in Windows; Linux and OS X.
-
Launching an Application
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the process of launching a Xamarin.Android app.
-
Mitigating Injection Attacks
After watching this video; you will be able to describe how to mitigate injection attacks in C# applications.
-
Navigating Between Pages
You can use C# to set up navigation in a multi-page Windows Store App. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to navigate between Login page; Home page; and Help page in a Windows Store App.
-
Performance Monitor
Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2013 performance counters allow the monitoring of TFS Application Tier databases. In this video; Steve Borg uses Windows Server 2012 R2's Performance Monitor to create and start a User Defined TFS Performance Counter.
-
Permissions
After watching this video; you will be able to configure the permissions required by your application.
-
Storage Quality of Service (QoS)
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the storage QoS feature used to monitor storage and create policies in scale-out file servers on Hyper-V Technical Preview.
-
Working with Remote Data
Using C++; you can work with remote data in Windows Store Apps to download information or uploading information using the cloud or web services among other things. In this video; Andy Alfred explains how to start working with the remote data.
-
JSON
After watching this video; you will be able to easily modify JSON files using Visual Studio Code editor.
-
Microsoft Account
After watching this video; you will be able to explain what a Microsoft Account is and its uses.
-
Operations Manager Management Packs
In Microsoft System Center 2012 R2; management packs provide item specific information for the user monitoring the system center which include monitoring; data interpretation; and actions to take in case of failures. In this video; Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how management packs are utilized in system center monitoring.
-
Share Permissions
After watching this video; you will be able to configure sharing permissions on a Windows 10 device.
-
Specifying Override Filters
After watching this video; you will be able to specify an override filter in an ASP.NET MVC 5 web application.
-
System Requirements
After watching this video; you will be able to discuss system requirements.
-
Windows Explorer
After watching this video; you will be able to implement Windows Explorer.
-
Working with PowerShell
Microsoft Windows PowerShell; compatible with SharePoint's syntax and object model; lacks the SharePoint objects; namespaces and assemblies loaded into the SharePoint Management Shell. In this video; David Dye demonstrates how to work with SharePoint directly from within Windows PowerShell after loading the required SharePoint assemblies.
-
Certificates
In Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS); there are three types of certificates that allow you to use the IIS Security services; each best suited for use in specific environments. In this video; Pierre Devereux demonstrates the application of these certificates through the Server Manager.
-
Configuration
After watching this video; you will be able to configure the Visual Studio tools.
-
Configure Firewall Rules
After watching this video; you will be able to configure firewall rules.
-
Configuring BitLocker
After watching this video; you will be able to configure BitLocker with and without the use of a TPM chip.
-
Creating Tasks
After watching this video; you will be able to configure Sprint Item tasks.
-
File History
After watching this video; you will be able to use file history.
-
Introduction to Databases
After watching this video; you will be able to create ASP.Net application; open; modify and run application on OS X and Linux platforms.
-
Introduction to Testing
After watching this video; you will be able to describe the benefits of testing your code.
-
Overview
Microsoft BizTalk Server 2013's Messaging engine allows the creation and implementation of logical business processes spanning multiple applications. In this video; Clive Herman uses BizTalk 2013's Administration Console to demonstrate the workflow of inbound XML documents and messages through BizTalk's Service-oriented Architecture (SOE).
-
Push Notifications
In Microsoft Visual Studio 2012; push notifications is one of several different types of notifications available to you as a Windows Store programmer. In this video; Joe Barrett uses existing infrastructure and sample code to demonstrate how push notifications work in Windows Store applications.
-
Windows Boot Environment
After watching this video; you will be able to describe Windows boot environment.
-
Work Folders
After watching this video; you will be able to recognize the uses of work folders.
-
Work Folders
After watching this video; you will be able to configure work folders on a Windows 10 device.
-
Co-authoring
The MCSE SharePoint certification covers planning and maintaining SharePoint and the core Windows Server technologies upon which SharePoint depends. The co-authoring feature enables multiple users to work on a document without interfering with each other's changes. In this video; Jacob Moran discusses co-authoring in SharePoint 2013.
-
Data Binding Using Type Conversions
After watching this video; you will be able to create a converter that can be used with data binding by implementing the IValueConverter interface and use a converter when data binding in XAML.
-
Getting Familiar with Data Controls
In C#; you can use data controls in Windows Store Apps to easily take collections of data and display them in our application interface. In this video; Andy Alfred explains some of the WinRT data controls and how we can use them in our Windows Store Apps.
-
Getting Tools
After watching this video; you will be able to create a simple Android activity app in C++.
-
Group Policies
Microsoft Windows 8's Group Policy Object snap-in allows you to configure and control your Windows 8 local and network machines through myriad Computer and User Configuration policies and settings. In this video; Jay Ferron gives an introduction to the purposes; functions; and capabilities of Windows 8's many computer and user group policies and their roles in optimizing user behavior.
-
Introducing Transactions
Microsoft Azure and Web Services support transactions that determine whether a set of related tasks either succeed or fail as a unit and ensure that data is consistent; safe; and reliable in .NET applications. In this video; Hilton Giesenow uses a mission-critical scenario to describe the ACID (Atomicity; Consistency; Isolation; and Durability) properties.
-
Role-Based Security
In Web API Design; you can enable access to certain controllers and actions based upon roles. In this video; Sidney Andrews uses the authorize attribute in conjunction with roles to authorize users to access a Web API endpoint.
-
Role-based Security
After watching this video; you will be able to use security roles in your software to enforce policies.
-
Services
After watching this video; you will be able to make use of services.
-
Using GeoLocation
Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 provides tools and configuration options that you can use to retrieve a PC's geographic location. In this video; Brian Roach demonstrates how to use an instance of the Geolocator method to retrieve geographic information.
-
Using Task Manager
After watching this video; you will be able to access and use Task Manager on a Windows 10 device.
-
Using Version Control
After watching this video; you will be able to use git as a version control tool from Visual Studio Code.
-
Creating Resource Dictionaries
After watching this video; you will be able to create a resource dictionary and add resources to it and access a resource dictionary from an app page and use included resources.
-
Data Binding Basics
After watching this video; you will be able to bind properties of elements to other elements and object instances.
-
Mail
In Microsoft Windows 8.1; you can connect to multiple mail accounts. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to use the built-in Mail application to configure a mail account.
-
New Features
After watching this video; you will be able to describe new features.
-
Notifications
After watching this video; you will be able to send notifications and provide actions for users.
-
Using Delegates
After watching this video; you will be able to use delegates in F# programs.
-
Windows Update
The Windows Update technology in Microsoft Windows 8; if configured; saves you the hassle of searching for updates online or worrying that critical fixes for Windows might be missing from your computer. In this video; Jay Ferron demonstrates how to configure Windows Update and keeps your computer up to date.
-
Working with Contacts
In Microsoft PowerShell and Exchange; you can create mail-enabled users and mail-enabled contacts. In this video; Patrick Loner demonstrates how to use the New-MailContact commandlet to create a mail contact with the individual's first and last name; as well as their e-mail address.
-
Working With Merged Dictionaries
In C#; multiple resource dictionaries can be merged so that all the resources contained in them may be used in an application. In this video; Andy Alfred demonstrates how to work with merged dictionaries in a Windows Store App.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Distinguishing between Synchronous and Asynchronous
After watching this video, you will be able to distinguish between synchronous and asynchronous operations.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Performing Synchronous Operations with ADO.NET
After watching this video, you will be able to perform synchronous operations using ADO.NET basic objects and readers.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Performing Asynchronous Operations with ADO.NET
After watching this video, you will be able to perform an asynchronous operation with ADO.NET.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using Asynchronous Operations with Entity
After watching this video, you will be able to use asynchronous operations with Entity Framework.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Recognizing the Benefits of IIS
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the benefits and core capabilities of IIS.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Installing and Configuring IIS
After watching this video, you will be able to install and configure IIS for hosting web apps.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating and Hosting an ASP.NET Web API
After watching this video, you will be able to create and host an ASP.NET web app.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating an OWIN Based Web App
After watching this video, you will be able to use OWIN to create and host a simple web app.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Configuring and Using Logs to Troubleshoot IIS
After watching this video, you will be able to configure and use logs to troubleshoot problems with IIS.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Troubleshooting IIS Using Performance Counters
After watching this video, you will be able to use performance counters to troubleshoot IIS at the worker and application levels.
-
Microsoft Windows Server 2016: Adjusting Memory Allocation in a Running VM
After watching this video, you will be able to add or remove memory in running a virtual machine.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Describing Distributed Transactions
After watching this video, you will be able to describe distributed transactions, their scope, and the two phase commit protocol.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Configuring Contracts and Binding
After watching this video, you will be able to configure contracts and bindings to support transactions.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Adding Transactions to Services
After watching this video, you will be able to add transaction support to a WCF service.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Requirements for Installing Hyper-V
After watching this video, you will be able to determine hardware and compatibility requirements for installing Hyper-V.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Installing Hyper-V
After watching this video, you will be able to install Hyper-V on Windows Server 2016.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Installing Hyper-V Management Tools
After watching this video, you will be able to install management tools on Windows Server 2016 Hyper-V.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Upgrading from Existing Versions of Hyper-V
After watching this video, you will be able to upgrade from existing versions of Hyper-V.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Delegate Virtual Machine Management
After watching this video, you will be able to delegate virtual machine management.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Performing Remote Management of Hyper-V Hosts
After watching this video, you will be able to perform remote management of Hyper-V hosts.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Configure VMs Using Windows PowerShell Direct
After watching this video, you will be able to configure virtual machines using Windows PowerShell Direct.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Implement Nested Virtualization
After watching this video, you will be able to implement nested virtualization.
-
Microsoft Windows Server 2016: Configuring Dynamic Memory
After watching this video, you will be able to configure dynamic memory for a virtual machine.
-
Microsoft Windows Server 2016: Non-uniform Memory Access (NUMA) Support
After watching this video, you will be able to understand non-uniform memory access (NUMA) support.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Defining the Service Endpoints
After watching this video, you will be able to define how the service is exposed to clients, including the Address, Bindings, and Contracts.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Handling Exceptions in a WCF Service
After watching this video, you will be able to handle exceptions within a WCF Service and SOAP request.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using Service Proxies with Visual Studio
After watching this video, you will be able to use a service proxy with Visual Studio to consume a WCF Service a design-time.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using Service Proxies with ChannelFactory
After watching this video, you will be able to use a service proxy with ChannelFactory to consume a WCF Service at run-time.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating a Windows Services Project
After watching this video, you will be able to create a Windows Services project to run a WCF Service through Windows Services.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating an Installer for a WCF Service
After watching this video, you will be able to create an installer for a WCF Service to be hosted by Windows Services.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Installing and Uninstalling a WCF Service
After watching this video, you will be able to install and uninstall WCF Services from the Windows Service console or command-line.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Use WCF Services
After watching this video, you will be able to host WCF Services on IIS or with Windows Services.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Describing How to Host and Configure WCF Services
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how WCF Services can be hosted and the components of a WCF Service.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating a WCF Service and Data Contract
After watching this video, you will be able to create a WCF Service using SOAP and configure the ServiceContract.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Using IIS to Self-host ASP.NET Web Services
After watching this video, you will be able to use IIS to self-host an ASP.NET Web API Service.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Backup and Restore Data Deduplication
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a backup and restore solution with data deduplication.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Extending an OData Query
After watching this video, you will be able to extend the OData action using a Model, Controller, and Route.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Consuming an OData Service
After watching this video, you will be able to consume an OData service using the tools built into Visual Studio or programmatically with LINQ.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating Services for Consumption
After watching this video, you will be able to consume and create advanced services, manipulating the ASP.NET Pipeline, and using OData services.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Describing WCF Services
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the features and advantages of using WCF Services.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Describing the Benefits of SOAP
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the benefits of SOAP and its usage of XML.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Identifying SOAP and HTTP-based Service Technologies
After watching this video, you will be able to identify how SOAP and HTTP can be used for data transfer within a Web Service.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Installing and Configuring IIS
After watching this video, you will be able to install and configure IIS for running Web Services.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Configuring IIS to host a WCF Service
After watching this video, you will be able to configure IIS to host a simple WCF Service.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating an OData Queryable Action
After watching this video, you will be able to create an OData queryable action using a Query String option.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using Filters to extend Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to use Pipeline filters to extend authorization and authentication.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Describing the Open Data Protocol Service
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the OData service.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Securing a Service with HTTPS and Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to secure a Web Service using HTTPS and authentication.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using Authentication to secure a Web Service
After watching this video, you will be able to use authentication credentials to secure a Web Service.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Handling Dependencies in ASP.NET Services
After watching this video, you will be able to decouple components from dependencies and use dependency injection.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using the ASP.NET Dependency Resolver
After watching this video, you will be able to use the ASP.NET Web API Dependency Resolver interface to provide instances of needed controllers.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Describing the ASP.NET Web API Pipeline
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to customize or extend the ASP.NET Web API Pipeline.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating a Pipeline Process
After watching this video, you will be able to use the DelegatingHandler class to create a handler.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Adding filters to a Pipeline Process
After watching this video, you will be able to add filters to an ASP.NET Web API to extend a pipeline.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating an Asynchronous Action
After watching this video, you will be able to create an ASP.NET Web API Asynchronous Action to improve scalability when doing I/O heavy operations.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Consuming a Service using HttpClient
After watching this video, you will be able to use the HttpClient to consume a web service from within a .NET client.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using a Request Batch to Reduce Requests
After watching this video, you will be able to work with request batching to reduce network traffic.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Handling Exceptions in Service Requests
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize where exceptions can occur in a request and handle them gracefully.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Designing a Web API Service
After watching this video, you will be able to design and describe a Web API service and how routing works.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating Routing Rules
After watching this video, you will be able to create routing rules and use the Routing Tables.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating a Controller
After watching this video, you will be able to create a controller using Action methods.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Binding Parameters
After watching this video, you will be able to bind parameters to Request Messages in a Controller.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using SignalR for Real-time Web
After watching this video, you will be able to use SignalR to implement WebSockets to create a real-time web app.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Use IIS for Web Services
After watching this video, you will be able to manage IIS, troubleshoot IIS, and create a web service.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Consuming a Service from a Web Browser
After watching this video, you will be able to use JavaScript to synchronously and asynchronously request XML or JSON content.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Describing the Azure Service Bus
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Azure Service Bus, namespaces, and the Service Bus relay.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Describing the Request-response Relay Pattern
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the request-response relay pattern.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating a service Bus Namespace
After watching this video, you will be able to create a relay endpoint using a Service Bus namespace.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using a WCF Service Relay Binding
After watching this video, you will be able to use NuGet to install the WCF bindings to support using the WCF service in a relay.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating a Relay Sender and Receiver
After watching this video, you will be able to create an Azure WCF Relay sender and a WCF Relay receiver.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Describing Azure Service Bus Queues
After watching this video, you will be able to describing Azure Service Bus queues and brokering.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Setting up an Azure Service Bus Queue
After watching this video, you will be able to setting up an Azure Service Bus queue.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Tagging an Image
After watching this video, you will be able to add tags to an image.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Uninstalling an Operating System Image
After watching this video, you will be able to uninstall an operating system image.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Creating Windows Server Containers
After watching this video, you will be able to create Windows Server containers.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Creating Hyper-V Containers
After watching this video, you will be able to create Hyper-V containers.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Managing Containers Using Windows PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to manage Windows containers using Windows PowerShell.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Managing Container Networking
After watching this video, you will be able to manage Windows container networking.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Managing Container Data Volumes
After watching this video, you will be able to manage Windows container data volumes.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Managing Resource Control
After watching this video, you will be able to manage Resource Control for containers.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Creating New Container Images Using Dockerfile
After watching this video, you will be able to create new container images using Dockerfile.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Managing Container Images Using DockerHub
After watching this video, you will be able to manage container images using DockerHub repository.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Managing Container Images
After watching this video, you will be able to manage container images.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Installing the Azure SDK and Emulator
After watching this video, you will be able to install and configure the Azure SDK and Emulator.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Describing Azure Cloud Service Roles
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Azure Cloud Service Roles and environment.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Hosting a Web App in Azure
After watching this video, you will be able to host a web app in Azure.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Comparing Self-hosting to Azure Hosting
After watching this video, you will be able to compare the features and benefits of self-hosting versus hosting on Azure.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using Transport Security with Credentials
After watching this video, you will be able to use message credentials and transport security to secure communications.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Describing Authentication and Authorization
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to authenticate clients and use role-based authorization.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using Username and Password Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to authenticate clients using a username and password.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating a Custom Credential Validator
After watching this video, you will be able to create a custom username and password validator.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using Roles to Authorize Clients
After watching this video, you will be able to use role-based permissions to grant and deny access.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Secure WCF Communications
After watching this video, you will be able to use transport and message security to protect communications and use client authentication and authorization to provide access to services.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Configuring NIC Teaming
After watching this video, you will be able to configure NIC teaming for Hyper-V VMs.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Virtual Machine Queue (VMQ)
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Virtual Machine Queue (VMQ).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: RDMA Using Switch Embedded Teaming (SET)
After watching this video, you will be able to enable Remote Direct Memory Access (RDMA) on network adapters bound to a Hyper-V virtual switch using Switch Embedded Teaming (SET).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Bandwidth Management
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Bandwidth Management.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Requirements and Scenarios for Containers
After watching this video, you will be able to identify installation requirements and implementation scenarios for Windows containers.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Windows Server Container Host
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a Windows Server container host in physical or virtualized environments.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Windows Server Container Host on Core or Nano
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a Windows Server container host on Windows Server Core or Nano Server in a physical or virtualized environment.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Docker on Windows Server and Nano Server
After watching this video, you will be able to install Docker on Windows Server and Nano Server.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Docker Daemon Start-up Options
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Docker daemon start-up options.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Windows PowerShell for Containers
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Windows PowerShell for use with containers.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Install a Base Operating System
After watching this video, you will be able to install a base operating system container image.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Configuring Transport Security at the Endpoints
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a service and client to securely transport data, including configuring IIS to use HTTPS.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Working with Transport Security in Clients
After watching this video, you will be able to work with transport security to consume a secure WCF service.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Describing WCF Message Security
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the benefits and limitations of using WCF message security.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Configuring a Service for Message Security
After watching this video, you will be able to configure the bindings for a service to support message security.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using Message Security in a Client
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a client to consume a service secured with message security.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Working with the WCF Duplex Service Pattern
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the WCF Duplex messaging pattern to create a Duplex service.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating an Asynchronous Service
After watching this video, you will be able to create a service using Asynchronous service operations.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Describing Web Application Security
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the aspects of building secure applications.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Recognizing how the WCF Framework Addresses Security
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the aspects of security that the WCF Framework provides and those that must still be addressed in development.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Describing Transport Security
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to use a secured channel to convey data securely between a client and a service.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Discrete Device Assignment (DDA)
After watching this video, you will be able to implement Discrete Device Assignment (DDA).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: VHD, VHDX, and Shared VHDX Files
After watching this video, you will be able to create VHD and VHDX files using Hyper-V Manager and implement shared VHDX files.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Differencing and Pass-through Disks
After watching this video, you will be able to configure differencing disks, modify virtual hard disks, configure pass-through disks.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Managing VHDs and Checkpoints
After watching this video, you will be able to resize a virtual hard disk, manage checkpoints, and implement checkpoints.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: VFC Adapters and Storage QoS
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a virtual Fibre Channel adapter and configure storage Quality of Service (QoS).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Virtual Network Interface Cards (vNICs)
After watching this video, you will be able to add and remove virtual network interface cards (vNICs).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Hyper-V Virtual Switches
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Hyper-V virtual switches.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Optimize Network Performance
After watching this video, you will be able to optimize network performance.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Configuring MAC Addresses
After watching this video, you will be able to configure MAC addresses.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Implementing Network Isolation
After watching this video, you will be able to implement network isolation.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Synthetic and Legacy Virtual Network Adapters
After watching this video, you will be able to configure synthetic and legacy virtual network adapters.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Using WCF Extensions
After watching this video, you will be able to use a WCF Extension in a WCF Service.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Configuring a WCF Service Message
After watching this video, you will be able to configure WCF Service Message Compression and Encoding options.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Creating a One-way Service Contract
After watching this video, you will be able to create a one-way WCF service contract.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Configuring WCF Service WebSocket Bindings
After watching this video, you will be able to configure websocket bindings for a WCF Service.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Use the WCF Pipeline
After watching this video, you will be able to use and describe the WCF Pipeline and distributed Transactions.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using WCF Stream Operations
After watching this video, you will be able to use WCF Stream operations to handle both requests and provide responses.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Attaching a Custom Behavior to a WCF Service
After watching this video, you will be able to attach custom behaviors to a WCF Service by using custom attributes.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Using the WCF Messaging Pipeline
After watching this video, you will be able to use the WCF messaging Pipeline to handle errors and provide diagnostic information.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Describing the WCF Extensibility Mechanism
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the WCF extensibility mechanism using the extensible object pattern.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Creating a WCF Extension
After watching this video, you will be able to create a WCF Extension using the IExtension interface.
-
Microsoft Windows Server 2016: Smart Paging
After watching this video, you will be able to configure smart paging for a virtual machine.
-
Microsoft Windows Server 2016: Resource Metering
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Resource Metering using Windows Server 2016 Hyper-V.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Integration Services
After watching this video, you will be able to manage Windows Server 2016 Hyper-V Integration Services.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Generation 1 vs Generation 2 VMs
After watching this video, you will be able to determine when to create and configure generation 1 and 2 VMs.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Enhanced Session Mode
After watching this video, you will be able to implement enhanced session mode.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Linux and FreeBSD VMs
After watching this video, you will be able to implement Linux and FreeBSD VMs in Windows Server 2016 Hyper-V.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Linux Integration Services (LIS)
After watching this video, you will be able to install and configure Linux Integration Services (LIS).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: FreeBSD Integration Services (BIS)
After watching this video, you will be able to install and configure FreeBSD Integration Services (BIS).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Implementing Secure Boot for Windows and Linux
After watching this video, you will be able to implement Secure Boot for Windows and Linux environments.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Converting VMs from Previous Versions of Hyper-V
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the process of moving and converting VMs from a previous version of Hyper-V to Windows Server 2016 Hyper-V.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Exporting and Importing VMs
After watching this video, you will be able to export and import VMs to Windows Server 2016 Hyper-V.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Using Transactions in Clients
After watching this video, you will be able to use a distributed transaction from a client.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : The WCF Pipeline
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the architecture and responsibilities of the Channel stack.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Defining the Dispatchers
After watching this video, you will be able to define the responsibilities and scope of the WCF dispatchers.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Identifying the Runtime Components
After watching this video, you will be able to identify and describe the custom runtime components.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Creating a Custom Operation Invoker
After watching this video, you will be able to cerate a custom operation invoker.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Custom Component Behaviors
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the four custom behaviors and their scopes.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Creating a Custom Operation Behavior
After watching this video, you will be able to create a custom operation behavior.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Node Fairness
After watching this video, you will be able to enable and configure node fairness.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Migrating Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to perform a storage migration.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Importing, Exporting, and Copying VMs
After watching this video, you will be able to import or export, and copy VMs.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: VM Network Health Protection
After watching this video, you will be able to configure VM network health protection.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Drain On Shutdown
After watching this video, you will be able to configure drain on shutdown.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: NLB Prerequisites
After watching this video, you will be able to identify deployment prerequisites for network.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Install NLB Nodes
After watching this video, you will be able to install NLB cluster nodes.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Configuring NLB Affinity
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Network Load Balancing cluster node affinity.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Configuring Port Rules
After watching this video, you will be able to configure port rules for the Network Load Balancing cluster.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Live VM Migration
After watching this video, you will be able to perform a live migration.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Performing Quick Migrations
After watching this video, you will be able to perform a quick migration.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Cloud Witness
After watching this video, you will be able to implement cloud witness feature for a failover cluster.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Requirements for Storage Spaces Direct
After watching this video, you will be able to identify requirements for implementing Storage Spaces Direct.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Windows PowerShell for Storage Spaces Direct
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Storage Spaces Direct using Windows PowerShell.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Disaggregated Storage Spaces Direct
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a cluster using a disaggregated Storage Spaces Direct configuration.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Hyper-converged Storage Spaces Direct
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a cluster using a hyper-converged Storage Spaces Direct configuration.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Role-specific Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to configure role-specific settings, including continuously available shares.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: VM Monitoring
After watching this video, you will be able to configure VM monitoring options.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Failover and Preference Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to configure failover and preference settings.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Stretch and Site-aware Failover Clusters
After watching this video, you will be able to implement stretch and site-aware failover clusters.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Configuring Guest Clusters with Shared VHDX
After watching this video, you will be able to using shared VHDX as a storage solution for guest clusters.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Restoring a Cluster Configuration
After watching this video, you will be able to restore a cluster configuration.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Cluster Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to configure cluster storage.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Cluster-Aware Updating
After watching this video, you will be able to implement Cluster-Aware Updating (CAU).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Cluster Operating System Rolling Upgrade
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the steps to perform a cluster operating system rolling upgrade.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Clustered Shared Volumes (CSVs)
After watching this video, you will be able to configure and optimize Clustered Shared Volumes (CSVs).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Deploying Failover Cluster without Network Name
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a new cluster without a network name.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Scale-Out File Server (SoFS)
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a Scale-Out File Server (SoFS) on Windows Server 2016.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: SoFS Versus Clustered File Server
After watching this video, you will be able to determine when to use a SoFS versus a clustered File Server.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Guest Clustering
After watching this video, you will be able to determine implementation scenarios for guest clustering.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Clustered Storage Spaces
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a clustered storage spaces solution.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Storage Replica
After watching this video, you will be able to implement storage replica.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Hyper-V Replica
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a Hyper-V replica.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Live Migration
After watching this video, you will be able to implement Hyper-V live migration.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Shared Nothing Live Migration
After watching this video, you will be able to implement Hyper-V 'shared nothing' live migration.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Configuring Authentication for Live Migration
After watching this video, you will be able to configure CredSSP or Kerberos authentication protocol for Live Migration.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Storage Migration
After watching this video, you will be able to implement storage migration.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Workgroup and Multi-domain Clusters
After watching this video, you will be able to identify implementation requirements for workgroup, single, and multi-domain clusters.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Deploying a Workgroup Cluster
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy a workgroup cluster.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Deploying a Single-domain Cluster
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy a single domain cluster.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Quorum Configuration
After watching this video, you will be able to identify cluster quorum configuration options.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Cluster Networking
After watching this video, you will be able to configure cluster networking.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Restoring a Single Node
After watching this video, you will be able to restore single node configuration.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating a Queue using C#
After watching this video, you will be able to create a new Azure Service queue using C#.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Preventing Queue Message Duplication
After watching this video, you will be able to use duplicate detection to prevent messages being sent more than once.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using the Azure Queue to Send a Message
After watching this video, you will be able to send a message using the QueueClient class.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Configuring Multipath IO (MPIO)
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Multipath IO (MPIO).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Using Storage Replicas
After watching this video, you will be able to determine appropriate usage scenarios for Storage Replicas.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: What Is Data Deduplication?
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the characteristics and functionality of data deduplication.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Implementing and Configuring Deduplication
After watching this video, you will be able to implement and configure data deduplication.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Usage Scenarios for Deduplication
After watching this video, you will be able to determine appropriate usage scenarios for deduplication.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Monitoring Deduplication
After watching this video, you will be able to monitor a configuration that has been set up for data deduplication.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: iSCSI Target and Initiator
After watching this video, you will be able to implement an iSCSI target and initiator.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Exploring the Internet Storage Name Service
After watching this video, you will be able to understand the use of the Internet Storage Name Service (iSNS).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Understanding Datacenter Bridging (DCB)
After watching this video, you will be able to identify best practices for Datacenter Bridging (DCB).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Comparing NTFS and ReFS File Systems
After watching this video, you will be able to determine when to use NTFS and ReFS file systems.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Configuring SMB Shares Using Windows PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to configure SMB server and SMB client configuration settings using Windows PowerShell.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Configuring Share and NTFS Permissions
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Share and NTFS Permissions.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Combining NTFS and Share Permissions
After watching this video, you will be able to verifying combined NTFS and Share permissions.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Exploring Storage Pools
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the features and configuration considerations of storage pools.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Storage Options For Disks or JBODs
After watching this video, you will be able to implement simple, mirror, and parity storage layout options for disks or enclosures.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Expanding Storage Pools
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the steps to expand storage pools.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Defining Tiered Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the features of Tiered Storage.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Configuring NFS and SMB Shares
After watching this video, you will be able to configure NFS and SMB shares using Server Manager.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Recognizing the Benefits of Cloud Computing
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize and list the advantages and benefits of cloud computing.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Identifying the Benefits of Using Microsoft Azure
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the computing strategies and features provided by the Microsoft Azure cloud computing solution.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Describing the Azure Cloud Service Components
After watching this video, you will be able to distinguish between the different cloud service components offered by Azure.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Describing Data Storage Strategies and Technologies
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the technologies and storage strategies that can be used to store and access data.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Comparing ASP.NET Web API and WCF for Data Access
After watching this video, you will be able to compare the features and functionality of the ASP.NET Web API to WCF.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Identifying the Data Access Technologies of .NET
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the data access features provided in the .NET Framework.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Configuring the MMC
After watching this video, you will be able to configure and use the MMC.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Managing and Maintaining Windows
After watching this video, you will be able to review and manage a Windows maintenance plan.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Windows Server 2016 Requirements
After watching this video, you will be able to define Windows Server 2016 requirements.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Windows Server 2016 Editions and Workloads
After watching this video, you will be able to differentiate between Windows Server 2016 editions.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Installing Server 2016
After watching this video, you will be able to install Windows Server 2016.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Installing Server 2016 Roles and Features
After watching this video, you will be able to install Windows Server 2016 roles and features.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: What is Nano Server?
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Nano Server features and characteristics.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Installing Nano Server
After watching this video, you will be able to identify installation considerations for Nano server.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Installing Roles and Features on Nano Server
After watching this video, you will be able to describe role and feature installation on Nano Server.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Installing Nano Server Roles and Features
After watching this video, you will be able to install Nano Server roles and features.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Defining Distributed Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to describe and define the characteristics of a distributed application and the reasons for creating them.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Describing the Features of Cloud Computing
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the types of computing strategies that can be used to host a service in the cloud.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Managing Client Security and System Stability
After watching this video, you will be able to manage client security by using Windows Defender, and evaluating system stability using Reliability Monitor.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Configuring Backup Options
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a recovery drive, a system restore, and restore points.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Recovering from a Windows Error
After watching this video, you will be able to perform a refresh, recycle, or driver rollback.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Resolving a Hardware Error
After watching this video, you will be able to resolve hardware and device issues, and interpret data from Device Manager.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Restoring Lost Files
After watching this video, you will be able to restore previous versions of files and folders, configure File History, and recover files from OneDrive.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Restoring Lost Files, Part 2
After watching this video, you will be able to use Windows Backup and Restore, perform a backup and restore with WBAdmin, and perform recovery operations using Windows Recovery.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Configuring Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Microsoft Passport, Windows Hello, picture passwords, and biometrics.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Configuring Authorization
After watching this video, you will be able to configure workgroups, domain settings, and HomeGroup settings.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Configuring Accounts
After watching this video, you will be able to configure local account, Microsoft accounts, Credential Manager, and UAC.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Configuring Device Security
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Device Registration, Device Guard, Device Health Attestation.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Configuring Tasks and Services
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Task Scheduler and services.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Configuring and Using Windows Store
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Windows Store, and implement Windows Store Apps and Windows Store for Business.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Configuring Remote Management
After watching this video, you will be able to choose and implement remote management tools and settings.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Configuring Remote Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Remote Assistance, Remote Desktop, and remote PowerShell.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Configuring Core Services
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a new installation of Windows.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Configuring Windows Update Options
After watching this video, you will be able to configure and implement Windows Update options, including Insider Preview, Current Branch, Current Branch for Business, and Long Term Servicing Branch.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Managing Updates
After watching this video, you will be able to manage update history, roll back updates, and update Windows Store apps.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Configuring Events
After watching this video, you will be able to configure and analyze Event Viewer logs and event subscriptions.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Monitoring Performance
After watching this video, you will be able to monitor performance using Task Manager, Resource Monitor, Performance Monitor, and Data Collector Sets.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Monitoring System Resources
After watching this video, you will be able to monitor system resources, printers, and indexing options.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Configuring Desktop Apps
After watching this video, you will be able to configure desktop apps and startup options.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Configuring Windows Features
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Windows features.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Monitoring Using PerfMon and Resource Monitor
After watching this video, you will be able to monitoring Windows Server 2016 workloads using PerfMon and Resource Monitor.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Appropriate Thresholds for Windows Workloads
After watching this video, you will be able to describe appropriate thresholds for Windows Server 2016 workloads.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Windows Event Logs
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to manage Windows Event Logs.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Managing and Monitoring Server 2016
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate upgrade and migration tasks, implement activation strategy, and monitor server performance.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Configuring Sector Sizes
After watching this video, you will be able to understand the implications of and configure sector sizes.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Configuring GUID Partition Table (GPT) Disks
After watching this video, you will be able to understand and configure GUID partition table (GPT) disks.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Creating VHD and VHDX Files Using Server Manager
After watching this video, you will be able to create VHD and VHDX files using Server Manager.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Creating VHD and VHDX Files Using PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to create VHD and VHDX files using Windows PowerShell Storage module cmdlets.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Mounting Virtual Hard Disks
After watching this video, you will be able to mount virtual hard disks using MOUNT-VHD.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Configure Data Collector Sets
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Data Collector Sets.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: What is WSUS?
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the purpose of Windows Server Update Services (WSUS) and the requirements to implement WSUS.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Configuring Update Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to manage the update process with WSUS.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Configure WSUS Groups
After watching this video, you will be able to configure WSUS groups.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Manage Patch Management in Mixed Environments
After watching this video, you will be able to manage patch management in mixed environments.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Windows Defender
After watching this video, you will be able to understand Windows Defender.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Integrate Windows Defender with WSUS
After watching this video, you will be able to integrate Windows Defender with WSUS.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Windows Server Backup
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the capabilities of Windows Backup.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Hyper-V Hosts
After watching this video, you will be able to determine backup strategies for Hyper-V hosts.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Hyper-V Guests
After watching this video, you will be able to determine backup strategies for Hyper-V guests.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Active Directory
After watching this video, you will be able to determine backup strategies for Active Directory.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: File Servers and Web Servers
After watching this video, you will be able to determine backup strategies for file servers.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Logging Queries and DB Commands
After watching this video, you will be able to log and track queries and commands sent to a database.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Model Data with Entity
After watching this video, you will be able to manipulate data and data models using the Entity Framework.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Working with Data Modeling
After watching this video, you will be able to work with data model schema definition languages to model data.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Define Language Integrated Query (LINQ)
After watching this video, you will be able to define LINQ and how it interacts with SQL and Entity.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using LINQ to Entities to Query a Database
After watching this video, you will be able to use LINQ to Entities to query a database.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Performing Queries Using Entity SQL
After watching this video, you will be able to perform a query against a database using Entity SQL.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Executing SQL Queries Directly
After watching this video, you will be able to execute SQL statements directly using Entity and return objects or scalar values.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Performing CRUD Operations Using Entity
After watching this video, you will be able to perform Create, Read, Update, and Delete operations using Entity.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using Change Tracking with Entity
After watching this video, you will be able to use Change Tracking with Entity to monitor if an object has changed.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using Transactions with Entity
After watching this video, you will be able to use Transactions and the TransactionScope class to group operations.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Plan for Windows Server Virtualization
After watching this video, you will be able to plan for Windows Server virtualization.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Plan for Linux and FreeBSD Deployments
After watching this video, you will be able to plan for Linux and FreeBSD deployments.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Windows Images and Supported Image Types
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Windows images and supported image types.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Installing and Configuring MAP
After watching this video, you will be able to understand the Microsoft Assessment and Planning toolkit (MAP).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Installing and Configuring MDT
After watching this video, you will be able to explain the purpose of deployment images and the Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT) used to deploy and maintain them.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: The Windows ADK
After watching this video, you will be able to understand the use of the Windows Assessment and Deployment Kit (ADK).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Creating and Deploying an Image
After watching this video, you will be able to implement and manage deployment images by using the Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Considerations for Workloads in Virtual Machines
After watching this video, you will be able to determine considerations for deploying workloads into virtualized environments.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Updating Images
After watching this video, you will be able to update images.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Add Roles and Features to Offline Images
After watching this video, you will be able to install roles and features in offline images.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Use PowerShell to Manage Windows Image Files
After watching this video, you will be able to manage and maintain Windows Server Core images, Nano Server images, and VHDs using Windows PowerShell.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using Entity Data Annotations
After watching this video, you will be able to use Data Annotations to manually map classes to database schema objects.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Describing Entity Type Inheritance
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Entity methods for mapping an OOP environment to database tables.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using Type Inheritance
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Fluent API to map classes to tables.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Working with HTTP Headers and Media Types
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the HTTP header and media types for the Content-Type header.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Describing ASP.NET Services
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how the Representational State Transfer (REST) architecture works.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Describing the Windows Communication Foundation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how WCF can be used to create HTTP services.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Recognizing which Web Service Platform to Use
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the differences between ADO.NET, Entity, WCF Services, and Azure services.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Use Data Access Interfaces
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the differences and uses for ADO.NET, ASP.NET Web API, WCF, and the Azure platform.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Describing the Entity Framework Data Model
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the need for object relational mappers and the development approaches including database first, model first, and code first.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating and Configuring an Entity DB Context
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure a DBContext and query the database using the DBContext class.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Configuring Nano Server
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Nano Server.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Managing Server Core
After watching this video, you will be able to manage Server Core.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Windows PowerShell Desired State Configuration
After watching this video, you will be able to implement Windows PowerShell desired state configuration.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Supported Upgrade Paths
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the supported Windows Server 2016 upgrade paths.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Upgrade Considerations
After watching this video, you will be able to identify Windows Server 2016 upgrade considerations.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Deployment Options
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Windows Server 2016 deployment options and upgrade process.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Windows Server Migration Tools
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Windows Server migration tools.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Migrating Server Roles and Workloads
After watching this video, you will be able to migrate server roles and workloads within a domain.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Considering Cross-domain and Forest Migration
After watching this video, you will be able to describe considerations for cross-domain and forest migrations.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Choosing a Windows Server Activation Model
After watching this video, you will be able to choose the appropriate Windows Server activation model.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Implement a Windows Server Activation Model
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a Windows Server activation model.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Describing the ADO.NET Data Access API
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the low-level ADO.NET data access API in the .NET framework.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Creating and Configuring a Data Provider
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure a data provider programmatically.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Describing the Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe HTTP and how it facilitates a simple request and response for message handling.
-
Developing Azure Web Services : Identifying the HTTP URI and Action Methods
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the parts of a URI and the action verbs that can make up an HTTP transaction.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Configuring Virtual Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to configure VHDs.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Configuring Special Storage Options
After watching this video, you will be able to configure and troubleshoot removable devices and storage spaces.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Configuring Local Resource Sharing
After watching this video, you will be able to configure file and printer sharing and HomeGroup connections.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Configuring Enterprise Resource Sharing
After watching this video, you will be able to configure folder shares, public folders, and file system permissions.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Configuring OneDrive
After watching this video, you will be able to configure OneDrive and OneDrive usage.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Troubleshooting Data Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to troubleshoot data access and usage.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Connecting to a Wireless Network
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Wi-Fi settings and Wi-Fi Direct.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Troubleshooting a Network Connection
After watching this video, you will be able to troubleshoot network issues.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Securing a Remote Network Connection
After watching this video, you will be able to configure VPN, IPsec, and Direct Access.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Configuring Physical Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to configure disks, volumes, and file system options.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Configuring Advanced Features
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Hyper-V and power settings.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Provisioning Windows
After watching this video, you will be able to perform provisioning with the Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer tool.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Configuring Windows with Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Active Directory, Group Policies, and User Account Control.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Implementing Windows
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a Windows installation.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Connecting to a Network
After watching this video, you will be able to configure and support IPv4 and IPv6 settings and name resolution, and connect to a network.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Securing a Network Connection
After watching this video, you will be able to configure network locations, Windows Firewall, and network discovery.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Customizing Windows
After watching this video, you will be able to configure and customize the start menu, desktop, taskbar, and accessibility options.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Configuring New Windows Features
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Cortana, Microsoft Edge, and Internet Explorer.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Getting Your System Ready
After watching this video, you will be able to determine hardware requirements and compatibility, and choose the correct install type and edition to install.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Getting Your Media Ready
After watching this video, you will be able to determine and create appropriate installation media.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Performing a Local Installation
After watching this video, you will be able to perform a clean installation or an upgrade onto a physical hard disk drive.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Performing a Portable Installation
After watching this video, you will be able to perform a new installation directly onto a virtual hard disk or bootable USB.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Installing and Updating Drivers
After watching this video, you will be able to install, update, and roll back drivers.
-
Microsoft Windows 10 - Installing and Configuring: Configuring and Troubleshooting Drivers
After watching this video, you will be able to configure driver settings and resolve driver issues.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Configuring File Access Auditing
After watching this video, you will be able to configure file access auditing.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Configuring User and Device Claim Types
After watching this video, you will be able to configure user and device claim types.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Implementing Policy Changes and Staging
After watching this video, you will be able to implement policy changes and staging.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Performing Access-denied Remediation
After watching this video, you will be able to perform access-denied remediation.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Configuring Central Access Rules and Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure central access rules and policies.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Creating Resource Properties and Lists
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure resource properties and lists.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Implement Workload-specific Security
After watching this video, you will be able to implement workload-specific security.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Implementing File Server Resource Manager (FSRM)
After watching this video, you will be able to implement the File Server Resource Manager (FSRM) role service, and describe the use of quotas, file screens, storage reports, and file management tasks.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Configuring FCI Using FSRM
After watching this video, you will be able to configure File Classification Infrastructure (FCI) using FSRM.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Implementing Work Folders
After watching this video, you will be able to implement work folders.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Securing App Development and Server Workloads
After watching this video, you will be able to secure application development and server workload infrastructure.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Nano Server Deployment
After watching this video, you will be able to determine usage scenarios, supported server workloads, and requirements for Nano Server deployments.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Installing and Configuring Nano Server
After watching this video, you will be able to install and configure Nano Server.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Desired State Configuration (DSC)
After watching this video, you will be able to implement security policies on Nano Server using Desired State Configuration (DSC).
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Hyper-V Containers Usage
After watching this video, you will be able to determine usage scenarios and requirements for Windows Server and Hyper-V containers.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Installing and Configuring Hyper-V Containers
After watching this video, you will be able to install and configure Hyper-V containers.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Implementing Secure File Services and DAC
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a secure file services infrastructure and Dynamic Access Control (DAC).
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Reviewing and Editing Suspicious Activities
After watching this video, you will be able to review and edit suspicious activities on the attack time line.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Using Operations Management Suite Security Solutions
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the usage and deployment of Operations Management Suite (OMS) for security threat detection.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Determining Threat Detection Solutions of OMS
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Operations Management Suite (OMS) security and auditing functions and the use of log analytics in threat detection.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Describe PAWs and LAPS
After watching this video, you will be able to describe PAWS, LAPS.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Configuring the Audit PNP Activity Policy
After watching this video, you will be able to configure the Audit PNP activity policy.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Module, Script Block, and Transcription Logging
After watching this video, you will be able to enable and configure module, script block, and transcription logging in Windows PowerShell.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Microsoft Advanced Threat Analytics (ATA)
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize usage and deployment scenarios for Microsoft Advanced Threat Analytics (ATA).
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Installing Microsoft Advanced Threat Analytics
After watching this video, you will be able to install and configure Microsoft Advanced Threat Analytics (ATA) Center.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Installing and Configuring ATA Gateway
After watching this video, you will be able to install and configure an ATA gateway on a server.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Configuring Alerts in ATA Center
After watching this video, you will be able to configure alerts in ATA Center when suspicious activity is detected.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Securing Local Administrator Passwords Using LAPS
After watching this video, you will be able to secure local administrator passwords using LAPS; manage password parameters and properties using LAPS.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Configuring Advanced Audit Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to configure advanced audit policies.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Using Local and Advanced Auditing Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to determine the differences and usage scenarios for using local and advanced auditing policies.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Auditing Using Group Policy and AuditPol.exe
After watching this video, you will be able to implement auditing using Group Policy and AuditPol.exe, and implement auditing using Windows PowerShell.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Creating Expression-based Audit Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to create expression-based audit policies.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Implementing Privileged Access Workstations (PAWs)
After watching this video, you will be able to implement privileged access workstations (PAWs) and user rights assignments; implement a PAWS solution, configure user rights assignment group policies.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Security Options Settings in Group Policy
After watching this video, you will be able to configure security options settings in Group Policy.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Remote Credential Guard for Remote Desktop Access
After watching this video, you will be able to enable and configure remote credential guard for remote desktop access.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Local Administrator Password Solution (LAPS)
After watching this video, you will be able to implement local administrator password solution (LAPS); install and configure the LAPS tool.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Creating and Configuring Session Configuration Files
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure session configuration files.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Creating and Configuring Role Capability Files
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure role capability files.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Creating and Connecting to a JEA Endpoint
After watching this video, you will be able to create a JEA endpoint and connect to a JEA endpoint on a server for administration.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Viewing Logs in Windows Server 2016
After watching this video, you will be able to view logs in Server 2016.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Downloading WMF 5.1 to a Windows Server 2008 R2
After watching this video, you will be able to download WMF 5.1 to a Windows Server 2008 R2.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Configuring a JEA Endpoint on a Server Using DSC
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a JEA endpoint on a server using Desired State Configuration (DSC).
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Implementing JIT Administration Principles
After watching this video, you will be able to implement JIT administration principles using time-based policies.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Creating and Implementing MIM Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to create and implement MIM policies.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Privileged Access Using PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to request privileged access using Windows PowerShell.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Implementing JEA solution
After watching this video, you will be able to implement just-enough-administration (JEA) - enable a JEA solution on Windows Server 2016.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: SMB Multichannel
After watching this video, you will be able to enable and configure SMB Multichannel.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Virtual Machine Multi-Queue (VMMQ)
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Virtual Machine Multi-Queue (VMMQ).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: vRSS on VMQ Capable NICs
After watching this video, you will be able to configure virtual Receive Side Scaling (vRSS) on a Virtual Machine Queue (VMQ) capable network adapter.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Troubleshoot BranchCache
After watching this video, you will be able to troubleshoot BranchCache.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: NIC Teaming
After watching this video, you will be able to implement NIC Teaming.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Switch Embedded Teaming (SET)
After watching this video, you will be able to implement the Switch Embedded Teaming (SET) solution.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: NIC Teaming vs Switch Embedded Teaming (SET)
After watching this video, you will be able to identify when to use NIC Teaming or the Switch Embedded Teaming (SET) solution.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Receive Side Scaling (RSS)
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Receive Side Scaling (RSS).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Network Quality of Service (QoS) DCB
After watching this video, you will be able to configure network Quality of Service (QoS) with Data Center Bridging (DCB).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: SMB Direct on RDMA Enabled NICs
After watching this video, you will be able to configure SMB Direct on Remote Direct Memory Access (RDMA) enabled network adapters.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Enumerating Group Membership
After watching this video, you will be able to enumerate group membership.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Managing Group Membership Using PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to automate group membership management using Windows PowerShell.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Delegating Management of AD Objects
After watching this video, you will be able to delegate the creation and management of Active Directory groups and OUs.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Default Active Directory Containers
After watching this video, you will be able to manage default Active Directory containers.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Managing Groups and OUs
After watching this video, you will be able to create, copy, configure, and delete groups and OUs.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Service Accounts
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure Service Accounts.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Group Managed Service Accounts (gMSAs)
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure Group Managed Service Accounts (gMSAs).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Kerberos Constrained Delegation (KCD)
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Kerberos Constrained Delegation (KCD).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Service Principal Names (SPNs)
After watching this video, you will be able to manage Service Principal Names (SPNs).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Virtual Accounts
After watching this video, you will be able to configure virtual accounts.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Password policy settings
After watching this video, you will be able to configure domain and local user password policy settings.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Bulk Active Directory Operations
After watching this video, you will be able to perform bulk Active Directory operations.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Configuring NTFS Permissions
After watching this video, you will be able to configure NTFS permissions.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Configuring Share Permissions
After watching this video, you will be able to configure share permissions.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Combining NTFS and Share Permissions
After watching this video, you will be able to combine NTFS and share permissions and determine effective permissions.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Offline Domain Join
After watching this video, you will be able to implement offline domain join.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Managing Inactive and Disabled Accounts
After watching this video, you will be able to manage inactive and disabled accounts.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Unlocking Disabled Accounts
After watching this video, you will be able to automate unlocking of disabled accounts using Windows PowerShell.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Automating Password Resets
After watching this video, you will be able to automate password resets using Windows PowerShell.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Group Nesting
After watching this video, you will be able to configure group nesting.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Converting Groups
After watching this video, you will be able to convert Active Directory groups, including security, distribution, universal, domain local, and domain global groups.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Managing Group Membership Using Group Policy
After watching this video, you will be able to manage group membership using Group Policy.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Automating the Creation of Active Directory Accounts
After watching this video, you will be able to automate the creation of Active Directory accounts.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Manage Relevant Properties Using IPAM
After watching this video, you will be able to manage and discover relevant properties using IPAM.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Configuring a Remote Access Solution
After watching this video, you will be able to configure the correct remote access solution for a given scenario.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Configuring Remote File Access
After watching this video, you will be able to configure remote file access for a given scenario.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Creating a High-performance Network
After watching this video, you will be able to create a high-performance network using advanced network infrastructure solutions.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Transfer and Seize Operations Master Roles
After watching this video, you will be able to transfer and seize operations master roles.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Read-only Domain Controller (RODC) Function
After watching this video, you will be able to identify read-only domain controller (RODC) features and functionality.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Installing and Configuring an RODC
After watching this video, you will be able to install and configure a read-only domain controller (RODC).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Domain Controller Cloning
After watching this video, you will be able to configure domain controller cloning.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Managing User and Computer Accounts
After watching this video, you will be able to create, copy, configure, and delete users and computers.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Template Accounts
After watching this video, you will be able to configure user templates.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Correctly Configure Advanced DHCP
After watching this video, you will be able to configure advanced DHCP for a given scenario.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Configure DNS Settings to Secure DNS
After watching this video, you will be able to configure DNS settings to secure DNS.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Single-Root I/O Virtualization (SR-IOV)
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Single-Root I/O Virtualization (SR-IOV) on a supported network adapter.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: SDN Requirements and Usage Scenarios
After watching this video, you will be able to determine deployment scenarios and network requirements for deploying software-defined Networking (SDN).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Hyper-V Network Virtualization (HNV) with NVGRE
After watching this video, you will be able to determine requirements for implementing Hyper-V Network Virtualization (HNV) using Network Virtualization Generic Route Encapsulation (NVGRE).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Hyper-V Network Virtualization (HNV) with VXLAN
After watching this video, you will be able to determine requirements and scenarios for implementing Hyper-V Network Virtualization (HNV) using Virtual Extensible LAN (VXLAN) encapsulation.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Software Load Balancer (SLB)
After watching this video, you will be able to determine implementation scenarios for the Software Load Balancer (SLB), including North-South and East-West load balancing.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Windows Server Gateways
After watching this video, you will be able to determine implementation scenarios for Windows Server Gateways, including L3, GRE, and S2S.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Distributed Firewall Policies and Network Security
After watching this video, you will be able to determine usage scenarios and requirements for distributed firewall policies and network security groups.
-
Microsoft Windows Server 2016: Correctly Configure Basic DHCP
After watching this video, you will be able to configure DHCP for a given scenario.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Configuring DNS Zone Support
After watching this video, you will be able to configure DNS zone support.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Migration Tables
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure a migration table.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Restoring Default GPOs
After watching this video, you will be able to reset default GPOs.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Delegating Group Policy Management
After watching this video, you will be able to delegate Group Policy management.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Group Policy Infrastructure Status Dashboard
After watching this video, you will be able to detect health issues using the Group Policy Infrastructure Status Dashboard.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Processing Order and Precedence
After watching this video, you will be able to configure processing order and precedence.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Block Inheritance
After watching this video, you will be able to configure blocking of inheritance.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Enforcing GPOs
After watching this video, you will be able to configure enforced policies.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Security Filtering and WMI Filtering
After watching this video, you will be able to configure security filtering and Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) filtering.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Loopback Processing
After watching this video, you will be able to configure loopback processing.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Slow-link Processing and Group Policy Caching
After watching this video, you will be able to configure and manage slow-link processing and Group Policy Caching.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Client-side Extension (CSE)
After watching this video, you will be able to configure client-side extension (CSE) behavior.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Name Suffix Routing
After watching this video, you will be able to configure name suffix routing.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Sites and Subnets
After watching this video, you will be able to configure sites and subnets.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Site Links
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure site links.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Site Coverage
After watching this video, you will be able to manage site coverage.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Registration of SRV Records
After watching this video, you will be able to manage registration of SRV records.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Moving Domain Controllers Between Sites
After watching this video, you will be able to move domain controllers between sites.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: ADMX Central Store
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the function of the central store.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Starter GPOs
After watching this video, you will be able to manage starter GPOs.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: GPO Links
After watching this video, you will be able to configure GPO links.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Local Group Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to configure multiple local group policies.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Managing GPOs
After watching this video, you will be able to back up, import, copy, and restore GPOs.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Upgrading SYSVOL Replication to DFSR
After watching this video, you will be able to upgrade SYSVOL replication to Distributed File System Replication (DFSR).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Multi-domain and Multi-forest Active Directory
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a multi-domain and multi-forest Active Directory infrastructure.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Deploying a Domain Controller
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy Windows Server 2016 domain controllers within a pre-existing Active Directory environment.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Upgrade AD DS to Windows Server 2016
After watching this video, you will be able to upgrade existing domains and forests.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Domain and Forest Functional Levels
After watching this video, you will be able to configure domain and forest functional levels.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: User Principal Name (UPN) Suffixes
After watching this video, you will be able to configure multiple user principal name (UPN) suffixes.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: AD DS Trusts
After watching this video, you will be able to configure external and realm trusts.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Forest Trusts
After watching this video, you will be able to configure forest trusts.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: External and Realm Trusts
After watching this video, you will be able to configure shortcut trusts.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Trust Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to configure trust authentication.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: SID Filtering
After watching this video, you will be able to configure SID filtering.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Password Settings Objects (PSOs)
After watching this video, you will be able to configure and apply Password Settings Objects (PSOs).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Delegate password settings management
After watching this video, you will be able to delegate password settings management.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Account lockout policy settings
After watching this video, you will be able to configure account lockout policy settings.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Kerberos policy settings
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Kerberos policy settings within Group Policy.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Active Directory and SYSVOL Backup
After watching this video, you will be able to back up Active Directory and SYSVOL.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Managing Active Directory Offline
After watching this video, you will be able to perform offline management of Active Directory, including defragmentation of the Active Directory database and clean up of metadata.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Active Directory Snapshots
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Active Directory snapshots.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Object- and Container-level Recovery
After watching this video, you will be able to perform object- and container-level recovery.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Active Directory Restore
After watching this video, you will be able to perform Active Directory restore.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Active Directory Recycle Bin
After watching this video, you will be able to configure and restore objects by using the Active Directory Recycle Bin.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Active Directory Replication
After watching this video, you will be able to monitor and manage Active Directory replication.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Forcing a Group Policy Update
After watching this video, you will be able to force a Group Policy Update.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Software Installation Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to Configure software installation.
-
Microsoft Windows Server 2016: DHCP for IPv6
After watching this video, you will be able to implement IPv6 addressing using DHCPv6.
-
Microsoft Windows Server 2016: Import/Export DHCP Database and Configuration
After watching this video, you will be able to perform export and import of a DHCP server.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Migrate a DHCP Server
After watching this video, you will be able to perform DHCP server migration.
-
Microsoft Windows Server 2016: Manage the DHCP DB: Backup/Restore
After watching this video, you will be able to back up and restore the DHCP database.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: DHCP Failover
After watching this video, you will be able to configure high availability using DHCP failover.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: DHCP Name Protection
After watching this video, you will be able to configure DHCP name protection.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Troubleshooting DHCP
After watching this video, you will be able to troubleshoot DHCP.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Prerequisites for DNS
After watching this video, you will be able to determine DNS installation requirements.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: DNS and Nano Server
After watching this video, you will be able to determine supported DNS deployment scenarios on Nano Server.
-
Microsoft Windows Server 2016: Install DNS Server Role
After watching this video, you will be able to install DNS.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: DNS Forwarders
After watching this video, you will be able to configure forwarders.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: DHCP Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to configure policies.
-
Microsoft Windows Server 2016: Authorize a DHCP Server
After watching this video, you will be able to authorize a DHCP server.
-
Microsoft Windows Server 2016: DHCP Scopes
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure scopes.
-
Microsoft Windows Server 2016: DHCP Superscopes
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure superscopes.
-
Microsoft Windows Server 2016: DHCP Multicast Scopes
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure multicast scopes.
-
Microsoft Windows Server 2016: DHCP Reservations and Exclusions
After watching this video, you will be able to configure DHCP reservations and exclusions.
-
Microsoft Windows Server 2016: DHCP Options
After watching this video, you will be able to configure DHCP options.
-
Microsoft Windows Server 2016: DHCP Lease Period
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a lease period.
-
Microsoft Windows Server 2016: DHCP and DNS Integration
After watching this video, you will be able to configure DNS options from within DHCP.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: PXE BOOT
After watching this video, you will be able to configure client and server for PXE boot.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: DHCP Relay Agent
After watching this video, you will be able to configure DHCP Relay Agent.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Border Gateway Protocol (BGP)
After watching this video, you will be able to implement Border Gateway Protocol (BGP).
-
Microsoft Windows Server 2016: Configuring Windows 2016 Routing
After watching this video, you will be able to configure IPv4 and IPv6 routing.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Configuring the Cluster Operation Mode
After watching this video, you will be able to configure cluster operation mode for the Network Load Balancing cluster.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Upgrading an NLB Cluster
After watching this video, you will be able to define the requirements and procedure of performing an NLB cluster upgrade.
-
Microsoft Windows Server 2016: Configuring an IPv4 Host
After watching this video, you will be able to configure IPv4 addresses and options.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: IPv4 Address Ranges
After watching this video, you will be able to understand IPv4 addresses and subnets.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: IPv6 Address Configuration
After watching this video, you will be able to determine and configure appropriate IPv6 addresses.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: IPv6 Address Ranges
After watching this video, you will be able to understand IPv6 addresses and subnets.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Implement IPv6 Options: Stateful vs Stateless
After watching this video, you will be able to understand IPv6 stateless/stateful addressing options.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: IPv4 to IPv6 Transition Technologies
After watching this video, you will be able to configure IPv4 and IPv6 interoperability using ISATAP, 6to4, and Teredo transition technologies.
-
Microsoft Windows Server 2016: Install the DHCP Server Role
After watching this video, you will be able to install and configure DHCP servers.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: DirectAccess Using the Wizard
After watching this video, you will be able to install and configure DirectAccess using the wizard option.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Post Deployment Client Configuration
After watching this video, you will be able to implement post deployment client configuration for DirectAccess.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: DirectAccess Advanced Solutions
After watching this video, you will be able to implement server requirements using the DirectAccess Advanced Solution.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Install a DirectAccess Advanced Solution
After watching this video, you will be able to install and configure DirectAccess using the DirectAccess Advanced Solution.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Configure Client's DirectAccess Advanced Solution
After watching this video, you will be able to implement client configuration using DirectAccess Advanced Solution.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Troubleshoot DirectAccess
After watching this video, you will be able to troubleshoot DirectAccess.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: RADIUS Server
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a RADIUS server including RADIUS proxy.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: RADIUS Proxy
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a RADIUS server including RADIUS proxy.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: RADIUS Clients
After watching this video, you will be able to configure RADIUS clients.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: NPS Templates
After watching this video, you will be able to configure NPS templates.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: RADIUS Accounting
After watching this video, you will be able to configure RADIUS accounting.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: DNS Zone Scopes and Records
After watching this video, you will be able to configure DNS zone scopes and records.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: DNS Policies for Zones
After watching this video, you will be able to configure policies for zones.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Network Address Translation (NAT)
After watching this video, you will be able to implement Network Address Translation (NAT).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Configure Routing
After watching this video, you will be able to configure routing.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Remote Access Gateway
After watching this video, you will be able to implement remote access and site-to-site (S2S) VPN solutions.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: VPN Protocol Options
After watching this video, you will be able to configure different VPN protocol options
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Authentication Options
After watching this video, you will be able to configure authentication options.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: VPN Reconnect
After watching this video, you will be able to configure VPN reconnect.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Connection Profiles
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure connection profiles.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Remote Access VPN vs. Site-to-site VPN
After watching this video, you will be able to determine when to use a remote access VPN and a site-to-site VPN.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: DirectAccess Server Requirements
After watching this video, you will be able to implement server requirements for DirectAccess.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: AD Integrated Zones and Secure Dynamic Updates
After watching this video, you will be able to configure secure dynamic updates.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: DNS Secondary Zones
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure secondary zones.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: DNS Stub Zones
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure stub zones.
-
Microsoft Windows Server 2016: DNS Zone Delegation
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a DNS zone delegation.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: DNS GlobalNames Zone
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a GlobalNames zone.
-
Microsoft Windows Server 2016: DNS Resource Records (RR)
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure DNS Resource Records (RR), including A, AAAA, PTR, SOA, NS, SRV, CNAME, and MX records.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: DNS Zone Scavenging
After watching this video, you will be able to configure zone scavenging.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: DNS Record Options
After watching this video, you will be able to configure record options, including Time To Live (TTL) and weight.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: DNS Round Robin
After watching this video, you will be able to configure DNS round robin.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: DNS Audit Events and Analytical Events
After watching this video, you will be able to use DNS audit and query events for auditing and troubleshooting your DNS zones.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: DNS Unknown Record Support
After watching this video, you will be able to configure unknown record support.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: DNS Root Hints
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Root Hints.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: DNS Delegation
After watching this video, you will be able to configure delegation.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: DNS Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to implement DNS policies.
-
Microsoft Windows Server 2016: DNS and PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to implement DNS global settings using Windows PowerShell.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Secure DNS (DNSSEC)
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Domain Name System Security Extensions (DNSSEC).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: DNS-based Authentication of Named Entities (DANE)
After watching this video, you will be able to configure DNS-based Authentication of Named Entities (DANE).
-
Microsoft Windows Server 2016: DNS Socket Pool, Cache Locking, RRL, and Logging
After watching this video, you will be able to configure DNS socket pool, cache locking, and logging, and enable Response Rate Limiting.
-
Microsoft Windows Server 2016: DNS Recursion Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to configure recursion settings.
-
Microsoft Windows Server 2016: DNS Performance Tuning
After watching this video, you will be able to implement DNS performance tuning.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: DNS Primary Zones
After watching this video, you will be able to create primary DNS zones.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: DNS Active Directory Integration of Primary Zones
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Active Directory integration of primary zones.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: BranchCache for Web and Application Servers
After watching this video, you will be able to implement BranchCache for web and application servers.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: DFS Replication Scheduling
After watching this video, you will be able to configure DFS replication scheduling.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Remote Differential Compression (RDC)
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Remote Differential Compression (RDC) settings.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: DFS Fault Tolerance
After watching this video, you will be able to configure DFS fault tolerance.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Clone a DFSR Database
After watching this video, you will be able to clone a Distributed File System Replication (DFSR) database.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Recover DFSR Databases
After watching this video, you will be able to recover DFSR databases.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Optimize DFS Replication
After watching this video, you will be able to optimize DFS replication.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: BranchCache Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the features and requirements of a BranchCache implementation.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Install and Configure BranchCache
After watching this video, you will be able to install and configure BranchCache.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: BranchCache Distributed Cache Mode
After watching this video, you will be able to implement distributed and hosted cache modes.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: BranchCache Hosted Cache Mode
After watching this video, you will be able to implement distributed and hosted cache modes.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: DFS Staging
After watching this video, you will be able to configure DFS staging.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: NPS Certificates
After watching this video, you will be able to configure NPS certificates.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Connection Request Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to configure connection request policies.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Network Policies for VPN Clients
After watching this video, you will be able to configure network policies for VPN and wireless and wired clients.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Network Policies for Wireless and Wired Clients
After watching this video, you will be able to configure network policies for VPN and wireless and wired clients.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Relocating NPS Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to import and export NPS policies.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: WAP Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to identify usage and capabilities of the Web Application Proxy (WAP).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: What's New in WAP 2016
After watching this video, you will be able to describe new features of the Web Application Proxy.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Branch Office Considerations
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the challenges faced by branch offices regarding file access and WAN consumption.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: DFS Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the process used by the Distributed File System (DFS).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: DFS Namespaces
After watching this video, you will be able to install and configure DFS namespaces.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: DFS Replication Targets
After watching this video, you will be able to configure DFS replication targets.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016 : Implementing Code Integrity (Device Guard) Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to implement code integrity (device guard) policies.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016 : Overview of Windows Server 2016 Malware Protection
After watching this video, you will be able to define Windows Server 2016 malware protection.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016 : Implementing Windows Defender Antimalware Solution
After watching this video, you will be able to implement an antimalware solution with Windows Defender.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016 : Integrating Windows Defender with WSUS
After watching this video, you will be able to integrate Windows Defender with WSUS and Windows Update.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016 : Configuring Windows Defender using Group Policy
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Windows Defender using Group Policy.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016 : Configuring Windows Defender using PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Windows Defender scans using Windows PowerShell.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016 : Overview of AppLocker
After watching this video, you will be able to describe AppLocker.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016 : Implementing AppLocker Rules: GPO
After watching this video, you will be able to implement AppLocker rules using Group Policy.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016 : Implementing Control Flow Guard
After watching this video, you will be able to implement control flow guard.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016 : Creating Code Integrity Policy Rules
After watching this video, you will be able to create code integrity policy rules.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016 : Implement Device Guard Policies with GPO
After watching this video, you will be able to create code integrity file rules.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016 : Configuring WSUS Update Approvals and Deployments
After watching this video, you will be able to configure WSUS update approvals and deployments.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016 : Managing Updates Using WSUS
After watching this video, you will be able to manage updates using WSUS.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Managing BitLocker Certificates
After watching this video, you will be able to manage BitLocker certificates.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: EFS Backup and Restore
After watching this video, you will be able to configure EFS backup and restore.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Features of File and Disk Encryption
After watching this video, you will be able to describe features of file and disk encryption.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016 : Overview of Server Patching and Updating Solutions
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the value features of Windows Server 2016 server patching and updating solutions.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016 : Overview of Windows Server Update Services (WSUS)
After watching this video, you will be able to define Windows Server Update Services (WSUS).
-
Securing Windows Server 2016 : Installing and Configuring WSUS
After watching this video, you will be able to install and configure WSUS.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016 : Configuring WSUS Automatic Approvals and Reporting
After watching this video, you will be able to configure WSUS automatic updates and reporting.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016 : Creating WSUS Computer Groups
After watching this video, you will be able to create WSUS computer groups.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016 : Troubleshooting WSUS Configuration and Deployments
After watching this video, you will be able to troubleshoot WSUS configuration and deployments.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: BitLocker for Shielded VMs
After watching this video, you will be able to understand BitLocker's role in the Guarded Fabric solution.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Usage Scenarios for the Encrypting File System (EFS)
After watching this video, you will be able to determine usage scenarios for the EFS.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Configuring the EFS Recovery Agent
After watching this video, you will be able to configure the EFS recovery agent.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Deploying BitLocker
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy BitLocker without a trusted platform module (TPM) and deploy BitLocker with a TPM only.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Configuring the Network Unlock Feature
After watching this video, you will be able to configure the network unlock feature.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Configuring BitLocker Group Policy Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to configure BitLocker Group Policy settings.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Configuring BitLocker
After watching this video, you will be able to enable BitLocker to use secure boot for platform and BCD integrity validation.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Configuring BitLocker on CSVs and SANs
After watching this video, you will be able to configure BitLocker on clustered shared volumes (CSVs) and storage area networks (SANs).
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Implementing BitLocker Recovery Process
After watching this video, you will be able to implement the BitLocker recovery process using self-recovery and recovery password retrieval solutions.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Overview of Disk Encryption
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the value features of Windows Server 2016 disk encryption.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Secure Boot and Encryption Key Functionality
After watching this video, you will be able to determine hardware and firmware requirements for secure boot and encryption key functionality.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Overview of Windows Server 2016 BitLocker Technology
After watching this video, you will be able to describe BitLocker encryption technology in Windows Server 2016.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Configuring Connection Security Rules
After watching this video, you will be able to configure connection security rules.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Implementing Isolation Zones and Domain Isolation
After watching this video, you will be able to implement isolation zones and domain isolation.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: SMB 3.1.1 Protocol Security
After watching this video, you will be able to identify SMB 3.1.1 protocol security scenarios and implementations.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Enabling SMB Encryption
After watching this video, you will be able to enable SMB encryption on SMB shares and SMB signing via Group Policy.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Disabling SMB 1.0
After watching this video, you will be able to disable SMB 1.0.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Securing DNS Traffic Using DNSSEC and DNS Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to secure DNS traffic using DNSSEC and DNS policies.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Microsoft Message Analyzer (MMA)
After watching this video, you will be able to install and configure Microsoft Message Analyzer (MMA) to analyze network traffic.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Principles of ESAE Administration
After watching this video, you will be able to implement an Enhanced Security Administrative Environment (ESAE) administrative forest design approach and determine usage scenarios and requirements for implementing ESAE forest design architecture to create a dedicated administrative forest.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Usage Scenarios for Clean Source Principles
After watching this video, you will be able to determine usage scenarios and requirements for implementing clean source principles in an Active Directory architecture.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Implementing Just-in-Time (JIT) Administration
After watching this video, you will be able to implement JIT administration.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Configuring Windows Firewall with Advanced Security
After watching this video, you will be able to configure basic Windows Firewall and Firewall with Advanced Security.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Network Location Profiles and Profile Rules
After watching this video, you will be able to configure and deploy network location profiles and profile rules in the GUI management console.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Configuring Firewall Rules
After watching this video, you will be able to configure firewall rules for multiple profiles using Group Policy in the GUI management console.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Configuring Connection Security Rules
After watching this video, you will be able to configure connection security rules using Group Policy in the GUI management console.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Configuring Firewall Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Windows Firewall using Group Policy with GUI management and Windows PowerShell.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Configuring Authenticated Firewall Exceptions
After watching this video, you will be able to configure authenticated firewall exceptions and import and export settings.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Datacenter Firewall Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to understand the Datacenter Firewall.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Distributed Firewall and Software-defined Networking
After watching this video, you will be able to determine requirements and scenarios for distributed firewall implementation with software-defined networking.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Distributed Firewall and Network Security Groups
After watching this video, you will be able to determine usage scenarios for distributed firewall policies and network security groups.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: How to Secure Network Traffic
After watching this video, you will be able to secure network traffic.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: IPsec Modes and Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to configure IPsec modes and IPsec authentication options.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Configuring Admin and TPM Trusted Attestation
After watching this video, you will be able to configure admin-trusted attestation and configure TPM-trusted attestation.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Configuring the Key Protection Service For HGS
After watching this video, you will be able to configure the Key Protection Service (KPS) For HGS.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Migrating VMs to Guarded Hosts
After watching this video, you will be able to migrate VMs to guarded hosts.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Troubleshooting Guarded Hosts
After watching this video, you will be able to troubleshoot guarded hosts.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Implementing Shielded and Encryption-supported VMs
After watching this video, you will be able to implement shielded and encryption-supported VMs.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Creating a Shielded VM
After watching this video, you will be able to determine requirements and scenarios for implementing shielded VMs and create a shielded VM using only a Hyper-V environment.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Enabling and Configuring vTPM
After watching this video, you will be able to enable and configure vTPM to allow an operating system and data disk encryption within a VM.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Encryption-supported and shielded VMs
After watching this video, you will be able to determine requirements and scenarios for implementing encryption-supported and shielded VMs.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Principles of ESAE Administration
After watching this video, you will be able to re-enforce Principles of ESAE administration.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Overview of Windows Firewall
After watching this video, you will be able to examine the features of Windows Firewall in Server 2016.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Securing Privileged Access
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the Microsoft Roadmap for securing privileged access.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Implementing Credential Guard
After watching this video, you will be able to determine requirements for implementing Credential Guard, and configure Credential Guard using Group Policy WMI, command prompt, and Windows PowerShell.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Implementing NTLM blocking
After watching this video, you will be able to implement NTLM blocking.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Creating Security Baselines
After watching this video, you will be able to define and create security baselines.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Installing and Configuring SCM
After watching this video, you will be able to install and configure Security Compliance Manager (SCM).
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Creating, Viewing, and Importing Security Baselines
After watching this video, you will be able to create, view, and import security baselines.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Deploying Configurations to Servers
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy configurations to domain and nondomain joined servers.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Overview of Virtualization Infrastructure
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize virtualization infrastructure.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Implementing a Guarded Fabric Solution
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a guarded fabric solution.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: The Host Guardian Service (HGS)
After watching this video, you will be able to install and configure the Host Guardian Service (HGS).
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Creating an Administrative (Bastion) Forest
After watching this video, you will be able to create a new administrative (bastion) forest in an existing Active Directory environment using Microsoft Identity Manager (MIM) and configure trusts between production and bastion forests.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Creating Shadow Principals in Bastion Forest
After watching this video, you will be able to create shadow principals in bastion forest and configure the MIM web portal.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Requesting Privileged Access Using MIM Web Portal
After watching this video, you will be able to request privileged access using the MIM web portal.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Determining PAM solutions
After watching this video, you will be able to determine requirements and usage scenarios for Privileged Access Management (PAM) solutions.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Upgrade and Migrate AD FS
After watching this video, you will be able to upgrade and migrate previous AD FS workloads to Windows Server 2016.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Claims-based Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to implement claims-based authentication, including Relying Party Trusts.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Implementing Administrative Role Separation
After watching this video, you will be able to implement administrative role separation.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Configuring CA Backup and Recovery
After watching this video, you will be able to configure CA backup and recovery.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Managing Certificate Templates
After watching this video, you will be able to manage certificate templates.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Managing Certificate Deployment
After watching this video, you will be able to implement and manage certificate deployment.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Managing Certificate Validation and Revocation
After watching this video, you will be able to manage CA certificate validation and revocation.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Managing Certificate Renewal
After watching this video, you will be able to manage CA certificate renewal.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Managing Certificate Enrollment Using Group Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to manage certificate enrollment and renewal for computers and users using Group Policies.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Configuring Key Archival and Recovery
After watching this video, you will be able to configure and manage key archival and recovery.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Authentication Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to configure authentication policies.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Installing Standalone CAs
After watching this video, you will be able to install standalone CAs.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Configuring Certificate Revocation Lists
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Certificate Revocation List (CRL) distribution points.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Configuring an Online Responder
After watching this video, you will be able to install and configure Online Responder.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Control Panel Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Control Panel settings.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Internet Explorer Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Internet Explorer settings.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: File and Folder Deployment
After watching this video, you will be able to configure file and folder deployment.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Shortcut Deployment
After watching this video, you will be able to configure shortcut deployment.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Item-level Targeting
After watching this video, you will be able to configure item-level targeting.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Installing Active Directory Certificate Authority
After watching this video, you will be able to install Active Directory Integrated Enterprise Certificate Authority (CA).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Installing Root and Subordinate CAs
After watching this video, you will be able to install offline root and subordinate CAs.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Printer Preferences
After watching this video, you will be able to configure printer preferences.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Map Network Drives
After watching this video, you will be able to define network drive mappings.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Power Options
After watching this video, you will be able to configure power options.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Custom Registry Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to configure custom registry settings.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Folder Redirection Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to configure folder redirection.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Scripts
After watching this video, you will be able to configure script processing.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Administrative Templates
After watching this video, you will be able to configure administrative templates.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Import Security Templates
After watching this video, you will be able to import security templates.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Import a Custom Administrative Template File
After watching this video, you will be able to import a custom administrative template file.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Property Filters for Administrative Templates
After watching this video, you will be able to configure property filters for administrative templates.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Remote Desktop Gateway Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to publish Remote Desktop Gateway applications.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: HTTP to HTTPS Redirects and URLs
After watching this video, you will be able to configure HTTP to HTTPS redirects, configure internal and external Fully Qualified Domain Names (FQDNs).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Licensor Certificate AD RMS Server
After watching this video, you will be able to install a licensor certificate AD RMS server.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: AD RMS Service Connection Point (SCP)
After watching this video, you will be able to manage AD RMS Service Connection Point (SCP).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: AD RMS Templates
After watching this video, you will be able to manage AD RMS templates.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Exclusion Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Exclusion Policies.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Back Up and Restore AD RMS
After watching this video, you will be able to back up and restore AD RMS.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Integrate WAP with AD FS
After watching this video, you will be able to integrate WAP with AD FS.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Multi-factor Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to configure multi-factor authentication.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Device Registration
After watching this video, you will be able to implement and configure device registration.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: AD FS and Microsoft Passport
After watching this video, you will be able to integrate AD FS with Microsoft Passport.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: AD FS: Microsoft Azure and Office 365
After watching this video, you will be able to configure AD FS for use with Microsoft Azure and Office 365.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: AD FS Authentication for LDAP Directories
After watching this video, you will be able to configure AD FS to enable authentication of users stored in LDAP directories.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Web Application Proxy (WAP)
After watching this video, you will be able to install and configure WAP.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: WAP in Pass-through Mode
After watching this video, you will be able to implement WAP in pass-through mode.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: WAP as AD FS Proxy
After watching this video, you will be able to implement WAP as AD FS proxy.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: AD FS Requirements
After watching this video, you will be able to configure AD FS requirements.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Web Apps via WAP
After watching this video, you will be able to publish web apps via WAP.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Configure chat and conferencing
After watching this video, you will be able to determine chat and conferencing settings that should be used to meet specific needs.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Skype for Business Client Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the role of the Skype for Business clients.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Navigating the Client UI
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Skype for Business client.
-
Skype for Business 2015: User Management
After watching this video, you will be able to understand basic user management tasks related to Skype users.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure a Deployment Slot
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy a web app to a deployment slot.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Monitoring Storage Logs
After watching this video, you will be able to work with storage account logs.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure a Windows VM with DSC
After watching this video, you will be able to use DSC to ensure Windows VM configurations are consistent.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Security Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to define the reasons for Azure security measures.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Create a Key Vault
After watching this video, you will be able to use PowerShell to create an Azure Key Vault.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Encrypt an Azure VM Disk
After watching this video, you will be able to user PowerShell to encrypt an Azure VM disk.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure Key Vault
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how the Azure Key Vault is used.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure a Network Security Group Using PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to use PowerShell to configure a network security group.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure Monitoring Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to define the relevance of monitoring.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Network Security Groups
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the purpose of network security groups.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure a Network Security Group Using the Portal
After watching this video, you will be able to use the portal to configure a network security group.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure Drive Encryption
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how Azure drive encryption works.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Puppet Client Configuration
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how the Puppet VM extension is used for configuration management.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Chef Client Configuration
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how the Chef VM extension is used for configuration management.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Virtual Machine Sizing
After watching this video, you will be able to use the portal to resize an existing virtual machine.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Create a Virtual Machine Scale Set
After watching this video, you will be able to use the portal to create a virtual machine scale set.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure a Virtual Machine Scale Set
After watching this video, you will be able to use the portal to configure a virtual machine scale set.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: HA Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the need for high availability and solutions.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure Traffic Manager
After watching this video, you will be able to identify when the Azure Traffic Manager should be used.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Azure Traffic Manager
After watching this video, you will be able to use Traffic Manager for VMs in different regions.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure Load Balancer
After watching this video, you will be able to identify when Azure Load Balancer should be used.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Azure Load Balancer
After watching this video, you will be able to use Azure Load Balancer for VMs in the same region.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Access the Kudu Web App Interface
After watching this video, you will be able to use Kudu to view diagnostic information.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Create and Deploy an ASP.Net Web App
After watching this video, you will be able to use Visual Studio to create and deploy an ASP.Net web app.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Web App Autoscaling
After watching this video, you will be able to enable autoscaling for an ASP.Net web app.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Kudu Interface
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the purpose of monitoring app services using Kudu.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Automation Tools
After watching this video, you will be able to list tools used for Azure automation.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure an Automation Account
After watching this video, you will be able to use the portal to create an Azure automation account.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Automation Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the need for automation in cloud environments.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Desired State Configuration
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to standardize configurations using DSC.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure DSC for a Windows Azure VM
After watching this video, you will be able to ensure the IIS web server role is installed in Azure Windows VMs.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure Automation Runbooks
After watching this video, you will be able to define how runbooks are used to automate Azure administrative tasks.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Create a Runbook Using the Portal
After watching this video, you will be able to use the portal to create a runbook.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: App Service Types
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the characteristics of different types of application services.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Deployment Slots
After watching this video, you will be able to define how deployment slots are used.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Web App Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to list common web app settings.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Create and Deploy an ASP.Net Web App
After watching this video, you will be able to work with Visual Studio to create and deploy an ASP.Net web app.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Manage a Web App
After watching this video, you will be able to use PowerShell to manage a web app.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Create an On-demand WebJob
After watching this video, you will be able to use the portal to create an on-demand WebJob.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Scalability and Resilience
After watching this video, you will be able to identify how Azure provides scalability and resilience for app services.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Web Jobs and Scheduling
After watching this video, you will be able to distinguish webjob triggers.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Direct Server Return
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the benefit on the load balancer when using direct server return.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Point-to-site VPNs
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the purpose of a point-to-site VPN.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Export an Azure SQL DB
After watching this video, you will be able to export a copy of an Azure SQL DB.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Azure Backup and Recovery
After watching this video, you will be able to configure the Azure Backup agent and export SQL DB.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Connect to Azure Active Directory using PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to connect to an Azure AD instance using the tenant ID.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure a User Defined Route
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Azure Portal to create a User Defined Route.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Point-to-site certificates
After watching this video, you will be able to use makecert.ext to create required certificates.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure SQL DB Backup
After watching this video, you will be able to list options for saving copies of Azure SQL databases.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure Site Recovery
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to use Azure Site Recovery options.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Monitoring Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to add metrics and alerts to monitor Azure storage.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Monitoring Azure SQL DB
After watching this video, you will be able to add metrics and alerts to monitor Azure SQL DB.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Monitoring an Azure Virtual Machine
After watching this video, you will be able to enable the VM agent for monitoring and boot diagnostics.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Monitoring a Web App
After watching this video, you will be able to add metrics and alerts to monitor a web app.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure Backup
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how Azure Backup works with the Backup vault.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Azure Backup
After watching this video, you will be able to install Backup agent and register hosts with Azure Backup vault.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Enable Encryption and Monitoring
After watching this video, you will be able to encrypt a VM disk and enable monitoring.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Recovery Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe recovery principles for IT cloud services.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Accessing Logs
After watching this video, you will be able to list multiple ways logs can be accessed.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Remote Debugging
After watching this video, you will be able to enable remote debugging for an Azure web app.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: ARM Management Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to compare the options available in ARM policies.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure an ARM Management Policy
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a policy for ARM management.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Azure SQL Security
After watching this video, you will be able to set server and database security settings.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure Resource Manager Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to determine how resources are managed with ARM.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Create an ARM Template
After watching this video, you will be able to create a template for ARM deployment of resources.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Deploy an ARM Template
After watching this video, you will be able to use various methods of deploying an ARM template.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Deploy Azure SQL and an ARM Template
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Azure SQL and ARM templates.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure Containers
After watching this video, you will be able to describe when containers should be used.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: App Services Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to identify how web and mobile apps are deployed and scaled.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: App Services Environment
After watching this video, you will be able to list the Azure App Service components.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure SQL DB Replication
After watching this video, you will be able to implement Azure SQL DB replication.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Management Tools
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Azure SQL DB management tools.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Azure AD Users and Groups
After watching this video, you will be able to manage Azure AD users and groups.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure SQL DB Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe when Azure SQL DB should be used.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: View Azure SQL DB Using PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to use PowerShell cmdlets to view Azure SQL DB.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Deploy Azure SQL DB
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy Azure SQL DB using the portal.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Connect to Azure SQL DB
After watching this video, you will be able to use SQL Server Management Studio to connect to Azure SQL DB.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Migrate SQL On-premises to Azure SQL
After watching this video, you will be able to migrate on-premises SQL to Azure SQL DB.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure SQL DB Security
After watching this video, you will be able to list various levels of security to Azure SQL objects.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: View Azure SQL DB Using Azure CLI
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Azure CLI to view Azure SQL DB.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Deploy a Domain Controller in Azure
After watching this video, you will be able to join a Windows 10 station to Azure Active Directory.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Enable Azure AD Self-service Password Reset
After watching this video, you will be able to configure self-service password reset.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure AD Connect
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the purpose of Azure AD Connect.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure Active Directory Domain Join
After watching this video, you will be able to join a Windows 10 station to Azure Active Directory.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Azure AD Connect
After watching this video, you will be able to synchronize on-premises user accounts with Azure AD.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Verify Win 10 SSO
After watching this video, you will be able to verify Single Sign-On for a Windows 10 station.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to describe types of authentication and how they relate to Azure AD.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Federation and Web Application Proxy
After watching this video, you will be able to describe when to use Federation and the Web Application Proxy.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Google ID SSO
After watching this video, you will be able to enable Google ID SSO for Azure AD users.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Enable Azure AD Multi-factor Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to enhance Azure AD security by enabling MFA.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Facebook SSO
After watching this video, you will be able to enable Facebook SSO for Azure AD users.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Manage Azure AD Users
After watching this video, you will be able to use the UI, PowerShell, and Azure CLI to manage users.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Manage Azure AD Groups
After watching this video, you will be able to use the UI, PowerShell, and Azure CLI to manage groups.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: PowerShell Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the role of PowerShell in Azure.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure Management Tools
After watching this video, you will be able to list Azure management tools.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Exploring the Azure Portal
After watching this video, you will be able to navigate through the Azure portal.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Installing Visual Studio 2015 Community Edition
After watching this video, you will be able to use Visual Studio to connect to an Azure subscription.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure Storage Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Azure storage options.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Installing Azure PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to use PowerShell to connect to an Azure subscription.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Installing Azure CLI
After watching this video, you will be able to use Azure CLI to connect to an Azure subscription.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring a Shared Access Signature
After watching this video, you will be able to create a Shared Access Signature for storage account access.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure Storage Types
After watching this video, you will be able to list the various types of Azure storage and when they should be used.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Storage Account Access
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Azure storage account access.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Creating and Configuring a Storage Account
After watching this video, you will be able to create an Azure storage account.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure Cloud Service Offerings
After watching this video, you will be able to list Azure offerings.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Signing up for Microsoft Azure
After watching this video, you will be able to sign up for an Azure subscription.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Cloud Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to list cloud characteristics.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure Cloud Infrastructure
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the components comprising the Azure infrastructure.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure Active Directory Editions
After watching this video, you will be able to differentiate features between Azure AD editions.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure Role-Based Access Control
After watching this video, you will be able to apply RBAC to delegate Azure management permissions.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Deploy and Configure a Virtual Machine
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy a Windows and Linux virtual machine.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure Active Directory Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how Azure AD can benefit an organization.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure a New Azure Active Directory Instance
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Azure AD.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Azure RBAC
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Azure RBAC assignments.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Virtual Machine Management Tools
After watching this video, you will be able to list the tools that can be used to manage Azure virtual machines.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Move a Virtual Machine to a Different subnet
After watching this video, you will be able to move a virtual machine to a different virtual subnet.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Connect to a Windows Virtual Machine Using RDP
After watching this video, you will be able to use RDP to connect to an Azure virtual machine.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Connect to a Linux Virtual Machine Using SSH
After watching this video, you will be able to use SSH to connect to an Azure virtual machine.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Virtual Machine Deployment
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the methods available for deploying virtual machines.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Deploy a Virtual Machine Using the Portal
After watching this video, you will be able to use the portal to deploy a virtual machine.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Virtual Machine Workloads
After watching this video, you will be able to list virtual machine network considerations.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Virtual Machine Disk Configuration
After watching this video, you will be able to list virtual machine disk configuration considerations.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Virtual Machine Remote Connectivity
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how administrators can remotely connect to virtual machine.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Deploy a Virtual Machine Using PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to use PowerShell to deploy a virtual machine.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Deploy a Virtual Machine Using Azure CLI
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Azure CLI to deploy a virtual machine.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Virtual Machine Sizing
After watching this video, you will be able to list Azure virtual machine sizes and their characteristics.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Virtual Machine Workloads
After watching this video, you will be able to determine which workloads are best suited for Windows and Linux virtual machines.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Virtualization Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how virtualization is used with Azure.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Network Interfaces and IP Addressing
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how network interfaces and IP addresses are configured.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Network Connectivity Scenarios
After watching this video, you will be able to list various ways to link cloud and on-premises networks.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: ExpressRoute
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when the ExpressRoute feature should be used.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure DNS
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the purpose of Azure DNS.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Azure DNS Using the Azure Portal
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Azure Portal to configure Azure DNS.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Forced Tunneling
After watching this video, you will be able to define when forced tunneling should be used.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Describe Azure Network Components
After watching this video, you will be able to recall Azure network components and their purpose.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure a Point-to-site VPN
After watching this video, you will be able to use the portal to create a point-to-site VPN link.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: User-defined Routes
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the purpose of user-defined routes.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure a VM with a public Static IP Address
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Azure Portal to configure an public static IP address for a virtual machine.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure a Point-to-site VPN Client
After watching this video, you will be able to connect to an Azure VPN from Windows.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring Blob Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to use Azure blob storage.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring Azure File Service
After watching this video, you will be able to use Azure File Service to map a network drive.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure Networking Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Azure networking components.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Virtual Networks
After watching this video, you will be able to define how Azure uses virtual networks.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Exploring Azure Storage Tools
After watching this video, you will be able to use various Azure storage tools.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: List Management Tools
After watching this video, you will be able to recall Azure management tools and how they are used.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Create a Virtual Network and Subnet Using PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to use PowerShell to create a virtual network and subnet.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Add a Subnet Using the Azure CLI
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Azure CLI to add a virtual subnet to an existing virtual network.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Virtual Subnets
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the role of Azure virtual subnets.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Create a Virtual Network and Subnet in the Portal
After watching this video, you will be able to use the portal to create a virtual network and subnet.
-
Implementing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Storage Tools
After watching this video, you will be able to list tools that can be used with Azure storage.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Managing Nano Server
After watching this video, you will be able to manage Nano Server.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Installing Server Core
After watching this video, you will be able to install Server Core.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Exercise: Choose Server 2016 Installation Options
After watching this video, you will be able to determine the appropriate installation options and features for a given scenario.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: IPAM Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to identify management capabilities and features of IP Address Management (IPAM).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: IPAM and Virtual IP Address Spaces
After watching this video, you will be able to use IPAM with System Center Virtual Machine Manager to manage physical and virtual IP address spaces.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Use IPAM to Manage DHCP Server Properties
After watching this video, you will be able to manage DHCP server properties using IPAM.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Use IPAM to Configure DHCP Scopes and Options
After watching this video, you will be able to configure DHCP scopes and options using IPAM.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: IP Blocks and Ranges
After watching this video, you will be able to create and manage IP blocks and ranges.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Monitoring IP Utilization
After watching this video, you will be able to monitor utilization of IP address space.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Migrate Existing Workloads to IPAM
After watching this video, you will be able to migrate existing workloads to IPAM.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: IPAM Database Storage Using SQL Server
After watching this video, you will be able to configure IPAM database storage using SQL Server.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: IPAM Installation
After watching this video, you will be able to identify deployment and installation requirements for IP Address Management (IPAM).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Provision IPAM
After watching this video, you will be able to provision IPAM manually or by using group policy.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: IPAM Server Discovery
After watching this video, you will be able to configure server discovery.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Configuring Connection Request Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to configure connection request policies.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: IPAM and Role-based Access Control (RBAC)
After watching this video, you will be able to delegate administration for DNS and DHCP using role-based access control (RBAC).
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Audit the DNS and DHCP Servers
After watching this video, you will be able to audit the changes performed on the DNS and DHCP servers.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Audit the IPAM Address Usage Trail
After watching this video, you will be able to audit the IPAM address usage trail.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Audit DHCP Lease Events and User Logon Events
After watching this video, you will be able to audit DHCP lease events and user logon events.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: IPAM and DHCP Policies and Failover
After watching this video, you will be able to configure DHCP policies and failover using IPAM.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Use IPAM to Manage DNS Server Properties
After watching this video, you will be able to manage DNS server properties using IPAM.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Use IPAM to Manage DNS Zones and Records
After watching this video, you will be able to manage DNS zones and records using IPAM.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Networking: Cross-forest IP Address Management
After watching this video, you will be able to manage DNS and DHCP servers in multiple Active Directory forests.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Chat Room Categories
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how categories are used to organize chat rooms.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Configure Chat Room Categories
After watching this video, you will be able to configure categories for chat rooms using the Control Panel.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Chat Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to list various chat policy settings.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Configure Chat Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to configure policy settings for chat usage.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Install and Upgrade Skype for Business
After watching this video, you will be able to install and upgrade Skype for Business.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Skype for Business Chat Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe chat features within Skype for Business.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Migration
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the steps involved with migration.
-
Skype for Business 2015: In-Place Upgrade
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the steps involved wth upgrades.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Mirroring and AlwaysOn
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the steps involved with upgrading from mirroring to AlwaysOn.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Schedule a Skype Meeting Broadcast
After watching this video, you will be able to schedule a meeting for broadcast.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Video Interop Server
After watching this video, you will be able to define the when the VIS should be used.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Office Online Server
After watching this video, you will be able to define when an Office Online Server should be used.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Conferencing Auto Attendant
After watching this video, you will be able to describe CAA service functionality.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Skype Meeting Broadcast
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how meeting broadcasts works.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Conferencing Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to identity specific conferencing settings and when they should be used.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Start a Skype for Business Impromptu Meeting
After watching this video, you will be able to launch an Impromptu Meeting.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Room Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how settings can be applied to a specific chat room.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Start and Stop Persistent Chat Services
After watching this video, you will be able to use the chat services to start and stop the chat functionality.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Join a Chatroom
After watching this video, you will be able to connect to and participate in an existing chat room.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Conferencing Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the conferencing services available with Skype for Business.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Skype for Business Editions
After watching this video, you will be able to differentiate Skype for Business editions.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Skype for Business On-Premises
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to use the Skype for Business on-premises solution.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Skype for Business Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the purpose of Skype for Business.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Using Skype for Business PowerShell Cmdlets
After watching this video, you will be able to use PowerShell cmdlets to manage Skype for Business.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Site Design
After watching this video, you will be able to plan single and multiple site configurations for Skype for Business.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Install Skype for Business On-Premises
After watching this video, you will be able to Install a Skype for Business server in your on-premises network.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Skype for Business Server Roles
After watching this video, you will be able to list and describe various server roles.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Skype for Business Server Control Panel
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Skype for Business Server Control Panel tool.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Skype for Business PowerShell Cmdlets
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how PowerShell cmdlets can be used to manage Skype for Business.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Skype for Business Online
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to use the Skype for Business online solution.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Sign up for Skype for Business Online
After watching this video, you will be able to sign up and sign in to Skype for Business online.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Skype for Business Hybrid Solutions
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how Skype for Business on-premises and online can be used together.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Requirements and Capacity Planning
After watching this video, you will be able to plan for resources needed by Skype for Business.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Using PowerShell Direct
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the appropriate PowerShell Direct commands and syntax for a given scenario.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Exercise: Choosing Virtual Disk Management Options
After watching this video, you will be able to choose virtual hard disk management options for a given scenario.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Choosing VM Migration Method
After watching this video, you will be able to choose VM migration method for the given scenario.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Determining Cluster Strategies
After watching this video, you will be able to determine cluster strategies for a given scenario.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Choosing WSUS Topology
After watching this video, you will be able to choose WSUS topology appropriate for a given scenario.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Determine Effective Permissions
After watching this video, you will be able to Determine Effective Permissions for a given scenario.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: DNS SRV Record Registration Issues
After watching this video, you will be able to resolve DNS SRV record registration issues.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Global Catalog Servers
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a global catalog server.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Understanding Operations Master Roles
After watching this video, you will be able to define features and functionality of operations master roles.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Configuring the RODC
After watching this video, you will be able to perform a read-only domain controller (RODC) configuration for a given scenario.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Add or Remove a Domain Controller from a Domain
After watching this video, you will be able to add or remove a domain controller from a domain.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Considerations and Practices for DC Upgrades
After watching this video, you will be able to upgrade a domain controller.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: ADDS on Server Core
After watching this video, you will be able to install AD DS on a Server Core installation.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Install from Media (IFM) Deployments
After watching this video, you will be able to install a domain controller using the Install from Media (IFM) option.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Define the requirements to configure S2D
After watching this video, you will be able to define the requirements of S2D for a given scenario.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Install, Store, and Compute: Defining NLB Cluster Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to define appropriate NLB configuration details for a given scenario.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Creating a New Forest
After watching this video, you will be able to install a new AD forest.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Using AD FS and WAP
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how AD FS services and WAP are installed and configured.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Exercise: Define AD RMS Templates
After watching this video, you will be able to use AD RMS templates for a given scenario.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Exercise: Selecting the Appropriate Trust Type
After watching this video, you will be able to select the appropriate trust type for a given scenario.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Configuring Group Policy
After watching this video, you will be able to perform group policy configurations for a given scenario.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Using Group Policy Preferences and Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to use administrative templates and Group Policy preferences in a given scenario.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Identifying CA Architectural Components
After watching this video, you will be able to identify CA Architectural components to be deployed for a given scenario.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Recovering Server 2016 Active Directory
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to recover Active Directory in Windows Server 2016.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Determine Effective Permissions
After watching this video, you will be able to determine effective permissions for a given scenario.
-
Windows Server 2016 - Identity: Managing Active Directory Objects
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the correct steps used to manage Active Directory objects.
-
Microsoft PowerShell and SharePoint: Recycle Bin
Microsoft PowerShell and SharePoint allow administrators to work with a site collection's Recycle Bin. In this video, David Dye demonstrates how to retrieve and restore both first- and second-stage deleted items, how to delete a single item, and how to flush a Recycle Bin.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Describe Malware Security
After watching this video, you will be able to specify malware security components.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Using Response Compression in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to use response compression with ASP.NET core in VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Debugging .NET Core on Unix
After watching this video, you will be able to use SSH to debug a .NET application on a Unix machine.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Out Variables for C# in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to use the out variable in a C# program.
-
Visual Studio 2017: C# Tuples in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to identify how to use C# tuples.
-
Visual Studio 2017: C# Pattern Matching in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to perform pattern matching in Visual Studio 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Improved JavaScript Editor in Visual Studio 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the improved web editing features in VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Installing the ASP.NET and Web Development Workload
After watching this video, you will be able to install the ASP.NET and web development workload to VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Client-side Debugging
After watching this video, you will be able to perform client-side debugging of both JavaScript and TypeScript in Google Chrome.
-
Visual Studio 2017: .NET Core and ASP.NET Core Updates
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the updates to the tooling for .NET Core and ASP.NET Core.
-
Visual Studio 2017: C++ Conformance Improvements
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the C++ conformance improvements in VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: New C++ Compiler Switches
After watching this video, you will be able to list and describe the new C++ compiler switches in VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: C++ Codegen Improvements
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the use of codegen in Visual C++ in VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: C++ Code Security Improvements
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the C++ code security improvements in VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: C++ Toolset Layout Updates in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to use the improved C++ toolset in VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Using Git in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the key new features in Git for VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Using The Structure Visualizer
After watching this video, you will be able to utilize the structure visualizer in a project in VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Live Architecture Dependency Validation
After watching this video, you will be able to validate architecture dependencies with VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Using The Roaming Extensions Manager
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the roaming extensions manager in VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Identity Services in Visual Studio 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the identity services manager in VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Debugging in Visual Studio 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to detail debugging improvements in Visual Studio 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Live Unit Testing in Visual Studio 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to implement Live Unit Testing in Visual Studio 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Apache Cordova in Visual Studio 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to detail the key Apache Cordova improvements in Visual Studio 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Visual C++ for Linux in Visual Studio 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the support for Visual C++ for Linux in Visual Studio 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Refactoring in Visual Studio 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to use refactoring the improvements in Visual Studio 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Utilizing Visual Studio 2017 New Features
After watching this video, you will be able to use the key new features of Visual Studio 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Configuring Common Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to configure common settings in the Visual Studio IDE.
-
Visual Studio 2017: The Visual Studio 2017 Interface
After watching this video, you will be able to provide a tour of the Visual Studio 2017 interface.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Code Editing in Visual Studio 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the key editing improvements in Visual Studio 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Code Navigation in Visual Studio 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to use the code navigation features in Visual Studio 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Visual Studio 2017 Installation
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to install Visual Studio 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Using the Desktop Bridge for UWP
After watching this video, you will be able to use the UWP Bridge to convert a Windows desktop application to a Universal Windows Platform (UWP) app.
-
Visual Studio 2017: C++ Code Analysis in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to configure the C++ Code Analysis tool.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Clang/C2 Platform Toolset in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to build a project utilizing the /bigobj switch for VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Working with C++ in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to use C++ code in Visual Studio.
-
Visual Studio 2017: C++ Improved Diagnostics in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to illustrate the use of improved diagnostics for VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: C++ Standard Library Improvements in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the key improvements to the C++ Standard Library.
-
Visual Studio 2017: IntelliSense Improvements for C++ in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the various IntelliSense improvements for C++.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Using Open Folder in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to read and edit C++ code using the improved Open Folder in VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: CMake Projects in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to describe what Cmake is and illustrate its use in Visual Studio.
-
Visual Studio 2017: C++ Workloads in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the various workloads available for C++ in VS 2017 and describe their features.
-
Azure Architect: Configure Azure Media Services
After watching this video, you will be able to deliver content using Azure Media Services.
-
Azure Architect: Azure Search
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how Azure Search is used.
-
Azure Architect: IoT Hub
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the purpose of Azure IoT Hub.
-
Azure Architect: Azure Media Services
After watching this video, you will be able to explain how media streaming is configured using Azure Media Services.
-
Azure Architect: Azure AD
After watching this video, you will be able to explain how Active Directory can be used for identity management in Azure.
-
Azure Architect: Implement Azure AD Connect
After watching this video, you will be able to link on-premises Active Directory with Azure.
-
Azure Architect: Azure Scheduler
After watching this video, you will be able to explain how Azure Scheduler schedules jobs in the cloud.
-
Azure Architect: Configure Azure Scheduler
After watching this video, you will be able to schedule a job using Azure Scheduler.
-
Azure Architect: Azure Batch
After watching this video, you will be able to define how Azure Batch runs large-scale applications.
-
Azure Architect: Implement Azure Batch
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Azure Batch.
-
Azure Architect: Describe Application Messaging Components
After watching this video, you will be able to describe app components messaging concepts.
-
Azure Architect: High-performance Computing Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how high-performance computing expedites working with large data sets.
-
Azure Architect: Active Directory Domain Join
After watching this video, you will be able to join a Windows 10 station to Azure Active Directory.
-
Azure Architect: Service Bus Relay
After watching this video, you will be able to list the reasons Service Bus Relay should be used.
-
Azure Architect: Virtual Machine Domain Membership
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the benefits of joining devices to a domain.
-
Azure Architect: Using a Storage Queue with the Azure Service Bus
After watching this video, you will be able to write a simple application that uses Azure Service Bus.
-
Azure Architect: Hybrid Connections
After watching this video, you will be able to list connectivity options related to hybrid applications.
-
Azure Architect: Service Bus Queues
After watching this video, you will be able to identify how storage queues allow component communication.
-
Azure Architect: Creating a Storage Queue
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Azure portal to create a queue.
-
Azure Architect: Azure Event Hub
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the purpose of the Azure Event Hub.
-
Azure Architect: Sending Messages to Azure Event Hub
After watching this video, you will be able to write a simple application that sends messages to Azure Event Hub.
-
Azure Architect: Azure Service Bus
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how Azure Service Bus is used by applications.
-
Azure Architect: Topics and Subscriptions
After watching this video, you will be able to configure an Azure topic and subscription.
-
Azure Architect: Mobile App Push Notifications
After watching this video, you will be able to describe push notification to mobile app users and groups.
-
Azure Architect: Create a Web App, WebJob, and Mobile App
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy an Azure web and mobile app.
-
Azure Architect: Mobile App Offline Sync
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how offline sync gets integrated with a mobile app.
-
Azure Architect: Secure a Mobile App Using Azure AD
After watching this video, you will be able to use Azure AD to control access to a mobile app.
-
Azure Architect: Azure Mobile Services
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Azure mobile service offerings.
-
Azure Architect: Deploy a Simple Mobile App
After watching this video, you will be able to use Visual Studio to deploy a simple Node.js mobile app to Azure.
-
Azure Architect: WebJobs
After watching this video, you will be able to explain the purpose of a background WebJob.
-
Azure Architect: Schedule a WebJob
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a WebJob triggered by a schedule.
-
Azure Architect: Messaging Application Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to specify how application components can communicate with each other using messaging.
-
Azure Architect: Web API
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how Web API is used in Azure.
-
Azure Architect: Web Application Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how Azure supports web applications.
-
Azure Architect: Web App Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to list Azure web application configuration settings.
-
Azure Architect: Deploy ARM Templates Using Azure CLI
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Azure CLI to deploy an ARM template.
-
Azure Architect: Deploy Virtual Machines
After watching this video, you will be able to use various methods to deploy virtual machines.
-
Azure Architect: Create a Storage Account
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Azure portal to create a storage account.
-
Azure Architect: Deploy ARM Templates Using Azure PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to use Azure PowerShell to deploy an ARM template.
-
Azure Architect: Create an Automation Account
After watching this video, you will be able to create and automation account using the Azure portal.
-
Azure Architect: Create a Graphical Azure Runbook
After watching this video, you will be able to create a simple graphical Azure runbook.
-
Azure Architect: App Service Plans
After watching this video, you will be able to identify settings contained within app service plans.
-
Azure Architect: Deploying a Simple Web App
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy an Azure web app.
-
Azure Architect: Azure Role-based Access Control
After watching this video, you will be able to identify how roles are used with Azure management.
-
Azure Architect: Enable Azure SQL Database TDE
After watching this video, you will be able to enable Azure database encryption.
-
Azure Architect: Azure Encryption
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Azure encryption options.
-
Azure Architect: Implement Azure Storage Encryption
After watching this video, you will be able to enable Azure storage encryption.
-
Azure Architect: ADFS Planning
After watching this video, you will be able to plan an Azure ADFS deployment.
-
Azure Architect: Use Google as an Identity Provider
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Azure to allow Google identity authentication.
-
Azure Architect: OpenID Connect
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the OpenID Connect protocol.
-
Azure Architect: Active Directory Federation Services (ADFS)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the purpose of ADFS.
-
Azure Architect: OAuth
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the OAuth protocol.
-
Azure Architect: Azure Security Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to list Azure security features.
-
Azure Architect: Identity Management
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the role identity management plays in securing resources.
-
Azure Architect: Implement Azure Machine Learning
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Azure Machine Learning.
-
Azure Architect: Schedule Jobs and Enable Media Streaming
After watching this video, you will be able to schedule a job, and enable media services and Azure Search.
-
Azure Architect: Create an Azure Search Index
After watching this video, you will be able to create and query an Azure search index.
-
Azure Architect: Azure Machine Learning
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the purpose of Azure Machine Learning.
-
Web Application Design: Azure App Service Environment
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how scalability and network isolation play a role with ASE.
-
Web Application Design: Deploy an Azure Web Application
After watching this video, you will be able to use the portal to deploy an Azure web application.
-
Web Application Design: Azure Web API
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how developers can create and consume custom web application code through Web APIs.
-
Web Application Design: Web Application Resiliency and Performance
After watching this video, you will be able to design an Azure web application that performs well and is resilient to failure.
-
Web Application Design: Web Applications Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the components that can be used to support an Azure web application.
-
Web Application Design: Deploy a PHP Azure Web Application
After watching this video, you will be able to create a PHP web application hosted on Azure.
-
Web Application Design: Content Delivery Networks
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the benefit of global caching through CDNs.
-
Web Application Design: Create an Azure Web Application
After watching this video, you will be able to use Visual Studio to deploy an Azure web application.
-
Monitoring Resources: Configure Azure Log Analytics
After watching this video, you will be able to enable Azure Log Analytics.
-
Monitoring Resources: Metric Alerts
After watching this video, you will be able to enable VM metric alerts in Azure.
-
Monitoring Resources: Activity Log Alerts
After watching this video, you will be able to use the portal to configure activity log alerts in Azure.
-
Monitoring Resources: Azure Monitoring
After watching this video, you will be able to define the relevance of monitoring in Azure.
-
Monitoring Resources: Activity Logs
After watching this video, you will be able to view Azure resource activity logs.
-
Web Application Design: Containerized Web Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to recall the benefits of using containers to host applications.
-
Web Application Design: Exercise: Design the Web Application Environment
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and deploy Azure web applications.
-
Monitoring Resources: Azure Advisor
After watching this video, you will be able to view Azure Advisor recommendations.
-
Monitoring Resources: Azure Network Watcher
After watching this video, you will be able to configure IP flow and packet captures for Azure VMs.
-
Monitoring Resources: Monitor Azure VM Metrics
After watching this video, you will be able to use the portal to monitor VM metrics in Azure.
-
Monitoring Resources: Enable Application Insights
After watching this video, you will be able to use the portal to enable application insights in Azure.
-
Application Design & Messaging: Create an HTTP Triggered Azure Function
After watching this video, you will be able to use the portal to create an Azure Function triggered by an HTTP request.
-
Application Design & Messaging: Azure Service Fabric
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how Azure Service Fabric allows developers to focus on the app and not the supporting infrastructure.
-
Application Design & Messaging: Determine VM Workloads and Connectivity
After watching this video, you will be able to identify IT workload requirements between on-premises and the cloud.
-
Application Design & Messaging: Azure Function Apps
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how Azure Function apps can be used for code modularity in the cloud.
-
Monitoring Resources: Azure Service Health
After watching this video, you will be able to view Azure service availability by region.
-
Monitoring Resources: Exercise: Monitor Azure and Enable Alerts
After watching this video, you will be able to monitor Azure resources and configure alerting.
-
Planning Artificial Intelligence Services: Azure Machine Learning
After watching this video, you will be able to list how Azure Machine Learning is used by modern algorithms.
-
Planning Artificial Intelligence Services: Azure Bot Service
After watching this video, you will be able to recall how users can interact with apps that use the Azure Bot Service.
-
Application Design & Messaging: Exercise: Plan Azure Function and Logic Apps
After watching this video, you will be able to recall when Function and Logic apps should be used.
-
Planning Artificial Intelligence Services: Azure Cognitive Services
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how Azure Cognitive Services provides text analysis and translation, as well as facial recognition.
-
Application Design & Messaging: Azure Logic Apps
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how Logic apps are used to implement workflows.
-
Planning Artificial Intelligence Services: Media Services
After watching this video, you will be able to list the benefits of using Azure Media Services to deliver multimedia content.
-
Planning Artificial Intelligence Services: Create a Simple Azure Machine Learning Experiment
After watching this video, you will be able to use the portal to create a simple Azure Machine Learning experiment.
-
Planning Artificial Intelligence Services: IoT Hub
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when IoT Hub should be used.
-
Planning Artificial Intelligence Services: Create a Machine Learning Workspace
After watching this video, you will be able to use the portal to create and explore an Azure Machine Learning workspace.
-
Planning Artificial Intelligence Services: Import an Azure Machine Learning Dataset
After watching this video, you will be able to use the portal to import an Azure Machine Learning dataset.
-
Planning Artificial Intelligence Services: Exercise: Use Cases for Azure AI Services
After watching this video, you will be able to determine which Azure AI service best suits a given need.
-
Exchange 2016: Standard Deployment Solution
After watching this video, you will be able to identify standard deployment solutions.
-
Exchange 2016: Mail Processing
After watching this video, you will be able to describe mail processing.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Configure Client Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to user PowerShell and the GUI to manage client policies.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Client Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to list authentication options available for clients.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Perform User Management Tasks
After watching this video, you will be able to use PowerShell and the GUI to manage users.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Client Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how client policies are used to configure many users with similar needs.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Contacts
After watching this video, you will be able to understand the role of contacts in Skype for Business.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Client Configuration
After watching this video, you will be able to configure settings within the Skype for Business client.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Address Book
After watching this video, you will be able to understand the role of the address book in Skype for Business.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Interoperability with Legacy Solutions
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how Skype for Business can communicate with older legacy systems.
-
Skype for Business 2015: XMPP
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the purpose of the Extensible Messaging and Presence Protocol.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Mobility
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how mobile devices interact with Skype for Business.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Federation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the role federation plays in Skype for Business.
-
Skype for Business 2015: External Access Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how external access to Skype for Business occurs.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Certificates
After watching this video, you will be able to explain how PKI certificates can secure Skype for Business communications.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Edge Server Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how Edge Servers are used for external access.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Configuring archiving and external access
After watching this video, you will be able to apply archive settings.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Determine enterprise voice configurations
After watching this video, you will be able to determine the best voice configuraton settings given a set of requirements.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Data Retention Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to explain how and why data can be archived.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Call Management Features
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how incoming calls are handled with call management features.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Voice policies
After watching this video, you will be able to define voice policy settings and hower their scope can affect different sets of users.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Configure a Skype for Business Dial Plan
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Control Panel to create a dial plan.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Enable Enterprise Voice for users
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Control Panel to assign a voice policy to a user.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Dial Plans
After watching this video, you will be able to define dial plan settings and how their scope can affect different sets of users.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Archive Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to describe settings available in archive policies.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Configure an on-premises archive Policy
After watching this video, you will be able to apply archive settings on-premises.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Enterprise Voice Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe factors influencing enterprise voice configuration.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Skype PSTN and SIP Connectivity
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how Skype for Business allows connectivity with other communications systems.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Configure Skype settings in GPOs
After watching this video, you will be able to install and use the Group Policy ADMX files for Skype for Business.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Configure client settings and policies
After watching this video, you will be able to configure client settings individually and through the use of policies.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Client VDI
After watching this video, you will be able to determine when the client VDI should be used.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Group Policy Skype Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to descibe how Group Policy can be used to configure Skype for Business client settings.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Configure Client Security Options
After watching this video, you will be able to secure Skype for Business clients.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Skype for Business Trunking
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how trunking interconnects Skype for Business and the PSTN.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Skype Cloud PBX
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how a cloud PBX can replace an on-premises PBX phone system.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Mediation Server
After watching this video, you will be able to discuss the role a mediation server has within enterprise voice.
-
Exchange 2016: Implement Load Balancing (Part 1)
After watching this video, you will be able to implement load balancing for single namespace.
-
Exchange 2016: Mail Flow from External SMTP with Edge Transports
After watching this video, you will be able to describe mailflow from an external SMTP with Edge Transport servers.
-
Exchange 2016: Mail Flow to External SMTP - No Edge Transports
After watching this video, you will be able to describe mailflow to an external SMTP with no Edge Transport servers.
-
Exchange 2016: Exchange 2016 Transport - Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Exchange 2016 transport architecture.
-
Exchange 2016: Mail Flow from External SMTP - No Edge Transports
After watching this video, you will be able to describe mailflow from an external SMTP with no Edge Transport servers.
-
Exchange 2016: Set Up Redundancy for Intra-site Scenarios (Part 1)
After watching this video, you will be able to set up redundancy for intra-site scenarios.
-
Exchange 2016: Set Up Redundancy for Intra-site Scenarios (Part 2)
After watching this video, you will be able to implement redundancy for intra-site scenarios.
-
Exchange 2016: Implement Load Balancing (Part 2)
After watching this video, you will be able to implement load balancing for multiple namespace.
-
Exchange 2016: Multiple Namespaces with No Session Affinity
After watching this video, you will be able to describe multiple namespaces with no session affinity.
-
Exchange 2016: Mail Flow to External SMTP with Edge Transports
After watching this video, you will be able to describe mailflow to an external SMTP with Edge Transport servers.
-
Exchange 2016: PST Cons
After watching this video, you will be able to identify PST cons.
-
Exchange 2016: Mailbox Archiving
After watching this video, you will be able to archive mailboxes.
-
Existing title: EAC Screenshots
After watching this video, you will be able to describe EAC screenshots.
-
Exchange 2016: Configure the Managed Folder Assistant
After watching this video, you will be able to configure the managed folder assistant.
-
Exchange 2016: Implementing Retention Tags Step by Step
After watching this video, you will be able to implement retention tags step by step.
-
Exchange 2016: Plan and Delegate RBAC Roles for eDiscovery
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and delegate RBAC roles for eDiscovery.
-
Exchange 2016: Create Archive Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to create archive policies.
-
Exchange 2016: Create Archive Policies & Plan for Archive Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to create archive policies and plan for archive storage.
-
Exchange 2016: Configure On-premises Mailbox Archiving – EAC & EMS
After watching this video, you will be able to configure on-premises mailbox archiving with EAC and EMS.
-
Exchange 2016: Online Archiving Office 365 and Hybrid
After watching this video, you will be able to implement online archiving for Office 365 and Hybrid.
-
Exchange 2016: E-mail Address Policy
After watching this video, you will be able to define e-mail address policies.
-
Exchange 2016: EMS cmdlets
After watching this video, you will be able to describe EMS cmdlets.
-
Exchange 2016: Transport Rules
After watching this video, you will be able to identify transport rules.
-
Exchange 2016: Configure Accepted Domains
After watching this video, you will be able to configure accepted domains.
-
Exchange 2016: Configure Custom Rules Process
After watching this video, you will be able to configure custom rules process.
-
Exchange 2016: Configure Custom Rules XML
After watching this video, you will be able to configure custom rules XML.
-
Exchange 2016: DLP Transport Rules
After watching this video, you will be able to identify DLP transport rules.
-
Exchange 2016: Set Up Pre-built Rules
After watching this video, you will be able to set up pre-built rules.
-
Exchange 2016: EMS Deployment and Configuration
After watching this video, you will be able to describe EMS deployment and configuration.
-
Exchange 2016: Design a Data Loss Prevention DLP
After watching this video, you will be able to design a data loss prevention DLP.
-
Exchange 2016: Design Interorganization Mail Flow
After watching this video, you will be able to design interorganization mail flow.
-
Exchange 2016: Edge Transport
After watching this video, you will be able to define edge transport.
-
Exchange 2016: Managing Site Link Cost and Hub Sites
After watching this video, you will be able to manage site link cost and hub sites.
-
Exchange 2016: Configure Send/Receive Connectors
After watching this video, you will be able to configure send/receive connectors.
-
Exchange 2016: Design Shared Namespace Scenarios
After watching this video, you will be able to design shared namespaces.
-
Exchange 2016: Configuring an Edge Transport Server
After watching this video, you will be able to configure an edge transport server.
-
Exchange 2016: Antimalware
After watching this video, you will be able to describe antimalware.
-
Exchange 2016: Server Hosted Antivirus Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to identify server hosted antivirus applications.
-
Exchange 2016: Antispam
After watching this video, you will be able to describe antispam.
-
Exchange 2016: Antispam Management
After watching this video, you will be able to describe antispam management.
-
Exchange 2016: Transport High Availability Boundary
After watching this video, you will be able to identify transport high availability boundary.
-
Exchange 2016: Shadow Redundancy
After watching this video, you will be able to define shadow redundancy.
-
Exchange 2016: Design Intersite Mail Flow (Routing)
After watching this video, you will be able to design intersite mail flow routing.
-
Exchange 2016: Design Intersite Mail Flow (Site Links)
After watching this video, you will be able to design intersite mail flow site links.
-
Exchange 2016: Delivery Groups
After watching this video, you will be able to define delivery groups.
-
Exchange 2016: Exchange Mail Flow
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Exchange mail flow.
-
Exchange 2016: MX Record Resilience (Part 1)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe MX record resilience.
-
Exchange 2016: MX Record Resilience (Part 2)
After watching this video, you will be able to implement MX record resilience.
-
Exchange 2016: Shadow Redundancy Components
After watching this video, you will be able to identify shadow redundancy components.
-
Exchange 2016: Safety Net Operation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe safety net operation.
-
Exchange 2016: Namespace Models - Office Online Server
After watching this video, you will be able to describe namespace models for Office online server.
-
Exchange 2016: Namespace Models - Regional Namespace
After watching this video, you will be able to describe namespace models for a regional namespace.
-
Exchange 2016: Manage Organization Relationships
After watching this video, you will be able to manage organization relationships.
-
Exchange 2016: Plan Namespaces for Coexistence
After watching this video, you will be able to plan namespaces for coexistence.
-
Exchange 2016: Create a Sharing Policy via EAC
After watching this video, you will be able to create a sharing policy.
-
Exchange 2016: Edit a Default Sharing Policy via EAC
After watching this video, you will be able to edit a default sharing policy via EAC.
-
Exchange 2016: Firewall Requirements for Federated Sharing
After watching this video, you will be able to identify firewall requirements for federated sharing.
-
Exchange 2016: Manage Sharing Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to manage sharing policies.
-
Exchange 2016: Supported Coexistence Scenarios
After watching this video, you will be able to identify supported coexistence scenarios.
-
Exchange 2016: Configure Proxy Redirect
After watching this video, you will be able to configure proxy redirect.
-
Exchange 2016: Plan Firewall Configuration for Coexistence
After watching this video, you will be able to plan firewall configuration for coexistence.
-
Exchange 2016: Implement Password Synchronization
After watching this video, you will be able to implement password synchronization.
-
Exchange 2016: Plan and Configure Certificate and Firewall Requirements
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and configure certificate and firewall requirements.
-
Exchange 2016: Deploy and Manage Hybrid Configuration
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy and manage hybrid configuration.
-
Exchange 2016: Server Deploy Assist and Remote Connectivity Analyzer
After watching this video, you will be able to describe server deploy assist and remote connectivity analyzer.
-
Exchange 2016: What Is a Hybrid Configuration
After watching this video, you will be able to describe a hybrid configuration.
-
Exchange 2016: Prerequisites for Hybrid Deployment
After watching this video, you will be able to identify prerequisites for hybrid deployment.
-
Exchange 2016: Managing Exchange User Throttling Policy (Part 2)
After watching this video, you will be able to create a policy while managing user throttling policies.
-
Exchange 2016: Monitor System Status
After watching this video, you will be able to view monitoring system status.
-
Exchange 2016: Microsoft Federation Gateways Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to define Microsoft federation gateways.
-
Exchange 2016: Create Federation Trust Screenshots
After watching this video, you will be able to create federation trust screenshots.
-
Exchange 2016: X.509 Requirements for Federation
After watching this video, you will be able to identify X.509 requirements for federation.
-
Exchange 2016: Service Level Agreement (Part 1)
After watching this video, you will be able to define a service level agreement.
-
Exchange 2016: Service Level Agreement (Part 2)
After watching this video, you will be able to identify service level agreement metrics.
-
Exchange 2016: Audit Log Fields
After watching this video, you will be able to describe audit log fields.
-
Exchange 2016: Plan for Software Update Management
After watching this video, you will be able to plan for software update management.
-
Exchange 2016: Search the MailboxAuditLog
After watching this video, you will be able to search the MailboxAuditLog.
-
Exchange 2016: Administrative Mailbox Audit Logging
After watching this video, you will be able to implement administrative mailbox audit logging.
-
Exchange 2016: Configure Mailbox Audit Logging
After watching this video, you will be able to configure mailbox audit logging.
-
Exchange 2016: Managing Exchange User Throttling Policy (Part 1)
After watching this video, you will be able to manage Exchange user throttling policies.
-
Exchange 2016: Exchange Workload Management
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Exchange workload management.
-
Exchange 2016: Managing Workload Policy Modifications
After watching this video, you will be able to manage workload policy modifications.
-
Exchange 2016: Ethical Wall
After watching this video, you will be able to describe an ethical wall.
-
Exchange 2016: Ethical Wall with Distribution Groups (Part 1)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe an ethical wall with distribution groups.
-
Exchange 2016: Design and Configure Journaling (Part 2)
After watching this video, you will be able to implement journaling design and configuration.
-
Exchange 2016: Integrate In-Place Federated Searches with SharePoint
After watching this video, you will be able to integrate InPlace federated searches with SharePoint.
-
Exchange 2016: Perform a Query-based In-Place Hold
After watching this video, you will be able to perform a query-based In-Place hold.
-
Exchange 2016: Design and Configure Journaling (Part 1)
After watching this video, you will be able to design and configure journaling.
-
Exchange 2016: Create, Configure, and Deploy Message Classifications
After watching this video, you will be able to create, configure, and deploy message classifications.
-
Exchange 2016: Configure MailTips Screen Shot
After watching this video, you will be able to configure MailTips.
-
Exchange 2016: Ethical Wall with Distribution Groups (Part 2)
After watching this video, you will be able to create an ethical wall with distribution groups.
-
Exchange 2016: Transport Rules
After watching this video, you will be able to identify transport rules.
-
Exchange 2016: Managed Folders for Compliance
After watching this video, you will be able to manage folders for compliance.
-
Exchange 2016: Checklist to Remove 2010
After watching this video, you will be able to define the checklist to remove 2010.
-
Exchange 2016: Move the Exchange System Mailbox
After watching this video, you will be able to move the Exchange system mailbox.
-
Exchange 2016: Download the Migration Scripts
After watching this video, you will be able to download the migration scripts.
-
Exchange 2016: Migrate Mailboxes
After watching this video, you will be able to migrate mailboxes.
-
Exchange 2016: Cross-forest Move Using the EMS
After watching this video, you will be able to execute a cross-forest move using the EMS.
-
Exchange 2016: Single and Multi-phase Upgrade
After watching this video, you will be able to implement single and multi-phase upgrade.
-
Exchange 2016: Exchange 2016 Supported Upgrade Paths
After watching this video, you will be able to identify Exchange 2016 supported upgrade paths.
-
Exchange 2016: Identification, Investigation, and Mitigation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe identification, investigation, and mitigation.
-
Exchange 2016: Create and Configure a DAG
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure a DAG.
-
Exchange 2016: Moving a Public Folder Item
After watching this video, you will be able to move a public folder item.
-
Exchange 2016: Migrate Public Folders
After watching this video, you will be able to migrate public folders.
-
Exchange 2016: Manage DAG Networks
After watching this video, you will be able to manage DAG networks.
-
Exchange 2016: Troubleshoot DAG Networks
After watching this video, you will be able to troubleshoot DAG networks.
-
Exchange 2016: Cluster Quorum (Part 2)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe cluster quorum.
-
Exchange 2016: DAG Deployment Process
After watching this video, you will be able to define the DAG deployment process.
-
Exchange 2016: DAG Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to define DAG architecture.
-
Exchange 2016: Cluster Quorum (Part 1)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe cluster quorum operation.
-
Exchange 2016: Planning to Virtualize Exchange 2016
After watching this video, you will be able to plan Exchange 2016 virtualization.
-
Exchange 2016: Public Folder Capacity/Placement
After watching this video, you will be able to plan public folder capacity and placement.
-
Exchange 2016: Archive Mailbox Capacity/Placement
After watching this video, you will be able to plan archive mailbox capacity and placement.
-
Exchange 2016: Create and Configure Public Folders
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure public folders.
-
Exchange 2016: Addresses and Address Management
After watching this video, you will be able to describe addresses and address management.
-
Exchange 2016: Create and Configure an Offline Address Book
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure an offline address book.
-
Exchange 2016: Prepare AD and Install Exchange
After watching this video, you will be able to prepare AD and install Exchange.
-
Exchange 2016: Architectural Planning
After watching this video, you will be able to describe architectural planning.
-
Exchange 2016: Public Folder Planning Considerations
After watching this video, you will be able to identify public folder planning considerations.
-
Exchange 2016: Jetstress Utility
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Jetstress utility.
-
Exchange 2016: System Roles
After watching this video, you will be able to describe system roles, mailbox servers, HTTP proxy, and IIS.
-
Exchange 2016: Edge Protection
After watching this video, you will be able to define edge protection.
-
Exchange 2016: Planning Database Size and Performance
After watching this video, you will be able to plan Exchange database size and performance.
-
Exchange 2016: Deploying Mailbox Server Roles
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy mailbox server roles.
-
Exchange 2016: Management
After watching this video, you will be able to manage Exchange server.
-
Exchange 2016: The Role Based Access Control Model
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the role based access control model.
-
Exchange 2016: Deployment
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy Active Directory.
-
Exchange 2016: Installation
After watching this video, you will be able to install Exchange server.
-
Exchange 2016: Outlook Client Communication
After watching this video, you will be able to describe outlook client communication.
-
Exchange 2016: Hybrid Deployment
After watching this video, you will be able to define hybrid deployment.
-
Exchange 2016: BitLocker
After watching this video, you will be able to define BitLocker.
-
Exchange 2016: Smart Card Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to identify smart Card functions.
-
Exchange 2016: RBAC and Active Directory Split Permissions
After watching this video, you will be able to identify RBAC and active directory split permissions.
-
Exchange 2016: Configure Delegated Setup
After watching this video, you will be able to configure delegated setup.
-
Exchange 2016: Plan and Manage RBAC (Part 2)
After watching this video, you will be able to identify admin roles in RBAC.
-
Exchange 2016: Plan and Manage RBAC (Part 3)
After watching this video, you will be able to customize the RBAC system.
-
Exchange 2016: Using the Exchange Recover Server Option
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Exchange recover server option.
-
Exchange 2016: Plan and Manage RBAC (Part 1)
After watching this video, you will be able to define the management role group architecture in RBAC.
-
Exchange 2016: Plan and Configure Message Encryption for Office 365
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and configure for Office 365 message encryption.
-
Exchange 2016: Plan and Configure EOP Advanced Threat Protection
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and configure EOP advanced threat protection.
-
Exchange 2016: Plan and Configure Information Rights Management
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and configure information rights management.
-
Exchange 2016: Setting Item-level Recovery (Part 1)
After watching this video, you will be able to set item-level recovery.
-
Exchange 2016: Setting Item-level Recovery (Part 2)
After watching this video, you will be able to set recoverable items retention, folder quota, and alerts.
-
Exchange 2016: Exchange Server Recovery
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Exchange server recovery.
-
Exchange 2016: Recovering Mailbox Databases
After watching this video, you will be able to recover mailbox databases.
-
Exchange 2016: Activate Lagged Mailbox Database Copies–Procedure 3
After watching this video, you will be able to enforce redelivery from safety net.
-
Exchange 2016: Backup and Restore Solutions and Strategies
After watching this video, you will be able to identify backup and restore solutions and strategies.
-
Exchange 2016: Activate Lagged Mailbox Database Copies–Procedure 2
After watching this video, you will be able to activate a lagged copy of the database.
-
Exchange 2016: Perform a Dial Tone Restore
After watching this video, you will be able to perform a dial tone restore.
-
Exchange 2016: In-Place Hold (Planning)
After watching this video, you will be able to define in-place hold.
-
Exchange 2016: Recover the Public Folder Hierarchy & Public Folders
After watching this video, you will be able to recover the public folder hierarchy and public folders.
-
Exchange 2016: Using the EMS to Manage Folder Permissions (Part 2)
After watching this video, you will be able to manage folder permissions with the EMS.
-
Exchange 2016: Configure Mailbox Permissions
After watching this video, you will be able to configure mailbox permissions.
-
Exchange 2016: Mailbox Permissions
After watching this video, you will be able to describe mailbox permissions.
-
Exchange 2016: Using the EMS to Manage Folder Permissions (Part 1)
After watching this video, you will be able to use the EMS to manage folder permissions.
-
Exchange 2016: Linked Mailboxes (Part 2)
After watching this video, you will be able to create and manage linked mailboxes.
-
Exchange 2016: Site Mailboxes
After watching this video, you will be able to define site mailboxes.
-
Exchange 2016: Manage Lagged Mailbox Database Copies
After watching this video, you will be able to manage lagged mailbox database copies.
-
Exchange 2016: Activate Lagged Mailbox Database Copies–Procedure 1
After watching this video, you will be able to describe procedure 1 of activate lagged mailbox database copies.
-
Exchange 2016: Set Up Room Mailbox Delegation
After watching this video, you will be able to set up room mailbox delegation.
-
Exchange 2016: Set Up Room Mailbox Delegation
After watching this video, you will be able to prepare room mailbox delegation.
-
Exchange 2016: Recipients in Exchange 2016
After watching this video, you will be able to describe recipients in Exchange 2016.
-
Exchange 2016: Configure Resource Mailboxes and Scheduling (Part 1)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe resource mailbox configuration and scheduling.
-
Exchange 2016: Configure DAG NIC Properties
After watching this video, you will be able to configure DAG NIC.
-
Exchange 2016: Collaboration within Exchange 2013
After watching this video, you will be able to define collaboration within Exchange 2013.
-
Exchange 2016: AutoReseed
After watching this video, you will be able to describe autoreseed.
-
Exchange 2016: Linked Mailboxes (Part 1)
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the operation of linked mailboxes.
-
Exchange 2016: Distribution Groups (Part 2)
After watching this video, you will be able to create and manage distribution groups.
-
Exchange 2016: Distribution Group Naming Policy
After watching this video, you will be able to describe distribution group naming policy.
-
Exchange 2016: Configure Resource Mailboxes and Scheduling (Part 2)
After watching this video, you will be able to configure resource mailboxes and scheduling.
-
Exchange 2016: Distribution Groups (Part 1)
After watching this video, you will be able to identify distribution groups.
-
Exchange 2016: Mobile Device Access Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to identify mobile device access policies.
-
Exchange 2016: Deploy Mobile OOTW and Configure OWA Policy
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy mobile OOTW and configure OWA policy.
-
Exchange 2016: Applying and Disassociating OWA Policy Using the EAC
After watching this video, you will be able to apply and disassociate OWA policy using the EAC.
-
Exchange 2016: Plan for Certificates
After watching this video, you will be able to plan for certificates.
-
Exchange 2016: Using the EMS to Configure Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to use the EMS to configure authentication.
-
Exchange 2016: Configuring the Outlook Web Application (OWA) URLs
After watching this video, you will be able to configure outlook web application (OWA) URLs.
-
Exchange 2016: Examples Configuration Script
After watching this video, you will be able to describe configuration script.
-
Exchange 2016: CAS Configuration and Management Tasks
After watching this video, you will be able to describe CAS configuration and management tasks.
-
Exchange 2016: Configure Office Online Server (OOS)
After watching this video, you will be able to configure office online server (OOS).
-
Exchange 2016: Outlook Connectivity to the Exchange 2016 Solution
After watching this video, you will be able to describe outlook connectivity to the Exchange 2016 solution.
-
Exchange 2016: Autodiscover Service Operation
After watching this video, you will be able to define autodiscover service operation.
-
Exchange 2016: Client Communication Process (Part 2)
After watching this video, you will be able to use client communication process.
-
Exchange 2016: Virtual Directories (Part 2)
After watching this video, you will be able to implement virtual directories.
-
Exchange 2016: Client Communication Process (Part 1)
After watching this video, you will be able to define client communication process.
-
Exchange 2016: Configure URLs (Part 1)
After watching this video, you will be able to configure URLs.
-
Exchange 2016: Configure URLs (Part 2)
After watching this video, you will be able to define URL configuration.
-
Exchange 2016: Design Namespaces for Client Connectivity
After watching this video, you will be able to describe design namespaces for client connectivity.
-
Exchange 2016: Configure the Scope of an RBAC Group
After watching this video, you will be able to configure the scope of an RBAC group.
-
Exchange 2016: Create a Distribution Group
After watching this video, you will be able to create a distribution group.
-
Exchange 2016: Plan and Configure IRM for eDiscovery
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and configure IRM for eDiscovery.
-
Exchange 2016: Troubleshoot Failed IRM Protection
After watching this video, you will be able to troubleshoot failed IRM protection.
-
Exchange 2016: Configure Transport Decryption
After watching this video, you will be able to configure transport decryption.
-
Exchange 2016: Configure Journal Decryption
After watching this video, you will be able to configure journal decryption.
-
Exchange 2016: Plan and Create Transport Protection Rules
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and create transport protection rules.
-
Exchange 2016: Plan and Create Outlook Protection Rules (EMS Only)
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and create Outlook protection rules (EMS only).
-
Exchange 2016: Differences between Legacy CAS and Exchange CAS
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the differences between legacy CAS and Exchange CAS.
-
Exchange 2016: Interaction between CAS and Mailbox Services
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the interaction between CAS and mailbox services.
-
Exchange 2016: Virtual Directories (Part 1)
After watching this video, you will be able to define virtual directories.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Work with C# Updates
After watching this video, you will be able to create a C# application utilizing new features for VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Managing Extension Prerequisites
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to manage extension preprequisites in VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Building Custom Extensions
After watching this video, you will be able to create a custom extension in Visual Studio 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: C# Ref Locals and Returns in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to apply the ref locals and returns feature in Visual Studio 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: C# Throw Expression in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to use the new throw expressions in C#.
-
Visual Studio 2017: C# Async Return Types in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to use the async modifier to return types other than Task and Task in C#
-
Visual Studio 2017: C# Local Function in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to work with C# local function in VS 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Updates to C# Expression-bodied Members in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the use of expression-bodied members in C#.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Lightweight Solution Loading in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to manage lightweight solution loading in Visual Studio 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: Monitoring Extensions in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to monitor extensions in Visual Studio 2017.
-
Visual Studio 2017: C# Numeric Literals in VS 2017
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use the new tokens for C# numeric literals.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Receiving a Message Using Azure Queues
After watching this video, you will be able to receive a message using the QueueClient class.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using Sessions to Group Messages
After watching this video, you will be able to use sessions to group messages and assign dedicated receivers.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using the Azure Service Bus
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Azure service bus queues and how they can be used for message handling.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Describing the Three Azure Storage Services
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the three Azure Storage services.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating an Azure Storage Account
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure an Azure Storage account.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Describing Azure Blob Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how Azure Storage containers store Binary Large Objects (Blobs).
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating a Blob Storage Container
After watching this video, you will be able to create and delete block and page based containers.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Reading and Writing to Block Blob Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to read and write data to block blob storage containers.
-
Azure and Web Services: Creating an IIS Web Deployment Package
After watching this video, you will be able to create an IIS Web Deployment package.
-
Azure and Web Services: Deploying an IIS Web Deployment Package
After watching this video, you will be able to use IIS Manager to import and deploy an IIS Web Deployment package.
-
Azure and Web Services: Deploying from the Command Line
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy web apps using the command line tool MSDeploy.
-
Azure and Web Services: Deploying Using PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy web apps using PowerShell.
-
Azure and Web Services: Deploying a Service to Azure Cloud Services
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy a web or service application to Azure.
-
Azure and Web Services: Deploying a Service to Azure Web Sites
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy a web app to Windows Azure Web Sites (WAWS).
-
Azure and Web Services: Using Shared Assemblies for Shared Hosting
After watching this video, you will be able to use Shared Assemblies to reduce startup time of multiple hosted services.
-
Azure and Web Services: Configuring Share Assemblies
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Share Assembly bindings between MVC 4 and MVC 5.
-
Azure and Web Services: Upgrading Domains on Azure
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how the rolling upgrade works for upgrading domains on Azure.
-
Azure and Web Services: Configuring Web Deployment Using Visual Studio
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Visual Studio Web Deployment options to deploy web apps.
-
Azure and Web Services: Logging Azure Storage Requests
After watching this video, you will be able to enable logging and track performance of Azure Storage requests.
-
Azure and Web Services: Configuring Azure Diagnostics in Visual Studio
After watching this video, you will be able to configure and use diagnostics for Azure in Visual Studio.
-
Azure and Web Services: Collecting and Viewing Diagnostics with VS
After watching this video, you will be able to collect and view collect diagnostic information with Visual Studio.
-
Azure and Web Services: Use Azure Security and Troubleshooting
After watching this video, you will be able to secure and troubleshoot Azure.
-
Azure and Web Services: Continuous Delivery
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the benefits and principles of continuous delivery.
-
Azure and Web Services: Configuring Continuous Delivery
After watching this video, you will be able to configure continuous delivery using Team Foundation Service and Git.
-
Azure and Web Services: Using Web Deployment Parameters
After watching this video, you will be able to configure web deployment parameters using web config files.
-
Azure and Web Services: Using Shared Access Signatures
After watching this video, you will be able to create and use a Shared Access Signature.
-
Azure and Web Services: Windows Azure Diagnostics
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the types of data you can collect from Azure diagnostics and how it can be collected.
-
Azure and Web Services: Monitoring the Azure App Suspend
After watching this video, you will be able to enable and monitor the App Suspend with ASP.NET.
-
Azure and Web Services: Using a Filter to Manage Messages
After watching this video, you will be able to manage messages using filters.
-
Azure and Web Services: Sending a Message to a Topic
After watching this video, you will be able to send a message to a Subscription Topic.
-
Azure and Web Services: Receiving a Subscription Message
After watching this video, you will be able to receive a message for a topic using the SubscriptionClient class.
-
Azure and Web Services: Working with Claims-based Identity
After watching this video, you will be able to work with claims-based identity management in distributed systems.
-
Azure and Web Services: Windows Identity Foundation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the purpose of the Windows Identity Foundation (WIF) .NET Framework.
-
Azure and Web Services: Implementing Claims-based Identity
After watching this video, you will be able to implement claims-based identity management using .NET.
-
Azure and Web Services: Setting Access Levels for Blob Containers
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Access Levels for Blob Containers.
-
Azure and Web Services: Shared Access Signatures
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Shared Access Signatures for granting short-term access to resources.
-
Azure and Web Services: Azure Subscription-based Messaging
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Azure Service Bus Subscription-based messaging and Service Bus Topics.
-
Azure and Web Services: Creating an Azure Service Bus Topic
After watching this video, you will be able to create a Windows Azure Service Bus Topic for Subscriptions.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using Azure Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the storage methods and features provided on the Azure cloud.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Comparing Table Storage to Databases
After watching this video, you will be able to compare Azure Table storage to traditional relational databases.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating and Deleting a Table
After watching this video, you will be able to create and delete tables in Azure Table storage.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating an Entity Structure in .NET
After watching this video, you will be able to create an Entity structure in .NET.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Querying Data from a Table
After watching this video, you will be able to query data and perform CRUD operations on an Azure Storage table.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Comparing Azure Queues to Service Bus Queues
After watching this video, you will be able to compare Azure queues to Service Bus queues.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Creating and Deleting Queues with .NET
After watching this video, you will be able to create and delete Azure queues using .NET.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Adding Messages to a Queue
After watching this video, you will be able to send messages to an Azure queue.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Retrieving Messages from a Queue
After watching this video, you will be able to retrieve messages from an Azure queue using Peek messages.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Using Retry Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to use retry policies to handle failed network transactions.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Reading and Writing to Page Blob Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to read and write data to page blob storage containers.
-
Developing Azure Web Services: Manipulating Blob Data in a Container
After watching this video, you will be able to manipulate blobs and the data stored in blob containers.
-
Azure and Web Services: Defining the AppFabric Cache Components
After watching this video, you will be able to define the AppFabric Cache Components.
-
Azure and Web Services: Using the AppFabric Cache API
After watching this video, you will be able to use the AppFabric Cache API programmatically.
-
Azure and Web Services: Scaling and Caching with Azure
After watching this video, you will be able to describe scalability and caching as they apply to Windows and Azure Web Apps and Services.
-
Azure and Web Services: Distributed Caching
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the benefits and reasons for Distributed Caching.
-
Azure and Web Services: Defining Content Delivery Networks
After watching this video, you will be able to define what Content Delivery Networks (CDN) are used for and when they should be used.
-
Azure and Web Services: The Azure AppFabric Cache
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the features and offerings of the Windows Server AppFabric Cache.
-
Azure and Web Services: Working with Load Balancing
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the types of load balancing and how they can be operated.
-
Azure and Web Services: Scaling out with Azure
After watching this video, you will be able to scale out a web app to multiple systems in Azure.
-
Azure and Web Services: Describing Redis Caching
After watching this video, you will be able to describe caching options available in Azure.
-
Azure and Web Services: Setting Up Redis Database Service in Azure
After watching this video, you will be able to create Redis database service in Azure Portal.
-
Azure and Web Services: Redis Azure Access Control
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Azure Access Control for a Redis Cache.
-
Azure and Web Services: Redis Settings and Sizing
After watching this video, you will be able to assign configuration settings to a Redis cache in Azure.
-
Azure and Web Services: Configuring Redis Cache
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Redis Cache in web.config of a .Net application.
-
Azure and Web Services: Configuring ACS and Service Bus Endpoints
After watching this video, you will be able to configure ACS for a Service Bus endpoint.
-
Azure and Web Services: Troubleshoot Azure
After watching this video, you will be able to use tracing and diagnostics information to troubleshoot and debug services on Azure.
-
Azure and Web Services: Defining Scalability
After watching this video, you will be able to define the purpose and reasons for creating systems that can scale.
-
Azure and Web Services: Scaling Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the components and architectural challenges that come with scaling out a system.
-
Azure and Web Services: Interpreting Azure Web Site Metrics
After watching this video, you will be able to view and interpret monitoring metrics for web sites.
-
Azure and Web Services: Using Azure Storage Metrics
After watching this video, you will be able to configure and view metrics for Azure Storage services.
-
Azure and Web Services: The Windows Azure Access Control Service
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Windows Azure Access Control Service (ACS).
-
Azure and Web Services: Managing Identities Independently
After watching this video, you will be able to use identity management in ACS to manage access to the Service Bus.
-
Azure and Web Services: Active and Passive Federation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe active and passive federation.
-
Azure and Web Services: Integrating ACS with ASP.NET
After watching this video, you will be able to use active federation to call HTTP-based web services.
-
Azure and Web Services: Configuring a Trace Listener
After watching this video, you will be able to use a Trace Listener to store and route messages to a handler.
-
Azure and Web Services: Tracing Using ASP.NET
After watching this video, you will be able to use a Trace Writer in an ASP.NET Web App.
-
Azure and Web Services: Tracing with WCF
After watching this video, you will be able to enable and use WCF diagnostics and performance counters.
-
Azure and Web Services: Using IntelliTrace
After watching this video, you will be able to use IntelliTrace in Azure to get detailed information on an application's flow.
-
Azure and Web Services: Using Azure Metrics
After watching this video, you will be able to configure and collect Azure Metrics for Azure Cloud services.
-
Azure and Web Services: Configuring WCF Endpoints for Azure Deployment
After watching this video, you will be able to configure WCF Endpoints for secure deployment on Azure using HTTPS.
-
Azure and Web Services: Deploying to Staging
After watching this video, you will be able to create and use a staging environment on Azure for testing.
-
Azure and Web Services: Deployments on Azure Cloud
After watching this video, you will be able to deploying and managing deployments on the Azure Cloud.
-
Azure and Web Services: Using Tracing
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Trace system diagnostics with .NET.
-
Azure and Web Services: Using TraceSource
After watching this video, you will be able to use the enhanced tracing provided by TraceSource.
-
Exchange 2016: Using the Exchange Recover Server Option
After watching this video, you will be able to Using the Exchange Recover Server Option.
-
Exchange 2016: Search Audit Logs
After watching this video, you will be able to prepare search audit logs.
-
Exchange 2016: Configure MX Record Resilience
After watching this video, you will be able to configure MX record resilience.
-
Exchange 2016: Configure a Transport Rule
After watching this video, you will be able to configure transport rules.
-
Exchange 2016: Configure DAG NIC Properties
After watching this video, you will be able to Configure DAG NIC Properties.
-
Exchange 2016: Apply OWA Mailbox Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to apply OWA mailbox policies.
-
Exchange 2016: Steps to Remove 2010
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the steps to remove 2010.
-
Exchange 2016: Decommission UM
After watching this video, you will be able to decommission UM.
-
Exchange 2016: Certificate Requirements
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the certificate requirements for the Microsoft Federation Gateway Servers.
-
Exchange 2016: Namespace Models Practical
After watching this video, you will be able to implement namespace models.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Mobile Center Identity with Active Directory
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to manage Identity with Active Directory in Mobile Center.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Mobile Center Identity with Facebook
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to manage Identity with Facebook in Mobile Center.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Use a Crash Report to Diagnose a Problem
After watching this video, you will be able to use crash report capabilities to resolve an issue causing a crash in Mobile Center.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Handling Crashes in Xamarin Android
After watching this video, you will be able to handle crashes in a Xamarin Android application.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Handling Crashes in Xamarin iOS
After watching this video, you will be able to handle crashes in a Xamarin iOS application.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Handling Crashes in Android
After watching this video, you will be able to handle crashes in Android applications.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Mobile Center Identity with Twitter
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to manage Identity with Twitter in Mobile Center.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Mobile Center Identity with Microsoft Account
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to manage Identity with Microsoft Account in Mobile Center.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Mobile Center Identity with Google
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to manage Identity with Google in Mobile Center.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Transitioning from Xamarin Test Cloud
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to transition from Xamarin Test Cloud to Mobile Center.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Describe Installation and Configuration
After watching this video, you will be able to describe installation methods and configuration.
-
System Center: Use Virtual Machine Manager
After watching this video, you will be able to configure and manage virtual machines and virtual networks.
-
System Center: Virtual Machine Dynamic and Power Optimization
After watching this video, you will be able to enable dynamic and power optimization.
-
System Center: Manage Virtual Machine Network Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a virtual network adapter to connect to a VM network.
-
System Center: Virtual Machine Networks
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure VM networks.
-
System Center: Logical Networks
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure a logical network in VMM.
-
System Center: Store Virtual Machines
After watching this video, you will be able to store a virtual machine in the VMM library.
-
System Center: Virtual Machine Cloning
After watching this video, you will be able to create and deploy virtual machines by cloning.
-
System Center: Virtual Machines from a Existing Virtual Hard Disk
After watching this video, you will be able to create and deploy virtual machines from an existing virtual hard disk (VHD).
-
System Center: Virtual Machines from a Blank Virtual Hard Disk
After watching this video, you will be able to create and deploy virtual machines from a blank virtual hard disk (VHD).
-
System Center: Virtual Machine Manager Features
After watching this video, you will be able to describe provisioning methods and features for Virtual Machine Manager.
-
System Center: Install and Configure VMM
After watching this video, you will be able to install and configure VMM and the VMM library.
-
System Center: Add Virtual Machine Templates to the VMM Library
After watching this video, you will be able to create and manage virtual machine templates.
-
System Center: Add Profiles to the VMM Library
After watching this video, you will be able to create and add profiles to the VMM library.
-
System Center: Add File-based Resources to the VMM Library
After watching this video, you will be able to add file-based resources to the VMM library.
-
System Center: Overview of the VMM Library
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Virtual Machine Manager library.
-
System Center: Back Up the VMM Database
After watching this video, you will be able to back up the Virtual Machine Manager configuration.
-
System Center: Upgrade to Virtual Machine Manager 2016
After watching this video, you will be able to upgrade to Virtual Machine Manager 2016.
-
System Center: VMM High Availability Mode
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy Virtual Machine Manager in high availability mode.
-
System Center: Virtual Machine Manager Console
After watching this video, you will be able to install Virtual Machine Manager console.
-
System Center: Virtual Machine Manager Installation
After watching this video, you will be able to install Virtual Machine Manager.
-
System Center: Virtual Machine Manager System Requirements
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Virtual Machine Manager system requirements.
-
System Center: What's New in Virtual Machine Manager
After watching this video, you will be able to describe what's new in Virtual Machine Manager 2016.
-
System Center: What is Virtual Machine Manager?
After watching this video, you will be able to describe what Virtual Machine Manager is.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Connect Health
After watching this video, you will be able to design for Connect Health.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Integrating Active Directory
After watching this video, you will be able to provide a scenario of Active Directory integration.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Designing Azure AD Identities
After watching this video, you will be able to design Azure AD Identities.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: User Self-service
After watching this video, you will be able to perform user self-service from the Azure Access Panel.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Azure Multi-factor Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to apply Azure Multi-factor Authentication.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Self-service Group Management
After watching this video, you will be able to design the Self-service Group Management Azure AD premium feature.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Group-based Application Access
After watching this video, you will be able to design the Group-based Application Access Azure AD premium feature.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Password Reset with Writeback
After watching this video, you will be able to design a Password Reset with Write-Back Azure AD premium feature.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Advanced Security Reporting
After watching this video, you will be able to design the Advanced Security Reporting Azure AD premium feature.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Designing Single Sign-on
After watching this video, you will be able to design a single sign-on.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Azure AD Synchronization Services
After watching this video, you will be able to plan for Azure AD Synchronization Services.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: AD Synchronization Tools
After watching this video, you will be able to List Active Directory synchronization tools.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Designing Cloud App Discovery
After watching this video, you will be able to design the Cloud App discovery Azure AD premium feature.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Company Branding
After watching this video, you will be able to define company branding.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Azure AD Reporting
After watching this video, you will be able to design and list Azure AD reporting.
-
System Center: Configuring SMA Runbooks
After watching this video, you will be able to configure SMA runbook workers.
-
System Center: Service Management Automation (SMA) Runbooks
After watching this video, you will be able to describe PowerShell workflow runbooks.
-
System Center: Deploy Service Management Automation
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy SMA.
-
System Center: Register the Service Management Automation Endpoint
After watching this video, you will be able to register the Windows Azure Pack with the Service Management Automation web service.
-
System Center: Configure SMA Runbooks
After watching this video, you will be able to Configure SMA runbooks.
-
System Center: SMA Management Portal
After watching this video, you will be able to configure runbook settings with SMA management portal.
-
System Center: SMA Windows PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to configure runbook settings with Windows PowerShell.
-
System Center: Tracking SMA Runbooks
After watching this video, you will be able to track SMA runbook history.
-
System Center: Scheduling SMA Runbooks
After watching this video, you will be able to schedule SMA runbooks.
-
System Center: Publishing SMA Runbooks
After watching this video, you will be able to publish SMA runbooks.
-
System Center: What's New in Service Management Automation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe what's new in Service Management Automation.
-
System Center: Overview of Service Management Automation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Service Management Automation.
-
System Center: Use the Self-Service Portal
After watching this video, you will be able to customize the Service Manager self service portal.
-
System Center: Configuring Windows Azure Pack Features
After watching this video, you will be able to configure the installation of the Windows Azure Pack.
-
System Center: Install the Windows Azure Pack
After watching this video, you will be able to install the Windows Azure Pack for Windows Server.
-
System Center: Upgrade to Service Management Automation 2016
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to upgrade to Service Management Automation 2016.
-
System Center: Deploy the SMA Runbook Worker
After watching this video, you will be able to install the Service Management Automation runbook worker.
-
System Center: Deploy the SMA PowerShell Module
After watching this video, you will be able to install the Service Management Automation PowerShell module.
-
System Center: Deploy Service Management Automation
After watching this video, you will be able to configure SMA runbook workers.
-
System Center: Service Management Automation System Requirements
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Service Management Automation system requirements.
-
System Center: Types of Service Manager Deployment
After watching this video, you will be able to describe different deployment scenarios for Service Manager.
-
System Center: Plan for Service Manager Deployment
After watching this video, you will be able to list the requirements for Service Manager deployment.
-
System Center: Moving Service Manager Databases
After watching this video, you will be able to move the Service Manager database.
-
System Center: Deploying Service Manager from the Command Line
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy Service Manager from the command line.
-
System Center: Service Manager Encryption Key
After watching this video, you will be able to back up the Service Manager encryption key.
-
System Center: Customizing the Self-Service Portal
After watching this video, you will be able to load-balance Service Manager management servers.
-
System Center: Using the Service Manager Self-Service Portal
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy self-service portal for Service Manager.
-
System Center: Enabling Service Manager Reporting
After watching this video, you will be able to run the data warehouse registration wizard to enable Service Manager reporting.
-
System Center: Installing the Data Warehouse Management Server
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Service Manager in Windows PowerShell.
-
System Center: Installing the Service Manager Management Server
After watching this video, you will be able to install Service Manager on Virtual Machines.
-
System Center: Preparing for Service Manager Deployment
After watching this video, you will be able to prepare for Service Manager deployment.
-
System Center: Runbook Properties
After watching this video, you will be able to customize the behavior of a runbook.
-
System Center: Service Manager SQL Server Requirements
After watching this video, you will be able to list Service Manager SQL server requirements.
-
System Center: Service Manager Software Requirements
After watching this video, you will be able to list Service Manager software requirements.
-
System Center: Service Manager System Requirements
After watching this video, you will be able to list Service Manager system requirements.
-
System Center: Service Manager Parts
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the six major parts of Service Manager.
-
System Center: What's New in Service Manager
After watching this video, you will be able to describe what's new in Service Manager.
-
System Center: Overview of Service Manager
After watching this video, you will be able to describe System Center 2016 Service Manager.
-
System Center: Create a Runbook
After watching this video, you will be able to create a runbook.
-
System Center: Tracking Runbooks
After watching this video, you will be able to activate and deactivate the audit trail for runbooks.
-
System Center: Controlling Runbooks
After watching this video, you will be able to add a smart link condition to a runbook.
-
System Center: Logging and Event Notifications
After watching this video, you will be able to configure runbook logging and notification settings.
-
System Center: Data Protection Manager Data Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to store data backed up by Data Protection Manager.
-
System Center: Preparing an Environment for Data Protection Manager
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to deploy Data Protection Manager.
-
System Center: Data Protection Manager Servers
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Data Protection Manager server deployment.
-
System Center: Data Protection Manager Backup
After watching this video, you will be able to describe what Data Protection Manager can back up.
-
System Center: How Does Data Protection Manager Work?
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how Data Protection Manager works.
-
System Center: What Is Data Protection Manager 2016?
After watching this video, you will be able to describe what Data Protection Manager is.
-
System Center: Run Prerequisite Checker
After watching this video, you will be able to run prerequisite checker for System Center Configuration Manager.
-
System Center: Removing or Uninstalling Configuration Manager Sites
After watching this video, you will be able to remove or uninstall System Center Configuration Manager sites.
-
System Center: Upgrading Configuration Manager Evaluation Version
After watching this video, you will be able to upgrade to System Center Configuration Manager evaluation version to a full installation.
-
System Center: Installing Configuration Manager Console
After watching this video, you will be able to install System Center Configuration Manager console.
-
System Center: Installing Configuration Manager Using Command Line
After watching this video, you will be able to install System Center Configuration Manager using command line.
-
System Center: Installing Configuration Manager Using Setup Wizard
After watching this video, you will be able to install System Center Configuration Manager using the setup wizard.
-
System Center: Configuration Manager Prerequisites for Installing
After watching this video, you will be able to list the prerequisites for installing System Center Configuration Manager sites.
-
System Center: Types of Configuration Manager Sites
After watching this video, you will be able to name the types of sites for System Center Configuration Manager.
-
System Center: Scheduling Runbooks
After watching this video, you will be able to configure runbook scheduling.
-
System Center: Creating and Testing Runbooks
After watching this video, you will be able to create and test a runbook.
-
System Center: Building Orchestrator Runbooks
After watching this video, you will be able to build a runbook.
-
System Center: Configuring Orchestrator Databases
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Orchestrator databases.
-
System Center: Migrating Orchestrator Environments
After watching this video, you will be able to enable migration of Orchestrator to a new environment.
-
System Center: Upgrading to Orchestrator 2016
After watching this video, you will be able to upgrade to Orchestrator 2016.
-
System Center: Use Runbooks in Orchestration Console
After watching this video, you will be able to start and stop runbooks in Orchestration console.
-
System Center: Designing an Orchestrator Runbook
After watching this video, you will be able to design a Orchestrator runbook.
-
System Center: Orchestrator System Requirements
After watching this video, you will be able to discuss Orchestrator hardware configurations.
-
System Center: Deploying Runbooks
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy a runbook and track changes.
-
System Center: Orchestrator Runbooks
After watching this video, you will be able to create an Orchestrator runbook.
-
System Center: Orchestrator Console
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the Orchestration console in a browser.
-
System Center: Installing Orchestrator
After watching this video, you will be able to install Orchestrator.
-
System Center: System Center of Orchestrator
After watching this video, you will be able to describe System Center 2016 Orchestrator.
-
System Center: Use Operations Manager Web Console
After watching this video, you will be able to use Operations Manager web console.
-
System Center: Installing Operations Manager Gateway Server
After watching this video, you will be able to install Operations Manager gateway server.
-
System Center: Installing Operations Manager Reporting Server
After watching this video, you will be able to install Operations Manager reporting server.
-
System Center: Installing Operations Manager ACS
After watching this video, you will be able to install Operations Manager audit collections services.
-
System Center: Installing Operations Manager Web Console
After watching this video, you will be able to install Operations Manager web console.
-
System Center: Installing Operations Manager Operations Console
After watching this video, you will be able to install Operations Manager operations console.
-
System Center: Installing Operations Manager Management Server
After watching this video, you will be able to install Operations Manager management server.
-
System Center: Plan for Disaster Recovery
After watching this video, you will be able to plan for disaster recovery in Operations Manager.
-
System Center: Operations Manager Agents
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Operations Manager agents.
-
System Center: Operations Manager Disaster Recovery
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Operations Manager disaster recovery.
-
System Center: Operations Manager Resource Pool
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Operations Manager resource pool.
-
System Center: Operations Manager SQL Server
After watching this video, you will be able to describe SQL Server requirements with Operations Manager.
-
System Center: Management Group Components for Operations Manager
After watching this video, you will be able to describe management group components.
-
System Center: Operations Manager for UNIX and Linux
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the UNIX and Linux operation systems for Operations Manager.
-
System Center: Operations Manager System Requirements
After watching this video, you will be able to list Operations Manager system requirements.
-
System Center: What's New in Operations Manager
After watching this video, you will be able to describe what's new in Operations Manager.
-
System Center: What is Operations Manager?
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Operations Manager key concepts.
-
System Center: Monitor Data Protection Manager
After watching this video, you will be able to monitor Data Protection Manager.
-
System Center: Improving Data Protection Manager Performance
After watching this video, you will be able to optimize Data Protection Manager data replication and synchronization.
-
System Center: Generating Reports for Data Protection Manager
After watching this video, you will be able to generate Data Protection Manager reports.
-
System Center: Setting Up Logging for Data Protection Manager
After watching this video, you will be able to set up Data Protection Manager logging.
-
System Center: Data Protection Manager Monitoring
After watching this video, you will be able to monitor with the Data Protection Manager console.
-
System Center: Data Protection Manager Deduplication
After watching this video, you will be able to use dedup with Data Protection Manager.
-
System Center: Adding Data Protection Manager Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to add storage to Data Protection Manager.
-
System Center: Installing DPM Agents
After watching this video, you will be able to install the DPM agent on a target system.
-
System Center: Installing Data Protection Manager
After watching this video, you will be able to install Data Protection Manager.
-
System Center: Creating a SQL Server Database for DPM
After watching this video, you will be able to create a SQL server database for Data Protection Manager.
-
System Center: Data Protection Manager Prerequisites
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the prerequisites before installing Data Protection Manager.
-
System Center: Store Data Backed up by DPM
After watching this video, you will be able to store data backed up by Data Protection Manager.
-
System Center: DPM Tape Library Compatibility Test Tool
After watching this video, you will be able to run the DPM compatibility tool.
-
System Center: Device Management Solutions
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the four device management solutions for System Center Configuration Manager.
-
System Center: Configuration Manager Cloud Services
After watching this video, you will be able to name the cloud services available for System Center Configuration Manager.
-
System Center: Licensing for Configuration Manager
After watching this video, you will be able to list the licensing requirements for the different installation options with System Center Configuration Manager.
-
System Center: Branches of Configuration Manager
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the branches of System Center Configuration Manager.
-
System Center: What's New in System Center Configuration Manager
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the features and changes to System Center Configuration Manager.
-
System Center: Configuration Manager Prerequisite Checker
After watching this video, you will be able to run prerequisite checker for System Center Configuration Manager.
-
System Center: Configuration Manager Setup Downloader
After watching this video, you will be able to run setup downloader for System Center Configuration Manager.
-
System Center: Use Configuration Manager on Azure
After watching this video, you will be able to use Configuration Manager on Azure.
-
System Center: Configuration Manager Security
After watching this video, you will be able to describe security and privacy information for System Center Configuration Manager.
-
System Center: Configuration Manager Hierarchy
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the available topologies for System Center Configuration Manager.
-
System Center: Introduction to System Center Configuration Manager
After watching this video, you will be able to describe System Center Configuration Manager and what it is used for.
-
Introduction to the Framework: WCF Features
After watching this video, you will be able to list the features and advantages of WCF.
-
Introduction to the Framework: Introduction to WCF
After watching this video, you will be able to provide an overview of Windows Communication Foundation (WCF).
-
Introduction to the Framework: Message Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to list the three message patterns available in WCF.
-
Introduction to the Framework: Messages
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the benefits of using messages in WCF.
-
Introduction to the Framework: Endpoints
After watching this video, you will be able to recall when to use endpoints.
-
Introduction to the Framework: Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the components of WCF architecture, including contract, service, behavior, channel, and host.
-
Introduction to the Framework: Unified Programming Model
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the unified programming model.
-
Introduction to the Framework: Channels
After watching this video, you will be able to describe channels and their elements, including security and interoperability.
-
Introduction to the Framework: Service-oriented Architecture (SOA)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the concepts of Service-oriented Architecture (SOA).
-
Introduction to the Framework: WCF vs. Traditional Web Services
After watching this video, you will be able to list the similarities and differences between WCF and traditional web services.
-
Introduction to the Framework: RESTful Service Design
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to design RESTful services.
-
Introduction to the Framework: RESTful Services
After watching this video, you will be able to describe RESTful services.
-
Introduction to the Framework: SOA Framework
After watching this video, you will be able to list the layers of the SOA framework.
-
Distributed Applications: Service and Data Contracts
After watching this video, you will be able to create service and data contracts using WCF.
-
Distributed Applications: WCF Service Project
After watching this video, you will be able to create a WCF service project.
-
Distributed Applications: Introduction to WCF
After watching this video, you will be able to describe available WCF templates.
-
Introduction to the Framework: Exercise: Implementing WCF Features
After watching this video, you will be able to implement various WCF features.
-
Distributed Applications: Service Interface
After watching this video, you will be able to Service Interface.
-
Distributed Applications: Host Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to build a host application.
-
Distributed Applications: WCF Service Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to test a WCF service.
-
Tools: Find Private Key Tool
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the FindPrivateKey.exe tool.
-
Tools: ServiceModel Metadata Utility Tool
After watching this video, you will be able to use the svcutil.exe utility.
-
Distributed Applications: Exercise: Working with Distributed Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to develop and work with distributed applications.
-
Distributed Applications: Client Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to develop a client application.
-
Tools: Service Trace Viewer Tool
After watching this video, you will be able to use the SvcTraceViewer.exe tool.
-
Tools: Configuration Editor Tool
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use the SvcConfigEditor.exe tool.
-
Tools: COM+ Service Model Configuration Tool
After watching this video, you will be able to implement the ComSvcConfig.exe tool.
-
Tools: ServiceModel Registration Tool
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use ServiceModelReg.exe.
-
Tools: WorkFlow Service Registration Tool
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the use of the WFServicesReg.exe tool.
-
Tools: WS-AtomicTransaction Configuration MMC Snap-in
After watching this video, you will be able to use the WS-AtomicTransaction Configuration MMC Snap-in.
-
Tools: WS-AtomicTransaction Configuration Utility
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the wsatConfig.exe utility.
-
Tools: Exercise: Working with WCF Tools
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use various WCF tools.
-
Tools: Contract-first Tool
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the contract-first tool.
-
Tools: WCF Test Client
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the WcfTestClient.exe utility.
-
Tools: WCF Service Host
After watching this video, you will be able to use the WcfSvcHost.exe utility.
-
Contracts: Parameters of Service Contracts
After watching this video, you will be able to define the parameters of a service contract.
-
Contracts: Classes and Interfaces
After watching this video, you will be able to work with classes and interfaces.
-
Contracts: Creating a Service Contract
After watching this video, you will be able to create a service contract.
-
Visual Studio Application Lifecycle Management: Applying IntelliTrace
After watching this video, you will be able to work with IntelliTrace.
-
Visual Studio Application Lifecycle Management: Deploying IntelliTrace
After watching this video, you will be able to configure IntelliTrace.
-
Visual Studio Application Lifecycle Management: Diagnostic Analysis
After watching this video, you will be able to work with diagnostic tools and logs.
-
Contracts: Programming Data Contracts
After watching this video, you will be able to program a data contract.
-
Contracts: Parameters of Data Members
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the parameters of a data member.
-
Contracts: Parameters of Data Contracts
After watching this video, you will be able to list the parameters of a data contract.
-
Contracts: Parameters of Operation Contracts
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the parameters of an operation contract.
-
Contracts: Exercise: Design Service Contracts
After watching this video, you will be able to design a WCF service contract.
-
Contracts: Parameters of a Message Body
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the parameters of a message body .
-
Contracts: Parameters of a Message Header
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the parameters of a message header.
-
Contracts: Parameters of a Message Contract
After watching this video, you will be able to list the parameters of a message contract.
-
Services: Configuration Files
After watching this video, you will be able to configure services using configuration files.
-
Services: Default Configuration Model
After watching this video, you will be able to list the benefits of the simplified default configuration model.
-
Services: Code
After watching this video, you will be able to configure WCF services in code.
-
Services: Securing Services
After watching this video, you will be able to list basic best practices for securing WCF services.
-
Services: Endpoints
After watching this video, you will be able to describe endpoints in WCF.
-
Services: Configuring Bindings
After watching this video, you will be able to configure bindings for WCF services.
-
Services: Bindings
After watching this video, you will be able to provide an overview of WCF bindings.
-
Services: Exercise: Configure WCF Services
After watching this video, you will be able to configure WCF services.
-
Building Clients: Creating Client Objects
After watching this video, you will be able to create a WCF client object.
-
Building Clients: Using WCF Client Objects
After watching this video, you will be able to work with WCF client objects.
-
Building Clients: Creating Callback Objects
After watching this video, you will be able to create callback objects for duplex services.
-
Building Clients: Configuring Client Behavior
After watching this video, you will be able to configure client behavior.
-
Building Clients: Specifying Client Runtime Behavior
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to specify client runtime behavior.
-
Building Clients: Calling Operations
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to call operations.
-
Building Clients: Client Credentials
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to configure client credentials.
-
Building Clients: Securing Clients
After watching this video, you will be able to secure WCF clients.
-
Building Clients: Accessing Services
After watching this video, you will be able to use a WCF client to access services.
-
Managing Transactions: Two-phase Commit Protocol
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the two-phase commit protocol.
-
Managing Transactions: Transaction Propagation
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how transaction propagation occurs.
-
Managing Transactions: Transactions Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to cover transaction properties such as ACID.
-
Building Clients: Exercise: Configuring Clients
After watching this video, you will be able to configure WCF clients.
-
Managing Transactions: Microsoft Distributed Transaction Coordinator
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the Microsoft Distributed Transaction Coordinator (MSDTC).
-
Managing Transactions: WS-Atomic Transaction (WS-AT)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the WS-Atomic Transaction (WS-AT) protocol .
-
Managing Transactions: Resource Managers
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the features of both durable and volatile resource managers.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016 : Implementing AppLocker Rules: PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to implement AppLocker rules using PowerShell.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Conditional Access Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to design conditional access policies.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Compliance Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to design compliance policies.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Exchange ActiveSync Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to design ActiveSync policies.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Design for a Cloud/Hybrid Identity
After watching this video, you will be able to design Azure AD identities.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Mobile Device Management Authority
After watching this video, you will be able to design mobile device management authority.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Device Inventory
After watching this video, you will be able to design device inventory.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: The Company Portal
After watching this video, you will be able to customize the company portal.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Device Management
After watching this video, you will be able to list device management prerequisites.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Configuration Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to design configuration policies.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Company Terms and Conditions
After watching this video, you will be able to customize company terms and conditions.
-
Windows 10 - Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Azure RemoteApp
After watching this video, you will be able to understand Azure RemoteApp.
-
Windows 10 - Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Azure RemoteApp Configuration
After watching this video, you will be able to understand importing Azure RemoteApp template images.
-
Windows 10 - Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Using the Azure RemoteApp Client
After watching this video, you will be able to access Azure remote apps using the remote app client.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Offline File Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to design for offline file policies.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Broadband Tethering
After watching this video, you will be able to configure broadband tethering.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Windows to Go and Sync Options
After watching this video, you will be able to design Windows to Go and sync options.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Power Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to design for power policies.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Configuring Remote Desktop Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to configure remote desktop settings.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Wi-Fi Direct
After watching this video, you will be able to design Wi-Fi direct plan.
-
Windows 10 - Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Group Policy Objects
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Group Policy Objects (GPOs) for signed packages.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: RemoteApp
After watching this video, you will be able to design remoteApp and Desktop connection settings.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Refresh or Recycle
After watching this video, you will be able to design for using refresh or recycle.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: System Restore
After watching this video, you will be able to design for using system restore.
-
Windows 10 - Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Restore Points
After watching this video, you will be able to design for using restore points.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Driver Rollback
After watching this video, you will be able to design for implementing driver rollback.
-
Windows 10 - Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Remote Desktop Web Access
After watching this video, you will be able to understand Remote Desktop Web Access for Azure RemoteApp distribution.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: iOS and Android
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize support for iOS and Android.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Desktop Application Coexistence
After watching this video, you will be able to design desktop application coexistence using Hyper-V, Azure Remote App, and App-V.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Application Compatibility ToolKit
After watching this video, you will be able to design for desktop app compatibility using Application Compatibility Toolkit (ACT), including shims and compatibility database.
-
Windows 10 - Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Microsoft Intune
After watching this video, you will be able to understand device management using Microsoft Intune.
-
Windows 10 - Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: User Experience Virtualization
After watching this video, you will be able to understand User Experience Virtualization (UE-V).
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Recovery Drive
After watching this video, you will be able to design for the recovery drive.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: EFS Recovery Agent
After watching this video, you will be able to design for the Encrypting File System recovery agent.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: BitLocker Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to configure BitLocker Policies.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Network Unlock Feature
After watching this video, you will be able to design for the Network Unlock Feature.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Mobile E-mail Data Protection
After watching this video, you will be able to design protection of data in e-mail when accessing it from a mobile device.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Policy Conflicts
After watching this video, you will be able to design policy conflicts.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Application Data Protection
After watching this video, you will be able to design for protection of data of applications using encryption.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: SharePoint Data Protection
After watching this video, you will be able to design SharePoint data protection when accessing it from a mobile device.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Plan Mobile Device Data Protection
After watching this video, you will be able to list design steps to take when planning and for the protection of data in e-mail and SharePoint when accessing them from mobile devices.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Full and Selective Wipes
After watching this video, you will be able to design for full and selective wipes.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: BitLocker Encryption
After watching this video, you will be able to design for BitLocker encryption.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: File and Disk Encryption
After watching this video, you will be able to design for file and disk encryption.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: VPN Reconnect
After watching this video, you will be able to enable VPN reconnect.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: VPN Connections
After watching this video, you will be able to design VPN connections and authentication.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Remote Desktop Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Remote Desktop setting.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: BitLocker Certificates
After watching this video, you will be able to manage BitLocker certificates including backup and restores.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Manage EFS
After watching this video, you will be able to manage Encrypting File System.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Removable Device Audit Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to design for removable device audit policies.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Expression-based Audit Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to create expression-based audit policies.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Web Application Proxy
After watching this video, you will be able to use Web Application Proxy.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Dynamic Access Control
After watching this video, you will be able to design for Windows Server Dynamic Access Control.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Remote Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and design remote authentication.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Rights Management Services
After watching this video, you will be able to use Azure Rights Management Service (RMS).
-
Windows 10 - Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Plan Updates and Recovery
After watching this video, you will be able to list design steps to take when planning for system and file recovery.
-
Windows 10: Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Group Policy and AuditPol.exe
After watching this video, you will be able to design for auditing using Group Policy and AuditPol.ext.
-
Windows 10 - Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: OneDrive
After watching this video, you will be able to recover files from OneDrive.
-
Windows 10 - Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: File History
After watching this video, you will be able to design for previous versions of files and folders, File History.
-
Windows 10 - Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Update History
After watching this video, you will be able to manage update history.
-
Windows 10 - Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Windows Update Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to understand update settings and Windows Update policies.
-
Windows 10 - Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Windows Store App Updates
After watching this video, you will be able to design for Windows Store App Updates.
-
Windows 10 - Planning For and Managing Devices in the Enterprise: Roll Back Device Updates
After watching this video, you will be able to roll back updates.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Storyboarding
After watching this video, you will be able to implement team collaboration for the development of universal Windows apps by implementing storyboarding with PowerPoint and linking it to a backlog item.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Using Data Binding and Pickers
After watching this video, you will be able to practice implementing data binding, add a file picker, and add search functionality to a universal Windows app.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Using a Settings Flyout
After watching this video, you will be able to use a Settings Flyout in universal Windows apps.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Using File Pickers
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the basic features of file pickers in the context of universal Windows apps.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Writing Theories
After watching this video, you will be able to create unit tests using theories for universal Windows apps.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Globalization and Resources
After watching this video, you will be able to provide an overview of globalization, localization, and resources in the context of unversal Windows apps.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Windows Performance Recorder Basics
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Windows Performance Recorder (WPR) in the Windows Performance Toolkit to analyze universal Windows apps.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Analyzing Energy Consumption
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Performance and Diagnostics hub in Visual Studio 2015 to analyze energy consumption in universal Windows apps.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: User Input and Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to implement inking, localize user input, and implement a coded UI test for a universal Windows app.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Analyzing Memory Usage
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Performance and Diagnostics hub in Visual Studio 2015 to analyze memory usage in universal Windows apps.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Analyzing UI Responsiveness
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Performance and Diagnostics hub in Visual Studio 2015 to analyze UI performance in universal Windows apps.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Analyzing Network Usage
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Performance and Diagnostics hub in Visual Studio 2015 to analyze network usage for universal Windows apps.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: CPU Sampling
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Performance and Diagnostics hub in Visual Studio 2015 to analyze CPU usage for universal Windows apps.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Use Content Layouts and Media Queries
After watching this video, you will be able to use Content Layouts and Media Queries to style a web page.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Using Media Queries for Printing
After watching this video, you will be able to use the print media type to style a web page differently when it is printed.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Working with Media Query Characteristics
After watching this video, you will be able to work with Media Query characteristics to adjust styling to create a responsive design.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Using Media Queries
After watching this video, you will be able to use CSS Media Queries to detect the capabilities of a device and style content based on those characteristics.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Implementing CSS Regions
After watching this video, you will be able to use CSS Regions to dynamically flow data into regions on a web page.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Using CSS Exclusions
After watching this video, you will be able to use CSS Exclusions to wrap text in order to surround elements
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Creating a Grid Content Layout
After watching this video, you will be able to create and style a grid content layout.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Creating a Multi-column Content Layout
After watching this video, you will be able to create and style a multi-column layout with a fixed number of columns.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Input Validation with HTML5 and JavaScript
After watching this video, you will be able to use HTML5 and JavaScript to provide client side input validation.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Using the onSubmit Attribute
After watching this video, you will be able to use the onSubmit Form attribute to validate all data before allowing a form to submit.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Working with Password Validation
After watching this video, you will be able to working with validation concepts that can be used for password validation.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Validating Date Input Data
After watching this video, you will be able to validate date and time data that is entered into a field.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Detecting and Preventing Empty Fields
After watching this video, you will be able to detect and prevent a user from leaving a field empty.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Validating Numeric Input Data
After watching this video, you will be able to validate numeric data that is entered into a field.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Validating Textual Input Data
After watching this video, you will be able to validate textual data entered into a field.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Styling Input Fields Based on Input Attributes
After watching this video, you will be able to use styling to let a user know when a field is required and if the data entered is valid.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Using the HTML5 Number Attributes
After watching this video, you will be able to use the HTML5 number attributes max, min, and step to control numeric data entry into a field.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Using Regular Expressions in the Pattern Attribute
After watching this video, you will be able to use the HTML5 pattern attribute and use regular expressions to limit data entry for a field.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Working with the HTML5 Input Attributes
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the HTML5 autofocus, autocomplete, required, and placeholder attributes.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Scaling Azure VMs
After watching this video, you will be able to manually configure Azure VM scaling.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Application Gateway
After watching this video, you will be able to design and implement Application Gateway.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring Scale Sets
After watching this video, you will be able to configure scale sets.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Virtual Machine Scale Sets
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Azure VM scale sets.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Firewall Rules
After watching this video, you will be able to describe VM firewall configuration.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring Direct Server Return (DSR)
After watching this video, you will be able to configure DSR.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Network Security Groups (NSG)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe network security groups.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Public IP Addressing
After watching this video, you will be able to configure public IP addressing.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Static IP Addressing
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a VM with a static IP address.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring Azure Load Balancing (LB)
After watching this video, you will be able to configure external and internal load balancing, with HTTP and TCP health probes.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: User Defined Routes (UDRs)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe when to use user defined routes.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Remote Debugging
After watching this video, you will be able to enable remote VM debugging.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring a Hosted Chef Account
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a hosted chef account for managing virtual machines.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring Virtual Machine Public DNS
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a VM to permit public access.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Create and Manage Azure Virtual Machines
After watching this video, you will be able to create and manage Azure virtual machines.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Chef Configuration Management for Azure
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the use of Chef to configure Azure VMs.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Deploying a Puppet Cluster on Azure
After watching this video, you will be able to Deploy a Puppet cluster on Azure.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring Puppet on Azure
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Puppet on Azure VMs.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: VM Agent (and Custom Script Extensions)
After watching this video, you will be able to automate Azure VM configuration using VM Agent (custom PowerShell script extensions).
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure VM Configuration
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Azure VM configuration.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Creating An Automation Account On Azure Portal
After watching this video, you will be able to create an automation account on Azure portal.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: PowerShell Desired State Configuration (DSC)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the use of PowerShell DSC to configure Azure VMs.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Uploading a VM to Azure
After watching this video, you will be able to upload an existing VM to Azure.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Managing VM Images and VHDs
After watching this video, you will be able to describe VM images and VHDs.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Creating a VM from an Existing Disk - RM Mode
After watching this video, you will be able to create a VM from an existing disk (resource manager mode).
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Creating a VM from an Existing Disk - Classic Mode
After watching this video, you will be able to create a VM from an existing disk (classic mode).
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Creating VMs and Workloads – Linux Workload
After watching this video, you will be able to create a Linux virtual machine.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Creating VMs and Workloads – Windows Server
After watching this video, you will be able to create a Windows Server virtual machine.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Creating VMs and Workloads – Windows SQL Server
After watching this video, you will be able to create a Windows SQL Server virtual machine.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Identifying VM Workloads
After watching this video, you will be able to describe workload identification and selection.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring Alerts
After watching this video, you will be able to configure alerts.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring Endpoints
After watching this video, you will be able to configure virtual machine endpoints.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Analyzing VM Operational Data
After watching this video, you will be able to describe and view VM operational metrics and logs.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure VM Monitoring and Diagnostics
After watching this video, you will be able to describe VM monitoring and diagnostic techniques.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Scale and Monitor VMs & Configure Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to scale and monitor Azure VMs, and design and implement Azure storage.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring Diagnostics Extension
After watching this video, you will be able to configure diagnostics extension on an Azure VM using an ARM template.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring Monitoring and Diagnostics
After watching this video, you will be able to configure VM monitoring and diagnostics.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: ARM VMs with Standard Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to implement ARM VMs configured with Standard Storage.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure File Service
After watching this video, you will be able to configure shared storage using Azure File service.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: ARM VMs with Premium Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to implement ARM VMs configured with Premium Storage.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Storage Capacity Planning
After watching this video, you will be able to plan storage capacity.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring Azure VM Autoscale
After watching this video, you will be able to describe and configure VM autoscale.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring Disk Caching
After watching this video, you will be able to configure disk caching.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Geo-replication
After watching this video, you will be able to configure geo-replication.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Submitting an App
After watching this video, you will be able to use the unified Windows Dev Center dashboard to submit a universal Windows app for publishing to the Windows Store and Windows Phone Store.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: End User Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the benefits of beta testing, and how to submit an app for beta testing.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Implementing WACK Tests
After watching this video, you will be able to implement Windows App Certification Kit (WACK) tests on Windows 10 to validate a universal Windows app.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Packaging an App
After watching this video, you will be able to step through options for packaging a Universal Windows app.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Monitoring and Deployment
After watching this video, you will be able to practice Visual Studio performance monitoring options, using Windows performance toolkit, and submit a universal Windows app for beta testing.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Sideloading an App
After watching this video, you will be able to sideload a universal Windows app using the Windows 10 app deployment tool.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Managing Ads
After watching this video, you will be able to Manage refreshes and describe suspend and resume behaviors for AdControls in a Universal Windows app.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Displaying Ads
After watching this video, you will be able to display ads in a Universal Windows app.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Defining Ad Units
After watching this video, you will be able to define ad units for a Universal Windows app usingPubCenter or Visual Studio.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Implementing Freemium Models
After watching this video, you will be able to implement code to enable freemium versions of a Universal Windows app.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Enabling App Purchase
After watching this video, you will be able to implement code to enable users to purchase the full version of a universal Windows app.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Enabling Trial Versions
After watching this video, you will be able to implement code to access time-based and feature-based trial versions of a universal Windows app.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Windows Performance Analyzer
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Windows Performance Analyzer (WPA) in the Windows Performance Toolkit to create customized views for analyzing performance issues for universal Windows apps.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Viewing Listing Information
After watching this video, you will be able to implement code to access simulated listing information from the proxy file.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Using Custom Licensing Details
After watching this video, you will be able to discuss and load a custom proxy file for simulating access to licensing and listing information for a Universal Windows app.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Viewing License Information
After watching this video, you will be able to implement code to access simulated license status, expiration date, and time remaining for a Universal Windows app from the default proxy file.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Enabling In-app Purchases
After watching this video, you will be able to implement code to enable users to purchase an app within a Universal Windows app.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Windows Performance Analyzer Basics
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Windows Performance Analyzer (WPA) in the Windows Performance Toolkit to analyze WPR recordings for universal Windows apps.
-
Universal Windows Platform – App Architecture and UX/UI with C#: Windows Performance Recorder
After watching this video, you will be able to configure the Windows Performance Recorder (WPR) in the Windows Performance Toolkit for specific analysis scenarios related to monitoring of universal Windows apps.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Chat Issues
After watching this video, you will be able to identify causes of chat issues.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Troubleshooting Address Book Issues
After watching this video, you will be able to solve address book problems.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Address Book Issues
After watching this video, you will be able to identify causes of address book issues.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Disable Windows Integrated Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Skype for Business authentication.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Deploy Office Online Server
After watching this video, you will be able to install an Office Online Server on-premises.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Deploy a Persistent Chat Server
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a persistent chat server.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Solve Problems Using a Structured Approach
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the source of problems and resolve issues.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Troubleshooting Chat Issues
After watching this video, you will be able to address the cause of chat issues.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Backup the Central Management Store
After watching this video, you will be able to safe guard CMS with backups.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Troubleshooting Conferencing Issues
After watching this video, you will be able to address the cause of conferencing issues.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Conferencing Issues
After watching this video, you will be able to identify causes of conferencing issues.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Troubleshooting Client Issues
After watching this video, you will be able to solve client issues causing problems.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Client Issues
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize client issues causing problems.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Troubleshooting Tools
After watching this video, you will be able to identify various GUI and command line tools used to troubleshoot Skype for Business.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Troubleshooting Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to explain how troubleshooting methodology can solve problems.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Incease services fault tolerance
After watching this video, you will be able to implement configurations that increase service availability.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Use Cloud Service Continuous Delivery
After watching this video, you will be able to make changes to code and check in to start a build automatically.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Connect a Cloud Service Project to VSO
After watching this video, you will be able to create a service endpoint in VSO to connect to Azure.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Establish a Skype for Business performance baseline
After watching this video, you will be able to create a Data Collector Set that uses Skype for Business performance counters.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Use the Snooper tool
After watching this video, you will be able to analyze Skype for Business data using Snooper.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Create a Voice Policy
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure a voice policy.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Create a PSTN Gateway configuration
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a PSTN gateway and associate it with a Mediation server pool.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Add a standalone Mediation server to the topology
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Topology Builder to define settings for a Mediation pool.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Configure Address Book Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to use PowerShell to configure address book settings.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Plan for High Availability
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Skype for Business Planning Tool to plan high availability.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Mobile app interaction with SfB users
After watching this video, you will be able to start an instant message conversation from the mobile app.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Skype for Business sign-in on a mobile device
After watching this video, you will be able to sign in to Skype for Business Online using the mobile app.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Install the Skype for Business mobile app
After watching this video, you will be able to install Skype for Business on an Android device.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Configure Skype for Business Online archiving
After watching this video, you will be able to apply archive settings to Skype for Business online.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Creating a Mobile App
After watching this video, you will be able to create a mobile app.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Monitoring Logic Apps
After watching this video, you will be able to monitor logic apps.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Mobile App authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to add authentication to a mobile app.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Offline Sync
After watching this video, you will be able to add offline sync to a mobile app.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: XML Capabilities
After watching this video, you will be able to create a logic app with XML capabilities.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Managing Logic Apps in Visual Studio
After watching this video, you will be able to use visual studio to manage logic apps.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Triggering a Logic App
After watching this video, you will be able to trigger a logic app from another app.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Implement API Management
After watching this video, you will be able to implement API management.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Push Notifications
After watching this video, you will be able to add push notifications to a mobile app.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Creating a Service Fabric Application
After watching this video, you will be able to create a Service Fabric application.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Monitor and Diagnose Web Apps
After watching this video, you will be able to monitor and diagnose Web Apps.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Developer Portal
After watching this video, you will be able to customize the developer portal.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Swashbuckle
After watching this video, you will be able to use Swashbuckle.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Creating API Apps
After watching this video, you will be able to create and deploy API apps.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: API monitoring
After watching this video, you will be able to monitor APIs.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Caching
After watching this video, you will be able to improve performance by adding caching.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Monitoring API Apps
After watching this video, you will be able to monitor API apps.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Swagger API Metadata
After watching this video, you will be able to use Swagger API metadata.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: B2B Capabilities
After watching this video, you will be able to create a logic app with B2B capabilities.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Creating Logic Apps
After watching this video, you will be able to create logic apps that connect to SaaS services.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Web Apps for Scale and Resilience
After watching this video, you will be able to design and configure Web Apps for scale and resilience.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: WebJobs
After watching this video, you will be able to implement WebJobs.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Webhook Functions
After watching this video, you will be able to implement Webhook functions.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Creating Azure Functions
After watching this video, you will be able to create Azure functions.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Monitoring
After watching this video, you will be able to implement monitoring and analytics.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: API Rate Limits
After watching this video, you will be able to protect APIs with rate limits.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure-connected Functions
After watching this video, you will be able to implement Azure-connected functions.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Event Processing Functions
After watching this video, you will be able to create event processing functions.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: API Management Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to configure API management policies.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Managing APIs
After watching this video, you will be able to create and manage APIs.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Windows Desktop Apps Social Identity Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to design and implement Windows Desktop apps that leverage social identity provider authentication.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Preparing Web API Apps for External Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to design and prepare Web API apps that leverage social identity provider authentication.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: B2B Collaboration Process
After watching this video, you will be able to invite an external guest user with the Azure AD B2B collaboration process.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Partner-managed Identities
After watching this video, you will be able to describe partner-managed identities.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Managing Web Apps
After watching this video, you will be able to manage Web Apps using the API, PowerShell, and Xplat-CLI.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Web App Custom Domains
After watching this video, you will be able to configure custom domains.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: App Service Plans
After watching this video, you will be able to define and manage App Service plans.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Integrate Azure AD and Collaboration
After watching this video, you will be able to configure and modify Azure networks, and integrate Azure applications into Azure Active Directory.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Web App Certificates
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Web App certificates.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Web App Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Web App settings.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Monitor and Diagnose Service Fabric Apps
After watching this video, you will be able to monitor and diagnose Service Fabric apps.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Availability of Service Fabric Services
After watching this video, you will be able to implement availability of Service Fabric services.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Diagnosing Service Fabric Solutions
After watching this video, you will be able to diagnose Service Fabric apps.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Monitoring Service Fabric Solutions
After watching this video, you will be able to monitor Service Fabric apps.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Service Fabric Clusters
After watching this video, you will be able to create, secure, upgrade, and scale a Service Fabric cluster in Azure.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Migrating Apps
After watching this video, you will be able to migrate apps from cloud services.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Actors
After watching this video, you will be able to provide an overview of actors.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Application Life Cycle Management
After watching this video, you will be able to describe application life cycle management.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Web Front Ends
After watching this video, you will be able to add a web front end to a Service Fabric application.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Scaling at the Service Name Level
After watching this video, you will be able to scale a Service Fabric app at the service name level.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Scaling at the Partition Level
After watching this video, you will be able to scale a Service Fabric app at the partition level.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring and Using Graph API
After watching this video, you will be able to configure and use Graph API.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Graph API
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the use of the Graph API to query Azure directories.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Preparing .NET MVC Apps for External Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to design and prepare .NET MVC apps to leverage social identity provider authentication.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Social Identity Provider Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to describe social identity provider authentication.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: SAML 2.0 Protocol (SAML-P) Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to describe SAML 2.0 Protocol (SAML-P) authentication.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: WS-Federation Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to describe WS-Federation process for browser-based applications.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Deploying OAuth 2.0 for Azure Resource Access
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how OAuth 2.0 can be used to access resources using tokens.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: OpenID Connect Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to describe OpenID Connect authentication.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Integrating Applications with Azure AD
After watching this video, you will be able to register an application with Azure AD and view integration endpoints.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure AD Administrative Roles
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the various administrative roles.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Creating Directories (Tenant), Users, and Groups
After watching this video, you will be able to create Azure AD directory, users, and groups.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure Active Directory (AD)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Azure AD.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Creating a VNet-to-VNet VPN
After watching this video, you will be able to create a VNet-to-VNet VPN.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring Site-to-Site Using PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a site-to-site connection using PowerShell.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Virtual Network Address Spaces
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the virtual network address spaces page.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Creating Site-to-Site ExpressRoute
After watching this video, you will be able to create a site-to-site ExpressRoute.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Hybrid Connections
After watching this video, you will be able to implement hybrid connections.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Implement Azure Caching
After watching this video, you will be able to design and implement an Azure caching strategy.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Creating a Site-to-Site (S2S) VPN
After watching this video, you will be able to create a site-to-site VPN.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Site-to-Site (S2S)
After watching this video, you will be able to leverage site-to-site.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Index Searching
After watching this video, you will be able to search an index.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Index Fields
After watching this video, you will be able to create and define fields of an index.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Handling Search Results
After watching this video, you will be able to handle search results.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Developing Apps with Cosmos DB
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to develop apps with Cosmos DB.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Managing Data with Cosmos DB
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to use Cosmos DB to manage data.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Adding Search Data
After watching this video, you will be able to add search data.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure Search Service Index
After watching this video, you will be able to create a service index for an Azure Search service.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Reading Blob Storage Data
After watching this video, you will be able to read blob data.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Creating Storage Accounts, Blobs, and Containers
After watching this video, you will be able to configure storage accounts, blobs, and containers.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Accessing Blobs Securely
After watching this video, you will be able to describe secure access to blobs.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Store Data with Block and Page Blobs
After watching this video, you will be able to describe data storage methods including blocks and page blobs, and describe data streaming.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure Storage Accounts, Blobs, and Containers
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Azure Storage.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Monitoring and Diagnostics
After watching this video, you will be able to monitor and diagnose Azure cloud services and Azure virtual machines.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring Azure Content Delivery Network (CDN)
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Azure CDN.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Implementing Asynchronous Blob Copy
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the asynchronous copying of blobs.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring Custom Domains
After watching this video, you will be able to describe custom domains.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Designing Blob Hierarchies
After watching this video, you will be able to design and create blob hierarchies.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring Availability Sets
After watching this video, you will be able to configure availability sets.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Availability Sets
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Azure availability sets.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Using PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to use PowerShell to create an availability set.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Adding a New VM to an Existing Availability Set
After watching this video, you will be able to add a new VM to an existing availability set.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring Metrics
After watching this video, you will be able to configure metrics.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Converting an Availability Set to Managed Disks
After watching this video, you will be able to convert an availability set from unmanaged to managed disks.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring Application Tiers
After watching this video, you will be able to configure application tiers into separate availability sets.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring Multiple Virtual Machines
After watching this video, you will be able to configure multiple virtual machines in an availability set for redundancy.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Converting a VM to Managed Disks
After watching this video, you will be able to convert a Windows virtual machine from unmanaged to managed disks.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Using Managed Disks for Availability Sets
After watching this video, you will be able to use managed disks for virtual machines in an availability set.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Databases and Collections
After watching this video, you will be able to create databases and collections.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Cosmos DB Queries
After watching this video, you will be able to run Cosmos DB queries.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Cosmos DB SQL Query Language
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Cosmos DB SQL query language.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Cluster Performance
After watching this video, you will be able to configure cluster performance.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Isolation
After watching this video, you will be able to implement security and network isolation.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Capabilities and Benefits
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the benefits of Cosmos DB.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Cosmos DB Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Cosmos DB, formerly DocumentDB, feature.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Managing Redis Cache
After watching this video, you will be able to manage Redis Cache.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Creating a New Redis Cache
After watching this video, you will be able to create a new Redis Cache.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Data Persistence
After watching this video, you will be able to implement data persistence.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Cache Tiers
After watching this video, you will be able to describe cache tiers.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure Redis Cache
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Azure Redis Cache.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Access and Monitor Storage - SQL Databases
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Azure Storage access, monitor Storage, and implement Azure SQL databases.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring Point-In-Time Restore (PITR)
After watching this video, you will be able to configure point-in-time restore.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Azure SQL Database business continuity and disaster recovery options.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Importing and Exporting Data and Schema
After watching this video, you will be able to import and export a SQL database.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring Database Geo-replication
After watching this video, you will be able to configure secondary replicated databases.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Analyze Storage Logs, Storage Logging, and Retention
After watching this video, you will be able to view Azure Storage logs.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring Storage Logging and Retention
After watching this video, you will be able to configure storage logging and retention.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Choosing the Appropriate SQL Database Service Option
After watching this video, you will be able to choose the appropriate Azure SQL service.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure SQL Database Service
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Azure SQL Database service.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Monitoring and Scaling SQL Databases
After watching this video, you will be able to describe SQL database monitoring and scaling in Azure.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring Storage Metrics and Retention
After watching this video, you will be able to configure storage metrics and retention.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Stored Access Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to describe stored access policies.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Creating an SAS Token (Tables)
After watching this video, you will be able to create an SAS token (tables).
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Regenerating Storage Account Keys
After watching this video, you will be able to describe storage account keys and regenerate account keys.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Creating Stored Access Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to create and apply stored access policies.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Shared Access Signatures (SAS)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe shared access signatures (SAS).
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure Blobs, Tables, Queues, and Files
After watching this video, you will be able to implement and manage Azure blobs, tables, queues, and files.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Creating an SAS Token (Queues)
After watching this video, you will be able to create an SAS token (queues).
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Creating an SAS Token (Blobs)
After watching this video, you will be able to create an SAS token (blobs).
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Storage Metrics
After watching this video, you will be able to describe metrics associated with Azure Storage.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Deploying Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe CORS.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Querying a Table Using OData
After watching this video, you will be able to use OData to access table records.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Table Record Management
After watching this video, you will be able to manipulate individual table records.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Scaling Tables and Partitions
After watching this video, you will be able to scale tables and partitions.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Table Partitions
After watching this video, you will be able to describe table partition design, management, and scaling.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Scaling Blob Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to describe blob scaling.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: NoSQL Tables and CRUD Operations
After watching this video, you will be able to describe table storage and create a NoSQL table.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Working with Azure File Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Azure File Storage.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Batch Messaging
After watching this video, you will be able to retrieve a batch of messages.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Message Processing
After watching this video, you will be able to add and process messages.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Scaling Queues
After watching this video, you will be able to scale queues.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan for Storage and Large File Support
After watching this video, you will be able to design a SharePoint 2016 storage architecture, including ReFS and plan for large file support.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Define a Physical Topology by Using MinRoles
After watching this video, you will be able to design a SharePoint 2016 server farm topology by using MinRole.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Why Install SharePoint?
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the goals of a SharePoint installation.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Tracking SharePoint Deployments
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and configure SharePoint 2016 service connection points and installation tracking and auditing.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Initial Deployment
After watching this video, you will be able to perform GUI or scripted deployments of SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan an App Hosting Model
After watching this video, you will be able to plan a SharePoint 2016 app hosting model.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Define Individual Server Requirements
After watching this video, you will be able to define individual SharePoint 2016 server requirements.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan for Networking and Load Balancing
After watching this video, you will be able to plan SharePoint 2016 server load balancing, network infrastructure, and basic request management.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Managing Search Results
After watching this video, you will be able to manage SharePoint 2016 query rules, keywords, synonyms, and other search aids.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Configure Content Sources
After watching this video, you will be able to define SharePoint 2016 search content sources and crawl schedules.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Using Enterprise Search
After watching this video, you will be able to planning SharePoint 2016 enterprise search.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Using Your Taxonomy for Navigation
After watching this video, you will be able to use the MMS terms for SharePoint 2016 managed navigation.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Compliance Tools
After watching this video, you will be able to plan the use of information management policies, document fingerprinting, and encryption.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Improved Mobile Navigation
After watching this video, you will be able to navigate using touch-based interface.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Building Site Collections
After watching this video, you will be able to create and maintain site collections.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Building Web Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to provide and configure web applications.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Overview of the SharePoint 2016 Logical Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to identify logical elements of a SharePoint architecture.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Using Your Taxonomy Within a Site
After watching this video, you will be able to use the MMS terms within a site as available data values in SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Create and Manage Content Types
After watching this video, you will be able to create and propagate content types using the content type hub in SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Creating and Managing Terms
After watching this video, you will be able to create SharePoint 2016 terms and terms sets to define custom properties in MMS.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Using Managed Metadata
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure the SharePoint 2016 managed metadata service.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Define Your Taxonomy
After watching this video, you will be able to define and understand how information architecture and taxonomy is used in SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Installing SharePoint using MinRole
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a SharePoint topology using MinRole-based assignments.
-
Azure Architect: Azure Application Gateway
After watching this video, you will be able to identify when the Application Gateway should be used.
-
Azure Architect: Configure the Azure Load Balancer
After watching this video, you will be able to configure load balancing for a web application.
-
Azure Architect: Azure Traffic Manager
After watching this video, you will be able to recall the features of Azure Traffic Manager.
-
Azure Architect: Azure Load Balancer
After watching this video, you will be able to recall the features of the Azure Load Balancer.
-
Azure Architect: Enable Monitoring and High Availability
After watching this video, you will be able to configure the Azure Load Balancer and explain DR options.
-
Azure Architect: Azure Site Recovery
After watching this video, you will be able to review the features of Azure Site Recovery.
-
Azure Architect: Hyper-V Replica
After watching this video, you will be able to explain how Hyper-V Replica plays a role in disaster recovery.
-
Azure Architect: Disaster Recovery (DR) Planning
After watching this video, you will be able to plan for business disruptions related to Azure.
-
Azure Architect: Security Risk Mitigation
After watching this video, you will be able to review Azure risk mitigation tactics.
-
Azure Architect: Create and Configure Custom Roles
After watching this video, you will be able to build and assign custom roles for Azure management.
-
Azure Architect: Configure Built-in Roles
After watching this video, you will be able to assign built-in roles for Azure management.
-
Azure Architect: Third-party Monitoring Tools
After watching this video, you will be able to identify third-party tools used for Azure monitoring.
-
Azure Architect: Azure Application Insights
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the monitoring features of Azure Application Insights.
-
Azure Architect: Configure Web App Monitoring
After watching this video, you will be able to enable monitoring for an Azure VM.
-
Azure Architect: Configure VM Monitoring
After watching this video, you will be able to enable monitoring for an Azure VM.
-
Azure Architect: Azure Monitoring Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the importance of Azure resource continuous monitoring.
-
Azure Architect: Work with ADFS and Azure roles
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the purpose of ADFS and configure Azure roles.
-
Azure Architect: Configure Azure Security Center Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to view and configure policies in Azure Security Center.
-
Azure Architect: Create a Mobile App Backend
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Azure portal to create a mobile app backend.
-
Azure Architect: Updating a Web Page Using Kudu
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Kudu interface to change a web page.
-
Azure Architect: Kudu Interface
After watching this video, you will be able to explain the purpose of the Kudu interface.
-
Azure Architect: Deployment Slots
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how web app deployment slots are used.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Central Management Store
After watching this video, you will be able to understand the role of the CMS database.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Pool Pairing
After watching this video, you will be able to explain how pool pairing increases resiliency to failure.
-
Skype for Business 2015: DR Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to understand how disaster recovery and high availability differ.
-
Skype for Business 2015: AlwaysOn Availability Groups
After watching this video, you will be able to explan how availability groups provide high availability.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Load Balancing
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Skype for Business load balancing options.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Routing Groups
After watching this video, you will be able to explain how routing groups are relate to high availability.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Server Pooling
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how pooling servers provides high availability.
-
Skype for Business 2015: HA Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the benefit of high availability.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Database Mirroring
After watching this video, you will be able to explain how database mirroring provides high availability.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Data Backups
After watching this video, you will be able to explain backup considerations for Skype for Business.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Failover
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how failover works.
-
Skype for Business 2015: Configure DNS Load Balancing Records
After watching this video, you will be able to improve availability using DNS load balancing.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: SharePoint Upgrade
After watching this video, you will be able to determine which configurations might prevent a successful SharePoint 2016 upgrade.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Migrating On-premises to SharePoint Online
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and migrate SharePoint On-premises to SharePoint Online or a hybrid topology.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Performing the SharePoint Migration
After watching this video, you will be able to perform an upgrade by migration to SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan an Installation Sequence
After watching this video, you will be able to plan an installation sequence for SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Measure Upgrade Performance
After watching this video, you will be able to measure upgrade performance for SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Resolve Missing File System Components
After watching this video, you will be able to resolve missing file system components before upgrading to SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Resolve Orphan Objects
After watching this video, you will be able to resolve orphan objects before upgrading to SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Configure Web Application Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to configure web application authentication for upgrading to SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Analyze Content Database Test Results
After watching this video, you will be able to analyze content database test results before upgrading to SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Perform Migration Precheck Tasks
After watching this video, you will be able to perform migration precheck tasks before upgrading to SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Configure Upgrade Farms
After watching this video, you will be able to configure upgrade farms for SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Configure Read-only Access for Content
After watching this video, you will be able to configure read-only access during an upgrade for content for SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Configure a Parallel Upgrade
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a parallel upgrade for SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan Removal of Servers in Rotation
After watching this video, you will be able to plan removal of servers in rotation during an upgrade for SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Resolve Configuration Conflict Issues
After watching this video, you will be able to resolve configuration conflict issues before upgrading to SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Enable a Developer Dashboard
After watching this video, you will be able to enable a SharePoint 2016 developer dashboard.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Analyze Usage Data
After watching this video, you will be able to analyze SharePoint 2016 usage data.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Perform Server-side Tracing
After watching this video, you will be able to perform SharePoint 2016 server-side tracing.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Perform Client-side Tracing
After watching this video, you will be able to perform SharePoint 2016 client-side tracing.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: How to Prepare for a SharePoint Upgrade
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the relevant concerns in evaluating SharePoint 2016 content and customizations before upgrading.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan and Configure Zero Downtime Patching
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and configure SharePoint 2016 Zero Downtime Patching.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: What Makes SharePoint Patching Challenging?
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the challenges and solutions available for patching SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Finding Diagnostic Information
After watching this video, you will be able to track down the correct information needed to help you resolve a SharePoint 2016 trouble ticket.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Troubleshooting SharePoint Hybrid Cloud Issues
After watching this video, you will be able to troubleshoot SharePoint 2016 hybrid cloud issues.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Analyze Diagnostic Logs
After watching this video, you will be able to analyze SharePoint 2016 diagnostic logs.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Monitor SharePoint Hybrid Cloud Deployments
After watching this video, you will be able to monitor SharePoint 2016 hybrid cloud deployments.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Monitor and Forecast Storage Needs
After watching this video, you will be able to monitor and forecast SharePoint 2016 storage needs.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Configure Usage and Health Providers
After watching this video, you will be able to configure SharePoint 2016 usage and health providers.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Establish Baseline Performance
After watching this video, you will be able to establish SharePoint 2016 baseline performance.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: What is Involved in SharePoint Troubleshooting?
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the tools and techniques of SharePoint troubleshooting.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan and Configure Caching and a Caching Strategy
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and configure a SharePoint 2016 caching strategy.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan and Configure SQL Optimization
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and configure SQL optimization for SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Tune Network Performance
After watching this video, you will be able to tune SharePoint 2016 network performance.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan for Capacity Software Boundaries
After watching this video, you will be able to plan for SharePoint 2016 capacity software boundaries.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Adjusting Your Settings for SharePoint Optimization
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the goals and limitations of tuning a SharePoint 2016 environment for optimization.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Configure Page Performance Monitoring
After watching this video, you will be able to configure SharePoint 2016 page performance monitoring.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Configure Performance Counter Capture
After watching this video, you will be able to configure SharePoint 2016 performance counter capture.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Why SharePoint Admins Should Monitor Everything
After watching this video, you will be able to understand the requirements associated with monitoring SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Recovering a SharePoint Instance
After watching this video, you will be able to use the most appropriate method to recover a SharePoint 2016 farm.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Using Azure in your Backup and Recovery Solution
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a SharePoint 2016 recovery solution using SQL Database running in Azure and other Azure backup solutions.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: How Can We Help Ensure SharePoint Recoverability?
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the tools and techniques used to create a recoverable SharePoint 2016 environment.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan for SQL Server Log Shipping
After watching this video, you will be able to plan for SQL Server Log shipping for SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan for SQL Server AlwaysOn Availability Groups
After watching this video, you will be able to Plan for SQL Server AlwaysOn Availability Groups for SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan for SQL Server Clustering
After watching this video, you will be able to plan for SQL Server clustering for SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan for SQL Server Aliases
After watching this video, you will be able to plan for SQL Server aliases for SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan for Network and Storage Redundancy
After watching this video, you will be able to plan for SharePoint 2016 network and storage redundancy.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Performing a Content Refresh to Another Farm
After watching this video, you will be able to plan a SharePoint 2016 nonproduction environment content refresh.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Recovering a Service Application
After watching this video, you will be able to plan for SharePoint 2016 service application recovery.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Recovering a Web Application or Site Collection
After watching this video, you will be able to plan for SharePoint 2016 content recovery.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Recovering a Farm
After watching this video, you will be able to plan for SharePoint 2016 farm configuration recovery.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Establishing Backup Schedules
After watching this video, you will be able to create a regular backup schedule in SharePoint or in SQL Server.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan and Configure Variations
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and configure SharePoint 2016 variations.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan and Configure Display Templates
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and configure SharePoint 2016 display templates.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan and Configure Content Deployment
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and configure SharePoint 2016 content deployment.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan and Configure Design Manager
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and configure SharePoint 2016 Design Manager.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan and Configure Product Catalog and Topic Pages
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and configure SharePoint 2016 product catalog and topic pages.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan and Configure Channels
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and configure SharePoint 2016 channels.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: What is Web Content Management (WCM)?
After watching this video, you will be able to define and understand what SharePoint 2016 web content management (WCM) supports.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan for Server Distribution and Load Balancing
After watching this video, you will be able to plan for SharePoint 2016 physical server distribution and server load balancing.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan for Service Distribution
After watching this video, you will be able to plan for SharePoint 2016 service distribution.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: How Can We Help Ensure SharePoint High Availability?
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the tools and techniques used to create a highly available SharePoint 2016 environment.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Records Management
After watching this video, you will be able to correctly define a records management site for disposition and retention.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan and Configure Record Disposition and Retention
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and configure SharePoint 2016 record disposition and retention.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan and Configure Durable Links
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and configure SharePoint 2016 durable links.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan and Configure Co-Authoring
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and configure SharePoint 2016 co-authoring.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan and Configure Document Routing
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and configure SharePoint 2016 document routing.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan and Configure E-Discovery
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and configure SharePoint 2016 E-Discovery.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: What is Enterprise Content Management (ECM)?
After watching this video, you will be able to define and understand what SharePoint 2016 Enterprise Content Management (ECM) supports.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Exercise: Creating a Hybrid SharePoint Solution
After watching this video, you will be able to correctly configure hybrid SharePoint 2016 settings.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Configure Hybrid BCS
After watching this video, you will be able to configure hybrid SharePoint 2016 Business Data Connection Services (BCS).
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan and Configure Data Loss Prevention
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and configure SharePoint 2016 data loss prevention, in-place holds, and document deletion features.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan and Configure Software Boundaries
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and configure SharePoint 2016 software boundaries.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan Large Document Repositories
After watching this video, you will be able to plan SharePoint 2016 large document repositories.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Additional Site Level Security Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to manage SharePoint 2016 anonymous access and HTML field security.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Configure SharePoint Permissions and Sharing
After watching this video, you will be able to use SharePoint 2016 permissions settings as well as SharePoint sharing tools.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan and Configure SharePoint Users and Groups
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and configure SharePoint 2016 users and groups.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Defining Site Collection and Site Security
After watching this video, you will be able to identify SharePoint 2016 site collection and site level security issues that need management.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Configure Web Application Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and configure anonymous access and web application policies in SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Creating a Secure SharePoint Environment
After watching this video, you will be able to Create an SharePoint 2016 environment that has secure authentication and authorization.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Configure Delegated Service Administration
After watching this video, you will be able to configure SharePoint 2016 delegated service application administration.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Configure Kerberos for Service Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to plan for SharePoint 2016 Kerberos support for service applications.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Defining Service Application Security
After watching this video, you will be able to identify SharePoint 2016 service application security issues that need management.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan and Configure Information Rights Management
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and configure SharePoint 2016 information rights management (IRM).
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: What Are Search Engine Optimization (SEO) Settings?
After watching this video, you will be able to identify when and how to enable search engine optimization settings in SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Crafting the Result Page
After watching this video, you will be able to use SharePoint 2016 display templates and result types.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Defining the End User Search Experience
After watching this video, you will be able to use SharePoint 2016 result sources, search schema, analytics, and the enterprise search site.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Restraining Search
After watching this video, you will be able to use crawl rules to manage SharePoint 2016 search performance.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Secure Web Application Connections
After watching this video, you will be able to plan connection encryption in SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Configure Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and configure web application authentication settings in SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Defining Web Application Security
After watching this video, you will be able to identify web application level security issues that need management in SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Configure Farm Security
After watching this video, you will be able to configure farm security settings in SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Defining Farm Security
After watching this video, you will be able to identify farm level security issues that need management in SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Defining Search Parameters
After watching this video, you will be able to configure the correct settings for SharePoint 2016 enterprise search based upon a given scenario.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Configure a SharePoint Hybrid Installation
After watching this video, you will be able to configure SharePoint 2016 hybrid cloud settings.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan and Configure Excel Services via Office Online
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and configure Excel Services (Office Online only).
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: What is a SharePoint Hybrid Architecture?
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the structure and purpose of a SharePoint 2016 hybrid architecture.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan and Configure PowerPivot
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and configure PowerPivot.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan and Configure PowerView
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and configure PowerView.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan and Configure Reporting Services
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and configure reporting services.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan and Configure Performance Point
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and configure Performance Point and BI security.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: What BI Tools are Available in SharePoint?
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the tools used to extract Business Intelligence in SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Configure SharePoint Hybrid Security
After watching this video, you will be able to configure SharePoint 2016 connections to Access Control Service and authentication for hybrid cloud deployment.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Configure Hybrid Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to configure SharePoint 2016 hybrid features including OneDrive Redirection, Hybrid Audiences, and Picker tools.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Configure SharePoint Hybrid Search
After watching this video, you will be able to configure SharePoint 2016 hybrid search settings.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Integrate SharePoint with Exchange
After watching this video, you will be able to connect SharePoint 2016 and Exchange Server.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Integrate SharePoint with Office Online
After watching this video, you will be able to connect SharePoint 2016 and Office Online.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan and Install Office Online Server
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and install Office Online Server.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Connecting SharePoint With Other On-premise Products
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the needs of integrating SharePoint with other Microsoft products.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Deploying Service Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy the correct SharePoint 2016 service application for a given scenario.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan Translation Services in SharePoint 2016
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure Translation Services in SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan PowerPoint Conversion in SharePoint 2016
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure PowerPoint Conversion in SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan Word Automation Services in SharePoint 2016
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure Word Automation Services in SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Integrate and Separate SharePoint Farms
After watching this video, you will be able to connect SharePoint 2016 farms to each other.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Integrate SharePoint with Project Server 2016
After watching this video, you will be able to connect SharePoint 2016 and Project Server 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Integrate SharePoint Insights & Telemetry Features
After watching this video, you will be able to install SharePoint Insights and Server Telemetry features.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Deploying Add-ins (Apps) in SharePoint
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy add-ins (apps) in SharePoint.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Using the App Store
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure App Store subscriptions.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Building the App (Add-In) Environment
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure the App Store.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Deploying Sandbox Solutions
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy and manage sandbox solutions.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Deploying Farm Solutions
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy and upgrade farm solutions.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: How Can Developers Customize SharePoint?
After watching this video, you will be able to understand how SharePoint can be extended with farm solutions, sandbox solutions, and add-ins.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Use a Secure Store Application in a BCS Model
After watching this video, you will be able to incorporate the Secure Store Service with BCS.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan Visio Services in SharePoint 2016
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure Visio Services in SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Plan Access Services in SharePoint 2016
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure Access Services in SharePoint 2016.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: What Additional Services Does SharePoint 2016 Offer?
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the purpose of several additional SharePoint Service Applications.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Building Community Sites
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and configure community sites.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Connecting with Yammer
After watching this video, you will be able to configure SharePoint's Yammer settings.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Planning My Sites
After watching this video, you will be able to configure SharePoint My Sites.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Configuring the UPA
After watching this video, you will be able to secure and configure a UPA application.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Defining a User Profile Service Application (UPA)
After watching this video, you will be able to create a SharePoint UPA.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: What Is Social Computing in SharePoint?
After watching this video, you will be able to define and understand the components of SharePoint social computing.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Create and Configure a Secure Store Application
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure a Secure Store Application.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Using a BCS Application for Sites and Search
After watching this video, you will be able to incorporate BCS into site data and search.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Create and Configure a Business Connectivity Service
After watching this video, you will be able to create and secure a BCS model.
-
Microsoft SharePoint 2016: Why Connect SharePoint to Your Business Data?
After watching this video, you will be able to define and understand the importance of the BCS and Secure Store Applications.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Managing Local Policy on Nano Server
After watching this video, you will be able to manage local policy on Nano Server.
-
SQL Server 2014: Indexing a Fact Table
After watching this video, you will be able to appropriately index a fact table.
-
SQL Server 2014: Partitioning
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate partitioning.
-
SQL Server 2014: Columnstore Indexes
After watching this video, you will be able to describe columnstore indexes.
-
SQL Server 2014: Implement a Data Warehouse Database
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a data warehouse database in SQL Server 2014.
-
SQL Server 2014: Summary Aggregation Tables
After watching this video, you will be able to design summary aggregation tables.
-
SQL Server 2014: Implementing a Fact Table
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a fact table.
-
SQL Server 2014: Additive and Non-Additive Measures
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to use additive and non-additive measures.
-
SQL Server 2014: Fact Table Loading Methods
After watching this video, you will be able to determine the loading method for fact tables.
-
SQL Server 2014: Schema Options
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize attributes of star and snowflake schemas.
-
SQL Server 2014: Hierarchies
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to design hierarchies.
-
SQL Server 2014: Implement Data Lineage
After watching this video, you will be able to implement data lineage of a dimension table.
-
SQL Server 2014: Data Warehousing
After watching this video, you will be able to describe data warehousing and its many relationships.
-
SQL Server 2014: Auditing and Lineage
After watching this video, you will be able to determine when to use auditing and lineage.
-
SQL Server 2014: Fact Tables
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to implement fact tables.
-
SQL Server 2014: Implement Dimensions
After watching this video, you will be able to implement dimensions.
-
SQL Server 2014: Keys
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to use keys
-
SQL Server 2014: Dimension Tables and Attributes
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to implements dimensions and attributes.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Message Passing with HTML5
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the process of message passing in HTML5 with Web Workers.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Managing EFS Certificates
After watching this video, you will be able to manage EFS certificates.
-
SQL Server 2014: Changing Dimensions
After watching this video, you will be able to understand slowly changing dimensions.
-
SQL Server 2014: The SQL Server Business Intelligence platform
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the SQL Server Business Intelligence platform.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Implementing Shared Web Workers
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize code processing with HTML5 Web Workers.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Callback Implementation
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a callback by using an anonymous function.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Processing and Web Workers in HTML5
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the various WebSockets and methods with HTML5.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Improving Web Page Performance Using Web Workers
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the benefits of Web Workers to improve performance.
-
SQL Server 2014: Event Handlers, Variables, Parameters
After watching this video, you will be able to determine event handlers, variables, and parameters.
-
SQL Server 2014: SSIS Package Transaction Strategy
After watching this video, you will be able to design an SSIS package strategy with rollback, staging, and transaction control.
-
SQL Server 2014: Custom Tasks
After watching this video, you will be able to determine when to use custom tasks.
-
SQL Server 2014: Connection Managers
After watching this video, you will be able to determine connection managers and whether they are package or project level.
-
SQL Server 2014: Control Flow
After watching this video, you will be able to describe control flow.
-
SQL Server 2014: Implement Data Flow in SQL Server 2014
After watching this video, you will be able to use data flow to load data in SQL Server 2014.
-
SQL Server 2014: Precedence Constraints
After watching this video, you will be able to determine precedence constraints.
-
SQL Server 2014: Containers and Tasks
After watching this video, you will be able to determine containers and tasks needed.
-
SQL Server 2014: Implementing Logging
After watching this video, you will be able to configure logging for SSIS packages.
-
SQL Server 2014: Logging a Package
After watching this video, you will be able to determine how to log information relating to a package.
-
SQL Server 2014: Using DTEXEC and DTEXECUI
After watching this video, you will be able to execute packages using DTEXEC and DTEXECUI.
-
SQL Server 2014: Monitoring Execution Using Management Studio
After watching this video, you will be able to monitor the execution using Management Studio.
-
SQL Server 2014: ETL Restartability
After watching this video, you will be able to describe ETL restartability.
-
SQL Server 2014: Executing Packages Using PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to use PowerShell to execute SSIS packages.
-
SQL Server 2014: Scheduling Package Execution
After watching this video, you will be able to schedule package execution using SQL Server Agent.
-
SQL Server 2014: Executing Packages Using SSMS
After watching this video, you will be able to execute packages by using SQL Server Management Studio (SSMS).
-
SQL Server 2014: Implementing Package Execution
After watching this video, you will be able to implement package execution.
-
SQL Server 2014: Control Flow Capabilities
After watching this video, you will be able to extend the capability of a control flow.
-
SQL Server 2014: Script Tasks
After watching this video, you will be able to determine appropriate use of script tasks.
-
SQL Server 2014: Custom Actions
After watching this video, you will be able to perform a custom action during a control flow.
-
SQL Server 2014: SQL/SSIS Transformations and Packages
After watching this video, you will be able to Create SSIS packages and SQL/SSIS data transformations.
-
SQL Server 2014: Debugging Data Flow
After watching this video, you will be able to debug data flow.
-
SQL Server 2014: Data Sources and Destinations
After watching this video, you will be able to specify a data source and destination.
-
SQL Server 2014: SSIS Lookups
After watching this video, you will be able to perform lookup tasks in SSIS.
-
SQL Server 2014: Using Data Flows
After watching this video, you will be able to use data flows.
-
SQL Server 2014: Data Flow Components
After watching this video, you will be able to list data flow components.
-
SQL Server 2014: Performance Tuning, Optimization, and Integrity
After watching this video, you will be able to performance tune SSIS data flow and optimize Integration Services.
-
SQL Server 2014: Extracting, Transforming, and Loading Data
After watching this video, you will be able to extract, transform, and load data.
-
SQL Server 2014: Designing a Package Execution Strategy
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and design a package execution strategy.
-
SQL Server 2014: Processing Options
After watching this video, you will be able to describe batch processing and row-by-row processing.
-
SQL Server 2014: Implementing Transformations
After watching this video, you will be able to determine whether to use SQL Joins or SSIS lookup or merge join transformations.
-
SQL Server 2014: Deduplication
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize methods for deduplication.
-
SQL Server 2014: Identity Mapping
After watching this video, you will be able to describe identity mapping methods.
-
SQL Server 2014: Slowly Changing Dimensions Transformation
After watching this video, you will be able to determine the need for supporting Slowly Changing Dimensions transformations.
-
SQL Server 2014: Use Data Flow in SQL Server 2014
After watching this video, you will be able to use data flow to load data in SQL Server 2014.
-
SQL Server 2014: Implementing a Fuzzy Lookup
After watching this video, you will be able to Implement a fuzzy lookup in SSIS.
-
SQL Server 2014: Fuzzy Lookup
After watching this video, you will be able to describe fuzzy lookup.
-
SQL Server 2014: Auditing
After watching this video, you will be able to determine auditing needs for SSIS packages.
-
SQL Server 2014: Erroneous Rows
After watching this video, you will be able to determine what to do with erroneous and changed rows.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016 : Define Windows Malware Solutions
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize Windows Malware Solutions.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Secure the Network Infrastructure
After watching this video, you will be able to use mechanisms for securing the network infrastructure.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Overview of File Encryption
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the value features of Windows Server 2016 file encryption.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Recall Features of File Encryption
After watching this video, you will be able to describe features of file encryption.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Comparing EFS and BitLocker
After watching this video, you will be able to identify EFS and BitLocker differences.
-
Securing Windows Server 2016: Configure Threat Detection
After watching this video, you will be able to describe threat detection solutions.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Using the Web Worker API
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to create a Web Worker and control a Web Worker from the main page.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Introducing HTML5 Web Workers
After watching this video, you will be able to define HTML5 Web Workers and their purpose.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Send WebSocket Processes
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to use WebSocket to send messages to a web server.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: WebSocket API
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to set up a WebSocket connection.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Receive WebSocket Processes
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to receive messages from a web server via a WebSocket.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Provisioning Data in HTML5
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the process of consuming and sending data using various processes.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Processing Data with JSON
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to use JSON.stringify and JSON.parse to handle data, and recognize how jQuery serialization works.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Web Communication and Current Limitations
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize various web browser communications and limitations.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Introducing the HTML5 WebSocket Standard
After watching this video, you will be able to define the HTML5 WebSocket standard and how WebSockets work.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Sending Data
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to send data in HTML5.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Serializing and Deserializing
After watching this video, you will be able to define serializing and deserializing and how they're used to consume data.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Tracking Progress of Data
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to track the progress of data.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: XMLHTTPRequest
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to use XMLHTTPRequest.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Introduction to AJAX
After watching this video, you will be able to define Ajax and how it relates to JavaScript.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Consuming JSON Data
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to consume JSON data.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Consuming XML
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to consume XML data.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Implementing Program Flow
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize various expressions, switch statements, and collection arrays.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Exception Handling
After watching this video, you will be able to implement exception handling using catch and null checks.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Raise Event Handling
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to handle common events exposed by DOM, bubbled, and anonymous functions.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Basic Page Structure
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the elements that make a basic page structure in HTML5.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: HTML5 Semantic Elements
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize various semantic elements in HTML5.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: New and Deprecated Elements in HTML5
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate new and deprecated elements in HTML5.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: CSS Box Model
After watching this video, you will be able to define the CSS box model.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Styling HTML5 Elements with CSS
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate styling HTML5 elements with CSS.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: CSS Positioning
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize CSS positioning.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Creating an HTML5 Page
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate HTML5 to create a basic page.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: HTML5 Layout Containers
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize various HTML5 layout containers.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Introduction to CSS
After watching this video, you will be able to define the concept behind using CSS and its structure.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Working with CSS3 and HTML5
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the relationship between HTML5 and CSS3.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: HTML5 Browser Support
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the various types of browser support for HTML5.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Introduction to HTML5
After watching this video, you will be able to define the basic elements of HTML5 with Visual Studio 2017.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Using Custom Fonts
After watching this video, you will be able to use custom fonts in HTML5.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Styling HTML5 Text
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the process of styling HTML5 text.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Background Images
After watching this video, you will be able to work with background images in HTML5.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Border Properties
After watching this video, you will be able to modify border properties in HTML5.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Offline Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to implement offline applications.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Implementing HTML5 APIs and Data Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the concepts of using the HTML5 APIs and data storage.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: AppCache API
After watching this video, you will be able to define the AppCache API
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Gradients and CSS3
After watching this video, you will be able to configure gradients using CSS3.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Positioning Within a Context
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to position within a context.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: CSS3 Selectors
After watching this video, you will be able to use CSS3 selectors.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Using JavaScript OOP and HTML5 Forms
After watching this video, you will be able to create and use a JavaScript object and use form validation for data entry.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Implementing Inheritance and Encapsulation
After watching this video, you will be able to define the use of encapsulation and inheritance in JavaScript.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Selectors
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to use selectors.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Overview of HTML5 APIs
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the role of HTML5 APIs.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Validate with HTML5 Attributes
After watching this video, you will be able to validate user input using HTML5 form attributes.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Validating User Input in JavaScript
After watching this video, you will be able to validate user input using JavaScript.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Geolocation API
After watching this video, you will be able to define the Geolocation API.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Drag and Drop API
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to implement the Drag and Drop API.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Web Storage API
After watching this video, you will be able to define the Web Storage API.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: HTML Audio and Video
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize HTML Audio and Video.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Styling with HTML5 and JavaScript
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize more styling principles with HTML5 and the use of JavaScript with HTML5.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Inline and External JavaScript
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the inline and external JavaScript implementations and why to use them.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Applying OOP principles in JavaScript
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize OOP principles and apply them to JavaScript.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Introduction to JavaScript Implementations
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the purpose of using JavaScript implementations.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Creating HTML5 Forms
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the process of creating a form.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Inheritance Using Prototypes
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to use prototypes to implement inheritance.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: HTML5 Canvas and SVG
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to use the HTML5 canvas and SVG graphics.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Basic Layout Container
After watching this video, you will be able to create a basic layout container to fulfill the objective for the exam.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Custom Objects
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to create custom objects and their methods.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Manipulating Elements
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to further manipulate elements by using transform, show, and hide methods.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Combine HTML5 and CSS
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize HTML5 and CSS basic architecture.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Introduction to JavaScript
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize compatibility versions and the role of JavaScript in web page development.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: CSS Inheritance
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize CSS inheritance.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: JavaScript Objects and Methods
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize JavaScript objects and methods.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Loops
After watching this video, you will be able to Define Loops in JavaScript and how to use them.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: JavaScript DOM and Operators
After watching this video, you will be able to define the DOM including the JavaScript's operators and math objects.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Defining JavaScript Syntax
After watching this video, you will be able to define the basic syntax of JavaScript including variables and arrays.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Conditional Statements
After watching this video, you will be able to define JavaScript conditional statements and how to use them.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: JavaScript and Variables
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the JavaScript variables and the process of establishing their scope.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: HTML5 with CSS3 Transforms
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to animate HTML5 with transforms.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Working with Keyframe Animations and Properties
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to configure keyframe animations and properties.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: HTML5 with CSS3 Transitions
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to work with CSS3 Transitions.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Applying 2-D and 3-D Transforms
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to apply 2-D and 3-D transforms to HTML5 elements.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Patterns and Gradients on HTML5 SVG Elements
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to work with patterns and gradients on SVG Elements.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Applying Transformations to HTML5 SVG Elements
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to apply transformations to SVG elements.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Introducing CSS Keyframe Animations
After watching this video, you will be able to define a new keyframe animation and how to configure it.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Working with Text in SVG
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to work with text.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: HTML5 Animations and Adaptive AI
After watching this video, you will be able to configure HTML5 animations and adaptive AI.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Using SVG to Create 2-D Geometric Shapes
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to use SVG to create 2-D Geometric Shapes.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Styling with Complex HTML5 and CSS3
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize text and block elements within a context of HTML5 and CSS3.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: DOM Elements and their Attributes
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the process of selecting DOM elements by their attributes.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Using the HTML5 Canvas
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to apply CSS styling to HTML5 canvas elements.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Flexible Layouts
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to implement flexible CSS3 layouts.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Implementing Style Inheritance
After watching this video, you will be able to implement style inheritance in CSS3.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Pseudo Classes and Elements
After watching this video, you will be able to define pseudo classes and elements and describe how to use them in CSS3.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: jQuery Filters on DOM
After watching this video, you will be able to implement jQuery filters on DOM elements.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: CSS3 Selectors with jQuery
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the process of configuring with DOM elements using jQuery selectors.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Defining SVG Graphics
After watching this video, you will be able to define SVG graphics and its use.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Manipulate Complex Graphics
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the process of using HTML5 canvas API to draw and manipulate complex graphics.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: .NET MVC Social Identity Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to design and implement .NET MVC apps that leverage social identity provider authentication.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Web API Social Identity Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to design and implement Web API apps that leverage social identity provider authentication.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Writing Modules for Puppet Enterprise
After watching this video, you will be able to write modules for Puppet Enterprise.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring VMs with PowerShell DSC
After watching this video, you will be able to automate Azure VM configuration using PowerShell DSC.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring VMs Using Puppet
After watching this video, you will be able to utilize Puppet to configure Azure VMs.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring Azure Virtual Machines Using Chef
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Azure virtual machines using Chef.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring Chef for Azure Resource Manager
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Chef for Azure Resource Manager.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: App Life Cycle Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the UWP app life cycle.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Implementing Navigation
After watching this video, you will be able to implement different app navigation patterns.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Narrator Navigation
After watching this video, you will be able to define the role and use of the narrator in navigation.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: UI Automation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the role and use of UI Automation in navigation.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Keyboard Navigation
After watching this video, you will be able to implement keyboard navigation features.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Back Button
After watching this video, you will be able to use the back button to go back in the app navigation history.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: SplitView and Nav Pane
After watching this video, you will be able to use a SplitView to enhance your nav pane UI.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Nav Pane Navigation
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the nav pane navigation pattern and describe when it's used.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Tabs and Pivot Navigation
After watching this video, you will be able to implement the pivot navigation pattern and describe when it's used.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Master/Details Navigation
After watching this video, you will be able to add the master/details navigation pattern and describe when to use it.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Hub Navigation
After watching this video, you will be able to implement the hub navigation pattern and describe when to use it.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Navigation between Pages
After watching this video, you will be able to create basic links to navigate between pages and pass information while navigating.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Create Various App Controls
After watching this video, you will be able to implement various app controls inside your app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Styling Custom Controls
After watching this video, you will be able to use Generic.xaml to style custom controls.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: ResourceDictionary
After watching this video, you will be able to implement resource dictionaries and styles in your app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Creating Custom Controls
After watching this video, you will be able to implement custom controls in your app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Control Over App Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to implement the settings menu that has control over your app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using Tooltips
After watching this video, you will be able to implement tooltips to describe object and controls.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using Popup Menus
After watching this video, you will be able to implement pop-up menus in apps.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using Dialogs
After watching this video, you will be able to implement dialogs using the ContentDialog object.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using Context Menus
After watching this video, you will be able to implement context menus for button events.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using Menu Flyouts
After watching this video, you will be able to implement flyouts in your app layout.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Overflow
After watching this video, you will be able to use open and closed states and command bar options to handle overflow when the screen is small.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Implementing Command Bars
After watching this video, you will be able to implement command bars in apps and add buttons using AppBarButton.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using Input Event Handlers
After watching this video, you will be able to implement various types of input event handlers.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Controlling Touchscreen Keyboard
After watching this video, you will be able to change virtual keyboard types with the InputScope property.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Making UI Respond to a Virtual Keyboard
After watching this video, you will be able to make an adaptive UI that can shrink to fit an onscreen virtual keyboard.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Making Custom Keyboard Interactions
After watching this video, you will be able to apply custom keyboard interactions for advanced functionality in apps.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using Access Keys
After watching this video, you will be able to implement access keys in a keyboard-enabled app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Keyboard Events
After watching this video, you will be able to work with various types of keyboard events.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Mouse Events
After watching this video, you will be able to handle various types of mouse events.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Touch Events
After watching this video, you will be able to work with various types of touch events.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Identifying Input Devices
After watching this video, you will be able to retrieve input device capabilities to identify input devices.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using {x:Bind} and {Binding}
After watching this video, you will be able to implement data bindings in your app with {x:Bind} and {Binding}.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: JSON Serialization
After watching this video, you will be able to create JSON objects in your UWP app to use with the HttpClient.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using HttpClient to Call an API
After watching this video, you will be able to use the HttpClient class to make http requests to web services and to access cloud data.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using the Dispatcher
After watching this video, you will be able to implement the dispatcher in a UWP app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Binding Events
After watching this video, you will be able to use event bindings in a UWP app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Building Views
After watching this video, you will be able to implement views in a UWP app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Building Models and ViewModels
After watching this video, you will be able to implement Models and ViewModels in a UWP app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Introducing MVVM
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the MVVM pattern.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using EFCore with SQLite
After watching this video, you will be able to use EFCore to interact easily with SQLite.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: In-app CRUD Operations
After watching this video, you will be able to implement CRUD operations in your UWP app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Managing SQLite Databases
After watching this video, you will be able to manage SQLite databases from a UWP app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Adding SQLite to a UWP App
After watching this video, you will be able to add SQLite to your app's project.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Converting Values for Binding
After watching this video, you will be able to implement converting classes for the binding extension.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using the Binding Extension
After watching this video, you will be able to work with the binding extension in your app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using x:Bind with DataTemplates
After watching this video, you will be able to implement data templates with x:Bind.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Binding Data Items and Collections to Layouts
After watching this video, you will be able to use x:Bind to bind data in layouts.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Implement App Life-cycle Features
After watching this video, you will be able to implement several app life-cycle features in an app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Suspension Errors
After watching this video, you will be able to handle various suspension errors.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Extended Execution
After watching this video, you will be able to implement extended execution in your app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: App Resume
After watching this video, you will be able to implement app resume from suspension or termination.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: App Suspension
After watching this video, you will be able to implement suspension handling in your app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: File Activation
After watching this video, you will be able to activate your app from a file.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: URI Activation
After watching this video, you will be able to activate your app from a URI.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Startup Launch
After watching this video, you will be able to launch your app during Windows startup.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: App Prelaunch
After watching this video, you will be able to implement prelaunch for your app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: App Activation
After watching this video, you will be able to implement app activation in your app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Responsive Design with UWP
After watching this video, you will be able to describe UWP responsive UI design.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Building a Simple App
After watching this video, you will be able to create a simple app and run it on a local machine.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Setting up the UWP Development Environment
After watching this video, you will be able to set up Visual Studio to create UWP app projects.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Laying out an App
After watching this video, you will be able to lay out a basic app using various types of panels.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Making Complex Layouts
After watching this video, you will be able to implement complex interfaces by combining different types of panels.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Alignment, Margins, and Padding
After watching this video, you will be able to manipulate the alignment, margins, and padding of panels to create rich UIs.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Relative Panel
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a relative layout in an app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Canvas Panel
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a canvas layout in an app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Stack Panel
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a stack layout in an app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Grid Panel
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a grid layout in an app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Introducing UWP
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the UWP platform.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Deploy Azure Comsos DB and Azure Search
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy Azure Comsos DB and Azure Search.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Create a VM and Manage VHDs
After watching this video, you will be able to create a VM and manage VHDs.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Setting Attached and Element Properties
After watching this video, you will be able to set layout properties with AdaptiveComponents.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using an AdaptiveTrigger
After watching this video, you will be able to use an AdaptiveTrigger to define states.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: VisualStateManager
After watching this video, you will be able to implement an adaptive UI using the VisualStateManager.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Comparing Responsive and Adaptive UIs
After watching this video, you will be able to differentiate between a responsive UI and an adaptive UI.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Build an Adaptive UI
After watching this video, you will be able to build an adaptive UI for your apps.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Types of Layouts
After watching this video, you will be able to use different layout techniques to optimize the app's performance.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Platform Specific Analyzer
After watching this video, you will be able to use the platform specific analyzer to help write adaptive code.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Type Detection
After watching this video, you will be able to use type detection for adaptive coding.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: API Contracts
After watching this video, you will be able to use API contracts for adaptive coding.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Making a Tailored Layout
After watching this video, you will be able to build tailored layouts for different apps.
-
System Center: Add a Hyper-V Host to VMM
After watching this video, you will be able to adding a virtualization host to the VMM fabric.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Automate Cloud Management Tasks
After watching this video, you will be able to automate cloud management.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Runbooks - PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to create runbooks using PowerShell.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Runbooks - Azure Portal
After watching this video, you will be able to create runbooks using the Azure portal.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Creating SQL Databases
After watching this video, you will be able to create a new SQL database using SQL.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Creating SQL VMs
After watching this video, you will be able to create a SQL VM using PowerShell.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Configuring VM Objects
After watching this video, you will be able to use PowerShell to configure VM objects.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Creating Network Resources
After watching this video, you will be able to use PowerShell to create network resources.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Creating Storage Accounts
After watching this video, you will be able to use PowerShell to create a storage account.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Creating Resource Groups
After watching this video, you will be able to use PowerShell to create a new resource group.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Image Variables
After watching this video, you will be able to define image variables.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Configuring Subscriptions
After watching this video, you will be able to use PowerShell to configure a subscription.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Diagnose and Repair SQL Databases
After watching this video, you will be able to troubleshoot SQL database issues.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: General Errors
After watching this video, you will be able to describe common errors that can be encountered when using SQL databases.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Elastic Pool Errors
After watching this video, you will be able to describe common errors related to creating and using elastics pools.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Resource Governance Errors
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize common resource governance errors.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Database Copy Errors
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize common database copy errors.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using RoamingSettings
After watching this video, you will be able to implement data roaming to sync data across devices using key/value pairs.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using the WebAuthenticationBroker
After watching this video, you will be able to use the WebAuthenticationBroker to authenticate with a server-side service.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using Client-side Logic for Windows Hello Service
After watching this video, you will be able to use server-side services in a Windows Hello app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Creating Server-side Windows Hello Service
After watching this video, you will be able to create a server that provides server-side logic for a Windows Hello app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Registering Users with Windows Hello
After watching this video, you will be able to implement user registration functionality with Windows Hello.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Remembering User History
After watching this video, you will be able to configure an app so previous users are remembered for easy login.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Adding a Windows Hello Login Screen
After watching this video, you will be able to implement Windows Hello in an app's login screen.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Detecting Windows Hello in a UWP App
After watching this video, you will be able to create an app that can detect if Windows Hello is enabled.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: What Is Windows Hello?
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Windows Hello capabilities in Windows 10.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Credential Locker
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Credential Locker to remember login information.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Azure Active Directory Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to implement Azure Active Directory authentication.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Azure Active Directory Setup
After watching this video, you will be able to set up an Azure Active Directory to be used by an app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Connecting with SSO
After watching this video, you will be able to use cookies to implement SSO with the WebAuthenticationBroker.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: WebAuthenticationBroker for User Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to use the WebAuthenticationBroker to authenticate with a third-party application.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Creating Background Tasks
After watching this video, you will be able to implement background tasks in an app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Integrating Runtime Components
After watching this video, you will be able to integrate Windows Runtime components and Class Libraries in a UWP app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Creating a Class Library
After watching this video, you will be able to create a Class Library.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Creating a Windows Runtime Component
After watching this video, you will be able to create a reusable Windows Runtime component.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Running App Services as Background Tasks
After watching this video, you will be able to implement an app service to run the same process as the foreground app as a background task.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Calling an App Service
After watching this video, you will be able to implement an app client that calls an app service.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Deploying an App Service
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy an app service.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Implementing an App Service
After watching this video, you will be able to implement an app service.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Creating an App Service
After watching this video, you will be able to create an app service project in Visual Studio and specify the AppService extension.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Background Task and App Communication
After watching this video, you will be able to configure communication between background tasks and an app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Manually Calling Background Tasks for Debug
After watching this video, you will be able to call background tasks manually from Visual Studio in order to debug them.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Background Task Event Handling
After watching this video, you will be able to handle events created by background tasks.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Monitoring Progress
After watching this video, you will be able to implement background task monitoring.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Conditional Background Tasks
After watching this video, you will be able to work with conditional background tasks.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Background Task App Trigger
After watching this video, you will be able to implement background task app triggers.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Registering a Background Task
After watching this video, you will be able to register background tasks with Windows 10.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Creating a Background Task
After watching this video, you will be able to implement background tasks in an app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Implementing Notifications
After watching this video, you will be able to configure an app to send notifications using various methods.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Badge Notifications
After watching this video, you will be able to implement badge notifications for an app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Sending Notifications to Local Tiles
After watching this video, you will be able to implement notifications with local tiles in an app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Adaptive Tiles
After watching this video, you will be able to create adaptive tiles that contain extra information.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Configuring a Primary Tile
After watching this video, you will be able to configure the look and feel of an app's primary tile.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Activation with Toasts
After watching this video, you will be able to manage app activations when a toast is clicked in the foreground or background.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Interactive Toasts
After watching this video, you will be able to create interactive toasts.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Adaptive Toast Content
After watching this video, you will be able to create toasts with adaptive content.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Generating XML Payload
After watching this video, you will be able to install the UWP notifications NuGet package to automatically generate XML payloads from C# code.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Creating and Sending Toasts
After watching this video, you will be able to create and send toasts in an app using XML payloads.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using a Share Contract
After watching this video, you will be able to use a share contract to send data to another app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using RoamingFolder
After watching this video, you will be able to use data roaming to sync data across devices using unstructured files.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using Secondary Tiles
After watching this video, you will be able to use secondary tiles for extra content and to activate the app.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Diagnostics
After watching this video, you will be able to implement diagnostics.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure VM Network Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to configure network settings for Azure virtual machines.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Sharing Data with the Clipboard
After watching this video, you will be able to implement clipboard sharing in your app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Receiving Data with a Share Contract
After watching this video, you will be able to use a share contract to receive data from other apps.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Sharing Data with a Share Contract
After watching this video, you will be able to share data with other apps using a share contract.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Working with File Pickers
After watching this video, you will be able to use a file picker to open and save files.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Reading File Properties
After watching this video, you will be able to read a file's properties.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Reading from a File
After watching this video, you will be able to read various types of data from a file.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Writing to a File
After watching this video, you will be able to write various types of data to a file.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Creating a File
After watching this video, you will be able to create a file using the StorageFolder and StorageFile objects.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using App Extensions
After watching this video, you will be able to add app extensions in your app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Receiving Data through Drag-and-drop
After watching this video, you will be able to implement drag-and-drop sharing in your app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using PhraseLists to Dynamically Modify Commands
After watching this video, you will be able to use the PhraseList element to dynamically modify VCD commands based on app input and events.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Launching an App From Cortana
After watching this video, you will be able to activate an app through a Cortana command.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Adding Voice Functionality
After watching this video, you will be able to implement various features that use UWP's voice functionality.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Disambiguation Screen
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a disambiguation screen to obtain additional information from a user when there are multiple possibilities.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Confirmation Screen
After watching this video, you will be able to implement confirmation screens for voice commands.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Error Screen
After watching this video, you will be able to develop an error screen for when a voice command task can't be completed.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Completion Screen
After watching this video, you will be able to implement completion screens to show that a command was successfully completed.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Hand-off and Progress Screens
After watching this video, you will be able to implement the hand-off and progress screens to use while your app processes commands.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using Deep Links
After watching this video, you will be able to use deep links to open apps through Cortana.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Running Background Tasks through Cortana
After watching this video, you will be able to execute background tasks with Cortana commands without opening an app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Introducing VCD
After watching this video, you will be able to create the Voice Command Definition for a Cortana-enabled app.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Speech Recognition for Long Input
After watching this video, you will be able to use speech recognition for long dictated input.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using Different Grammars and Languages
After watching this video, you will be able to create advanced speech recognition functionality by modifying an app's grammars and supported languages.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Speech Recognition
After watching this video, you will be able to implement speech recognition functionality.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Speech Synthesizer with SSML
After watching this video, you will be able to use the speech synthesizer with SSML to create advanced TTS functionality.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Introducing SSML
After watching this video, you will be able to describe SSML and its different components.
-
Developing Mobile Apps: Using the Speech Synthesizer
After watching this video, you will be able to use the speech synthesizer to create basic TTS functionality.
-
Universal Windows Platform: Debugging Web Apps
After watching this video, you will be able to debug Azure web apps and services.
-
Universal Windows Platform: Use MongoDB as a Service Data Store
After watching this video, you will be able to create an Azure service with a MongoDB data store.
-
Universal Windows Platform: Accessing SharePoint
After watching this video, you will be able to connect to SharePoint from your service.
-
Universal Windows Platform: Using Version Control
After watching this video, you will be able to save changes in your application to a TFVC repository.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure Active Directory (AD)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Azure AD.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Integrating Applications with Azure AD
After watching this video, you will be able to register an application with Azure AD and view integration endpoints
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: OpenID Connect Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to describe OpenID Connect authentication.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: SAML 2.0 Protocol (SAML-P) Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to describe SAML 2.0 Protocol (SAML-P) authentication.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Graph API
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the use of the Graph API to query Azure directories.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Deploying OAuth 2.0 for Azure Resource Access
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how OAuth 2.0 can be used to access resources using tokens.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Streaming Diagnostics Logs
After watching this video, you will be able to stream diagnostics logs to command line using Azure Command Line Interface.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Database Connection Errors
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize common database connection errors.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Persistent Errors
After watching this video, you will be able to troubleshoot persistent errors.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Transient Errors
After watching this video, you will be able to troubleshoot transient errors.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Azure Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to stream metrics and diagnostic logs into Azure Storage.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Azure Event Hub
After watching this video, you will be able to stream metrics and diagnostic logs into Event Hub.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Log Analytics
After watching this video, you will be able to stream metrics and diagnostic logs into Log Analytics.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Diagnostics Logging
After watching this video, you will be able to enable metrics and diagnostics logging using the Azure portal.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Using SQL Monitoring Features
After watching this video, you will be able to use SQL monitoring features.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: The Operational Insights Portal
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Operational Insights portal.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Monitoring Query Performance Using DMV
After watching this video, you will be able to monitor query performance using DMV.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Retrieving and Viewing Diagnostics Logs
After watching this video, you will be able to use FTP to retrieve and locally view diagnostics log file content.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Generating and Uploading a Certificate
After watching this video, you will be able to generate and upload an SSL certificate for a custom domain in Azure App Service.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Monitoring Connections Using DMV
After watching this video, you will be able to monitor connections using DMV.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: DMV Permissions
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the permission requirements for using DMV.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Dynamic Management Views
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to monitor database performance using dynamic management views.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Performance Counters
After watching this video, you will be able to provide an overview of the available performance counters.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Monitoring Database Performance
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to monitor database performance in Azure SQL Database.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Use SQL Database Recovery Features
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use SQL database recovery features.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Restoring Databases Using PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to restore databases using PowerShell.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Copying and Exporting Databases
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to copy and export databases.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Post Recovery
After watching this video, you will be able to describe best practices for configuring your database after recovery.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Geo-restore
After watching this video, you will be able to describe geo-restore features.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Active-passive Compute - Decoupled
After watching this video, you will be able to implement active-passive compute with decoupled failover.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Service Bus Queues
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Service Bus queues.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Service Bus Topics
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Service Bus topics.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Active-passive Compute - Coupled
After watching this video, you will be able to implement active-passive compute with coupled failover.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Active Geo-replication
After watching this video, you will be able to configure active geo-replication.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Standard Geo-replication
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how standard geo-replication works.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Geo-replication Topologies
After watching this video, you will be able to design a geo-replication topology.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Service Bus Relays
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Service Bus relays.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure Redis Cache
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Azure Redis Cache.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Event Notification Hubs
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Service Bus event notification hubs.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Scaling Service Bus
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Service Bus scaling characteristics and options.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Choosing a Service Bus Pricing Tier
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Service Bus tier options.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Implement Asynchronous Blob Copy
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the asynchronous copying of blobs.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Implementing Data Warehousing
After watching this video, you will be able to describe data warehousing.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Access Blobs Securely
After watching this video, you will be able to describe secure access to blobs.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Azure Content Delivery Network (CDN)
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Azure CDN.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure Content Delivery Network (CDN)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Azure CDN.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Custom Domains
After watching this video, you will be able to describe custom domains.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Design Blob Hierarchies
After watching this video, you will be able to design and create blob hierarchies.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Work with Azure File Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Azure File Storage.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Scale Blob Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to describe blob scaling
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Data Protection
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to best protect data in data warehousing.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Data Warehouse Performance
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize steps to achieve optimal data warehouse performance using data warehouse units.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Distributed Data
After watching this video, you will be able to describe distributed data.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Data Warehouse Workloads
After watching this video, you will be able to describe data warehouse workloads.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Data Warehousing Tools
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use data warehousing tools such as traditional SQL tools, cloud-based tools, and third-party tools.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Data Loading
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a data load strategy.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Store Data with Block and Page Blobs, Streaming Data
After watching this video, you will be able to describe data storage methods including blocks and page blobs, and describe data streaming.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Migrating to SQL Data Warehouse
After watching this video, you will be able to migrate an on-premises database to SQL Data Warehouse.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Configuring a Data Warehouse Solution
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a data warehouse solution on Azure.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Design Hybrid Storage Solutions
After watching this video, you will be able to design a hybrid SQL storage solution.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Loading from HDInsight
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to load from HDInsight.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Managing Blob Data
After watching this video, you will be able to access and manage blob data.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Table Partitions
After watching this video, you will be able to describe table partition design, management, and scaling.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Processing Message Queues
After watching this video, you will be able to work with message queues.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure Message Queues
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Azure Message Queues.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Batch Processing and Scaling Message Queues
After watching this video, you will be able to batch process message queues and scale queues.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Processing Queue Messages
After watching this video, you will be able to work with queue messages.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Loading from SQL Server
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to load from SQL Server.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Loading from Azure Blob Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to load from Azure Blob storage.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Azure Security Best Practices
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize Azure security best practices.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Application Architecture on Azure
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the components of a strong architectural foundation.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Data Classification for Cloud Readiness
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to implement data classification.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: NoSQL Tables and CRUD Operations
After watching this video, you will be able to describe table storage and create a NoSQL table.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Geo-storage Replication
After watching this video, you will be able to describe geo-storage replication.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Table Transactions
After watching this video, you will be able to work with transactions.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Blob Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Azure Blob storage.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Table Record Management
After watching this video, you will be able to manipulate individual table records.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Virtual Machine Storage Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the different types of storage architectures.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Deploying and Optimizing Azure VMs
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to deploy and optimize Azure virtual machines.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Configuring VMs with PowerShell DSC
After watching this video, you will be able to automate Azure VM configuration using PowerShell DSC.
-
Designing and Implementing Cloud Data Platform Solutions: Connecting to Azure VMs
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to connect to Azure VMs.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Resource Consumption Profiling
After watching this video, you will be able to describe and configure resource consumption profiling.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Viewing Diagnostic Data
After watching this video, you will be able to view cloud service diagnostic data.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP)
After watching this video, you will be able to configure RDP to remotely access and troubleshoot a cloud service instance.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Enable Remote Debugging
After watching this video, you will be able to enable and utilize remote debugging on a cloud service instance.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure IntelliTrace
After watching this video, you will be able to describe and configure IntelliTrace.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Utilizing Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP)
After watching this video, you will be able to utilize RDP to remotely access and troubleshoot a cloud service instance.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure Emulators
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Azure SDK Emulators.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Using IntelliTrace
After watching this video, you will be able to use IntelliTrace.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Optimizing VM Sizes by Workload
After watching this video, you will be able to configure and optimize VM sizes by workload.
-
Designing and Implementing Cloud Data Platform Solutions: Deploying VM Workloads
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy a VM workload.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Deploying VM Using Portal
After watching this video, you will be able to create a windows virtual machine.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Optimizing Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to configure and optimize storage.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Storage Capacity Planning
After watching this video, you will be able to plan storage capacity.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Virtual Machine Tiers
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the different virtual machine tiers: basic and standard.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Virtual Machine Components
After watching this video, you will be able to describe components such as compute, storage, and networking.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Provisioning SQL Server in an Azure VM
After watching this video, you will be able to provision SQL Server in an Azure VM.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Implement SQL Databases
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to implement SQL Databases and key features.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Business Intelligence (BI) Tools
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use BI tools.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Business Intelligence (BI)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe BI and advanced analytic techniques.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Managing Cloud Services
After watching this video, you will be able to create, deploy, and administer Azure cloud services.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Location
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Locations in place of Regions and Affinity Groups.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure Diagnostics
After watching this video, you will be able to describe diagnostic logs, and configure diagnostic logging.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Endpoint Monitoring
After watching this video, you will be able to configure endpoint monitoring.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Monitoring and Diagnostics
After watching this video, you will be able to configure VM monitoring and diagnostics.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Analyzing VM Operational Data
After watching this video, you will be able to describe and view VM operational metrics and logs.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Alerts
After watching this video, you will be able to configure alerts.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure Storage Accounts, Blobs, and Containers
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Azure Storage.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Monitoring and Diagnostics
After watching this video, you will be able to monitor and diagnose Azure cloud services and Azure virtual machines.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Reading Blob Storage Data
After watching this video, you will be able to read blob data.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Creating Storage Accounts, Blobs, and Containers
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Storage Accounts, Blobs, and Containers.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Information Management
After watching this video, you will be able to describe information management and data orchestration.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Database Engine
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the database engine.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Migrating to SQL Databases
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to migrate an on-premise database to SQL.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Provisioning SQL Databases
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to provision a SQL Database.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Designing SQL Database Solutions
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to design a SQL Database solution.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Disaster Recovery
After watching this video, you will be able to describe topologies used for disaster recovery.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure VM Monitoring and Diagnostics
After watching this video, you will be able to describe VM monitoring and diagnostic techniques.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Elastic Database Service Tiers
After watching this video, you will be able to implement elastic data tiers.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Elastic Database Model
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the various components of the elastic database model.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Service Tiers
After watching this video, you will be able to implement data tiers.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Cloud Offerings
After watching this video, you will be able to describe data management solutions in the cloud.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: SQL Server Tools
After watching this video, you will be able to name the common SQL Server tools.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Using Azure Storage Emulator
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Azure Storage emulator.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Using Emulator Express
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Emulator Express emulator.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Always On Availability Groups
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Always On Availability Groups feature.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Cloud Based Backup Solutions
After watching this video, you will be able to design cloud based backup solutions.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Long Term Data Retention
After watching this video, you will be able to describe long term data retention strategies.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Automate Backups using PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstratre how to programmatically perform recovery using automated backups.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: High Availability Platform
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the high availability platform.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Horizontal vs Vertical Scaling
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the difference between horizontal and vertical scaling.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Implementing a Highly Available Solution
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a high available solution.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Database Mirroring
After watching this video, you will be able to implement database mirroring.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Log Shipping
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to implement log shipping.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Always On Failover Cluster Instances
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Always On Failover Cluster Instances feature.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Row-level Security
After watching this video, you will be able to configure row-level security.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: TDE Using PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to configure transparent database encryption.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: TDE Using Transact SQL
After watching this video, you will be able to configure transparent database encryption.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Transparent Database Encryption
After watching this video, you will be able to configure transparent database encryption.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: High Availability Solution Topologies
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize options for implementing high availability solution topologies.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Implement Azure Database Security Features
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to secure SQL Databases in Azure.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Data Masking
After watching this video, you will be able to configure data masking.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Always Encrypted Wizard
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use the Always Encrypted Wizard.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Always Encrypted
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Always Encrypted feature.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Row-level Security
After watching this video, you will be able to configure row-level security.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Transparent Database Encryption
After watching this video, you will be able to configure transparent database encryption.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Auditing
After watching this video, you will be able to configure auditing.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Analyzing Audit Logs
After watching this video, you will be able to analyze audit logs using Azure Storage Explorer.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Server-level and Database-level Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the difference between server level and database level policies.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Auditing and Threat Detection
After watching this video, you will be able to configure auditing and threat detection.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Implement SQL Database Security Features
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to implement SQL Database security features.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Data Masking
After watching this video, you will be able to configure data masking.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Always Encrypted
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Always Encrypted feature.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Deploy a Data Warehouse Solution
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to implement a data warehouse solution.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Service Level Agreements (SLAs)
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the importance of a service level agreement.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Manage Users and Permissions
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to manage users and permissions as they relate to database security.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Configure Firewall using REST API
After watching this video, you will be able to use REST API to configure firewall.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Configure Firewall using Transact SQL
After watching this video, you will be able to use Transact SQL to configure a firewall.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Configure Firewall using PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to use PowerShell to configure a firewall.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Configure Firewall using Portals
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to configure firewalls using portals.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Firewall Rules
After watching this video, you will be able to configure firewall rules.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Layered Security
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the layered approach to security.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Hybrid Data Sources
After watching this video, you will be able to describe hybrid data sources such as PolyBase.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Scaling an Azure Solution
After watching this video, you will be able to scale an Azure solution.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Elastic Pool Performance
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to optimize elastic pool performance.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Creating an Elastic Database Pool
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstratre how to create an elastic database pool.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Elastic Database Model
After watching this video, you will be able to decribe the features of the elastic database model.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Multi-tenant vs Single tenant
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the different between multi tenant and single tenant solutions.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Sharding
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the sharding technique and how it relates to scaling out.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Restoring Live Databases to a Point in Time
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to restore a live database to a point in time.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Restoring Deleted Databases
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to restore a deleted database to the point of deletion.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Point-in-time Restore
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to implement a point-in-time restore.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: Recovery Time
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the factors that could impact recovery time to restore a database.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Autoscaling – Load Metrics
After watching this video, you will be able to configure autoscaling of instances within a Web Role, based on load metrics.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Network Traffic Rules
After watching this video, you will be able to configure traffic rules for cloud services.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure HTTPS for Cloud Service Endpoints
After watching this video, you will be able to configure HTTPS for cloud service endpoints.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Access Rules for Cloud Services
After watching this video, you will be able to configure cloud service ACLs.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: SQL Security Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to design an effective SQL security architecture.
-
Cloud Platform Solutions: SQL Database Architecture
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to design an effective SQL database architecture.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Developing Web Worker Roles
After watching this video, you will be able to create a web Worker Role.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Instance Count and Size
After watching this video, you will be able to scale cloud service role instances.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Develop Startup Tasks
After watching this video, you will be able to describe, create, and deploy startup tasks.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Autoscaling – Schedule
After watching this video, you will be able to configure autoscaling of instances within a Web Role, based on schedule.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Caching
After watching this video, you will be able to package a deployment (using Visual Studio).
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Deploying a Cloud Service Upgrade
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy a cloud service upgrade (using Visual Studio).
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Prepare for Continuous Delivery
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy your code to Visual Studio Online (VSO).
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Virtual IP (VIP) Address Swapping
After watching this video, you will be able to describe VIP address swapping for a deployment using SWAP and deployment/staging slots.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Runtime Configuration Changes
After watching this video, you will be able to manage runtime changes for a cloud service role using the Azure Management Portal.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Multiple Websites
After watching this video, you will be able to configure multiple websites for a cloud services web role.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Local Storage for a Cloud Service
After watching this video, you will be able to configure local storage for a cloud service.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Caching
After watching this video, you will be able to configure dedicated and co-located caching.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Developing Web Roles
After watching this video, you will be able to describe roles and templates and create a Web Role.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring Request Handlers
After watching this video, you will be able to describe and configure request handlers.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring Connection Strings
After watching this video, you will be able to describe and configure connection strings.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring Custom Domains
After watching this video, you will be able to describe and configure custom domains.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring Virtual Directories
After watching this video, you will be able to describe and configure virtual directories.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring SSL Bindings
After watching this video, you will be able to describe and configure SSL binding.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Working with Certificates
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how SSL certificates are generated and used.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Diagnostic Data and Streaming Logs
After watching this video, you will be able to describe diagnostic data and streaming logs.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Manage Websites Programmatically
After watching this video, you will be able to describe various methods of managing Azure Web Apps programmatically.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring Application Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to describe and configure Web App settings.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Migrating Websites Between Hosting Plans
After watching this video, you will be able to migrate a website between hosting plans.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Create a Website on a Hosting Plan
After watching this video, you will be able to create a website.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Alerts
After watching this video, you will be able to configure alerts.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Endpoint Monitoring
After watching this video, you will be able to configure endpoint monitoring.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Deploying and Configuring Websites
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure websites.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Monitor Web App Resources
After watching this video, you will be able to monitor Azure App Service Web App resources.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: WebJob Projects
After watching this video, you will be able to create a standalone WebJob project.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: WebJobs
After watching this video, you will be able to describe WebJobs.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: WebJob Scheduling
After watching this video, you will be able to schedule a WebJob.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: WebJob Packaging and Deployment
After watching this video, you will be able to package and deploy a WebJob.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Remote Debugging
After watching this video, you will be able to utilize remote debugging.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Remotely Accessing Diagnostics Logs
After watching this video, you will be able to remotely access website diagnostics logs using an FTP client.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Diagnostics
After watching this video, you will be able to configure website diagnostics.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Define Deployment Slots
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the use and purpose of deployment slots.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Roll Back Deployments
After watching this video, you will be able to roll back a deployment.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Work with Deployment Slots
After watching this video, you will be able to create and utilize deployment slots.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Hosting Plan Setup
After watching this video, you will be able to subscribe to and set up a hosting plan.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Hosting Plans
After watching this video, you will be able to describe hosting plan options.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Puppet on Azure
After watching this video, you will be able to using Puppet to configure Azure VMs.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Chef for Azure
After watching this video, you will be able to using Chef to work with Azure VMs.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure VMs using Puppet
After watching this video, you will be able to utilize Puppet to configure Azure VMs.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure VMs using Chef
After watching this video, you will be able to utilize Chef to configure Azure VMs.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure VM Instance Size
After watching this video, you will be able to configure VM Instance size.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Metric-based Website Scaling
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Azure website scaling based on metrics.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configure Azure Traffic Manager
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Azure Traffic Manager.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Azure Traffic Manager
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Azure Traffic Manager.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Transient Fault Handling
After watching this video, you will be able to describe transient fault handling.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Web Application (Website) Patterns
After watching this video, you will be able to describe application patterns.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Throttle Handling
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Throttle handling.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Website Scaling
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Azure website Autoscaling and scaling based on a schedule.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Metric-based Website Scaling
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Azure website scaling based on metrics.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Configuring Schedule-based Website Scaling
After watching this video, you will be able to configure scheduled autoscaling.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: WebJobs, Scaling Websites and Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to work with WebJobs, and website and application scaling.
-
Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions: Disable Application Request Routing (ARR)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe ARR affinity – toggle on/off.
-
ASP.NET MVC 4: Creating Custom HTML Helpers Using Extension Methods
The ASP.NET MVC 4 framework can be used to develop scalable web and mobile applications using a variety of established web standards and design patterns. In this video, Wesley Miller demonstrates how to create a custom HTML helper using an extension method in an ASP.NET MVC 4 web application.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Installing Packages
After watching this video, you will be able to install new packages to enhance your code-building experience.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: SDK Distribution
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the distribution life cycle and requirements of the SDK.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Getting Started with Mobile Center SDK for Android
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to set up the Mobile Center Android SDK.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Navigating Visual Studio Mobile Center
After watching this video, you will be able to navigate the main dashboard of Visual Studio Mobile Center.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Overview of the SDK
After watching this video, you will be able to list capabilities of the Mobile Center SDK.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Tables
After watching this video, you will be able to create and explore tables within Mobile Center.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Troubleshooting Mobile Applications with APIs
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate approaches to troubleshooting mobile applications via Mobile APIs.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: The Build Service
After watching this video, you will be able to explore the build service, understanding the meaning and functionality of the branch system.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Navigating the Dashboard
After watching this video, you will be able to log in to Mobile Center and use the dashboard to maneuver through the steps of app creation and deployment.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: The Distribute Service
After watching this video, you will be able to prove an understanding of the distribution services built into Mobile Center.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: The Test Service
After watching this video, you will be able to navigate the test service, understanding the capabilities of the Test Cloud that is available.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Mobile Center History
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate an understanding of the history of Mobile Center, and the applications that it incorporates.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Transitioning from HockeyApp
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to transition from HockeyApp to Mobile Center.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Using Analytics for an Application
After watching this video, you will be able to use Analytics in Mobile Center for an application.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Logging Errors on Events
After watching this video, you will be able to explore events and properties that are collected via events where errors were involved.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Using the Log Flow Page
After watching this video, you will be able to explore the Log Flow page including information on sessions and general characteristics.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Leveraging the SDK for Analytics
After watching this video, you will be able to explore the SDK as it relates to its analytics capabilities.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Mobile Center Profiles
After watching this video, you will be able to navigate profiles in Mobile Center, understanding the benefits of segmentation.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Mobile Center Diagnosing
After watching this video, you will be able to explore concepts of leveraging diagnosing to assist in problem resolution.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Leveraging the Event Metrics
After watching this video, you will be able to explore events, various views, and properties collected by Mobile Center.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Leveraging the Audience Page
After watching this video, you will be able to explore the audience page including active users and devices.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Mobile Center Debugging
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate an understanding of the core concepts of debugging for Mobile Center related applications.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Mobile Center Debugging Location
After watching this video, you will be able to explore the differences debugging locally and remotely.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Mobile Center Debugging Cross-Language
After watching this video, you will be able to explore debugging cross-language capabilities.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Mobile Center SDK Troubleshooting
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the basic steps for Mobile Center SDK troubleshooting.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Advanced Android APIs
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the key React Native advanced APIs for Mobile Center SDK.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Release Management
After watching this video, you will be able to explore capabilities of managing mobile application releases.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Adding SDK Support to a Xamarin App
After watching this video, you will be able to include Mobile Center SDK support in a mobile Xamarin app.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Getting Started with Mobile Center React Native SDK
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to set up the Mobile Center React Native SDK.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Advanced Android APIs
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the key Xamarin advanced APIs for Mobile Center SDK.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: React Native Analytics
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the use of the Crashes module in React Native.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: React Native Analytics
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the use of the Analytics module in React Native.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Mobile Center Distribute for Xamarin
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to use Mobile Center Distribute.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Using the Crashes Module for Xamarin
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Crashes module in Xamarin.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Xamarin Analytics
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the use of the Analytics module in Xamarin.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Advanced Android APIs
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the key iOS advanced APIs for Mobile Center SDK.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Adding iOS Azure Identity
After watching this video, you will be able to work with iOS Azure Identity.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Getting Started with Mobile Center for Xamarin
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to set up the Mobile Center Xamarin SDK.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Adding Azure Support to a Mobile App
After watching this video, you will be able to include Azure support in a mobile app for Android.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Using the Crashes Module for iOS
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the use of the Crashes module in an iOS app.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: iOS Analytics
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the use of the Analytics module in an iOS app.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Azure iOS SDK Support
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to create an Azure iOS SDK package in the portal.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Mobile Center Distribute for iOS Apps
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to use Mobile Center Distribute.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Getting Started with Mobile Center SDK for iOS
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to set up the Mobile Center iOS SDK.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Advanced Android APIs
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the key Android advanced APIs for Mobile Center SDK.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Adding Android Azure Identity
After watching this video, you will be able to work with Android Azure Identity.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Using the Crashes Module for Android
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Crashes module in an Android app.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Android Analytics
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the use of the Analytics module in an Android app.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Azure Android SDK Support
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to add Azure Android SDK to your app.
-
Visual Studio Mobile Center: Mobile Center Distribute for Android Apps
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how to use Mobile Center Distribute.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Movies & TV
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Movies & TV feature in the Windows Store.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Windows Defender Security Center
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Windows Defender Security Center in the Windows 10 Creators Update.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Books
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Books feature in the Windows Store.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Lock Screen Customization
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to customize the lock screen in the Windows 10 Creators Update.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Encryption
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the purpose and usage of encryption in the Windows 10 Creators Update.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Setting up Wake
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to configure the way Windows behaves after sleep.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: SmartScreen Filter
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Smart Screen Filter in the Windows 10 Creators Update.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Windows Firewall
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Windows Firewall in the Windows 10 Creators Update.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Family Options
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the purpose and usage of family options in the Windows 10 Creators Update.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Configuring SmartScreen
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to configure SmartScreen filters.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Dark Mode
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the dark mode feature in the Windows 10 Creators Update.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Night Light
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the night light feature in the Windows 10 Creators Update.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Apps
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Apps feature in the Windows Store.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Get Started with Creators Update
After watching this video, you will be able to navigate key features of the Windows 10 Creators Update.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Music
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Music feature in the Windows Store.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Games
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Games feature in the Windows Store.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: The Storage Sense Feature
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Storage Sense feature.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Web Note and Ink Colors
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Web Note and Ink colors in the Windows 10 Creators Update.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Battery Life and Streaming
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the battery life and streaming enhancements in the Windows 10 Creators Update.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Apps and Features Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to describe apps and features settings in the Windows 10 Creators Update.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Windows Hello Apps and Devices
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Windows Hello apps and devices in the Windows 10 Creators Update.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: How to Get the Creators Update
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to obtain the Windows 10 Creators Update.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Security Features
After watching this video, you will be able to describe new security features in the Windows 10 Creators Update.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Cortana's New Features
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Cortana's new features in the Windows 10 Creators Update.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Windows Hello
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Windows Hello in the Windows 10 Creators Update.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Gaming Features
After watching this video, you will be able to describe gaming feature enhancements in the Windows 10 Creators Update.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Telemetry and Data Collection
After watching this video, you will be able to describe telemetry and data collection in Windows 10.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: How to Install the Creators Update
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to install the Windows 10 Creators Update.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: 3D in Windows 10
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the implementation of 3D in the Windows 10 Creators Update.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Exploring the Interface
After watching this video, you will be able to describe new features of the Windows 10 Creators Update interface.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: What is the Windows 10 Creators Update?
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the features of the Windows 10 Creators Update.
-
Implement Automation: Configure an Azure Batch Account Through the Portal
After watching this video, you will be able to create an Azure Batch account using the portal.
-
Implement Automation: Azure Batch Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to explain how Azure batch is used to schedule jobs.
-
Implement Automation: Create an Azure Batch Account Using the CLI
After watching this video, you will be able to create an Azure Batch account using the CLI.
-
Implement Automation: Create an Azure Batch Job and Task in the Portal
After watching this video, you will be able to use the portal to create a job task.
-
Implement Automation: Configure a Puppet Master Server
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy a cloud-based Puppet Master server.
-
Implement Automation: Assign a Chef CookBook to an Azure VM
After watching this video, you will be able to apply a Chef CookBook to a managed Chef VM.
-
Implement Automation: Manage a Puppet Agent
After watching this video, you will be able to apply a runlist to a Puppet agent.
-
Implement Automation: Configure the Puppet Azure VM Extension
After watching this video, you will be able to add the Puppet VM extension to an Azure VM.
-
Implement Automation: Exercise: Implementing Chef, Puppet, and Azure Batch
After watching this video, you will be able to use Azure solutions to automate Azure tasks.
-
Implement Automation: Create an Azure Batch Pool Using the CLI
After watching this video, you will be able to use the CLI to create a batch pool.
-
Template & Runbook Automation: ARM Template Syntax
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how ARM template syntax is structured.
-
Template & Runbook Automation: Configure a Runbook Gallery Runbook
After watching this video, you will be able to use the portal to configure a Runbook Gallery runbook.
-
Template & Runbook Automation: Add a Runbook Gallery Runbook
After watching this video, you will be able to use the portal to add a Runbook Gallery runbook.
-
Template & Runbook Automation: Exercise: Resource Management Automation
After watching this video, you will be able to manage Azure through ARM templates and runbooks.
-
Template & Runbook Automation: Deploy an ARM Template Using PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to use PowerShell to deploy resources using an ARM template.
-
Template & Runbook Automation: Deploy an Azure Quickstart ARM Template
After watching this video, you will be able to browse for ARM templates and deploy them in the portal.
-
Template & Runbook Automation: Azure Runbook Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to explain how runbooks can provide Azure automation.
-
Template & Runbook Automation: Deploy an ARM Template Using the CLI
After watching this video, you will be able to use the CLI to deploy resources using an ARM template.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Sign-in Options
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Windows sign-in options.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: The Maps App
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Maps app.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: The Movies & TV App
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Movies & TV app.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Beam Game Broadcasting
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Beam Game Broadcasting.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Phone Companion
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Phone Companion app.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Editing Photos
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to edit photos.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: The Photos App
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use the Photos app.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Work with Paint 3D
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to create a scene with Paint 3D.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Applying Effects
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to apply effects with Paint 3D.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: 3D Text
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to create 3D text.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Remix 3D
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to access Remix 3D and use assets.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: The History
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use the history in Paint 3D.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Drawing Tools
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use the Paint 3D drawing tools.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Adding a Background
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to create a scene and add a background image with Paint 3D.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Applying Stickers
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to create stickers with Paint 3D.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: 3D Objects
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to create 3D objects.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: What Is Paint 3D?
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Paint 3D.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Windows Ink-Enabled Apps
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to access Windows Ink-enabled apps.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Getting Started with Paint 3D
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to create new drawings with Paint 3D.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Screen Sketch
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Screen Sketch and demonstrate its use.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Sketchpad
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Sketchpad and demonstrate its use.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Cropping Desktop Images
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to crop and save desktop images with Screen Sketch.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: The Ruler and Protractor
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate use of the ruler and protractor in Windows Ink.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Work with Cortana and Edge
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to work with Cortana and Edge.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Sticky Notes Intelligent Recognition
After watching this video, you will be able to describe sticky notes intelligent recognition.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: The Windows Ink Workspace
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Windows Ink Workspace and how to access it.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Setting Items with Cortana
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to set reminders and meetings with Cortana.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Cortana on the Lock Screen
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to configure and use Cortana on the lock screen.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Sticky Notes
After watching this video, you will be able to describe sticky notes.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Things You Can Do with Cortana
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate giving Cortana voice-activated instructions.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Signing In and Setting Up
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to sign in to and set up Cortana.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Introduction to Cortana
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Cortana and its enhanced features in the Windows 10 Creators Update.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Set Up Cortana for Voice Commands
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to configure a microphone and access Cortana by speaking.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: The Cortana Interface
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate the use of Cortana's features.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: The Hub
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Hub in the Edge web browser.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Reading Books
After watching this video, you will be able to describe e-reader features, including text-to-speech.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Jump Lists
After watching this video, you will be able to describe jump lists in Microsoft Edge.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Importing Favorites
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to import favorites in Microsoft Edge.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Writing on, Saving, and Sharing Web Pages
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to write on web pages and save and share your web notes.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Edge Extensions
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Edge extensions and how they're accessed.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Tab Preview Bar
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Tab Preview Bar in the Windows 10 Creators Update.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Microsoft Edge Features
After watching this video, you will be able to describe features of Microsoft Edge in the Windows 10 Creators Update.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Working with Windows Security and Privacy
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to use enhanced system and security features.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Set Tabs Aside
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to set tabs aside in Microsoft Edge.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Streamlined Reading
After watching this video, you will be able to describe streamlined reading and how to implement it.
-
Azure Architect: Create a VPC and Subnet
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy an Azure VPC and subnet.
-
Azure Architect: Configure a Static IP Reservation
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Azure portal to configure a Static IP reservation.
-
Azure Architect: DHCP and IP Addressing
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how network interfaces are assigned IP addresses through DHCP.
-
Azure Architect: Configure a Network Security Group
After watching this video, you will be able to create and associate a network security group.
-
Azure Architect: Network Security Groups
After watching this video, you will be able to explain network security group usage.
-
Azure Architect: ExpressRoute
After watching this video, you will be able to explain how ExpressRoute works.
-
Azure Architect: Azure VPN Options
After watching this video, you will be able to outline various Azure VPN connectivity options.
-
Azure Architect: Configure Azure DNS Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Azure portal to configure DNS settings.
-
Azure Architect: Azure DNS
After watching this video, you will be able to explain Azure DNS offerings.
-
Azure Architect: Azure VPCs and Subnets
After watching this video, you will be able to describe when and how VPCs and subnets are created.
-
Azure Architect: Azure Network Components
After watching this video, you will be able to list components used to configure Azure networking.
-
Azure Architect: MySQL
After watching this video, you will be able to describe when MySQL should be used.
-
Azure Architect: Implement MongoDB
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy MongoDB.
-
Azure Architect: Deploy Azure Database Services
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Azure storage and deploy Azure SQL Database.
-
Azure Architect: Implement MySQL
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy MySQL.
-
Azure Architect: Blob Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to describe when Blob storage should be used.
-
Azure Architect: MongoDB
After watching this video, you will be able to describe when MongoDB should be used.
-
Azure Architect: Implement Blob Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy Blob storage.
-
Azure Architect: Implement Azure SQL Database
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy Azure SQL Database.
-
Azure Architect: Azure SQL Database
After watching this video, you will be able to describe when Azure SQL Database should be used.
-
Azure Architect: DocumentDB
After watching this video, you will be able to describe when DocumentDB should be used.
-
Azure Architect: Azure Storage Options
After watching this video, you will be able to select the best storage options to meet business needs.
-
Azure Architect: Configure and Use Management Tools
After watching this video, you will be able to connect command line tools to Azure.
-
Azure Architect: Implement Table Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Azure Table storage.
-
Azure Architect: Azure Table Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to describe when Table storage should be used.
-
Azure Architect: Configure Azure CLI
After watching this video, you will be able to connect Azure CLI to an Azure subscription.
-
Azure Architect: Create a PowerShell Azure Runbook
After watching this video, you will be able to create a simple PowerShellAzure runbook.
-
Azure Architect: Azure Runbook Automation
After watching this video, you will be able to explain the role of Runbooks play in Azure.
-
Azure Architect: Build a PowerShell Workflow Script
After watching this video, you will be able to build a workflow script using the PowerShell ISE.
-
Azure Architect: Build a PowerShell Script
After watching this video, you will be able to build a script using the PowerShell ISE.
-
Azure Architect: Install Azure CLI
After watching this video, you will be able to download and install Azure CLI on-premises.
-
Azure Architect: Azure CLI
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the benefit of using the Azure CLI.
-
Azure Architect: PowerShell Workflows
After watching this video, you will be able to explain the benefit of using Azure Powershell Workflows.
-
Azure Architect: Azure PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to explain the benefit of using Azure Powershell automation.
-
Azure Architect: Configure Azure PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to connect Azure PowerShell to an Azure subscription.
-
Azure Architect: Install Azure PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to download and install Azure PowerShell on-premises.
-
Azure Architect: Azure Automation
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the importance of automation.
-
Azure Architect: Explore the Azure Portal
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Azure portal to manage Azure services.
-
Azure Architect: The Azure Ecosystem
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the components of an Azure environment.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Game Bar
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the Game Bar.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: System Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to describe gaming features in System Settings.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Work with Photos and Maps
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to draw with the Photos app and use the Maps app.
-
Windows 10 Creators Update New Features: Game Mode
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate how to activate Game Mode.
-
Azure Architect: Deploy Azure Network Components
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy an Azure VPC, subnet, and network security group.
-
Azure Architect: Configure a User Defined Route
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a user defined route using the Azure portal.
-
Azure Architect: Virtual Machine Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to explain configuration settings related to ARM virtual machines.
-
Azure Architect: Author ARM Templates
After watching this video, you will be able to create a template for ARM deployment of resources.
-
Azure Architect: Deploy ARM Templates Using the Azure Portal
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Azure portal to deploy an ARM template.
-
Azure Architect: Deploy an Azure Virtual Machine via the Azure Portal
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Azure portal to deploy a virtual machine.
-
Azure Architect: ARM Templates Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how ARM templates are used to deploy and configure Azure resources
-
Azure Architect: Azure Resource Manager (ARM)
After watching this video, you will be able to explain ARM management of Azure resources.
-
Azure Architect: Create an Availability Set
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy a virtual machine availability set.
-
Azure Architect: Availability Sets and Domains
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how availability sets and update and fault domains relate to virtual machines.
-
Azure Architect: User Defined Routes
After watching this video, you will be able to explain the purpose of user defined routes.
-
Web Development Fundamentals: Using HttpContext Objects in an ASP.NET Form
You can use the intrinsic controls in the User object to get information within a web application. In this video, Jason Row demonstrates how to use the HttpContext objects in an ASP.NET form to get the user information.
-
Web Development Fundamentals: Exploring ASP.NET Classes in .NET's System.Web Namespace
In this video, Jason Row explores ASP.NET classes in .NET's System.web namespace.
-
Web Development Fundamentals: HTML Page Layout
In this video, Jason Row demonstrates how to gain control over the layout of an web page by using CSS along with div tag elements.
-
Web Development Fundamentals: Creating an ASP.NET Page
In this video, Jason Row demonstrates how to create an ASP.NET page in Visual Studio.
-
Web Development Fundamentals: Using CSS Styles in a Web Page
In this video, Jason Row demonstrates how to use CSS styles to change the appearance of a web page.
-
Web Development Fundamentals: Embedding Images in a Web Page with HTML5
In this video, Jason Row demonstrates how to embed images in a web page with HTML5.
-
Web Development Fundamentals: Creating HTML Tables
In this video, Jason Row demonstrates how to create a table in HTML.
-
Web Development Fundamentals: Using CSS Selectors
In this video, Jason Row demonstrates how to the use CSS selectors to apply changes to specific elements on a web page.
-
Azure External Network Connectivity Design: Configure a Site-to-Site VPN
After watching this video, you will be able to create a VPN connection between an on-premises network to an Azure virtual network.
-
Azure Storage Design: Azure Storage Solutions
After watching this video, you will be able to determine when a specific Microsoft Azure Storage solution should be used.
-
Azure External Network Connectivity Design: Exercise: Design and Deploy External Access to Azure
After watching this video, you will be able to configure external access to Azure resources.
-
Azure Storage Design: Implement Blob Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to create an Azure Blob storage account.
-
Azure Storage Design: Blob Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to identify when Azure Blob storage tiers should be used.
-
Azure External Network Connectivity Design: Connect a Windows Client to P2S VPN
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a Windows 10 client with an Azure P2S VPN connection.
-
Azure External Network Connectivity Design: Verify VPN Gateway Connectivity
After watching this video, you will be able to perform the step necessary to verify VPN gateway operation.
-
Azure External Network Connectivity Design: ExpressRoute Connectivity
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the appropriate use of Azure ExpressRoute.
-
Azure External Network Connectivity Design: Configure Azure VNet Peering
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy an Azure virtual network peering configuration.
-
Azure Storage Design: Manage Blob Storage Using the Portal
After watching this video, you will be able to manage Azure Blob items and settings using the GUI.
-
Azure Storage Design: Manage a Storage Account Using Storage Explorer
After watching this video, you will be able to perform storage account management using the Storage Explorer tool.
-
Azure Storage Design: Manage Blob Items Using PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to upload and download blob items using PowerShell cmdlets.
-
Azure Storage Design: Create a Storage Account Using the Azure CLI
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy an Azure Storage Account using the Azure CLI.
-
Azure Storage Design: Create a Storage Account Using PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy an Azure Storage Account using PowerShell.
-
Azure Storage Design: Exercise: Design and Implement Azure Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Azure storage to meet business needs.
-
Azure Storage Design: Azure StorSimple
After watching this video, you will be able to design a hybrid cloud storage solution using StorSimple.
-
Azure Storage Design: Implement Azure File Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to use Azure File Storage to map a network drive.
-
Azure Storage Design: Azure File Storage Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how Azure File Storage is useful.
-
Azure Storage Design: Configure a VM to Use Managed Disks
After watching this video, you will be able to use the portal and PowerShell to configure VM managed disks.
-
Azure Storage Design: Azure Disk Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to use managed versus unmanaged VM disks.
-
Managing Identities: The Role of Identity Management
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the role identity management plays in Azure.
-
Managing Identities: AD Connect
After watching this video, you will be able to plan and implement an on-premises to Azure Active Directory connection.
-
Managing Identities: Azure AD Domain Services
After watching this video, you will be able to identify the features of Azure AD.
-
Planning Azure NoSQL Deployments: Deploy MongoDB
After watching this video, you will be able to configure and use MongoDB.
-
Planning Azure NoSQL Deployments: MongoDB
After watching this video, you will be able to explain when MongoDB should be used.
-
Planning Azure NoSQL Deployments: Azure Search
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the benefits of indexing content for searching in Azure.
-
Data Services Design: Data Analysis Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to explain how meaningful insights can be gained from data analysis.
-
Data Services Design: Provision an Azure Data Catalog
After watching this video, you will be able to use the portal to create an Azure Data Catalog.
-
Data Services Design: Azure Data Catalog
After watching this video, you will be able to describe when the Azure Data Catalog should be used to analyze data.
-
Planning Azure NoSQL Deployments: Scale the Azure Search Service
After watching this video, you will be able to enable Azure Search scaling options.
-
Planning Azure NoSQL Deployments: Deploy Azure Search
After watching this video, you will be able to configure and use Azure Search.
-
Planning Azure NoSQL Deployments: Use Azure Search to Index Azure SQL Database
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Azure SQL indexing for Azure Search.
-
Data Services Design: Search the Azure Data Catalog
After watching this video, you will be able to access registered asset data through the Azure Data Catalog.
-
Data Services Design: Register Assets with the Data Catalog
After watching this video, you will be able to use the portal to make data assets known to the Azure Data Catalog.
-
Data Services Design: Azure Data Factory
After watching this video, you will be able to describe when the Azure Data Factory should be used to analyze data.
-
Data Services Design: Azure Data Lake Analytics
After watching this video, you will be able to list the benefits of using Azure Data Lake Analytics.
-
Data Services Design: Provision an Azure SQL Data Warehouse
After watching this video, you will be able to use the portal to create an Azure SQL Data Warehouse.
-
Data Services Design: Exercise: Azure Analysis Solutions
After watching this video, you will be able to select the appropriate Azure big data analytic solution to address business needs.
-
Data Services Design: Azure HDInsight
After watching this video, you will be able to list the benefits of using Azure HDInsight.
-
Data Services Design: Provision Azure Data Factory Datasets
After watching this video, you will be able to expose Azure blob data as an Azure Data Factory dataset.
-
Data Services Design: Provision an Azure Data Factory Using the GUI
After watching this video, you will be able to use the portal to create an Azure Data Factory.
-
Data Services Design: Azure SQL Data Warehouse
After watching this video, you will be able to describe when the Azure SQL Data Warehouse should be used.
-
Data Services Design: Configure an Azure Data Factory Pipeline
After watching this video, you will be able to use the portal to enable an Azure Data Factory pipeline.
-
Automation with PowerShell, Chef, & Puppet: Azure Automation Strategies
After watching this video, you will be able to list various methods by which Azure administration tasks can be automated.
-
Automation with PowerShell, Chef, & Puppet: Create a PowerShell DSC Azure Configuration
After watching this video, you will be able to create an Azure automation account and add a DSC configuration.
-
Automation with PowerShell, Chef, & Puppet: PowerShell Desired State Configuration (DSC)
After watching this video, you will be able to explain how PowerShell DSC can be used to manage consistent configurations.
-
Implement Automation: Create a Chef CookBook
After watching this video, you will be able to manually create a Chef CookBook.
-
Implement Automation: Configure a Chef Server and Workstation
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy a hosted Chef server and configure a Chef management station.
-
Implement Automation: Configure the Chef Azure VM Extension
After watching this video, you will be able to add the Chef VM extension to an Azure VM.
-
Implement Automation: Upload a Chef CookBook
After watching this video, you will be able to upload a CookBook from a management station to a Chef server.
-
Automation with PowerShell, Chef, & Puppet: Chef Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to explain how Chef can be used to manage consistent configurations.
-
Automation with PowerShell, Chef, & Puppet: Apply PowerShell DSC To a Windows VM
After watching this video, you will be able to determine which Azure automation solution best meets business needs.
-
Automation with PowerShell, Chef, & Puppet: Exercise: Automating Azure Management
After watching this video, you will be able to determine which Azure automation solution best meets business needs.
-
Automation with PowerShell, Chef, & Puppet: Puppet Overview
After watching this video, you will be able to explain how Puppet can be used to manage consistent configurations.
-
Managing Identities: Azure Role-based Access Control
After watching this video, you will be able to describe Azure resource control through RBAC.
-
Managing Identities: Configure Google as an Identity Provider
After watching this video, you will be able to create a configuration allowing Google IDs to access Azure resources.
-
Managing Identities: Assign Built-in Azure Roles
After watching this video, you will be able to use the portal to assign built-in Azure roles.
-
Managing Identities: Create Azure AD Users and Groups Using the Portal
After watching this video, you will be able to use the portal to create Azure AD users and groups.
-
Managing Identities: ADFS
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the role that Active Directory Federation Services can play in authentication.
-
Managing Identities: External Identity Providers
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize supported external user identities that can be authorized to use Azure resources.
-
Managing Identities: Create Azure AD Users and Groups Using PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to use PowerShell cmdlets to create Azure AD users and groups.
-
Managing Identities: Configure a Custom Azure Role Using PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to use PowerShell to create and assign a custom Azure role.
-
Managing Identities: Configure a Custom Azure Role Using the Azure CLI
After watching this video, you will be able to use the CLI to create and assign a custom Azure role.
-
Managing Identities: Exercise: Manage Azure Identities
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Azure AD identities to control resource access.
-
Managing Identities: Azure Resource Policies
After watching this video, you will be able to including Azure AD Privileged Identity Management.
-
Securing the Azure Environment: Create a Key Vault Using the Portal
After watching this video, you will be able to use the portal to create an Azure Key Vault.
-
Securing the Azure Environment: Azure Key Vault
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize the role of Azure Key Vaults and code.
-
Securing the Azure Environment: Network Security Groups
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how NSGs control inbound and outbound network traffic.
-
Securing the Azure Environment: Azure Security Strategies
After watching this video, you will be able to list Azure security options that protect Azure cloud deployments.
-
Securing the Azure Environment: Azure Cloud Shell NSG Management
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Azure Cloud Shell to configure a NSG.
-
Securing the Azure Environment: Configure Network Security Groups Using the Portal
After watching this video, you will be able to use the portal to configure a NSG.
-
Securing the Azure Environment: Azure Disk Encryption
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how Windows and Linux VM disk encryption is configured in Azure.
-
Securing the Azure Environment: Create a Key Vault Using PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to use PowerShell to create an Azure Key Vault.
-
Securing the Azure Environment: Azure AD Managed Service Identity
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how MSIs remove the need for Azure resource credentials in code.
-
Securing the Azure Environment: Encrypt Windows Azure VM Disks
After watching this video, you will be able to use PowerShell to secure Windows VM disks.
-
Securing the Azure Environment: Create a Key Vault Using the Azure CLI
After watching this video, you will be able to use the CLI to create an Azure Key Vault.
-
Plan Azure SQL-Compliant Database Usage: Azure SQL Database Planning
After watching this video, you will be able to design a SQL Server implementation that meets business needs.
-
Securing the Azure Environment: Configure Azure Security Center
After watching this video, you will be able to use the portal to configure Azure Security Center .
-
Securing the Azure Environment: Enable Azure SQL TDE
After watching this video, you will be able to secure Azure SQL Database through encryption.
-
Plan Azure SQL-Compliant Database Usage: Azure Database Options
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize Azure SQL, MySQL and PostGRE database options.
-
Securing the Azure Environment: Exercise: Protect Azure Resources
After watching this video, you will be able to configure security solutions in Azure.
-
Plan Azure SQL-Compliant Database Usage: Connect to an Azure SQL Database
After watching this video, you will be able to use on-premises SQL Server Management Studio to connect to Azure SQL.
-
Plan Azure SQL-Compliant Database Usage: Deploy Azure SQL Database Using the Azure CLI
After watching this video, you will be able to use the CLI to deploy an Azure SQL Database.
-
Plan Azure SQL-Compliant Database Usage: Configure SQL Database Geo-Replication
After watching this video, you will be able to change Azure SQL Database geo-replication settings in the portal.
-
Plan Azure SQL-Compliant Database Usage: Azure SQL High Availability
After watching this video, you will be able to use SQL Server Management Studio on-premises to connect to Azure SQL Database.
-
Plan Azure SQL-Compliant Database Usage: Deploy Azure SQL Database Using PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to use PowerShell to deploy an Azure SQL Database.
-
Plan Azure SQL-Compliant Database Usage: Deploy Azure SQL Database Using the Portal
After watching this video, you will be able to use the portal to deploy an Azure SQL Database.
-
Plan Azure SQL-Compliant Database Usage: Configure Azure SQL Stretch Database
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Azure SQL Stretch Database.
-
Plan Azure SQL-Compliant Database Usage: Azure SQL Stretch Database
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to migrate on-premises cold data to the cloud.
-
Plan Azure SQL-Compliant Database Usage: Azure SQL Database Export
After watching this video, you will be able to perform an Azure SQL Database export using the portal.
-
Plan Azure SQL-Compliant Database Usage: Azure SQL Database Backup and Restore
After watching this video, you will be able to choose the appropriate backup and restore options for Azure SQL Database.
-
Planning Azure NoSQL Deployments: Azure Cosmos DB
After watching this video, you will be able to define when Cosmos DB is best suited for use.
-
Planning Azure NoSQL Deployments: Azure NoSQL Storage and Caching
After watching this video, you will be able to plan the best combination of Azure storage and caching options to meet business needs.
-
Planning Azure NoSQL Deployments: Deploy Azure Table Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to configure and use Azure Table Storage.
-
Planning Azure NoSQL Deployments: Azure Table Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to define when Azure Table Storage is best suited for use.
-
Plan Azure SQL-Compliant Database Usage: Perform an Azure SQL Database Restore
After watching this video, you will be able to perform a restore of Azure SQL Database information.
-
Plan Azure SQL-Compliant Database Usage: Exercise: Deploy Azure SQL
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy and manage Azure SQL Database.
-
Network Design: Azure Load Balancer
After watching this video, you will be able to determine when the Azure Load Balancer should be used.
-
Network Design: Azure Application Gateway
After watching this video, you will be able to identify when to use the Azure Application Gateway.
-
Network Design: Deploy an Azure Load Balancer
After watching this video, you will be able to configure the Azure Load Balancer using the portal.
-
Azure External Network Connectivity Design: Create a VPN Gateway
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy a VPN gateway using the portal.
-
Azure External Network Connectivity Design: Azure VPN Planning
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize options allowing external access to Azure through a VPN.
-
Azure External Network Connectivity Design: Configure a Point-to-Site VPN
After watching this video, you will be able to enable secure remote user access through a point-to-site VPN configuration.
-
Network Design: Azure Traffic Manager
After watching this video, you will be able to identify when the Azure Traffic Manager should be deployed.
-
Network Design: Deploy an Azure Application Gateway
After watching this video, you will be able to configure the Azure Application Gateway using the portal.
-
Network Design: Exercise: Design and Deploy Azure Network Solutions
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Azure network components.
-
Network Design: Deploy Azure Traffic Manager
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Azure Traffic Manager using the portal.
-
Compute Design Considerations: Availability Sets
After watching this video, you will be able to define when availability sets should be used.
-
Compute Design Considerations: Azure Backup
After watching this video, you will be able to identify use case scenarios for Azure Backup.
-
Compute Design Considerations: Schedule an Azure Batch Job
After watching this video, you will be able to configure an Azure Batch job using the portal.
-
Compute Design Considerations: Perform a Restore for Azure VM Data
After watching this video, you will be able to perform a restore of files from a restore point for an Azure VM.
-
Compute Design Considerations: Configure Azure VM Backup
After watching this video, you will be able to configure an Azure VM with backup options.
-
Compute Design Considerations: Scale Sets
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize how scale sets optimize application performance and cost savings.
-
Compute Design Considerations: Deploy VMs into an Availability Set
After watching this video, you will be able to enable application resiliency using availability sets.
-
Compute Design Considerations: Azure Batch and HPC
After watching this video, you will be able to identify use case scenarios for compute intensive jobs.
-
Compute Design Considerations: Configure a Scale Set
After watching this video, you will be able to configure Azure VM autoscaling through scale sets.
-
Compute Design Considerations: Configure On-premises File Backup
After watching this video, you will be able to back up on-premises files and folders to Azure.
-
Compute Design Considerations: Azure Site Recovery
After watching this video, you will be able to identify use case scenarios for Azure Site Recovery.
-
Compute Design Considerations: Configure On-premises SQL Backup
After watching this video, you will be able to back up on-premises SQL databases to Azure using DPM.
-
Network Design: Create an Azure VNet Using the Portal
After watching this video, you will be able to configure an Azure virtual network with the appropriate DNS, DHCP, and IP settings using the portal.
-
Network Design: Azure DNS
After watching this video, you will be able to identify how default and custom DNS settings can be applied to virtual machines.
-
Network Design: Create an Azure VNet Using the CLI
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy an Azure virtual network (VNet) using the Azure CLI.
-
Network Design: Create an Azure VNet Using PowerShell
After watching this video, you will be able to configure an Azure virtual network with the appropriate DNS, DHCP, and IP settings using PowerShell.
-
Compute Design Considerations: Exercise: Reduce VM Downtime
After watching this video, you will be able to configure VM high availability and disaster recovery.
-
Compute Design Considerations: Enable Disaster Recovery for a VM
After watching this video, you will be able to configure VM disaster recovery in a secondary Azure region.
-
Network Design: Azure DHCP
After watching this video, you will be able to identify how DHCP default settings affect deployed virtual machines.
-
Network Design: Azure Virtual Network Planning
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize Azure virtual network configuration options.
-
Interoperability & Integration: Web Services Interoperability
After watching this video, you will be able to provide implementation details for each supported protocols.
-
Queues & Reliable Sessions: Exercise: Work with Reliable Sessions
After watching this video, you will be able to work with reliable sessions.
-
Queues & Reliable Sessions: Reliable Sessions: Best Practices
After watching this video, you will be able to list best practices for reliable sessions.
-
Queues & Reliable Sessions: Reliable Sessions: Security
After watching this video, you will be able to list considerations of reliable sessions security .
-
Interoperability & Integration: ASP.NET Web Services
After watching this video, you will be able to interoperate WCF with ASP.NET web services.
-
Interoperability & Integration: Migrating WSE 3.0
After watching this video, you will be able to migrate WSE 3.0 web services to WCF.
-
Interoperability & Integration: Web Services Enhancements (WSE) 3.0
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to use WCF with Web Services Enhancements (WSE) 3.0.
-
Interoperability & Integration: COM+ Applications
After watching this video, you will be able to discuss how to integrate with COM+ applications.
-
Interoperability & Integration: Migrating ASP.NET
After watching this video, you will be able to migrate ASP.NET web services to WCF.
-
Interoperability & Integration: Android
After watching this video, you will be able to discuss interoperability features with Android.
-
Interoperability & Integration: Plain Old XML (POX)
After watching this video, you will be able to describe interoperability benefits with POX applications.
-
Interoperability & Integration: Exercise: Integrate WCF with Other Platforms
After watching this video, you will be able to integrate WCF with other platforms.
-
ASP.NET: Using Exception Shielding
After watching this video, you will be able to use exception shielding to prevent disclosure of sensitive information in thrown exceptions in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Handling First Chance Exceptions
After watching this video, you will be able to enable and use first chance exception handling in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Enforcing Conditions Using Code Contracts
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a precondition code contract in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Implementing Tracing and Logging
After watching this video, you will be able to enable and use System.Diagnostics tracing in Web API in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Enabling and Configuring App Health Monitoring
After watching this video, you will be able to enable and configure application health monitoring using built-in web events and providers in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Troubleshooting Application Performance
After watching this video, you will be able to troubleshoot application performance in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Authorize Roles by Using Configuration
After watching this video, you will be able to authorize roles by using configuration.
-
ASP.NET: Troubleshooting Application Errors
After watching this video, you will be able to troubleshoot key application errors encountered in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Troubleshooting Application Security
After watching this video, you will be able to troubleshoot key security issues for an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Creating Unit Tests for the Route Table
After watching this video, you will be able to create a unit test to test the default web API route in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Creating a Fake HTTP Context Class
After watching this video, you will be able to create a fake HTTP context class that can be used to construct unit tests for Web API routes in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Rendering a Menu Control Using MVC SiteMap Provider
After watching this video, you will be able to use the MVC SiteMap Provider NuGet package to render a menu control in an ASP.NET MVC web application view.
-
ASP.NET: Rendering a Breadcrumb Trail
After watching this video, you will be able to use the MVC SiteMap Provider NuGet package to render a breadcrumb trail in an ASP.NET MVC web application view.
-
ASP.NET: Implementing Start, Run, and Stop Events
After watching this video, you will be able to implement start, run, and stop events in a Windows Azure application.
-
ASP.NET: Creating User-friendly Routes
After watching this video, you will be able to create an intuitive, user-friendly route to help model information hierarchies in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Working with IIS Startup Tasks
After watching this video, you will be able to manage IIS startup tasks in a Windows Azure application.
-
ASP.NET: Bundling and Minifying Scripts
After watching this video, you will be able to observe the effect on network performance with bundling and minifying application scripts versus serving individual, full-size scripts in ASP.NET MVC web applications.
-
ASP.NET: Use Analytical Tools to Parse HTML
After watching this video, you will be able to use analytical tools to parse HTML.
-
ASP.NET: Checking for Gzip Support
After watching this video, you will be able to check for Gzip compression support in ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Delpoying to IIS
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy an ASP.NET MVC web application to IIS for local testing.
-
ASP.NET: Preparing for Application Deployment
After watching this video, you will be able to prepare an ASP.NET MVC web application for production deployment.
-
ASP.NET: Deploying a Secure ASP.NET Web Application
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy a secure ASP.NET MVC 5 web application with Membership.
-
ASP.NET: Deploying to Windows Azure
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy an ASP.NET MVC 5 web application to an Azure website.
-
ASP.NET: Hosting an ASP.NET MVC Application
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy an ASP.NET MVC web application to a hosting provider.
-
ASP.NET: Storing Custom Settings in a Configuration File
After watching this video, you will be able to store custom application settings in a configuration file for an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Creating a JavaScript Resource
After watching this video, you will be able to create a JavaScript resource file to be used to display page information in Spanish in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Configure Web Application Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to configure web application settings such as authentication, compilation, connection, cryptography and error settings.
-
ASP.NET: Creating Satellite Resource Assemblies
After watching this video, you will be able to create a satellite resource assembly to implement globalization in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Applying a JavaScript Resource to the UI
After watching this video, you will be able to apply a JavaScript resource file to application UI so as to display page information in Spanish in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Debugging an Application Using RDP
After watching this video, you will be able to use Remote Desktop protocol to debug a Windows Azure application.
-
ASP.NET: Debugging an Azure Application Using IntelliTrace
After watching this video, you will be able to use IntelliTrace to debug a Windows Azure application.
-
ASP.NET: Configuring Authentication Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to enable and configure Microsoft authentication in an ASP.NET MVC 5 web application.
-
ASP.NET: Choose Log Types
After watching this video, you will be able to choose log types (for example, event logs, performance counters, and crash dumps).
-
ASP.NET: Working with Crash Dumps
After watching this video, you will be able to collect and access crash dump data for a worker role in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Identifying Configuration File Hierarchy
After watching this video, you will be able to identify configuration file hierarchy in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Configuring Database Connections Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to configure database connection settings in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Configuring View Compilation Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to configure view compilation settings in ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Configuring Custom Error Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to configure custom error settings in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Configuring Cryptography Settings
After watching this video, you will be able to configure cryptography settings in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
Queues & Reliable Sessions: Queues
After watching this video, you will be able to list basic concepts of queues.
-
Managing Transactions: Exercise: Configure WCF Transactions
After watching this video, you will be able to configure transactions in WCF.
-
Managing Transactions: Implementing Transactions
After watching this video, you will be able to implement transactions in WCF.
-
Managing Transactions: Transaction Attributes
After watching this video, you will be able to list transaction attributes .
-
Queues & Reliable Sessions: Poison Message Queue
After watching this video, you will be able to describe poison message queue programming .
-
Queues & Reliable Sessions: Dead Letter Queues
After watching this video, you will be able to describe dead letter queue programming .
-
Queues & Reliable Sessions: Asynchronous Communication
After watching this video, you will be able to describe asynchronous communication.
-
Queues & Reliable Sessions: Queues and Transactions
After watching this video, you will be able to describe benefits of queues and transactions.
-
Queues & Reliable Sessions: WCF Reliable Sessions
After watching this video, you will be able to provide overview of reliable sessions.
-
Queues & Reliable Sessions: Volatile Queued Communication
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate volatile queue communication .
-
ASP.NET: Creating Customer HTTP Modules
After watching this video, you will be able to implement synchronous and asynchronous modules in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Testing Multiple Browsers Using Browser Link
After watching this video, you will be able to create a web test using the Browser Link feature in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Modules and Handlers in IIS
After watching this video, you will be able to choose between modules and handlers in IIS.
-
ASP.NET: Creating Custom HTTP Handlers
After watching this video, you will be able to implement synchronous and asynchronous handlers in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Working with Performance Counters
After watching this video, you will be able to use performance counters to monitor application performance in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Working with Event Logs
After watching this video, you will be able to use Windows Azure Diagnostics to record event logs in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Configuring Diagnostics Using Azure Diagnostics API
After watching this video, you will be able to configure application diagnostics using the Azure Diagnostics API in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
Queues & Reliable Sessions: Reliable Sessions: Bindings
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the benefits of using reliable sessions with bindings.
-
ASP.NET: Troubleshoot Runtime Issues
After watching this video, you will be able to troubleshoot performance, security, and errors.
-
ASP.NET: Arranging Scheduled Diagnostics Collection
After watching this video, you will be able to use Windows Azure Diagnostics to schedule diagnostics collection in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Collecting Diagnostics on Demand
After watching this video, you will be able to use Windows Azure Diagnostics to collect diagnostics on demand in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Testing a Custom Membership Provider
After watching this video, you will be able to test the operation of a custom membership provider in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Configuring a Custom Membership Provider
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a custom membership provider in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Secure Communication
After watching this video, you will be able to secure communication by applying SSL certificates; salt and hash passwords for storage.
-
ASP.NET: Setting Up a Custom Membership Provider Model
After watching this video, you will be able to set up a model class for a custom membership provider in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Preventing Cross-site Request Forgeries
After watching this video, you will be able to use an anti-forgery token along with the ValidateAntiForgeryTokenAttribute to protect against cross-site request forgery attacks in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Implementing Deferred Validation
After watching this video, you will be able to implement deferred request validation in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Encrypting an Application Configuration Section
After watching this video, you will be able to encrypt a section of a application configuration file in ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Disabling Request Validation for an Action Method
After watching this video, you will be able to use the ValidateInput attribute to disable validation for an MVC controller action in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Disabling Request Validation for a Property
After watching this video, you will be able to use the AllowHtml attribute to disable request validation for a model property in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Preventing XSS Attacks using HTML Encoding
After watching this video, you will be able to use HTML form encoding to prevent cross-site scripting attacks in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Apply Encryption to Application Data
After watching this video, you will be able to apply encryption to application data.
-
ASP.NET: Applying an SSL Certificate
After watching this video, you will be able to create and use an SSL client certificate to provide SSL authentication in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Salting and Hashing Passwords for Secure Storage
After watching this video, you will be able to create and apply a salt to a hashed password before storing it in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Prevent SQL Injection Attacks
After watching this video, you will be able to use parameterized SQL queries to prevent SQL injection attacks in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Preventing URL Parameter Tampering
After watching this video, you will be able to implement URL hashing so as to prevent URL parameter tampering in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Defining a Custom URL Encryption Method
After watching this video, you will be able to define a custom URL encryption method in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Setting Up a Custom URL Encryption Helper Class
After watching this video, you will be able to set up a custom URL encryption helper class in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Setting Up a Custom URL Decryption Helper Class
After watching this video, you will be able to set up a custom URL decryption helper class in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Testing Custom URL Encryption
After watching this video, you will be able to run an application and test custom URL encryption in the browser address bar in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Using Gzip Compression
After watching this video, you will be able to use Gzip compression to encode HTTP response data in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Checking for Deflate Support
After watching this video, you will be able to check a browser client's HTTP request encoding header for Deflate compression support in ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using Glimpse to Monitor Network Activity
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Glimpse tool to observe client and server network activity in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Using Deflate Compression
After watching this video, you will be able to use Deflate compression to encode HTTP response data in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Testing Custom URL Decryption
After watching this video, you will be able to run application and test custom URL decryption in the browser address bar in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Defining a Custom URL Decryption Method
After watching this video, you will be able to define a custom URL decryption method in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
SQL Server 2014: Managing Knowledge Base Domains
After watching this video, you will be able to manage the domains and data in a knowledge base.
-
Microsoft System Center 2012 R2: Registering and Deploying a System Center 2012 R2 Orchestrator Integration Pack
The Deployment Manager within Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 allows you to easily register and deploy integration packs. In this video, Rafiq Wayani demonstrates how to register and deploy a System Center Orchestrator Integration pack.
-
SQL Server 2014: History
After watching this video, you will be able to describe how to handle history and data quality.
-
SQL Server 2014: Deduplication
After watching this video, you will be able to describe identity mapping and deduplication.
-
SQL Server 2014: Data Quality Client
After watching this video, you will be able to use the data quality client.
-
SQL Server 2014: Data Quality Knowledge Base Management
After watching this video, you will be able to describe data quality knowledge base management.
-
SQL Server 2014: Data Quality Projects
After watching this video, you will be able to create a data quality project.
-
SQL Server 2014: Data Quality Knowledge Base Domains
After watching this video, you will be able to create a data quality knowledge base domain.
-
SQL Server 2014: Importing and Exporting
After watching this video, you will be able to import and export data in MDS.
-
SQL Server 2014: Security Roles
After watching this video, you will be able to define security roles.
-
SQL Server 2014: Implement DQS and MDS in SQL Server 2014
After watching this video, you will be able to implement DQS and MDS in SQL Server 2014.
-
SQL Server 2014: Subscriptions
After watching this video, you will be able to create subscription views in MDS.
-
SQL Server 2014: Cleansing Data
After watching this video, you will be able to improve data quality.
-
SQL Server 2014: Models
After watching this video, you will be able to create models, entities, attributes, collections, groups.
-
SQL Server 2014: Installing Data Quality Services
After watching this video, you will be able to install DQS.
-
SQL Server 2014: Identity Analysis
After watching this video, you will be able to describe identity analysis.
-
SQL Server 2014: DQ Roles
After watching this video, you will be able to add users to DQ roles.
-
SQL Server 2014: Set Parameter Values Post Deployment
After watching this video, you will be able to set parameter values post deployment.
-
SQL Server 2014: Create Sensitive Parameters
After watching this video, you will be able to create sensitive parameters.
-
SQL Server 2014: Installation Prerequisites
After watching this video, you will be able to list installation prerequisites.
-
SQL Server 2014: Implement SSIS Security
After watching this video, you will be able to implement SSIS security.
-
SQL Server 2014: Implementing Master Data Services
After watching this video, you will be able to implement MDS.
-
SQL Server 2014: Installing Master Data Services
After watching this video, you will be able to install MDS.
-
ASP.NET: Creating a New MVC Model Class
After watching this video, you will be able to create a model class and access data from class properties in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Handling MVC Unit Test Errors
After watching this video, you will be able to locate and fix unit test errors in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Instantiating Model Objects from Controller Actions
After watching this video, you will be able to instantiate an MVC model class object from a controller class action and display object property values in a view in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Creating MVC Model Classes with Relationships
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a relationship between two model classes in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Implementing Basic MVC Unit Tests
After watching this video, you will be able to implement basic unit tests for an ASPNET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Using the MVC Unit Test Assert Class
After watching this video, you will be able to use the unit test Assert class in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Adding a New MVC Unit Test
After watching this video, you will be able to add a new unit test to an ASP.NET MVC unit test project in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Adding Custom Route Parameters
After watching this video, you will be able to add custom route parameters in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Specifying Override Filters
After watching this video, you will be able to specify an override filter in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Creating an MVC Unit Test Project
After watching this video, you will be able to create a unit test project for an ASPNET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Apply Route Constraints
After watching this video, you will be able to apply a route constraint to an ASP.NET web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Defining an Area
After watching this video, you will be able to define and register new areas in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Obtaining Application Route Data
After watching this video, you will be able to obtain and display application route data in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Redirecting to Other Areas
After watching this video, you will be able to implement redirection from a controller action in one area to an action in another area in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Linking Between Areas
After watching this video, you will be able to create hyperlinks so as to access controllers and their actions across different areas in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Defining Routes that Ignore a URL Pattern
After watching this video, you will be able to configure the ASP.NET MVC runtime to ignore specific application routes in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Applying Route Constraints
After watching this video, you will be able to define an MVC route and apply a route constraint to it in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Defining a Route to Handle a URL Pattern
After watching this video, you will be able to define an MVC route that handles a custom URL pattern in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Use the Default Model Binder
After watching this video, you will be able to use the default MVC model binder to pass HTTP request parameters to a controller action method in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Defining a Custom MVC Action Filter
After watching this video, you will be able to define a custom MVC action filter in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Apply an MVC Controller Action Filter
After watching this video, you will be able to apply an MVC controller action filter in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Create a Custom Model Binder Using Form Values
After watching this video, you will be able to create and use a custom model binder to pass HTTP request parameters to a controller action using form field values in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Apply Authorization Attributes
After watching this video, you will be able to apply authorization attributes in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Globally Registering an MVC Controller Action Filter
After watching this video, you will be able to globally register a custom controller action filter in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Applying an MVC Controller Action Filter
After watching this video, you will be able to apply an MVC controller action filter in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Apply Authentication Filters
After watching this video, you will be able to apply authentication filters in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Working with MVC Controller Action Selectors
After watching this video, you will be able to use an ActionName to alias an existing controller action, and use an AcceptVerb to specify the type of HTTP request used to access a particular controller action.
-
ASP.NET: Defining an MVC Controller Action Result
After watching this video, you will be able to define new MVC controller action results in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Configuring Controller Route Parameters
After watching this video, you will be able to configure an MVC controller route parameter.
-
ASP.NET: Applying a Site Layout Page to an MVC Web App
After watching this video, you will be able to apply a site layout page to an MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Adding a New Page in an MVC Web App
After watching this video, you will be able to Add a new page to the MVC web app in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Obtaining MVC Controller Route Data
After watching this video, you will be able to obtain and display controller route data in an ASP.NET MVC web application view in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Create a Web Application
After watching this video, you will be able to create a web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Adding a New Page in a Web Forms Application
After watching this video, you will be able to add a new page in a web forms application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Creating a New Web Forms Application
After watching this video, you will be able to create a new web forms application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Creating a New MVC Web App
After watching this video, you will be able to create a new MVC Web App in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Applying a Master Page
After watching this video, you will be able to apply a master page to a web forms application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Adding a New Page in a Web Pages Application
After watching this video, you will be able to add a new page in a web pages application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Creating a New Web Pages Application
After watching this video, you will be able to create a new web pages application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Applying a Site Layout Page
After watching this video, you will be able to apply a site layout page to a web pages application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Registering Web API Controller Routes
After watching this video, you will be able to register Web API controller routes with the Web API framework in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using the Entity Framework Database-First Workflow
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Entity Framework database-first approach to produce MVC models, controllers, and views from a connected SQL Server Compact 4.0 database in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Use Entity Framework
After watching this video, you will be able to use Entity Framework to generate a SQL Server database in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Implementing a Repository Class
After watching this video, you will be able to create a data repository class, and use a data repository class to implement data management logic in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Using Web API Routes with Controller Action Names
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a custom Web API route that uses a controller action name in its route template in ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using Default Web API Controller Routes
After watching this video, you will be able to implement a default Web API controller route in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using the Entity Framework Code-First Workflow
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Entity Framework code-first approach to generate a SQL Server Express database from an MVC model class in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Using the Entity Framework Model-First Workflow
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Entity Framework model-first approach to generate a SQL Server database in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Using LINQ Queries with Method and Query Syntax
After watching this video, you will be able to use a LINQ to Entities query with a combination of method and query syntax to retrieve data from a connected SQL Server Compact 4.0 database in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Using LINQ Queries with Method Syntax
After watching this video, you will be able to use a LINQ to Entities query with method syntax to retrieve data from a connected SQL Server Compact 4.0 database in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Connecting to a Windows Azure SQL Database
After watching this video, you will be able to connect an ASP.NET MVC web application to a Windows Azure SQL database in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Connecting to a SQL Server Compact Database
After watching this video, you will be able to connect an ASP.NET MVC web application to a SQL Server Compact 4.0 database in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Reading an Existing Database Entry
After watching this video, you will be able to use MVC Scaffolding to create a controller with actions and views that can be used to read existing records in a SQL Server Express database.
-
ASP.NET: Adding a New Database Entry
After watching this video, you will be able to use MVC Scaffolding to create a controller with actions and views that can be used to add new records to a SQL Server Express database.
-
ASP.NET: Deleting an Existing Database Entry
After watching this video, you will be able to use MVC Scaffolding to create a controller with actions and views that can be used to delete existing records from a SQL Server Express database.
-
ASP.NET: Updating an Existing Database Entry
After watching this video, you will be able to use MVC Scaffolding to create a controller with actions and views that can be used to edit existing records in a SQL Server Express database.
-
ASP.NET: Customizing Data Annotation Error Messages
After watching this video, you will be able to customize validation error messages in ASP.NET MVC view.
-
ASP.NET: Using the JQuery Validation Plugin
After watching this video, you will be able to use the jQuery Validation plugin to carry out client-side validation in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Seeding a SQL Server Express LocalDB Database
After watching this video, you will be able to use a database initializer class with Entity Framework 6 to create and seed a SQL Server Express database with sample data in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Create a New MVC Model Class
After watching this video, you will be able to create a new MVC model class in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using Data Validation Annotations
After watching this video, you will be able to validate user input data by applying data annotations to a model property in an ASP.NET MVC view.
-
ASP.NET: Using Data Annotation on a Model Class Object
After watching this video, you will be able to use data annotation on a model class object in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using a Custom Data Validation Attribute
After watching this video, you will be able to create a custom data validation attribute and apply it to a model class property in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
SQL Server 2014: User Variables
After watching this video, you will be able to implement user variables.
-
SQL Server 2014: Use Control Flow
After watching this video, you will be able to implement control flow.
-
SQL Server 2014: Parallelism
After watching this video, you will be able to manage parallelism.
-
SQL Server 2014: Transactions in SSIS Packages
After watching this video, you will be able to manage transactions in SSIS packages.
-
SQL Server 2014: Package Templates
After watching this video, you will be able to create package templates.
-
SQL Server 2014: Controlling Task Execution Sequences
After watching this video, you will be able to use precedence to control task execution.
-
SQL Server 2014: Implement Control Flow
After watching this video, you will be able to implement control flow to solve a problem.
-
SQL Server 2014: Debug Control Flow
After watching this video, you will be able to debug control flow.
-
SQL Server 2014: Sequence and Loop Containers
After watching this video, you will be able to use sequence containers and loop containers.
-
SQL Server 2014: Data Profiling
After watching this video, you will be able to use data profiling.
-
SQL Server 2014: Execute Package Tasks
After watching this video, you will be able to implement control flow using the execute package task.
-
SQL Server 2014: Checkpoints
After watching this video, you will be able to recognize when to use checkpoints.
-
SQL Server 2014: Create SSIS Packages with Logic
After watching this video, you will be able to create SSIS packages with logic.
-
SQL Server 2014: Project Connection Managers
After watching this video, you will be able to use project connection managers.
-
SQL Server 2014: Property Expressions
After watching this video, you will be able to use property expressions for connection managers.
-
SQL Server 2014: Package Environments
After watching this video, you will be able to configure packages in SSIS for different environments.
-
SQL Server 2014: Expressions for Connection Managers
After watching this video, you will be able to implement dynamic package behavior.
-
SQL Server 2014: Package and Project Level Parameters
After watching this video, you will be able to implement project and package level parameters.
-
SQL Server 2014: Package Configurations
After watching this video, you will be able to configure the following packages: xmlconfiguration file, SQL Server table, registry entry, parent package variables, and environment variables.
-
SQL Server 2014: Expressions
After watching this video, you will be able to use expressions.
-
SQL Server 2014: Project Level Connection Managers
After watching this video, you will be able to describe project level connection managers.
-
SQL Server 2014: Package and Project Parameters
After watching this video, you will be able to implement package and project parameters.
-
SQL Server 2014: Designing SSIS Packages
After watching this video, you will be able to design dynamic SSIS packages.
-
SQL Server 2014: SSIS System Variables
After watching this video, you will be able to refer to SSIS system variables.
-
SQL Server 2014: Package Configurations for SQL tables
After watching this video, you will be able to implement package configurations for SQL tables.
-
SQL Server 2014: Package Configurations for Files
After watching this video, you will be able to implement package configurations for files.
-
SQL Server 2014: Data Types
After watching this video, you will be able to describe data types.
-
SQL Server 2014: Variable Scope
After watching this video, you will be able to define a variable scope.
-
SQL Server 2014: Precedence Constraints
After watching this video, you will be able to use variables in precedence constraints.
-
SQL Server 2014: Parameterization of Properties
After watching this video, you will be able to implement parameterization of properties using variables.
-
SQL Server 2014: Installing Custom Components and Tasks
After watching this video, you will be able to install custom components and tasks.
-
SQL Server 2014: Validating Packages
After watching this video, you will be able to validate deployed packages.
-
SQL Server 2014: Package and Project Protection Level Dialog Box
After watching this video, you will be able to describe options available in the Package and Project Protection Level dialog box.
-
SQL Server 2014: Package Protection Levels
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the different package protection levels.
-
SQL Server 2014: SSIS Packages Deployed at the File System
After watching this video, you will be able to secure integration services packages deployed at the file system.
-
SQL Server 2014: Secure Deployments
After watching this video, you will be able to configure secure deployments using project and package protection levels.
-
SQL Server 2014: Database Roles
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the SSIS catalog database roles.
-
SQL Server 2014: DTUTIL
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy SSIS packages using DTUTIL.
-
SQL Server 2014: Parameters and Project Deployment Model
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the parameters and project deployment model.
-
SQL Server 2014: Parameters and Package Deployment Model
After watching this video, you will be able to describe the parameters and package deployment model.
-
SQL Server 2014: Deploying Packages on Multiple Servers
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy packages on multiple servers.
-
SQL Server 2014: Profiling Data
After watching this video, you will be able to profile data with different tools.
-
SQL Server 2014: Creating a Deployment Utility
After watching this video, you will be able to create a deployment utility.
-
SQL Server 2014: Upgrading the SSIS Catalog
After watching this video, you will be able to upgrade the SSIS catalog.
-
SQL Server 2014: SSIS Packages: SQL or File System Locations
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy SSIS packages to SQL or file system locations.
-
SQL Server 2014: Deploy Packages by Using the Deployment Utility
After watching this video, you will be able to deploy SSIS packages using the deployment utility.
-
SQL Server 2014: Troubleshoot SSIS Packages
After watching this video, you will be able to troubleshoot SSIS packages in SQL Server 2014.
-
SQL Server 2014: Backing Up and Restoring the SSIS Catalog
After watching this video, you will be able to back up and restore the SSIS catalog.
-
SQL Server 2014: The SSIS Catalog
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure the SSIS catalog.
-
SQL Server 2014: Data Viewers
After watching this video, you will be able to use data viewers.
-
SQL Server 2014: Break Points
After watching this video, you will be able to use break points.
-
SQL Server 2014: Logic Issues
After watching this video, you will be able to troubleshoot logic issues.
-
SQL Server 2014: Troubleshooting Tasks
After watching this video, you will be able to troubleshoot execution of a task or transformation failed.
-
SQL Server 2014: SSIS Package Failure
After watching this video, you will be able to troubleshoot SSIS package failure.
-
SQL Server 2014: SSIS Logging Infrastructure
After watching this video, you will be able to demonstrate awareness of the new SSIS logging infrastructure.
-
SQL Server 2014: Custom Logging
After watching this video, you will be able to implement custom logging.
-
SQL Server 2014: Event Handlers
After watching this video, you will be able to use event handlers in SSIS to track ETL events and errors.
-
SQL Server 2014: Connectivity Issues
After watching this video, you will be able to troubleshoot performance issues.
-
SQL Server 2014: Performance Issues
After watching this video, you will be able to recall considerations for troubleshooting and what to look for.
-
SQL Server 2014: Logging SSIS Execution
After watching this video, you will be able to log an SSIS execution.
-
SQL Server 2014: Log Providers
After watching this video, you will be able to use log providers.
-
SQL Server 2014: Alerts and Notification Mechanisms
After watching this video, you will be able to create alerting and notification mechanisms.
-
SQL Server 2014: Propagating Events
After watching this video, you will be able to propagate events.
-
SQL Server 2014: Auditing Using System Variables
After watching this video, you will be able to audit package execution by using system variables.
-
ASP.NET: Displaying a Custom Error Page Using HTTPHandler
After watching this video, you will be able to use HTTPHandler to display a custom error page in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Displaying a Custom Error Page Using Global.asax
After watching this video, you will be able to display a custom error page using the Application_Error event in Global.asax in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Displaying Custom Error Pages Using Web.config
After watching this video, you will be able to edit the web.config file to display a custom error page in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Setting Up a Custom Role Provider Model
After watching this video, you will be able to set up a model class for a custom role provider in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Implementing WCF Service Authorization
After watching this video, you will be able to implement authorization in WCF services for an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Configuring and Testing a Custom Role Provider
After watching this video, you will be able to configure and test the operation of a custom role provider in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS3: Styling Defined
After watching this video, you will be able to define CSS styling concepts.
-
ASP.NET: Consume Tokens from a Custom Security Token Service
After watching this video, you will be able to create an ASP.NET client application that consumes tokens issued by a custom security token service.
-
ASP.NET: Creating a Custom Security Token Service Login Page
After watching this video, you will be able to create an ASP.NET Web Forms login page that is used by a custom security token service to authenticate users from a client ASP.NET web application.
-
ASP.NET: Handle Token Formats
After watching this video, you will be able to handle token formats (for example, oAuth, OpenID, Microsoft Account, Google, Twitter, and Facebook) for SAML and SWT tokens.
-
ASP.NET: Configuring Clients that Consume Custom STS Tokens
After watching this video, you will be able to edit a client application's Web.config file so that the client application may consume tokens issued by a given custom security token service.
-
ASP.NET: Creating a Custom Security Token Service Class
After watching this video, you will be able to create a Visual C# class that implements a custom security token service in an ASP.NET web application.
-
ASP.NET: Retrieving Certificates and Configuring a Custom STS
After watching this video, you will be able to create a custom security token service configuration class and create a signing certificate utility that retrieves X509 certificates in an ASP.NET web application.
-
ASP.NET: Creating Roles and Adding Users
After watching this video, you will be able to explore role creation and user role administration in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Configuring a SQL Role Provider
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a SQL role provider in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Programmatically Authorizing User Roles
After watching this video, you will be able to use ASP.NET authorization to programmatically create a new role and add users to the new role in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Testing Role Creation and Authorization
After watching this video, you will be able to assign role authorization rules, add users to roles, and test role authorization in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Creating New Applications with the Mobile Template
After watching this video, you will be able to develop a basic ASP.NET MVC web application using the Mobile Application template in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Creating a View Switcher using JQuery Mobile
After watching this video, you will be able to add jQuery Mobile to an ASP.NET MVC web application and use it to create a page link that can be used to switch between desktop view and mobile view when using a mobile browser user agent.
-
ASP.NET: Working with the ViewData Object
After watching this video, you will be able to use the ViewData dictionary object to pass data from a controller to a view in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Run Applications in Browsers
After watching this video, you will be able to plan for running applications in browsers on multiple devices (screen resolution, CSS, and HTML).
-
ASP.NET: Using Custom Display Modes for Smartphones
After watching this video, you will be able to use the DisplayModeProvider class to create custom display modes for specific user smartphone models in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Working with Generic Display Modes in MVC
After watching this video, you will be able to create view files for the generic desktop browser display mode, create view files for the generic mobile browser display mode, and run a web application and test the desktop and mobile browser display modes on application views using browser developer tools.
-
ASP.NET: Using Custom Display Modes for Tablets
After watching this video, you will be able to use the DisplayModeProvider class to create custom display modes for specific user tablet models in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Displaying Dynamic Content in a Cached Page
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Response.WriteSubstitution method to display dynamic data in a cached MVC web application view in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Preventing Caching in ASP.NET MVC Application
After watching this video, you will be able to prevent view content caching using the HttpCachePolicy.SetCacheability method in an ASP.NET MVC view in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Planning Applications for Various Screen Resolutions
After watching this video, you will be able to write CSS so as to automatically adjust web page display from a desktop screen to a handheld mobile screen in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Creating a Cache Profile
After watching this video, you will be able to create a cache profile in web.config and implement it with the OutputCache attribute on an MVC controller action in Visual Studio 2017.
-
Universal Windows Platform: Debug an Azure Web App
After watching this video, you will be able to debug your Azure web application.
-
ASP.NET: Implement dynamic page content
After watching this video, you will be able to implement dynamic page content based on a design.
-
ASP.NET: Working with the HTTP Cache
After watching this video, you will be able to implement the HTTP browser cache in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Working with the Output Cache
After watching this video, you will be able to implement the output cache in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
Universal Windows Platform: Data Access and Controller
After watching this video, you will be able to add a data access layer and controller to your service.
-
Universal Windows Platform: C# MongoDB Driver
After watching this video, you will be able to install and set up the MongoDB driver for C# and create a data model.
-
Universal Windows Platform: Final Touches
After watching this video, you will be able to style the application and configure the DB connection.
-
ASP.NET: Using jQuery to Call a Web Service
After watching this video, you will be able to use jQuery to call a web service in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using JS Libraries from a Content Delivery Network
After watching this video, you will be able to add and use jQuery from Microsoft AJAX CDN.
-
ASP.NET: Using an AJAX Helper Script
After watching this video, you will be able to use an AJAX helper function (Ajax.ActionLink) to make an asynchronous HTTP request to server in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using AJAX to Make Partial Page Updates
After watching this video, you will be able to use AJAX to make partial page updates to an ASP.NET MVC web application view.
-
ASP.NET: Adding a jQuery UI Widget
After watching this video, you will be able to add and display a jQuery UI widget in an ASP.NET MVC application view.
-
ASP.NET: Using jQuery to Modify HTML Elements
After watching this video, you will be able to use jQuery selectors to select HTML elements, use the jQuery "val" function to change HTML element values, and use the jQuery "css" function to change HTML element styling.
-
ASP.NET: Extend Objects Using Prototypal Inheritance
After watching this video, you will be able to use prototypal inheritance in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Adding a jQuery Effect
After watching this video, you will be able to add a jQuery effect to show and hide HTML elements in an ASP.NET web application view.
-
ASP.NET: Using NuGet to Add a JavaScript Library
After watching this video, you will be able to use the NuGet package manager to add a JavaScript library and then use the added library in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Use HTML Helper Classes
After watching this video, you will be able to use HTML helper classes.
-
ASP.NET: Creating Custom HTML Helper Classes
After watching this video, you will be able to create a custom HTML helper class in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using HTML Helpers
After watching this video, you will be able to use HTML helper methods to create and render form elements in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Implementing Partial Views
After watching this video, you will be able to create and render a partial view in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Creating Custom HTML Helpers using Extension Methods
After watching this video, you will be able to create a custom HTML helper using an extension method in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Writing Comments in Razor
After watching this video, you will be able to write comments in MVC Razor code in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Writing Code Blocks in Razor
After watching this video, you will be able to write a simple Razor code block in C# that dynamically processes user input in an MVC view.
-
ASP.NET: Adding a New Layout Page
After watching this video, you will be able to add and use a new layout page in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Combining Razor Code Blocks with Markup
After watching this video, you will be able to combine MVC Razor code blocks with HTML markup to render view content in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using Page Inspector to Browse an Application
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Page Inspector to browse application code and examine layout and styling in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Use JSON and XML Data Formats
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a JSON and XML media type in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Consuming and Displaying JSON Data
After watching this video, you will be able to use the ASP.NET Web API framework to retrieve and display JSON data in an ASP.NET MVC application view.
-
ASP.NET: Preserving Object References in XML
After watching this video, you will be able to configure an XML media type formatter to handle circular object references in XML in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using Modernizr to Detect Browser Features
After watching this video, you will be able to use Modernizr to detect and respond to client browser features in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Consuming and Displaying XML Data
After watching this video, you will be able to use the ASP.NET Web API framework to retrieve and display XML data in an ASP.NET MVC application view.
-
ASP.NET: Using a JSON Media-Type Formatter
After watching this video, you will be able to use a JSON media type formatter to format the display of HTTP response data in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Work with ASP.NET Web API Controllers
After watching this video, you will be able to define an HTTP PUT method on a Web API controller in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Preserving Object References in JSON
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a JSON media type formatter to handle circular object references in JSON in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using an XML Media-Type Formatter
After watching this video, you will be able to use an XML media type formatter to format the display of HTTP response data in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Searching for DOM Features
After watching this video, you will be able to use the hasFeature method to determine browser support for a given specification.
-
ASP.NET: Detecting Browser Features Using DOM Objects
After watching this video, you will be able to use the DOM to determine browser feature support for the Performance object of the Navigation Timing specification.
-
ASP.NET: Creating Custom Security Tokens
After watching this video, you will be able to create a Visual C# class library that uses the Windows Identity Foundation framework to work with a custom security token format.
-
ASP.NET: Using Federated Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to use federated user authentication in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Validating and Writing Custom Tokens
After watching this video, you will be able to use a custom security token handler to validate custom tokens and their signatures as well as to write custom tokens to XML and generate token signatures.
-
ASP.NET: Getting Started with a Custom Security Token Handler
After watching this video, you will be able to create a custom security token handler class by inheriting and overridding properties and methods from the SecurityTokenHandler class.
-
ASP.NET: Setting Up a SQL Membership Provider Model
After watching this video, you will be able to set up a model class for a SQL membership provider in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Configuring a SQL Membership Provider
After watching this video, you will be able to configurea SQL membership provider in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Create Custom Membership Providers
After watching this video, you will be able to create custom membership providers in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Testing a SQL Membership Provider
After watching this video, you will be able to test the operation of a SQL membership provider in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Configure ASP.NET Identity
After watching this video, you will be able to configureASP.NET Identity in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Testing Forms Authentication Using Simple Membership
After watching this video, you will be able to run and test forms authentication in a browser using a Simple Membership provider in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Using Cookies to Manage User Sessions
After watching this video, you will be able to use a cookie to manage user session data in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Working with Windows Authentication
After watching this video, you will be able to use Windows authentication in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Implement Azure caching
After watching this video, you will be able to implement azure caching.
-
ASP.NET: Setting Up Forms Authentication User Registration
After watching this video, you will be able to set up forms authentication user registration functionality using a Simple membership provider in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Setting Up Forms Authentication User Login
After watching this video, you will be able to set up forms authentication user login functionality using a Simple membership provider in an ASP.NET MVC web application in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Accessing Remote Azure Sites Using Server Explorer
After watching this video, you will be able to access and interact with a remote Microsoft Azure web site using the Server Explorer in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Planning a Web Farm
After watching this video, you will be able to plan a web farm for an ASP.NET MVC web application in a distributed environment.
-
ASP.NET: Session Management in a Distributed Environment
After watching this video, you will be able to manage session information in an ASP.NET MVC web application in a distributed environment.
-
ASP.NET: Connecting an On-premises Server to ACS
After watching this video, you will be able to configure an Azure Cloud Service project to access and retrieve data from an on-premises server in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Creating a Windows Azure Cloud Service
After watching this video, you will be able to create an MVC 5 application and convert it to a Windows Azure Cloud Service project in Visual Studio 2017.
-
ASP.NET: Accessing an Azure Redis Cache
After watching this video, you will be able to access a Microsoft Azure Redis cache from a Microsoft Azure web site developed using an ASP.NET MVC application template.
-
ASP.NET: Creating an Azure Redis Cache
After watching this video, you will be able to create and configure a new Microsoft Azure Redis cache using Microsoft Azure Portal Preview.
-
ASP.NET: Use Asynchronous Tasks
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Task Parallel library, async await, async controller actions, and async timeouts in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Carrying Out Async Testing
After watching this video, you will be able to test asynchronous method functionality in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Creating an On-premises Server Solution
After watching this video, you will be able to create a console application in Visual Studio 2017 to be used as an on-premises server solution for a hybrid web application.
-
ASP.NET: Designing a Hybrid Web Application
After watching this video, you will be able to design a hybrid ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Working with Async Exceptions
After watching this video, you will be able to handle asynchronous exceptions in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using Async Timeouts
After watching this video, you will be able to use asynchronous timeouts in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using Async Controller Actions
After watching this video, you will be able to create asynchronous controller actions in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using the Task Parallel Library
After watching this video, you will be able to use the Task Parallel library to manage concurrent, independent tasks in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Design a Web Socket Strategy
After watching this video, you will be able to design a web socket strategy.
-
ASP.NET: Creating an Async Controller
After watching this video, you will be able to create an asynchronous MVC controller in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using an Async Await
After watching this video, you will be able to use the async/await asynchronous programming model in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Reading and Writing Binary Data Asynchronously
After watching this video, you will be able to read and write binary data asynchronously from/to a web socket in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Reading and Writing String Data Asynchronously
After watching this video, you will be able to read and write string data asynchronously over a web socket connection in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Choosing a Connection Loss Strategy
After watching this video, you will be able to choose a web socket connection loss strategy in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Implementing Real-time Communications using SignalR
After watching this video, you will be able to use the SignalR library to implement real-time communications in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using Profile Properties to Store State Information
After watching this video, you will be able to use the profile properties feature to store user-specific data in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using Application State to Maintain State
After watching this video, you will be able to use application state to save and read state information in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using Session State to Maintain State
After watching this video, you will be able to use session state to save and read state information for the current browser session in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Working with the ViewBag Object
After watching this video, you will be able to use the ViewBag object to persist data among views in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Working with the TempData Object
After watching this video, you will be able to use the TempData object to persist view data through a redirect action in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using Query Strings to Maintain State
After watching this video, you will be able to use a query string to pass state information from one page to another in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Using Cookies to Maintain State
After watching this video, you will be able to create and add a structured cookie to an HTTP response in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Handling Token Formats for SAML tokens
After watching this video, you will be able to configure a secure token service that manages SAML 2.0 tokens in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Working With Custom Tokens
After watching this video, you will be able to use a custom security token handler to validate custom token audience URIs, parse custom tokens, and create claims for custom tokens.
-
ASP.NET: Defining HTTP PUT on the Server
After watching this video, you will be able to define an HTTP PUT method on a Web API controller to update a resource in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Implementing HTTP GET
After watching this video, you will be able to implement an HTTP GET method for a Web API controller in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Defining HTTP POST on the Server
After watching this video, you will be able to define an HTTP POST method on a Web API controller to create a new resource in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Testing HTTP PUT on the Client
After watching this video, you will be able to configure the main view so that application data can be modified using view bindings to model properties in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Specifying Non-actions in a Web API Controller
After watching this video, you will be able to use the NonAction attribute to prevent a controller method from being invoked as an action in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Generating URL Links to Web API Controllers
After watching this video, you will be able to use the HttpRouteUrl helper to generate URLs in an MVC view that invoke Web API controller methods in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Overriding Web API Controller Action Names
After watching this video, you will be able to use the ActionName attribute to override Web API controller action names in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Defining HTTP DELETE on the Server
After watching this video, you will be able to implement an HTTP DELETE method on a Web API controller to delete an existing resource in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Testing HTTP POST on the Client
After watching this video, you will be able to configure the main view so that new application data can be added using view bindings to model properties in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
ASP.NET: Testing HTTP DELETE on the Client
After watching this video, you will be able to configure the main view so that application data can be deleted using view bindings to model properties in an ASP.NET MVC web application.
-
Architecting Microsoft Azure Solutions: Design a Plan for Advanced Azure Services
After watching this video, you will be able to design a plan to implement advanced Azure Services given a set of requirements.